Full text of "Memoirs of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum of Polynesian Ethnology and Natural History"

See other formats

-.^■^^A^>^:::-^^^

. ^iit ^

v%^^

■>4 >-/.^ *

-J^'
-^

'*^' ^,

^ -^^

^^;--^.-<y^'

<K ."^

<h^3-

J? ^

^^ . ^

JMT^

»-= :^

*^^iv'

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

LIBRARY

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

Mk.moiks liiSHoi' Ml SKUM, Vol. I.

HELMET OF KAUMUALII, KING OF KAUAI.

MEMOIRS

THE BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM

POLYNESIAN ETHNOLOGY

NATURAL HISTORY.

VOLUME I.

HONOLULU, H. L:

3iSHpp Museum Press.
I 899- I 903.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

I. Hawaiian Feather Work: By William T. Brigham. Issued September, 1899.

II. Index to the Islands of the Pacific : By William T. Brigham. Issued December, 1900.

III. Key to the Birds of the Hawaiian Islands: By William Alanson Bryan. Issued 1901.

IV. Ancient Hawaiian Stone Implements: By William T. Brigham. Issued April, 1902.

V. Supplementary Notes to Hawaiian Feather Work : By William T. Brigham. Issued January,

1903-

LIST OF PLATES IN THIS VOLUME.

I. HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

FACING PAGE

I Helmet of Kaumualii, King of Kauai

Colored frontispiece

I I Taliitian Gorget 2

III Hawaiian with Cloak and Helmet- • . 6

IV Small Kahili 7

V Tropic Bird and young 10

VI Feather Mats in British Museum ... 36

VII Helmets in the Museum at Madrid 44

VIII Hawaiian Chiefs Boki and Liliha... 48

FACING PAGE

IX Network used ill Feather Cloaks. .. . 50

X Cloak of Kiwalao 58

XI Network of the Cloak of Kiwalao. . . 54

XII Ahuula in the Boston Art Museum. . 72

XIII Her Majesty Victoria's Feather

Cloaks in Wind.sor Castle 64

XIV Feather Capes in Windsor Castle.. . 78

XV Colored plate of Cape in Bishop

Museum End of Memoir

II. INDEX TO THE ISL
Outline

FACING PAGE

1 Hawaiian Islands ( Main ) Title

2 Hawaiian Islands ( Western ) 89

3 Caroline Islands ( Western) 92

4 Caroline Islands (Middle) 100

5 Caroline Islands ( liastern ) 108

6 Marshall Islands 116

7 Gilbert Islands 1 24

8 New Guinea Coast Islands 132

9 Louisiade Archipelago 139

10 Bismarck Archipelago 147

1 1 Solomon Islands 156

12 New Hebrides 164

ANDS OF THE PACIFIC.
Maps.

F.^.CINO PAGE

13 New Caledonia and Loyalty Groups. . 172

14 \'iti or Fiji Archipelago 180

15 Samoan Islands and Niue 188

16 Ellice Group ig6

17 Phcenix and Union Islands 204

1 8 Tongan Islands 212

19 Line Islands and Tongareva 220

20 Society Islands 228

21 Paumotu Archipelago (West) 236

22 Paumotu Archipelago ( Ea.st ) 244

23 Marquesas and Hervey Islands 248

24 Index Chart 256

XVI
XVII

XVIIl

XIX

III. KEV TO THE BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS

Plates at the end of Memoir.

Sterna fuliginosa, Anous stolidus.
Microanous hawaiiensis, Gygis alba
kittlitzi, Anous stolidus.

Diomedea nigripes, Diomedea immu-

tabilis.
Priofinus cuneatus, Bulweria bulweri,

^■Estrelata hypoleuca, Puffinus new-

elli, PufSnus nativitatis.
Phaethon lepturus, Phaethon rubri-

cauda.

XXI

XXII

XXIII

XXIV

vSula piscator, Sulacyanops, Sula sula.
Anas wyvilliana, Anas laysanensis.
Nycticorax uycticorax nsevius.
Gallinula sandvicensis, Porzanula

palmeri, Fulica alai.
XXV Heteractitis incanus, Arenaria iuter-

pres, Himantopus knudseni, Cha-

radrius domiuicus fulvus, Nume-

nius tahitiensis.

(v)

List of Plates.

XXVI Buteo solitarius, Corvus hawaiiensis, ' XXIX

Asio accipitrinus sandviceusis.

XXVII Cliasierapis gaj-i, C. sclateri, C. saud-

vicensis, Phseornis myadestina, P.
obscura, P. lauaieusis, P. palineri,
Drepanorhamphus funerea, Acro-
cephalus familiaris.

XXVIII Vestiaria cocciuea, Hiinatione san-

guinea, Oreomyza flamniea, Lox-
ops ochracea, L. coccinea, Palmeria
dolei. I XXX

Rhodacauthis palineri, Hemignathus
procerus, Psittacirostris psittacea,
Telespiza cantans, Hemiguathus
obscurus, Loxops cseruleirostris,
Oreomyza inaua, O. newtoni, O.
bairdi, Heterorhynchus wilsoni, H.
hanapepe, H. affinis, Pseiidouestor
xanthrophrys, Chlorodrepauis par-
va, C. Stejnegeri, Moho noljilis, M.
braccatus.

Cliaetoptila angu.stipluma.

IV. ANCIENT HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.
Plates at the end of Memoir.

XXXI Hawaiian Slingstones.

XXXII-V Polishing Stones.
XXXVI-IX Squid Hook Sinkers.

XL Hawaiian Stone Clubs.

XLI Hawaiian Stone Pestles.

XLII Hawaiian Stone Pestles.

XLIII Hawaiian Mortars.

XLIV Stirrup Poi Pounders.

XLV Ring Poi Pounders.

XLVI Ring Poi Pounders.

XLVII. Stone Cups.

XLVIII-LII Hawaiian Stone Lamps.

LIII-VII Hawaiian Adzes.

LVIII Fragments from a Workshop.

LIX Maori Adzes.

LX Hawaiian Adzes mounted.

LXI Ceremonial Adzes from Duau.

LXII Necker Island Images.

LXI 1 1 Moriori Clubs.

LXIV Hawaiian Idol.

LXV Phallic Emblems.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

Plates at tlic Old of Memoir.

LXVI Helmets, Norwich Castle.

LXVII Norwich Castle Cape, etc.

LXVIII aark Cape.

LXIX Santa Cruz P'eather Money,

ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT.

1 Cook's Feather Cape : now in Austral-

ian Museum

2 Helmet taken to England b_v Vancou-

ver: now in the Bishop Museum...

3 Bone Handles of Kahili in the Bishop

Museum

4 liwi, Ou and Apapane : from mounted

specimens in the Bishop Museum. . .

5 Oo and Mamo : from mounted speci-

mens in the Bishop Museum

6 Pueo, Hawaiian Owl

7 Feathers as brought in by the Hunter- .

8 Kahili

9 Stem of Ki {Cordylinc tcnninalls)

10 Princess Nahienaena in 1825

1 1 Kahili handles left unfinished by Paki

1 2 Branches of a Kahili

13 Hulumanu of a Kahili

14 Portion of the funeral procession of

Kamehameha III in 1855

15 Kahili made of sugarcane in place of

feathers

16 Small hand Kahili

17 The growing end of a feather Lei

18 Hawaiian Feather Lei

19 Hawaiian Feather Lei

20 Feather Model of an Anuu : Cook col-

lection in Vienna

21 Kukailimoku engraved from a photo-

graph taken by the author in 1864. .

22 Kukailimoku, war god of Kameha-

meha : now in Bishop Museum

23 Kukailimoku : now in British Museum

24 Kukailimoku : now in British Museum

25 Kukailimoku : now in British Museum

26 Kukailimoku : now in British Museum 34

MEMOIR II

Butaritari, Palmyra and Matuku, to 3

show forms of Islands 98 4

Diagram of Isochrj-mes between which 5

coral reefs occur 100

MEMOIR I.

PAGE

I 2

40-1

49-1

PAGE

Kukailimoku : now in British Museum 35
Kukailimoku : now in British Museum 36
Diagram to show method of attaching

eyes to Kukailimoku 36

Kukailimoku figured in Cook's \'oyage 38
Mask and Head-dress from New Guinea 40
Portrait of Hawaiian Warrior : given

by Cook 41

Mahiole or Helmet : from Cook's col-
lection in Vienna 42

Mahiole or Helmet : from Cook's col-
lection in \'ienna 42

Outlines of Mahiole in Berlin Museum 43
Helmet of wickerwork with projections:

in Berlin Museum 44

Helmet without feathers, Cook collec-
tion : in Au.stralian Museum 44

Helmet of wickerwork with five pro-
jections : from Freycinet 44

Helmets in the British Museum 46-7

Small feather cape 49

Hawaiian scraping Olona : from a jiho-

tograph taken on Molokai 50

Hawaiian spinning Olona on his thigh 51
Diagram to show the method of attach-
ing tlie feathers to the network 51

Knotting of feathers ou a cape 52

Cape in Bishop Museum 53

Back of the cloak of Kiwalao, to show

patchwork 54

Diagram of colors used in the figures

of Ahuula 58

15 Figures to indicate the patterns
and colors of Ahuula 59-8 1

Butaritari of the Gilbert Group 132

Fanning Island 146

Malekula of the New Hebrides : from
British Admiralty Chart 179

(vH)

vin

List of Ilhistrations.

6 Marianas or Ladrone Islands 183

7 Matuku in Fiji: from Challenger re-

port 186

8 New Zealand : from Government map 201

9 Palmyra : from U. vS. chart 211

10 Peru : from U. S. chart 214

1 1 Rapanui or Easter Island ; Map by

Thompson, U. S. N 220

12 Washington : from U. S. chart 251

MEMOIR III.

Chasiempis sandvicensis 292

Drepanorhamphus funerea 298

Vestiaria cocciuea 296

Palmeria dolei 299

Chlorodrepanis stejnegeri, Himatioiie
sangiiinea, Chlorodrepanis parva and

Oreomyza bairdi 299

Loxops coccinea 304

Hemignathus obscurus 306

Heterorhynchus affinis 307

9 Heterorhynchus wilsoni 307

10 Pseudonestor xanthophrys 309

1 1 Psittacirostra psittacea 309

1 2 Telespiza cantans 310

13 Rhodacanthis palmeri 311

14 Cliloridops kona 312

15 Moho nobilis 312

16 Acrocephalus faniiliaris 314

17 Phseornis obscura 315

MEMOIR IV.

/
8

9
10

1 1
12

13
14
15
16

'7
1 8

21
22
23
24
25
26
27

Hawaiian Stone Hammers

Au-stralian and Maori Stone Hammers

Hawaiian Canoe-breakers

Canoe-breaker in Munich Museum. . . .

Obsidian Dagger and Dagger-heads- • •

Slingstones from New Caledonia and
Guam

Hawaiian .Sling and Slingstones

Stone Anchor of a Kamehameha canoe

Hawaiian Grind.stones

Stone Balls used in games

Bath Rubbers of cellular lava

Stone Files for making and sharpening
fishhooks

Hawaiian Door Stone

Squid hook used by Hawaiians

Stone Knife

Moriori Stone F'lensing Knives

Compound Hawaiian Club : from Read

Hawaiian Club heads of basalt

Hawaiian .Stone weapons

Clubs of New Guinea and the Bis-
marck Archipelago

Ancient Maori Clulis

Maori Paoi and Club

Hawaiian Stone Pestles

Hawaiian Pestles

Hawaiian Stone Mullers

View of Kaulananahoa on Molokai-. •

338

339

340

341

342

343

344

346

347

348

349

350

351

352

353

354

355

356

357

358

359

360

361

362

363

364

365

Hawaiian .Stone Mortars of cylindrical
form

Mortar broken in the making

Stone Cups used for grinding

Hawaiian Poi Board and Pounders- • -

Tahitian Poi Pounders

Marquesan Poi Pounders

Ancient Marquesan Poi Pounder

Coral rock Pounders: from Ruk, Caro-
line Islands

Wood and Stone Pounders : from the
Caroline Islands

Hawaiian Muller : of coral rock

Ancient Hawaiian Poi Pounder

Hawaiians making Poi Pounders

Unfinished Poi Pounders

Ancient form of Hawaiian Poi Pounders

Group of Hawaiian Poi Pounders

Position of holding Ring Pounders for
pounding (a), or grinding (b)

Stone Pounders of uncertain use

Hawaiian stone implement of ancient
but unknown use

Kapa Pressers

Rude Hawaiian Stone Dish

Hawaiian Dish of coral sandstone---.

Hawaiian Stone Dish

Stone Offertorinm : from Molokai

366

367
368

369
370
371

373

374
375
375
376
377
378
379
380

381
381

382
383
384
385
386
386

List oj Illustrations.

53
54
55
56

58
59
60
6r
62

63
64

65
66

67
68
69

7^
73
74

PAGE

vStone Bowl from Necker Island 387 75

vStoiie Bowl from Nihoa Island 3.S7 76

Hawaiian Stone Dish 388 77

Hawaiian Stone Cups 389 78

Kapuahi kuni anaana : Cups for burn- i 79

ing souls 390 ' Bo-
Stone Salt Pans from Kailua, Hawaii. 391 82

Lamp from a lava bubble 392 83

Lamps made from broken pounders. . • 393 84

Rude forms of Hawaiian Lamps 394 85

Large .Stone Lamps from !Molokai.... 394

Cylindrical Hawaiian Stone Lamps. . . 395 86

Fishing Lamp 396 87

Tahitian Sorcery Lamp 397 88

Hawaiian Stone Mirrors 399 89

Hawaiian Maika Stones, of good form 400 90

Hawaiian Maika Stones, of good form 401 91

Pile of Maika Stones to show varying 92

thickness 403 93

Rings of limestone and shell from the 94

western Pacific 404 95

Method of boring Shell Rings 405 96

Hawaiian Fishing Stones 406 97

Hawaiian Stone Axe 407 98

Cutting edges of Hawaiian Adzes 408

PAC. E

Hawaiian Adzes, 3122, 3140 and 3150. . 409

Hawaiian Adzes, 3137, 3152 and 3121 . . 410

Hawaiian Adze with oblique blade. ... 411

Hawaiian Stone Adzes 412

Hawaiian Stone Adzes 413

I Solomon Island Adzes of greenstone.. 416

Southern Pacific Adzes 417

Moriori Adzes from Chatham Islands. . 419

Moriori Adzes from Chatham Islands. . 420
Handles of Adzes from New Guinea

and Micronesia 420

\'arious Adze handles from the Pacific 421

Gilbert Islands Adzes with handles. . . 422

Maori Adzes with ornamented handles 422

Ceremonial Adzes from Mangaia 423

Maori carved Adze handle 424

Fine Stone Chisel 425

Stone Gouge 425

Stone images of Fish gods 426

Image from Manoa Valley, Oahu 427

Xecker Island Image in profile 428

Miscellaneous Stone objects 429

Teetotum Stones 430

Pile of Hawaiian Stone Adzes 433

MEMOIR V

1 Under side of Feather Mat 438 11

2 Kukailimoku, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. . 439 12

3 Kukailimoku, Oxfoi'd Museum 440 13

4 Eye of shell and feathers 441 14

5 Wicker Helmet from Maui 443 15

6 Helmet, Newcastle-upon-Tyne 444 16

7 Helmet, Newcastle-upon-Tyne 445 , 17

8 Helmet in Oxford Museum 446 1 i8

9 Helmet at Berne 447 19

10 Helmets in Peabody Museum 447 20

Marquesan headband 44S

Color Diagram Berne Cloak 449

Cambridge Cape 449

Cape, Newcastle-upon-Tyne 450

Edge-Partington Cape 450

Burned Cloak, Honolulu 451

Dover Cloak 45 1

Cape 45 1

Norwich Cape 45 1

Coil of Feather Money 452

INDEX TO VOLUME I.

WHILE EACH MEMOIR IS PAGED INDEPENDENTLY. THE PAGINATION OF THE VOLUME WILL BE FOUND AT THE BOTTOM OF THE PAGE.

PAGE

Accipitrinae 288

Acridotheres 293-4, 437

Acrocephalus familiari.s 314

Acrulocercus, .see Molio 313, 437

Actitis iucatm.s 283

Actodromas 283

Adze handles 418

Adzes, Gilbert Islands 422

Hawaiian 405

Mangaia 423

Maori 422

Micronesian ^20

Moriori, Chatham Islands 419

Solomon Islands 416

Aeo, Himantopus 2S2

j5jstrelata h^'poleuca 268

leucocephala 268

phseopygia 268

sandwicensis 268

Agassiz on Coral loi

Ahuula, or Feather Cloaks 50, 447

List of 56

Aulick 68

Bardwell 61

Berlin 69

Bingham 68

Bolton 68

Brassey 71

British Museum 64, 90

Cambridge, Mass. 4.^8

Canterburs- .4^.7

Chapman 68

Chri.sty 71

Clark 448

Colgate 80

Copenhagen -o

Cunningham 74

Dover 450

Edge-Partington 447-9

Emma, Queen 60

Florence 7 c

Oilman 61

PAGE

Ahuula, Gottingen 76

Haalelea 62, 77, 78

Ipswich 74

Joy 72

Judd 62

Kalanikauikalaneo 59

Kamehameha 58

Kearny 72

Kelley 71

Kiwalao 58

Lee 76

Leiden 74

Leihula 79

Lucas 71

Lunalilo 63

Mackintosh 4 =; i

Maid.stone 71

Munich 75

Newcastle-on-T>-ne 448

Norwich 4=, i

I'aris 73

Pauahi 60

Perth 44S

Pittsfield 69

Pomare 71

Reis 80, 8 1

Saffron Walden 73

Starbuck 80

Sydne\- 4, 76

Victoria 63, 78, 79

Vienna 7 :;

Waber -. . . 64, 444

Welling 68

York 447

Akakane 305

Akapane 299

Akeake 285

Akeka 285

Akekee 285

Akepa 305

Akialoa 306

Akihipolena 299

(.xi)

Xll

Index.

PAGE

Akikilii 303

Alae 280

Alala, or Crow i 2, 291

Alauda arveusis, Lark 291

Albatross • • • 266

Alexander helmet 443

Amakihi 3°°

Anas 272-4

Anchors of Stone 346

Anoiis 261, 265

Anser hawaiiensis 276

Anson's Voyage 91

Anuu or Oracle 29, 30

Apapane 10, 299

Apekepeke 292

Ardea, Heron 277

Arenaria interpres 285

Asio accipitrinus 289

Atagen aquila 271

Auku, Heron 278

Aulick cloak 68

Balboa discovers the Pacific 89

Balls of Stone 348

Bardwell cape 61

Bath rubbers 349

Beechey's Voyage 93

Belcher's Voyage 93

Bellingshausen's Voyage 93

Berlin capes and cloaks 69

Beruicla sandvicensis 276

Bingham cape 68

Bird-lime for catching birds ■ 3

Birds furnishing feathers for cloaks 9

Birds of the Hawaiian Islands, Key to ... . 259

Bligh's Voyage of the Bouut}- 92

Bolton cloak 68

Booby, Blue-faced 271

Bougainville's Voyage 91

Bowls of vStone • ■ 385

Brachyotus galapagoensis, Owl 289

Brant, Blaek 275

Brassey cloak 71

Brigham on Hawaiian Feather Work i

Index to the Islands of the Pacific .... 85
Ancient Hawaiian Stone Implements. • 333
Supplementary Notes on Feather Work 437

British Museum cloaks and capes 64, 90

Bryan on Hawaiian Birds 259

Bulweria bulweri 268

Bviteo solitarius, Hawk 289

Byron's Vovage of the Blonde 91

TAGE

Calidris arenaria 284

Callipela calif ornica 286

Cannibalism in the Pacific 108

Canoe- breakers of Stone 341

Capes and cloaks, Aluuila 50

List of 56

Market value of 55

Carpodacus, Rice-bird 295

Carteret's \'oyage 91

Chgetoptila angustipluma 314

Challenger, Voyage of 93

Chapman cloak 68

Charadrius 284

Chasiempis 292

Chen hyperboreus 275

Chisels of Stone 423

Chloridops koua 312

Chlorodrepanis 297-302

Christy cloak 71

Chrysomitridops caeruleirostris 305

Circus hudsonius 289

Ciridops anna 300

Clark Cape 448

Climate of Pacific oceaij 98

Cloak burned, Honolulu 449

Clubs, Maori 359

New Guinea 358

Stone 387

Colgate Ahuula 80, 447

Colors of feathers 9

of kahili 17

Cook's Voyages 92

Coot, Hawaiian 280

Copenhagen Ahuula 70

Coral Islands 100

Corvus hawaiiensis 291, 437

Crake, Laysau 280

Crow, Hawaiian • • 291

Cunningham cloak 74

Cups of Stone 387

Curlew 284

Currents of the Pacific 95

Dafila acuta 274

Darwin on Coral growth loi

Demiegretta sacra 277

D'Eutrecasteaux Voyage 92

Depth of the Pacific 94

Designs of Ahuula 52

Diomedea immutabilis 266

Dishes of vStoue 383

Door Stone 350

liidc.

Xlll

PAGE

Dove, Chinese 2S7

Dover Museum Cloak 450

Drake's Voj-age 90

Drepauis 297

Drepauorhaniphus 298

Duck, Hawaiian 273

Duperre3-'s Vojage 93

D'Urville's Voyage 93

Dyed Feathers 12

Dysporus, see Sula 270

Edwards' Voyage 93

Elepaio 292

Ellis' Account of Feather work 6

Enima, Queen, Capes 60

Eye of shell and feathers ^.42

Fauna of the Pacific region 105

Feather Money, Santa Cruz 452

Feather Work of the Hawaiians i-Sr, 437

Figure carving in Stone 424

Files of Stone :;^o

Finch, House 295

Eaysan 310

Scarlet 305

Fish gods of Stone 426

Fishing Stones 40^

Fitzroy's Voyage g^

Flora of the Pacific region , 103

Florence Ahuula yr

Forms of Islands go

Fregata aquila 271

Freycinet's Voyage 93

Fulica alai 280

Gallinule, Hawaiian 280

Gannet 271

Giglioli, \'oyage of the Magenta 93

Gill, E. Leonard, letter 440

Gilman Cape ^ 61

God wit, Pacific 2S4

Gottingen Cape y6

Golegole Club ^^^^

Goose, Hawaiian 276

Gouges, Stone 423

Greenstone described i;:^^

Grinding Stones 346

Gulls 262

G>'gis alba 265

Haalelea Capes 62, 77, 78

Hammers of Stone 340

Handles of human bone for kahili 16

Handling of Adzes 418

Hawk, Hawaiian tSq

1 r PAGE

Helmet from Cook 41

Helmet covered with human hair 48

Helmet from New Ireland 40

Helmets in Berlin , •.

British Museum 46, 47

Oxford 443

Newcastle-on-Tyne 443

Paris 45

Peabody Museum, Cambridge 48

Vienna 42

Helmets, List of 42

Hemignathus 306-9

Heron, Auku 2-7

Heteractitis 28^

Heterorhynchus 107-9

Himantopus, Stilt 282

Himatione 299

^i^^'i 9, 299

Image from Manoa Valley 427

Images from Necker Island 427

Inhabitants of the Pacific to6

Inscriptions, Hawaiian 4^1

Ipswich cape -4

Iwa II, 271

Jade, Mauufaclures of -i^^

Joy Cloaks - 2

Judd Cape 62

Kahili branches jg

Kahili, List of 21

Kahili of sugarcane 24

Kalauikauikalaneo cloak ^g

Kamehameha cloak of mamo 58

Kapu in the Pacific 112

Kapa pressors of stone 383

Kapuahi kuni anaana ^89

Kauila handles of kahili 16

Kaulunanahoa on Molokai 365

Kearny cloak -2

Kelley cloak ^ j

Ki stem j g

Kiwalao cloak rg

Knives of stone -^^ i

Koae 1 1 , 2 70

Kolea, Plover 285

Koloa, Hawaiian Duck 273

Kotzebue's Voyage g3

Krusensteru's Voyage g3

Kua feathers 446

Kukailimoku 31-39, 440

Kukuluaeo, Stilt 282

Kuro sivva Current 95

XIV

Indc

PAGE

Lamp, Fishing 396

I,amp of stone 391

Lamp, Tahitian Sorcery 397

Languages of the Pacific 109

Lark, Sky 291

Larus, Gull 262

Lee Cape 76

Leiden Cloak 74

Leihula Cape 79

Lei, List of 27

Lemaire's Voyage 91

Lophortyx californica 286

Loxioides 310

Loxops 304

Lucas Cloak 71

Liitke's Voyage 93

Lunalilo Cloak 63

Mackintosh Cape 45 1

Magalhaes' Voyage 89

Mahiole or Helmet 40, 443

Maidstone Cape 71

Maika, Game of 399

Malo of feathers 81 , 446

Malo of the Raiatean Kings 446

Mamo 9, 298

Marquesan head band 445

Mats of feathers 36, 67, 437

Meudaiia's Voyage 90

Menezes the Portuguese 90

Merganser 273

Microanous hawaiieusis 265

Mina, False ( Acridotheres tristis) 294

Mirrors of stone 398

Missions in the Pacific 1 1 1

Moriori stone knives 354

Mortars of stone 364

Munich Cape 75

Mud-hen 280

Munia nisoria 295

Murray theory of coral growth loi

Moho ( Acrulocercus ) 312

Nahienaena, Princess 17

Nene, Hawaiian Goose 276

Nesochen saudvicensis 276

Nets for birds 13

Noio, Hawaiian Tern 265

Norwich Castle Museum Capes 451

Nunienius tahitiensis, Curlew 2S4

Nycticorax 278

Obsidian for cutting 342

Oceanodroma cryptoleucura 269

PAGE

CEstrelata 267

Offertorium from Molokai 386

Olona cord and netting 50

Oo, Moho nobilis 313

Oreomyza 302-4

Otus brachyotus 289

On ( Psittacirostra psittacea) 8, 310

Owl, Hawaiian 12, 289

Pacific Ocean, Index to Islands 89

Palila ( Loxioides bailleui ) 310

Palmeria dolei 299

Pandion solitarius 289

Papamu for Konane 405

Paris Cloak 73

Partition of the Pacific 112

Partridge, Calif oruian 286

Passer domesticus, English Sparrow 294

Pa'u of Nahienaena 59

Pauahi Cape 60

Penguin, Voyage of 94

Pennula ecaudata 279

Perouse, Voyage of 92

Pestles of stone 352

Petrels 268

PliEeornis 315-17

Phaethon 270, 437

Phalacrocorax plagicus 269

Phalaropus lobatus 281

Phallic emblems 363

Phasianus torquatus 286

versicolor 287

Pittsfield Cape 69

Plegadis guarauna. Ibis 276

Poi pounders, Hawaiian 368

Making 375

Marquesan 371

Micronesian 372

Tahitian 370

Pomare Cloak ( Brassey ) 71

Porphyrio melanotus 280

Portlock and Dixon account of feather work 7

Porzanula pahneri 279

Pounders, Stone 381

Priofinus cuneatus 268

Procellaria 268

Pseudonestor xanthophrys 309

Psittacirostra psittacea 310

Pueo, Hawaiian Owl 12, 289

Puffinus • 268-9

Quail, California Valley 286

Quarries of Clinkstone 407

Index.

PAGE

Queen's Cloak 58

Querquedula circia 274

Qiiiros, Voyage of qi

Raiatean Malo 446

Rail, Laj'saii, Saudwich, Wingless 279

Reis Cape 80, 81

Religions in the Pacific Ocean no

Rhodacantliis 311

Rice Bird 295

Ring-cutting in shell or stone 404

Roggewein's Vojage 91

Ross, Sir James, Voyage of 93

Rotlischildia parva 302

Saffron Walden Cloak 73

Salt pans of stone 391

Sanderling 284

Sandpiper '283

Scherzer, Voyage of the Novara 93

Schouten and Leniaire, Voyage of 91

Shearwater 269

Sinkers, Squid-hook ; 351

Skylark 291

Slingstones 344

Snipe, Ash-colored 283

Sorcery Cups 390

Sorcery L,amp from Tahiti 397

Sparrow, Chinese 295

European House 294

Spatula clypeata. Shoveller 274

Squid-hook Sinkers 351

Star Club heads 355

Starbuck Cape So

Sterna, various species 263-5

Stewart's description of feather work 19

Stilt, Hawaiian (Himantopus) 1S2

Stone Implements of Hawaii 337

Storm Petrel, Hawaiian 296

PAGE

Strepsilas interpres 285

Sula, Booby 271

Sydney Cape 4, 76

Tachypetes=Fregata 271

Tahitian Poi pounders 370

Sorcery Lamp 397

Tasman's Voyage 91

Tatler, Wandering 283

Teal, Laysan 274

Teetotum Stones 430

Telespiza cantans 310

Temple Oracle, Model of 30

Tern, various species 264-5

Torches, Hawaiian 391

Tortoise-shell handles of kahili 16

Totanus= Heteractitis 2S3

Tringa acuminata, Sandpiper 283

Tropic Bird ( Phaethon ) 270

Turtur chineusi.s, Dove 287

Uluaihawane, Ciridops anna 300

Ulumaika Stones 399

Vancouver on feather work 7

Vancouver's Voyage 93

Vestiaria coccinea 299

Victorian Ahunla 63. 78, 79

Vienna Ahunla 75

Viridonia sagittirostris 302

Volcanic vSystems of Pacific 99

Voyages, in Pacific Ocean 89

Waber Cloak at Berne 64, 444

Wallis, Voyage of 91

Welling Cloak 68

Whaling Industry in Pacific 105

Wilkes Expedition 93

Wilson's Voyage in the Duff 93

Winds of the Pacific Ocean 90

U-

9 ^

"''■""' MEMOIRS

THE BERN ICE PALI AH I BISHOP MUSEUM

POLYxNESIAN ETHNOLOGY

AND

NATURAL HISTORY.

Vol. I. — No. i.

HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

BY WILLIAM ^IbRIGHAM.

HONOLULU:
HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.

-^•^ 1899.

Board of Trustees.

Sanford B. Dole, LL.D., President.

William O. Smith, Vice President.

C. M. Hyde, D.D., Secretary.

Heury Holmes, Treasurer.

William F. Allen, Joseph O. Carter, Samuel M. Damon.

Museum Staff.

William T. Brigham, A.M., DircElor.

William H. Dall, Honorary Curator of Mollusca.

John F. G. Stokes, Assistant.

Allen M. Walcott, Assistant.

William A. Bryan, Taxidermist.

J. J. Greene, Printer.

HAWAIIAN

t H

WORK

WILLIAM T. BRKiHAM.

A.M.(Harv,), A.A.S.( 1867.)

Cfln-fsf^t)iiii(iil (i/ ////■ Boliii (rrscllscl/a//
fill- .lnllii(ip(il(>o-ii\ Ellniolooii- mui
Urgeschiclitc; llir riiiladclphia Acad-
ciiiv of Natural Sciences; tlic Califor-
nia Academy of Sciences.

A'lenihei- of the Massachusetts Horticul-
tnial Society; and 0/ the I fenna
Anthropol<\<;isehi!i ( rcsellscha/t.

HONOLULU, H. L

BISSHOI^ Mt'SKUM PRESS.

1899.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

I. Helmet of Kaumvialii, King of Kauai. Printed in colors by L,owy, of Vienna, from a
negative by the author.

II. Tahitian gorget or portion of a dre.ss of ceremoiix'. From a photograph sent from S\dney
by R. Etheridge, Jr., E.sq.

III. Hawaiian with cloak (No. 5) and helmet (No. 2). Photographed by the Diredlor.

IV. Small kahili in the liishop Museum. Photographed Ijy the author.

V. Tropic bird (7463) and young (No. 7464). Photograiihcd 1)\- the Direcflor from mounted
specimens in the Bishop Museum.

\'I. Feather mats in the liritish Museum. Photograiihed by Mr. Henry Oldland for this use.

\'II. Helmets in the Spanish National Museum at Madrid. From a lithographed plate
kindh' furnished by Stewart Culin, lisq., of Philadelphia.

VIII. Boki and Liliha. From the colored lithograph of a painting by John Hayter, published
in September, 1824. The copy in the Picture Gallery of the Bishop Museum was given to Queen
Elmma in 1885 by the Bishop of Rochester. I do not know where the original painting is. Boki,
who was Governor of Oahu, wears a feather cloak and helmet; Liliha wears a lei of feathers, a nilio
palaoa of human hair about her neck, and \\\^ pa' u or usual female dress of kapa.

IX. Network used in feather cloaks. The upper figure shows three grades of olona net, the
middle one a long tiia/o: the lower figure shows the back of a cloak where, from the looseness of the
netting, the feathers have worked through.

X. Cloak of Kiwalao (No. 2): in modern times styled the "Queen's cloak."

XI. Network of tlie cloak of Kiwalao to show the jnecing.

XII. Ahuula in the Boston Art Museum ( Nos. 58 and 59 )•

XIII. Cloaks in the Museum of Her Majesty \'icT:oria at Windsor Castle (Nos. 19 and 20).
Photographed by Russell & Co.

XIV. Capes in Her Majesty's Collection at Windsor Castle ( Nos. a=2i , b— 87, c^86, d=;85).
Photographed by Russell & Co.

X\'. Cape in the Bisho]) Museum (No. 7). Printed in colors b>- Liiwy of X'ieuna from a
negative bv the Director. The central crescent should be black instead of red.

OCT 21 1899

HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

,■:/// /iss(7]' nil ancient Haiuaiiaii Feather decoi'atioi/^ icitli a List of the tuni-e
important remains. By Willinni T. BrigllciiTl, A. \I., Director of the
Berniee Paitalii Bishop Miiseiiin.

Thk love of personal decoration appears very early in the history of the
liunian race. When the fierce struggle for existence and the pursnit of food and shel-
ter allowed time for the consideration of family, the keen hnnters ninst have learned
man\' a lesson from the beasts of the field and forest, — not less from the birds of the air,
of the processes of Nature which Air. Darwin has called se.vitat selection. That any
savage ever rea.sons ont these processes cannot be believed, but the sharp eye trained in
daily hunts could not be blind to the patent fact that so many birds have plumage
evidently intended for attra'5live decoration, and that it answers this purpose. Savage
man at first put on the adornments in which he saw the male of so many birds and beasts
was resplendent, and not until many ages after was the woman allowed to appropriate
to her own use what in earh- tribal life was the exclusive property of the male.

The lion's mane, tlie tiger's skin, the eagle's feather were man's earliest adorn-
ment, and it is not impri)1xil:)le that woman in humble emulation of her lord made for
herself clusters and bands of flowers or fruits, while the dwellers on the ocean shores
soon took the sea-shells cast on the sandy beach.

The warrior of the far North has the eagle and hawk from which to borrow, and
the ancient war dress of a Mandan chief was decorated with spoil of these and other
birds; but in the warmer regions of the earth, where Nature puts forth all her powers,
and birds and insedls vie in coloring with the most brilliant flowers, uncivilized man
has wantoned in the prodigalitA- and fashioned for himself a gorgeous decoration taken
from the captives of his bow, net, or blow-gun.

India still, through all the years of her changing civilization, has preserved the
traces of early work in bird feathers in the superb piinlcas where the showy feathers of
the peacock and pheasant have replaced the smaller and more beautiful feathers of
earlier days. The rock-cut temples record on the efHgies of gods and heroes that line
the walls or cluster about the columns the use of feather decoration both in civil
and martial guise; a tale of very remote times. Eastward through the Siamese penin-
sula, northward through China, the use of feather decoration extended, and in the latter

Memoirs of the Bernice Pavahi IIisiun' MrsEi'M. Vol. I. ( i )

2 B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

empire, where are seen in the glimpses we obtain of their remote history, so many
germs of what we fondly consider onr ow^n inventions, feather mosaics are even at the
present day made in abundance. I have seen in China the simple process of cement-
ing the bright-colored feathers to metal surfaces in a form of jewelrv most popular
with the middle classes.

It was in the midst of the American continent that feather work in ancient times
reached its best estate. In Brazil along the banks of the Amazon, in Venezuela on the
Orinoco, where it is difficult to decide whether birds outnumber the flowers or the flowers
are brighter in color than the .birds that flv among them, the strings and plumes of
bright feathers were not merelv decorations: they were, and are, often symbols of
chieftainship, and feather sceptres are found in most large museums of Ethnology,
especiallv in Rome, Vienna and Berlin.

In Central America the wonderful monoliths buried in the forests of Guatemala
and Honduras bear the feather plumes of Ouetzalcoatl, and at Quirigua I have seen
these plumes sculptured with rare fidelity. The Maya pic^itre writings that escaped
the destroving hand of the bigoted Spanish priests, show feather standards, head-
dresses and other ornaments, but when we follow the Conquistadores northward through
many a league of unbroken forest, we come in Mexico to the roval domain of the ^' Ars
pluiuaria.'" Here feather work was most admirable at the time of the Conquest and
we have still preserved the grand tiara of Montezuma and a superb fan of the same
period in the roval Museum at Vienna. These although differing from the class of
work we are at present to consider, deserve a passing notice for their wonderful beauty
not only of material but of artistic arrangement as well. Baron Ferdinand von Hoch-
stetter has well described the first', and Dr. Franz Heger' the second. The plumes of
the Quetzal {Pl/aroii/acins luon'i/i/o) and the vivid turquoise blue of the Xiuhtototl
(Cotinga ciiiFta or arr/ilca) are prominent among charming spoils of less known birds.
The Ara (Psittaciis luacao) furnished brilliant plumage as do scores of other parrots,
and the Mexican of todav continues the prettv art bequeathed him by remote ancestors.
Whichever way then the ancient inhabitants of the Polynesian groups entered
the Pacific Ocean thev must have brought some knowledge of feather decoration.
Central Asia has now little enough of this work, but the southern and eastern shores of
Asia furnished and still furnish abundant illustration. New Guinea, the halting
place for the east-bound, has among others the feathers of the Birds of Paradise and
the helmets and diadems are no mean objedls among the manufa(5lures of a remarkably
decorative people. If the immigrants came from the American shore and journeyed
with the "Trades" they had no inferior preceptor in the people of greater Mexico.

On the comparativelv barren islands the new comers found few birds of brilliant
plumage. Two shades of j-ellow, two of red, a green, black and white exhausted the

^Ut'bcr mcxicanischc Rdiqinru tins tit'r Zt'it Montezuma's in dtn -Allnit-xicanisc/n' ReUquien aits item Schlosst' Anibras in Tirnl.

i. /,-. ,-inidrasrr Sammlnng in den Di'nkschriften dcr fikilosophisch- Annalfn des k. k. naturhistorischen Ho/museums, Wien, 1895.
histot'ischen Ctasse dcr kaisen'ii/t Aktldentic drr IVisst-nschaffen in
iVicn. Bd. XXXV. [1884.]

BRIGHAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK. 3

palette, for the forests were not extensive, nor fruits abundant as in the East Indies or
in Mexico.

In Yiti the red feathers of the Lorius solitarius and in Samoa those of the
Coryphilus friiigil/acciis were used to decorate choice mats, and feathers of the former
were much sought in Tonga. In the Society Islands stiff gorgets were made of
feathers and shark teeth (PI. II.) and ceremonial dresses or masks of pearl shell and
feathers one of which is still preserved in the British Museum and another, less per-
fect, in Florence.

All these uses of feathers in a permanent form are crude and primitive: all vield
to the beautiful and far more durable work of the Hawaiians which it is the object of
this essay to illustrate. Hawaiian feather work seen in its remains which have come
down to us consists, first, in Lci's or strings of feathers worn in the hair, or, in later
times, about the neck; I\a/iilis or plumes of feathers used as royal insignia; Alitmla
cloaks or capes worn on state occasions by chiefs and nobilit^■; Maliiolc or helmets
designed for proteAion as well as ornament; images of the god Kitkailniioku the chosen
war-god of Kamehameha I.; and finally a few other things, as a model of a temple oracle
given to Captain Cook, and certain mat-like objects now in the British Museum, of
which the probable use will be discus.sed in order.

The birds which supplied the feathers, at least the choicer yellow, red and green,
were inhabitants of the mountain regions into which as the abode of evil spirits tlie
Hawaiian did not like to go. His home was on the shore where the fish were at hand,
or in the w^ell-watered valleys where he could grow his kalo (Caladiitiii iscii/cii/uiii) .
Hence a caste arose of hardy venturesome men, the bird-hunters, — fioc haliai luaiiu^ —
who endured cold and privations in their hunt for the precious feathers which were
indeed the gold currency in which tribute might be paid or by which coveted goods
might be obtained. The old Hawaiian was a close observer of nature. Having neither
books nor the modern curse of newspapers, his memory was strengthened and his eye
sharpened. He had a name for every tree and plant and not less for every bird. It is
true that he did not always conjoin the two sexes when they, as is not infrequently
the case, differ greatly in coloration; but ornithologists of education have failed in the
same way. The hunters knew well enough the haunts of the birds they sought and
the seasons when the plumage was at its best. They knew the habits of the birds,
their food and other matters that might facilitate their quest. For example, they recog-
nized the curiosity of the birds and planted strange trees in the open places in the
forests, and in these new trees placed the sticks smeared with bird-lime which would
entangle the prying birds. Bows and arrows would have been of no avail, if they had
possessed them, for the rarer birds were seldom killed but captured alive and when the
few feathers desired were plucked, released to renew their plumage at the next moult-
ing. When bird-lime made of the viscid juice of the "papala" ( Pisoiiia iiiiihellifoa)

4 B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

could be obtained it was preferred, although other kinds were known and snares and
throwing nets were frequently used. The common sorts were often killed and eaten,
and the oo could hardh' have survived the loss of nearly its entire plumage.

It will be well to look at the description the earh- voyagers give of this feather
work at a time when it was in perfe6lion, bearing in mind that in fifty years from the
earliest account the making of feather cloaks had pradlically ceased, although the con-
stru6lion of kahilis and the plaiting of leis continues to the present day. These latter
works, however, require no especial skill and draw iipon very miscellaneous material.

KIG. I. COOKS CAPE: NOW IN AUSTR.\LIAN MUSEUM.

When Cook anchored off Waimea, Kauai, in 177S, on his first discover}- of the
Hawaiian Group, he and his officers at once noticed the feather robes and helmets, and
the artist Waber | not Webber] in the capital drawing made of the scene on shore
delineates a chief wearing the mahiole and ahuula. The account is as follows:

"Amoug-st the articles which they brought to barter this da>- [Jan. 21, 177S] we could not help
taking- notice of a particular .sort of cloak and cap, which, even in countries where dress is more
particularly attended to, might be reckoned elegant. The first are nearl)- of the size and shape of the
short cloaks worn b>' the women in England, and by the men of Spain, reaching to the middle of the
back and tied loo.sely before. The ground of them is a net-work, upon which the mo.st beautiful red
and yellow feathers are so closely fixed, that the siirface might be compared to the thickest and richest
velvet, which they resemble, both as to feel and glossy appearance.

"The manner of varying the mixture is very different, some having triangular spaces of red
and yellow alternately; others a kind of crescent, and some that were entirely red, had a yellow border
which made them appear, at some distance, exactly like a .scarlet cloak edged with gold lace. The
brilliant colours of the feathers, in those that happened to be new, added not a little to their fine

FEATHER WORK IN COOK'S VOYAGES.

appearance, and we IouikI that tlie\- were in higli estimation with their owners, for they wonld not, at
first part with one of them for anything we offered, asking no less a price than a musket. However,
some were after^vard purchased for very large nails. Some of them as were of the best sort, were
scarce, and it would seem that they are only used on the occasion of some particular ceremony or
diversion, for the people who had them always made some gesticulations which we had seen u.sed
before by those who sung.

"The cap is made almost exactly like a helmet, with the middle part, or crest, .sometimes of a
hand's breadth; and it fits verj^ close upon the head having notches to admit the ears. It is a frame
of twigs and osiers, covered with a net-work, into which are wrought feathers, in the same manner
as upon the cloaks, though rather closer and
less diversified; the greater part being red
with some black, j-ellow or green stripes on
the sides following the curve direction of the
crest. These probably complete the dress
with the cloaks, for the natives sometimes
appeared in both together.

"We were at a loss to guess from
whence they could get such a quantity of these
beautiful feathers; but were soon informed as
to one sort for they afterward brought great
numbers of skins of small red birds [//rr?] for
sale, which were often tied up in bunches of
tw'ent}' or more, or had a small wooden
.skewer run through their nostrils. At the
first tho.se that were brought consisted only
of the skin from behind the nostrils forward,
but we afterward got many with the hind
part including the tail and feet. The first
however struck us at once with the origin of
the fable formerly adopted, of the birds of
paradi.se (Paradisca apoda) wanting legs; and
sufficiently explained that circum.stance.
Probably the people of the islands east of
the Moluccas, from whence the skins of the
birds of paradise are brought, cut off their
feet, for the very reason assigned liy the peo-
ple of Atooi [Kauai] for the like practice,
which was, that they hereby can preserve
them with greater ease, without losing any

part of which they reckon valuable. The red bird of our island was judged In- Mr. Anderson to
be a species of merops, about the size of a sparrow; of a beautiful scarlet colour, with a black tail and
wings; and an arched bill twice the length of the head, which with the feet was also a beautiful red-
dish colour. The contents of the head were taken out, as in the birds of paradise, but it did not appear
that they used any other method to preserve them than by simple drying; for the skins, though moist,
had neither taste nor smell that could gi\'e room to suspect the use of anti-putrescent substances.'

"They have another [dress] appropriated to their Chiefs, and used on ceremonious occasions,
consisting of a feathered cloak and helmet, which in point of beauty and magnificence, is perhaps
nearly equal to that of any nation in the world. As this dress has been already' described with great
accuracy and minuteness, I have onh' to add that these cloaks are made of different length in propor-
tion to the rank of the wearer, some of them reaching no lower than the middle, others trailing on the
ground. The inferior chiefs have also a short cloak, resembling the former, made of the long tail
feathers of the cock, the tropic and man-of-war birds, with a broad border of the small red and yellow

iCook's I'oyagrs. Quarto Ed., 17S4, II., p. 206.

fig. 2. hel.^iet t.vken to england bv v.\n-
couver: now in the bishop museum.

6 B RICH AM OX flAW'AlfAX FEATHER WORK.

feathers, and a collar of the same. Others again are made of feathers entirely white with variegated
borders. The helmet has a strong lining of wicker-work, capable of breaking the blow of any war-
like instrument and seems evidentl\- designed for that purpose. Fig. 2.

"These feathered dresses seemed to be exceedingly scarce, appropriated to persons of the
highest rank and worn by the men only. During the whole time we la>- in Karakakooa Bay [Keala-
keakua], we never saw them used but on three occasions: in the curious ceremony of Terreeoboo's
[Kalaniopuu] first visit to the ships; by .some chiefs who were seen among the crowd on shore when
Captain Cook was killed: and afterward, when Eappo [?] brought his bones to us.

"The exact re.semblance between this habit and the cloak and helmet formerly worn by the
Spaniards was too striking not to excite our curiositx' to inquire whether there were any probable
grounds for supposing it to ha^'e been borrowed from them. After exerting every means in our power
of obtaining information on the subject, we found the>' had no immediate knowledge of any other
nation whatever; nor any tradition remaining among them of these islands having been ever visited
before by such ships as ours. But notwith.standing the result of these inquiries, the uncommon form
of this habit appears to me a sufficient proof of its European origin, especially- when added to another
circum.stance, that it is a singular deviation from the general resemblance in dress which prevails
amongst all the branches of this tribe dispersed through the South Sea. We were driven indeed by
this conclusion to a supposition of the shipwreck of some Buccaneer, or Spanish ship, in the neigh-
borhood of these islands. But when it is recollected that the course of the .Spanish trade from Aca-
pulco to the Manilas is but a few degrees to the Southward of the Sandwich Islands in their passage out,
and to the Northward on their return, this sniiposition will not apjjear in the least improbable. "<

To Captain King's accotmt nut.st be added that of the Surgeon of the fleet,
William Ellis, who was both a ready writer and a good draughtsman. His relation of
the last voyage of Cook, now a rare book, adds mttch to the information given in the
official account.

"The principal ornaments of the men are the feather caps and cloaks; some of the latter reach
dfiwn to their heels, and have a most magnificent appearance. They are made for the most part of
red and yellow feathers, which are tied upon fine net work; the caps are composed of the same kind
of feathers which are ,sometimes intermixed with black: they are secured upon a kind of basket work
made in the form of a helmet. Both caps and cloaks are made of various patterns and sizes. The
cloaks are not all composed of the same kind of feathers, but are sometimes varied with the long tail
feathers of the cock, with a border of yellow or red, and .sometimes with those of the tropick bird.
Both caps and cloaks, however, are only to be seen in the posse,ssion of the principal people. The)'
have also a kind of fly-flap, made of a bunch of feathers fixed to the end of a thin piece of smooth and
polished wood: they are generally made of the tail feathers of the cock, but the better sort of people
have them of the tropick bird's feathers, or those belonging to a black and \ellow bird called mo-ho
[Oo] . The handle is \'ery frequentl\' made of one of the bones of the arm or leg of those wliom the)'
have killed in battle, curiously inlaid with tortoise shell: these the\' deem very valuable, and will not
part with them under a great price. This ornament is common to the superiors of both .sexes.

"The women too have their share in the ornamental way: that which they value most is the
erai \_lci'\. This is a kind of ruff or necklace made of red, green, black, and \ellow feathers, curi-
ously put together, and in most elegant patterns, which really do honor to the fancy of the ladies,
whose business it is to make them. They never think themselves dressed without one or two of the.se
round their necks, and tho.se who can afford it wear many."^

■^Journal of Captain King: Cook's I'omfct-s, III., p. i,^S. The sup- Kealiiokaloa. In 1553 Juan Gaetano discovered these islands when

position that the Spaniards had preceded them was indeed cor- sailing from New Spain to the Moluccas.

rect. Cook had doubtless read Anson's Voyage, which was pub- ^Aii attthrntic narratiTt' of a X'oyage pi'r/ornird by Ciif>tatn Cuok

lished the year he .sailed from England, and in which was a copy atid Captain Ctej-ke, in his majesty's ships Resolution and Discovery

of the Spanish chart captured on the galleon June 20. 1743, on the during the year 1776, 1777, /77S, /77<^ and 17S0; in search of a north-

voyage from .\capulco to Manila. On this chart are laid down a -'.'est passage between the continents of Asia and America. Including

group ' I.as Mesas" in nearly the latitude of the Hawaiian Islands, £7 fartlifni account of all their discoveries, and the unfortu?tate deat/t

though some fifteen degrees out of the correct longitude, not an <>/ Captain Cook. By W. Ellis, assistant surgeon to both vessels,

unusual error at that time. In November, 1527, shipwrecked Span- London, i7,S2. Vol. II.. p. 155.
iards arrived at Keei. near Kealakeakua, Hawaii, in the reign of

FEATHER WORK IN EARLY IVVAGES.

In the voyages of Captains Portlock and Dixon in 1786 we read:
"But the most beautiful ornament wore b>- the women is a necklace made from the variegated
feathers of the humming bird which are fixed on strings so regular and even as to have a surface equally
smooth as velvet; and the rich colours of the feathers give it an appearance equally rich and elegant.

"The caps and cloaks wore by the men are still superior in beauty and elegance. The cloaks
are in general about the size of tliose wore by the Spaniards; the ground is network and the feathers

are sewed on in alternate squares or triangular forms of red and yellow,
_ ,, . . which have a most brilliant appearance. The ground of the caps is

wicker work, in the form of a helmet; the elevated part from the fore-
head to the hind part of the neck, is about a liand's breadth and gen-
eralh- covered with yellow feathers, the sides of the cap with red. This
cap, together with the cloak, has an appearance equally splendid, if
not superior to any .scarlet and gold whatever.

"The.se truly elegant ornaments are .scarce, and only possessed
by Chiefs of the highest rank, who wear them on extraordinary occa-
sions. There are cloaks of an inferior kind, which have only a narrow
liorder of red and yellow feathers, the rest being covered with feathers
of the trojiic and man-of-war bird."''

Yanconver retnrning to Kealakekua Bay in 1792 met
Kamehameha I. and he describes the dress of the yonng
king as follows:

"The largest canoe was rowed by eighteen paddles on each side;
in this was his Hawaiian majesty, dressed in a printed linen gown,
that Captain Cook had given to Kalaniopuu; and the mo.st elegant
feather cloak I had yet seen, compcsed principally of beautiful bright
yellow feathers and reaching from his shoulders to the ground on which
it trailed. On his head he wore a very hand.some helmet, and made
altogether a very handsome appearance."^

Dnring that visit the king presented X'ancoitver with
fonr very handsome feathered helmet.s'* (one of these, Fig. 2, is
now in the Bishop Mnsenm, No. 322); and later, when coming
to see his good friend, —

"Kamehameha conceiving this might be his last visit, presented

me with a handsome cloak formed of red and >ellow feathers, with a

small colledlion of other native curiosities; and at the same time delivered

into my charge the superb cloak that he had worn on his formal visit on

our arrival. This cloak was very neatly made of \ellow feathers: after

he had displayed its beauty and had shewn nie the two holes made in

different parts of it by the enemy's spears the first day he wore it, in his

last battle for the sovereignty of this island, he ver>- carefully folded it up,

''""^ '""■"' and desired that on my arrival in England, I would present it in his name

FIG. 3. BONE HANDLES OF to H . M. King George;' and as it had never been worn by an^- person but

kahilis: b. p. b. m. himself, he strictly enjoined me not to permit an>- per.son whatever to

throw it over their shoulders, saying it was the most valuable in the island of Hawaii, and for that

reason he had sent it to so great a monarch, and so good a friend, as he considered the King of England.

'f Cat'tam (u\>!xr l'<i>unit:ri. London.

^Foyagt' yoiiud the Zi'orld, but more particularly tn tlw .Xorthict'sl
coast of America, pei'foimed in I'jSs-SS. Loudon. 1789. 4to, p. 271.

1A voyage of discoi'cry to the North Pacific Ocean and round the
world, undertaken by his Majesty's command, principally with a viezc to
ascertain the existence of any navi,^able communication between the
North Pacific and North .Atlantic (heans. and perfio mcd in tht- yciir.\

/790-95. under the command
1798. Vol. II., p. 126.

^Loc. cil., p. 127. These are now. with the exception mentioned,
in the British Museum.

IL0C. cit.. p. 159. This cloak is supposed to he one of those now
at Windsor Castle. It might be identified by the holes made by

BRrCrHAM ON HAWAHAN FEATHER WORK.

"This donation I am wtll persuaded was directed 1)\- his own grateful heart, without having
received the least hint or advice from any person whatever, and was the effect of principles, highly
honorable to more civilized minds. The cloak I received and gave him the most positive assurance
of ac5ling agreeably with his direclions."

I have given the extraft.s from these early voyagers in full for it is the only
authentic information that we have from foreigners: that from native sources is very
meagre and indefinite. Even in recent times we can learn nothing very exacflly about
these ancient cloaks: for example when King Lunalilo was buried, his father Kanaina
insisted upon putting the fine feather cloak which had been laid over the remains, into
the coffin with him. This was in 1S74, and hundreds must have seen this cloak as the

a b c d

FIG. 4. IIWI, Of AXD APAPAXK: SPHCIMHXS IX THK lUSHOl' .MLSHLM.

royal corpse was exposed to the view of the people; I have questioned many most in-
telligent foreigners and natives with the result that one saw the cloak and only
remembers that it was yellow and large; another sa\-s it was not all 3-ellow but had
some other color, btit whether red or black he cannot say: another is sure it had some
pattern but whether crescents or triangles could not say: still another is under the
impression that the cloak was entirely red! The most trustworthy testimony places a
green crescent in the middle. Little of a more definite natttre is to be gathered from
native song and tradition, although both cloaks and kahilis are mentioned and the
royal birds play a ccnispictious part in many a fine old luelc. Then the absttrd stories
repeated in almost every new book written abotit these islands, although false, seem
immortal. How often is the statement repeated in book and on label that the bird of

the spear, but at the tiiue of my last visit to England the Windsor private museum in the castle. All of these Her Majesty has gra-

cloaks had "been sent to the furrier for repairs." Since my visit ciously allowed me to have photographed and they will be described

renewed search has been made for this cloak at Windsor, but without in due order. The cloak Vancouver so carefully carried to his sov-

success. other cloaks and capes were found and are now in the ereign has probabh' perished.

OF THE HAU-AHAN BIRDS. 9

yellow feathers has but two of the precious decorations, — the fact being that the Oo has
in each axil a tuft of from fifteen to twenty feathers, and the Manio has quite as many
in the dorso-caudal region. Hut it is time lost to repeat the many wanderings from
the truth that these m^-sterious birds have caused, and we may turn at once to a con-
sideration of the birds that furnished the feathers for the old Hawaiiaus.'"

BIRDS FlRXISHIXi; FEATHERS.

liwi. — First the liwi ( I'cstiaria nnriiica, Reichenbach ), Fig. 4, a, the bright red
bird, found all over the group, today as in former times tlie most abundant native bird,
although, like all other natives disappearing. I have seen it in my garden in Xuuanu

abed
FIG. 5. 00 AXU MAMt): .SPKCniEX.S IX P,ISH(_)r Ml'SKUM.

Valley about 120 feet above the sea, in fair weather, and it is often driven down to the
shore from the mountain ridges, which are its usual haunt, by severe storms. It is a
honey-sucker and frequents the arborescent Lobeliaceae so noticeable a feature of the
Hawaiian Flora. The adult female is of a darker vermilion than the male, and her
feathers are easily mistaken for those of the faded apapane. Total length, 5.75 inches.
The breast furnishes the main supply of feathers.

That there may be something more definite than the mere terms red, yellow,
orange applied to these feathers, I have compared unfaded specimens with the color
illustrations given in M. Leon Lefevre's Traite dcs Mafihrs m/ora/z/rs artificiellcs.,
Paris, 1S96, and the fresh feathers of the iiwi correspond to the roiige d'alizarine SX

^°For the nieasiireiueuts and ornithological names I am indebted tors, has trusted too much to the modern native, who neither remem-

chiefly to Mr. Scott B. Wilson, whose Ave^ Hawaiti'iisn: Birds of bers nor cares for the ancient lore of the islands, but will not confess

Ihr Sa>id:L'ich /slai/ds i^ replete with careful obser\'ation and much his ignorance, passing upon the unsuspecting stranger it may be the

stud>'. In the case of native names. Mr. Scott, as most other coUec- name of a fish or flower, if the true nante is forgotten.

lo BRIG HAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

sur soie 25% pate a 20% given on page 1402 of that great work. When the feather
fades it assumes a yellow tone, and the color of these as of the 00 and mamo fades
quickly in alcohol. Kept in the dark, as the ahuula were most of the time, the tint
seems ver\- durable, some old leis and capes showing as bright as the freshly plucked
feathers.

Oo.^Next to this the Oo (Acniloceiriis nohilis, Wilson), Fig. 5, <? ? , /< c? , is
abundant, but confined to the island of Hawaii. Other species are found on Kauai,
Maui and Molokai, but none of them have the bright axillary tufts. Like the iiwi it
is a honey-sucker, but I have fed them successfnlh- in captivity on the juice of sugar
cane. The general color is a brilliant black which brings the yellow tufts into fine
contrast. All the black figures and lines in the feather work are of this plumage, and
it was largely used in the grand kahilis. As the bird was a favorite article of food,
and as the larder of the hunters in the mountains was poorly stocked, it seldom
survived capture, and vet this bird has remained in comparative abundance while the
mamo, whose orange feathers alone were taken, has become extinct. The name is
onomatopoeic, the note closelv resembling 0-0. Total length of adult male, 12.5 inches;
adult female, 9.5 inches. The curled tail which gives the bird its generic name is
confined to the male of the nohi'Iis. The yellow of the axillary tufts is nearly repre-
sented by the citronine sur soie shown on p. 449 of Lefevre. In mounting these
feathers, which are rather thin at the top and black at the base, iiwi short feathers
are often added to the base to give a warm tint to the pale yellow and to approximate
it to the mamo. This addition is called />«''// (waist-cloth).

Ou. — The On (Psi//aciroslra psittacca^ Temminck), Fig. 4, /; $ , ^(5' , has a range
throughout the group, feeding large!}- on the ripe fruits of the ie-ie ( Frcyciuctia
arborea^ Gaudichaud). The green color varies considerabl}-; only that on the head is
brilliant while the body plumage is dull, and was not much used; only three or four
capes and as many helmets showing these have survived. x'Vdult, 6.3 inches long.
Other greens might have been obtained from the genus Honigiiatlnis or Hefcrorhyii-
c////s, but this seems to have been rare anciently as well as at present.

Apapane. — The Apapane {Hiniatioic sa)igiiiiica^ Cabanis), Fig. 4, r/? , ranges
all over the islands, feeding on honey. Not much used in feather work; the dark crim-
son feathers being inconspicuous at a distance. The color is croceine sur laine 2%,
p. 461 of Lefevre, shaded with priniuline-|-;S napthol, p. 596. Adult length, 5.25 inches.
A fragment of a cape ( Cat. No. 40) made largely of these fine feathers is now in Hono-
lulu, and several leis where they appear mixed with other feathers are in this Museum.

Mamo. — The beautiful Mamo (Diepa)iis pacifica^ Temminck) is rare in col-
leAions, the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum having only four specimens, two of those
in the Mills colle6lion having been given by Mr. Chas. R. Bishop to Mr. Scott B.

OF THE HAWAIIAN BIRDS.

Wilson. It is probably nearly extinct, colleAors of late years having failed to find it.
In 1890 I saw three in a sandal-wood tree under which I was camping on the slopes of
Manna Hualalai on Hawaii (to which island the species is confined) at an elevation of
yooodz feet. The Mills specimens were obtained, so Mr. Mills informed me in 1864,
near Olaa in Puna. The Kamehameha cloak in the Bishop Museum ( No. i of the
catalogue given below) is composed wholly of these feathers; so also is a fine lei in
the same colleAion. The bird is about 8 inches long. Fig. 5, r, d. The general
plumage is not of so rich a black as the 00, while the lower part of the body, the rump,
thighs, anterior margin of wings and tail coverts are of a rich orange. Among
Hawaiian birds the niamo is facile pr/j/ccps. Its name has been applied to all royal
war-cloaks very much as "beaver" has clung to a soft hat no longer made of the fur of
the Castor fiber. The principal color of the orange feather seems to be represented
by the jaune metanile sur laine, 2% shown on p. 446 of Lefevre's work. To distin-
guish these feathers when faded from the 00 is not always easy, but the orange of the
former is separated from the black base by a marked white space, and the tips of the
00 feathers are thinner and larger.

Koae. — The Tropic bird (P/ia?///i)ii (Clhcrfiis, Bloxam), Boatswain bird, Paille-
en-queue, Pj'lstaart, is shown in PI. Y. with its young. It breeds among the loose
rocks of the bird islands or on ledges of almost inaccessible cliffs on Oahu and other
inhabited islands, where its white form hovering like a kite in the air against the
green palis is often seen late in the afternoon. The long tail-feathers of the adult
and the mottled plumage of the young were used to some extent in the fabrication of
kahilis, but by no means so frequently as the feathers of the next species.

Koae ula. — At present the Red-tailed Tropic bird {I'//ariIio)i ntbriiaiida,
Salvin), while found occasionally on Niihau and the outlying islets is abundant on
Nihoa and Necker Islands. On the latter island I have pulled the red tail feathers
from the sitting bird who did not seem to greatly resent the outrage; perhaps at that
season the feathers are more loosely attached, preparatory to moulting. While these
two feathers form the important part, were greatly sought and highly valued, the
satiny white of the body plumage was also much in demand for capes, although little
of this white work is extant in museums: the only two specimens I have found are at
Florence; Nos. 66 and 67 in the List of Ahuula.

Iwa. — The Frigate bird [Fregata ai]nila, Gould), also called the Man-of-war
hawk, was hunted for its long black metallic-tinted feathers, both for cloaks and for
kahilis. Common in the nesting season on Necker Island. In ancient days fishermen
made frequent excursions to Nihoa and Necker Islands. The landing places (only
one on each island) were so situated that landing was possible on one or the other
island in whatever wind. On the latter island, which is the narrow rim of a ruined

BRTGHAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

crater, are many stone constrnctions iised in worship or in tlie propitiation of the
deities of sea, wind, fishing and liunting, as both fishers and hunters had their peculiar
gods, images of which were found there a few years ago broken to fragments.

Pueo. — The Hawaiian owl {Asia accipilri)ins^ Gurne}- ) was worshipped as a
god, but Davida Malo says in his so-called Hawaiian Antiquities, — but which is really
a compilation of native schoolboys' compositions, — that the feathers were used for
kahilis, the bird being caught in snares placed near its burrows.

y^'

4i.

FIG. 6. PUEO, HAWAIIAN OWL.

Alala. — The Crow {Corz'its tj-opiais, Gmelin) is found only in the southwest
part of Hawaii. It was caught in snares. I have known one to be knocked down by
a stick, caught and kept eighteen months in captivity. The black feathers were used
for kahilis and for dressing idols much in the way common in New Guinea.

The feathers of the barnyard fowl and of the gamecock were largely used for
common capes or cloaks, as were those of the duck, and in recent times those of the
latter were sometimes dyed red or yellow. Kahilis of such dyed feathers are in the
Bishop Museum from the collection of Queen Emma." Dyed feathers have been much
used for leis and for ahuula as well, so that it is very necessary to examine specimens

"These dyed feathers are far from permanent in color, and in except on the two exhibition days each week quite in the dark,

the past eight years four of these kahilis which were placed outside Two placed within the almost air-tight cases have preserved their

the cedar cases in the Kahili room at the Museum have lost much of color better,
their color although never exposed to the diren"rays of the sun and

COLLECTING THE FEATHERS.

of feather work with care for this counterfeit. Fortunately both of the precious
yellow feathers have black bases not present of course in the dyed specimens. Dr.
Serrurier tells (Aarddri/ksk/iiidiir ]Veekhlad, 188 1, No. 19) an amusing story of dyed
feathers as quoted by Director vSchmeltz:"' '"S)te l^ouificn bet Snubuncfl xVlljelu jfinbtc
eiucit )Li(cI)CU Htnntcl mid) ivnciib eiucv Seftnuftcnuuci unb licjf \{)\\ bee (irollcu 5i>cvt[icci
l)rtU)cu \\xx eiue l)ol)c Siinime uevitd)evu. "Tne 2d)iff titt 2d)tffbrud), abcv uadi ciuificv
3cit imivbc bie i^abmu} aufaafijfllt mib bcv Hcnutel fain uiicbcr 511111 !isLn-)d)eiu, iiibcjj uuii
bov (iclbcu A-avbe bcr (Vcbcvii wax nid)tv mct)t iiLivio: bcr '•JJfaiitcl luav c]ciavbt gciueicn."
Now even the old natives
were aware of the action of ' "
salt water on the genuine
feathers and took great pre-
caution when carrying their
precious robes on canoe voy-
ages. Surelv the prolonged
saturation of a shipwreck
would account for any loss
of color. I have, however,
soaked both manio and iiwi
feathers in a saturated solu-
tion of common salt for six
mouths with but little loss of
color. The story, although
probabh' apocryphal, has L
.served its purpose. It is
unnecessary to more than
mention the leis and capes made in recent times of the feathers of the peacock and
pheasant, many of which were in the possession of Kalakaua and his sister; they were
poor substitutes for the genuine Hawaiian feathers.

Besides the method of capturing with bird-lime, nets of light thread and wide
mesh were skilfully thrown over the flying bird, and sticks and stones were also re-
sorted to with the larger birds. Peheapueo was a snare used especially for owls. One
of the ancient nets for bird-catching is in this Museum (No. 138), and I have suc-
ceeded without difficultv in capturing with it the so-called "mina" (Pasfnr frisfis) a
bird about the size of the 00. This net is of considerable size and the mesh stick
would be five inches wdde. In whate\'er waj- the birds were caught the feathers when
plucked were tied to a thin but strong fibre and made up into small parcels as shown
in Fig. 7. The hunters often padded the main feather with the small down (pa'u) to

-^%

FIG. 7. FEATHERS FROM THE HUNTER.

14 B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

make the parcel appear well. The feathers from under the wings were called rr, those
over the rump///'/, while the tail feathers \\&r& piipt(a.

The use of feathers as currency was common throughout Polynesia, as shell
money was with the Papuans. In New Zealand, while cloaks of large size were made
of the feathers of the Kiwi {Apteryx )j/aii/rl/i/\ etc.) , the fine black feathers of the
Huia {Heleroloclia ar/itiros/ris, Gould) were used in the Polynesian way for barter as
well as for cloak making.

FEATHER KAHILIS.

The name kahili is derived from the root verb /////, to braid or tie on, as feathers
to a stem, or stone adzes to a handle: with the article it becomes ka-/iih\ the plaited
thing. The kahili in its greatest development consisted of a pole sometimes twenty
feet high, to the upper end of which was attached the I/ii/ii or cluster of feathers.
This was sometimes of great extent; the Rev. C. S. Stewart, who was at the Islands
when Lord Byron brought home the bodies of Liholiho and Kamamalu (in 1825), saw
poles near thirty feet high with I//i/iiiimi/ii forming cylinders fifteen to eighteen inches
in diameter and twelve to fourteen feet long." The largest in the Bishop Museum is
thirty inches in diameter and four feet long. Neither Cook nor \'ancouver mention
these immense kahilis, for they never saw them, no royal funeral occurring during
their stay, and usuallv the poles were stripped of feathers when occasion passed, and
the feathers were preserved in calabashes until again required.

It is probable that a bunch of feathers used as a fly-flap was the primal form of
feather work. Flies (iia/o) were here though not in such abundance as found by early
explorers on other islands of the Pacific; but even for this useful purpose the bunch of
feathers was no doubt preceded by a bunch of leaves, and the prototype of the kahili
seems to have been a stem of that most useful plant the ki ( Cordyliiic /fniiiualis^
Kunth). Fig. 9, p. 16. On many of the islands of the Pacific a branch of ki was the
symbol of peace, and on the Hawaiian Islands it shared in early times with a coconut leaf
the representation of high rank. Its utility has survived its symbolism: and the native
obtains food and drink from the large saccharine root. At first he made a kind of fer-
mented beer, then taught by vicious whites the Hawaiian distilled this fermenting mass
making a smoky whiskey called in the vernacular, from the name of the rude iron still,
okolchao. The tough leaf is still the favorite wrapper for fish, and I have seen an unclothed
and so pocketless native carry a score of oranges, each fruit wrapped neatly in one of the
leaves still attached to the stem. These leaves are also acceptable fodder for animals.

Very early the hand plumes became symbols of rank and on all public occasions
kahili bearers {iia laivckaliili ) attended a chief, or while he ate or slept a haakiti

^iPi ivale Journal of a vuyagi- hi the Pacific Ocean, a?id lesidfiice at the Sand-wuh hiainh. in //ic min tSu-.'S. By C. S. Stewart. Xew
York, 1828. p. 10. See extract below.

FEATHER KAHILIS.

brushed away with smaller ones all troublesome insefts. In public they were tokens;
in private fly-flaps. The picture of Nahienaena, sister of Kauikeaouli, shows one in
her hand. Fig. 10, p. 17. When oil portraits were introduced those of chiefs often had
small kahilis attached to the side of the frame. The small kahilis were easily made
and became very common; were used as presents and so fell into the hands of others

FIG. 8. KAHILIS. ""'■"

than the nobility, thus losing much of their meaning. The late royal family, however,
retained them to the end of the monarchy, and royal personages had them at their side
at feasts or public receptions.

Of these small kahilis the Bishop Museum has four score, and examples are
found in most museums. The large kahilis used only on solemn occasions are now
limited in number, all the important historic ones are in this INIuseum and no more
will ever legitimateh- be made. I know of none in any foreign museum.

The pole, at first a mere support or stem, became from the force of circum-
stances the impersonation of the whole kahili in this way: a kahili was made for a
chief, was named, and, when the occasion for its use had passed, its feathers were taken
off and stored away; the form was dissolved and only the name remained to the pole
which might when the next need arose be again clothed with the same or other
feathers, and in similar or quite different form. Often the pole was a spear {pololu
kani'la), or a stick of well rounded koa {Acacia koa^ Gray), and in later times cabinet

BRIG HAM OX //AU'A/IA.X FEATHER If 'OR A'.

makers formed the stem of alternating native woods. Many of these last, both large
and small, are in this ]\Iuseum bnt were unknown to the ancient Hawaiian. The old
native had, however, a very elaborate form of handle made bv stringing disks of tor-
toise-shell on a tough but slender core of kauila wood {Alplii Ionia cxceha^ Reis.sek),
or in the small ones,- of whalebone. The tortoise-shell was either used alone or alter-
nating with bone or ivory. Making these handles was amusement as wellas work for
chiefs, and two that the high chief Paki, father of Mrs. Bishop, left unfinished at his
death in June, 1S55, are in the Bishop Museum and show well the method of construc-
tion: Fig. II. On the whalebone core

'-4

FIG. 9. STEM OF KI.

were strung twent^• or more disks of
the outer shell of the sea turtle,
square or approximatelv rounded,
then a ring of bone was pressed tight-
Iv down on the parcel of disks and the
whole filed into shape and polished.
This is precisely the process used in
the manufacture of shell monev once
the common currencv of the people
of the western Pacific, though not
generally among Polynesians. In
the large kahilis the bone is often
omitted and the whole series pressed
closelv together apparenth' without
cement. Such handles are of great
weight but always of elegant form
and perfect finish. How early this
manufacture began we ha^•e no means
of knowing: the same work is shown
in a fan handle once belonging to
Kalaniopuu the King of Hawaii at
the time of Cook's visit [B.M. No.
5011], and from the finish it can

hardly have been a new process. Probablv, as the turtle were abundant and the shell
easily worked, the manufac5lure is of considerable antiquit}-.

The bone alternating with tortoise-shell is often human, as described b_v the
early voyagers, and a good example is shown in Fig. 3, p. 7 | B. M. No. 24]. The kntiiii
or principal bone is the right shin bone of Kaneoneo, a noted chief of Kauai who came
to Oahu to fight for the religion of his fathers as well as for the independence of the
island threatened bv Kamehameha, and who fell in the battle of Nuuanu [1795 |. The
other bones, each from a different man, are of the bra\e chiefs who perished in the same

FEATHER KAHILIS.

battle and were thus honored bv the conqueror.'^ It was an old Hawaiian custom to
outrage the memor^' of an enemy by placing bits of his skeleton or teeth in some vessel
of dishonor, or by making fishhooks or arrow points'' of them; hence the care taken to
hide the bones of prominent chiefs. On the other hand it was honorable to have one's
bones placed on a kahili handle or inlaid in a poi uniekc. The old men a generation
ago knew the names of the chiefs whose bon}' relics are preserved in these kahilis while
the rest of their anatom\' has long been dust, but probably no one can now tell the tale.
When a chief is at the point of death these bones are supposed to rattle, but as the
chiefs are all dead they seem now to have abandoned their heraldic vocation. Another
similar handle, but without feathers | B. M. No. 117], shown in tlie same illustration,
was given by Paki nearly half a century ago to Gorham D. Gilman to whom he told
all the names of the bones in order; but when Mr. Gilman gave the handle to the
Museum he had long since forgotten the interesting list.

The feathers {//ii/i/ii/aiiii) were of every variety known to the Hawaiians, includ-
ing such foreign ones as ostrich and peacock; but the old ones were of the tropic-bird,
00 (both yellow and black), frigate-bird, pueo, iiwi and the barnyard fowl. In later
degenerate times dyed duck feathers were
used. The method of the modern florist
who fastens his short-stemmed flowers to
wires that they may have due prominence
in his boucpiet was praAised by the isl-
ander of olden time, but as he liad no wire
he pressed into service the tough, slim
midrib of the coconut leaf. Several of
these, or of other stiff fibres, he bound
together with the thread of olona, attach-
ing by the same thread the feathers to
the separated ends of the main stem in a
way shown more clearly in Fig. 12, p. 19.
These feathered branches are tied together
in small bundles and kept in quantity for
use. How they were finally fastened to
the kahili pole is shown in Fig. 13, p. 19.

I believe that anciently, before
white influence was felt, no thought was
given to fitness of color to occasion, and it was only by foreign teaching that reds and
yellows were reserved for coronations or general state funcTiions, while black and the
sombre colors were appropriated to funerals. At the funeral of the Princess Pauahi

''Doubtless bones of Kaiana. a chief of distincftion, and of Kalaui- 'sThe only arrows used by Ihe Hawaiians were direc'ted solely

kupule, the last king of Oahu, are among these trophies. against mice.

Memoirs of the Berxice p.\t".\hi Bishop Musei'm. Wji.. I. (2)

FIG. 10. NAHIENAENA, IX 1825.

B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

the kaliilis made especially for the funeral were of pure white as in keeping with her
charaAer. No such distin(5lion held in the olden time. I do not forget that in the case
of cloaks, and to a less degree with kahilis, yellow was a royal color as with so many
oriental nations; possibly, as has been suggested, from gold the king of metals, but
most likely from the sun the ruler of earthly life. The yellow robes of China, the yel-
low umbrellas of the East Indies, the
golden disks of Peru, — and we might go
back to the life-giving orb of the Egyp-
tian Ra, — all proclaim the regal essence
of yellow.

Formerly the base of the liiiliiiuaiui
or cylinder of feathers was closed or ter-
minated at the base by an inverted cone
of feathers kept in place b\- bands of kapa.
This simple form gave way to rather
tawdry sleeves of silk bound with long
ribbon streamers of the gaudA- colors dear
to tlie colored races.

The very grand effect of the kahilis
carried in a funeral procession will not
easily be forgotten by those who have been
present at sucli functions. From every
side they present the same aspect, and
the graceful forms add dignity to the
stream of humanity almost as palms do
to a tropical sunset. Nor alone in pro-
cession,—grouped about a throne or a bier
the\- both decorate and add dignity to
the place. The funeral of Kauikeaouli
( Kaniehameha III.), in January, 1S55,
was sketched by a Swiss artist, Paul
Emmert, and from his drawing the illus-
tration, Fig. 14, p. 20, is given. The pall
upon the coifin was the ro\-al robe of his
sister Nahienaena, and many of the
kahilis used on that occasion are now in the Bishop Museum. The officer in charge
of the kahili was called Paakaliili.

Before leaving the subject of kahilis we may recall the description given by
Rev. C. S. Richards, in his Journal, of a celebration given in May, 1S22, in memory of
Kamehameha the Great. The American Mission had been on the Islands but two

FIG. II. UNFINISHED KAHILI HANDLES.

KAHILIS IN PROCESSIONS.

3'ears, and native customs had not been greatly modified, at least b}- the missionaries.
It was on the last day of a long revel:

"Tameha-maru [Kamanialu, the favorite queen of Liholiho] on this da>- was, as usual, a con-
spicuous object. The (■«■/• (V^f/rt/f in which she joined the processions passing in different directions
consisted of an elegantly modelled whaleboat fastened firmly to a platform of wicker work thirtj- feet
long by twelve wide, and borne on the heads of
seventy men. The boat was lined, and the whole
platform covered, first with imported broad-
cloth, and then with beautiful patterns of tapa
or native cloth of a variety of figures and rich
colours. The men supporting the whole were
formed into a solid bodv so that the outer rows

KIG. 13. Hl'Ll'MAXr OF A KAHILI.

only at the sides and ends were seen; and all forming
these wore the splendid scarlet and yellow feather
cloaks and helmets of which >-ou have read accounts;
and than which, scarce anxthing can appear more
superb. The only dress of the queen was a .scarlet
of feathers. She was seated in the middle of the boat
Chinese umbrella of scarlet damask [R. M. No. 5152]
richl)' ornamented with gilding, fringe and tassels, and supported by a chief standing behind her, in
a scarlet malo or girdle and feather helmet. On one quarter of the boat stood Karimoku [Kalaimoku]

FIG. 12. BRANCHES OF A KAHILI.

silk pa' H or native petticoat, and a coronet
and screened from the sun bv an immense

BRIG HAM OX HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

the Prime Minister, and on the other Naihe, the national orator, both also in malos of scarlet silk and
helmets of feathers, and each bearing a kahili or feathered staff of state near thirt\- feet in height.
The upper parts of these kahilis were of scarlet feathers so ingeniously and beautifulh' arranged on
artificial branches attached to the staff as to form cylinders fifteen or eighteen inches in diameter, and
twelve or fourteen feet long; the lower parts or handles were covered with alternate rings of tortoise
shell and ivory of the neatest workmanship and highest polish.

"Imperfect as the image may be which my description will convey to your mind of this
pageant of ro>-al device and exhibition, I think you will not altogether condemn the epithet I use
when I say it was splendid. So far as the feather mantles, helmets, coronets and kahilis had an effect
I am not fearful of extra\agance in the use of the epithet. I doubt whether there is a nation in
Christendom which at the time letters and Christianity were introduced, could have presented a

FIG. 14. PORTION OF THE FUNERAL PROCESSION OF KAMEHAMEHA III.

court dress and insignia of rank so magnificent as these: and they were found here, in all their rich-
ness, when the Islands were discovered by Cook. There is something approaching the sublime in the
lofty noddings of the kahilis of state as they tower far above the heads of the group whose di.stincftion
they proclaim: something conveying to the mind impressions of greater ma]'e,sty than the gleamiugs
of the most splendid banners I ever saw unfurled."'''

Not in the least doe.s the excellent niLssioiiarv exaggerate in his eulog}' on the
grand kahilis. Those of tts who, in these latter days of the degeneration of all good
native works and customs, have seen the kahilis wave above royalty, however faded, —
the finely built and naked bronze statttes that bore the kahilis replaced by cltiins}-, ill-
dressed, commonplace bearers of neither rank nor dignit^•, — even the withered rose,
most of its fragrance gone, has yet appealed strongly to otir admiration and sympathy.
The powerfully built chiefs, head and shoulders above the common crowd, free from
all sartorial disfigitrements, stistained easily the great weight of these towering plttmes;
but the modern bearer, stranger alike to the strength and virtties of his predecessors,
has to call in the aid of stout straps of imported leather to bear the much smaller
kahilis of the modern r/V77/crc/ days.''

It was a notable gathering of chiefs. Kamamaltt was a datighter of Kanieha-
meha I. by Kaheiheimalie ( afterw^ards Hoapiliwahine), and as the wife of Liholiho
w-ent with him to England where she died July 8, 1824. Kalaimokti or Kalanimoktt,
sometimes called Pitt, was a chief, not of the highest rank, bttt w-as a valtted counsellor
of Kamehameha ditriug his wars, and of considerable ability, energy and honesty, a

^^Pi ivatc Journal oj a Wnui^c tu the Pacijic Otcan and Hr^idence at times have been much longer on the march than in the early days

////■ Sandwich htands, in the years 1S22, aV.??, 1S24 and /S^s. By C. S. when streets wide enough for such displays were non e.xistent, the

Stewart. New York, 1S2S: p. log. town was small, and the passa.ge from the palace to the royal mau-

i^It is but fair to state that the funeral processions of modern soleum but a few rods long.

LIS! OF LARGE KAHILIS. 21

combination of qualities useful, if rare, in the ofEce of Prime Minister which he held
during the regenc}' of Kaahvimanu. He died February- 8, 1827. Naihe, called the
national orator, was husband of Kapiolani, the enlightened alii who braved the goddess
Pele in her ver}- den Kilauea. He died in 183 1. The grand old chiefs have passed
away and not one descendant remains. With them have passed the gigantic kahilis of
which the much smaller successors remain, no longer useful except as relics of the past.
Of the large kahilis in the Bishop Museum the following list will show the
variety. The group of most of these. Fig. 8, p. 15, well exhibits the variation in form.

LIvST OF LARGE KAHILIS IN THE BISHOP MUSEUM.

1. Ash pole II feet high. Hulumanu 50 inches high, 24 inches in diameter;
of black 00 feathers; branches bound with black but attached to the pole with white
cord. Used at the funerals of H. R. H. Keelikolani and of Mrs. Bishop. Black and
white silk trimmings.

2. Kauila spear 12 feet long. Hulumanu of blue peacock feathers arranged in
globular form, 22 inches in diameter, with feather base. It belonged to Queen Emma.
The name Noel .... is partlv obliterated. Orange trimmings.

3. Koa pole 10 feet high. Hulumanu of peculiar form, only 4 inches high and
34 inches in diameter; of peacock feathers. The conical silk base is 2 feet long. Pink
and orange trimmings. A striking form, especially when alternating with the more
common kind.

4. Kauila spear 12 feet long, with carved end. Hulumanu of green peacock
feathers arranged in globular form, 22 inches in diameter; base of feathers. Kamaka-
mao was the name of this kahili. Trimmings orange.

5. Koa pole 10 feet long. Hulumanu 4 inches high, 22 inches in diameter; of
small black and white feathers. Princess Pauahi. Purple and lavender trimmings.

6. Painted pole ( to imitate tortoise-shell and ivory) 14 feet high. Hulumanu
34 inches high, 26 inches in diameter; of black and white feathers. It was in the pos-
session of Queen Emma and was named Laielohelohe. Purple and white trimmings.

7. Painted pole 13 feet high. Hulumanu globular, 13 inches in diameter; of
duck feathers dyed red. Blue, white and cherry trimmings.

8. Painted pole 14 feet high. Hulumanu globular, 15 inches in diameter; of
soft grey and white feathers. It belonged to Queen Emma and bears the label, —
"Kalelehoano he inoa no ia no ka Moiwahine Ema, o keia na kahili opuu i ukali
i ko ka jNIoiwahine hoolewaia ana." Cherrv and terra cotta trimmings.

9. Kaulahoanalani, a metal-sheathed pole g'S feet high; the alternate sedlions
to represent gold and silver. Hulumanu 40 inches high, 15 inches in diameter; of soft

22 B RICH AM OX HAU'AHAX FEATHER WORK.

grey and white feathers in a close cylinder with red feather base. Given by the half-
castes to the Prince of Hawaii, son of Kaniehameha I\'. Cherry and white trimmings.

10. Painted pole xa^Yz feet high. Hulumanu 15 inches high and 30 inches in
diameter; of loose, grey feathers mixed with the red tail feathers of the tropic bird.
The name was Kamakaalaneo. Cherry and lavender trimmings.

11. Kauila spear 10 feet long. Hulumanu 42 inches high and iS inches in
diameter; of peacock feathers. Blue and orange trimmings.

12. Painted pole 14! 2 feet high. Hulumanu 24 inches high, 30 inches in
diameter, of dark fluffy ostrich ( ? ) feathers. The inscription is, — "Kaleoaloha, he
makana wale ia mai ka hulu; he inoa keia mawaena o ke alii a me kona haku
kahili." Figured purple and plain orange ba.se, purple and orange trimmings.

13. Ash pole II feet high. Hulumanu 30 inches high, 18 inches in diameter;
of black 00 feathers. "Kuniaka he inoa ia o kona kupunawahine oia ka makuahine
o Kamalalawalu moi o Maui." Buff and black trimmings.

14. Painted pole 14 feet high. Hulunuinu 24 inches high, 18 inches in diam-
eter; of black 00 feathers.

15. Pole, wound spirally with blue and white, 10 feet high. Hulumanu 30
inches high, 10 inches in diameter; of white feathers. Made by H. R. H. Liliuokalani
for the Princess Pauahi's funeral. Pale blue trimmings.

16. Heavy kauila pole 14 feet high. Hulumanu 30 inches high, and 24 inches
in diameter; of large feathers dyed red; "Leleoili he inoa keia no Kekelaokalani ko ka
Moiwahine makuahine; he elua laua nei ma keia inoa." Orange and cherry trimmings.

17. Ash pole 10 feet high (cut down). Hulumanu 30 inches high, 26 inches
in diameter; of iwa (Frigate bird) feathers from the guano islands. H. R. H. Ruta
Keelikolani. Cherry and orange trimmings.

18. Pole of inlaid native woods 13 feet high. Hulumanu 36 inches high, 34
inches in diameter of tail feathers of the Pliacilioii nihricaiida. As there are but two
feathers in the tail many hundred birds must have contributed to this kahili. Princess
Pauahi. Cherry and white trimmings.

19. Tortoise-shell and ivory pole, slender and only 8 feet high. Hulumanu
24 inches high, 24 inches in diameter; of yellow 00 feathers; with its mate. No. 22,
perhaps the most brilliant in the collection. H. R. H. Princess Victoria Kamamalu.
Blue and yellow trimmings to a black feather base.

20. Kauila spear, turned, 12 feet long. Hulumanu 38 inches high, 36 inches
in diameter; vellow 00 feathers and red tail feathers of the tropic bird; black feather
base. As the tail feathers project 6-8 inches beyond the cylinder of 00 feathers they
are often neatly spliced to eke out the length. Black and orange trimmings.

21. Ash pole 12 feet high. Hulumanu 30 inches high, 26 inches in diameter;
of large white feathers. Made for Mrs. Bishop's funeral. Light blue and white trim-
mings.

LIST OF LARGE KAHILIS. 23

22. Tortoise-shell and ivory pole 12 feet high. Hiilumanu 3<S inches high and
36 inches in diameter; of yellow 00 and the red tail feathers of the tropic bird; black
feather base. Named Malnlani. Mate to No. 20. Black and orange trimmings.

23. Pole of native inlaid woods 13 feet high. Hulumanu 36 inches high, 34
inches in diameter; of the red tail feathers of the tropic bird. Mate to No. 18. Cherry
and white trimmings.

24. Tortoise-shell and human bone pole 7 feet high. There are 12 jjieces of
bone representing that number of chiefs of renown, and the hnmu or principal bone is
the left shin bone of Kaneoneo, chief of Kauai. Hulumanu 24 inches high and 12
inches in diameter; grey, white-tipped feathers of the koae; black feather base. Black
and white trimmings. See Fig. 3, p. 7.

25. Stained wood pole 14 feet high. Hulnmanu 30 inches high and 24 inches
in diameter; of large feathers dyed red. Mate to No. 16.

26. Tortoise-shell pole 9',2 feet high. Hulnmanu very old, 24 inches high, 12
inches in diameter; of red and yellow feathers (00 and iiwi), and black base. Black
and orange trimmings.

27. Painted pole 14 feet high. Hulumanu 36 inches high, 22 inches in diameter;
of black 00 feathers. "Kekuaipoiwa he inoa keia o ke kupunawahine oia ka makua-
hine o Kamehameha a me Keliimaikai."

28. x'lsh pole II feet high. Hulumann 36 inches high, 30 inches in diameter;
of peacock feathers. Princess Panahi. Pink and yellow trimmings.

29. Painted pole 141/2 feet high. Hnlumanu 15 inches high and 30 inches in
diameter; of loose grej- feathers with red tail feathers of the tropic bird. Mate to No. 10.

30. Tortoise-shell and ivory pole 9'3 feet high. Hulumanu 50 inches high,
22 inches in diameter; of black ostrich feathers, grey and white tropic bird base.
Black and white trimmings.

31. Painted pole 14 feet high. Hulumanu 12 inches high, 24 inches in diam-
eter; of fluffy ostrich feathers. Mate to No. 12.

32. Tortoise-shell and ivory pole 10 feet high. Hulumanu 27 inches high, 12
inches in diameter; of red apapane feathers with base of gi'ey and white tropic bird
feathers. Cherry and white trimmings.

33. Painted pole 14 feet high. Hulumanu 10 inches high, 12 inches in diam-
eter; grey and white feathers in globular form. Mate to No. 8.

34. Koa pole 11 feet high. Hulumanu in globular form iS inches in diameter;
of duck feathers dyed red. Light blue and white trimmings.

35. Painted pole 14 feet high. Hulumanu 28 inches high, 24 inches in diam-
eter; of grey tropic bird and green-black iwa feathers. "Keaka he inoa keia no kona
kupuna a o ka hooholo loa ana o Keakamaha, a ua hea ia i keia kahili." Purple and
white trimmings.

36. Koa pole, turned, 10 feet high. Hulunumu 6 inches high, 24 inches in

BRK.llAM ON HAIFA //AN FEATHE/^ WORK.

diameter; of small, stiff black and white feathers. Princess Pauahi. Pale blue, pur-
ple and white trimmings.

37. Painted pole 14 feet high, with the imposing name Kalanikaumakamana.
Hulumann 15 inches high and 30 inches in diameter; of blue jjeacock feathers.

Purple and yellow trimmings.

38. Koa pole, turned, 10 feet high. Hulumann S
inches high, 33 inches in diameter; of peacock feathers.
Pink silk base, cherr\' and vellow trimmings.

39. Painted pole 13 feet high. Hulumann 36 inches
high, 24 inches in diameter; of black iwa feathers. "Kawao
he inoa ia o kekahi kupuna ona; oia ke alii i ana maia i na
makaainana kona kupapau a puni na moku o Maui; he alii
aloha oia i na makaainana, a he aloha na makaainana iaia."
Orange and black trimmings.

40-43. Kauila poles, 9^ feet high. Hulumann 24

inches high and wide; of duck feathers dyed red. These four

kahilis are inscribed as follows: "Pilialoha o na kahili pili

eha keia ma ka aoao o ka pahu o Kekelaokalani i kona

hoolewa ia ana, a oia no na pili o ka pahii o ko ka Moi-

wahine hoolewa ia ana." Cherry ribbons are attached.

From the inscription it is seen that these four kahilis of dyed

red feathers, which were imported in quantity for hat orna-

; . '^ I ments, stood at the four corners of the stand on which

! J reposed the remains of the mother of Queen Emma,

Fanny Young. And when Emma, the grand-daughter of
FIG. 15. K.\HILI OF ^ , " , " T^ 1- , 1 r ■ 1 ,- T-

SUGAR CANE John \ oung, an English seaman and iriend 01 Kameha-

meha I., adopted daughter of Dr. T. C. B. Rooke an English

physician, wife of Alexander Eiholiho ( Kamehameha W . ), in turn was gathered to her

ancestors, these four emblems of royalty, — and also of the foreign element so interwoven

in her life, were held by bearers o^•er her mortal remains as they reposed in state in

the old Kawaiahao church.

That kahilis were not always made with feathers is shown In* the interesting
pair in the Bishop Museum which were presented to Queen Emma January 2, 1S83, as
a birthday offering from the women of Wailuku, Maui. Fig. 15.

44-45. Poles of plain wood 12 feet high. The body of irregular form, made
from the tips of sugar cane. See the one on the extreme right in the group of
kahilis. Fig. 8, p. 15.

The tops of these interesting kahilis are shown more clearly in Fig. 15, where they
remind one of the results of topiarian art seen formerly in old English gardens. The

..'...>iV

SMALL k'AH/L/S.

measurements given are approximate, as the kahilis are enclosed in sealed cases, but
the^- are nearly correct. Notice is taken of the unornamental trimmings, but these
are not the same the kahilis wore at their last public appearance, for they were
redecorated by native women immediately before they were brought to their present
cases and the Director is not responsible for the strange effects presented.

A kahili handle | B. M. 117 | is shown in Fig. 3. It is made of tortoise-shell and
human bone (those of Kaneoneo, Kalanikupule, Kaiana and other chiefs who perished
in the battle of Nuuanu in 1795), was given by Paki to (rorham I). Gilmau many
3-ears ago, and by him to the Bishop Museum. Many other liandles of tortoise-shell
and ivory are in the INIuseum collec^tion and some of them are doubtless handles of
those kahilis described by the Rev. C. vS. .Stewart in the account of Kamamalu's
pageant just quoted.

No attempt is made to describe the many small kahilis in this Museum; speci-
mens are found in most museums; and here, while the\- are in great number and variety-,
and often of considerable beauty, they are generalh- quite modern and made of foreign
feathers. Sufficient illustration is given in Figs. 8 and 16, and Plate 1\'.

FIG. 16. SMALL KAHILIS.

FEATHER LEIS.

A lei Avas a ver\- primitive form of personal decoration. Among the Hawaiians
the faA^orite form was a necklace of the fragrant fruits of the screw pine, — the Icihala^
"he leihala oe ma ka ai o ka poe naauao — thou art a hala necklace about the neck of
the wise" Avell expressed the native estimation of this ornament. When made of
feathers the name could hardly be translated necklace, for the lei of feathers was as
often worn in the hair and about the head as about the neck: or the longer ones were
thrown over the shoulder precisely as the long strings of flowers called lei at the present

day are usually worn. It is best then to adopt the
i ,_ Hawaiian word without "doing it into English."

^y^- , No feather work required less labor or

jW -^ffl|^^ skill than tying feathers around a core ( usually

^""^^^^^^ of several strings of olona or, in modern times,

of cotton or woolen cord), but unless the work
was thoroughly done there was danger of disso-
lution, and in case the lei came apart in windy
weather the constituent feathers might be harder
to retrieve than were the gold beads of our great-
grandmothers when the retaining string acci-
dentally parted.

The illustration, Fig. 17, Avill show how
the feathers were tied (hakii), and while the
result was rather stiff, there was ample opportunity for displa}' of taste in the ar-
rangement of feathers both in colors and size. The long feathers, such as were used
in cloaks and capes were sometimes used, but generally the smaller feathers were re-
served for this purpose. Large feathers made a very hot ornament; several strands
of a smaller diameter were cooler. When not in use the joint of a bambu made a con-
venient and safe receptacle. Leis of mamo and 00 are liighly valued at the present daj-.
A superb one of mamo, an heirloom of the Kamehamehas [B. M. No. 2800] is valued at
$1000, and another of 00 quite as large [B. M. No. 2801] is believed to be worth $800.
Small ones of 00 not more than three-quarters of an inch in diameter and long enough
to go around the neck ( iS to 20 inches long) are now valued at more than $200. Of
these smaller ones the leis of n:alvaceous flowers (Sida Jci//a.v) strung and sold in the
streets of Honolulu are, so far as color goes, a very got)d imitation.

The flat bands of peacock or pheasant, or even of dyed feathers, are of course
modern, often poorly made by sewing the feathers to a strip of cotton cloth, and used
by natives and others for hat bands.

FIG. 17. THE GROWING END OF
A LEI.

FEATHER LEIS.

The true feather leis are generally of uniform cylindrical section and either
monochromatic (especially in the case of the more costly feathers) or made up of alter-
nating bands or spirals of mixed colors. In some cases leis haye longer feathers
inserted at regular interyals giving a pleasing variety of form. Figs. iS and 19 will
show some of the leis in this Museum.

FIG. 18. HAW.^IIAX FEATHER LHI.S.

LIST OF FEATHER LEIS IN THE BISHOP MUSEUM.

[The numbers are those the specimens hear in the ^luseum Catalogue.]

2800. Mamo feathers of the choicest quality; made from three ancient leis be-
longing to the Kamehameha family. 3 inches in diameter, 24 inches long.

2801. Oo feathers, large and of brilliant yellow. While the property of the
Goyernment it was sent to an exposition in Paris and there ruined by the upsetting of
a bottle of ink; the stains cannot be removed by any ordinary washing. This lei is
with the preceeding the largest I have seen either in museums or private hands;

24 inches long.

2802. Mamo under feathers, medium size, downy; 22 inches long.

2803. Mamo of even size; 24 inches long.

28 BRIG HAM ON HAWAIIAN FEAIHER WORK.

2804. Mamo, small, three-quarters of an inch by 20 inches long.

2805. Mamo, medium size with long narrow inserts; 22 inches long.

2806. Mamo similar to the last; 25 inches long.

2807. Mamo of medium size; 21 inches long.

2808. Apparently dyed to imitate mamo; 18 inches long.

2809. Mamo close and stiff, few long exerts; 19 inches long.

2810. IVlamo with three short spirals of black 00 and apapane; ver\- elegant;
21 inches long.

281 1. Mamo and iiwi, narrow spiral; 26 inches long.
2S12. Oo and apapane in narrow^ spirals; 23 inches long.

2813. Mamo and iiwi, three sections of each, medium size; 19 inches long.

2814. Oo and apapane, four se(51;ions each; 21 inches long.

2815. Mamo and ou, six sedlions each, orange and dark green; 17 inches long.

2816. Mamo and black 00,. five sedlions each, with long exerts, elegant; 24
inches long.

2817. j Oo long feathers; 20 inches long.

2818. I Oo, mate to the last; 19 inches long.

2S19. \ Oo and trimmed green feathers ( ? ), three se(5lions of each; 25 inches long.

2820. I Like the last; 23 inches long.

2821. Yellow dyed with long crim.son exerts, medium size, 24 inches long.

2822. Mamo and ou, three sections of each; 23 inches long.

2823. Mamo and 00, three sedlions each; 24 inches long.

2824. f Oo and ou (paiiku), three sections of each; 25 inches long.

2825. I Mate to the last, but 23 inches long.

2826. In sedlions arranged mamo, ou, mamo, apapane, mamo, ou; 24 inches long.

2827. Oo and apapane, three sedlions each; 19 inches long.

2828. \ Oo and iiwi, three seAions each; 17 inches long.

2829. 1 Mate to the last, but 20 inches long.

2830. Oo and iiwi; 23 inches long.

2831. Mamo and iiwi, fifteen se<5lions each; 24 inches long.

2832. Mamo and iiwi, sixteen sedlions each; 23 inches long.

2833. Oo and iiwi, sixteen sections each; 24 inches long.

2834. j Oo and apapane, four seAions each, very small and stiff; 21 inches long.

2835. I Mate to the last, but 23 inches long.

2836. Three crimson and three green (dyed?) sections, long open feathers; 23

inches long.

2837. Three green, two crimson sedlions (unfinished), mate to the last; 15

inches long.
6727. Oo and iiwi, three sections; 24 inches long.

MODEL OF ANUU.

6728. Mamo, long open feathers with a few tinged with black; 23 inches long.

6729. Manic and apapane, fonr se(?lions each with long exserts; 21 inches long.

It will be noticed in this list that leis are often made in pairs, but one slightly
longer than the other, the longer one being twisted around the other when worn in
the hair.

FIG. 19. HAWAIIAN FEATHER LEIS.

TEMPLE ORACLE: ANUU.

A MOST interesting relic of Captain Cook's visit to Kealakekua and his deifica-
tion there is preserved with other obje6ls from that voyage in the Hofmuseum at
\"ienna, where Dr. Heger kindly allowed me to examine it. Cook, it will be remem-
bered, was regarded by the Hawaiians as superhuman and the apokatastasis of Lono,
a deified chief of former days. The account of his worship is given at length in
Cook's Voyages, and the rather nauseating details need not be repeated here. The
heiau or temple in which the Cook apotheosis took place is still extant, although ruinous,
but the frail edifice that in outer appearance took the place of a church steeple has of
course disappeared; and although I have often searched on this and other heiaus for
traces of its location the general surface of all these is now so disturbed that no signs
remain. Fortunately Cook gives some details both as to stru(?ture and appearance and
his account of the first landing on Kauai may be quoted:

"As we ranged down the coast from the East, in the ships, we had observed at every village
one or more elevated white objec5ls, like pyramids or rather obelisks: and one of these which I
gues.sed to be at least fifty feet high, was very conspicuous from the ships' anchoring station, and
seemed to be at no great distance up this valley [Waimea]. To have a nearer inspecftion of it was
the principal object of my walk. Our guide perfeclly understood that we wished to be conducted to
it, but it happened to be so placed that we could not get at it, being separated from us by the pool of
water. However there being another of the same kind within our reach about half a mile off, upon

BRIGHAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

our side of the valley, we set out to visit that. The moment we got to it we saw that it stood in a
burying ground or moral: the resemblance of which in many respects to those we were so well ac-
quainted with at other islands in this ocean, and particularly Otaheite [Tahiti], could not but strike
us, and we also soon found that the several parts that compose it were called by the same names. It
was an oblong space, of considerable extent, surrounded by a wall of stone about four feet high. The
space enclosed was loosely paved with smaller stones: and at one end of it stood what I called the
pyramid, but in the language of the island, is named hanananoo \^lie anuu~\, which appeared evidently

to be an exact model of the larger one obsen'ed by us from the ships.
It was about four feet square at the base and about twenty feet
high. The four sides were composed of small poles interwoven
with twigs and branches, thus forming an indifferent wickenvork
hollow or open within from bottom to top. It seemed to be in rather
a ruinous .state, but there were sufficient remaining marks to show
that it had originally been covered with a thin light gra>- cloth [kapa]
which these people, it would seem, consecrate to religious purposes;
as we could see a good deal of it hanging in different parts of the
morai, and some of it had been forced upon me when I first landed.
On each side of the pyramid were long pieces of wickerwork."'*'

Thi,s obelisk-like strii^ltire wa.s an important part of
all large heiaus, although not fonnd in small private temples
dedicated to personal gods, and was generally bnilt of
bambn to a height of twenty feet or more and co\ered with
kapa. Its plan was a rectangle but not a sqtiare. A single
door in one of the longer sides, closed with a curtain, admitted
the priest or chief to the interior where the voice of the god
of the temple ( luakini ) was supposed to be atidible. Cook
entered one of these and with the priest climbed some dis-
tance tip the frail staging. The priests of Cook's heian
( at Kealakekua on Hawaii ) were well-to-do and influential
men, were his friends to the last, although he destroyed their
houses and goods and wantonly- pillaged the temple, — in his
desire for fire-wood removing the sacred fence, — and it is
probable that thej- had made for him this unique model of
We have no other history of this model before it arrived in
Europe. It was sold with other of the curiosities brought home by the expedition and
passed to Austria, finally finding a home in the beautiful Hofmitseum.

It is neatly made of basket work covered with red feathers of the iiwi and trim-
med on the vertical edges with the yellow oo. The doorway on one of the wider sides
is cased with tortoise-shell to which time has given the coloration of rusty iron. The
total height is twenty-three and a half inches. In the picture given by Cook's artist,
Waber, of a temple on Kauai the frame of a similar struAure is shown. As the cov-
ering was very perishable, it is probable that it was renewed whenever the oracle was con-
sulted, generally at the time of human sacrifices. With the Hawaiian colledlion at Vienna
is a low-crowned, broad-brimmed hat of European form, once covered with feathers.

^^Cook^s Third Voyagr, 1784: II., 200.

FIG. 20.

MODEL OF AN

the abode of the god-head.

KUKAILIMOKU.

The Polynesian trinity of Kane, Kii and Lono, worshipped with yarions
attributes and together or indiyidually, deyeloped on the Hawaiian Group
a number of yariations from the Polynesian originals ( as indeed was the
case elsewhere), and from Ku was deriyed (not descended) the war-like
deity especially honored by the great Umi,"' and later bj- Kamehameha
who in other things as in parity of religion resembled his renowned prede-
cessor. One recalls with Mr. Ellis"° that Taire | Kaili | was a famous war
god of Tahiti. Kuakimotumotu is the Maori name of a cluster of stars
FIG 21 KU- placed on the breast of Rangi | Lani, the heayens | by his son Tane
KAii.iMOKr. j Kane I . Kamehameha was a religious man and from his war-like youth
to the last scenes in his yery aftiye life Kukailimoku was the god to whom due rites
were always paid. Hence it is not surprising that a number of effigies of this god,
made in the most costly wa\- known to the Hawaiians, — of feather work — should liaye
suryiyed the general destruAion of idols after the accession of Liholiho.

It can hardly be out of place to trace briefly the conquest of the Group since
Kukailimoku was considered the dire6ling deity. On the death of Kalaniopuu, King
of Hawaii at the time of Cook's yisit, the kingdom was left to Kiwalao, his son by
Kalola, and to his foster son Kamehameha jointly, although the son was to be moi in
chief. This was at the beginning of 17S2 and before the year was half gone Kameha-

-e>

meha had slain his foster brother in the battle of Mokuohai. When Cook landed
Kalaniopuu was king of all Hawaii and of East Maui; Kahekili of West Maui; Kunia-
koa of Molokai; Keliiaa of Lanai; Kahahana of Oahu; and Keawe of Kauai. By the
death of Kiwalao Kamehameha became nominal king of Hawaii, but l)y this time
Kahekili had extended his power oyer all Maui, Lanai, Molokai and Oahu, and his
brother Kaeo was king of Kaiiai. All this change was not effe(5led without great loss
of life, and a part of the great decrease of population noticed by \\ancouyer in the four-
teen years since his yisit as sub-officer of Cook was due to these wars, which if not
always yery bloody certainly at times kept the ayerage a high one. After the con-
Cjuest of Oahu Kahekili ayenged a conspiracy against his rule by so bloody a punish-
ment that the Ka-po-luku or night of slaughter is said to haye choked with the bodies
of the slain the stream of Niuhelewai, just west of Honolulu; and at Moanalua a house
was built of the bones of the yi(5lims. Another terrible slaughter was at the hill of Kau-
wiki in Hana, East ]Maui, the result of which was to make Kahekili master of all Maui.
When Kamehameha heard of the capture of East Maui he at once prepared to
reconquer it and collecfled a considerable fleet of canoes at Kamilo in sight of the oppo-

'9Unii was the son of Liloa, King of Hawaii. For his romantic Coutribittioni,o/ a vftwrabU' sai'ugc to tht- ancit'iit Uistoiv I'f tht' Ha'tvaiiati
story see Ri^cits d'nm I'i^tix' Sauz'agf pour sei"i'ir a I'histohe ancinutc dc Islands; Boston, iS6S, by the present author.
ffaivaii, pat Jules Rt-mv; or a translation of the same work entitled -"Polyut'stau Rfsrarcltirs, 1., zyS.

BRIG HAM ON HAW AH AN FEATHER WORK.

site shore and under the shadow of Haleakala, the "House of the Sun," that vast vol-
cano that forms East ]\Iaui. To the invader Kahekili sent his younger brother Alapai
witli this remarkable message: "Say to him 'wait until the black kapa [shroud] cover
me and mv funeral rites shall be performed then come and receive your kingdom with-
out the peril of war' — for indeed he is my son and
from me he received his name after that of my
elder brother.""

Even Hawaii was not to become one king-
dom without many a struggle. Keawemanhili,
uncle of Kiwalao, had been the chief adviser in the
coiirse which led
to the disaffec-
tion and death
of his nephew,
and after that
event he held
court in the dis-
trict of Hilo,
while K c o u a-
kuahuula, half
brother of Kiwa-
lao, ruled Kau,
both disputing
the authority of
Kamehameha.
A long and
bloody war resulted in the submission of the king of
Hilo who assisted Kamehameha in his attack on Ka-
hekili, a proceeding which roused the ire of Keoua who
immediatelv marched against his former ally and
killed him in the battle of Alae. In the ^-ear 1790
Kamehameha invaded Maui and defeated Kalaniku-
pule, son of Ivahekili with great slaughter in the battle of lao. While this was going on
in Maui, Keoua, hot with the vic9:or3- over Keawemanhili, marched into the district of
Hamakua, Kamehameha's territorv. This hastened the return of Kamehameha and
after several battles, in which gunpowder was used on both sides, Keoua retreated to Hilo.
While marching thence to renew the contest his army passing by the volcano of Kilanea
was partly destroyed by the last explosive eruption recorded from that crater."

2'It is generally believed that Keouakalanikiipuapaikalaiiimii. --Hor a full account of that eruption and the destruotion of Keoua's

nephew of Alapainui. was the father of Kamehameha, hut of this no forces see y<Aes on the Volcanoes of the Haiuaiian Islands, ll'ilh a His-

nian can know. The pratftice of adoption still farther complicated tory of their varions Eittptions. By William T. Brigham, Boston, iS68,

genealogies. in the Memoirs of the Boston Society of A'at/aal History, I., 404.

FIG. 22.

FIG. 23.

KUKAILIMOKU.

<>I»

In the meantime Kamehameha was residing at Kawailiae and a priestl)- oracle
had declared that a temple bnilt on the hill Puuokohala in that place would avert the
perils of war and insure the final conquest of the group. The king built the heiau
called from the name of the hill, and as each part was finished bathed it with the blood
of many human sacrifices offered to Kukailimoku/"'
From the dedication of this heiau his star was in the
ascendant.

Kahekili and his brother Keawe from Kauai
fought the naval battle of Kepuwaliaulaula off the
coast of Hamakua, near Waimanu, and were decis-
ively routed by Ka-
mehameha. The
aged Kahekili re-
treated to Oahu
where he died in
July, 1794, leaving
the remains of his
kingdom to his son
Kalanikupule. Be-
fore the end of 1 79 1
Keoua Kuahunla
was treacherously
slain at Kawaihae
b}- Keeaumokupa-
paiaaheahe and his
body offered on the
altar of Puukohala

to Kukailimoku. After more than nine years of
almost constant warfare Kamehameha was at last in
fact king of Hawaii.

In the spring of 1795 Kamehameha invaded
Oahu and in the battle of Nuuanu defeated Kalani-
kupule and his allies: the king fled to the mountains
but was captured and his body offered to Kukailimoku. Kaiana, who had attained some
prominence by a voj-age to China with Captain Meares, and who had deserted Kameha-
meha while on this expedition to Oahu, was also slain, and the bones of these two warriors
are believed to be among those decorating the kahili handles now in the Bishop Aluseura.
Fig. 3, p. 7. In iSoo Kaumualii, king of Kauai, came to Kamehameha at Waikiki and

FIG. 25.

FIG. 24.

23For a good account of the building of this last great temple of
the old worship, and the same method was always used, so far as we
are informed, see An Accounl 'of the Polynesian Race, its origin and

Memoirs of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum. Vol. I.

migrations, and the -indent Hntory of the Hawaiian people to the times
of Kanieliameha I. By Abraham Korn.inder. London, 1880. II., 327.

(3)

BRIG HAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK

arranged for the posthumous cession of his kingdom, and thus the sovereignty of the
whole group came to the foster son of Kalaniopuu. After suppressing an insurreftion
on Hawaii peace came at last to the chief, and he devoted his energies to promoting the
comfort of his people: he was also friendly to foreigners and prote(?ted their commerce.
Among his orders was one to the bird-catchers: "When you take a bird do not strangle
it, l)ut having plucked the few feathers for which it is sought, set it free that others
may grow in their place." They inquired, "Who will possess the bird set free? You

are an old man." He added, "My sons will possess
the birds hereafter.'"''

As death drew near and the priests could not
heal the increasing infirmitv of the king, a special
house was built for Kukailimoku at Kailua, on Ha-
waii, where the king was living at the time, and
human sacrifices were proposed, but tlie dying king
declared, "The men are sacred to the king" (his son
Iviholiho). And so the head of network covered willi
red feathers which had been his deity, and the object
of all his pravers and offerings, was held to still as
Kamehameha went to his grave. There is little
doubt that the image once in the cabinet of the
American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Mis-
sions in Boston, and now in the Bishop Museum
I No. 7855 ] was the particular one to which the
dviug king turned for unavailing help. Certainly
those carried awav by Cook's officers aiul by Van-
couver, and now in London and \'ieuna could not
have been, and it is improbable that the idol of the
founder of the family would have been destroyed in
the general destru(5lion of the temples and gods in the
beginning of the reign of Liholiho.
And how is it that we have still extant a number of these feather-covered heads
of varied form and more or less repulsive featiires? I do not know that there are more
than those now stored in the museums of X'ienna, London and Honolulu, but it is
quite possible that others were hidden in caves at the time of the overthrow of the an-
cient Hawaiian religious system, as tradition claims. It must be remembered that
although to the present generation Kukailimoku is known as Kamehameha's war-god,
the deity had been the object of an ancient cult,'' and many images may have been made
in various parts of Hawaii, and the process of manufa<5lure, as will be seen below, lent

FIG. 26.

-'■History of the Sandimh hlainis. By Sheldon Uibble. Lahaina-
hina, 1849; p. 75.

=5Krik.<iili-nioku in Hawaiian means Ku that seizes the islands.

Many authorities claim that this god idea was not anterior to the time
of Unii. and was naturally adopted by the ambitious young Kameha-
meha as a suitable promotor of his designs.

KUKAILIMOKU.

itself readily to individual variation. How did Cook and Vancouver obtain possession
of these images? In Cook's case it is not improbable that his supposed divinity would
inilnence the aged king Kalaniopuu to present an image of a brother god; or it is not
at all inconsistent with known fa6ls that the image may have been stolen, for the
morality of those times seemed to permit "the spoiling of the Egyptians" while abusing
the latter as arrant thieves. This image, now at Vienna, is certainly the most kindly
looking of its congeners, not at all war-like or repulsive.

When Vancouver returned to Hawaii Kalaniopuu had gone to his long rest and
the yoitng Kamehameha was reigning over the por-
tion of the island at which he touched, and the wily
king may have been quite willing to have rival im-
ages well out of the wa\-; and certainly- after \'an-
couver's visit no more of these god-heads appeared,
while the particular one entrusted by the dying
Kalaniopuu to his foster son and successor in the
priestlv office was more assiduously worshipped than
ever. Kamehameha's god was removed from vulgar
sight soon after Liholiho's defiance to the priesthood
and the kapu, and from the cave where it was hidden
it only emerged to go to the cabinet of the American
Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. It is
unfortunate that so little is known of the personality
of these Hawaiian deities, but so great was the shame
for all these native customs instilled into the minds
of the earlv converts by the American missionaries
tliat it was almost impossible, even a generation ago,
to get details of worship or ritual from Hawaiians, —
they had made a business of forgetting; it was
"//^; ;;// ricoido'^ to all questions in that diredlion. I
have frequently conversed with old Hawaiians, both
on Hawaii and on Molokai, who had been familiar with
the rites of the ancient cult, but thev always showed restraint when speaking of them.
They described the processions and positions of priests and idols, but passed over the
human sacrifices briefly.

The structure of these peculiar images is simple. A wicker work, neatly made
of the long and very durable aerial roots of the ie-ie {Frcycinetia arborca ) in such a wa^-
as to show the general form and features, is strongly braced by hoops or ribs within, and
then covered with a tightly fitting net of olona to which feathers were attached, as in
the feather cloaks which will be described later. Red iiwi was the basis to which yellow
and black oo was added for embellishment or to demark features. In some cases human

FIG. 27.

BRIGHAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

hair crowned the head, in others the niahiole or crest. The CA-es were of pearl shell,
and in those in the Bishop Museum are attached in two wa3-s by carved knobs of dark
wood representing pupils. Fig. 29. In one ( A ) the stem of the knob is perforated bj'
conical holes whose apices meet, and through the hole thus formed a cord of coconut fibre
makes fast the whole pseudo optical device. In the other ( B ) the end of the stem is
left somewhat larger than the rest to hold in a cord of sinnet. One or the other of these
methods prevail, I believe in all cases, except the one called \'ancouver's. Fig. 24, where
there is no pupil. The teeth were those of dogs saved from the priestly feasts. Ears
were represented b^• small patches of black or yellow, sometimes b}- both colors united.

These gods were carried in battle on kauila
poles, most of them having no other sufficient sup-
port, and being also too small to be placed over the
head of a priest, as has been suggested."'' An inspec-
\ tion of the illustrations will make this plain.

The details of the worship, so far as they are
known, need not be entered into here; but it may be
stated that human sacrifices

were a sad adiunct to all im-

■'

portant rites. Many hun-
dred vi(5lims are reported,
' although the true number
cannot now be determined.
I am inclined to connect
' with the worship of Kuka-

ilimokit the two curious mats now in the British
! Museum, and shown in PI. W. I cannot claim any
' satisfadtorv authoritv for the opinion, but I have
I endeavored to find some use for these elaborate mat-
I like objects, on the supposition that they are of
-^ Hawaiian origin, and cannot find that an\- of the
suggested uses are allowable, whether dress, orna-
ment or armor, standard or insignia. They are flat, stiff, not very solidly bound to-
gether, and the patterns quite unlike those used in the feather cloaks: there are, more-
over, no signs of attaching cords or braids by Avhich the}- might be joined to other
objecfts. Now it was the custom in worship to place the image of a god, unless of too
large size, on a mat of pandanus covered with red kapa, and on the same mat the offer-
ings were made. This custom has been retained to the present day in the poor rem-
nants of heathen worship that appear sporadically among the people. We have in the

^''In a recent publication on Hawaiian feather work it has been were not such as wonld reciuire masks of any kind, least of all those
stated that the feather-covered heads are "dancing masks." I do with repnlsive features. The heads in question could not have been
not know anv authority for the statement. The Hawaiian dances used for any such purpose.

FIG. 29.

FIG. 28.

LIST OF KUKAILIMOKU. 37

Bishop Museum all the paraphernalia of an offering to a rude stone god, and the mat
is covered with Turke^'-red cotton, on one end of Avhich the god stands flanked by a
bottle of whiskey and one of gin, while offerings of awa root with fern and dracgena
leaves are before him, and intermingled are various ancient relics to bring to the mod-
ern kaliiiiia all the influence or luaiia of the ancient davs. Is it unreasonable to sup-
pose that a god, distinguished by the material always used in his construction, should
be placed on a mat of the same costh* feather work, either when deposited in the
sandluarv or when used as the object of prayers and supplications? Until I can see
some better use for these mats I must be allowed to appropriate them to the worship
of Kukailimoku.

The two mats are made of very short red, j-ellow and black feathers attached to
rods which are bound together not unlike the strufture of some of the helmets. The
ornamentation is in transverse bands of various widths, either plain or elaborately
figured as may best be seen in the photographs which Mr. H. Oldland, of the British
Museum, has kindl}' made for me. The loose cords attached rather irregularly to each
end are not of sufficient strength to be used as fastenings. The length of the larger
one is 22^ inches, the breadth 14^2 inches; while the other is 22 inches long and 12
inches wide. The design seems much more IMexican than Hawaiian.

LIST OF KUKAILIMOKU.

1. First I place the probable god of Kamehameha. This is 27 inches high over
all, while the crest is 4^ inches, and the diameter of the base of neck 9 inches; weight,
3 lbs. I oz. The frame is a compact basket work of ie-ie roots made in one piece and
strengthened by four hoops. This is closeh" covered with a net of olona, to which are
attached red feathers of the iiwi, except on the top of the crest and the base of the neck,
which are yellow 00, and the eyebrows, nostrils and two small scjuare spots two inches
behind the eyes (intended to mark ears), which are black 00. It is in good preserva-
tion except at the base of the neck. The dog teeth number 94, — 49 in the upper jaw
and 45 in the lower; the open space between is filled b^- a red feather tongue. The
teeth are broken at the base and bound in place by a firm cord about the middle, but
the points are intact. This head was hidden in a cave in Kona for many 3'ears, and at
last as its hold on the superstition of its kaliu or keeper weakened under the influence
of the new religion, it was brought as an offering to the missionary of the station, and
through him transferred in 1850 to the museum of the American Board of Commis-
sioners for Foreign Missions in Boston: from this collecftion it came to the Bishop
Museum by purchase. The eyes are thick pieces of pearl shell pierced through the
middle where a round knob of black wood is inserted in the manner shown in Fig.
29, B. Fig. 22, p. 32.

2. A smaller head, shown in Fig. 21, which was engraved from a photograph
taken b}- the author in 1865 when the idol was in the cabinet of Oahu College at

B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

Punahou. It was then in fair condition, but now is greatly dilapidated. The height
is 2 2 inclies. Instead of a crest there is a wig of human hair of a reddish tone, and
the mahiole is long and curl}-. The substrudlure is of the usual form and material,
and the olona net is now much torn and loosened from the wicker work; while the
featliers, which were originally red, have mostl_v disappeared. The eyebrows were

l)lack and the base of the neck yellow. Ea'CS as in
the previous description, but the pupil fastened in
in the way shown in Fig. 29, A. There are 74 dog
teeth, 40 in the upper and 34 in the lower jaw;
these are all filed at the points, or perhaps worn.
The base is broken and without trace of feathers.
Given to the Bishop Museum by the trustees of
Oahu College.

3. A head originally in the Cook collec-
tion, now in the kaiserlich-koniglich naturhi.s-
torische Hofmuseum at Vienna. Of all known
Kukailimoku this has the most benignant expres-
sion, if such a quality can be predicated of an
object so removed from correct human form. It is
in good order and quite like No. i in construAion.
Red, with yellow trimmings and black eyebrows.
Fig. 23.

4. A curious variation. Fig. 24, originally
in the collection of ]\Ir. Geo. Goodman Hewitt,
surgeon's first mate on Vancouver's ship. It re-
mained in the possession of his famil}' until 1890,
when the colle(5lion of which it was a part was .
purchased by the late Sir A. Wollaston Franks,
and by him presented to the British Museum. The frame is 39 inches high, covered
with neatlv-fitting olona net, to which are attached in the usual way red iiwi for the
principal covering, the crest and base of neck being of the usual j-ellow 00. A ^-ellow-
and black sqiiare marks the place for the ears, and there is a narrow black line of 00
on each side of the curious projeAion beneath the crest. The right eye alone remains,
a crescent of pearl shell not perforated as in all the other examples, and so having no
black pupil, but now cracked across the middle. The teeth are from dogs, and there
is a very prominent "Adam's apple" on the long neck. Mr. Dalton, of the British

FIG. 30.

Museum, has given a colored figure of this curious variety.

27,V«/('i nn an Ethnographical collection from the West Coast of
I\'orth America (more especially California), Hawaii and Tahiti,
formed during the Voyage of Captain Vancouver, J79o-J7<)5, and no^'

in tlic British Museum. By O. iSI. Ualton. Archii'Cs Internationales
D- Ethnographic, X., PI. XVI,

LIST OF KUKAILIMOKU. 39

5. Head with human hair braided in the centre of the forehead. Red, with
broad, yellow base to the short neck. As may be seen in Fig. 26, it has a very ex-
pressive countenance. Height, 24 inches. The eyes have very large pupils of wood.
British Museum.

6. Image with low forehead and \^xy prominent black eyebrows; base of neck,
as usual, yellow. Height, 32 inches. Eves verv large, with wooden knobs; the pearl-
shell of the right eve is broken through the middle. British Museum. Fig. 25.

7. \"ery long, slim neck, adding greatly to the height (41 inches), and giving
a snake-like physiognonu'. Yellow covers the crest and sides, extending to the neck.
British Museum. Fig. 28.

S. Long neck and extensive crest. Great development of the head immedi-
atelv under the crest accompanied by an atrophy of the lower portion. The eyes are
long and narrow pearl-shells, the right one in two portions. Covering mainly of red.
From the London Missionary Society; deposited in the British Museum. Fig. 27.

9. To these may be added the one figured in Cook's Voyages, which differs
from any of the others in the hollow head and horizontal eye. It is not known what
became of this. It resembles No. 4. Fig. 30.

MAHIOLE OR HELxMETS.

Ix every day life the ancient Ha^vaiian trusted to the protedlion of his thick,
coarse hair, and woi-e no hat. When the conch-shell trumpet called to battle, however,
the chiefs donned a head-covering both ornamental and iiseful. While it was firm
and thick enough to resist a severe blow, it was remarkable for beaut}- of form. So
graceful were its lines that writers have likened it to the helmets of the Greeks and
wondered at the connection. Did the Hawaiians borrow the form from the Spaniards

or other Europeans? To this we must answer
decidedly no. Neither Spaniards nor other
Europeans wore Greek helmets at the time
when intercourse would have been possible; nor
is it probable that any of these voyagers knew
an^'thing about Greek helmets. It would be
more reasonable to look in the opposite direc-
tion, to New Guinea, where the forms of head-
covering varied greatly it is true, but often pre-
sented a form far more analogous to the Ha-
waiian maliiole than anvthing we find on Greek
medals, coins or sculptures. Figure 31 will
show the connexion. It came from the north-
ern coast of New Ireland | B. M. 1664], a region
where manj- Polynesian colonies are found.
Dr. von Luschan has figured another frorii the
same locality in his interesting essa\- on the
influence of foreign art on African productions."*
Indeed caps with crests are common enoi^gh all over the \\orld, but the old
Hawaiian had another excuse for the form of his head covering. It was a custom to
cut the hair close at the sides of the head leaving a ridge of stiff, erect hair, like a
mane on the top of the scalp, and this mane-like ridge was called )iiaIiioh\ the same
name that was given to a helmet. Originalh- this personal decoration was a mark of
rank, but like all such exclusive tokens was in course of time seized by the aspiring
democracy. At the period when feather helmets were in vogue the niahiole was a token
of chieftainship, and if covered by any cap, the latter would repeat the token. Hence the
skullcap was supplemented by a ridge which often, as will be seen in the illustrations,
became an imposing crest. Cook and his companions were much impressed by the
beautv of this helmet and the accompanving feather cloak; the picture given in his

^^Fit'titdft' Eiiijliii-s in Afrika. Kelix von Luschan. tins If'fiiL'rmanns Illmtrieiiot Deuhclit:ii Momtlilu/tni, Sr/>ti^mbt'i\ iScjS.
40

FIG. 31.

FEATHER MAHIOLE OR HELMETS.

Voyages, Fig. 32, shows well a good specimen, which, b}- the wa}-, closeh- resembles
one now in the British Museum.

The struAure was in general of wicker work made of ie-ie or other material,
often beautifully plaited, as will be seen in the illustrations given. Over this was
neatly fitted a net of olona to which feathers were attached, usually red with crest of
yellow and lines of black or green. In many of the helmets that have survived this

FIG. 32. HAWAIIAN WARRIOR, COOK'S VOYAGE.

net has gone as well as the feathers, and no traces are left of the once splendid cover-
ing. The remaining frame is so well made in many instances that I was once per-
suaded that the specimens in question were never intended to be covered with feathers,
but I am now convinced that all were covered with feathers or human hair. In some
cases the crest is partly detached from the cap and held in place by spurs; and in several
the crest has been so modified that only a row of knobs remains: several of this latter
form are in European museums, but none have the feathers left; so I am unable to verifj^
my opiniou that these kuobs were really the base or svipport of feather plumes. It is

BRIG HAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

remarkable that so many helmets remain, as they were not so easily preserved or
hidden from an enemy as were the feather cloaks, but it will be seen by the following
list that many are still preserved in ninsenms, while dcnibtless some few are still in
private hands.

LIST OF HELMETS OR MAHIOLE.

I. Mahiole of Kanmnalii, King of Kaiiai, who died May 26, 1S22. This is the
only Iielniet whose former owner is definitely known, and it is in most perfect preserva-
tion, in fact it is preciseh- in the same condition as when last worn. It was given, with two
feather capes ( Nos. 14 and 78 of the list) to the Rev. Samuel Whitney, one of the first
compan}' of American missionaries, by Kanmnalii when he was taken a state prisoner
to Honolulu. Mr. Whitney, whose station was at Wainiea, Kauai, was skilled in the

FIG. 33.

FIG. 34.

FIG. 35.

healing art and had been of considerable service to the king in that way, and the ro^-al
prisoner who supposed he was going to his death, expressed his acknowledgement by
this offering of what was perhaps his most valtiable personal propert}'. Preserved in
the WHiitney home for half a century, it was sold on the death of Mrs. Whitney, in
1872, Hon. Chas. R. Bishop, then Minister of Foreign Affairs, pi;rchasing it and giving
it to the Government Museum, from which collec^tion it came to the Bishop Museum
after having been exhibited at the Paris Exposition in 1889, and in other places. The
wicker work is finely made and very substantial although light (it weighs 14 ounces);
the body and sides of the crest are covered with red iiwi feathers, the top of the crest
is of yellow 00, and there are small patches of black 00 on the front edge and a j^ellow
spot over each ear: these last do not show in the figure, Plate I., which was made b}'
Lowy in Vienna from a negative by the author. The extreme height, as shown in
the plate, is 15^2 inches; width, 6% inches, and depth 10 inches. Museum No. 959.
The feathers are attached diredlly to the frame without the usual nae.

LIST OF HELMETS.

2. Mahiole from tlie \'ancoiiver collecftioii given by the Trustees of the British
Museum in exchange. Its form is quite different from the last, as maj- be seen in
Fig. 2, p. 5. Bands of red iiwi, green ou and yellow 00, nearl}' obliterated b}- long
neglect, must have made this a very conspicuous ornament of some Hawaiian warrior.
The double plaited crest would have resisted a powerful blow. Height, 11 inches;
width, 7^ inches; depth, 9 inches. IMuseum No. 95S. The attachment of the feathers
is directly to rods, on one side of which they are bound much in the way feathers are
bound to leis. The frame of the helmet is as usual of ie-ie basket work, and to the top
of the crest no less than eighteen of the rods are fastened, while the sides of the crest
have twelve: on the body of the helmet the varying curvature is followed b^- long or
short rods. The succession of colors from the front is red, green, red, black, yellow.
A narrow border of black and \-ellow follows the edge.

FIG. 36. OUTLINES OF HELMETS IN THE BERLIN MUSEUM.

3. Mahiole from Cook's colle(5lion, now in the k. k. naturhistorische Hofmu-
seum, Vienna: red, with yellow crest; few feathers remaining. The front of the crest
is set rather farther back than usual. Fig. 33.

4. Mahiole from the same colleAion and now in the same depositary. The
body is green and the crest red and yellow, although few feathers remain. Fig. 34.

5. Mahiole also from Cook colledlion and with the others at Menna. No
feathers now remain, although originally it was co\-ered in the manner of No. 2. The
disposition of the covering rods is shown in the illustration. Fig. 35.

6. Mahiole of red, except the yellow top of crest and a narrow black and yellow
line at the junc^ture of the body and crest and along the border. This helmet is rather
soiled, but in a good state of preservation. Nationalmuseet, den Ethnografiske vSam-
ling, Copenhagen. ("Fjerkappe og Hjoelni" on the label.) The statement in the
excellent handbook, which is in Danish, that the "Kongens Kappe var forabejdet alene

BRTGHAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

af gule Fjer," — the King's helmet is all of yellow feathers, — while those of the upper
chiefs are of red A\-ith a yellow border, is without foundation.

7. Mahiole of red, with the usual yellow crest, with one black stripe on the
right side at base of crest, and two on the left side.
Feathers mostly gone. The form is shown in A
of Fig. 36. Now in the Museum fiir Volkerkunde,
Berlin.""

8. Mahiole with traces of feathers in the
same colleftion. B, Fig. 36. In botli this and
the next the rod structure was used, and it is so
general that I am inclined to tl:ink that when the
net or uac was used it was because of a plentiful
supply of torn or otherwise disfigured capes.

9. Mahiole of the rod structure and traces
of feathers. C, Fig. 36. Also in the Berlin Museum.

10. Mahiole of most interesting structure,
but showing no traces of feathers at present. The

usiial plaited
cap of ie-ie is
surmounted, in
place of the com-
mon crest, by

seven neatly plaited projecT;ions like rude umbrellas
with tops some two inches across. These are shown

FIG. 37.

HKLMET IN BERLIN
MUSEUM.

Fii

, and I suppose them to have been the

base of plumes.

II. Mahiole without feathers; in the Cook
colledlion of the Australian Mu-
seum in Sydney. This was in
the colleAion of relics of the
great explorer purchased by the
New South Wales Government
from the famil}- of Cook. The
struc?ture differs from those be-
fore noted and is a braid in three
secT;ions. An illustration. Fig.
38, I owe to the kindness of
Mr. R. Etheridge, Jr., the distinguished Diredlor of the Australian Museum.
12. Mahiole of the ordinary- form; red, with yellow crest; feathers well pre-

'9This and the three following have been figured by Dr. von I.nschan in Frriiuit-r Eiujiusi in Africa, already quoted, and from that
publication these outlines have been copied.

FIG. 38.

FIG. 39.

LIST OF HELMETS. 45

served. Given to Berne bv Waber, the Bernese artist of Cook's last voyage; now in
the Mnnicipal Mnseum of that city.

13. Mahiole; black, with yellow crest, on a fignre snpposed to represent a
Hawaiian in the Mnsee d'Artillerie, Galerie d'Ethnographie at the Hotel des Invalides,
Paris.- If I am rightlv informed, this fignre is a rcpliquc of one in the Jardin des
Plantes, but at mv last visit to that wonderful collection the ethnological specimens
were being rearranged in new galleries and I was unable to see them.

14. Mahiole supposed to be in the Jardin des Plantes.

15. ]\Iahiole without feathers, but with five pins of the same class as
already seen in No. 10. This is figured in the Voyage of Freycinet,'' Plate 90.
Guimard. Fig. 39.

16. Mahiole of red feathers, with a yellow crest raised from the cap by
interlacing arms. Attributed to Legoarand; now in the Musee de Marine at the

Louvre, Paris.

17. Mahiole of similar stru(5lure to the last.

18. Mahiole figured in Freycinet, PI. 90.

19. Mahiole without feathers, but woven in a very neat and ornamental man-
ner, quite as if no feathers were to cover it. This is in the Army and Navy Museum
in the old Whitehall Palace in London, where I was kindly allowed to examine and
photograph it. In the charadler of the weaving it differs from any I have seen.

20. Mahiole with a detached crest supported on four arms and joined to the cap
at the base. The first and third arms are of different finish from the others, which
with the cap and crest were covered with feathers on rods: none are now visible.
This, with the four following, is in the Museo Arqueologico Nacional at Madrid, and
shown in Plate VH., Fig. i, which I have copied, with correction of positions (which
were all incorrect in the original plate) from a sheet sent me by Stewart Culin, Esq.,

of Philadelphia.

21. Mahiole of ordinarv form, partly covered with red, black and yellow

feathers. Fig. 2, PI. VH. Madrid.

22. Mahiole with heavy crest and construfted with ornamented braid, but
showing (in the plate) no signs of feathers. On the sides of the crest are three black
and vellow stripes, and on the cap six of similar braid. Fig. 5, PI. \TI. Madrid.

23. Mahiole of ordinary form; once covered, apparently, with red feathers on
net work. Fig. 3, PI. VII. Madrid.

24. Mahiole with an immense, high and jjrojeAing crest. The cap is covered
with the rod struClure, while the crest seems to have been covered with feathers at-
tached to a net. As I have not been able to examine personally any of these helmets
in the Spanish museum, I am dependent on the drawings of Senor Teruel, whicli,
although apparently exact, do not indicate color. Fig. 4, PI. \TI. Madrid.

l^Voyage antuni iln mondr fiiit /ttn uitffr dii f^iii . iitr It's cini't'tlt'S itf S. .1/. i'ratii,- t'l la I'hy^uit-Hur. /u'lidatil It's aiiiur:, iSjj-iS^n. Pill M.
Louis de Frevchu-t.

BRIGHAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

25. Mahiole of ordinan- form, but with curious projections over the ears not
seen in any other. Xo feathers left. Height, 13 inches; depth, 8 inches. From the
Vancouver collection now in the British IMuseum. Fig. 40, a.

26. Alahiole of rather coarse wicker work, with detached crest supported b}-
five round, plaited bars. The ear holes are angular instead of, as usual, rounded. No
feathers. Height, iS inches; depth, 12 inches. \'ancouver colleAion, British Museum.
Fig. 40, b.

a b c

FIG. 40. HELMETS IX THE BRITISH MUSEUM.

27. Mahiole of ordinary- form and close woven strudlure. Height, 13 inches;
depth, 12 inches. Vancouver colledlion, British Museum. Fig. 40, c.

28. Mahiole in good preservation; feathers in concentric band of red, black
and j-ellow; j-ellow crest with prominent feathers, much resembling the one figured in
Cook's Voj-age, Fig. 32. It is the best one in the British Museum. Fig. 41, a.

29. Mahiole of form somewhat resembling No. 2. Red, with vellow crest and
border. British Mu.seiim. Fig. 41, b.

30. Mahiole of form similar to No. i. Red, witli yellow crest, and black and
3'ellow border. In good condition. British Museum. Fig. 41, c.

LIST OF HELMETS.

31. IMahiole of red feathers and yellow crest attached to a net over a well-made
ie-ie frame. The feathers on the body have suffered much, but the crest is in better
condition. British Museum. Fig. 41, d.

32. IMahiole of rather small size. Red, with 3-ellow top to crest in good con-
dition. British Museum. Fig. 41,6.

The last five helmets range in height from 11 to 15 inches. All those in the
British Museum were photographed for me bv Mr. Henry Oldland, of the Museum

a b c d c

FIG. 41. HELMETS IX THE BRITISH MUSEUM.

Staff. One or two of the last five were in the ]\Ieyrick collection, but I am unable to
identify them from \\\\ notes.

33. Mahiole with detached crest supported by two circular rods. Red, with
yellow top to crest, which is edged with black, and with \-ellow band around the sup-
porting rods, and a border of the same color. This was taken to England by Boki,
who accompanied the King and Queen in 1S24, but whether left there or brought
home and since destroyed is not known. It is well shown in PI. \TII.

34. Mahiole, of which only the wicker work remains in a damaged condition.
In the possession of a doAor in Honolulu. A recjuest to be allowed to examine and
photograph it was denied.

48 B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

35. Maliiole of wicker work covered with a net of olona. To this were origi-
nally attached red feathers, those on the crest being 3-ellow, and on the edge black.
This, with the next one, was for 3'ears attached to the wall in the exhibition hall of
the Real Mnseo in via Romana, and it is not strange that they have little to indicate
the color. Dr. Giglioli, who has described them,'' was able bv the n.se of a lens to
make out the remains of color. He saj-s: "Dopo minuzioso esame e coll' aiuto di nna
bnona lente, ho potato constatare, scoprendone gli avanzi, che il corpo di qiiesto
mahiole era in origine coperto di penne rosse della iiwi, mentre la cresta lo era colle
penne gialle dell'oo; lo spazio intorno alle intaccature per le orecchie era coperto di
penne nere, pure tolte all'oo; mentre I'orlo intorno all'apertura dell'elmo era guernita
di penne rosse, gialle e nere."

36. Mahiole without feathers, in form of No. 2, and like that, covered with
rods to which are still attached the olona threads that held the feathers. This and
the j^receding are in the Real Mnseo di Fisica e Storia Naturale at Florence.

37. Mahiole like those covered with feathers, but in this human hair covers
the wicker work frame in the guise of a wig. The crest ( mahiole ) is of bleached and
longer hair, while the rest is of a brownish hue. This was used in war, possibly a
trophy from some vanquished eneni}', and belonged to the mother of Queen Emma.
It is now in the Bishop Museum. [B. M. No. 134.] It should certainly be noted that
this helmet of human hair was not of so strong and firm a wicker work as most of
those to which feathers were added, and they seem more for ornament (or disguise)
than for prote<5lion.

I have not been able to trace other helmets adorned with human hair, although
assured by old natives that the fashion was genuine Hawaiian. It was customary in
the southern islands, especially Fiji, to Avear a wig made of the hair of an enemy, es-
pecially if that enemy had been eaten; and one of these from a man who was eaten in
1862 is in the Bishop Museum. [B. M. No. 2026. |

38-41. Since the above was in type word has come that four mahiole, two of
them with feathers, formerl}' in the Boston Museum, have been given to the Peabody
Museum of American Archaeology at Cambridge, Mass. It is well that they have
ceased to be mere curiosities, and have become objects of ethnological interest.

Here then are more than fort}' of the fine Hawaiian helmets still preserved in
museums, and it is not improbable that a few more are in private collections unknown
to me. Of all the.se the one in best condition and exhibiting the full splendor of its
original state is the Kaumualii helmet in the Bishop Museum, which I have placed
at the head of the list. There is manv an imposing panopU' in the roj'al armories of
Evirope. I have seen them at Vienna, Turin and elsewhere, but the Hawaiian warrior
clad in the superb bone and flesh of the olden day and decorated with the helmet and

i'^Appuuti hiloino ad una CoUer.ionr Ktnofif'afica Jatta (iuraule il Uott. Knrico Hillyer Giglioli. Firenze. 1895. In this valuable essay
lerzo Tiaggio di Cook f couscrvata sin dalla fiuc del strolo scono itrl R. Dr. Giglioli describes many other Hawaiian specimens, and it will
Mnseo di I-'isiea e Sloria Naturale di Firenze, p. 79. Studio del Prof. a.irain be referred to when treating of the Hawaiian feather cloaks.

LIST OF HELMETS.

cloak, not of steel from the earth but of the plumage of the birds of the air, was quite
the equal in imposing majesty of any knight of the Holy Roman Empire that ever
weilded lance.

But to return to a matter that this fine helmet suggests. It was the cherished
armor of a king as noble as any of the Hawaiian line, and j-et it is not all 3'ellow, as
one or two authors claim that the helmet of a king should always be: it is of red as
are the most of those which retain any of their original feathers, and not a single one
of all is exclusively yellow.

FIG. 42. SMALL FEATHER CAPE.

Memoirs of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Mitset'm. Vol. I.

(4)

AHUILA OR FEATHER CLOAKS AND CAPES.

Of all the Hawaiian feather work that has come down to us that comprised
under the above heading is not only the most abundant but also the most beautiful.
It is durable, of comparatively small bulk, and easily cared for, while its decorative
character has caused it to be sought for by the foreigners who have visited Hawaii.
The generous Hawaiian chiefs often made ahuula a token of their friendship, and so
feather capes or cloaks have made their way to America and Europe, and have been
gradually gathered into museums until there is not a large ethnological museum that
cannot show a specimen of some quality. It will be seen from the list subjoined from
how many localities the information has been gathered, and although the number is
great, I cannot believe that I have been able to track all that still exist. It is hoped
that the publication of this list, even incomplete, will lead to the discovery of more
that may be hidden in private cabinets or in the museums of small towns.

Olona is so universally the basis of Hawaiian feather cloaks, that feathers
mounted on any other substance would be at once classed as foreign to the group.
This fibre conies from Tonchardia latifolia, a Hawaiian genus of a single species dis-
covered by Gaudichaud. This genus of Urticacse is closely allied to the better known

ramie {Btclnueria )iivL-a)^h\\X. is even more
tenacious and durable. Although not
abundant, it is found in deep ravines and
well-watered mountain slopes all over the
group, and formerly it was cultivated for
its fibre much in the same way and places
as the fibre plants used for kapa or bark-
cloth.

The stripped bark is soaked and

then scraped on a long, narrow board
{laait kalii oloiia), with a scraper (iilii
kalii o/oiia ) made of turtle bone ( kiia-
lioiiii) or of pearl shell {papaiia^Mclc-
agiiiia Jiiaroaritifcra ) . The hank of fibre
is made fast to the small end of the board and the operator places himself over it as
shown in Fig. 43. The fibre is easily scraped out, and the spinner then twists it on
the thigh, using no spindle. Fig. 44. The cord or thread varies greatly in the net
used for cloaks, of which specimens are shown in Plates IX and XI. The Hawaiians,
as was the case with other Polynesians, had no looms,'' even of the rudest sort, and the

3=The rude apparatus of the Maori is the nearest approach tea from the Caroline Islanders, or perhaps been evolved from the
loom that I can recall; and that seenis to have either been borrowed needs of the flax used by the Maori for clothing.
50

»A>V

FIG. 43. SCRAPING OLONA.

FEATHER CLOAKS AND CAPES.

net or uac was formed with a netting needle ( Hia alio lea itpciia ) of the form common
to most peoples and found among the relics of the ancient Egyptians as well as in the
grass huts of Hawaii. The fineness of the net varies as does the size of the thread,
nor can I find that any particular fineness was peculiar to any time or place; in the
same cloak may be found pieces of ver}' varying degrees. The same netted fabric that
was used in the making of feather cloaks also served for the )iialo or waistband of
chiefs; and one of these very durable
dresses, fringed with human teeth (much
decayed) is to be seen in the Bishop
Museum. [B. M. No. 692 1 . |

It was common custom to net bands
of a width from 8 to 12 inches, and this
was cut and joined as tlie rolls of modern
cloth would be used by the shaper. In
the cloak of Kiwalao (PI. XI) there are
more than thirty irregular pieces thus
joined, and in the covering of the Ku-
kailimoku even more cutting and fitting
was required.

To fasten the feathers to this net
much finer thread, often single fibres, was
used, and the feather was bound by two
or three turns of the thread in the way
shown in Fig. 45. The shaft of the
feather was bound by one turn, then bent at a and the end b bound, by another turn
of the thread, to the same or the next lower mesh. This was a very secure method,
and the feather could be broken but not pulled out whole. One
skilful in attaching the feathers could easily arrange the />(?'// of
the bunch so as to completely conceal the uniting thread which
often was of considerable length and passed unbroken down the
rows. On the reverse the feathers did not show at all and the
thread being of the same material is hardly visible; only when the
cloak is much worn, and the net originally of open texture, do the
feathers show through, as is the case in PI. IX, lower figure.
When the cloak has been mended in modern times cotton thread
is generally used and is very conspicuous. It was generally, if not always, the custom
to arrange the feathers in direct rows, and where unevenness is found it is either the
result of careless workmanship or of the displacement of the net by age or rough
usage. It was important to prevent vertical breaks between rows, while horizontal
divisions were desirable for due flexibility, and so the horizontal rows were arranged

FIG. 44. SPINNING OLONA.

FIG. 45.

B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

quincunciallv. In many cloaks the feather tufts are so close that it is very difficult to
distinguish the knottings, but if placed one-sixth of an inch apart the surface is beauti-
fully covered, and they are sometimes a quarter of an inch apart withoiit breaks in
the surface. In some cases tlie vellow feathers have worn down to the extent of show-
ing the red feathers used for the pa'u, and even then the knotting is hardly visible.

It is often stated that a cape in time becomes a cloak as the owner's means or
rank increase; that is, strips of network are added by a sort of exogenous growth, but
I have not found tliis to be the ca.se. The garment seems to be designed originally for

a certain size which cannot be greatly in-

l''-y.V^.>i%l^-f'

creased without disturbing the balance.
And this brings us to a consideration of the
usual patterns. No great originality has
been shown, and the elements are geueralh'
triangles and crescents which in a flat de-
sign seem rather commonplace, but when
it is remembered that the folds of the cloak
when worn greatly modify the geometrical
arrangement of the triangles, whether plain
or spherical, it must be admitted that the
simple designs are admirabl\- adapted to
the purpose of decoration. An inspection
of the diagrams in the following list of
aliuula will show that, while there is no
great variety, no two were exadlly alike: it
is onlv in the modern copies made of dyed
feathers, or even of suitablv colored cloths,
that repetition occurs.

I have been told by aged Hawaiians
that the pattern was sketched on white kapa, cords of olona or coconut fibre serving as
radii of the curves which are generally arcs of circles, but I have never seen any of
these kapa patterns; and indeed, as they were never duplicated they woiild not be pre-
ser\ed. There does not seem to have been much freehand sketching in this feather
composition, and although in .several designs irregularities appear these are due
probably to careless following of the pattern and not to artistic freedom oti the part of
the designer.

There is nothing of the delicate variety and minute figiires of the Mexican
mosaics; the figures were all broad and even coarse, but in that were all the better
suited to the purpose intended, for it must be borne in mind that the primary use of the
Hawaiian feather cloaks was war-like decoration. The}- were a refined "war-paint." As
in mediseval Europe the vanquished knight was despoiled of his armor by the vi6lor,

FIG. 46. KNOTTING OF A CAPE.

FEATHER CLOAKS AND CAPES.

so the chief who killed or captiired his enemy took as spoils his feather cloak, helmet
or lei. It then became a trophy and a thing to be displayed on public occasions to the
conqvieror's fellows, and this use is still retained, in a modified form, among the
Hawaiians. In the latest royal funeral, that of the lamented Kapiolani, widow of
Kalakaua, feather capes were displayed to mark^rank, if not a more bloody conquest.

'SiUi.v-'v't

FIG. 47. FEATHER C.^PE.

Few of the ahuula still extant but have passed from owner to owner by violence in the
olden time, by the generosity for which the Hawaiian is noted in the days succeeding
the conquest of the Islands and the cessation of wars.

In wearing cloak or cape the usual fastening was a firmly Ijraided collar of olona
fibre continued at the upper corners of the garment into cords of square braid long
enough to tie securely, or to make into such a knot as to readily permit escape if ex-
igencies required, at the cost of the cloak. In a few cases tags of feather work were

BRIG HAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

attached at intervals to the front edges to wrap the cloak closer to the b<xly, bnt nsnally,
as the wearer reqnired free exercise of his arms, the attachment aronnd the neck was
the only one. In modern times silk ribbons have been substituted for the original cord
in many cases. A feather cloak was very warm, but as it was worn without under-
clothing of any sort, — in battle ancient Hawaiians generally omitted even the nialo or
waistcloth, — it was possible to avoid overheating. The weight of the large cloaks was
considerable owing to the firm netting of the substru(?ture.

The impression is prevalent in foreign countries that a register was kept by the
chiefs, and later by the Government, of all royal feather robes. This was not the case.

FIG. 48. THK BACK OF THE CAPE OF KIWALAO.

Not only did the Hawaiians have no written language until in 1820 the American
missionaries introduced letters and adapted them to the sounds of the spoken language,
but there were no known traditions referring to any particular ahuula in other than
the most general terms.

The list that follows this brief description is the only one that has ever been
compiled, and although efforts have been unsparing to make it as complete as possible,
other ahuula are known to exist here whose owners are not willing to have them seen,
still less examined or figured. In pleasant contrast is the kind assistance rendered b}-

FEATHER CLOAKS AND CAPES. 55

many friends abroad who have photographed or made sketches in color of specimens I
have been unable personally to examine, or have put me in communication witli
owners of specimens not in public museums.

It may seem strange that articles so highh' valued should have so little history
connedled with them. To most of us it would add greatl}' to the interest which must
ever attach to these beautiful examples of patient and long-continued work by a primi-
tive people, if we knew what chief first ordered the constru6liou, how long the hunters
colle6led, how many years the deft fingers of the high chiefesses plaited the precious
feathers into the network, what rejoicings at the completion of the long task, in what
battle it first was worn, and then the changing ownership when murder, fraud, or theft
transferred the garment; or when, in rarer cases, the owner gave the rich gift to a well-
loved friend; or, dying, left the aliuula to his heirs. But the native meles and kaaos,
while attesting the antiquity of the manufaAure, are not explicit enough to permit the
identification of any one specimen; as to the pattern and size, "aole i oleloia ma na kaao
kahiko o ko o nei poe kanaka — it is not told in the ancient legends of this people."

Imagination and arithmetic are not usual \'oke-fellows, but one can count the
number of feathers to the square inch and multiplv by the area of the cloak, then
divide by the average number of the feathers from eacli bird: imagination must then
compute the time taken to ensnare a bird and the farther time to attach the feathers
to the cloak. There are those who are amused with such calculations, and they have
stated that in the case of the great nianio cloak of Kamehameha ( the first in the follow-
ing list), if paid for at the rate of wages ruling at the end of this nineteenth century,
a million dollars would hardly pay the bills for the work done by the makers of that
cloak at the beginning of the eighteenth centurv- I have not repeated their figuring
and I cannot adopt the result as my own, but imagination nuiv be trusted when it tells
us that the time was great and the labor enormous before the predecessors of Kameha-
meha could display this cloak on their broad shoiilders. I do not care to reduce the
result of so much good work to mere dollars and cents. In the march of time and
civilization they have become to most men mere curiosities, while to a few they are
precious documents telling most honorable stories of a time and civilization long past.

As curiosities, the market for Hawaiian feather work shows curious flu(5luations.
I have been asked $10,000 for a cloak of no extraordinarv beaut v or condition: the
Hawaiian Government purchased a larger and finer one at auction for $1200: and
another of the same size was bought in London for $125. A small cape, from its per-
fection of workmanship and complete preservation, I have valued at $600. It is safe to
say that the prices asked for the few specimens now in private hands are prejoosterous.

BRIGHAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

LIST OF HAWAIIAN AHUULA.

I . Mamo of Kamehameha.

2. Cloak of Kiwalao.

Photograph.

3. Cloak of Kalanikauikalaneo.

4. Pa'u of Nahienaena.

5. Cloak with uo historj-.

Photograph .

6. Cloak with no history.

7. Cape, Peterson family.

8. Cape, Princess Pauahi.

9. Cape, Queen Emma.

10. Cape, Queen Emma.

II. Cape, Oilman.

12. Cape, A. B.C. P.M.

13. Cape, Boston.

14. Cape, Judd.

15. Cape, Haalelea.

16. Cloak, Kapiolaiii.

17. Cloak, Lunalilo.

18. Cloak, Queen Vidloria.

Photograph.

19. Cloak, Queen Vidloria.

i (

20. Cloak, Queen X'icloria.

( (

21. Cape, Queen Vi(5loria.

( t

22. Cloak, Waber.

Sketch.

23. Cloak.

Water-color.

24. Cloak.

25. Cloak, cock's feathers.

26. Cape.

27. Cape.

28. Cape.

•

29. Cape.

30. Cape.

(

31. Cape, Vancouver.

32. Cape, cock's feathers.

33. Cape, cock's feathers.

(

34. Cape.

35. Cape.

36. Cape.

(

37. Cape.

Sketch.

38. Prayer carpet ( ? ) .

Photograph.

39. Prayer carpet(?).

40. Cape, Bingham.

' '

41. Cloak, Aulick.

Water-color

42. Cape, Bolton.

43. Cape, Welling.

' '

44. Cloak, Chapman.

' '

45. Cape.

Sketch.

46. Cloak.

' '

47. Cape.

* *

48. Cape.

' '

49. Cloak.

* '

50. Cape.

' '

51. Cape.

Sketc

Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum.

Honolulu.

Chief Justice A. F. Judd.
Mrs. Haalelea.
Heirs of Kapiolani( ? ) .
Lunalilo Mausoleum.
Windsor Castle.

Municipal Museum.
British Museum.

Bingham famih'.

U. S. National Museum.

Public Library.
Ethnological Museum.

National Museum.
National Museum.

Windsor.

Berne.
Loudon.

Honolulu.
Washington.

Philadelphia.

Pittsfield, Mass.

Berlin.

Copenhagen.
Copenhagen.

LIS! OF AHUULA.

52-

Cloak, Lucas.

Photograph.

London.

53-

Cape, Christy.

i (

British Museum.

( (

54-

Cloak, Kelley.

i (

( (

55-

Cape.

Public Museum.

Maid.stone, England.

56.

Cloak, Pomare.

Brassey Mu.seum.

London.

57-

Cloak, Kearny.

Photograph .

Keani)' family.

New York.

58.

Cloak, Joy.

Art Museum.

Boston.

59-

Cape, Joy.

1 <

60.

Cloak.

Musee d'Artillerie.

Paris.

61.

Cloak.

Photograph,

Public Museum.

Saffron Walden, Eng.

62.

Cloak.

Ipswich, Eng.

63-

Cloak.

Sketch.

Ethnological Museum.

Leiden.

64.

Cape.

( (

( ( ( (

65-

Cloak, Cuuniugham.

Photograph.

Mrs. Curran.

Englewood, N. J.

66.

Cape, Cook.

Royal Museum.

Florence, Italy.

67.

Cape, Cook.

( (

( ( ( (

68.

Cape.

Ethnological Museum.

Munich.

69.

Cape, Cook.

Sketch.

Austrian Hof museum.

\'ieuna.

70.

Cape.

( (

({ ( (

( (

71-

Cape.

' '

' ' . (

' *

72.

Cape.

Photograph.

University Museum.

Gottingen.

73-

Cape, Cook.

Australian Museum.

vSydney, N. S. W.

74-

Cloak [in rags].

New York.

75-

Cape, Lee.

Photograph.

Private hands.

76.

Cloak.

Sketch.

( ( I (

New Zealand.

77-

Cloak, Robeson.

(?)

United States.

78.

Cape, Whitney.

Heirs of Kapiolani( ? ) .

Honolulu.

79-

Cloak.

National Museum.

Lisbon.

80.

Cape.

Photograph .

Mrs. Haalelea.

Honolulu.

81.

Cape.

' '

82.

Cape [net only].

" "

83.

Cloak.

Private hands.

London.

84.

Cape.

85.

Cape, Queen Yic5loria.

Photograph.

Windsor Castle.

Windsor.

86.

Cape, Queen \'i(ftoria.

,1 < f

( (

87.

Cape, Queen Victoria.

i 1

( ( c (

( (

88.

Cape, Kapena.

( t

Leihula.

Honolulu.

89.

Cape.

( (

Mrs. Manuel Reis.

90.

Cape.

Sketch.

British Museum.

London.

91-

Cape, Starbuck.

Photograph.

Miss Starbuck.

Bath, Eng.

92.

Cape.

Colgate. Kent Lodge, Eastbourne, Eng.

93-

Cloak.

' '

" "

94-

Cape.

Peabody Museum.

Cambridge, Mass.

95-

Cape.

S. Parker.

Honolulu.

96.

Cape.

Heirs of Kapiolani(?).

97-

Cape.

Elgin, Eug.

98.

Cape.

York, Eng.

99-

Malo.

Lilinokalaui.

Honolulu.

00.

Cape.

Cambridge, Eng.

[In the compilation of this catalogue the author desires to state that he was finst assisted by
his friend Professor Otis T. Ma.son, of the United States National Museum, who kindly placed at his
disposal all the material he had himself colle<5led, including water-color drawings of the specimens in
his charge. Acknowledgements are also due to his friend Mr. J. Edge-Partington for capital water-

58 B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

color drawings and measurements of the cloaks and capes in the British Museum. And to many
other friends, Diredlors and Curators of museums are thanks due for hearty and substantial aid in
gathering together the scattered remains of the patient and toilsome work of the ancient Hawaiians.
In the diagrams of the ahuula given below the three colors yellow, red and green are represented
conventionally, the two colored plates giving the tone, which is the same in all except the mamo.
The key to these colors is found in Fig. 49. The drawings have been made from the actual specimens
during a hurried visit to the Ethnological Museums of Europe and America, or from photographs sent
from private collections or museums not visited, and they will at least ser\-e to identify the .specimens.]

'red''

YELLOW

:;V:: t:v:>G R E E N x^^:^^:V^

FIG. 49. DIAGRAM OF COLORS.

1. This magnificent cloak, made entirely of the feathers of the mamo
{Drcpauis pacifica), may well be placed at the head of the list, as it is not only in
superb condition but, so far as is known, is the onl\' one of its kind in existence. It
is the historical cloak once belonging to the great Kamehameha, and to the last days
of the Hawaiian Monarchy it was used to decorate the throne on public occasions,
long after it ceased to be worn as a robe of honor. When its fabrication began neither
records nor tradition clearly tell, but there can be little doubt that some of its feathers
were plucked during the seventeenth century and the unfinished work ceased in the
last quarter of the succeding century. It is believed to have belonged to the ancestors
of the king Kalaniopuu who was king of Western Hawaii during Cook's visit, and
from him the young Kamehameha inherited the insignia with his portion of the king-
dom. The late J. J. Jarves, Historian and Art Critic, in describing this cloak'' says:

"His Majesty Kauikeaouli has still in his possession the niaiiio or feather war-cloak of his
father the celebrated Kamehameha. It was not completed until his reign, having occupied eight

preceding ones in its fabrication A piece of nankeen, valued at one dollar and a half, was

formerlv the price of five feathers of this kind. By this estimate the value of the cloak would equal
that of the purest diamonds in the several European regalia, and including the price of the feathers,
not less than a million of dollars worth of labor was expended upon it at the present rate of com-
puting wages."

On the neck border are a few iiwi feathers, and the present border of purple velvet
dates from the reign of Kalakaua. The length is 56 inches; front edges, 46 inches;
width at base, 14S inches; weight, 6 pounds. The nae or net of olona is close, uni-
form, of a dozen horizontal strips with several triangular pieces, and in perfect con-
dition. Given to the Bishop Museum by Legislative enacTtment. No. 6828.

2. Cloak of 00 {Acruloccrciis nobilis) decorated with triangles of iiwi ( ]'cstiaria
coccinca). Plate X. This is of the same age as the preceding and belonged to
Kiwalao, son of Kalanioptui, and a brave warrior, slain Ijy Kamehameha who thus
obtained the cloak. In late years it has been called "the Queen's Cloak" and has been

iiHawaiian Speclulor, II., 364 [July, iSjg].

LIST OF AHUULA.

placed over the Queen's throne on public occasions. Length, 60 inches; width at
base, 144 inches; front edges, 50.7 inches. The nae is composed of more than thirty
pieces, of irregular form and varying fineness, Fig. 48, and the cloak seems to have
been made up of the ruins of many other fabrics much as the choice produdls of
Kashmir are fitted piece to piece of many an ancient shawl. The network is shown on
a larger scale in Plate XI. At the fall of the Hawaiian Monarch}- this, with Nos. i,
3 and 4, came to the Bishop Museum where it is numbered 6829.

3. Cloak of iiwi with border, diamonds and triangles of 00. It formerly be-
longed to the cliief Kalanikauikalaneo, from wliom it came to the chief Charles
Kanaina, father of King Lunalilo, and after the death of Kanaina in 1878 it was
purchased by the Government for $1200. Length, 54.5 inches; front, 45 inches;
width at base, 148 inches. No. 6830, B. P. B. M. Fig. 49.

FIG. 49.

FIG. 50.

4. Pa'u of 00, witli small triangles of red and black at the ends. This, the
only known example of a feather robe made for a woman," belonged to Nahienaena
the beloved sister of Kauikeaouli | Kamehamelia III. |, a princess well deserving such a
decoration. It is related that at a reception given to Lord Byron, H. B. M. N., in 1825,
the Princess was urged to wear this pa'u and at first refused on the ground that such
robes belonged to the heathen times. She was then a girl of ten years and would have
been almost concealed in this immense garment, which was 20 feet 8 inches long and
30 inches wide. vSince the death of the Princess, in 1836, this pa'u, cut in two and re-
united lengthwise, lias been used as a royal pall, last over the coffin of Kalakaua.
No. 6831, B. P. B. M.

5. Cloak of 00 and iiwi, from London, without history. Length, 46 inches;
front, 40 inches; neck, 26 inches; base, 72 inches. No. 323, B. P. B. M. Fig. 50.

6. Cloak of 00 with perhaps half of its surface covered with iiwi: not in perfect
preservation. Purchased in London for ^25. Histor}' unknown. Length, 48.5 inches;
front, 47 inches; base, 168 inches. No. 95S, B. P. B. M. Fig. 51.

7. Cape of 00 and iiwi, dating from the time of Kamehameha I. Plate XV.

^••It perhaps marks the transition from a war rulte. suitable onh' for warriors, to a state decoration and mark of high rank which the
feather garments assumed in later days.

BRIG HAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

Formerl}^ owned bv the Peterson family in Honolulu. Length, 15.7 inches; front, 10
inches; base, 64 inches. In splendid preservation. Fig. 52.

8. Cape of 00 and iiwi; the central crescent half red and half black [00]. Once
the property of Princess Pauahi [Mrs. Bishop] and worn by her when a child. The net
is neatly made of nine irregular pieces, as shown in Fig. 54. Length, 14.5 inches;
front, 9.5 inches; width, 28. 5 inches. No. 955 in the Bishop Museum. Fig. 53.

FIG. 51. FIG. 52.

9. Cape of 00 and iiwi; once the property of Queen Fnima. Length, 12.5
inches; front, 8 inches; base, 66 inches. No. 956 in the Bishop Museum. Fig. 55.

10. Cape of 00 and iiwi; worn by Queen Emma when a child at the roj-al
school. I find from the private journal of Mr. Cook, the master of that remarkable

FIG. 53. FIG 54.

school for young chiefs, that it was customary to send for the Princes Lot and Alex-
ander with Bernice Pauahi and Emma to attend the king, Kamehameha IIL, at state'
fundlions, or when officers of war vessels or other distinguished visitors were received
at the palace. Length, 15 inches; front, 8 inches; base, 66 inches. Feathers some-
what worn. No. 957 in the Bishop Museum. Fig. 56.

II. Cape of 00 and iiwi, in fairl}- good condition. Carried to Boston about
1835. The owner died, and his son, in straightened circumstances, offered it to his

LIS! OF AHUULA.

latidlad}' in paj-ment of a bill of fifty dollars. From her it was purchased by Gorham
D. Oilman, Hawaiian Consul General in Boston, who presented it to the Bishop
Museum [No. 6841 |. Length, 11 inches; front, 6.5; circumference on neck, 14 inches;
on the base, 49 inches. Fig. 57. Shown also in Fig. 42.

FIG. 55.

FIG. 56.

12. Cape of 00 and iiwi; formerly in the cabinet of the American Board of
Commissioners for P'oreign Missions in Boston, whence it was purchased for the
Bishop Museum [No. 7766]. Length, 18.5 inches; front, 11 inches; base, 72 inches.
This, when received at this Museum, was very much discolored, and the yellow 00
little more than a brown dust color; the skilful hands of a native ladj- restored the
original color, nearly if not cpiite, by careful washing. Fig. 58.

FIG. 57.

FIG. 58.

13. Cape of 00 and iiwi; purchased in Boston for $100. Pattern almost identi-
1 with that of No. 10. Net in five pieces of fine texture. Length, 13 inches; front,
10 inches. No. 8075 in the Bishop Museum. Fig. 59. The modern history of the
cape is contained in the following note which came with the specimen:

BRIG HAM ON HAWAIfAN FEATHER WORK^

Boston, January ii, 1897.
My Dear Mr. Oilman: —

The latter part of tlie year 1833 Mr. and Mr.s. Rufus Perkins left Boston on their wa\' to

China where Mr. Perkins was engaged in business Some matters recjuired Mr. Perkins to

remain in Honolulu some little time. King Kamehanieha, surnamed "the good," gave them one of
his grass cottages at the head of Nuuanu \'alley for a residence. There, April, 1834, their daughter
Mary, who became my mother, was born. She was of the same age as the heir to the throne,'' and
the King gave her this feather cape as a token. \'er\' truly yours,

B. B. Bardwell.

FIG. 59. FIG. 60.

14. Cape of 00 and iiwi; once the property of Katimtialii, King of Kanai, and
by him given to Mr. Whitney of the newly established Mission at Waimea. After the
death of Mrs. Whitney it was pnrchased by Hon. A. F. Jndd. It is in good condition.
Length, 14.5 inches; front, 9.5 and 10 inches; base, 64 inches. Fig. 60.

FIG. 61. FIG. 62.

15. Cape of 00 with a central crescent half red, half black; red and black tri-
angles on front, and black and red border on neck and front. Property of Mrs.
Haalelea. Length, 14.5 inches; front, 9.7 and 10 inches. In good condition and the
feathers very thick. Fig. 61.

35 Alexander I.iholiho [Kaniehameha IV'.] was born Kebruarj' g, 1S34. — Chas. R. Bishop.

LIS! OF AHUULA.

16. Cloak purchased in England for $600. Her Majesty the late Kapiolani
was the owner of this cloak which I have not seen for several years. There was, if
my niemorv serves, nothing remarkable about it, and it is reported buried with its
former owner.

17. Cloak belonging to the ancestors of Kekauluohe, the mother of King
Lunalilo, and bv order of his father Kanaina buried in the coffin of the king. It was
large, of 00 with more or less green on. One person remembers that there was a green
crescent on the back; another that it was all green!

:.;-H.^>m^'

FIG. 63. FIG. 64.

18. Cloak of iiwi with 00 decorations; collar, red and black; feather tab on the
right side; length, about 57 inches. In the colle(5lion of Her Majesty Queen ViAoria
at Windsor Castle. This, with the others described below [19, 20, 21, 85, 86, 87] was
found carefully packed away in the round tower at the castle while search was being
made for the royal cloak sent by Kamehameha to King George. Fig. 62.

■'(.?:--yi^-

■v-;'/;.;*?v.v'.:., vSMu. ■ ■-',■■■-■■•

FIG. 65. FIG. 66.

19. Cloak of iiwi with figures of 00. A narrow black and yellow band around
the neck was accidentally omitted from the diagram. Fig. 63. The shape is rather
unusual. Length, 57 inches. Windsor Castle collecftion. Upper figure in Plate XIII.

BRIG HAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

20. Cloak of iiwi; five yellow triangles at the neck, four concentric bands of
six lozenges each, and a yellow band at the base; narrow red and black border at the
front edges. A magnificent cloak but badly preserved; as will be seen by the Plate
XIII, the net is visible in many places. Fig. 64. Windsor Castle colle6lion. Length,
68 inches; base, 160 inches.

21. Cape of iiwi with basal border of 00 and seven crescents in two rows on the
back; on each front a yellow triangle between two of black 00. This is large for a
cape and small for a cloak. Fig. 65. Plate XIV, a. Windsor Castle colleftion.

22. Cloak of iiwi with bauds and triangles of 00. About 60 inches long and
quite narrow; apparentl\- to cover only the back and sides of the wearer. Wiiber
\aiio-licc Webber], the artist of Cook's third voyage, brought this home and gave it
with other things to Berne, his native town, where it is preserved in fair condition in a

FIG. 67.

FIG. 68.

sealed glass case in the fine new Municipal Museum. The diagram. Fig. 66, is from
a sketch by the author, as it was difficult to photograph it in its double case.

23. Cloak of iiwi with bands, triangles, and circles of 00. Feather tabs on the
front edges. Length, 70 inches; front, 50 inches; base, 116 inches. A remarkably
showy pattern. From a water-color sketch by J. Edge-Partington, Esq. In the Brit-
ish Museum without history of ancient ownership. Fig. 67.

24. Cloak of iiwi with rhombs of 00 and a basal border of the same. Neck, 29
inches; length, 64 inches; front, 54 inches; width, 102 inches. British Museum. Its
resemblance to the Windsor cloak, Plate XIII, will be noticed. This, with most of
the others in the British national colledlion has beeu figured from Mr. Partington's
water-color sketches made for the author. Fig. 68.

25. Cloak of cock's feathers with neck and front border of alternate triangles
of iiwi and 00. Length, 70 inches; front, 36 inches; neck, 29 inches; width, 69 inches.
One of the long, narrow cloaks, and of a construAion often repeated [32, 33, 34, 64,
etc.]. While the addition of the feathers of the common fowl must be regarded as a

LIST OF AHUULA.

cheap substitute for the far more precious 00 and iiwi, these cloaks were not without a
special grace of their own. It may be noted that the barnyard fowl was brought to
these islands by the early Poh-nesian immigrants, and they were common enough at
the time of Cook. While these birds have not run wild like tlie turkeys, I once found
a hen sitting in the midst of a bird's nest fern \.lsplciiiiiiii ii!<his\ growing on the
horizontal branch of a tree some twenty feet from the ground, and at least four miles
removed from any human habitation. British Museum. Fig. 69.

26. Cape or tippet of iiwi with 00 ornaments, one small crescent and two semi-
crescents extending the width of the cape and united by the apices. Length, about
16 inches; neck, 26 inches; front, 8.5 and 9.5 inches. Fig. 70. British Museum.
This looks like the beginning of a larger cape, and in this and the next specimen there
is no basal border.

///"<

^'iik

■l/i

FIG. 69.

FIG. 70.

27. Cape of yellow 00 with a narrow cervical and frontal border of black 00.
Length, II. 5 inches; neck, 14 inches diameter; front, y.j and 7.2 inches. British
Museum. According to Scott Wilson the yellow feathers of this cape are niamo, and
he is probably right. The cape looks like the beginning of a royal robe. Fig. 71.

28. Cape of 00 and iiwi, the latter dotted through the yellow as well as arranged
in a central spherical triangle, and two small triangles on each front edge. Length,
12.5 inches; front, 8.5 inches. British Museum. | Christy Coll., 5769.] Fig. 72.

29. Cape of iiwi and 00 feathers, the latter in two unusual loops. Neck, 31
inches; front, 8.5 and 10.5 inches. British Museum. Fig. 73.

30. Cape of iiwi with two large triangles, a central lozenge and basal border
of 00. A narrow neck band of yellow, red and black. The olona net is especially
good. Length, 11.5 inches; front, 7.2 and 7.5 inches; neck, 15 inches; width, 29.5
inches. British Museum. Fig. 74.

31. Cape of iiwi with two bands of 00. Length, 15.5 inches; front, 9 inches;

Memoirs oy the Ubrnici-: Pauami Bishop Mtseum. Vol. I. (5)

BRIG HAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

neck, 12.5 inches. Vancouver ColleAion; now with Christy Cone(5lion in the British
Museum. Fig. 75.

32. Cape of cock's feathers with cervical border of red, black and yellow.
Length, 22 inches; front, 9 and 10.5 inches; neck, 13 inches. British Museum. Fig. 76.

FIG. 71.

FIG. 72.

FIG. 73.

FIG. 74.

FIG. 75. FIG. 76.

33. Cape of cock's feathers with a cervical and frontal border of red and yellow.
Open olona net. Length, 15 inches; front, S inches; ueck, 21 inches; width, 34.5
inches. British Museum. Fig. 77.

34. Cape of black and white fowl feathers with a band of red around neck and on
upper third of front; base of gamecock feathers. Length, 15 inches; front, 8 inches;
neck, 14 inches; width, 29 inches. Mounted on olona net. British Museum. Fig. 78.

LIST OF AHUULA.

35. Cape [?] of unusual shape; more suitable for waistband or petticoat. The
base is a net of olona with large meshes. A band of red and yellow feathers comes
first on the upper part, then white fowl feathers edged top and bottom with black
cock's feathers, and at side with game cock feathers. The lower corners have loops,
the upper corners the usual strings. Length, iS inches; top, 30.7 inches; bottom, 48.5
inches. British Museum. Fig. 79.

FIG. 77.

FIG. 78.

36. Curious apron-like stru(5lure of cock's feathers 40 inches long, 24 inches
wide, narrowing at the top to 10 inches. Perhaps a dress for an idol. British Museum.

37. Cape of iiwi, 00 and black 00. Length, 14 inches; front, 7.7 and 7.2 inches.
Christy Coll. 5897. British IMuseum. Fig. 80. From a photograph.

FIG. 79.

FIG. 80.

38. Mat of rods covered with feathers of various colors arranged as shown in
Plate \'L There are five bands of unequal width and of design much more varied than
usual in Hawaiian feather work, and the narrower edges are fringed with sparse cords
about 6 inches long. The strucfture is by no means neat or strong. It has already
been stated that the probable use was in conjun6lion with the feather war god.
British Museum.

39. Mat similar to the last and shown with it on Plate W. I know of nothing

B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

similar in any other colleclion, and it is very unfortunate that the history of these
strange objects is lost. British Museum.

40. Fragment of a fine cape. The net is of well twisted, closely netted olona:
neck border and cords of the usual square braid: front edges finished with a flat braid.
Feathers are inserted in rows one-half to five-eighths of an inch apart witli two olona
threads looselv twisted but fastened in three turns around each bunch of feathers.
Black and yellow 00, the crimson of very long apapane feathers, the only aluxula I
have foiind with these feathers. It belonged to the early missionary Rev. Hiram
Bingham, perhaps given to him l)y his friend Kalaimoku, the Prime Minister. It was
carried to the United States in 1840, and when lent to a friend was mutilated by a negro
servant in the household. Length, 24 inches; front, 12 inches. Now in possession of

FIG. Si.

FIG. 82.

the Bingham family in Honolulu. Fig. 81. The portion to the left of the irregular
black line is now extant.

41. Cloak of 00 and iiwi. Given to Commander J. H. Aulick, U. S. Navy, by
Kamehameha III. in 1841. Cervical border (23 inches) of black and yellow 00; front
edges red, black and yellow. Length, 48 inches; base, 138 inches. United States
National Museum, Washington, 79180. Fig. 82.

42. Cape of 00 with crescents and semicresceuts of iiwi, and a central crescent
of black 00. Cervical and frontal border of red, black and yellow. Length, 16 inches;
neck, 16 inches; base, 66 inches. Obtained by Commander William Compton Bolton
in 184 1. United States National Museum, 3574. Fig. 83.

43. Cape of iiwi with basal border of 00 and five crescents of the same. Cervi-
cal and dorsal border of black and red. Length, 15 inches. Deposited in the United
States National Museum by Mrs. J. C. Welling and Miss Dixon. Fig. 84.

44. Cape of iiwi with basal border and figure of 00 of remarkable design.
Property of Henry Chapman, E.sq., of Philadelphia, Penn. Length, 56 inches; front,
44 inches; greatest breadth, 96 inches. These measurements are plotted from a water

LIST OF AHUULA.

color sketch kindly given me by Prof. Benjamin Sharp and may not be exact. Fig. 85
sho\v,s the pattern and also three holes, perhaps made by some weapon during battle.

45. Cape of iiwi with basal border an inch w-ide, crescent and two semicrescents
of 00; two larger semicrescents of Ijlack 00. Cervical and frontal border of red, black
and yellow. Length, 9.2 inches; front, 7.7 and 7.2 inches. Given by Miss Bissell to the

FIG. 83.

FIG. 84.

Berkshire x'Vthenjeum at Pittsfield, Mass., and preserved in the library in a glass frame.
The feathers are somewhat worn in several places. Fig- 86.

46. Cloak of iiwi, 51.5 inches long, with figures of 00. Of the long and narrow
class. From a sketch bv the author. In the Museum fiir \'olkerkunde, Berlin | 1825].
Fig. 87.

^.«,^

'•'■^^5^'

FIG. 85.

FIG. 86.

47. Cape of 00 with two triangles and two semicrescents of iiwi; neck and front
edges of red, black and vellow. Length, 14 inches. Museum fiir Volkerkunde,
Berlin. Fig. 88. From sketch bv author.

48. Cape of iiwi with border at base, two crescents in the middle, and a triangle
on each front edge of j-ellow 00, the latter with a smaller insert of black 00, and two

B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

bits of the same black on the neck. Length, 16.5 inches. Museum fiir \'olkerkunde,
Berlin. Fig. 89. .Sketch by author.

49. Cloak of iiwi 57.5 inches long, with crescents and triangles of 00 and basal
Ijorder of the same. Rather dirty and poor. It was so arranged in the case that I
could not see the back of the cloak, hence my sketch. Fig. 90, is fragmentary. The

FIG. 87.

FIG. 88.

late Dr. Bahnson offered to open the case, but was prevented during mv short visit b}-
other callers. Nationalmuseet, den Ethnografiske Samling, Copenhagen.

50. Cape of 00 witli a spherical triangle in middle and two semicrescents on
each border; front edge of dark green on feathers; spots of iiwi are on neck and edges.

FIG. 89. FIG. 90.

In fine condition and a splendid specimen. I was unable to measure this and the suc-
ceeding specimen, which is a little smaller, for the reason given above. National-
museet, den Ethnografiske Samling, Copenhagen. Fig. 91. Sketch by author.

51. Cape of iiwi with three crescents in the middle, two triangles on each front
edge, and five on the neck with basal border of 00: neck border of iiwi and black 00.

LIST OF AHUULA.

Nationalniuseet, den Ethnografiske Samling, Copenhagen. Fig. 92. Sketched by
author.

52. Cloak of iiwi with triangles and border of 00 as shown in Fig. 93. From
a photograph sent to me by Miller Christy, Esq., of Chelmsford, England. It is the
property of Mr. Lucas, of London.

53. Cloak of ou, iiwi and 00 brouglit to London at the beginning of the century.
As will be seen in Fig. 94, which is from a photograph kindly sent me b\- the owner.

FIG. 91.

FIG. 92.

the main portion is of green ou interspersed with \-ellow 00. The olona net is firm and
heavy. Length, 48 inches; front, 30 inches; neck, 36 inches; base, 126 inches. The
property of Miller Christy, Esq. Deposited in the British Museum.

FIG. 93.

FIG. 94.

54. Cloak of iiwi and 00, in the possession of a Mr. Kelly, of London. I have
neither picture nor description.

55. Cape at Maidstone, England; said to be in a very damaged condition, but
I have no particulars.

56. Cloak of iiwi with lozenge figures of 00. It appears to have been made in
strips, and the net is thin and light. This cloak is in Lord Brassey's museum

72 BRIG HAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

in Park Lane, London, and the acconnt given in the catalogne of the mnsenm is as
follows:

"The Royal Featlier Cloak, one of the great attractions of the Ivxhibition [159], is made
from the feathers of the 00 and niamo birds,''' local names given to the rare birds from which these
feathers are procured. It measures 5 feet in length, 2 feet 4 inches at the neck, and 12 feet at the
skirt. There are only a few specimens known, which were brought over by Captain Cook from
Owhyhee'" and which are now in the British Mnseum. The manufacture was a work of years, and
the art is now believed to be oljsolete. They are woven with great skill into, as it were, a string.
Each cloak has its own hiitory. which is inscribed in the archives of the Hawaiian Islands. King
Kalakaua, during his \-isit to this country in 18S1, when at Normanhurst Court, expressed his sur-
prise at discovering such a rarity so far away from his dominions, and promised that the history of
this cloak should be copied from the ancient "Meles" or records, and sent to Lady Brassey. King
Kalakaua was at that time en(lea\'oring to form a collecftion of feathers to make a new ro\'al robe for
the Queen Kapiolani, for which purpose he had offered a dollar for every single feather. Some idea
of the extraordinary intrinsic ualue of this cloak may be formed from the aliove statement. It was
connecfled with the first pretended cession of Tahiti, Tamil, and the Societ\- Islands to the French in
1843. In that year Sir Thomas Trigge Thompson [then Captain Thomp.son] was in command of
H. M. S. Talbot in the South Seas. The French, partly by promises, partly by threats, had ex-
torted from Queen Pomare a cession of her kingdom to their nation, but she, who had never willingly
consented, appealed to the British commander for protecflion. Her pathetic letters to the Queen of
England are recorded. Captain Thompson would not recognize the newly-constituted anthoritw and
persisted in saluting the old national flag, and refusing any honor to that hoisted \i\ the hVench
officials. It is unnecessary to record the history of the events coiuiected with this incident, but it
ma\' be confidentl\' surmised that Queen Pomare was not wanting in gratitude towards the British
commander who stood by her and u])held her rights. The above royal precious feather cloak was
received as a present b_v Captain Thompson in recognition of his services."

Kamehameha III. received a present of a carriage from Pomare, and it may be
that the cloak was sent in rettirn. In ancient days intercourse was more common
between the Hawaiian and Society Groups than at present, and at one time in modern
history a project was formed for uniting tlie two royal families by marriage.

57. Cloak of iiwi with basal border, two spherical triangles and four semi-
crescents of 00; narrow frontal border of 00, and cervical border of yellow, red and
black. Length, 48. 5 inches; front, 43 inches; ba.se, 144 inches. Given to the late
Commodore Lawrence Kearny, U. S. N., by Kamehameha III. on the occasion of the
Commodore's visit to Honolulu in 1843 on a diplomatic errand from the United States
Government. It is now in possession of the Commodore's son. The yellow feathers
are somewhat damaged, l:iut the red are nearly intact. Fig. 95. From a photograph.

58. Cloak of iiwi with a basal border, three cervical .semicircles, three frontal
triangles on each side, and twenty-two circles of 00, some of the latter interspersed with
a few mamo. Brought to Boston by tlie ship Columbia, Captain John Hendrick, which
sailed from that port September 30, 1787, visited the Hawaiian Islands between the
visits of Cook and Vancouver, and returned to Boston August 10, 1790, having carried
the United States flag for the first time round the world. The subsequent history of
this cloak is unknown until it came into the possession of the Joy family of Boston.

36'rhe name maiiio is a mistake for iiwi.

37Unfortunately Captain Cook never retnrncd from Hawaii (Owhyliee).

LIST OF AHUULA.

It is lined with a woolen fabric which renders it difficult to examine the net. Length,
66 inches; neck line, 34 inches; basal line, 156 inches. Deposited in tlie ^^lusenni of
Fine Arts, Boston, Mass. PI. XII, lower figure. The photograph was kindly sent
by the DireAor, Charles G. Loring, Esq.

59. Cape of iiwi and 00, tlie main portion occupied by spherical triangles of
longer feathers. Lined with a woolen fabric in recent times. It lias been used as a
sleigh robe. It belongs to the Joy family and is deposited in tlie Museum of Fine
Arts, Boston. Upper figure in PI. XII and Fig. 96. Length, 34.2 inches; width, 89. 5
inches. Photographed by the kindness of the Diredlor, Charles G. Loring, Esq.

60. Cloak of iiwi and 00, in too dilapidated a state to clearly demark the pat-
tern; about 60 inches long. It is on a figure intended to represent a Hawaiian warrior
in the Musee d'Artillerie Galerie d'Ethnographie at the Hotel des Invalides at Paris.

FIG. 95.

FIG. 96.

61. Cloak of 00 figured with three crescents of differing shapes, and four
rhombs, all of iiwi. It is in the Museum at Saffron Walden, Essex, England, and the
modern history- is interesting. I give it as kindly furnished by the Cui-ator Mr. G. N.
Maynard. It came to the museum in 1S38 with this letter:

"Sir; — Uuderstan<liiig that the Directors of tlie Saffron W'ahk-n Museum are collecliiig and
receiving curiosities of every descriplimi, I beg you will present to them in m\- name the accompany-
ing article which I think may t)e deemed worthy a place in their collection, and which apparently
tho' a trifle may be of enhanced value when considered as to the circumstances under which it
reached this country. The article in (piestion is a Feather Cloak of ceremony and did belong to
Rhio Rhio [Liholiho], King of the Sandwich Islands, and was presented by him to my brother-in-law
tlie Honourable Frederick P>yng, who had been appointed by Mr. <Janning as chief attendant to their
Sandwich Majesties King Rhio Rhio and Uueen Kamehamano [Kaniamalu] when they visited this
countrv in 1S24. I have the honor to be, Sir, your obedient and luunble servant,

"Widdington Redlory, 7th Augu,st, 1838. Comn CAMPBKn..

"To Joshua Clarke, Esq., Curator of the Museum Saffron Walden."

Mr. Maynard adds: "In vSeptember of the year 1S65 Ouecn Emma, widow of
King Kamehanieha R\, was on a visit to this country, at which time .she was a guest
of Lord Charles Hervey, near here. She then paid this town a visit, being received by
the Corporation in state. Among the various objects of interest in the town visited by

74 B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

her was the Museum, wheu this cloak particularly attracted her attention, and she ex-
pressed her surprise at finding such a treasure here, and at the same time begged of
the trustees of the Museum the loan of the garment for the purpose of exhibiting at
Paris at an exhibition which was then being held there. Upon the return of the cloak
the Queen made several presents to this Museum which are now to be seen there."
Length, 50.5 inches; front, 45 inches; across neck, 27 inches; base, 132 inches. Fig. 97.

62. Cloak of iiwi with yellow 00 rhombs like No. 24. Length, 48 inches; base,
138 inches. This is in the Museum at Ipswich, and although I have been promised a
photograph bv the Curator this has not yet arrived.

63. Cloak of 00 with eight triangles of iiwi almost equalling the surface of
the 00. The neck is occupied by three equilateral triangles, the apices downward, and
each side by two similar triangles in reverse position: a larger red triangle occupies
the center and beneath its point a red crescent stretches from side to side. This, with

FIG. 97. FIG. 98.

the following one, was once in the colle6lion of J. Th. Royer, Chef of the Department
of Art and Science in the Hague, and until 1795 an officer of the Dutch Judicial Court.
He died in 1808 and his collection was left to the Dutch Government, in whose
"Kabinet van Zeldzaamheden" it bore the number 492. The two specimens were long
forgotten and suffered greatly by the neglect. Herr J. D. E. Schmeltz, Director of the
Leiden Ethnological Museum, has described these ahuula,''* which are in his charge,
but the colored figure which he gives is completely restored and shows nothing of the
ravages of time. He does not give the dimensions, but as I remember it, it is of
medium size, not exceeding 44 inches in length. Fig. 98.

64. Cape of the long green feathers of the Frigate bird, with a narrow cervical
and frontal border of alternating triangles of 00 and iiwi much eaten. From the Royer
Coll., No. 493, its history is identical with that of the preceeding specimen. Herr
Schmeltz has also described this.'" Length, 24 inches; breadth, 54 inches. The iwa
feathers are often supposed to be the tail-feathers of the cock. Fig. 99.

65. Cloak of iiwi with basal border, eight crescents and six triangles of 00.
It was brought to the United States by Captain William Cunningham, of Cambridge,

i^HduptliniiimaHld von den Sand'u'ich Itnrlii. fnti'i luititmali's Aychiv fitr Ethnologic, Bd. I.. 143. Taf. VIU.
y^Loc. cit.. p. 145.

LIST OF AHUULA.

Mass. He died in the early part of this century from exposure following shipwreck,
leaving no record of where he obtained the cloak. It now belongs to Mrs. L. P. M.
Curran, of Englewood, New Jersey. Length, 43 inches; front, 34 inches; neck, 22
inches; base, 114 inches; breadth, 82 inches; lower border, 4 inches. In good condi-
tion but with a hole perhaps made by a spear. Fig. 100.

66. Cape of unusual form; at present consisting of a nae of olona with braided
cord on top and sides: to this are still attached some white feathers of the koae ula
\PhactIi(»i nihrhaiida\. Length, 22.8 inches; neck, 30.7 inches; breadth, 55.2 inches.
Supposed to have come from Cook's third voyage, and for many years exposed to the
ravages of light, dust and inseAs on a wall in the Florentine Anatomical Museum.
Dr. Giglioli has described the remains. ■*" The capes made from these most brilliant
white feathers must have been very splendid, but this is the only one whose remains I
have tracked. The plumage is far more satiny than that of P. cetherens.

FIG. 99.

FIG. 100.

67. Cape, or rather the net of what was once a cape, on which traces of red
and 3'ellow feathers may be seen b}' help of a lens. Of course no pattern can be made
out. The upper margin is 33 inches; the base, 54.2 inches; length, 15.7 inches. Sup-
posed to have been brought to Europe on Cook's third voyage, and, like the preceding,
was many years attached to the walls of the old museum in Florence, where it lost all
its feathers.^' Both of these capes are now fullv appreciated and well cared for in the
Florence Ethnological jMuseum.

68. Cape of iiwi with a narrow band of 00: apparently a fragment. In the
Ethnological Museum at Munich.

69. Cape of 00 and iiwi: extreme width, 35 inches. As will be seen in the
figure, the pattern is peculiar. This and the two following numbers were among the
things brought from the Pacific bv Cook's companions, and they were bought in
London in 1806, bv the order of the Emperor Francis II., from the Parkin.son and
Leverian colle(?tions. Sydnev Parkinson was artist to Sir Joseph Banks during Cook's
first voyage, and his interest in the portions of Oceania then visited led him to collect

*°Appinili itttorno ad UHii cnlh-zwiu- til Gn>h. Airfin'n f>nr I' A ntit)f>olt)s:ia f V Ettmlogia.
-t^See Giglioli, Imc, cil.

B HIGH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

from the treasures broiiglit home in succeeding voyages. Although by the kindness
of my friend Dr. Franz Heger I was enabled to examine the original inventories of
this purchase no information of any special interest was obtained; in those days these
articles were simple ciii-iosififs for the imperial cabinet. Now in the kaiserlich-koniglich
naturhistorische Hofmuseum in Vienna. Fig. loi.

70. Cape: body of white ( Pha'rf/ioii nebricanda/) with a narrow border of black
cock's feathers. Extreme width is 40 inches. At the top is a sedlion of open olona
net. In the same museum and with the same history as the last.

71. Cape of mixed feathers, mostly the domestic fowl, with a few 00. This,
like the two preceeding, is in the Hofmuseum at \'ienna.

72. Cape of iiwi with figures of 00. It has loops at the lower corners as well
as the usual strings at the neck. By the kindness of Mr. Marshal B. Evans and
Prof. M. L. Perrin I obtained a photograph of this cape which is No. 904 in the

FIG. lOI.

FIG. 102.

museum of the Georgia Augusta University at Gottingen. The label reads, "Ein
Federmantel eines Oberhauptes aus Owaihi aus eineni Netz bestehend, M'orauf Federn
befestigt sind. Die rothen sind von der Certhia coccinea, die gelben von der Stacula
longirostra." Brought to Gottingen at the end of the last century. Fig. 102.

73. Cape composed mainly of long feathers, with a frontal and cervical border
of alternating triangles of 00 and iiwi: a figure has already been given on page 4.
This with other relics of Captain Cook was exhibited at the Colonial Exhibition at
London a few years ago, by the representative of Cook's family, and purchased by the
Premier of New South Wales for the Australian Museum in Sydney.

74. Cloak now in New York: brought from India early in this century; previ-
ous history lost. Said to be of fine workmanship, but faded and in rags.

75. Cape of 00 with a crescent of iiwi in the center and a neck border of red,
black and yellow. Many years ago Kamehameha III. gave this fine cape to William
L. Lee, the first Chief Justice of these Islands. OAober 12th, 1S46, Mr. Lee arrived
on his way to Oregon, and fortunately was persuaded to remain and assume the duties
of a judge in a country where there were no courts worth}- the name. I cpiote from

LIST OF AHUULA.

Professor Wm. D. Alexander's very admirable History, "To say that he was the right
man in the right place gives but a faint idea of his eminent services to the countrj'.
He organized the courts of justice, and so conducfled the highest tribunal that it soon
acquired universal confidence and respect, and, instead of being a source of weakness, be-
came the strongest pillar of the government. As president of the Board of Land Com-
missioners he performed a most arduous and responsible task. Although he was not the
originator of that great reform, his was the guiding mind in carrving it on." Judge
Lee died May 2Sth, 1S57. In the days when there were no Hawaiian decorations this
cape of royal color and material may well have marked a monarch's appreciation of his
services to his adopted country. The cape is now in possession of Air. B. F. W^ake-
nian, of New York, who kindly sent a photograph and measurements. Fig. 103.

76. Cloak of the long, narrow pattern, which mv friend J. Edge-Partington,
Esq., found in pri\ate hands in New Zealand, and to liim I am indebted for the sketch

FIG. 103. FIG. 104.

which is the base of Fig. 104. The material is iiwi with a large proportion of 00.
Unfortunately I have not the measurements.

77. Cloak of which I have been unable to obtain any particulars, except that
it is still believed to be in the possession of the Robeson family in the United States.

78. Cape of 00 and iiwi given to Rev. Samuel Whitney, of Waimea, Kauai,
by Kaumualii or his wife Kapule. At the Whitney sale it was purchased by Mr.
Henry Reimenschneider. It afterward came into the hands of Kalakaua, but its pres-
ent possessor is unknown.

79. Cloak of 00 in the government museum at Lisbon, but no particulars
are at hand.

So. Cape of 00 with black 00 crescent, four semicrescents and two cordate fig-
ures of iiwi. Length, 16 inches; front, 10 inches. P'rontal and cervical edging of
red, black and yellow. This cape belonged to Honorable Levi Haalelea and was worn

^A Brief History of the Hawaiiart People, p. 258.

B RICH AM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

by him when on a mission to Europe. It is in fine preservation and is remarkable as
the only piece of feather work from Hawaiian hands that bears any design similar to
the hearts shown in the figure. This, with the two succeeding numbers, is in the pos-
session of Mrs. A. A. Haalelea, of Honolulu, who kindly placed them at my disposal
for examination and photographing. Fig. 105.

FIG. 105.

KIG. 106.

Si. Cape of mamo with narrow cervical and frontal border and two frontal
triangles of iiwi. Net entire. Length, 15.5 inches; front, 9.2 inches. Mrs. A. A.
Haalelea. Fig. 106.

FIG. 107.

FIG. 108.

82. Cape, of which only the net remains, with traces of red and ^-ellow feathers.
Length, II. 5 inches; front, 8 inches. Mrs. A. A. Haalelea.

83. Cloak of iiwi with 00 figures. Said to have been given to Mr. Geo. Hill
by King Liholiho in 1S24. It sold for seventy guineas in 1898, but I have not any
description or figure of it.

84. Cape, said to be in London, but the owner is still incognito.

85. Cape of iiwi with six triangles of 00, points outward; above these a crescent
of 00, the lower half black, the upper yellow, and a basal border of black 00, A remark-

LIST OF AHUULA.

ably attracftive pattern; now in Her Majesty's collecflion at Windsor Castle. Plate
XIV, d. Also Fig. 107.

86. Cape of iiwi with three rhombs of yellow and black 00, a small crescent of
00 and eight small semicrescents of black 00. In Her Majesty's colleAion at Windsor
Castle. Plate XIY, c. Also Fig. 108.

FIG. 109. FIG. no.

87. Cape of iiwi with yellow basal border, two yellow and four black semi-
crescents on front and a central crescent with the lower half yellow and the upper
black. In Her Majesty's colleAion at Windsor Castle. Plate XIV, b. Also Fig. 109.
The last three capes seem to belong together in style and in the union of black and

FIG. III. FIG. 112.

yellow 00. It will be noticed how difficult it is to distinguish on the photograph
black from red.

88. Cape of 00, figures of iiwi and black 00. This formerly belonged to John
Kapena, Minister of Finance under Kalakaua, and now belongs to his daughter Lei-
hula. The net is in three pieces and of good quality. Length, 11. 5 inches; front,
7.2 inches; width, 27 inches. Fig. no.

89. Cape of iiwi, with crescents and triangles of yellow and black 00: cervical
and frontal border of red aud yellow. Length, 11.5 inches; frout, 9 inches; width, 27

BRIG HAM ON HAWAIIAN FEATHER WORK.

inches; width of black double crescent, 12.5 inches. The net is of fine texture in ten
pieces. This came from Hawaii through the grandmother of Mrs. Manuel Reis, who
is the present owner. The cape is in good order, the feathers ver^' .short. Fig. iii.

90. Cape of 00, with large central crescent of iiwi and four small frontal semi-
crescents of the same. Cervical and frontal border of red, yellow and black. Length,
16 inches; width, 22 inches. Added to the collection in the British Museum in 1898.
Fig. 112.

91. Cape which was brought to England on the ship L'Aigle, Captain Valen-
tine Starbuck, March 17, 1824. On this ship arrived Kamehameha II. and his Queen; a
member of his suite, the notorious John Rives, procured this cape for Samuel Starbuck,
of Milford Haven, South Wales. His grand-daughter. Miss Lucretia Starbuck, is the
present owner. Length, 16.5 inches; front, 14.5 inches; neck, 21.5 inches; ba,se, 85
inches. Fie. 11

^i-

FIG. 113. FIG. 114.

92. Cape of 00, with a central crescent of iiwi and a lozenge immediatel}' above
it of black 00 and two semicrescents of iiwi on each front. Length, 10 inches; front,
6 inches; around base, 45 inches. This, with the cloak following, belonged to H.
Colgate, Esq., of Kent Lodge, Eastbourne, England, but I am informed the cloak has
been recently sold. Fig. 114.

93. Cloak of iiwi, with crescents and semicrescents of iiwi in almost equal
quantity. Length, 51 inches; front, 49 inches; circumference of neck, 22 inches; of
base, 132 inches. The front edges have , a border of soft, fluffy feathers. Mr. Colgate
has recently .sold this cloak to some person unknown. Fig. 115.

94. Cape formerly exhibited in the Hall of Curiosities of the Boston Museum
on Tremont street, and recently given to the Peabody Museum of American Archae-
ology at Cambridge, Mass. I have no particulars of the cape.

95. Cape belonging to Mr. Samuel Parker of Honolulu. I have not seen this
cape, which Mr. Parker tells me is not in good condition.

96. Cape of black feathers with red spots. Seen at the funeral of Queen
Kapiolani and supposed to be the one formerly belonging to Mrs. Manuel Reis,

LIST OF AHUULA.

97. Cape said to be at Elgin, Scotland. I have not been able to obtain any
description.

98. Cape in York, England, but beyond this I know nothing of it.

99. Malo of 00 feathers, used as a model for the one so fantastically arranged
on the statue of Kamehameha the Great which stands before the Judiciary building in
Honolulu. This is the only feather malo or waistband that has come to my notice.
There is a photograph of this malo, but taken in such a way as to give little idea of
its size or pattern. According to native testimony it is of 00 with a border of iiwi, and
the decoration of human molar teeth at the ends. The length is about three fathoms,
or about a third longer than the ordinary kapa malo. Where it is at present, unless
in the possession of Liliitokalani, I do not know.

100. Cape at St. Augustins, Cambridge, England. Several persons have re-
ported this, but no one has been able to give me more definite information.

FIG. 115.

September, iSgg.

Memoirs of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum. Vol. I.

(6)

INDEX.

ILLUSTRATIONS ARE PRINTED IN ITALICS.

Ahuula

List of

Aulick -

Bardwell

Berlin

Bingham

Bolton

Brassey

British Museum

Chapman -

Christy -

Colgate

Copenhagen -

Cunningham

Emma, Queen

Florence

Oilman -

Gottingen -

Haalelea

Ipswich

Joy

Judd

Kalanikauikalaneo

Kamehameha

Kearny

Kelley

Kiwalao

Lee

Leiden

Leihula

Lucas

Lunalilo

Maidstone

Munich

Paris

Pauahi

Pittsfield

Pomare

Reis

Saffron Walden

Starbvick

Sydney

Vidloria -

Vienna

Waber -

Welling

PAGE

- 50
56

- 68
61

- 69
68

- 68

64, 90

- 71
80

- 70

- 60

- 61
76

62, 77, 78
74

- 72
62

- 59

- 58
- - 72

- 58
76

- - - 74
-■ ' 79

- 71
63

- 71

- 73
60

- 69

71
80, 81

73
80
76
63, 78, 79
75

- 64
68

Alala

Auuu - - - - - "

Apapane - - - - :

Aulick cloak - - - - -
Bardwell cape - - - -

Berlin capes and cloak
Bingham cape - - - -

Bird-lime - - - - "

Birds furnishing feathers
Bolton cloak - - - - -
Brassey cloak - - - -

British Museum cloaks and capes
Capes and cloaks - - - -

" " List of
" " " Market value -

Chapman cloak - - - -

Christy cloak - - - -

Cloaks and capes, see Capes and cloaks
Colgate ahuula - - - -
Colors of feathers - - - ' -

" kahilis
Cook' s cape - - - "

Copenhagen ahuula -
Cunningham cloak
Designs of ahuula - - - -
Dyed feathers - - - "

Ellis' account of feather work
Emma, Queen, capes
Feathers from the hunter
Florence ahuula - - - -

Gilman cape - - " "

Gottingen cape

Haalelea capes - - - -
Handles of human bone
" kauila
" " tortoise-shell
Handles, unfinished
Helmet from Cook
Helmet covered with human hair

Neiv Ireland -
Helmets in Berlin

" " British Museum
" " Paris
•' " \'icnna
Helmets, List of - - -

liwi - - " " "
Ipswich cape - - - '
Iwa - - - ' "

62, 7

PAGE
29- 30

- 68
61

- 69
68

3
9

- 68

71
64, 90

- 50
56

- 55-
68

- 71

4
70

74
52
12
6
60
13
75
61
76

78
16

- 16
16

- 18

- 40
43

46, 47

- 44
42

- 42

- 74
II

INDEX.

PAGE

Joy ahuula

Mats . -

- 36. 67

Judd cape - - - -

- 62

Munich cape

- 75

Kahili branches

Nahienaeyia - - .

of sue; a7- cane

- 24

Nets for birds

Kahilis - - - -

7- 14. 15

Olona

- 50

Kahilis, group of

Olond scrap ins:

in procession

" spinning

- 51

Kahilis, List of

"Only two feathers"

Kalanikauikalaneo cloak

Oo ( Acrulocercus nobiiis)

Kamehameha cloak of nianio

Ou ( Psitacirostra psittacea )

Kauila handles

- 16

Paris cloak

Kearny cloak

Pa'u of Nahienaena

- 59

Kelley cloak

Pauahi cape

Ki stem . . - -

Pittsfield cape

Kiwalao cloak

Pomare cloak ( Brassey )

Koae . - - -

Portlock and Dixon account

Kukailimoku

31-36, 38

Pueo (Asia accipitrinus ) -

Kukailimoku, List of

- 37

Queen's cloak

Lee cape

Reis cape

80, 81

Leiden ahuula

- 74

Saffron Walden cloak

- 73

Leihula cape

Starbuck cape

Lei end . - . -

- 26

Stewart's description

- 19

Lets - - - -

27, 29

Sydney cape

- 4. 76

Leis, List of - - -

Temple oracle, niodxl of

Lucas cloak

Tortoise-shell handles

Lunalilo cloak

- 63

Vancouver account

Mahiole or Helmet

Victorian ahuula

63, 78, 79

Maidstone cape

- 71

Vienna ahuula

- 75

Male - - - -

- , 81

Waber cloak

Mamo - - - -

Welling cloak

■.wfM>xf'i'.T!Mi'''-er'^erf-:n'; •Tv^.'i'-i'j^: ^,^^i

m m B m m m r^ m m m ^ ^b m m m b ^ rs b m m m mi

K^J^^^^^SBJBwSi^ail'Srai^SR^^

Index to the
Islands of the Pacific

iPil

mSm

BY WILLIAW L BRIGHAW, A.

WiEMO.IR'S 8. P. BISHOP MUSEUM
Vol. I., No. 2

mt^mmm-mmmmmmmmm

m m ^ m m\

{ J

'i[iMmrBt«en»fe»<

««>L

(f)

Z
<

(f)

CD.

3*^

o
O

Jan Id 1001

INDEX

TO THE

ISLANDS OF THE PACIFIC OCEAX:

A HANDBOOK TO THE CHART ON THE WALLS OF

THE BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM OF

POLYNESIAN ETHNOLOGY AND

NATURAL HISTORY.

\VIIvI^IAM T. BRIQHAM, A.M.

"^ HONOLULU, H. L:
BISHOP M r S E U M PR K S S.
1900.

ISSfKl) AT THE INSTANCE OF THE TRUSTEES
OF THE MUSEUM.

PREFACE.

Ix arranging the Ethnological collections in the Bishop Mnsenni the difficulty presented
itself at the outset of a very extensive synonomy of the islands comprised in the region of the Pacific
from which these collections are drawn. The orthography was largely undetermined, native names
of islands had geuerallj- given place to the names of saints or of the \-essels which carried their sup-
posed discoverers, and as determinations of longitude are, e\-en at the present (la>-, \-ery uncertain in
this ocean, islands were discovered, lost and rediscovered, — as the Solomon Islands were lost for
two centuries — and the rediscoverer renamed the bit of land or rock that he found seemingly adrift
in the mighty waste of waters.

To show the true relation of the various groups and solitary islands in the Pacific the Director
constructed with great care ujion the wall of the Pohnesian Hall of the Museum a chart extending
from 130° East to 110° West longitude, and Irom the Tropic of Cancer to 45 .South in latitude, occu-
p\ing a wall space eleven feet by twenty. The names given to the islands there represented were in
all cases the native names where such were known to exist: where there were no aboriginal inhabi-
tants (as at Wake Island), or where the aborigines had disappeared (as at Pitcairn Island), the
name imposed by the first discoverer was preferred. This led to some difficulty as names familiar to
some were replaced b)- less familiar terms: Penrhyn became again the original Tongareva: one Pes-
cadores became Bikini, another Rongelab: Sandwich Island returned to its aboriginal \'ate. As it
was impracticable to co\'er the chart with s\nonynis the best way seemed to lie to jirint a list of all
the names generall>' applied in charts or vo>-ages in the form of an index, that not onh- the student
might understand the labels attached to the ethnological specimens and groups, but the general ^•isitor
to the Museum be able to find an island appearing on the chart under an unfamiliar name.

This course appeared convenient, if not necessary, for those who had tlie arrangement of the
Museum in charge that there should be no confusion or variation in the nomenclature of localities;
that consistency, at least, if not absolute accuracy might prevail.

In the present state of our knowledge of the geography- of the Pacific Ocean, it is not possible
to place accurately the position of the known islands of this ocean, still less is it possible to go bevond
conjecture in the identification of many of the discoveries of the earlier voyagers. It has not been
possible to obtain the true native name in all cases, and indeed in some of the larger islands, as
New CUiinea, there seems to have been no collective name for the numerous districts comprising the
island, and doubtless in a few cases the name of a portion has been applied to the whole. Especially
is this the case in the "ring-atolls" where the name of a prominent islet .sometimes stands for the whole
group. As to the orthography, e\'en the missionaries who have acquired more or less knowledge of the
vernacular, do not always agree as in the case of Jaluit which some sjiell Jaluij. But if one were to
wait for perfect knowledge before coming to the public there would be little enough printed, and it
has seemed best to print the following pages with all their imperfections, trusting that the better

[«7]

i\- Pre fare.

kiiowk-dt^c of othc-rs to whose notice tlie\' nia\- come will assist in correclin"^ the existing mistakes.
Those in charge of this Mnseniii will welcome an\- addition to their information in these matters.

.\Uhough the modern war \essel is sadl> nnfil for the pnrpcses of scientific exploration, it is
hoped that luigland. America. Crermany or France may ere long find national ships to snrxex' the
Pacific anew and accurately. The life that Magellan, Mendana, Cook, \'anconver, and even Wilkes
found has almost disappeared; a new and far less interesting order has replaced it. Even the out-
lines of the coral islets ha\e changed, and in the volcanic region the very bottom of the bays in
which the great explorers anchored has sunk or risen as the submarine forces have acl;ed. Europe
and America ha\-e di\ided the islands among them, let them now. like wise proprietors, carefull\-
survey and study their new possessions. Here in the mid.st of the Pacific Ocean we would store for
common use all that we may gather from the vast extent of the "Great Ocean".

WILLIAM T. BRIGHA^I.

Dircclor of the Bent ice Pana/ii Bishop Mtiscitm.

[88]

r»

'*%

ly-

c4 •

/-'.

>.'-'■

£!<

□

s ,

Pi i

fa .-:

Q
<

o
O

o
lO

THE ISLANDS OF THE PACIFIC (3CEAN.

FOR the purpose of this Index the Pacific Ocean will no longer extend from
Bering's Strait to the Antarctic circle and from Kamchatka, Japan, China, tlic

Philippines, Moluccas and Australia to the American coast: the Aleutian and
continental islands, the Galapagos and Juan Fernandez on the East with Kurile,
Philippine and the archipelago north-west of Australia helong ethnologically if not
geographically to another region, and hence the bounds of the Pacific which shall in-
clude all Oceanica (except Malaysia) will be on the North the Hawaiian and Bonin
Islands, 3o"N.; on the East Rapauui or Easter Island, 105 \\'.; on the South Xew
Zealand and its islets, 55 S.; and on the West New Guinea and the larger portion of
Australia, 130"' E. Thus defined all minor divisions of this vast expanse of water are
eliminated, except the Coral Sea. Shorn of its fringe of seas, gulfs and bays it is still an
immense area extending through eighty-five degrees of latitude from north to south and
through one hundred and twenty-five degrees of longitude from east to west, ^^'e mav
glance at its history both natural and political, beginning with the latter as best known.

Although the Portuguese followed \'asco de Gama l)v the Cape of Good Hope
and far beyond the Moluccas into what is now known as the Pacific Ocean, it was left
to their neighbors and only rivals in discovery, the Spaniards, in the person of the
brilliant and ill-fated Vasco Nunez de Balboa, to reach its eastern shores. September
29, 15 13, the brave conquistador, after a terrible journe\- through Darien, saw the new
ocean, and as it was the Michaelmas season, in the custom of those days named it
Golfo de San Miguel; then marching into its clear and placid waters took possession
in the name of His Majesty of Spain. Balboa died soon after ( 151 7 ), murdered by
his father-in-law Pedro Arias d'Avila, and his great discovery profited him little if
indeed it was not indiredlly the cause of his untimely death.

Another grand man, in many ways not unlike Balboa, F'ernao de Magalhaes,
possessed with the convicRiion that the continent of x^Ymerica did not, as it seemed to all
others, absolutely bar the path to far Cathay, but that there must Ije a wa\- around if
only one could sail far enough to the southward, pushed on with the spirit of Columlms
against storms and storm-like men, sailed through the strait which still Ijears his
name, and on November 28, 1520, passed into the wide ocean which in contrast to the
rough Atlantic he named Mrr /'(/(//n"- \N"c know now that sturms on this ocean are

as formidable as on the .\tlantic, but his experience was all tlic other wa\- and for

[89] ■ <.»

6 IXDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

three months and twenty days he sailed with favoring winds north, then north-west,
and iinallv west, suffering bitterly from scnrvy and privation until on ]\Iarch 6, 1521,
the green shores of the islands which his sailors called from the misconduct of the
natives "Ladrones" were seen, but not until ten days later were the sufferings of the
company relieved when they came to the important group since called the Philippines.
Then persuaded to aid the pettv chief of Zebu in his wars Magalhaes fell miserably on
the island MaAan, and his comrades had not even the melancholly privilege of burying
his remains. The survivors completed the first circumnavigation of the globe but
strangely missed all the islands of the central Pacific and added only the islands of the
Marianas to the map of Balboa's ocean.

Next from the west came the Portuguese Jorge Menezes and discovered New
Guinea, which onl\- a few months later was rediscovered by the Spaniard Alvaro de
Saavedra sent by Hernan Cortez from Mexico to the Moluccas. Saavedra on his re-
turn saw islands of the Caroline Group, and in 1542 Ruiz Lopez de Villalobos on a
voyage from Mexico to colonize the Philippines saw others of the same group but
neither could sufficiently determine the position for identification.

In 1S67 Alvaro Mendaila de Nevra discovered the important group wliicli he
called Is/as df Salonioit and in 1594 Philip II. gave him a commission as Adelantado.
In April, 1595, Mendaiia sailed from Callao '"pa)-a ir a pacijica y publar las islas occi-
dciitalrs licl iiia/- c/ri siiry Although he never again saw the Solomon Islands, he dis-
covered and named the Marcjuesas Group and came at last to the island of Nitendi or
Santa Cruz where he attempted to colonize but died and his survivors quarrelled with
the natives until his widow sailed with his remains and what was left of the colony to
Manila, where she married the Governor. Xot long after the ship of the expedition
which carried the corpse of the Adelantado, and which had been driven from the
squadron by a storm, followed her to the island of Luzon where it ran ashore, sails all
set and rotten, and all hands dead on board, another tragical ending for a discoverer in
the Pacific! One of the ships of this expedition disappeared mysteriously in a slight
squall one evening and it was supposed that tired of the infelicities of the ill-fated
colony her compauv had deserted and taken tlie northern route back to Callao. If they
tried this long and perilous way, in a ship insufhciently provisioned, they never reached
their goal, and as the Hawaiian Group was not far from their probable track, it may
have been from this ship that tlie survivors were thrown on the shore of Hawaii, as
told in the native legends.

Francis Drake had in the meantime crossed the Pacific in the '^Golden Il/'i/d,''^
the first English warship to circumnavigate the globe. He left England Deceml:ier
n, iS77i entering the Pacific in September of the following year, and early in Novem-
ber, 15'So, arrived at Plymouth; Init his mission was not to discover new lands but

rather to vex the Spaniard.

[yoj

EARL \ ' DISCO I 'ERIES. 7

In 1606 Luis Vaez de Torres, a companion of Quiros, coasted tlie southeastern
part of New Guinea and discovered the strait separating that island from xA.ustralia
■which still bears his name. At the same time the more distinguished Pedro Fernandez
de Quiros, who had been pilot with Mendaiia, discovered the New Hebrides and other
islands, among them Sagittaria which Espinosa and others identify with Tahiti. Abel
Janszen Tasman sailed by order of the Governor Van Diemen from Batavia in August,
1642, to explore Australia, and in November discovered Tasmania (which he named
Van Diemen's Land), in December New Zealand, and in 1643 a part of the Tongan
Group. Other Dutch vessels from Batavia made various discoveries along the coast of
Australia, and in 1699 the English freebooter Captain William Dampier explored the
coast of Australia and New Guinea, leaving memorials of his vovaging in Dampier
Archipelago, Dampier Island and Dampier Strait. Jacob Lemaire and Jan Schouten
had in 1615 discovered the Strait of Lemaire and Cape Horn (which Schouten named
in honor of his native town, Horn ). March i, 1616, they sighted Juan Fernandez and
then crossed the ocean to the northern coast of New Guinea.

The eighteenth ccntur\- was destined to reveal more accuratelv the secrets of
the "Great Ocean". In 1721 Jacob Roggeweiu was sent across the Paciiic b\- the
Dutch East India Company and he discovered Rapanui or Easter Island. Lord
Anson's voyage (1740-1744) was of a war-like nature, but in capturing the Spanish
galleon he captured also the Spanish chart on which were "Las Mesas", a group
of islands which Cook searched for on his way north from Tahiti and found in the
designated latitude tlie group which he called Sandwich in honor of his patron, a
Lord of the Admiraltv- Anson's voyage had a far greater effect than Drake's in turn-
ing the attention of the English to the Pacific, and in 1764 Commodore Bvron, the grand-
father of the poet, crossed it on his voyage around the world, and on his return in 1766
a more formal cxploi-iuii' expedition was fitted out with Captain W'allis in the /)i>//^///i/
and Captain Philip Carteret in the Siual/ow. Wallis first determined longitudes in this
ocean bv lunar distances and thus correcT:ed the charts, which hitherto had but little im-
proved on the early Spanish in that measurement. He rediscovered Tahiti June 19,
1767, and discovered Sir Charles Saunders Island (Tapamanu) in the same group. His
colleague Carteret discovered Pitcairn's Island July 2, 1767, and a number of islands of
the Low Archipelago. About the same time the P'rench sent Louis Antone de Bou-
gainville on his memorable voyage around the w(u-ld. He passed tlie Strait of Magel-
lan and touched at Tahiti eight months after Wallis. He was a distinguished navi-
gator and mathematician, a Fellow of the Royal Society, and had the honor of first
carrying the French flag around the world, but his surve\s and charts were sadly
inaccurate.

All these advance scouts had prepared tlie way for a series of voyages unsur-
passed in the histoiy of maritime discoverv : vovages whose record translated into all

[91]

8 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

the principal languages of Europe were the most popular reading of the period, and to
this day they are a mine of information concerning the people then dwelling in the
islands of the great Pacific Ocean. The transit of Venus excited the greatest interest
among the astronomers of that day and the Royal Society prevailed upon the Govern-
ment to send an expedition to the "vSouth Sea" to make suitable observations. Tahiti
was selefted as the most desirable place, and a young lieutenant, James Cook, who had
distinguished himself at Quebec and in the service generally, was put in command of
the Endeavor and sailed for the little known island. After exploring the group, which
lie named "Societv Islands" in honor of the Royal Society, he surveyed New Zealand
and tlie east coast of Australia with an accuracy which left little for his successors,
then sailed for home through Torres Strait. Brief must be the account in this place
of Cook's voyages, but it may be stated that on the second, when the main object was
to explore the antardlic region, he sailed in the Rcsoliitiou (460 tons) and discovered
New Caledonia and several islands of the New Hebrides. This time he sailed as Cap-
tain, and on his return he was appointed Captain of Greenwich hospital with the rank of
post-captain. This honorable sinecure he left to command the Rcsoliitimi and Dis-
covcrv on a voyage to discover the "Northwest Passage". Wintering in the Friendly
Islands, he discovered the Hervey Group, often called Cook's Islands, and on his way
north found the Sandwich Islands, which his countrymen have hardly yet learned to
call Hawaiian. It was on his return from an unsuccessful search for the passage be-
tween the Pacific and Atlantic that lie died at the hands of the Hawaiians at Keala-
kekua Bay.

Cook's example stimulated the French to renewed efforts, and the accomplished
Jean Francois Galaup de la Perouse was sent in 17S5 to search for the delusive pas.sage.
He was in command of the Boussolc and, with his assistant De Langle on the Astrolabe,
sailed to the coast of Alaska. The same icy wall blocked their way that had turned Cook
back, but on the north-east coast of Asia they made some discoveries. In December,
1788, De Langle, Lamonon the naturalist, and ten of the crew of the Astrolabe were
massacred on Tutuila of the Samoan Group (named Navigator Islands by Bougain-
ville), but the rest of the expedition reached Botany Bay in January, 1788, and was
not heard from after leaving that port.

In 1791 D'Entrecasteaux was sent in search of La Perouse. He surveyed the
Louisiade Archipelago and made .some interesting discoveries in that region but died
on board July 20, 1793, still ignorant of the fate of his countrymen. Only in 1828
Peter Dillon found the remains of the wrecked vessels on the island of \'anikoro in
the New Hebrides.

Lieutenant Bligh, in the Hoiiiit\\ was at Tahiti in 1788, and six months after
the famous mutinv broke out and the commander was set adrift in an open boat. In

this he made his adventurous vovage to Timor discovering the Banks Islands on the

[92]

■c

.«'

"3 O

It
<

■A
3

-J

(0 ^

Uj ^

z ^

«c
H

<
o

•J

r.'

s
o
o

3
(Li

COOK AND LA PE ROUSE. 9

way. Captain Edwards, who was sent in the Pandora to search for the Bounty^ dis-
covered Anuda and Fataka Islands, but his ship was wrecked on a reef (Pandora Reef)
in Torres Strait.

In 1796-97 Captain Wilson, during the missionary voyage in the Dnjf, dis-
covered the Ganibier Islands and rediscovered the Duff Group. In the latter year there
was great activity in the Australian region when George Bass discovered Bass' Strait,
and with Matthew Flinders surveyed the east coast of Tasmania. Captain Flinders
continued this work in the Pn'cstigator but was captured by the French in 1804 and
kept a prisoner for six years.

George Vancouver, another great Englishman who had been with Cook in his
last two voyages, explored the Pacific ( 1 792-1 795), especially on the north-west coast
of America, and had much to do with the conquest of the Hawaiian Group by Kameha-
meha. Only his untimely death soon after his return to England in 1795 prevented
his return to the Pacific for farther exploration.

The Russians now took up the task and in 1804 Admiral Krusenstern sailed
around the world. From 18 15 to 1S18 Otto von Kotzebue followed in the R a rick dis-
covering a number of low islands in the Paumotus and farther north ; while in 1828
Liitke, in the Seniaviiic, surveyed the Carolines. To this nation also belongs the voy-
age of Bellingshausen in 1819-21.

England continued the work with Captain William Beechey in the Blossom,
1825-28; Sir Edward Belcher in the ^z/--^/////-, 1836-42; Captain Fitzroy (with whom
was Charles Darwin) from 1832 to 1836; and Sir James Ross with the Erchits and
Terror, 1841-43; all of the voyages adding largely to the knowledge of the Pacific.

In 1838 the United vStates Government entrusted to Lieutenant (afterwards
Admiral ) Charles Wilkes the command of its first and greatest exploring expedition, and
under his direction surveys were made of the Hawaiian, Fiji, Samoan, Paumotu and other
groups, while the results to Natural Science were even greater than to geography.

The French had not been idle, and mention should be made of the following
government vo\'ages in addition to those already- noticed. Louis de Frevcinet with
the Uraiiir and Physiciouic, 1817-20; Duperrey on the Coqitillc, 1822-2S; Duniont
d'Urville on the Aslrolahc, 1826-29; and du Petit Thouars on the I'ru/ts, 1836-39
made some geographical discoveries and corrected many mistakes of their predeces-
sors, but perhaps their harvest was rather in the realm of Natural History, and
indeed with these voyages the discovery of new lands ceased and the efforts of suc-
ceeding explorers were direAed nuiinly to investigation of natural phenomena, as in
the Austrian voyage of the Noz^ara, 1857-59, of which the naturalist Dr. Karl von
Scherzer was historian; and the Italian voyage of the Magenta, 1865-68, who.se story
was .so well told by another naturalist. Dr. Enrico Hillyer Giglioli. The greatest of

these scientific voyages was that of the English in the Cliallcnocr, 1872-76 The

[93]

lo INDEX TO 7 HE PAC/EIC ISLANDS.

depths of the ocean were studied in this long voyage and at the same time ( 1 87 3-76)
the United States sent the Tnscarora in command of Belknap, Erben and Miller, to
take soundings for a submarine cable across the Pacific. The British ship Gazelle
took many soundings in the South Pacific, and the British ship Penguin under Com-
mander Balfour has the distindlion of reaching the greatest depth in this ocean in
1895, when in latitude 30° 28' S. and longitude 176° 39' W. 5107 fathoms were meas-
ured. The United States surveying vessel Albatross has made no slight contribution
to the knowledge of this ocean and its inhabitants of the lower forms of animal life.
Before we leave the story of the discoveries in this ocean tribute should be paid to the
hardv American whalers who discovered many islands and have left the name of their
ship, sometimes indeed their whole ship on the islands they discovered.

The aAivity at the present time in the examination of the oceanic depths due
to the various schemes for laying telegraphic cables will no doubt result in considera-
ble increase of our knowledge of the bottom, and it seems probable that in the next
few vears the map will be something more than a mere outline.

The story of the great discoverers is a tragic one, as nearly all met a violent
death, from Balboa to Duniont D'Urville, and every islet has its romance although
often untold by mortal tongue: Defoe did not tell of all the Robinson Crusoes, nor
Melville all about T\pee. Islands have been found and lost again, men and ships
have been lost and never found again; and from the time when the early whalers were
said to have hung their consciences upon Cape Horn as they entered the Pacific
Ocean, to the later days when the labor pirates disposed of theirs in some eciually con-
venient way, there has been great crime and great cruelty through the islands of this fair
ocean. Those usuallv considered of a higher race who have voyaged through the
Pacific have not always been missionaries, nor have they always been true to the tra-
ditions of their race. How often have they expressed the utmost horror of the poor
untaught cannibals while themselves devouring the souls and lives of those they pre-
tended to detest !

Glancing Init briefly at the results of all these discoveries in the province of
Natural Historv we find certain fad^s that will be a foundation for many theories as to
the origin of both animal and vegetable life on the land found here and there amid the
waste of waters. First of the great earth cup that contains this greatest of oceans, an
expanse of water extending 10,000 miles from Quito to the Moluccas and covering
nearly 70,000,000 square miles of the earth's surface.

Depth of the Ocean. — Modern deep-sea soundings have established the fact

that the average depth of the Pacific Ocean is greater than that of the Atlantic, and

that in it are found the greatest depths yet reached in any ocean. The average height

of the continents bounding this ocean is 800 feet, while tlie average depth of the Pacific

is 2500 fathoms, or about three miles below the average continental level.

[94]

CURRE.VTS OF THE PACIFIC. ii

If an imaginary line be drawn from Honolulu to Tahiti the portion of the Pacific
to the east of this line is of comparatively even and moderate depth and there are few
islands. West of this line island groups are abundant and the bottom presents great
irregularities. Abysmal holes abound and submarine peaks arise in some cases many
thousand feet from a depressed plateau. vShallow traces are said to extend from Pata-
gonia to Japan, and parallel to this occur the wrinkle-like elevations of the bottom on
which occur the many groups of islands. The seas that fringe the western boundary
of this ocean are separated from the main basin by plateaus of considerable height,
although still submarine, and this feature has furnished rather insecure foundation
(in our present knowledge ) for many theories of animal and vegetable distribution.
A matter of considerable interest is the occurrence of deep holes such as that the
Challenger found between the Caroline and Marianas Groups where the soundings indi-
cated 4475 fathoms, or about five miles and a quarter. Another occurs east of Tonga ; one
has just been found near Midway Island, and the "deep" along the eastern coast of Japan
from 20 N. to 50' N. seems like a long narrow crack in the sea bottom. Other deeps have
been charted and the numl:)er which bear distinftive names is already considerable, but
they can best be studied in the Challenger x&'i^oxts and on the more recent h\'drographic
charts. The shoals seem even more important as they may be inchoate ishiuds.

Currents of the Pacific.— It is certainly known that tlie vast bodv of water
of this ocean is in a constant state of circulation, and in a way ])artly independent of
the prevailing winds, although, as we shall see below, the winds \arv with the seasons
as do the main channels of circulation. In this place it is sufficient to mention the
great streams or arteries which flow in tolerably determined bounds and in constant
direction while we must pass by the less definite currents which are modified by lands,
by shoals, or by the winds, — currents which in meeting do not mingle, but the denser or
cooler current sinks below and passes beneath its lighter antagonist.

Bering Strait is but a little gateway and admits no important current from the
Ardlic seas, but on the s(nith from tlie Antarctic regions a strong current flows nortli
to New Zealand where it is turned eastward to tlic coast of Patagonia, a brunch con-
tinuing east past Cape Horn, while the main stream, called in honor of its discoverer
Humboldt, passes up the coast of South America until the isthmus of Panama deflects
it to the west. As it meets the coast of Formosa it also encounters and travels witli a
stream analogous to the Gulf Stream of the Atlantic, the Kuro siwa of the Japanese,
.so called from its dark blue color. Merged with this it flows northeast then east until
the Alaskan shores divert it to the south and west. The Kuro siwa has an averao-e
maxinium temperature of 86 F., or about 12" greater than tliat of the waters of the
ocean througli wliich it passes. Narrow near Formosa, it gradualh- broadens until
north of the Bonin Group it is 500 miles wide. Between the two great equatorial cur-
rents flowing westward on either side of the equator is a narrow counter-equatorial

[95]

IXDEX TO THE PACITIC ISLAXDS.

current flowing to the east. Still farther observations on the currents are needed, for
their influence, although of less interest to navigators in these daA'S of steam-propelled
vessels has most important bearing on the peopling of the different groups.

The cases of Japanese junks recorded as drifting to the Hawaiian Islands and
to the north-west coast of America have often been referred to, and it is well known
that the inhabitants of the Alaskan Islands obtain much of their fuel as driftwood
from the Asiatic coast: it should also be noted that many of the largest and most
famous double canoes of the Hawaiians were hewn from logs of Oregon pine brought
to the shores of Niihau and Kauai by the waves. I myself saw dozens of such logs
in 1S64, some of great size, some bored b_v Teredo, others covered with barnacles, along
the shores of Niihau. To the same shores are brought lumps of fine pumice which
the ancient Hawaiians freelv used to polish their canoes and wooden dishes.

Winds of the Pacific. — In some considerable measure accelerators if not
originators of oceanic currents are the prevailing winds. The two agencies combined
have had a large part in the distribution of animal and vegetable life through this
ocean. In the eastern half of the Pacific, which is comparatively free from land, the
north-east trade winds blow with marked regularity as far south as the equatorial belt
of calms which encircles the globe nearly parallel with the equator, and in the .southern
hemisphere the south-east trade winds blow as regularly to the same belt where thev
rise and return in the upper regions to the polar seas whence they came. Such is in
general the plan of air currents in the open ocean of the eastern half, but the north
and south limit of each of these trade winds varies with the season, and wherever isl-
ands occur a variation results not always easy to explain: even the ver\- low coral
islands are quite sufficient to change the force and direcTiiou of the trade winds, substi-
tuting a land and sea breeze system. The following table, taken from Kerhallet, will
show clearly the variation of the "Trades":

A TAIU.K OF THE LIMITS OF THE "TRADES" AS AFFECTED BY CHANGE OF SEASONS.

.Tjijinnry .
I'VbniMry.
MjiviIi ..

Apiil

Mm.v

.ImiH

.lulv

AiiKUst ...
Si'iitHiiibi'i
Drtdber .
NiiveTiib4>v
Di.i-i.nibi-r.

I'OI.AR LIMIT

EQUATORIAL

LIMIT

BREADTH OF
I.NTERVEXINC

THE

ZONK

OK THE NE.

OF THE SE.

•IV 0' N.

33° a.y s.

11' :lll' N,

3° 0' N.

3" 30'

2li 2S

2S .-1!)

4 1

2 II

2 1

211 0

.•i1 111

s 1:,

.". .'>ll

2 2.')

:«! »

27 2-'>

4 4.-.

2 II

2 4.-.

2:1 :>

2S 24

7 "'2

3 3I>

4 111

Ti 41

2.') (1

11 .'.N

2 30

7 2S

.11 4:i

2.") 2.S

12 11

.-) 4

7 1

I'll :iii

24 IS

1.-. 11

2 30

1 2 30

•_•:! I'-j

24 .-.1

1:1 ."lii

.s 11

.-. 4.-.

■i\ t;

23 27

12 20

3 32

s 4S

2:> II

as aa

:;» 0

22 30

3 12

1 .51!

3 lli

The division of the trades on the belt of the "Doldrums" is always to the north

of the equator, perhaps owing to the unequal distribution of land and water in the two

hemispheres, for representing land b}- 100 the proportion of water in the north hcmi-

L96]

in .YDS OF THE PAC/F/C.

sphere is 150 while in tlie south it is 628. Over tlie doldrums, at a great height,
hangs a belt of cloud formed by the opposing currents of different temperatures.

Formerly it was believed that the trade winds extended over the entire breadth
of the Pacific, but although additional data are needed, enough are at hand to show
that this is true only of the region extending between the Galapagos and the Paumotus,
or from go to 150" west longitude, less than half its extent so far as the SE. trade winds
are concerned : the NE. trades blow as far west as the iVIariannes. We fortunately
have tables of wind observation from two points in the western course of the northern
belt of wind. At Jaluit in the Marshall Group ( 169" E. ) Dr. Steinbach has made the
observations given in the following table:

T.\BLE OF THE DIRECTION OK THE WIND AT JALUIT, MARSHALL ISLANDS, FOR THE THREE

YEARS 1892-1894 AS OBSERVED BY DR. STEINBACH.

(The figures are percentages.)

.ranuary 1

February -

.\Iaroh »

April II

.May II

.liine II

.Inly I

.\UKUst II

September 1

Oit.ilier II

Xoveniber »

December 1

47
M

l:)
14

ENE.

ESE.

SE.

SSE.

s\v.

111

:)1

.-.

2."t

:!,!

2i)

(

:!:)

2!l

:',

2t)

2.")

111

l."»

l.-l

i:i

. II

WSW. 1 NW. NNW. CALM

4
14
11
20
i:t
2S
.s
fi

At Ponape in the Caroline Group ( 158 E. ) Mrs. L. H. Gulick, of the American
Mission, kept a meteorological record for several years. From this the winds for the
year 1S54 are shown as follows:

MOUTHS

DAYS OF DAYS OP
TRADE WIND. VARIABLE WIND. °''^*' "" ^'^^'^^

MONTH.S.

DAYS OP
TRADE WIND.

DAYS OP
VARIABLE WIND.

DAYS OP CALM.

.Iniiiiary

l''ebrii;iry

.\llllrll

\ [,]■!]

.July

11
7

11
li

1.5

2!)

24
IC.
10
1.5

2s 0 0
2:: S 0
211 1 0
2!l 2 U
22 s II

-August

September

October

November

December

0
14

Among the islands between the Avistralian coast and the Paumotn Group the
SE. trade winds are onh" felt during the winter or between March and 06lober. In
the belt of calms storms and abundant rains are not uncommon. South of the Tropic
of Capricorn are found the aiiti-/radrs blowing from the N\\\ or W. with considerable
regularity, and north of the Tropic of Cancer blows the SW. anti-trade. This SW.
wind coming over the vast area of northern Asia is a cold dry wind, but when it crosses
the warm stream of the Japanese current it condenses the tropical vapors brought by that
stream from the south and thus causes almost perpetual fog: as it strikes the Alaskan
shores it is a warmer rain-bearing wind. In the western Pacific luoi/sooi/s take the place
of the trade winds, blowing half of the year in one direction but reversing the direcflion

duriu"- the other half. The change of monsoons is much dreaded asprolific of storms.

[97]

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

Hurricanes seldom occur in the open Pacific, but in the region of Samoa and Fiji
and farther to the west are far from uncommon. The whole of the north-west portion
between 20 and 45° N. is subject to cyclonic storms called typhoons. A capital review
of these storms, both hurricanes and typhoons, is to be found in Scgclhandbitcli Jiir den
Stillcn Ozean of the German Hydrographic Board, Hamburg, 1897.

Climate. — From the great range in elevation from the coral islet over which
the .storm waves break to the heights of the island of Hawaii where the volcanic peaks
closely approach the line of 14,000 feet; from the winds of constant diredlion in the
eastern half to the fickle airs of the Solomon Islands : there is even in the main portion
of Oceania which is within the tropics a great variety of climate. In the trade wind
regions the moisture brought in the breezes is mainly precipitated on the windward

'r*.

BUTARITARl ,.." „f\V!

MATUKU

'-<'•'■■'■ PALMYRA ID. '^'^'•r,-t,l'f,. ^

>:^

CdRAI, isi,.\xds.

FIG. I.

HIGH ISLAND.

side of high islands leaving the lee side often dry and desert-like, wliile where the
monsoons prevail both sides get a share of the rain and the vegetation is more luxuri-
ant and uniform. Indeed the rain is often superabundant on some groups of the
western Pacific, as the earlv Spanish navigators found to their disgust, for in those
days the seamen had no proper shelter and had to cook their food on the open deck.
The dry climate of the Hawaiian Islands where the natives could wear bark cloth had
its counterpart in the cool and wet New Zealand where the same Poh-nesian had to
make his garments of the warmer and more durable flax which he ingeniously made

water-proof. New Zealand and its dependencies alone extend bevond the tropics, and

[98]

J'OLCANOES AND CORAL ISLANDS. 15

in the southern part of that noble group the southern Alps vie in beautv and majesty
with the better known .Swiss mountains. Perhaps nowhere in the world outside of the
Pacific can so great a variety of climate be found. Tables of rainfall, maps of isother-
mic lines can be given of some parts of the Pacific region, l)ut the record is too imper-
fect and as yet covers too narrow a territory to make it worth while to reproduce here.

Island Forms. — A marked difference exists between islands in our region : .some
rise high above the ocean presenting conical peaks more or less eroded into radial val-
leys; the peaks and slopes generally, at least on the windward side, covered with dense
vegetation ; while the second class consists of a low sand bank not more than a dozen
feet above the ocean and only visible to the approaching vessel by the loftv coconut trees.
Of the former class are the Hawaiian, Samoau, Society Groups, and most of the western
islands, while to the latter class belong the Patimotus, Gilbert and Marshall Groups : the
two forms are sometimes combined as at the Fijian Group. So far as known all the
high islands of the central Pacific and most of those in the west are volcanic.

Volcanic Systems. — All along the shores of the Pacific are a6five volcanoes.
Commencing witli the little known volcanoes of the Antarftic region, of whicli we may
hope to learn more in view of the present interest in Antarctic exploration, the Andes
continue the line with some of the loftiest in the world near the equator. Central
America presents volcanoes of great variety and interest, mostly detached and not in
mountain chains. Mexico with her Co.seguina and others less active in modern times,
while Shasta, Ranier and Baker carry the line northward until it takes to the water in
the Alaskan Islands and crosses to the fine ranges of Kamchatka, then tlirougli Japan,
the Philippines to Java and Sumatra where it leaves this region. With such a wall of
fiery sentinels it is not surprising that the enclosed space should bristle with similar
volcanic and seismic phenomena. Hawaii on the north-east seems to be a prolongation
of the Mexican line which is marked by Colima, Popocatepetl and Orizaba. It is a
line of volcanic adlion extending nearly a thousand miles, although the portion to the
north-west has long been extinct. At the extreme southwest is the largest adlive crater
in the world, Kilauea, which has given its name to a remarkable type of />// crater.
The Marquesas, although volcanic, present no craters and liave long been extinct : and
this is true of the Society Islands, but their near neighbor the Tongan Group is still
active and submarine volcanoes break out, form islands of loose cinders, and soon are
converted to shoals b\- the waves. New Zealand contains several grand \-olcanoes and
its volcanic phenomena in the way of hot springs are noteworthy. The "Terraces"
on the North island were the most l)eautiful in the world until destroyed by the erup-
tion of Tarawera (in June, 1S86). In the New Hebrides are several smaller adlive
vents; one of them, on Tanna, has been constantly active, like Stromboli, at least since

the time of Cook. The Solomon Islands and the Bismarck Archipelago are fully vol-

[99]

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

canic, eruptions frequently occurring in some part of that territory. A region of such
marked volcanic chara6ler might be expedled to exhibit the concomitant phenomena of
earth movements, both earthquakes and the grander if less obtrusive movements of
elevation and depression, and it was the latter change in level that gave Darwin the
foundation of his ingenious theory of the formation of

Coral Islands. — Most important, both from a geological and a zoological
standpoint are the buildings of the coral-forming polyp. Throughout the portion of the
Pacific between the dotted lines on the diagram of this ocean ( Fig. 2) this minute animal
has bv the force of numbers greatly increased the area of habitable land, made harbors

FIG. 2. DIAGRAM OF ISOCHRVMK.S BETWEEN WHICH REEF-CORALS OCCl'R.

possible, and changed if not created currents in the equatorial sea. This is not a work
now complete or of paroxvsmal or intermitent nature, but it is a work of the present
day, like the aeolic erosion of valleys and shows no sign of diminution.

While the other great agencv in the forniatiou of the intra-Pacific lands, vulcan-
ism, seems to be diminishing from Hawaii to the Solomon Islands, the coral polyp, all
unconscious, it mav be, as the volcano of its mighty work, goes on building up reefs
which in time become habitable islands.

As a certain degree of warmth is needed for the life as well as growth of reef-
forming corals, and not all corals come into this class, the boundaries of the coral
region both north and south of the equator will be determined by the isocryiiir (or line
of equal cold) of 68 F., colder water preventing their growth, and their adlivity in-
creasing with the mean temperature. In the hotter water under the equator the teni-

[100]

i ^--^

o
O

o
o

•-I

H
Oi
O

o
z

(?/

D
O

a
o

•J

a
■<
2:

P«5

i-i

Q
. I Q

y 2

<
o

to:

Ul
Q
Z

CORAL REEFS. 17

perature is 85° F., or two degrees higher than in the Atlantic. The mean temperature
for the 3'ear is, in the North Pacific 73.5 F.; in the South Pacific, 70" F. Where the
temperature of the surface is never below 70' F. during the year, that is within i5"-20°
of the equator, the reef corals abound both in species and individuals, as at the Fiji
Group, which is one of the most remarkable coral gardens of the ocean. The Hawaiian
Islands are near the northern limit of subtorrid warmth and only the hardier forms are
found (as Pontes and Poci/Iopora) and their growth is not so luxuriant: the beautiful
Madrepora of the southern groups is wholly wanting. This brief reference must
suffice to indicate the important facflor that temperature makes in the distribution
of reefs. Corals will not grow in niudd\- water, or when the percentage of salt falls
below a certain point, hence their absence opposite the discharge of rivers. In
depth the living corals (reef-building) do not extend beyond twenty-five fathoms
or 150 feet (Dana).

The Hawaiian Islands are well j^rovided with fringing reefs but have no
barrier reefs, and these two forms are thus distinguished: the former is a fringe or ex-
tension around or on certain coasts of a high island, presenting a tolerably flat surface
at low tide, interrupted by wells and channels ; the latter is detached from the shore
by a channel of greater or less width, and may form a wing encircling the island, or it
may extend along a coast as the Great Barrier Reef of the east coast of Australia
which extends parallel with that coast some 1250 miles. What is the explanation of
these detached reefs ? It is not so difficult to understand the growth from a shore
as the polyp grows, comes too near the surface, is exposed too long at low tide, dies
and its successors have to push seaward. On most fringing reefs the dead far out-
numbers the living coral. If coral, probably from a deficiency of light, cannot grow
at a depth below twenty-five fathoms, how could a detached mass start from the bottom
of an ocean which in the immediate vicinity of most coral islands presents a much
greater depth ? Charles Darwin explained this in a very simple way and his conclu-
sions, with all their consequences, were accepted as satisfactory for many years. It is
well known that changes of level take place in "solid" land. On the Hawaiian island
Oahu the ancient coral reef is now from two to three fathoms above the level at which
it was formed not many ages ago, and other regions have as evidently subsided. In
this subsidence Mr. Darwin finds the key to the formation of barrier reefs. Granted
the subsidence this theory capitally explains all the phenomena of reef formation.
Agassiz, Dr. Murray and Professor Alexander Agas.siz (feeling that the subsidence
theory was not proven for all localities) base their explanation of the barrier reef
on the growth of the coral on the rim of a volcanic crater at a suitable depth. There
is this difficulty that some of the atolls in the Indian Ocean would presuppose a crater
thirty miles in diameter, a size which has no parallel on the earth's surface. Interest
has lately been excited in this question by the borings on the coral island of Funafuti,

Memoirs B. P. B. Museum, Vol. I., No. 2.-2.

[lOl]

i8 INDEX TO THE FACIEI C I STANDS.

and by the renewed explorations of Alexander Agassiz, but at the present writing the
evidence is not conclnsive on either side.

Withont adopting either theor}- we may state that coral islands have a fringing
reef more or less interrupted, sometimes a barrier reef, while the island in many cases
becomes simply a ring of circular or irregular form, and the enclosed space is called a
lagoon in the atoll. An opening into this lagoon may convert it into a good boat
harbor, or the continuity of the ring and the growth of coral or the wash of sand and
debris may fill the lagoon converting it into a simple coral island with a fringing reef.
Many islands have simply a depression in the centre marking the former lagoon.
Atolls have often many islets inhabited on the ring, while other islets rise from the
shallow lagoon.

From the organic nature of the reefs they are constantly changing, and the
change is generally a growth : hence channels become shallower and unless kept open
by some fresh water stream finally close ; lagoons which have served for harbor to ves-
sels of light draft become dry land. Coral rock is easily cut and artificial channels
can often be cut to good harbors, and the apparent scarcity of such havens in the cen-
tral Pacific may be remedied. The growth of coral patches off harbors and in channels
is a serious danger to navigation and requires frequent surveys. The rate of growth
of coral reefs is not yet satisfactorily determined. Darwin's ]'oyagc of the Bcagh\ and
Dana's Corah and Cora/ Is/aiids may be consulted for farther information as to the
growth of corals. In regard to the geographical distribution of reefs it may be briefly
stated that there are no reefs on the South American coast, and only detached corals in
the Panama region. Easter Island is without reefs, so is Pitcairn, although there are
some growing corals about the latter, while tlie neighboring Panmotus consist of eighty
coral islands, nearly all with lagoons; the Marquesas have little coral about them;
the Society Islands and Fiji abound in reefs. The Samoan and Tongan are well pro-
vided with reefs, although in the former group Tutuila has less coral than Upolu. Of
the Hawaiian Islands Kauai, Oahu and Molokai have extensive reefs, ^\■hile Maui and
Hawaii have very little except detached corals; Necker and Nihoa have none, but
farther toward the west are many reefs. The Gilbert, Marshal and Caroline Islands
are almost entirely coral. The Marianas are actively volcanic in the northern por-
tion where there are no reefs, but the southernmost Guam has extensive reefs ; so have
Yap and the Pelews. The New Hebrides again are a^lively volcanic and have few
reefs, while New Caledonia abounds in them. The Coral Sea and Great Barrier reef
continue the line southward. Tlie Louisiade Group and the Admiralty Islands have
barrier and fringing reefs, while the north coast of New Guinea wliich is fringed with
volcanic islands has no reefs. Of the Solomon Group only the western portion has
extensive fringing reefs. As to the extent of all the reefs in the western Pacific there

is great lack of trustworthy information.

[102]

FLORA OF IHF PACIFIC ISLANDS. 19

Flora. — On the shores of nearly all the islands in our region are found a few
plants common to all tropical countries, and which are easily dispersed by currents.
They belong to the families Malvacese, Convolvulaceae, Solanacese and Leguminosse,
and are of little interest. Tliis association of plants is often called the madreporic
flora. In the low islands of the Pacific there is little else for the botanist; add the
ubiquitous pandanus, coconut and mangrove and the tale is told. In the high islands
the interesting and peculiar flora begins at the height of about 1200 feet, and it is this
flora that contains all the species peculiar to the islands.

In the many shaded and moist valleys of Polynesia ferns find a congenial home,
and from the lightness of their spores are easily distributed ; hence the Polynesian
flora presents 15% of ferns. Other predominant plants are provided with especially
light seeds as in the families Urticaceae, Rubiaceae, Lobeliaceae and Orchidacae. The
last family counts man}' species in Fiji and the Society Islands as well as in Australia,
while on the Hawaiian Group only three small species are found. On the other hand, of
the Lobeliacese none are found in Fiji, three only in the Society Islands, while on the
Hawaiian Islands are found more than fift}- species. Most of the Polynesian vegetation
is woody ; annuals form only 1%, and most of these are strangers confined to the shores.

The question of the origin of the plants on isolated groups is of great interest,
but its discussion would carry us far bej-ond the limits of this introduftor}- chapter.
It will be found, however, that the widely disseminated plants are either provided with
wings or other suitable appendages for the wind-borne journey, or are attractive food
for birds of passage. In the stomachs of pigeons killed in Micronesia have been found
the seeds of Fijian plants. The lantana {L. caiiiara) was cultivated for years in gar-
dens in the Hawaiian Islands but it showed no tendency to spread until the so-called
mina ( Acrido/f/f/fs (risi/s) was introduced, when the berry became its favorite food
and the indigestible seed was scattered everywhere. Cosmopolitan species are intro-
duced by winds and currents, hence a study of these will explain many cases. Rare
American plants are almost confined to the Hawaiian Group, the nearest to that con-
tinent and in the line of the NE. trade winds.

Of the flowering plants the proportion to the whole flora is in south-eastern
Polynesia 20%; in Fiji, 40%; and in the Hawaiian Islands, 80%. The affinities of the
plants in each group are instrucTiive. About 500 species are common to Asia and
tropical Australia. Some 220 species are common to New Zealand and Australia.
Of the two species of /\(!ii/(//t/i//ts found on the Hawaiian Islands, one resembles
/\\ .s-c7-/cV7o- of Mauritius ; the other, A', /v/'cv/.s- of America. Fiji has one species each
of three Asiatic genera, TfiiislKoiiia^ Saiiratija and L'tirvn. Hawaii and the Mar-
quesas have each a species of the distinctively American genus W'alllicna.

If we look rapidlv at a few of the more important families we sliall find that the

Leguminosge are not common in Polynesia; of the genus Acacia all the species peculiar

['03]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

to this region are phvllodineous and the rest of this pecnliar gronp is Australian.
Among RosaceEe the genus Acacna has one species peculiar to the Hawaiian Islands
while some thirty other species are South American. Of Pittosporaceae the genus
Pittosponim, which is Australian in large part, has twelve species in New Zealand, ten
in the Hawaiian Islands, six in Fiji, and one in Southeastern Polynesia. The family
Rubiacese contains 7% of the flowering plants peculiar to the Hawaiian Islands, 14%
of those peculiar to Fiji, and in New Caledonia some two hundred species are reported.
In all the islands there are three hundred species, while Australia has scarce one
hundred. There are several curious Composite in the Hawaiian Islands, Jl'i'/krsia,
ArgyroxiphiiDU and Roiiya. The genus Lipoclucta has one species in the Galapagos
while twelve are Hawaiian. Of the Campanulacese, besides five species of Lobelia.,
there are five genera, Brighamia., Delissea., Rollandia., C/er7iiontia, and Cyanea peculiar
to the Hawaiian Islands, and another Apetahia peculiar to the Society Islands: the
family is not found beyond those two groups in Polynesia : the centre of the Lobeliacese
is American. Of the Urticaceae the genus Ficus has a dozen species peculiar to Fiji,
twenty-three (all but six peculiar) in New Caledonia. The Palms are all related to
the Malaysian flora. In the Filices the relationship is well shown in the following
table taken from Drake del Castillo:

TYPE

Asiatic

Australian

New Zealand

American

Cosmopolite

50 p.c.

CENTRAL AND EAST
POLYNESIA.

50 p.c.

20
2(j

lo p. c.

4
2t>
32

ALL OCEANIA.

32 p.c.

IIS
44

The paucity of edible fruits is a feature of the Polynesian flora as is also the
absence of poisonous plants on most of the islands. Although not rivaling the Ameri-
can economic woods in variety or beauty, there are nevertheless man}- choice timber
woods in the Pacific Region. The koa of Hawaii, the kauri of New Zealand, the kou
and kamani of the southern islands, and the eucalypti of Australia are both beautiful
and valuable, although many are fast disappearing and I know of no serious attempt
to cultivate them.

Throughout Polynesia proper the Kalo ( CaladiiDii csciilfutniii ) was the staple
vegetable food, varied, in the southern islands with the Breadfruit (Ar/ocarpiis ///c/sa),
and to the west, especially on sand islands and in Micronesia, the fruit of the Paiidaiius
odoyatissitnus is an important addition to the dietary. Bananas, yams, sugar-cane,
kukui nuts, Canarium nuts, the fruits of some Myrtacese and A'acciniese were the prin-
cipal fruits of the ancient Pacific-islander : all the fruits that now abound in the gar-
dens and orchards have been brought since the time of Cook.

For farther information on the Flora one may consult Roiiarqiics s/ir la FIoic

de la Polvucsic par E. Drake del Castillo, Paris, 1890; A Lvclnrc 01/ Insular Floias^h-y

[104]

FAUNA. 21

J. D. Hooker, London, iS68; also Dr. Hooker's admirable New Zealand Flora ; Mann's
EiiiDiicratioii of Haivaiian Plants; Die ]^egetation der Frde, b_v A. H. R. Grisebach;
/nfrodnflion lo the Botany of the Challenger Expedition, by W. B. Helmsley.

I/and Fauna. — In eastern Polynesia rats and mice were the only indigenous
mammals, but to the west the wonderful Marsupials of Australia and New Guinea, the
fruit-eating bats and some small and comparativeh- unimportant mammals extend the
list slightly. Reptiles are not more abundant. New Zealand and the Hawaiian
Islands have no snakes. Samoa, Fiji and Micronesia have a few harmless forms;
while Australia has numerous deadly species. Crocodiles are found in Queensland
and on some of the islands not far distant, and the lizards of Australia are of many
species and sometimes of considerable size. New Zealand has the curious Tuatara
{Hat'teria punctata, Gray), but as we go eastward the species and individuals diminish
until on the Hawaiian Group there are but six small species of lizard, and these are
disappearing before the introduced mongoos. Of the birds New Guinea has the re-
markable Birds of Paradise, and Australia has many and most interesting species.
New Zealand has the Kiwi, a remnant of some of the most wonderful birds, now ex-
tinct, that liave ever lived. Samoa has another survival in the Didniuulits, but again
as we go east the birds grow scarce. In insect life the rule holds good and the fine
butterflies and gigantic beetles of New Guinea give place to one or two diurnal lepi-
doptei'a on Hawaii, where the insect fauna has been well worked and although of great
interest to the entomologist has little to interest by size or beaut}' of form.

The marine fauna is indeed as rich as the land fauna is poor, and the low coral
islands of the central Pacific swarm with fishes which have always been the principal
food of the inhabitants. These fishes are closely connefted with East Indian forms.
The great mammals of this ocean are far more important than those of the land and
deserve far more notice than can be given in this sketch.

Whales and the Whaling Industry. — I place the whales and their pursuit
together, for no other animals have caused such changes to the primitive inhabitants
and no study of the ethnology of the Pacific can omit or fail to give its proper promi-
nence to the whalers and their intercoiirse with the islanders of this ocean. The days
are gone when fifty or more American whalers wintered or refitted in the harbors of the
Hawaiian Group, but the effeAs of this intercourse will only cease when the weaker
race has wholly succumbed to the advance of the white race. It is pleasanter to look for
a moment at the whales than to consider the acfts of their hunters. The polar whale
{Bahcna mysticetns) comes only into the most northern part of our region, but another
species ( B. japoniea ) is found from continent to continent nearly as far south as the
Tropic of Cancer. Still another species is common south of Australia, around the

South American continent, and to some extent between these points {^B. antipoduni).

[105]

22 INDF.X TO THE PACIFfC /SLAXPS.

The Sperm whale {Plivsctrr niacroccphahis) is found between Australia and New
Zealand, in Micronesia and around certain groups as the Hawaiian, ^Marquesas, Fiji
and Society Islands. It is much more tropical than the Balgenas, and while the latter
prefer the cold polar waters and seldom go beyond the cooler currents of the Pacific,
the cachelot is found especially in the tropical region and serves to employ the arAic
whalers during the off season in the northern seas. Besides these "nobility" of the
whale kind there are lesser lights hunted in the Pacific as in the Atlantic. The
humpback {Megaptera hoops) is found all along the American coast, at many of the
central island groups in the tropics, and off the shores of New Zealand, New Cale-
donia and Australia. The Sulphurbottom [Sihhaldia sii/p/iiiiriis), Gray whale (Rlia-
c'n'am-c-fcs ghvinis). Pacific finback {Balcsnoptera velijcra) and Rorqual ( /?. dav/dsoin )
are found off Japan, in Bering Sea and off the American coast.

The pursuit of these great mammals employed many men and much capital as is
well known. When in full force in 1846 there were 735 American vessels with an aggre-
gate tonnage of 233,133 tons. It may perhaps be forgotten that a whale ship, from the
length and hardship of the voyage was regarded as a sort of reform school for rather
hardened young offenders who were not amenable to the good influences on land. Hence
it happened that many of these quasi convi6ls escaped to the island Edens and played
the part of the serpent. But with these important exceptions I believe the influence
of the whaling industry was not one of preponderant evil. Many natives went as
sailors on these ships and learned to work as they would never have learned in the
dohr far uiciitc of their homes, and it was often the advice of these travelled country-
men that opened the door to the white missionary. It is impossible to believe that
the influence of the sturdy men who sailed from New Bedford and Nantucket was very
bad. Have we not known them in their homes and shaken hands with their worthy
descendants? Of the literature on this subject may be mentioned, F. D. Bennett,
M'lialiiig J'ovagc Ro/ii/d fl/c Globe, 1^^33-36; Beale, T/ir Spcnu W'lialc and its Captors,
iS3g; Uuitfd Statis Fish Coiiniiissiou Report, iS/^; Scammon, Maiiniialia of Xort/i-
westcni America, 1SS4.

Inhabitants and Their Origin. — In no part of the primitive world has

there been more confusion of races, more difficulty in exact classification, and, it must

be added, more ignorance of people than in the Pacific. We have prehistoric remains

in Easter Island, in Tongatabu, in Ponape and in the Marianas of which Ethnologists

know no certain origin. The great leaders of Ethnology have measured a few skulls

(too often labelled "South Seas") and have compared imperfect vocabularies, and then,

with some hesitation it is true, have made family arrangements in which they do not

agree among themselves, and which farther knowledge may modify or replace. But

this is not the place to enter into a discussion of the difl:'erent systems, nor to follow

[106J

INDIGENOUS INHABITANTS. 23

that fascinating — because so difficult — quest for the origin of the peoples we now find
on the islands of the Pacific. All admit they are not autocthonous, but theories of
their origin start both from the East and from the West. One claims that the Poly-
nesians, to take one of the more evident divisions of the islanders, came from the great
Malayan islands and worked eastward ; another contends that they had their origin in
South or Central America and were dispersed through the great ocean by the Trades ;
while another, admitting their Asiatic birth, claims that they not only crossed the
Pacific and peopled it, but continued their planting to the American continent. Let
the theories await more complete knowledge: in the meantime all theorists in this
domain are helping towards a final solution.

We may, to save repetition in the list of island names of which this is an ex-
tended introdu6lion, adopt the most common and perhaps most correct classification
into three main divisions without going beyond our region for relationships. These
are Papuan, IMicronesian and Polynesian. With the first we place Australians and
the people of New Guinea, Pelew Islands, Bismarck Archipelago, Solomon Islands,
New Hebrides, New Caledonia, Lo3'alty Islands and Fiji. The Australians are strongly
differentiated from the others in mental if not in phvsical traits, and the Vitians are
strongly tin^lured with Polj-nesian blood, but on the whole the islanders mentioned
agree in the following important matters ; flat and abundant hair on both head and
body; skin dark — almost black in Australia, Solomon Islands and New Caledonia,
chocolate-colored in New Guinea, yellowish (from Malav admixture) in the Pelew Isl-
ands; scar or paint the body, but do not tatu ; do not circumcise except in Australia,
Fiji and some islands of the New Hebrides; heads dolichocephalic, prognathous and
phanerozj'gomatic ; nose broad and hooked; lips intumescent but not so full as in the
negro ; height medium ; chew betel rather than awa ; have artistic feeling in decora-
tion (especially in New Guinea and the Bismarck Archipelago); cook in earthen
vessels; are cannibals (except Australians and the Pelew Islanders); are noisy and
restless, decidedly democratic, have no kings nor hereditary chiefs; show no sentiment
in favor of clothes ; are irreligious and exhibit great diversity of dialeAs.

The Micronesian division includes the Marianas, Caroline, Marshall and Gilbert
groups. It is a debatable ground between the first and last divisions. The people are
a plainly mixed race of Papuan and Polynesian ancestry with considerable Malay ad-
mixture at the western end. They are less democratic than the Papuans, more so than
the Polynesians; use looms (as do also the New Hebrideans); are good navigators;
tatu to some extent (Carolines); considerable diversity of dialects with many Polyne-
sian roots.

In the Polynesian Group are the Hawaiians, Samoans, Tahitians, Marquesans,
Tongans, Paumotuans and Maoris. They have long, black, cylindrical hair, little of

it on body, hence addidled to tatuing in which they excel; brachycephalic, and not

[lo-J

24 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

v&x\ prognathous; fairly large stature; light-colored; very large dark eyes; practise
circumcision; are not cannibals (except ]\Iarquesans and IMaoris); caste institutions
with kings and chiefs ; are very religious ; kapu system in full force ; use awa, never
betel ; no looms, no earthen vessels ; cook in earth ovens and with hot stones ; make
kapa or bark cloth (as do also the Solomon Islanders and some tribes of New Guinea);
have a strong sentiment of dress ; have a common language from Hawaii to New Zeal-
and; are good seamen and fishermen. In ancient times were good navigators journev-
ing in their canoes to almost incredible distances as seen in the ancient voyages of the
Hawaiians to Tahiti.

In every generalization there must be many exceptions, but the characters here
given are verj- general. The h3'brids are very numerous and most difficult to place
when met casually. The Papuan -|- Polynesian hybrid is much more homogeneous,
that is, more difficult to pick out traits of either parent, than is the mixture of
Chinese -|- Polj'nesian, where the Mongolian predominates but the Polynesian is still
in evidence. Otherwise half-breeds in the Pacific are much as half-breeds are ever^--
where else.

Cannibalistn. — This custom which arouses a curious horror in most civilized
people, although man is a carnivorous animal and human flesh is not unwholesome,
was once prevalent in the Marquesas, Fiji and New Zealand, and is now in full force
in the Solomon Islands, New Hebrides, Bismarck archipelago and parts of New
Guinea. Elsewhere in the Pacific it has never existed or has vielded to the pressure
of civilization. The origin of this curious habit has been ascribed to various causes,
as for instance, piety — the nearest relative devouring the remains of a dear corpse to
place them nearest the seat of the affections and to protect them from outrage by the
enemy. Such disposal has occurred on groups not otherwise anthropophagic. To
absorb the qualities of another is, I believe, the most orthodox application of cannibalism.
Brave and tried warriors were eaten, never women or children, and the true cannibal
never allowed a woman to eat a man ! Certainlv the portions in which the desired
qualities were supposed to reside were most sought, the hand, the heart, the testes.
This effect of food is, perhaps unconsciously, recognized in the navv of a great nation
where mutton is never eaten lest the marines become sheepish. It is worthy of note
that the worst cannibals in the Pacific were also the most skilled producers. Alaori
and Marquesan carvings, Solomon Island canoes. New Hebridean mats are all in evi-
dence. Revenge; that sweet passion in the savage thought, — to cook an enemy like a
dog or pig, to drink his blood, is world-wide in desire if not in full execution, and Kali
the bloodthirsty wife of Shiva in the Hindu pantheon is not the onlv primitive deity
in which this passion is personified. Needed food: man, although carnivorous, did not
suffer from famine on the Pacific Islands, at least on those where anthropophagy pre-
vailed, but it has been suggested that in the long vovages food may have failed as it

[io8]

'- iB

I , • •■•^^^

5--

z
<
_J
(0 ^

"" Is

Ld "
Z ^

-I

<
o

LANGUAGE. 25

has too often in the voyages of civilized men, and the weakest has been sacrificed to
save life. The strong persistence of the habit once acquired is fully recognized. This
might explain the prevalence of the custom among Maoris and Marquesans at opposite
ends of the Polynesian domain. Cakobau used to boast that he had eaten one hundred
and .seventy-five of his fellow Vitians, and a New Hebridean Ijelt in the Bishop Museum
is hung with one hundred and thirty-five incisors, the tally of so many vi(?tinis of its
chiefly ow^ner; but the commoner got little of this rich food, and now it has come that
under British rule the last vestiges of this custom have been wiped out in the two
South Pacific strongholds. New Zealand and Fiji. Even the trophies of cannibalism,
arm and leg bones inserted in the stem of a growing tree, are more common in museums
than in the Fijian archipelago. Evidently in the Pacific it will soon be only a matter
of history.

I/anguages. — While among the Polynesian islanders there is an unmistakable
relationship of language, in the Melanesian the confusion of Babel scons to rule
supreme. On not a few small islands of Micronesia several mutually unintelligible
tongues are found, and it would require much imagination to trace any connecTiion.
The languages of New Guinea are so little known tliat no comparisons can be drawn
between them and the Melanesian, nor can it be stated with authority whether the
Malay element is more preponderant there than in the tongues farther east. Codring-
ton (in the work mentioned below) seems to regard the Melanesian as superior to the
Polynesian. The languages of Australia offer other differences and still less relation-
ship to the Malay. Even where certain common words are seledled and compared in
the forty or fifty dialers of which vocabularies are accessible, the result is b}^ no means
satisfaftory, and to classify one must have recourse not to roots but to grammatical
structure, of which not enough is at present known to warrant any definite scheme.
To enter into the peculiarities of even the best known would require not only much
space but a knowledge beyond the reach of the present writer, and the subject will be
left with a few examples of the languages of the Pacific as they have been printed.
Those who are curious to know more may consult the works of which a list is appended.
The similarity between the Polynesian dialers is so great that a native of one group
finds little difficulty in making himself understood in any other. Codrington, R. H.,
The Melanesian Languages, Oxford, 1885 ; Gabelentz, H. C. von de, die Melanesischen
Spraclien, 2 vols., Leipzig, 1860-73; Humboldt, Wm. von, Ueber die Kawi Spraehe
auj del- Insel Jai'a, 3 vols., Berlin, 1836-38; Hale, Yioraiw, E/hnography and P/iiIi)logy
of tlie U. S. Ex. Ex., Philadelphia, 1846; Inglis, J., (irannna/- and Diclionaiy at llie
Aneiiynnu'se Language, l^owdon, 1S82; Grezel, Pere, Diilionna/re Enlnnien-Frangais,
Paris( ? ), n. d. ; Tregear, E., .\Linri - Polynesian Comparative Diclionary, Wellington, N.
Z., 1891 ; Andrews, L. A., Ditlionaiy of file Han'aiian Language, Honolulu, 1865;

Pratt, G., Grammar and Diclionary of tlie Samoan Language, 2d ed., London, 1891 ;

[109]

26 INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

Macdonald, D., The Asiatic origin of the Oceanic languages ; Etymological Diet ionarv
of the language of Efate, London, 1894; Hazlewood, D., A Feejeean and English Dic-
tionary, Vewa, Fiji, 1850; Cowie, Andson, Etiglish -Snln - Malay Vocabulary, London,
1893 ; Williams, W. L., A Diclionary of the Neiu ZeaUuid Language, 4th ed., Anck-
land, 1892; Crawfurd, J., A Grammar and Diflionary oj the Malay Language, Lon-
don, 1852; Gaussin, Dialect de Tahiti, de celui des lies Marquises, et en general de la
langue Polynesienne, Paris, 1853; Bopp, F, Verwandschaft der malayischc-polynesische
Spracken viit den indisch-eiiropaischen, Berlin, 1840.

The illustrative sentence I have chosen is the invocation of the Lord's prayer,
"Our Father which art in heaven. Hallowed be thy name." — Matthew vi, 9.

Haivaiian — E ko niakoii Makua iloko o ka lani, i hoanoia kou inoa.
Maori — E to maton Matna i te rangi, kia tapu ton ingoa.
Tahitian — E to maton Metna i te ao ra, ia raa to oe i'oa.
'J\>noan — Ko e man Tamai oku i he lagi, ke tabuha ho huafa.
Rarotongan — E to nuitou Metua i te ao ra, Kia tapu toon ingoa.
Sanioan — Lo maton Tama e o i le lagi, ia paia Ion suafa.
Rapatini — To matou Matua noho rangi e, ka tapu to koe ingoa.

Fiji — Tama i keimami mai lomalagi Me vakarokorokotaki na j-acamu.

Aneiteniu — Ak Etamama an nohatag, Etmu itaup nidam.

Erronianga — Itemen e kam iinpokop, eti tumpora niu enugkik.

Uea — Kamomun etho nvi drany, E so e kap iam.

Mare — Cecewangoiehnij'ile ri awe ke! Hmijocengo ko re acekiwangoieni buango.

Lifu — Tetetro i anganvihunieti e kohoti hnengodrai, jiniati e hniitote la atesiwa i enetilai.

Motu — Ai Tamamai guba ai noho, oi ladamu baine ahelagaia.

Gilbert /sVc?;/^.s— Tamara are i karawa, E na tabuaki aram.

Moj-tlock — le ojon ami au pue iotok : Jam at me nono Ian.

Rotnma — Ko otomis Oifa tae e lagi. La re titiaki se on asa.

Kusaie — Papa tumus su in kosao, E'los oal payi.

Ebon — ^Jememuij i Ion, En kwojarjar Etom.

Ponape — ^Jam at me kotikot ualoh, mwar omwi en kakanaki er. (Old version.)

Ponapc — ^Jam at me kotikot nalan, Almar omui en Jaraui ta. (New version.)

Religion. — As has already been said the Polynesians were a religious people

and their theogony was much the same on all the groups. The attributes of the gods

differed widelj-, and the forms of worship as well. On the Hawaiian Group Maui,

Kane and Lono were the great trinity while their subordinates were reckoned by the

40,000 and the 400,000. Images were in demand and an odd beach-worn pebble would

serve where the more elaborate carvings could not easil}- be obtained. Every guild

[no]

WORSHIP AND MISSIONS. 27

had its deity, and the man often had a god distinct from that of his wife. In New
Zealand divine images were rare and a very few of inferior workmanship have come to
ns. It is remarkable that when the Maoris excelled in wood-carving their skill was
expended on other than divine images. So it was to even a greater extent with the
Fijians and Samoans. Of the Society Islands idols of most complicated form and
good workmanship are to be seen in the British Mnsenm, but nowhere else. In Tonga
images and bundles of sticks alike served to fix the wandering prayers of the people.
Human sacrifices were most common on the Hawaiian Islands where cannibalism did
not exist, least common among the anthropophagous Vitians.

In the western Pacific the obje6ls of worship were generally- departed spirits,
and a refined form of this ancestor worship is seen in the curious custom of Korowars
in New Guinea which recalls the image always provided for the ka of the ancient
Egyptian. The idols of the Marquesan at one end of the Pacific and of the New
Hebridean at the other were elaborately cut from wood or stone. The temples of east-
ern Poljaiesia were built of stone in substantial manner, while in the west the Mela-
nesian erec^ted ephemeral stru61:ures of cane or palm leaves, and the Fijian built with
sinnet the hardl}- more durable "Devil Houses" of his cult. Had not the Hawaiian
temples been destroyed by the hand of man they would have lasted for many centu-
ries ; this is also true of the morais of the Tahitians.

Throughout the Pacific there was an unseen world recognized by all. Good
spirits and bad, white spirits and black were everywhere and were generally objeAs
of dread and propitiation. Night was especially the time when the spirits drew near
to human beings, and even when Christianity has replaced many of the ancient beliefs
a Pacific islander does not like to travel alone in the dark.

Missions. — This is not the place to speak at length of the great work the
devoted bands of missionaries have been doing for the last eighty years in the Pacific
region. All sedls, from the Buddhist and Mahometan on the west to the Protestant,
Catholic and Mormon on the east have earnestly ploughed some portion of the field,
and the harvest has in many cases been good. With the religious Polynesians the
work was not so difficult, and in turn the Tongan, Samoan and Hawaiian converts
became earnest and successful helpers in the missions to the other groups. In the
Marquesas faithful Hawaiian missionaries have labored for many years, and so have
they done in Micronesia. The Melanesia!! Mission has akso made good use of native
converts in reclaiming the heathen. The whalers made it possible for the mission-
aries to land on many islands, and the missionaries have in turn made it possible and
pleasant for other civilized people to dwell where formerly paganism and cannibalism

were supreme.

[iiij

28 INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

Kapu System. — The early voyagers found almost everywhere on the islands
at which they touched a system of which the name has become a common English
word. They recognized it as a method of prohibition against which they were con-
stantly striking, but to the present day no one has fully treated of the wonderful politi-
cal and religious engine by which the Polynesian first, the IVIelanesian in imitation
controlled the wishes and aAs of the common people. It was a mighty power in the
hands of the ruler, whether priest or chief, and it might be exemplified in the strip of
white kapa that, bound around a coconut tree, preserved the fruit from all marauders ;
or the tuft of the same fragile material at the end of a slender wand which placed in
the path would turn an army aside into the jungle. It might be temporary, as the
order of silence which at stated times fell on all the laud and not even a dog might
bark or a cock crow while the kapu lasted, or it might be the lasting prohibition which
denied to woman certain choice articles of food which man was free to eat.

The origin of kapu is unknown but it must have been remote, so elaborate had
tlie svstem become. It had grown until it became so complicated that the understand-
ing of the common people could not compass it, and even to the chiefs its restri(?tions
grew unbearable until in the Hawaiian Islands, where it reached its most perfect
development, a great uprising swept it away and left a clear field for tlie iutrodudion
of Christianity.

Mv knowledge is not sufficient to permit me to decide which was the greatest
achievement of the Polynesian mind, the Kapu or the system of water rights. Both
are admirable and should sometime receive the attention they deserve in the thought
of scholars. For information on these subjedls consult : Greys Polynesian Mythology,
London, 1S55; Codrington, R. H., The Melancsians; Sfiidies in their Anthropology
and Folk-lore, Oxford, 1891 ; Gill, W., Myths and Songs of the Sonth Paeifie, Loudon,
1876; Stair, J. B., Old Samoa, Loudon, 1897; Ellis, W., Polynesian Researehes, Lon-
don, 1830, 2 vols.; Bastian, A., Z/ir Kenntniss Hazvaii's, Berlin, 1883; Fornander, A.,
The Polynesian Raee, 3 vols., London, 1S78-85; Remy, J., AVr/Av d'nn vien.v sanvage
pour servir a riiistoire aneienne de Havaii, Chalons-sur-lNIarue, 1859.

The Partition of the Pacific. — Unlike the partition of the African conti-
nent, the appropriation of the islands of the Pacific has led to no important wars or
diplomatic difficulties, and the division is now nearly complete. Foreign nations have
not quarrelled over the spoil and the natives have generally acquiesced in a cliange of
sovereignty which they could not well prevent. In New Zealand the Maoris made a
fierce resistance to the invaders, but this did not last long. France found some fight-
ing before she could control all the south-eastern portion of the Paciiic, and Spain
found some energetic protests to her work in the Marianas. Elsewhere it was "Good
God, good devil" to the natives so long as the}- had their accustomed food and were

not compelled to work.

[112]

PARTITION OF THE ISLANDS. 29

Among the powers there was slight fricflion at times. The Hawaiian Islands
were seized by England (Lord George Paulet) bnt relinquished, threatened by France
(La Place) and Japan until the United States put an end to all claims by annexation.
In Micronesia Germany's claim to a part of the Carolines was adjudicated by the Pope,
and now Spain has sold all of that extensiye archipelago as well as the part claimed, and
thrown in the remnant of the Marianas to boot to German}-. The tripartite attempt
to goyern Samoa threatened to make trouble, but this was happily ayerted by the
withdrawal of Great Britain and the amicable diyision of the group by Germany and
tlie United States. When by the fortune of war the United States acquired Guam and
the Philippines, Spain ceased to be an important owner of Pacific territory-, and Eng-
land, the United States, Germany, France and Japan control the entire region.

When the question of a trans-Paciiic telegraphic cable arose there was ac^tiye
annexation by Great Britain of all islands, islets or rocks that happened to be in anj'
of the tracks proposed, and Japan seized Marcus Island in imitation of more important
powers. In the hurry some islands were taken that had already been appropriated by
another goyernment, but the real yalue of tliese bits of sand and rock is not sufficient
to make trouble in these days of wiser arbitration..

The colonization of these islands, some of them without inhabitants, others with
a dying population, but many of them most attraAiye in scenery and climate, has not
yet progressed far except on the Hawaiian Islands, New Zealand and Australia.
Germany has an elaborate official organization in her colonial islands, but officials
alone will not bring prosperit}- to a colony. France has some choice islands, but for
some reason immigrants do not increase there. Will the United States be as success-
ful as England in her new colonial experience?

In Conclusion. — A few words of more formal introduAion may lead the reader
to the geographical material to which this long chapter is the preface. The maps
haye been constru6fed from the best goyernment charts, although they are copies of
no one chart; neither are they, like the composite photograph, a combination of many.
Seledlion has been made, but no serious attempt has been made to produce a iinished
chart; it would be useless in the present state of our knowledge of the Pacific islands,
and it would not greatly surprise the author should the exact suryeys that must be
made in the near future, expose great inaccuracies, nay, eyen render the present maps
quite unrecognizable as delineations of the same island or group. But they will haye
seryed their modest purpose : the Primer must come before the Reader, and if they will
in any way clear the path of the future geographer of the Pacific by giying ground for
just criticism, they will not haye been offered in yain.

The needs of the administration of a museum like this that l)ears the honored
name of Mrs. Bishop, haye compelled much reading of yoyages and descriptiye accounts

of the Pacific region, and notes haye been made for years and arranged alphabetically

[1133

30 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

on uniform slips, which now number nearly 4000, and the convenience for r.eference
has been so great that these notes have been made the basis of the list of islands
here given.

I am sorry that I am not so familiar with many of the dialecls of the Pacific as
to be always sure of the orthography, or even of the meaning of names, but I have con-
sulted the best authorities within my reach. In some cases I may seem to have wilfully
left the right and chosen the wrong, as in the case of the name PaiDiiotii which I have
retained as the best known throughout this region, although the form Tiiaiuo/ii adopted
by the French may be more correct. The first word of the compound is usually
dropped among traders and navigators in the south Pacific and Alotu alone used.

As to the heights given I have met with difficulty. Findlay's DireAory may
state the height of an island as 3000 feet, a later chart will put it at 2100, while a still
later Hydrographic report will call it 1200, not one of these important publications
giving the authority. An ordinary estimate should not vary so much, and I was in-
clined to omit all heights as well as population, but finally have given them as merely
approximate and the reader can attach his own value.

To supplement the meagre information given in the Index authorities have
been sometimes appended to the text, and the following list will assist some perhaps
to follow more closelv the information attainable. It does not of course pretend to be
even a partial Bibliography, but simply a list of some of the more important works
used in the compilation of this Index.

The Life of Ferdinand Magellan and the first Circumnavigation of the Globe, 1480-1521. By F. H.

H. Guillemard. London, 1891.
Pigafetta, Antonio, Primo Viaggio intoruo al Globo Terracqueo, ossia ragguaglio della navigazione

fatta sulfa squadra del Capit. Magaglianes 1519-22, publicado per la prima volta da Carlo Amo-

retti. Milano, 1800.
Hi.storia del Descubrimiento de las regiones austriales hecho por el general Pedro F'ernandez de

Quiros. Publicado por Don Justo Zaragoza. Madrid, 1876-80, 2 vols.
Schouten (Willeni Cornelissen) and Jacques Lemaire. Novi Freti a parte meridionali Freti Magel-

lanici, in Magnum Mare Australe deteclio ; facta laboriosissimo et periculosissimo itinere a

Guilielmo Cornelii Schoutenio Hornano annis 1615, 1616, et 1617 totuni Orbem terrarum circum-

navigata. Amstelodami, 16 19. Also in Dutch, 161 8. Lemaire published his narrative of the

same voyage in 1622.
Anson's Voyage round the World, 1740-44. By R. Walter. London, 1767.
Cook, Captain James. — Journal during his first voyage round the world made in H. i\L l)ark

"Endeavor," 1768-71. A literal transcription of the original MvSS. with notes and introducl;ion.

Edited by Captain W. J. L. Wharton. London, 1893.
Second Voyage toward the vSouth Pole and round the World, performed in the "Resolution"

and "Adventure," 1772-75. Loudon, 1777, 2 vols.
-A voyage to the Pacific Ocean, undertaken by command of His Majesty, for making discov-

eries in the northern hemisphere : performed under the diredlion of Captains Cook, Clerke and
Gore, on H. M. vS. "Resolution" and " Di.scovery , " 1776-80. London, 1781, 3 vols.
Bougainville's voyage round the World, 1765-69. Translated bv J. R. Forster. London, 1772.

[114]

LIST OF BOOKS. 31

Forrest, Capt. Thomas. — Voyage to New Guinea and the Moluccas from Balambangan, 1774-76,
with a Vocabulary of the Magindano Tongue. London, 1779.

Wilson, H. — Account of the Pelew Islands in the west Pacific. l!y George Keate. London, 1788.

Portlock, Capt. Nat. — Voyage round the World, more particularly to the Northwest coa,st of America,
1785-88, in the "King George" and "Queen Charlotte." Captains Portlock and Dixon. Lon-
don, 1789. Dixon also published an account written by W. Beresford.

La Perouse, J. F. G. de. — Voyage autour du monde pendant les annees 1785-88, redige et publiee
par IVL L. A. Millet-Mureau. Paris, 1797, 4 vols, and atlas.

Labillardiere. — An account of a voyage in search of La Perouse. undertaken by order of the Con-
stituent Assembly of France, and performed in the year 1791-94 in the "Recherche" and
"Esperance," ships of war under command of Rear-Admiral Hruni D'ICntrecasteaux. London,
1802, 2 vols.

Marchand. — Voyage round the World, 1790-92. By Etienue Marchand, 2 vols. London, 1801.

Vancouver, George. — A voyage of discovery to the north Pacific ocean and round the world

in the years 1790-95. London, 1798, 3 vols, and atlas.

Wilson, Capt. J. — Mi.ssionary voyage to the south Pacific ocean in the ship "Duff," 1796-98.
London, 1799.

Peron, F. — Voyage aux Terres Au.strales, 1800-04. Paris, 1807-16.

Flinders, M. — Voyage to Terra Australis, 1801-3. London, 1814, 2 vols.

Kotzebue, Otto von. — Entdeckungs-Reise in der Sud see und nach der Behring's Strasse, in den
Jahren 181 5-1 8. Weimar, 1821, 3 vols.

Krusenstern, Adam John von. — Reise um die Welt in den Jahren 1S03-6, auf befehl seiner kaiser-
lichen Majestat Alexander des Erster auf den Schriffen Nadeshda und Neva, 3 vols. St. Peters-
burg, 1810.

Byron, Capt. Lord G. A. — Voyage of H. M. S. "Blonde" to the vSandwich Islands in the year 1824-5.
London, 1826.

Freycinet, L. de. — ^'oyage autour du Monde sur les Corvettes I'l'ranie et la Physicienne pendant
les annees 1817 a 1820. Paris, 1824-44, 8 vols. 4to., 4 vols. fol.

D'Urville, J. Dumont. — Voyage de Decouvertes de I'Astrolabe. Paris, 1830-33.

Stokes, J. L. — Discoveries explored during the voyage of H. M. S. "Beagle" in 1837-43. London,
1846.

Jukes, J. Beete. — Surveying voyage of H. M. S. "Fly" in Torres Strait, New Guinea, etc. London,
1847.

Wilkes, Charles. — Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition, 1838-42. Philadelphia,
1845, 5 vols.

Hochstetter, F. von. — New Zealand: its physical geograph}', geography and Natural Hi.story.
Translated by Edw. Sauter. Stuttgart, 1867.

Moresby', John. — Discoveries and Surveys in New Guinea and the D'Entrecasteaux islands. Lon-
don, 1876.

Thomson, J. P. — British New Guinea. London, 1892.

Bevan, T. V. — Toil, Travel and Discovery in British New Guinea. London, 1890.

Chalmers, J. and Crill, W. W. — Work and Adventure in New Guinea. London, 1885.

Romilh', H. H. — The western Pacific and New Guinea. London, 1887.

vSmith, R. B. — The Aborigines of Vi(5toria. Melbourne, 1878, 2 vols.

Spencer, B. and Gillen, F. J. — The native tribes of central Australia. London, 1899.

Codrington, R. H. — The Melanesians. Oxford, 1891.

Heeres, J. E. — The part borne bv the Dutch in the Di-scoverv of Australia, 1606-1765. Leiden. 1899.

[■15]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Rosenberg, C. B. H. von. — Reistochten naar de Geelvinkbaai op Xieuw Guinea in den jareu 1869

en 1870. 'S Gravenhage, 1875.
Abel Janszoon Tazman's Journal. Am.sterdam, 1898.

West, T. — Ten years in south-central Polynesia (Tonga). London, 1865.
Mariner, \V. — An Account of the Natives of the Tonga islands. London, 181 7, 2 vols.
Williams, T. — Fiji and the Fijians. London, 1858, 2 vols.
Waterhouse, J. — King and people of Fiji. London, 1866.
Turner. George. — Nineteen years in Polynesia. London, 1861.

Samoa a hundred 3-ears ago and long before. London, 1884.

Lang, J. D. — Origin and migrations of the Polynesian nation. 2d edn. Sydney, 1877.

Guppy, H. B. — The Solomon islands and their natives. London, 1887.

Woodford, C. M. — A Naturalist among the Head-Hunters (Solomon Islands). Melbourne, 1890.

Brenchley, J. — Cruise of the "Cura^oa" among the South Sea islands during 1865. London, 1873.

Vincendon-Dumoulin. — Lsles Marquises on Nouka-Hiva. Paris, 1843.

Mu-seum Godeffroy. Journal. Hamburg.

Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay (Journals of Shortland, Marshall and others). London.

Tavlor, R. — Te Ika a Maui, or New Zealand and its inhabitants. London, 1870.

P'indlav, A. G. — Direclory for the Navigation of the North Pacific Ocean. 31!. edn. London, 1886.

Direclory for the Navigation of the South Pacific Ocean. 5th edn. London, i886(?).

British Admiralty Reports and Sailing Directions to date.

LIST OF MAPS.

7
8

9
10
II

Hawaiian Islands (Main).
Hawaiian Islands (Western).
Caroline Islands ( Western ) .
Caroline Islands (Middle).
Caroline Islands (Eastern).
Marshall Islands.
Gilbert Islands.
New Guinea Coast Islands.
Louisiade Archipelago.
Bismarck Archipelago.
Solomon Islands.
New Hebrides.

13
14

15
16

17
18

19
20
21
22

New Caledonia and Loyalty.

Fiji.

Samoan Islands and Niiie.

Ellice Group.

Phoenix and Union Islands.

Tongan Group.

Line Islands and Tongareva.

Society Islands.

Paumotu Archipelago (West).

Pauniotu Archipelago (East).

Marquesas and Hervey Islands.

Index Chart.

ILLUSTRATIONS IN TEXT.

Butaritari.
Fanning.

Malekula.
Marianas.
Matuku.

New Zealand.

PalmjTa.

Peru.

C116]

Rapanui.
Washington.

170

RONOELAP

UtiRIK

0 0

■"J /:j

/.'/ RONCERIK

0
Taka o

BiKAR.

y^}

10° N.

LiKIEB .'.."i-,

/.• i:

,-o;

vO>;\, AlLUK

MlADI

iO;

Mentschikow

10 °N.

*r;^r:.

Lip.

RoMAMZow Group

... ••>°-l

O .

/ ■; Erikub

'v ■■';. Nemu

Jabwat

AlLINCLABLAB {(CI...'.'?'

MARSHALL

Jaluit ,/'■ x^-..

(^'~\; Maloelab
P'g^"C:-., Aurh

..£J —

Madjuro

-. ,- Arno
A<:'--;>7

'->V-. } .

ISLANDS

Kiu

•A

•"','
"»-'

Namorik \t:^';

6°N.

^"""^/-N
(^c^

170'

?>..

K.NOX-.' o ':

6^N.

'T&ira««t»STO»B»>,-i

AN INDEX TO THE NAMES OF THE ISLANDS OF OCEANIA.

Aastl, or Paris, on the north coast of New Guinea, 3° 22' s., 143° 25' E. Thickly

wooded and inhabited. On the same reef is the islet Unei.
Aatao, one of the many names given to Angatau, Paumotn islands. 31.*
Ababa, see Torres islands. Also called Baba.

Aba evara, the western islet of the Basses group, Louisiade archipelago.
Abaga gaheia, or Abagaheia, eastward of Pana trusima ( Earle ) in the Louisiade

archipelago. 1.7 m. long, 585 ft. high.
Abail, in Cloudj- bay on the south coast of New Guinea. 10' 13' S., 148° 42' E.
Abaura, or Midge islands, three low and wooded islets near Fl}^ river, south coast of

New Guinea. 8° 29' S., 143 ' 39' E.
Abavi, in Cloudy bay on the .south coast of New Guinea. 10" 15' S., 148° 44' E.
Abgarris, also called Faed islands, in the Bismarck archipelago. A chain of lov/

islands, of which Goodman is the southernmost, extending 30 m. :nW-se. North

point 3" 09' s., 154" 22' E. Discovered by Captain Renneck of th-j Lyra. 10.
Abian, a form of Apaiang, Gilbert islands.

Abingdon, of the Galapagos, o" 34' 25 " x. 1950 ft. high. Resort of the Buccaneers.
Abo, tni the coast of New Guinea. 8" 22' S., 143" 07' E.
Abuda, within Angasa reef of the Fiji group. 18' 56' s., 181" 26' 30" E.
Abutolema, without Angasa reef of the Fiji group. 18" 53' 30" S., 181" 24' E. 60 ft.

high.
Abutuena, Angasa reef of the Fiji group.
Achir ^ l^ea of the Loyalty group. 13.
Actaeon, or Amphitrite islands in the Paumotu group were discovered in 1833 by T.

Ebrill in the Tahitian trader Anipliilrilc. The names are mucli mixed on charts.

]\Iaturei vavao, Tenarunga, Vehanga and Tenararo. 32.
Adabadana Kawa, of the Tall)ot group on the coast of New Guinea, between Kawa

and Mata Kawa. 9' 17' s., 142° 11' E.
Adams, southernmost of the Auckland islands, belonging to New Zealand. 2000 ft.

high.
Adams (Ingraham), see Huapu of the ]\Larcjuesas. 23.
Adams (Roberts), see Nukuhiva of the Marcpiesas. 23.
Adele, easternmost of the Louisiade archipelago, onlv 500-600 yards in diameter.

II ' 29' 50" S., 154 26' 10" E. Discovered by Captain Coutance.
Adi, on the coast of New Guinea. 4" 05' S., 133° 30' 30" E.
Admiralty Islands were discovered by Schouten and Lemaire in July, 16 16. The

group consists of one large and many small islands. Carteret visited it in 1767.

Admiralty, the largest, was described by D'Entrecasteaux in 1792. It is 50 m.

♦Names considered more correct are printed in heavier-faced type. The number at the end of the paragraph indicates the map on
which the island will be found.

Memoirs B. P. B. MvsF.UM, Vol. I., No. 2.— 3. TiitI '^^'

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

E-w. X15 m. N-s. 3000 ft. high. Challoigcr visited the group and named after
the officers nearly every bay, point or rock. Jesus Maria, La X'andola, Elisabeth,
Sugar-loaf, Western, Wild, Suhm, and many mere rocks compose this interesting
group now included in the Bismarck archipelago. The inhabitants are not very
dark, often dye their black hair red; wear little clothing — the men, as their sole
garment, a white cowr}^ shell; use splints of obsidian for knives and spear points;
carve fine circular bowls often of great size ; principal food, sago. Centre of prin-
cipal island about 2° 10' S., 147" 00' E. lO.

Admiralty Islets, a small group a mile and a half from north end of Lord Howe
island.

Adventure, see Motutunga of the Paumotu islands. 31.

Adventurer Islands are two islands about half a mile in extent, low, wooded, and
conneAed by a reef. Reported in 1877 by Mr. Ebury, master of the Adventurer.
Existence is doubted.

Agaga*= Anganga of the Fiji group.

Agakanitai, an islet of Mangareva.

Agata, south of Yasawa towards Naviti, Fiji. Is it confounded with Agate?

Agate, in the Yasawa group, Fiji, near Naviti. Small, rock}-, high. 17° 11' 30" S.,
177' 08' 10" E. Named for one of the artists of the United States Exploring
Expedition. 14.

Agomes ^ Hermit islands in the Bismarck archipelago. 10.

Agrigan, of the Marianas. A volcanic island 6 m. long by 2 m. broad, and 2000 ft.
high. 18° 48' N., 145° 40' E. In 1810 Captain Brown and other Americans with
several families of Hawaiians formed a colony on this island, but it was broken up
by the vSpaniards who destroyed the plantations and carried off the Hawaiians to
slaverv and they were never again heard from. vSee Chamisso in Kotzebue's
voyage. For map of the group see Marianas.

Aguari, see Santa Catalina, Solomon islands. II.

Ague, islet of the Harcourt group on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.

Aguijan, of .the Marianas, was discovered by Magelhaes March 6, 1521, in 14° 51' n.,
145" 30' E. It is 3 m. long bv 2 m. wide and uninhabited.

Ahangatou ^ Angatou of the Paumotu group. 2I.

Ahii, or Peacock, is low, coral, inhabited, and about 13 m. long. The east end is
14" 27' 20" S., 146° 13' 24" E. 30.

Ahunui, also called Fangataufa and Cockburn, of the Paumotu group, was discovered
bv Captain Beechev in 1826 and named after the Comptroller of the Navy. It is
a closed lagoon island nearly 4 m. in diameter and the southwest end is in

22 17 S., 138 39 53 W.

Aidoumea, or Aidoema, on the south coast of New Guinea. 3" 58' .S., 134" 00' E.

Called formerlv Isla del Capitauo Luis Yaes de Torres from its discoverer.
Ailinginae, or Remski-Korsakoff of the Marshall islands is 12 m. southwest from

Rongerik. It is 15 m. E-w. and 4 m. N-s.; uninhabited. It was discovered b}-

Kotzebue, and the southwest point is 11° 08' N., 166° 20' E.

*.\lthough this is the correct form it has seemed best in giving the Vitian names to adopt the phonetic spelling: g is pronounced ns,
c is th, and b is mb. Thus Cakob.iu is pronounced Thakombau; Baga. Mbanga. etc.

L118]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 35

Ailingiappel, islet of Mentschikow or Kwadjelin in the Marshall islands.
Ailinglablab, of the Marshall islands, was discovered by Captain Bond in December,

1792. It is 36 ni. long and composed of many islets on the ring encircling in a

very irregular way a lagoon. The northwest end is 8° 11' N., 167° 58' E.
Ailuk, also Tindal, Watts or Krusenstern of the Marshall islands, was discovered by

Captain Marshall in 1788, and is 20 m. long and 5-8 m. wide. 10° 30' N., 170° 04' E.
Ain, wooded islet of Mengalia reef on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.
Ainioro, one of the Amazon islands on the south coast of New Guinea. 10^ 21' S.,

149° 17' E.
Aiona, islet of Murua or Woodlark in the Trobriand group. 9" 13' .S., 152"^ 49' E.
Aiou ^ Yowl, west from the New Guinea coast.
Aipere, a name sometimes given to Tanna of the New Hebrides.
Airik, islet of Maloelab in the Marshall islands. 8 31' X-, 171" 10' 30" E.
Aitutaki, of the Herve^- group, was discovered April 11, 17S9, by Captain Bligh of

the Bounty a few da^-s before the mutiny broke out. It is high and 18 m. in

circumference, with a reef on the southwest coast. Population about 1500.

The finest tatuing I have ever seen was on two Aitutakian sailors. 18' 54' S.,

159' 41' w. 23.
Aiva, is a double islet, Aiva-va and Aiva-thaki, between Lakeniba and Oneata of the

Fiji group; low, not exceeding 30 ft.; uninhabited; 9 m. X 3-5 m. 18" 21' S.,

181° 17' E. 14.
Aivei, islet on the coast of New Guinea. j° 50' s., 145" 10' E.
Aivo, or Renn}', is on the east side of Malaita, Solomon islands, low and wooded ;

less than a mile NW'-SE. 8° 58' S.
Akahaina, or Fakaina, or Predpriatie, of the Paumotu group was discovered by Kotze-

bue in 1824. It is low, inhabited, about 4 m. long. The centre is in 15 ' 58' s.,

140° 11' 30" w. 21.
Akamaru, or Wainwright, is an islet of Mangareva of the Paumotu group. 22.
Akamoktim, islet of Peleliu of the Pelew or Palao islands.
Akani, a group of islets in the Bismarck archipelago. 3" 20' s., 154" 36' E.
Akiaki, or Thrum Cap of the Paumotu group was discovered b}- Bougainville in 1768

and bj' him called Les Lanciers; inhabited, though a low coral bank less than a

mile in diameter. 19" 17' 40" S., 138° 42' W.Q 22.
Akoo, islet of Ontong Java, Solomon islands. 5" 37' S., 159 34' E. II.
Alapawa, in Cook strait. New Zealand. 41" 12' S., 174" 20' E.

Alau, islet off the east coast of Maui, Hawaiian group. 20' 43' 50" X., 155 58' w.
Albany, on the coast of Australia. 10^ 43' S., 142° 36' E.
Albatross, islet at the mouth of Saluafata harbor on Upolu, Samoan group, 9 m. east

of Apia.
Albemarle, of the Galapagos, 60 X 15 "i-, 4000 ft. high; six volcanoes; largest of

the group.
Alcester, a group of three islands of the Trobriand group extending about 3 m. ENE-

wsw. The natives are most skilful canoe builders. 9 ' 29' S., 152" 30' 45" E.
Alcmene, an islet 3 m. southeast from Isle of Pines, Loyalty group. 22^40' S., 167^ 29' E.
Alden, of the Hudson group, Fiji. High and rocky, if 37' 20" S., 177" 00' E.

[119]

36 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Alefa, of the Tongan group is in 20' 00' s., 174" 30' w.

Aleford, group of four small and reefed islets at the head of Milne bay at the south-
east end of New Guinea. 10° 22' S., 150° 20' E.

Alele, coastal islet of New Guinea. 7° 52' S., 145° 13' E.

Alet, islet of Enderb}-, Caroline islands. At the east of the fringing reef which ex-
tends 5.5 in. E-w. and 3 m. n-s. is Pozoat. 17° 19' 25" x., 149° 15' E.

Alewa kalotl, Awakalo or Round, an uninhabited rocky islet of Fiji, 500^ ft. high.
16' 40' S., 177° 46' E.

Algrail, islet of Wolea, Caroline islands.

Alita, southernmost of the Trois Soeurs, Solomon islands. ll.

Allen, one of the Wellesley group in the Gulf of Carpentaria.

Allison, is between L'Echiquier and Durour in the Bismarck archipelago. Di.s-
covered by Captain Allison in 1885. 2-3 m. n\v-SE., 100-150 ft. high, covered with
trees. 1° 25' S., 143" 26' E.

Allufatti = Alofa, Home islands.

Alttiagan, an aAive volcano of the Marianas. It is 2.2 m. x-s. by 1.5 E-w., and 2316
ft. high. 17 36' X., 145° 50' E. See map under Marianas.

Alofa, one of the Home islands southeast from Fotuna. It is 6 m. E-w. bv 3 m., and
1200 ft. high; volcanic. 10° 16' S., 178" 00' w. 18.

Alu, a wooded coral island 150 ft. high at the east end of Sliortland island, Solomon
islands. It is well cultivated, and surrounded, except on the northwest side, with
a fringing reef. 7° 08' S., 155 50' E. ll.

Amanu, or MoUer, of the Paumotu group was discovered by Captain Bellingshausen
in 1829. It is 18 m. XE-SW. and 8 m. wide. Inhabited and abounds in pearl oys-
ters. The northeast point is 17" 43' s., 140' 39' w.

Amat, Isla d'. In 1774 Spanish priests gave this name to Tahiti.

Amazon Islands, two small islands in Amazon bay on the south coast of New
Guinea. They are called Ainioro and Laraoro. When, some years ago, natives
attacked H. M. S. Braviblc a canoe filled with female warriors accompanied the
party, hence the name of both bay and islands.

Ambatiki, of the Fiji group, is nearly an equilateral triangle of 2 m. on a side and sur-
rounded by a reef . It is 750 ft. high, and inhabited. 17" 47' s., 179 ' 10' 30" E. 14.

Ambau, see Mbau of the Fiji group. 14.

Ambrym, of the New Hebrides, was discovered by Cook in 1773. It is volcanic, Mt.
Marum having had an eruption in 1888, and is 22 m. E-w. and 17 m. x-S.; about
3000 ft. high; population dense. 16° 10' s., 168° 05' E. 12.

Amedee, islet of New Caledonia, is 10 m. off Noumea in 22 28' 44" s., 166" 28' 40" E.
( )u it is a fine lighthouse 174 ft. high.

Amere, islet on the southeast reef of New Caledonia.

AmeSSe, islet of Namoluk of the Caroline islands. 5 45' 15" x., 153 16'30'E. 4.

Amicitia, an island perhaps identical with Oraluk of the Carolines. 4.

Amota, one of the Hermit islands, in i 32' .S., 144 55' E. 8.

Amphlett Islands are northeast of Moratau of the D'Entrecasteaux group, about
9 20' s., 150 48' E. There are eight or more small islands, wooded and of mod-
erate height, forming a broken chain parallel to the coast. 9.

[120]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC I STANDS. 37

Amsterdam, islet on the coast of New Guinea, o' 20' s., 132^ 08' E.

Anisterdani (New), a name given by Tasman, in 1643, to Tongatabn.

Amytideu, an islet of Nanionuito of the Carolines. 4.

Anaa, or Chain of the Paumotus, was discovered by Cook in 1769. The northwest
point is in 17" 23' S., 145° 38' 30" w. In 1874 there were 1500 inhabitants and
7,000,000 coconut trees. Inhabitants formerly war-like, good sailors, and canni-
bals; obtained control of many of the neighboring islands. 31.

Anabadibadila, islet of the Dumoulin group on the southeast coast of New Guinea.
It is 17 ft. high.

Anacoretas, called also Hermit, Monk's, Anchorite, were discovered by Bougainville,
August 7, 176S. There are five or six islets covering a space 2.5 m. long. The
inhabitants are said to resemble Chinese, o" 50' s., 145° 35' E. 8.

AnagtlSa, or Bentley of the Louisiade archipelago, in 10^ 43' s., 150' 43' E., is 1.2 ni.
E-w. and half a mile broad; inhabited; 350 ft. high.

Anakarukarua, one of the Dumoulin group on the coast of New Guinea. 225 ft. high.

Anangai, see Wolea, Caroline islands.

Anataxan, or Anatajan, of the ^Marianas, is 5 m. E-w. and 1.5 x-s., about 1200 ft. high;
volcanic. 16° 19' n., 145° 35' E. See map under Marianas.

Anattinga, islet on the north coast of \'anua levu, Fiji, north of the entrance to the
Lekutu river.

Anchor, low, small, wooded on northeast of East cape of New Guinea.

Anchorage, or Pass at the mouth of the lagoon of Taka or Suvarov. 13^ 13' .s.,
163 09' 15" w.

Anchorage, islet of Stewart island. New Zealand.

Anchorite, see Anacoretas.

Andatavie, marks tlie north limit of Ngaloa harbor, Fiji. It is 165 ft. high.

Andema, or Ant, of the Carolines, was discovered by Liitke and is about eight miles
west of Ponape. It consists of a dozen coral islets and is not permanently in-
habited ; belongs to a chief of Ponape, and is resorted to for fish and turtle.
The name has been explained to mean Ant over there. 6 45' N., 158° E. 5.

Andiwathe, islet 250 ft. high, off the west coast of Yanua mbalavu, Fiji. 14.

Andrew, near the centre of Hercules bay, low and wooded, on the northeast coast of
New Guinea.

Androna, in the Yasawa group, Fiji, extends 3 m. by 1.2 and is 900 ft. high. The
north point is in 16" 52' S., 177 24' 30" E. 14.

Anegada, La. Quiros discovered January 26, 1606, an island which he called Luna
puesta ; Caspar Gonzales de Leza called it La Anegada, and Jose Espinosa named
it Encarnacion.

Aneiteum, was discovered by Cook in 1773 in his passage through the New Hebrides.
It is 10 m. E-w. and 6 m. N-s., 2788 ft. high, and has 1500 inhabitants. Southwest
point is in 20° 15' 17" s., 169" 44' E. In control of the PresbA-terian IMission.

Anganga (Agaga), high, uninhabited island of Fiji. The east end is in 16" 34'3o"s.,
1 78" 38' 20" E.

Angasa is 150 ft. high and has three islets within the same reef in Fiji. 18 55' s.,

181 28' E.

[121]

38 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Angatau, also called Arackcheeff or Araktchev and Ahangatiu, is a low island of the

Paumotii group, discovered by Bellingshausen in 1820; 200 inhabitants. 1552's.,

140" 52' w. 31.
Angaur, see N'vaur, of the Palao or Pelew islands.
Angerimus Islands, in Geelvink bay on the north coast of New Guinea. 2' 50' s.,

135° 00' E.
Angriflfe, or Attack, is connedled with New Ireland by a reef. It was called by the

second name from a war-like attempt on a boat of the German war ship Gazelle.

2° 55' S., 151' oS' H.

Anhar, see Anaa or Chain, in the Paumotu archipelago.

Anil, islet of Namu, Marshall islands.

Aniwa, or Immer or Nina, of the New Hebrides, is about 2 m. long. It is a station
of the Presbyterian Mission. 19° 18' S., 169° 38' E.

Anna, or Current, was discovered in 1761; it is low, half a mile in diameter, and in-
habited. 4° 39' N., 132° 04' E.

Annan Islands, three in number, off the north end of Viti levii, Fiji. The group
extends 4 m. by 0.7 m., and rises to a height of 610 ft. North point, 17' 3o'4o"s.,

80 /

12 E.

Annamokka, or Rotterdam, Tasman's name for Namuka of the Tongan group.

Annatam, a form of Aneiteum, of the New Hebrides.

Anne, islet in the Bismarck archipelago. 4' 57' .s., 151° 12' E.

Annula, see Annda.

AnologO, one of the Matema islands, Santa Cruz group. 10° 07' S., 165" 38' E. It
extends i m. E-w., and is 120 ft. high; w. ^ S., 17 m. from Nukapu. British pro-
tectorate August 18, 1898.*

Anonima, see Namonuito, Caroline islands.

Anser, or Glennie, a small group west of Wilson point, .south coast of Australia in
Bass strait.

Anson, 13° o' n., 141° 35' E., is of doubtful report. A name of Buka in the Solomon
group.

Ant, of Andema group, Caroline islands. 6° 44' N., 157° 53' 30" E.

Antipodes, rocky, uninhabited group, iioo ft. high. 40° 40' 53" .S., 178° 43' E. Not
exa6lly the antipodes of London. Belongs to New Zealand. Called also Penan-
tipode.

Anuanuraro, of the Paumotu archipelago, is a lagoon island named by Quiros, in
1606, vSan Miguel Archangel. 20° 24' 57" vS., 143° 31' 12" w.O 2i.

Anuanurunga, of the Paumotu archipelago, also called Four Crowns and Cuatro
Coronadas, was discovered by Quiros in 1606. 20° 38' s., 143° 19' w. 21.

Anuda, or Cherry, was discovered in 1791 by Captain Edwards in the Pandora. It is
1.5 m. in diameter and 325 ft. high. The inhabitants are Polynesian, make neat
canoes, chew betel, and the men have an average height of 5 ft. 11 in. British
prote6lorate declared Oct. i, 1898. 11° 40' S., 169° 40' E. 13.

Anutunga, low islet near Ngaloa bay on the north coast of Vauua levu, Fiji.
16" 37' s., 178° 40' E. Inhabited. 14.

*For the official notices of these Protec'torates I am indebted to H. B. M. Consul in Honolulu, W. R. Hoare Ksq.

[122]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 39

Anuu, islet, 65 ft. high, east of Tutuila, Samoan islands. 14° i8'4o"s., 170° 3o'4o"w.

Belongs to the United States. 15.
Aoba, Omba or Leper, of the New Hebrides, was named by Bongainville Isle des

Lepreux under a mistaken diagnosis. It is 17 m. long, 3000-4000 ft. high, and

inhabited. 15" 15' s., 167' 50' E. 12.
Aore, islet off the southeast coast of Espiritu Santo in the New Hebrides. The

natives of this region are all cannibals.
Aoura, islet of Mokil in the Caroline archipelago.
Apaiang, or Charlotte, in the Gilbert group, was discovered b^- Captain Marshall in

the Charlotte. It extends 16 m. by 6 m. and consists of six islets on a high reef.

Population in 18S6, 1300. The islets are Terio or Marshall, Allen, Gillesp}-,

Clerk, Smith and Armstrong. Southeast point is in 1° 43' 25" N., 173° 06' 45" E. 7.
Apamama, Hopper or Roger Simpson, in the Gilbert group, was discovered by Captains

Marshall and Gilbert in 1788. It extends about 12 b}' 5 m. and the islets are about 5

ft. above the sea. Population, 650. Northwest point 0° 30' N., 173' 53' 35" H. 7.
Apapa, or Cabras, on the west coast of Guam, Marianas.

Apataki, or Hagemeister atoll, in the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered bv Cap-
tain Hagemeister in 1830. It extends 17 m. N-S.; is a low coral atoll and in-
habited. The northwest point is in 15" 14' S., 146° 32' \v. 30.
Api, called also Tasiko and Volcano, in the New Hebrides, extends about 25 m. n\v-SE.,

and is 6-10 m. wide ; fertile, well wooded, densely peopled ; 2800 ft. high. 16° 38' S.,

168° 12' E. 13.
Apia, a name of Apaiang, Gilbert group.
Aplin, see Idika, New Guinea.
Apolima, of the Samoan Group, is an extinct volcano, 547 ft. high, and five sea miles

from Savaii. It covers 1.8 sq. m. 13 ' 49' 30" s., 172" 03' w. 15.
Ara, of the New Hebrides, is a wooded islet on the fringing reef of \'alua, off the

southwest point. It has perhaps 100 inhabitants.
Arabi, or Hat, of the New Hebrides, is an islet off Tangoa on the south coast of

Espiritu Santo.
Arag, of the New Hebrides, called also Pentecost, Whitsuntide, Bougainville, is 38 m.

long, and 2000 ft. high. Its inhabitants are noted for their large canoes. North

end is in 15° 25' vS., 16S 07' E. 13.
AraktcheefF, an islet of Maloelab in the Marshall group.
Araktcheeff, or Araktchev, see Angatau, Paumotu archipelago. 31.
Aranuka, or Henderville, of the Gilbert group, was discovered by Captains Marshall

and Gilbert; is 6.5 by 5.5 m. The northeast point is in 0° 13' 25" N., 173° 41' E. 7.
Aratika, or Carlshov, of the Paumotus, was discovered by Roggewein in 1722, and

named Carlshov \>y Kotzebue. It is 20 m. west from Kawehe, and is 8 X 5 ni.;

wooded and inhabited. The west point is in 15" 33' 25" S., 145' 39' w. 31.
Arayonzet, of the Pelew group, lies south of Kaj-angle with Carapellas and Korack

on a reef extending 4.5 m. N-S., 5 m. E-w.
Arch, two islets on a reef nearl}' three miles in circumference, in 10' 47' .s., 150' 46' E.

The highest is 360 ft.; they are variousl}- called Nasa peipei, Nasa ruarua and

Koia reibareiba, Ilei.

[123]

40 INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

Archangel, see Anuanuraro of the Pauniotus. 21.

Archipel du Saint Esprit, a name given by De Fleurieu to the New Hebrides'.

Arden, islet in Torres strait. 9 54' s., 142 57' E.

Arecifos, see Udjelong in the Alarshall group. 6.

Arimoa, three islets on the north coast of New Guinea, 500 ft. liigh, wooded and in-
habited, r 45' s., 138" 45' K.

Aris, a volcanic island on the north coast of New Guinea, two miles northwest from
\'ulcan; about 700 ft. high. 4° 00' S., 144° 56' K. 8.

Arnavon, islet off Choiseul, Solomon group. 7" 25' S., 158 00' E. II.

Arno, of the Marshall group, is also called Arhno, Daniel or Pedder. It is the largest
reef, or at least has the most land, of anj- in the Ratak chain, as it is more than
300 m. in circumference. The islets, among them Tagelib, High and Ine, are not
more than 6-8 ft. above the sea but support a population of 3000 (in 18S2). Islets
at the north and south extremes are often at war with each other. Northeast
point, 7° 30' N., 171° 55' E. 6.

Aro, islet east of Tabutha, Fiji. 17° 42' 30" .s., 181" 22' w. 14.

Arorai, or Hurd of the Gilbert group, was discovered from the brig Elisabclli about
1809, and was named Hope; changed to Hurd by Purdv. A well wooded atoll
6-7 m. xw-SE., a mile and a half wide. Population in 1883, 1200. 2" 39' S.,
177° 01' E. 7.

Arossi, see San Cristobal of the Solomon group. II.

Arova, or Rossel, see Roua of the Louisiade archipelago. 9.

Arrecifos, of Villalobos (1545), are the Pelew islands.

Arrowsmith, see Majuro of the Marshall gi"oup. 6.

Arsacides, Terre de, a name given in 1769 by Surville to Malaita, Solomon islands.

Art, largest of the Belep group, northwest of New Caledonia. It is 11 m. NW-SE. 13.

Arteck, islet off north point of Babeltop, Pelew islands.

Arthur, islet of Eniwetok of the Marshall group. 11° 40' N., 162° 15' E.

Aru, two islets on the north coast of New Guinea.

Arutua, of the Paumotu archipelago, the Rurick of Kotzebue, is a lagoon atoll 20 ft.
high. The natives are of Tahitian origin. The northwest point is in 15° 10' S.,
146° 49' 20" w^ 30.

Arzobispo, one of the \'olcano group south of the Bonin islands.

Asaua, or A.sawa, see Yasawa, Fiji.

Ascension, see Ponape, Caroline archipelago.

Asia, islets east from Gilolo; low, wooded, i " 00' N., 131° 17' E. Another group with
same name off coast of Peru.

Asore, see Tanna, New Hebrides.

Asotini, islet in IMakira bay of San Cristobal, Solomon islands.

Asuncion, or Assumption, in the Marianas, 19° 45' N., 145° 29' E. A volcanic cone
about a mile in diameter and 2800 ft.i high, 54 m. N. by w. from Agrigan. The
west side is covered with vegetation. Discovered by La Perouse Dec. 14, 1786.

Ata, or Pylstaart (Tropic-bird) in the Tongan group, was discovered by Tasman in
1643. Island northeast from Tongatabu; 3 m. long, 1165 ft. high, uninhabited.

22° 20' S., 176" 12' 30" W. 18.

[124]

O'^

175'

Makim

1 t, fj BUTARITAM

Maraki

,^^-«.'' Apaiano
( 6f;.'' Tarawa

MArANA ..-^v

_ Afamaua

■V ARA>fUKA

GILBERT ISLANDS

0°

-v- NONUTI

Tapiteuea '•■. ^^''••

Peru Q.
'■."\ % Onoatoa

'.q\ Nukunau

Tamana (i

)S}

Arorai

175° E

■j-'iyy. - ;"■ y r.'st^-A^

•■-J--:-... -1 .

'''Xr-sAwVT

• ' 'i II

INDEX TO THE PAC/E/C ISLANDS. 41

Atafu, or Oatafu, a closed coral lagoon of the Union group, discovered by Byron in
1765. Also called Duke of York. It is 3 m. R-w., 2.5 m. N-s., 8-10 ft. high. There
are said to be 63 islets covered with pandanus and coconut trees. Some 260 in-
habitants; subject to Fakaafo. 8° 39' 40" S., 172' 28' 10" w. British protectorate
proclaimed June 22, 1S89. 17.

Atana, a chain of islets lying northwest from Rotuma. The eastern is Wea ( Emery);
the western, Athaluna.

Atangota, islet northwest from Rotuma. 12" 30' s., 177° 14' E.

Atata, islet northwest from Tongatabu, Tongan group. 21" 03' S., 175° 15' \v.

Athaluna, one of the Atana chain, northwest of Rotuma.

Atit, is a low, wooded islet in Tuo passage on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.

Atiu, of the Hervey group, was discovered by Cook March 31, 1777; called by him
Wateeoo. It is 100 m. north from Mangaia, 20 m. in circumference, of uplifted
coral, 394 ft. high. 19" 59' s., 158° 06' w. 33.

AtO, islet of the Yasawa group, Fiji, between Matathoni and Yangati. 16° 59' 30" S.,
177° 18' 25" E. 14.

Attack, see Angriffe, Bismarck archipelago. 10.

Attack, islet in delta of the Fly river. New Guinea.

Auckland, an uninhabited group belonging to New Zealand, discovered in 1806.
Northeast cape, 50° 30' 25" .S., 166° 19' 12" E.

Aukena, islet of Mangareva. Also called Elson.

Aulong, see Orolong of the Pelew group.

AuotU, of the Hervey group, was discovered by Cook in 1773. It is a twdn islet with
Manuae enclosed by one reef, barren, with few inhabitants. 19" 14' S., 158° 58' w. 24.

Aura, or Duperrey, is an islet of Mokil in the Carolines. 6 40' N., 159° 53' E. 5.

Aura, see Kaukura in the Paumotu archipelago. 15° 41' s., 146° 50' 30" w.

Aureed, islet in Torres strait. 9° 57' S., 143" 17' E.

Aurh, Ibbetson or Traversey of the Marshall islands, is 15 m. long and from 4 to 9 m.
wide. The lagoon is deep and surrounded with 32 islets. The northeast point
is in 8° 18' N., 171° 12' E.

Aurobu, islet 150 ft. high on the south side of Bagamau in the Louisiade archipelago.

Aurora, see Maiwo of the New Hebrides.

Aurora, see Makatea of the Paumotu archipelago.

Austral, or Tubuai group, a name given by Mr. Williams in his "Missionary Enter-
prises in the South Seas" to a group of very little known islands in the southeast
Pacific. The}' belong to France. Population, 1875, according to French reports.
Of the group Vavitao is 100 ft. high, and w'as discovered by Broughton in 1791;
Tubuai discovered by Cook 1777; Rurutu, discovered by Cook in 1769, is 1300 ft.
high ; Rimatera, discovered by Henry and Norurotu, Hull, Maria and Sands, dis-
covered by J. R. Sands in 1845, complete the list.

Autano, an islet of Fakaafo, of the Union group. 9^ 24' 55" S., 171° 12' w'.

Avea, of the Exploring group, Fiji, is a small island northeast from Vanua mbalavu,
3 m. in circumference and 600 ft. high. Population, 40. 17" 10' 30" S., 181° 06' E.

Awakalo, see Alewakaloii, Fiji.

[125]

42 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Baba, see Torres islands.

Babagarai, or Smith islet on the southeast coast of New Guinea.

Babeltop, of the Pelew group, is also spelled Baobeltaob, etc. It is of irregular shape,
20 ni. X-S. Alt. Aremolunguj is 2000 ft. high. Northeast end, 7^ 40' 30" N.,

134° 38' 45" E- _
Bacon, Fiji, is a white rock 60 ft. high covered with guano within Argo reefs. i7°04's.,

178° 25' w.
Badenetl, see Moali, Loyalty archipelago.
Badila beddabedda bonarua, westernmost and largest of the Brumer group on the

coast of New Guinea, in 10' 45' 24" .s., 150° 23' 03" E. It is 2.5 m. long, half a

mile wide and 670 ft. high.
Bagabag, or Rich, the Sir R. Rich of Dampier, is 4 m. in circumference and 1500 ft.

high. It is in 4° 50' S., 140° 12' E. 10.
BagaimotU, islet of the Tongan group.
Bagaman, or Stanton of the Louisiade archipelago is 2.5 m. E-w. by 1.7 m., and 720

ft. high. 11° 08' s., 152'" 40' E.
Bagamoti, islet southeast coast of New Guinea, near Sideia; 115 ft. high.
Bagavirana, of the Conflict group, Louisiade archipelago. An atoll 10 m. E-w. by

5 m. N-s. Ten islets uninhabited; covered with Casuarina trees. Visited by H.

M. S. Conflict in 1880. 10° 46' S., 151° 46' E.
Bagga, islet in bight on west side of Vella Lavella, Solomon islands. 7° 47' s.,

156 30 E.
Bagiagia, or Markham of the D'Entrecasteaux group, is an islet in Moresby strait

between Dauila and Moratau. 9° 25' .S., 150' 25' E.
Baibara, islet on coast of New Guinea. 10° 20' s., 149° 36' E.
Baibesika, islet on southeast coast of New Guinea, a mile east of Suau, 1.5 m. by

0.5 m., 560 ft. high; cultivated.
Baiiri, largest of the Dumoulin group; 365 ft. high, with few inhabitants. io°54'i7"s.,

150° 44' 52" E.
Baiwa, with Pana wadi and Pana roran in the Renard group, Louisiade archipelago.
Baker, or New Nantucket, was discovered by Captain H. Foster of the \>2iX0^\& Jamaica.

Taken by the United States in 1857. A guano island i m. E-w., 0.7 m. wide, 20 ft.

high, o" 13' 30" N., 176"' 29' 30" w.
Balabio, off the northwest point of New Caledonia.

Baldwin, islet of the Yasawa group, Fiji. 17° 26' 50" s., 177° 00' 45" E. 14.
Ballale, islet northeast of Shortland, Solomon islands. 6° 58' S., 155° 52' E.
Bampton, see Parama, coast of New Guinea.
Banabana, or Grange, on the coast of New Guinea, is low and wooded. ' 10° 22' S.,

148' 54' E.
Banepe, see Panavi, Santa Cruz group.
Banga Netepa, see Panavi, Santa Cruz group.
Banganeda, see Matema. 13.

Banks, in Torres strait. 10" 12' S., 142° 15' E. 8.
Banks, in Spencer gulf, South Australia. 34" 30' S., 136° 20' E.

[126]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 43

Banks group was discovered by Quiros and visited by Bligh in May, 1789. It con-
sists of Vanua Lava, Gaua, Mota, Valua, Ureparapara, with twelve islets. An-
nexed by Great Britain iVngust 18, 1898. 13.

BaranagO, islet 120 ft. high in Utnha passage, south coast of Florida, Solomon islands.

Barclaj' de Tolly, see Raroia of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.

Barena, of the Stewart islands or vSikaiana. Ii.

Baring, see Namorik of the Marshall group. 6.

Barn, off Australian coast. 10° 49' s., 142° 18' R.

Barnard, N., coast of Australia. 17" 41' .s., 146° 12' E.

Barnard, S., coast of Australia. 17' 52' S., 146" 11' E.

Barr, islet on the north side of Mille, Marshall group, east side of entrance to lagoon.
6° 14' X., 171° 46' E. 6.

Barren (Cape), northeast from Tasmania, east entrance to Banks strait; 2300 ft.
high. Another island of the same name is in the Hunter group northwest of
Tasmania. 40"^ 25' and 40° 32' S.

Barrier (Great), in Hauraki gulf. New Zealand, also called Otea, is 21 m. by 10 m.,
and 2130 ft. high. In the same gulf is Little Barrier, 9 m. west from Great
Barrier. Also called Houtourou. 4 m. N-.S., 3.7 m. E-w.; 2400 ft. high.

Barrier islands, in the channel between Dauila and ^Nloratau of the D'Entrecasteaux
group. 9' 24' S., 150° 25' E. 9.

Barrington, of the Galapagos, was named by Colnett. o 50' 30" .s., 90 10' \v.

Barrow, see Vanavana of the Paumotu archipelago.

Bartlett, islet of Tutuila, Samoan islands, off Massefau ba^'.

Barwell, see Tiicopia. 13.

Basilaki, or Moresby, is a well wooded, denselv populated island noted for the careful
cultivation of kalo, sago, betelnut, sugar, Indian corn, etc. It is 10 m. E-w. b}- 3.5
m.; 1326 ft. high. 10' 37' s., 151' 00' 35" E. 9.

Basilisk, see Sideia, New Guinea.

Bass, islet of Taumaco group. 13.

Bass islands, or Maretiri, are 46 m. E. by s. from Rapa. Four islets, 346 ft. high,
discovered by Captain Bass who first sailed through the strait, which bears his
name, between Australia and Tasmania. 27 55' 30" s., 143 ' 28' 20" w.

BaSSakanna, a circular islet off the northwest coast of Malaita, Solomon group.
8" 22' ,S., 160° 29' E.

Basses, are low coral islands in the Louisiade archipelago. 10° 58' .s., 152" 45' E.
Gumaian is the largest and easternmost, Abaevara is at the other extreme, and
Leiga with Isurauaraua complete the group.

Bass, reef-tied islet of Maloelab, Marshall group. 6.

Bat, the westernmost of the Purdy group, discovered by Captain Bristow in 18 17, con-
sists of two flat islands and islet covered with coconut trees and enclosed bv reef
close to which no bottom at 20 fathoms. 2" 51' .S., 146° 12' E. lO.

Batanta, a long, narrow and mountainous island on the coast of New Guinea.

Bateman, a low islet of the Underwood group, Fiji. 17° 40' 30" s., 177° 14' 20" E.

Batiki, or Mbatiki, Fiji, is near the centre of the group; is 2 m. in diameter and 609
ft. high. Population in 1880, 342. 17 46' .s., 179" 10' E.

[127]

44 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC I SI AMDS.

Bau, see Mbaii, Fiji.

Baudissitl, is at the northwest end of New Ireland, Bismarck archipelago, and ex-
tends 7 m. E-w. 2° 46' s., 150' 40' K.

Bauro, see San Cristobal, Solomon islands. II.

Baux, see Nuknhiva, Marquesas group. 23.

Bavo, islet 3 m. K. from Idilia on the Southeast coast of New Guinea.

Baxo trista, islet on southeast end of Oraluk reef, Caroline group, 50 ft. high.
7 27' X., 155° 24' E. 4.

Bayonnaise, islet at south entrance to Kuto bay, Isle of Pines. Named from French
ship.

Beacon, islet of Australia. 12° 48' s., 143° 36' E.

Beagle, islet of Guadalcanar, Solomon islands. 11.

Beaupre, or Eo of the Loyalty group, northwest of Uea, was discovered in 1782 by
D'Entrecasteaux. Covered with coconut trees; inhabited. 20° 20' s. Named for
the Geographical Engineer of the Recherche.

Beautiful, a group in the Gulf of Carpentaria, north coast of Australia.

Bedford, see Vehanga of the A^lseon group. 33.

Bee, on the south shore of Huon gulf. 7' 30' s., 147" 27' E.

Beechey, islands of the Bonin group. 27^ 08' N., 142" 15' E. Annexed by Japan.

Beika, on the southeast coast of New Guinea, east of Sariba; 130 ft. high; densely
wooded.

Belcher = Taravai, islet of Mangareva.

Belep, five islets and a number of rocks northwest from New Caledonia. 13.

Bellevue, group on the coast of New Guinea. Jervis island is the principal. 9°56's.,
142" 09' E.

Bellingshausen, Society- group, was discovered by Kotzebue in 1S24. It is low
and uninhabited. Named for the distinguished Russian navigator. 15° 48' S.,
154° 30' w. 30.

Bellona, of the Solomon group, was discovered by Captain Wilkinson in the Indis-
pensable^ 1790. It is small, 400 ft. high, and uninhabited. August 18, 1898, it
was declared a part of the British Solomon islands Protectorate. 11 25' S.,

159° 45' E. II.
Bentinck, one of the Wellesley group in the gulf of Carpentaria.
Bentley, see Anagusa, Louisiade archipelago.
Bega, see Mbenga of Fiji.
Berriberrije, or Slade, Louisiade archipelago, is the northwest and most conspicuous

of the Engineer group, 1.7 m. NW-SE., half a mile wide, 596 ft. high. 10° 37' s.,

151 16 E.
Bertrand, on the north coast of New Guinea. 3° ii's., 143° 10' E. Low and wooded,

near Schouten.

Berry, islet 60 ft. high, of the St. Andrew group, Admiralty islands.

Berud, see Kuria of the Gilbert islands.

Bet, see Burrar in Torres strait.

Beverley, a group off the east coast of Queensland, Australia. 21 30' s., 149° 45' E.

[128]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 45

Biak, is separated from Korrido by a narrow channel, the two forming the Schouten
islands. 1° s., 136° 02' E. Little known.

Bickerton, see Late, in the Tongan group. 18.

Bigali, see Pikelot, Caroline islands.

Bigar, another form of Bikar, Marshall islands.

Bigedj, islet of Kwadjelin, Marshall islands.

Bigini, see Bikini, Marshall islands.

Biguela, see Pikelot, Caroline islands.

Bikar, or Dawson, consists of three islets on the east side of the atoll in the Marshall
islands. According to Kotzebiie the centre of the group is in 11" 48' N., 170° E.

Bikerei, islet of Maiana, Gilbert group, i 00' 20" n., 173'' 00' 45" E. 7.

Bikini, or Eschscholtz, was discovered by Kotzebue in Oct. 1825. Marshall group,
iS m. N-s. South point is, according to Brown, 11^ 33' n., 165" 37' E. 6.

Bilibili, in Astrolabe ba}', New Guinea. 5° 20' S., 145' 46' E. Natives are enterpris-
ing traders and make excellent potter}'.

Bindloe, of the Galapagos, is 800 ft. high, o"' 18' 50" N.

Bio, 2 m. northwest from Ugi, Solomon islands; coral islet 100 ft. high, uninhabited.

Birara, a name of a district of New Guinea, sometimes incorrecfllv applied to the whole
island.

Bird, islet on east coast of Admiralty. 2° 08' S., 147" 14' E.

Bird, islet in passage between Mbenga and Viti levu, Fiji. 18' i9'2o"s., 177^58' 15 "e.

Bird, islet of Palmyra.

Bird, see Farallon de Medinilla of the Marianas.

Bird, see Nihoa of the Hawaiian group.

Bird, see Reitoru of the Paumotu archipelago.

Bird, a name given bv Cook to Hikueru, Paumotu archipelago.

Bird, a small group off the Australian coast. 11' 47' S., 143° 06' E.

Birnie, of the Phoenix group, was discovered by Captain Eniment. It is a mile long
and not more than 6 ft. above the sea. 3" 34' 15" S., 171° 42' w. British protec-
torate July 10, 1889.

Bishop, see Nonuti, Gilbert group. Also Tapituea of the same group.

Bishop and his Clerk, rocky islets south from Macquarie. 55° 15' .s., 160° 10' E.

Bisliop Junction, see Erikub, Marshall islands.

Bitutu, islet of Tarawa, Gilbert group. 120" 33' x., 172 55' 30" E.

Bill, islet 2 m. northwest from Ugi, Solomon group. 1.5 m. long, 240 ft. high.
10° 11' S., 161" 38' E.

Biva, a low, coconut-covered, inhabited islet a mile in length, 10 m. west from Yasawa
group, Fiji. 17 ' 08' 30" S., 176' 52' 30" E.

Blackney, or Blakeney, a low, wooded island in the Louisiade archipelago.

Blair, Fiji. iS' 30' 10" s., 177" 36' e.

Blake, see Motuiti of the Marquesas.

Blunt, Fiji. 18° 52' s., 178° 24' 40" E.

Blanchard, of D'Entrecasteaux, is the island known as Doini. 10" 42' S., 150' 40' E.

Blanche, islet 280 ft. high, on the north coast of Rendova, Solomon islands.

Blaney, see Nonuti of the Gilbert group.

[129]

46 INDEX TO THE PACIEC ISLANDS.

Blelatsch, islet of Yap, CaroHne archipelago. 9° 30' 10" X., 138° 04' 42" E.

Bligli, see Mematangi of the Paumotu archipelago.

Bligh, Ureparapara of the Banks group. There is a Bligh island in Nootka sound,
and another off the coast of Alaska. The name recalls the commander of the
B<iii>!ly.

Blosseville, a high, steep, wooded crater with several villages on the crater edge.
3' 36' S., 144° 32' E. 8.

Blunt, see Mbiilia, Fiji.

Bobo, or Bristow, a low, mangrove-covered island, 11-12 m. in circumference on the
coast of New Guinea. 9° 08' S., 143° 14' E.

Bobo eitia, or Huxley of the Louisiade archipelago, is 800 ft. high and thickly wooded.

Bobu, islet on the north coast of Murua or Woodlark island. 8" 58' S., 152° 46' E.

Boiaboiawagga, islet in the Louisiade archipelago a quarter-mile long E-w., densely
wooded.

Bock, islet of Ailinglablab, Marshall group. Another of the same name is an islet of
Udjae.

Bogen, islet of Maloelab, Marshall islands.

Boh, islet in Tanle bay on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.

BoigU, or Paigo, a low, swampy island 6 m. K-\v., 2 m. x-S., near the mouth of the
Mai Kassa river on the south coast of New Guinea. 9' 20' s., 142° 15' E.

Boimagi, of the Kiriwina or Trobriand group. 8' 31' s., 150° 52' E.

Boirama, a grassy islet 290 ft. high, northeast from Nukata in the Louisiade archi-
pelago.

Bolabola, or Borabora of the Society group, is mountainous and pic5lurescpie, rising in
]\It. Pahia to 2165 ft. Large population. North end is in 16" 22'.S., i5i°4o'w. ZO.

Bolang, on the coast of New Guinea. 2 03' s., 131' 56' E.

Bonabe, Panopea, Baanopa, or Ocean, of the Gilbert islands, was discovered in 1804
from the ship Ocean. It is lo-ii m. in circumference, o' 52' 02" S., 169" 35' E.

Bonabona = Torlesse, islets in the Louisiade archipelago.

Bonham, see Jaluit of the Marshall islands.

Botlin, Bonin-sima, a chain extending almost x-S. from 27 45' to 26 32' x., divided
into four small groups. Parry, Kater, Peel and Coffin. The}- are high and vol-
canic; except a small colony on Peel they are uninhabited. Probably discovered
b}^ Japanese fishermen about 1675, they were unknown to the world till 1823
when Captain Coffin, an American whaler, discovered and took possession of the
southern group. In 1824 John Ebbets, another American, discovered the central
since called Peel. Visited by Liitke 1828, Beechey 1827, Collinson 1853, and by
Commodore Perry. Claimed by Japan.

Bonnawan, a grassy islet a mile x-S., and 335 ft. high, in the Louisiade archipelago.

Bonvouloir, a group in the Louisiade archipelago seen b^- D'Entrecasteaux. It ex-
tends in a slight curve about 20 m. xw-SE. Inhabitants are Papuans. East islet
is 500 ft., Hastings 10 m. to wxw. is 400 ft. high. Five miles beyond there are
3-4 islets on the same reef. Centre 10° 20' s., 151" 56' E. Bonvouloir was an
oificer on the Rciiicrclic.

Booby, a bare, uninhabited rock 35 ft. high in Torres strait. 10° 36'o5"s., 141° 5445" E.

[130]

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 47

Bordelaise, see Oraluk of the Caroline islands.

Borne, islet 50 ft. high off Hanaiapa bay on Hivaoa, Marquesas islands.

Bory, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7° 14' n., 151° 39' 37" e.

Boscawen, see Tafahi of the Tongan islands. 18.

Botany Isles of Cook are between New Caledonia and Isle of Pines.

Boucher, see Tiger of the Loyalty group.

Boudeuse, low, uninhabited island, shaped like a horseshoe open to tlie west. Dis-
covered by Bougainville August 9, 176S, and named after his ship, i ' 25' S.,
144° 32' E.

Bougainville is the largest of the Solomon islands; extends no m. NW-SE., and is
30 m. wide; very mountainous, with volcanic peaks reaching nearly 10,000 ft.
Bagana, in the centre, is active. Owing to the ferocitv of its inhabitants little is
known of the interior. Cannibals all. The north point is in 5' 24' S., 154 '38' E. II.

Bouka, or Buka of the Solomon islands, is much lower than Bougainville, more fer-
tile and more populous. Natives said to have the finest physique in the group ;
they are active and daring cannibals. The north point is in 5° s., 154" 35' E. II.

Bounty, a group of 24 islets and rocks, inhabited and belonging to New Zealand.
Discovered by Captain Bligh of the Boii!it\\ Sept. 19, 1788. 47° 50' s.

Bourke, islet in Torres strait. 9° 52' S., 143 ' 22' E.

Bouro, see San Cristobal, Solomon islands.

Bow, see Hau of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.

Bowditch, see Fakaafo of the Union group. 17.

Bowerick, islet of Oneatoa, Gilbert islands, i ' 47' 40" .S., 175° 35' 20" E. 7.

Brackenridge, low, i m. long, off Vanua levu, Fiji. i6°33's., i7S'47'2o"e. Named
for the botanist of the United States Exploring Expedition under Wilkes.

Bramble Cay, see IMassaramcoer. Sand islet at northeast boundary of Queensland
colony.

Brampton, see Parama, New Guinea coast.

Brander, islet of Rahiroa of the Paumotu archipelago.

Brattle, islet of Albemarle in the Galapagos.

Brewer, islet in China strait. 10° 34' 30" S., 150'' 43' 45" E.

Brierly, see Daddahai in the Loiiisiade archipelago.

Bristow, see Bobo on the New Guinea coast. 9" 08' S., 143° 14' E.

Britannia, another name of Mare, Loyalty group.

Broadmead, one of the St. Andrew group, Admiralty islands.

Brocke, see Jarvis.

Brongniart, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7" 33' 30" N., 151" 47' 02" E.

Brooker, see Utian of the Louisiade archipelago.

Brown, same as Bikini of the Marshall group.

Brown, see Eniwetok of the Marshall islands.

Brown, see Lae of the Marshall islands. Named for Captain J. W. Brown who dis-
covered it.

Brown, islet in Henry Reid bay on the east side of New Britain.

Browne is low, wooded, on the same reef with Carpenter and Tracey in Nares harbor,
Admiraltv group.

[131]

48 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Brumer, see Tassai, coast of New Guinea.

Brumer group consists of six small basaltic islands; largest and westernmost 2.5 m.
by 0.5 m., 665 ft. high, inhabited. 10° 46' s., 150^ 22' E. People use canoes with
outrigger and double mat sails. The other islands are Badila beddabedda bonarua,
Harikoa, Gobi gobi, Bugomaki and Abana.

Buchanan, in the Admiraltj- group. \ 56' s., 146^" 28' E.

Budd, an extinct volcano, 800 ft. high, in the Ringgold group, Fiji. 17° 26' 30" s.,
180° 23' E.

Buen viage (Isla de), discovered by Quiros Jul}- 8, 1606. Probably one of the Gilbert
islands. Quiros says: "Este dia se vio una isla de hasta seis leguas de boj ;
y porque hasta aqui no se habia encontrado tierra alguna ni bajo, ni otra cosa que
impidien nuestro camino, se le puso por nombre Biicn J 'iage: su altura son tres
grados y medio parte del Norte. Acordose de no ir a ella por no ser j-a a pro-
posito y por el riesgo de ser baja." J'iagcs dc Quiros, /., Jjt?. This day was seen
an island about six leagues in circuit; and because thiis far we had encountered
neither land nor shoal, nor other thing which might impede our way, we bestowed
the name Good I'oyage. Its latitude is three and a half degrees North. It was
determined not to land as it was not convenient and there was risk of reefs.

Btiena Vista, or \'atilau of the Solomon islands, is 1050 ft. high. 8° 53' 30" s.,

159° 59' 30" E. II.

Bugomaki, one of the Brumer group, 220 ft. high.

Bugotu, the native name (of a part) of Ysabel, Solomon islands.

Buhi, islet on northwest extreme of the Tongan group, on the same reef with
Ofolanka.

Bukalau, low islet of Fiji. East point, 16' 12' 20" s., 179° 45' 50" E.

Bulla, see Mbulia in the Kandavu group, Fiji.

Bull, islet of vSt. Andrew group. Admiralty islands.

Bultig, or Hump islet, in Geelvink bay. New Guinea; 10-12 m. X 4 ni.

Bunatik, islet on the southeast coast of Ponape, Caroline i.slands.

Buninga, southwesternmost island of the Shepherd group. New Hebrides. Three-
quarters of a mile NE-S\V. 723 ft. high. A hundred inhabitants, all Christian.

Bunker, another name of Jarvis.

Bunkev, see Namonuito of the Caroline islands. 4.

Buraku, or Murray, an uninhabited volcanic peak, 1000 ft. high, northwest from
Guadalcanar, Solomon islands. 8" 59' .s., 158 35' E.

Buriwadi, islet of the Kiriwina or Trobriand group. 8 32' S., 150° 52' E.

Burke, islet on the coast of New Guinea. 10 10' s., 142" 30' E.

Burnett, see Noina of the Louisiade archipelago.

Burrar, or Bet, of the Three Sisters (Bet, Sue, Poll) in Torres strait. 10" 10' S.,
142" 50' E.

Burrh, islet at the entrance of Port Rhin on Lukunor, Marshall islands. 6° 14' N.,
171° 46' E.

Burrows (1842), see Mare, Loyalty group.

Burwan, inhabited islet in Malo pass, off Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides.

Bushy, islet off Australian coast. 10° S., 142° 58' E-

[132]

' ' ' 145°

E. ' ^

COMERSON

•-;
^-'' Anacoretas

.-— 1

L'ECHIQUIER

Allisom -" „ ,

«• . • , lioudeusc

DUROUR^ . vr.^"

Matty
TV'"'' ? CO
Si

-■-V Hermit

(^ tv

ADMIRALTY
GROUP
Western,v' « p

« O

PURDY

^--^^^ Faracuet Schouten Islands

^^~~^S^ » , Kairu r • .
\ , > Jacquinot

^--^° \^ ^^y ^ Gamot
NEW GUINEA ^-^__^^^ i^e.som

4°S.

/ Aris

4°S.|

V--^ y^-^VuLCAN

BMH^

^^1 Lecoarant

^^^Sabai
Turn agaiu ,.' Dauau "^ — -^

10° s.

^ Warrior

Darnley^

a ■*.

f .? Murray

RoRo?

io°s.

Thursday i,.-

CORAL SEA

145^

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 49

Butaritari or Touching in the Gilbert group, is an atoll of triangular form, about
14 m. on a side. As shown in the figure, most of the land is on the south side
of the lagoon and there are the principal villages. Namaka, Nakudi, Pikhat,
Ourik and Napnni are the main islets. The entrances to the lagoon are on the
west side. The northwest point is in 3 14' x., 172" 39' 50" K. In 1886 the popu-
lation was 3000, all protestants. The American Board has a station here. The
south side is a continuous grove of coconut and pandanus, and a large amount of
copra is exported annuall}-. 7, ^^

Butchart, or Dekatua, is an islet of the ''^x^^i^

Engineer group, Louisiade archipel- '^V ' l^'^^*;;^^,^ butar.tar, ^<''S^^\

ago, 3 so ft. high, covered with coconut _,»■■- "^'*'"'t*i:'^a.H.'VA,.,.,,w,^^^ K\
trees.

Button is a low islet in Shallow bay of
Admiralty island.

Button, a grassy' islet in China strait.
10° 34' S., 150° 44' E.

Button, see Utirik, of the Marshall islands.

Byam, see NGanati, Paumotu archipelago.

Bvani Martin, an old name of \"airaatea,
Paumotu archipelago.

Byer, see Patrocinio of the Hawaiian group. ^^' ^'

Byron, island in Engineer group of the Louisiade archipelago.

Byron, on the southeast coast of New Guinea; forms a triangle with Grant and
Shortland.

Bj-ron, see Nukunau, Gilbert islands. 7.

Cabeva, islet of Fiji. 16' n' 20" s., 179^ 34' 45" e.

Cabras, see Apapa on the west coast of Guam, Marianas.

Cadmus, a name of Morane of the Paumotu archipelago. 22.

Cairncross, a group on the Australian coast. 11° 15' S., 143 E.

Calalin, islet of Majuro, Marshall islands. 7" 09' N., 171" 13' E.

Calvados Chain, Louisiade archipelago; a series of high islands extending 45 m.
from Panasia. The villages are generally on the northern sides of the densely'
wooded islands. The canoes are large and fitted with oval mat sails. The in-
habited islands are: Pana varavara, Utian, Panaudiudi, Toloi awa, Gulewa, Ulu-
lina, Moturina, Panarora, Paba baga, Pana nunuira, Panantinian and Panawina.

Calvert, see Maloelab of the Marshall group.

Campbell, an uninhabited group 30 m. in circumference; discovered in 1810 bv Cap-
tain Hazelburgh and named for the owner of the brig in which he sailed. Dent
lies to the northwest, Jacquemart to the south. The highest hill is 1500 ft. high.
52° 33' 44" S., 169" 09' 09" E.

Campbell, islet in Torres .strait. 9° 33° 08" s., 143° 29' E.

Candelaria Shoals, of Mendafia, now called Roncador. II.

Cannae, a rock 200-250 ft. high, 9 m. west from Laughlan. Discovered by Duniont
D'Urville. 9° 18' s., 153" 27' E.

Memoirs B. P. B. Mi-.seum. Vol. 1.. No. 2.-4. [l32J

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

Canton, ]\Iarv Balcout or Swallow, in the Phoenix group, is a low, sandy island 1 1 m.

long, 50-500 ft. wide and 10-18 ft. high. 2" 44' 35" S., 171" 42' w. 17.
Cap, islet between Gibba and Tnrtlebacked, off New Guinea. 9° 49' s., 142 42' K.
Cap, see Tabutha, Fiji. 14.

Capeniur, islet of x-liluk, Marshall islands. 10° 17' 25" x., 169" 59' 20" E. 8.
Carapellas is south of Kayangle, Pelew islands, with Aravonzet and Korack on a

reef 4.5 m. N-S., 5 ni. E-W'.
Carlshoff, see Aratika, Paumotu archipelago. 31.

CAROLINE ISLANDS.

Native Name.

Chakt Na.me.

Discoverer.

Latitude
North.

LOXGITl-DE

East.

AUTHORITY.

Population.

Western Group:

NGoli.

Matelotas (Spenser).
Lamoliork, UIu.

Villalobos, 1543.

17' 0"

1.37°

33' 0"

Cheyne.

100

Yap.

Ouap.

Hunter. 1791.

138

DTrville.

2000

Uluthi.

Mackenzie.

Hunter. 1791.

0«

139

Lutke.

200

Keys.

Tromelln, Fa is.

Tromelin. 182SC?).

138

300

Sorol.

Philip.

Hunter, 1791.

140

Central <ironi»:

Eurupig.

Kama.

Hunter, 1791.

143

Lutke.

Wolea.

Ulie, Thirteen Ids.

«^ilsou, 1793.

23 30

143

■'

600

Ifalik.

Wilson.

Wilson, 1793.

144

200

Faraulep.

Gardner.

Liitke, 1828.

144

• '

rniiihabited.

Olimario.

Liitke, 1.S2S.

145

300

Grimes.

HiRh.

Cupt. Grimes, 1841.

l.'i

145

Elato.

Haweis.

Wilson, 179.3.

146

30U

Lamotrek.

Swede.

Wilson, 1793.

146

200

Faiu. West.

West.

Liitke, 1.828.

146

Tlninhabited.

Satawal.

Tucker.

Wilson, 1793.

147

Duperrey.

200

Pikela.

Lydia.

Ibargoita, ISOl.

147

Uiunhabited.

Pikelot.

Coiiuille, Bift-ali.

Duperrey, 1824.

147

Uninhabited.

.Suk.

Ibarffoita.

Ibargoita, 1799.

149

Freycinrt.

lUO

Poloat.

Enderby. Kata.

Ibargoita, 1801.

19 25

149

100

Tamatam.

Los Martires.

Ibargoita, 1801.

149

Duperrey.

200

Nainonuito.

,\noiiinia. Hunker.

Livinp:stun.

Ibargoita, 1801.

149

Lutke.

Faiu, East.

Liitke.

Liitke. 1828.

33 20

151

••

Xamolipiafane.

Fauanon.

Hall, 1824.

25 30

161

49 15

Morileu.

Hall.

Hall, 1,S24.

162

100

Ruk.

Hog-oleu, Truk.

Duperrey, 1825.

1.61

D'Urville.

8000

Losap.

Du])errey.

Liitke, 1824.

152

42 20

Duperrey.

200

Nama.

DTTrville.

Duperre.v, 1825.

152

Findla.y.

Namoluk.

Liitke. 1828.

45 15

153

16 30

Lutke.

300

Etal.

( .Mortlock. 1793.

163

Cheyne.

200

Lukunor.

Mortlock Islands.

Mortlock, 1793.

29 18

153

Lutke.

200

Satoan.

( .Mortlock, 1793.

163

600

Nukuor.

Monteverde. Dunkin.

Monteverde, 1808.

154

Findliiy.

,6011

Oraluk.

Bordelaise. San .\fi-ostino

Tompson, 1773.

165

Uninhabited.

Kasterii Grroup:

NGatik.

Los Valientes, Raven.

Tomp.son, 1773.

47 311

1,67

Findlay.

Pakin.

Peguenema.

Liitke, 1838.

167

47 30

Che.vne.

Andema.

Ant.

Fraser, 1832.

158

Uninhaiiited.

Ponape.

.Ascension. Pu.vnipet.

Liitke, 1838.

1.5.S

Liitke.

5000

Mokil.

Duperrev, Wellingtun.

Duperrey. 1824.

159

Duperre.v.

I'ingelap.

MusBTiivH, .McAskill.

Musgrave, 1793.

160

MeAskill.

300

Kusaie.

Ualau, Strong.

Crozer, 1.804.

163

Lutke.

700

Caroline Islands extend from the Pelew group to Ualan, and from 2 to 12° N., and
with the Marshall and Gilbert groups are comprised in that portion of the Pacific
usually called Micronesia. The name comes from that given by the vSpanish
Admiral Don Francisco Le/xano to a large island in the groirp not now identified.
Duperrey and Liitke made the group known geographically, and to Dr. Luther
Halsey Gulick, an American missionary, we are indebted for much infornuition on
both islands and inhabitants. The earliest account is by a Jesuit missionary,
Juan Antonio Cantova, who visited portions of the group in 1721 and was killed
at Mogmog ten 3'ears later. There are perhaps 877 .scpiare miles distributed over
nearly fifty groups, most of them atolls. The table will show the distribution

[133]

INDEX TO THE PACfE/C ISLANDS. 51

more clearly, but the population there given is only approximate. In 1SS5 the
German gunboat I/fis took Yap, which Spain at once claimed and lier claim was
sustained by the Pope, adling as arbitrator. After the war with the United States,
and the loss of Guam and the Philippines, Spain sold the entire group to Germany
for :s^4,ooo,ooo.

Caroline, or Thornton, a group of low coral islands on one reef 7 m. long, i m. wide.
Taken by England July 9, 1S68. 10" o' 01" s., 150' 14' 30" w.

Carpenter, islet on the same reef with Browne and Tracey in Xares harbor, of
Admiralty island.

Carr, a high island in the Hudson group, Fiji. North point in 17 35's., 177 oi'3o"e.

Carry, crescent-shaped, uninhabited island in Fortescue strait, southeast coast of New
Guinea, i m. ne-SW., 300 ft. high. 10° 34' 45" s., 150'' 54' 45" E.

Carteret, a group of six islets on a circular reef 10 m. diameter, all inhabited and
thickly wooded. Discovered by Captain Carteret in 1767. 4' 45' S., 155° 20' E.

Carysfort, see Tureia, Paumotu archipelago.

Case, a high island of the Hudson group, Fiji. 17 ' 37' 30" s., 177 03' 30" E.

Casey, islet i m. north from Montravel, New Caledonia.

Castori, a high, rocky group on the southeast point of New Guinea. 10 47' s.,
150° 38' E. 9.

Catherine, islet off Cape Ducie on the northeast coast of New Guinea.

Catherine, see Ujae, IMarshall group.

Catto, islet 2 m. off southwest end of Eua, Tongan group. Discovered b^- Tasman in
1643. 21' 29' s., 174° 50' 30" w.

Cerisy, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7' 11' 05" N., 151" 51' 36" E.

Cette, another name for Eunauro on coast of New Guinea.

Chabral, see Lifu of the Loyalty group.

Chain, a low, wooded islet northeast of East cape, New Guinea.

Chain, see Anaa, Paumotu archipelago.

ChamisSO, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands, j" 16' 48" N., 151° 47' 42" E.

Champignon, islet in St. Vincent bay on southwest coast of New Caledonia.

Chanal, of Marchand, is Hatutu of the Marcpiesas group.

Chanter, islet off the east coast of Raoul, Kermadec group. 29 is^o's., 177 5402 "\v.

Chard, islet 4.7 m. long, 100 ft. high, off the coast of New Britain. 5 27'vS., 150' 58'E.

Charles, of the Galapagos is 24 m. in circumference; once settled, now deserted.
1780 ft. high.

Charles Hardy, see Nissan of the Bismarck archipelago.

Charlotte, another name for Apaiang, Gilbert islands.

Chas, see Wari, New Guinea.

Chase, see Tamana, Gilbert islands.

Chassant ^ vSalat, of the Caroline islands.

Chatham, a group belonging to New Zealand and situated in 43 48' 59" s., 176" 39'5o"w".
It was discovered by Captain Broughton of the armed tender Clialluuii attached to
Vancouver's expedition in 1791. At the time of the discovery there were some
1200 natives of a race resembling the ]\Iaori and called Moriori. They were a
cheerful and healthy people dressed in seal skins, but when, in 1840, Dr. Dieffenbach

[134]

52 INDEX TO THE PACIEfC ISLANDS.

visited the group, only 90 survived. In 1830 there had been an importation of Soo
Maoris, and the present population is a very motley one. The largest island,
Chatham or Warekanri, extends on the north coast 31 m., on the south about half
that distance. Pitt or Rangihaute is 11 m. from Chatham and 8 m. long. A mile
off the southeast end of Pitt is Rangatira or Southeast, and still farther to the
southeast is Tarakoikoia or the Pvramid, a bare rock 566 ft. high. In 1868 this
group was surveyed by the New Zealand vSurveyor General, S. Percy Smith.
Both the geological formation and the flora connect the Chatham islands with
New Zealand.

Chatham, of the Galapagos, 19 m. XE-S\V. by 8 m., 1650 ft. high. Only island of the
group where water is always found.

Chaumont, see Hui-wadiamo of the Louisiade archipelago.

Cherry, see Anuda. 13.

Chicaj-ana, a spelling of Sikaiana or Stewart.

Chiknru, a name of the islet Pingelap, Caroline islands, usually called Tugulu on the
charts.

Chissy, islet on the Maclay coast of New Guinea. 6' 02' .s., 147° 32' E.

Choiseul, of the Solomon islands, was discovered in April, 156S, by Pedro de Ortega
Valencia and Hernan Gallego, Mendana's pilot. The present name commemo-
rates the distinguished minister of Louis X\'. In extent, 83X20 m., and 2000 ft.
high; mountainous and wooded. The north point is in 6° 37' S., 156° 27' E. II.

Christina (Cristina), the old name of Tahnata, of the ^Marquesas islands.

Christmas, a low, lagoon island extending 44 m. E-\v. Discovered by Cook December
24, 1777. The water of the lagoon is said to be remarkably salt. Annexed by
Great Britain March 17, 18SS. \ 59' n., 157 ' 32' w.

Church, islet on south side of Huapu, Marquesas islands.

Cicia, .see Thithia, Fiji.

Cicobia, see Thikombia, F'iji.

Clarence (Duke of), see Nukunono, of the Union group. 17.

Clark, a low island of the Fiji group. 16° 22' 24" S., 179° 11' 32" E.

Clarke, island on the north side of Banks strait.

Clerk, see Onoatoa of the Gilbert islands.

Gierke, see Tekokoto of the Paumotu archipelago.

Clermont de Tonnerre, see Reao, Paumotu archipelago. Named for the French Min-
ister of Marine.

Cliff, islet of the Australian coast. 14 13' .S., 143 ' 48' E.

Cliif, two islets off the coast of New Guinea. 9" 26' .s., 146^ 56' E.

Cliffy ^ Ikaika Keino of the Louisiade archipelago.

Chokach, an islet within the reef of Ponape, Caroline islands, on the north side.

Clipperton, a lagoon island, uninhabited; discovered by Captain Clipperton in 1705.
There is a deep hole in the lagoon, and trachytic rocks on the outer ring.
Claimed by France. 10" 17' N., 109" 13' w.

Clock, islet on the Australian coast. 14° 04' s., 144° 17' K.

Cloquet, a name of Gicquel which was formerly described as an island on the north
coast of New Britain ; now known to be a peninsula. 10.

[135]

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 53

Close, islet in the Bismarck archipelago. 4' 57' s., 151° 18' E.

Clute, see Hiti, Paumotu archipelago.

Coast, island off New Guinea, 300 ft. high, well-wooded, and with a fringing reef.

10' 35' 25" Sm 150° 40' 20" E.
Cockatoo, islet in Thousand Ships bay, Solomon islands. 8° 33' .s., 159° 37' E.
Cockburn, group off coast of Australia. 11" 51' .s., 143'' 18' p;.
Cockburn, see Ahunui, Paumotu archipelago. 32.
Coconut, in the Bismarck archipelago, with Leigh and the coast of New Ireland forms

Carteret harbor. Inhabitants cannibals. 4° 42' S., 152° 42' E.
Coconut, islet on the New Guinea coast. 10'' 04' .s., 143° 03' v..
COCOS, island knoAvn to Wafer, Dampier and other early navigators, 4.5 m. XE-SW.,

very high. 5 32' ^~i" X., 88° 02' 10" w. Northeast from the Galapagos.
Cocos, a name given in 1790 h\ Captain Wilkinson to the group discovered bv Lemaire

and Schouten, and l)y them called Marqueen.
Codfish, i.slet off the west coast of Stewart, New Zealand, 3 m. xw-SE., 2 m. wide.
Coffin, group of the Bonin islands. 26° 38' x., 142° 15' E.
Collis a name of Kamaka, an islet of Mangareva.

Columb, a coral islet, wooded and inhabited, in Astrolabe bay, New Guinea.
Colvocoressis, see Draviuni, Fiji.
Commerson, or Comerson, two low islands discovered bv Bougainville in 1768.

0° 40' vS., 145° 17' E.
Conflict, group of more than 22 islets in tlie Louisiade archipelago. 10 46'.s., 151" 46' E.

Named for H. B. M. S. Coujlict in 18S0.
Connor, see Katai in the New Guinea region.
Constantin, see Greenwich of the Caroline group.
Contrariete, the old Spanish name of Ulava, Solomon islands.
Contrariete islet ^ Porondu, New Caledonia.
Conversion de San Pablo (La), suppo.sed to be Britomart, of Duperrev. Discovered by

Quiros February 10, 1606. See Quii-os I'iajcs^ /., 256; //., 7, 92.
Cook, islet at entrance to Christmas island lagoon, i" 57' 16" x., 157" 27' 45" w.
Cook, see Tarawa, Gilbert islands.

Cook, islet on the northeast coast of Fate, New Hebrides.
Cook Islands, a portion of the Hervey group, often so-called.
Coquille, see Pikelot of the Caroline islands.
Cornwallis, another name for Johnston.
Coronados, see AnuauTirunga, Paumotu archipelago.
Cosissipe, island in the Hermit group. It abounds in pigeons.
Count Heiden ^ Likieb, Marshall group.
Coutance, a well-wooded islet of New Guinea, half a mile long and a quarter broad.

10" 13' S., 148 07' E.

Covell, a name for Ebon, Marshall islands.

Crab, islet on the northwest coast of York peninsula, Australia. 10" 58' s., 142° 56' E.

Craven, a high island in the Hudson group, Fiji. 17" 39' .s., 177" 01' 30" E.

Credner, or Pigeon group, lies between Duke of York and New Britain ; low and thickly

wooded islands, each with a separate reef with deep water between. 4 i s's., 152 19' E.

[136]

54 INDEX TO THE PACTEIC ISLANDS.

Crescent, see Timoe, Paumotu archipelago. 23.

Cretin, see Tami, east coast of New Guinea. 6' 45' s., 147 49' K. Named for Lieu-
tenant Cretin of the Rcclicrclic.

Croker, see Heraiki, Paumotu archipelago. 21.

Crouy islet is in Dumbea passage, entrance to Noumea roadstead, New Caledonia.

Crown is 7 m. northwest from Long on the coast of New Guinea. It was discovered
by Danipier; is 4-5 m. in circumference, and 2000 ft. high. 5'08's., 146'' 56' E.

Culpepper is the most northerly of the Galapagos, very barren, 550 ft. high.
I 39' 30" -\-., 92° 03' w.

Cumberland, see Manuhangi, Paumotu archipelago.

Cumberland, an extensive group off the east coast of Queensland, Australia, reach-
ing to 21° S.

Cuttiming, low islet of F'iji. 16" 21' 40" s., 179° 08' 47" K.

Cuop, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands.

Cure, a name of Ocean in the Hawaiian group.

Current, see Pulo Anna, Caroline islands.

Curtis, two rocks in the Kermadec group, 500 ft. high. Said to emit hot water and
steam. 30" 36' s., 179" 14' \v.

Cvclades ( Les ) of Bougainville = New Hebrides.

Cyprian Bridge, the easternmost island on the west side of Bougainville strait, Solo-
mon group, 377 ft. high, dome-shaped.

Daddahai, or Brierly, in the Louisiade archipelago; about a mile in circuit, 380 ft.

high, wooded and inhabited. 11° 18' s., 153' 08' E.
Dageraad ^ Aurora or Makatea of the Paumotus. Discovered bv Roggewein in 17 12.
Daiwari, or Gibbons, islet of Nuakata, Louisiade archipelago; 290 ft. high, clothed

with grass, uninhabited.
Dalrymple, in Torres strait. 9° 37' s., 143° 18' E.
Dambach, a small cluster on the east coast of Bougainville, Solomon islands. 5" 41's.,

155° 07' E.
Dampier, or Karkar, is 6-7 m. northeast of Cape Croisilles on the coast of New

Guinea; volcanic, and about 5000 ft. high, 36-40 m. in circumference. 4" 42' S.,

145° 58' E. 10.
Danger, see Pnkapuka, Paumotu archipelago. 22.
Danger group consists of three islands, Pukapuka, Motukoe and Motukavata on a

reef 8 m. E-w. and 4 m. x-s. Discovered b^• Bvron June 21, 1765. Lagoon closed,

lauding dangerous. 10" 53' s., 165° 45' 30" w.
Danger, islands of New Guinea. 0° 15' s., 135 05' E.
Dangerous Archipelago, a name of the Paumotu group.
Daniel, see Arno of the Marshall group.
Dao Balayet, a sand islet marking Estrees passage on the northwest coast of New

Caledonia.
Daos islets form the south part of Belep group. New Caledonia. 13.
Daomboni, islet on the north coast of New Caledonia,
Darnley, a name of Erub on the New Guinea coast.

L137]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISIANDS. 55

Dam, or Yarn, at the mouth of the Oriomo (Tait) river, north of Bobo and between
Bristow and the mainland. Fertile, fine timber, not many natives. 9^ 05' s.,
143° 12' E.

Dauan, islet off the west side of vSaibai on the vSonth coast of New Guinea, g" 25' S.,
142" 32' E.

Dauar, or Dowar, islet within the same reef with Mer and Waier of the Murrav isl-
ands; Papuan inhabitants. 9° 54' S., 144° 02' E.

Daugae, islet on the reef at the north extreme of New Caledonia.

DaugO, the highest of the Fishermen islands off Port Moresby on the south coast of
of New Guinea. Natives numerous, dark copper color; the}- have large canoes
with foiir mat sails. 9° 32' S., 147° 04' E.

Dauila, or Goodenough, of the D'Entrecasteaux group, is 21 m. N\v-vSE. A mountain
range, of which the highest peak reaches 8500 ft., extends throughout. Well
peopled and cultivated to some extent. 9 31' S., 150' 20' E.

Daussy, islet in Arembo bay on the soiithwest side of New Caledonia.

Davis, a high island in the Yasawa groujD, Fiji. 17 ' 27' 40" s., 177° 00' 30" E.

Davis, see Rapanui or Easter.

Dawhaida, see Marokau of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Dawson, largest of the I^aseinie group in the Louisiade archipelago, 0.7 m. n'w-SE.,
450 ft. high, uninhabited.

Dawson, a very small reefed islet in the D'Entrecasteaux group. 10" 21's., 151" 25'E.

Dawson, see Bikar, Marshall islands. 6.

Day, one of the Tiri islets off \'anua levu, Fiji. 16° 24' 14" S., 179° 09' 20" E. Low
coral .

Dayman, islet in Torres strait. 10" 45' S., 142'' 2i' E.

Dayrell, islet off the east coast of Raoul, Kermadec islands.

Deal, island of Kent group in Bass strait. 39" 30' s., 147 18' E.

Deans is one of the names of Rahiroa, also called Yliegen and Nairsa, Paumotu archi-
pelago.

Death, islet in St. \'incent bav on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

Deblois, islet of New Guinea. 3'' 22' S., 144° 09' K.

Deboyne, group in the Louisiade archipelago is 6 m. from St. Aignan, a high
( 1500ft.), wooded cluster, of which Panniet is the largest; Rara at the southeast
extreme. Nivan, Pauapompon, Nibub, Mabui, Redlick and Torlesse complete
the list.

Deboyne, see Panniet of the Louisiade archipelago.

Debrun, islet near Noumea on the south side of New Caledonia.

Ducena =; Maitea in the Espinosa chart. Discovered by Quiros Februar}- 12, 1606.

Deception ^ Moso, New Hebrides.

Deedes, two islets 0.7 m. apart in the Engineer group. 10' 32' S., 151° 16' E.

Deguala, one of the Pleiades group northwest of I'^ea, Loyalty group.

De Haven, a high island of the Ringgold group, Fiji. 16° 30' 20" S., 180 21' 30" E.

Deirina, islet of New Guinea, 0.7X0.5 m., 2S0 ft. high, inhabited.

Dekatua, or Butchart, islet of the Engineer group, 350 ft. high, covered with coco-
nut palms.

[i3«]

56 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Delami :^ Roporopo in Orangerie bay, southeast coast of New Guinea.

Deliverance islet, a point in the north boundary- of Queensland colony. 9' 34' s.,
141° 45' E.

Denham, islet at west end of Kandavu, Fiji.

Ueni is the native name of Nitendi or Santa Cruz in the New Hebrides, according to
Codrington.

Dent, island in Northwest bay, Campbell island, New Zealand.

D'^ntrecasteaux group was seen from a distance by the French navigator from whom
it is named. Captain Moresby examined the islands in 1874. The group con-
sists of Duau (Normanb^-), Moratau (Fergusson), Dauila ( Goodenough ), Rapu-
tata Sanaroa (Welle), Dobu (Goulvain), all of them high and fine islands, well
peopled. 9.

D'Hntrecasteaux, inhabited islet half a mile long in the Admiraltv group. i°53's.,
146" 30' E.

De Peyster, see Nukufetau of the Ellice group. 16.

D'Haussez, .see Ivlercury, New Zealand.

Des I^acS, one of the French group, 1550 ft. high, inhabited. 4'38's., 149° 33' E. lO,

Des Lanciers, a name given by Bougainville to Akiaki or Thrum Cap of the Paumotu
islands.

Devarenne, islet in St. \'incent bay on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

Deverd, islet off Chasseloup bay on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.

Didigili, wooded islet, 150 ft. high, with fringing reef on the southeast coast of New
Guinea.

Didot, islet in Mueo passage near Noumea, New Caledonia.

Didymus, see Ito, islet on the New Guinea coast.

Dieterici, a small group on the northeast coast of Bougainville, Solomon islands.
6" 08' s., 155' 23' E.

Digaragara, islet at west opening of the outer ring of Egum atoll in the Kiriwina
group. 9" 22' 30" S., 151° 53' E. 9.

Dingen, small island in Dampier strait.

Dinner, see Samarai on the coast of New Guinea.

Direction ^=- IManevai, Santa Cruz islands.

Direftion, see Namena, Fiji.

Disappointment islands (of Bvron), in the Paumotu archipelago, were discovered by
Bvron June 17, 1765. 14" 09' s., 141° 14' w. Consist of atoll Napuka or Why-
toohee and Tepoto or Otooho. 2,1.

Disappointment, off the west coast of the Auckland islands, New Zealand.

Disappointment, one of the Taumaco group.

Disappointment, is the largest of the Duff group, 1200 ft. high. Natives are Poly-
nesian, number about 350, thin and uglv, armed with bows and poisoned arrows.

Disappointment, see Rosario of the Bonin islands.

Dobu, or Goulvain, is at the entrance to Dawson strait in the D'Entrecasteaux group,
2 m. N-s., 2.2 m. E-w.; inliabited bv Papuans. 9 46' s., 150° 52' E. 9.

Dodogessa, islet off Dauila in the D'Entrecasteaux group.

Dog, see Nonuti of the Gilbert group.

[139]

■75—

o
to

■.<■.. i^.iii*.B9--- *«-.-.•;»•=»*?!****.■■

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 57

Dog, see Pukapuka of the Paiimotu archipelago.

Dogigi and Rikarika compose the Lebrun group of the Louisiade archipelago. The

former is 165 ft. high.
Doi, or Konaoe is one of the Ono i lau group, Fiji.
Doini, the Blanchard of D'Entrecasteaux on the southeast coast of New Guinea, is

2 m. ENE-wsw., half a mile wide, 510 ft. high, and well cultivated. 10' 42' S.,

150° 40' E.
Dominica, the Spanish name of Hivaua, Marquesas islands. 23.
Dongaloa, a group of low islets off \'iti levu, Fiji. 17 24' .s., 177" 39' 30" E.
Dot, islet in Huon gulf on the east coast of New Guinea. 7 05' s., 147" oS' E.
Double, on the Australian coast. 16" 44' s., 145° 44' E.
Double, islet in Torres strait. 10^ 27' S., 142" 25' E.
Double, see Nemu, New Caledonia.
Doubtful, an islet of Beaupre, Lovaltv group.
Doubtful, see Tekokoto, of the Paumotu archipelago, ai,
Dougherty, seen by Captain Dougherty in 184 1 from whaler /c?w/'\ Sic-a'arf. vSeen

again in 1S59. 59" 21' S., 119° 07' w.
Dove, islet in Torres strait. 10' 04' S., 142 57' E.

Dover, two islets on the south coast of Admiralty. 2" 16' s., 147" 13' E.
Dowar, see Dauar in Torres strait.
Dowsett Reef is 13 m. south from Malo reef in the Hawaiian group. It extends

S m. X 4 "1- 25° 13' N., 170' 38' \v. On July 4, 1872, the whaling brig Kamelia-

luclni, Captain Dowsett, struck on this reef which is awasli in some parts.
Dowsett, see Bikini of the Marshall group.

Drala, see Ndrala, Fiji; islet So ft. high, off the east coast of \'iti levu.
Dramai, islet on the New Guinea coast. 4" 06' s., 134° 10' E.
Draviuni, see Ndraviuni, Fiji.
Druadrua, see Ndruandrua, Fiji.
Druau, see Ndruandrua, Fiji.

Drummond, a name of Tapituea of the Gilbert islands.
Du ami and Du ana, islets in Kutu bay. Isle of Pines.
Duau, or Normamby, of the D'Entrecasteaux group, is 39 m. long, mountainous,

rising to an height of 3374 ft., and inhabited. The southeast cape is in 10 10' s.,

151 14 E.
Dublon, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7" 22' 15" x., 151 55' 22" E.
Dubouzet, or Nu islet, bears a lighthouse at the entrance to Noumea, New Caledonia.
Dubuaru, islet on the New Guinea coast. 9° 08' .s., 142' 58' E.
Duchateau, three low, wooded islets, Pana bobai ana, Pana rurawara; and Kukulub,

of the Louisiade archipelago. 11" 16' .s., 152 22' E.
Duchess, see lh"uma of the D'Entrecasteaux group. 9.

Ducie was discovered by Captain Edwards in H. M. S. Pandora in 1791. A low, un-
inhabited lagoon island 1.7 m. XE-SW., and i m. wide in 24 40' s., 124 48' w.
DUCOS, islet in St. \'incent baj- on the southwest coast of New Caledonia.
Dudemaine, islet on the north coast of New Guinea, 100-200 ft. high. 3 oS' s.,

142" 20' E.

[140]

58 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Dufaure, on the north side of New Britain, is 7 m. long. 5° 06' s., 150° 14' E.

Dufaure, see Mugula on the soiitheast coast of New Guinea. 9.

Duff, group in the Santa Cruz islands, was discovered by Quiros and Torres in 1606,
and again by Captain Wilson, in the Ditjf, September 25, 1797. Consists of ten
small islands extending SK-nw. 17 m. Inhabitants largely Polynesian. British
protecT;orate declared 06lober i, 189S. 9' 48' s., 167° 10' E.O 13.

Dugong, islet on the New Guinea coast. 10" 31' s., 143" 03' E.

Dugumenu, a low, coral island 0.5 m. in diameter, of the Trobriand group.

Duipoi, islet of Mahabarina, of the Killerton group, off the north shore of Milne bay,
New Giiinea.

Duke of Clarence, see Nukunono of the Union group. 17.

Duke of Gloucester, a group of three atolls named bj- Carteret in 1767. Nuku-
tapipi or Margaret, Anuanurunga, Coronados or Four Crowns, and Anuauuraro
or Archangel, in the Paumotu archipelago. 21.

Duke of York, a group of 13 islets, of which this is the largest, Bismarck archi-
pelago, between New Britain and New Ireland. It is 5 m- E-w., 3.5 m. x-s.
Makada and Uluare are the only others of any size, but all except Ulu are in-
habited by cannibals. 4 09' s., 152 ' 28' E. lO.

Duke of York, see Atafu or Oatafu of the Union group. 17.

Duke of York, see Moorea, Society islands. Name given by Wallis July 27, 1767. 20.

Dumoulin, group of four islets and tM-o detached rocks, Baiiri, Ana karukarua.
Ana badi badila, Uarama kiukiu. The first is 365 ft. high and inhabited. 10^55's.,
150 43' E.

Dumplings, a group of three islets from 180-250 ft. high on the northeast coast of
New Guinea.

Duncan, a group of islets in Torres strait. 10" 16' S., 142" 06' E.

Duncan, of the Galapagos.

Dundas, on the northeast coast of Auckland islands. New Zealand.

Duudas, see Apamama, Gilbert islands. 7.

DungeneSS, islet on the south coast of New Guinea near Tut. 9° 51' S., 142 ' 55' E.

Dunk, islet of the Australian coast. 17° 58' S., 146' 11' E.

Dunkiu, see Nukuor, Caroline archipelago. 4.

Duperre, a group of five wooded islets on a reef in the Louisiade archipelago, it" 12's.,
152 E.

Duperrey, a low, wooded, inhabited island in Humboldt bay on the north coast of
New Guinea.

Duperrey, see Aura, an islet of Mokil, Caroline islands. This name is applied to
]\Iokil, also.

Duportail, a group on the north side of Ne\\' Britain, 5 m. by 2.7 m. There is an
active volcano near the southwest end. 4" 55' S., 151" 21' E. Named for Lieu-
tenant Duportail of the I'.sprrancc. lO.

Duroc, islet in Alcmene passage. Isle of Pines.

Durour, a flat islet on the coast of New Guinea, discovered by Carteret September 19,
1767. l' 33' S., 143° 11' E.

D'Urville, in west end of Cook strait, New Zealand.

[141]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 59

D'Urville, see Kairu, New Guinea.

D'Urville, see Nama islet of Losap, Caroline islands. 4.

Dyar, islet on the New Guinea coast. 1° 37' S., 131° 45' K.

Eap, an old spelling of Yap, Caroline islands.

Bar, islet of Uluthi, Caroline islands.

Earl Dalhousie shoal, Caroline islands. 8° N., 145" 09' E.

Earle = Pana krusima of the Louisiade archipelago.

Hast Fail! or Liitke, a low coral island 0.7 m. long, with fringing reef, uninhabited.
Caroline islands. 8" 33' N., 151 26' H.

East, see Waremata of the Louisiade archipelago.

Hast, a group of four islets off the north coast of New Hanover, the easternmost being
the largest.

East, islet 60 ft. high off Florida, Solomon islands.

Hast, islet off Kandavu, Fiji; rocky, 69 ft. high.

Hast, islet of Wari or Teste, New Guinea, 100 ft. high.

Easter, see Rapanui.

Hastern, islet of Midway islands, Hawaiian group, 1.2 m. long, 6-15 ft. high, covered
with coarse grass and small shrubs; sand dazzling. 28 12' 22" N., 177 22' w.

Hbadon, islet of Kwadjalin, Marshall islands. 9" 22' N., 166" 53' K.

Hbon, called also Boston and Covel, of the ^Marshall group, consists of 21 well wooded
islets on a reef 25 m. in circumference. Discovered May 25, 1824, by Captain
Rav, an American. 4 ' 48' N., 168^ 45' w. The islets of importance are called
Jurijer, Enijarmek, Ebon, Dereg, Eniiadok, Guamaguamlap, Euer, Munjak, Taka,
Enilo, Jio, Met. Ebon islet forms the south and southeast side of the atoll; 5 m. long;
is the largest and most important of the group. American mission station. 6.

Hbuma, islet So ft. high, near Samarai on the southeast coast of New Guinea.

Eddystone, see Panarora of the Louisiade archipelago. It is 540 ft. high and inhabited.

Eddystone, see Narovo, Solomon islands. II.

Edgecombe, see Tupua, of the Santa Cruz group.

Hdigen, islet of Kwadjelin, Marshall group.

Efate^^Fate or A'ate or Sandwich, of the New Hebrides.

Egerup, see Erikub of the Marshall islands. 6.

Egg, see Nui of the Ellice group. 18.

Egg, see Lehua, Hawaiian group.

Egniont, see Vairaatea, Paumotu archipelago. 23.

Egmont of Carteret is Santa Cruz, or Deni (Nitendi).

Hgum, atoll in the Trobriand group, is 13 m. in diameter, the encircling reef opening
only on the NW. and NE., having six islets on the north portion, Degargara,
Yanaba, Wiakou, Napasa, Tabunagora, Nagian ; while in the centre of the lagoon
are Fandaio, vSimlakita, Kadais Mua and Egum in one group to the north, and
Nasakor consisting of four islets to the south. 9 26' s., 151° 58' K. 9.

Hhiki, islet of Panasia, Louisiade archipelago.

Hiao, called also Masse, Knox, Hiaou, of the ^Larquesas group, is 6 m. XE-SW., 2000 ft.

high, well wooded, but uninhabited. 8° 02' S., 140' 41' w. 33.

[142]

6o INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Hil, Malk or Irakong, of the Pclew islands, is rocky and well-wooded. lo" ii' 30" N.,

134° 27' 30" E.
Eimeo, see Moorea, Society islands. 20.
Binmlap, islet of Udjelong, Marshall islands.
Birek, islet of Wotto, Marshall islands.

Hjeet, islet in Majuro lagoon, 9.5 m. from from the entrance, ^Marshall islands.
Ekolo, islet of Ontong Java. 5° 38' s., 159° 34' E. II.
HlatO, or Haweis, Caroline group, consists of the islets Falifi, Toass, Nanioliaur.

f 30' N., 146° 24' E.
Bid, a small, high island near Naviti, Yasawa group, Fiji. Of triangular form, i m.

long. The north point is in \f 09' 40" s., 177° 10' 10" E. Named for Henry Eld

of the United States Exploring Expedition.
Blephant, islet of Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides.
Blisabeth, one of the Admiralty group; a low coral island 1.2 m. x-s, by 0.2 m. wide;

iuluil)ited. 2' 55' S., 147" 03' E.
Blisabeth, near Mbenga, Fiji.

Elisabeth, see Henderson of the Paumotu archipelago.
Elisabeth, see Toau of the Paumotu archipelago.
Elisabeth, see Manoba of the Solomon islands.
Eliza, see Tepoto of the Paumotu archipelago.
Eliza, see Onoatoa of the Gilbert group.
Eliza, see Peru of the Gilbert group.
Blla, islet of Ifalik, Caroline islands.
Bllice group. Consists of nine low atolls of which eight are inhabited; extends

xw. by x.-SE. by S. about 360 m.; peopled from Samoa, except Nui whose inhabitants

came from the Gilbert islands. \'isited by Maurelle in 17S1, and by Captain

de Peyster in 1S19. The atolls are Nurakita or Sophia, Nukulaelae or Mitchell,

Fangawa, Funafuti or Ellice, Funafana, Nukufetau or De Peyster, Waitupu or

Tracy, Nui or Netherland or Egg, Niutao or Speiden or Lynx, Navomana or

Hudson, and Nanomea or St. Augustine. 16.
Ellice, see Funafuti.

Blliott, island of P'iji, named for the Chaplain of Wilkes' ship. 18' 51' S., 178° 24' E.
Blmore, islet of Odia atoll, Marshall group.
Elsou is the same as Aukena of Mangareva.

Bmery, or Wea of the Atana group, northwest from Rotunia; 700 ft. high.
Bmmons, islet of the Hudson group, Fiji. 17" 38' 20" s., 177" 06' E. x\ high islet

named for Lieut. Geo. F. Emmons of the Wilkes Expedition.
Encarnacion of Quiros (1606) was placed in about 24" 50' S., 137" 42' \v., but there is

no land near that position. As Qxiiros estimated the distance from the American

coast at 1500 lcs;itas it would be difficult to identify his island, which he describes

as nearly level with the water.
Bnderbury, a guano island of the Phoenix group, 3 m. by 2.5 m., and 23 ft. high.

The north point is in 3" 06' 35" S., 171" 14' 25" w. 17.
Bnderby, islet on the northeast coast of Auckland island. New Zealand.

[143]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 6i

Hnderby, one of the Tamatam or Los Martires group in the Carolines, discovered by

Ibargoitia in 1799. It consists of Alet and Poloat with a fringing reef 5.5 m. K-w. '

and 3 m. N-s. f 19' 25" x., 149° 15' K. 4.
Enear, islet of Ebon, Marshall islands.

Engebi, islet on the north side of Eniwetok, Marshall islands.
Engineer, see Tnbutubu, New Guinea.
Hngineer group, in 10" 37' s., 151° 16' k., consists of four islands, Berri berrije or

Slade, Nara nara wai or Skelton, Kuriva or Watts, and Dekatua or Butchart. 9.
Bngnoch, islet of Yap, Caroline islands.
Eniwetok, or Brown of the Marshall group, was discovered by Captain Thomas

Butler, December 13, 1794. Consists of 30 islets on a reef 29 m. in diameter.

The north point is in 11" 40' N., 162° 15' E. 6.
Etikaba, islet of Fiji, 2 m. b}- i m., well wooded, and inhabited. The north end is in

iS' 50' s., 181° 06' 30" E.
Entrance, islet east of Prince of Wales in Torres strait. 10" 42' S., 142' 17' E.
Entrance, at the mouth of Aird river. New Guinea.
Entrance, islet in the Louisiade archipelago.
Entrv, see Kapiti, New Zealand.
Enybarbar, islet of Rongelab, Marshall islands.
Enyebing, islet of Ailinglap, Marshall islands.
Enylamiej, north islet of Udjae; one of the finest in the ^Marshall islands. 9" 21' x.,

165^ 36' E.
Enyvertok, islet of Rongelab, Marshall islands, ii'' 16' x., 167" 43' E.
Eo, another name for Beaupre, Loyalty group. 13.
Eori, an uninhabited islet of the Manumutha ira group, Fiji.
Epi, see Api of the New Hebrides.

Epoko, the westernmost islet of the Renard group, Louisiade archipelago.
Eraniau, at the entrance to Erakor lagoon. Fate or Sandwich island, New Hebrides.

Headquarters of the Presbyterian mission.
Erikub, or Bishop Junction or Egerup, is an uninhabited island of the Marshall

islands, 25 m. bv 6-1 1 m. The southeast point is in 9° 06' x., 170" 04' H., accord-
ing to Kotzebue.
Eromanga, a high and rocky island of the New Hebrides, 30 m. by 32 m. Five

missionaries have been murdered here. 12.
Erradika, or Hat islet at the, entrance to Havannah harbor in Fate, New Hebrides,

contains a coral mound 345 ft. high rising from a low island.
Erronan, see Futnna, New Hebrides.
Eru, islet of Kwadjeliu, Marshall group.
Erub, or Darnlev in Torres strait, is a volcanic island 5 m. in circumference and 610 ft.

liig'li- 9 35' 20" S., 143° 45' E.
Eruption, see Misima in the Louisiade archijaelago.
Eschscholtz, a name given to Bikini bv Kotzebue in honor of Johaun I). Eschscholtz,

who was naturalist on both of Kotzebue's expeditions. 5.
Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides, called Australia del Espiritu Santo b}' Quiros in

April, 1606, and by the settlers and traders plain Santo, Marina of the natives, is

[■44]

62 INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

a high volcanic island 75X40 m. in extent, and 4000 ft. high. Inhabitants were,

and to some extent still are cannibals. The southwest point is in 15° 38' 08" s.,

166° 46' 30" E.
Estancelin, see Maturei Vavao in the Ac^seon groiip, Paumotu archipelago.
!Etal, of the Carolines, is 12 ni. in circumference and has some 400 inhabitants. Fine

breadfruit trees here are said to measure 60 ft. to the first limb. 5 35' n.,

153° 43' K- 5-
Kthel, islet at the head of Port Moresbj-, south coast of New Giiinea.
;Eua, of the Tongan group, was discovered by Tasman in January, 1643, who called it

Middleburg. It is 10 m. southeast from Tongatabu, is 30 m. in circumference,

and 1078 ft. high. 21" 20' 30" s., 175° 02' w. About 300 inhabitants. 18.
Euaiga, see Eviaiki of the Tongan group.

Kuaiki, islet of Tongatabu, much higher than the others. 2i°o7'3o"s., i74°55'w. 18.
!Eugene, islet on the southwest coast of Ysabel, Solomon islands. 8° 17's., 159° ii'e. ll.
Bugenie, islet in Cloudy bay on the coast of New Guinea.
Bunauro (Euna), or Cette, is on the southeast coast of New Guinea. 10^ 25' S.,

149° 26' E. Rocky, thickly inhabited by savages who have large canoes and fight

chieflv with spears.
Burupig or Kama, Caroline archipelago, consists of two islets on a reef 2.5 m. long.

Population, 50. 6° 40' N., 143" 10' E. 3.
Bvans, of the Louisiade archipelago, was discovered in 1841. 9° 10' S., 151 55' E.
Evans, islet of Sugar-loaf, is in Cook strait. New Zealand.
Bwing, islet on the northeast coast of Auckland islands. New Zealand.
Bwose, near Tonga in the New Hebrides, is 1.2 m. NW-SE., and 1076 ft. high. About

30 inhabitants.
Exchequer, see L'Echicjuier. 8.
Exploring islands, a name given by Wilkes in 1840 to an important group in Fiji

enclosed by a reef 77 m. in circumference, which has a sloping edge to windward.

The islets are Munia, Malatta, Osubu, Vanua mbalavu, Avia, and Susui.
Byo, islet in Makira harbor of San Cristoval, Solomon islands.

Faaite, or Miloradowitch of the Paumotu islands, was discovered by Bellingshausen in

1819. It is 15 m. long and 5 m. wide. The west end is in i6°43's., 145° i9'3o"w. 31.
Fabre, a guano island of the Huon group.
Faed, see Abgarris of the Bismarck archipelago.

Fafa, islet of Tongatabu, Tongan islands. 21° 05' S., 175° 08' w. 18.
Faiava or Wasau islet of Uea, Loyalty group.
Faioa, islet of Uvea or Wallis. It is covered with coconuts.
Fais, see Feys, Caroline archipelago.
Faitruk, a group in the west part of Ruk lagoon, Caroline islands. Consists of Tol,

Fanup, Fanupenges, Remalum, Oni, Utet, Jawt, etc. Population not less than

8000; fierce, untamed heathen.
Faiu (east) or Liitke, of the Caroline islands, was discovered bv Liitke, and is a low

coral island 0.7 m. long; uninhabited. 8° 33' 20" N., 151° 26' E. 4.

[145]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC I SI AMDS.

Fail! (west), low, wooded, coral islet, 300 yards in diameter and uninhabited. 8'03'x.,
146° 50' K. 3.

Faguin, see Rowland.

Fakaafo or Bowditch, in the Union group, was discovered by Captain Hudson of the
United States Exploring Expedition. A British protedlorate was proclaimed June
20, 1S89. A triangular coral island 8 m. x-s., 4 m. E-w.; population about 250. South
point is in 9"' 26' 40" s., 171" 03' 15" w. Sixt_v-two islets. Also written Fakaofn. 16.

ENOLISH HARBOR,

FIG. 4.

Fakaina, see Akahaina of the Pauniotu archipelago.

Fakarawa, or Wittgenstein, was discovered by Bellingshausen in 1S29. A lagoon
atoll 32 m. by 10 m. vStation of the French Resident for the Paumotu archi-
pelago. Northeast point is in 16' 05' s., 145" 33' w.

Falalep, islet of Uluthi of the Caroline archipelago.

Falalis, islet of Wolea, of the Caroline archipelago. Population, 600 (Gulick).

Falang, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7' 21' 22" N., 151' 52' 57" H.

Falcon, Tongan group. 20' 21' S., 175" 23' w. First seen as a breaking reef from

H. M. S. Falcon in 1885. An eruption of that vear left it 2 m. long and 2 so ft.

[146]

64 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

high, according to a survey in 1889. Ten years later Captain Field, in H. M. S.
Pengiiiji.^ found nothing but a breaking shoal.

Faleii, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands.

Falevai, islet in the Tongan group.

Falifi, islet of Elato, Caroline islands.

Fallafagea, a form of Kelifijia in the Tongan group.

False, islet on the northeast coast of New Guinea, near Huon gulf.

False, see Thikonibia, Fiji.

Falulap, islet of Wolea, Caroline archipelago.

Fanadik, central islet of Tamatam or Los Martires, Caroline archipelago.

Fananu, islet of Namolipiafane, Caroline islands.

Fandaio, islet in the lagoon of Egum, atoll of the Kiriwina group. 9" 25' S., 151'57'E.

Fangataufa, see Ahunii, Paumotu archipelago.

Fangawa, westernmost islet of Nukulaelae, Ellice group. 9 22' S., 179" 50' E. 16.

Fanning was discovered in 1798 hy Captain Edmund Fanning, an American, in the
ship Betsy. Annexed by England March 15, 18S8; 9.5 m. xw-SK., 27 m. in cir-
cumference; very fertile; English harbor on the west side is within an opening
to the lagoon, and the principal houses are south of this. 3 5i'25"n., I59°22'\v.

FanuatapU, high, rocky islet, east coast of Upolu, Samoan islands.

Fantiatapu, inhabited islet on the southwest side of Nui, Paumotu archipelago.

Fanup, islet of Ruk lagoon, Caroline archipelago.

FanupengeS, islet of Ruk lagoon, Caroline archipelago, 3 m. east from Tol.

Faore is the second in size of the Stewart islands at the northwest end of the reef.

Fapula, islet on the east coast of Ysabel, Solomon islands. 8 19' s., 159" 42' E. II.

Fara, islet on the east coast of Ysabel, Solomon islands. 8" 09' s., 159" 35' E. II.

Faraguet, a low, wooded islet of Sans Souci group. New Guinea. 3° 08' S., 142° 24' E.

Farailes, islet of \\\)lea, Caroline archipelago.

Farallon de Medinilla or Bird Island, of the Marianas. \^olcanic, 2 m. XE-S\v., 50 ft.
high. 16° 30' N., 146' E. See map of Marianas under that name. Farallon is the
common Spanish term for an isolated high rock.

Farallon de Pajaros, in the Marianas, is an active volcano 1039 ft. high ; in eruption in
1S77. Discovered by Douglas Sept. 12, 17S9; 1.2 m. in diameter. 20° 36'N., 144 55'E.

Farallon de Torres, in the Marianas. Formerly pinnacled rocks, but now reduced
by the adlion of the waves or volcanic forces to rocks awash. Named for a former
governor of Guam. 16" 51' n., 145" 50' E.

Fararik, islet of Ifalik, Caroline islands. 3.

Faratllep or Gardner, of the Caroline islands, was discovered by Liitke, March 28,
1818. There are three islets on a reef 4 m. in circumference. 8° 36' N., 144 36' E.

Fataka, or Mitre, was discovered by Captain Edwards, in 1791, while searching for
the mutineers of the Bflituly. It is uninhabited; 2 ni. NW-SE. A British pro-
teAorate was proclaimed OAober i, 1898. 11° 55' s., 170° 10' E. 12.

Fate, the correct form of Vate or vSandwich, as v does not occur in the alphabet of that
island. Also called Efate and Efat. Is considered the finest island of the New
Hebrides; 20 m. E-\v. i7"4o',s., 168" 2o'e. The natives have more Polynesian blood
than their neighbors, and there are many Samoan words in their language. 13.

[147]"

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 65

Fatuba, one of the Pleiades group, northwest from Uea of the Loyalty islands.

FatufatU, a rocky islet of Tahaa, Society islands. 20.

Fatuhiva or Magxlalena of the Marquesas group. Discovered by Alvaro de Mendana,

July 21, 1595. It is 8 ni. x-s., 4 m. K-w., and 3675 ft. high. The west end is in

10° 24' vS., 138° 40' \v.
Fatuhuku or Hood of the Marquesas group. An uninhabited island, 1180 ft. high;

discovered in 1774 by one of Cook's midshipmen who afterwards became Lord

Hood. 9° 26' s., 138° 56' w.
Fatumanga, the southwesternmost islet of the \'avau group, Tongan islands.
Fauna, islet in the northeast part of Ruk lagoon, Caroline islands. Population, 150.
Fauro, volcanic island 11 m. x-s., and 1925 ft. high, in the Solomon group. 6 56' s.,

156^ 04' E.
Fawsawtl, islet of Ruk, Caroline archipelago.
Fead, see Abgarris in the Bismarck archipelago.
Fedarb, a group of three thickly wooded islets in the Admiraltj- islands. The eastern

t)ne has a conical peak 250 ft. high. 2" 22' S., 147"" 26' K.
Feartl, or Hunter, was discovered by Captain Fearn in the II 11 11 In in 179S. It is a

volcano 974 ft. higli, wooded on the slopes; sulphurous vapors escape. 22" 24' S.,

172' 05' E.
Federal, or Ingraham, is Nukuhiva of the Marquesas islands.
Fefau, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands.
Fenuafu, islet of Uvea or Wallis.
Fenua iti, see Takutea of the Hervey group.
Fenualoa, of the vSanta Cruz group, is 4.5 m. X-S. by 0.7 m.; 100-200 ft. high.

P^xtensive reefs.
Fenua ura, or Scilly of the Society group, was discovered by Wallis in 1767. It is a

circular reef 6-7 m. in diameter with a closed lagoon; inhabited. 16" 31' ,s.,

154" 43' w.

Fenua ino, a wooded islet of Tahiti opposite Tomotai valley.

Ferguson, islet in Shallow bay of Admiralty island.

Ferguson, island in ]\Iarau sound east of Guadalcanar of the Solomon islands.
9 50' 30" S., 160' 48' 45" E.

Fergusson, see Moratau of the D'Entrecasteaux group.

Ferneaux, see Marutea, Paumotu archipelago. 2,Z-

Fetohougo, a spelling of F'atuhuku of the Marquesas group.

Fetouhouhou, see Hatutu of the Marquesas group.

Fetuku, see Fatuhuku of the Marquesas group. 23.

FeyS, or Tromelin of the Caroline archipelago, was discovered by Captain Tromelin
in 1828. 2.6 m. in circumference and 30 ft. high ; of coral rock, but has no lagoon
or fringing reef. When discovered had 300 inhabitants. 9" 46' N., 140 35' E. 3.

Fiji or \'iti. An important group of the central Pacific comprising 155 islands, 100
of which are inhabited, as many more islets and reefs. The total area is not less
than 7500 square miles, extending in longitude from 175"" E. to 177' w., and in
latitude from 15 s. to 22 .s. Tlie formation is both coral and volcanic, although
there are no aftive volcanoes. Coral formations mav be studied here to great ad-

Me.moirs B. p. H. Mvskum. \'ol. I.. No. 2. — 5.

[149]

66 INDEX TO THE FACfFIC ISLAXPS.

vantage. The higliest peak rises to a height of 5000 ft. In 1SS9 the population,
including Rotuma, was 124,010, of which 122,012 were native Fijians. These are
a fine race, all nominallv Christian, although within the memory of man, can-
nibals. The language is a branch of the same stock whence the Polynesian lan-
guages have been derived, and is not difficult to acquire bv English-speaking people.
As the consonants have a different pronunciation from that of the English language
the printed page seems far more remote from the Polynesian dialects than it
really is. The names of islands, for example, spelled in the form adopted by the
missionaries are quite different from the colloquial. The pronunciation is as
follows : b =. mb, c = th, d = nd, g ^ ng, q ^ nq or ngg, p := v, vu = b. The
vowels nearly as in Italian. Dialecfls occur in several parts of the group, but not
at all to the extent found in the islands of the western Pacific. The group was
discovered by Tasman February 6, 1643, ^"^1 ^"'^ ^""'^ named Prince William Isl-
ands. D'Urville made the first chart of the group, and in 1840 Wilkes spent six
months surveying the entire archipelago. In 1875 (September i) Fiji was for-
mally proclaimed a British colony. Thakombau, like Kamehameha on Hawaii,
brought some order out of the devastating civil wars between petty chiefs, and
during the last vears of his life his supremacy was fully recognized by all the
other chiefs. After the annexation the seat of the colonial government was at
Levuka on Ovalau, but since'1882 this has been transferred to Suva on \'iti levu.
The foreign government seems wiselv administered and is acceptable to the
natives. In Februarv and Marcli the rainfall reaches its maximum. During
the hot months, from December to April, cvclones often of great severity occur.
The temperature in the shade during the hot season ranges from 66° to 88°. From
April to November, the fine weather season, the average daily temperature in the
shade is about 78°. In 1876 the rainfall for the year at Levuka was 108.05 inches;
rain fell on 162 daA-s, the greatest fall for one day being 5.6 inches. Products of
the group are copra, sugar, cotton, fruit, peanuts, fibre and pearl shell. Fiji is the
form of the name in the windward portion of the group, \'iti in the leeward.
Among the best books to be consulted for information on Fiji are Narratiir oj the
United States Exploring Expeditio)i 18^8-1842, by Wilkes; Eiji and the Eijiaus,
181^8, by Rev. Thomas Williams; A Mission to I'iti, by B. Seemann ; King and
People of Fiji, b^• Waterhouse.

Fila, a raised coral and wooded islet on the southwest side of Fate, New Hebrides.

P'irth, apparently a misprint for Frith. See Ilamu of the D'Entrecasteaux group.

Fischel, islet in Astrolabe bay on the north coast of New Guinea.

Fischer, see \tsschers of the Bismaixk archipelago.

Fishermen, a low, sandy group off the coast of Motii, surrounded by reef. So named
because the canoe which came off to the Bramble had long seines fitted like Eng-
lish nets. Natives of a dark copper color and numerous. 9"3o's., 147° 02' E.

Fit3, island 100 ft. high off the coast of New Britain. 4' 52' S., 150'' 31' K.

Fitzroy, island off Cape Grafton, Australia. 16 56' .s., 146° 02' E.

Flat, islet of the^Haszard group. New Guinea.

Flat, see Hemenahai of the Louisiade archipelago.

Flat, islet on the south coast of Huapu of the Marquesas islands.

[150]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 67

Fliegen, on the New Guinea coast. 7" 20' s., 147' 23' E.

Flinders, or Great, on the north side of Banks strait, 2550 ft. high.

Flinders, group on the Australian coast. 14^ 11' s., 144" 17' E. Named for Captain

Matthew Flinders.
Flint, a low, guano, uninhabited island belonging to Great Britain. It was discovered

in 1801. 2.5 ni. long, and 0.5 ni. wide. 11° 25' 43" .S., 151" 48' w.O
Florida, one of the Solomon group. The name was given by the discoverer, Mendaiia.

The native name is said to be Ngela, but others declare this is onl^- the name of a

district. It is 1500 ft. high and populous. There are several stations of the

Melanesian mission on the coast. 9" 02' S., 160 20' E.
Fly, islet on the northeast coast of Fate, New Hebrides; low, covered with trees.
Fly, two islets off Death Adder bav on the northeast coast of New Guinea.
Folger, one of the ^lagellan islands whose existence is doubtful.
Follenius, islet on the north coast of New Gtiinea.
P'onuafala, see Fakaafo. 9" 22' S., 171 17' \v.
Fonualei, Amargura or Gardner of the Tongan group, in 18° 02' S., 174'' 24' w., was

destroyed by an eruption in August, 1847. Ashes were thrown in large quantities

on passing ships 500-600 m. to the northeast.
Fonualoa, see Fakaafo. 9° 27' .S., 171" 14' w.
Fonualoa, Tongan group.

Forbes, group on the Australian coast. 12° 18' s., 143^ 24' E.
Forfano, see San Alessandro, X'olcano islands.
Forsyth, one of the Wellesley group in the gulf of Carpentaria.
Fortuna, 360 m. northeast of Fiji. Same as Fotuna below.
Fotuhaa, islet of the Tongan group.
Fotuna, with Alofa the Home islands. 8.2 m. by 5.2 m. Mt. Schouten is 2500 ft.

liigh. 10" 14' 15" S., 178" 10' w. 18.
Four Crowns, see Anuanumnga of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.
Four P'acardins, see \'ahitahi, Paumotu archipelago.

Fox, island 2 m. long, near Naviti in the Yasawa group, Fiji. 17' ii's., i77'o9'3o"e.
Fox, see Renard of the Louisiade archipelago.
Francis, see Peru of the Gilbert islands. 7.

Frankland, group on the coast of Australia. 17° 15' S., 146" 15' E.
Franklin (of Ingraham), see Motuiti, ^Marquesas islands.
Fraser, or Great vSandy, on the ea.st coast of Queensland. 24" 42' S., 153 11' E.

North end.
Frazer, see Andema of the Carolines.
Freemantle (of Roberts), see Eiao, Marquesas islands.
Freewill, see Pegan. o' 57' n'., 134'" 21' E.
French, islet in Laurie harbor, Enderby island.
French, group discovered bv D'Entrecasteaux and named lies P'rancaises. They are

all high and adjacent to New Britain. 10.
French Frigates, of the Hawaiian group, was discovered by La Perou.se November

6, 17S6. He gave the name Basse des Fregates Francaises. It is usual to make

the mistake in translating to print in the singular, but the name was given for

68 INDEX TO THE PACfFfC ISLANDS.

the two frigates of the expedition. A pi6liiresqiie rock, very difficult of ascent,
rises 120 ft. from the lagoon, and around are reefs and sand banks. Coarse grass
and some small shriibs compose the vegetation. The lagoon and outer shores
abound in sharks. 23° 46' 30" X., 166" 16' \v. 3.

Freycinet, in Dumbea passage, New Caledonia. Round, moderately high, wooded.

Friday, north from Prince of Wales in Torres strait. 10' 35' s., 142 09' K.

Friendly, the name given by Cook to the Tongan group.

Frith, in the southwest part of Moresby strait, D'Entrecasteaux group. 2 m. K-w.,
1.2 m. N-s.; 500zb ft. high; man}- inhabitants. Wallaby abound.

Ftia, islet of Hapai, Tongan islands.

Fulanga, Fiji group. The west bluff is 150 ft. high. Inhabited. Fine timber.
19 04' 30" s., 181° 19' 40" E. East end.

Fulatutasi, islet of Fakaafo or Bowditch. 9 24' S., 171 13' \v.

Funafana, southernmost island of the Ellice islands.

Funafuti, or Ellice, was discovered by Captain de Peyster March 18, 1819. A lagoon
atoll 13 m. by 7.2 m. There are some 30 islets; principal one long but ver^-
narrow. Of recent interest as the scene of a boring into the coral reef, and of zoo-
logical investigations, which have been pitblished by the Australian Museum.*
8° 35' 50" s., 179° 10' 40" K. 16.

Fungalei, islet of Uvea or Wallis; about 200 ft. high.

Furneaux, a group in Bass strait composed of Clarke, Cape Barren and Flinders.

Futuna, or Erronan of the New Hebrides, is about 15 m. in circumference and 1931 ft.
high. There are 900 inhabitants; of Tongan origin.

Gabagabawa, islet northwest from Duau, D'Entrecasteaux group. 9°44's., 150° 53' E.

Gabba, islet on south coast of New Guinea. 9° 45' s., 142° 37' E.

Gadogadoa, prominent islet, 315 ft. high, on the southeast coast of New Guinea.

Gagan, islet of Kwadjelin of the Marshall islands.

Galapagos. This group, on some accounts one of the most interesting in the Pacific
region, lies on the equator some 600 miles from Equador, to which it belongs. It
extends 1 30' both north and south of the equator, and the centre of the group is
in longitude 90" 30' w. Dampier, who visited these islands in May, 1684, gave a
quaint accouut of their inhabitants: "The Spaniards, when they first discovered
these islands, foitnd multitudes of guanoes ( iguanas ) and land-turtle or tortoise,
and named them the Galapagos ( tortoise ) islands. I do believe there is no place
in the world that is so plentifully stored with these animals. The guanos here
are fat and large as any that I ever saw ; they are so tame that a man may knock
down 20 in an hour's time with a club. The land-turtle are here so numerous
that 500 or 600 men might subsist on them alone for several months without an}-
other sort of provision ; they are extraordinary large and fat, and so sweet that no
pullet eats more pleasantl}-." All the early visitors speak of the abundance of
this nutritious food; the buccaneers made good use of it, and in 1813 Porter, near

*Taking this island as a typical Central Pacific atoll, we may note the fauna as given by Hedley in the Memoirs of the Australian Museum,
iii., 1899. No other portion of this Central Pacific fauna has been so well studied. It is composed of 2 Mammals, 15 Birds, 5 Reptiles,
73 Fishes, 2 Knteropneusts, S7 Crustaceans, 27 Arachnid.s, 5 Myriopods. 42 Insects, 440 Molluscs, i Brachiopod, 2S Echinoderms, 5 Annelids,
12 Gephyrean worms, 16 Sponges. 8 Hydrozoa, 2 Scyphozoa, and 120 Aiftinozoa,

[152]

INDEX TO THE PACIEfC ISLANDS. 69

a bay on the northeast part of James island, took on board abont 500 individuals,
or nearly 14 tons: Jdiinial oj a C'niisr made to the Pacific Occa}i, New York, 1822,
2 vols. 8vo. Tlie tortoise are now nearly extinct, and some species (there are dis-
tinct ones on different islands) have whollv disappeared. See Catalogue of the
gigantic Land Tortoises in tlie Britisli Miiseiini, by Giinther, London, 1877. There
are six principal islands, nine islets, and many mere rocks. All are volcanic, and
Darwin ( I'otcanic Islands) estimated the number of extinct craters at 2000. The
largest island, Albemarle, is 60X 15 ni., and 4700 ft. high. The other islands are
Narborough, Culpepper, Wenman, Abingdon, Bindloe, Tower, James, Jarvis,
Duncan, Indefatigable, Barrington, Charles, Hood and Chatham. See Proceed-
n/os 0/ tlic Royal Geographical Society., 1880, pp. 742-755.

Galera ( La), discovered April, 1568, bv Pedro de Ortega Valencia and Hernan Gallego
of Mendana's expedition. Solomon islands.

Galoa, see Ngaloa, Fiji.

Gambler, see Mangareva in the Paumotu archipelago. Discovered b\- Captain Wilson
in the Da ^ and named for Admiral Lord Gambler. 22.

Ganges, nothing certain known of this island or reef reported in 39 47' x., 154° 15' E.

Gannet, see Karewha, New Zealand.

Garahi, islet of Sariba, southeast coast of New Guinea; 355 ft. high.

Garden, see L'in of the Louisiade archipelago.

Gardenijs was named by Tasman for a member of Council for Lidia. Tasman calls
it Gerrit de Nijs and Gardenys on the same page of his journal (p. 42 of transla-
tion), 1643. About 20 m. off the northeast coast of New Ireland; i6oozt: ft. high.
The north end is in 3 ' 04' s., 152" 38' H.

Gardner, of the Bismarck archipelago, is about 29 m. wxw. from Gardenijs, and more
than 1600 ft. high. The north point is in 2" 45' s., 151 55' E.

Gardner, see Faraulep of the Caroline archipelago.

Gardner, of the Hawaiian group, is a rock 200 yards in diameter, and 170 ft. high.
It was discovered by the captain of the American whaler Malo, June 2, 1820.

25 00 40 N., 167 59 05 \V.

Gardner, or Kemins, is the southwestern island of the Phoenix group. 4" 37' 42" S.,

174' 40' 18" w.O
Gardner, see Fonualei, Tongan islands.
Garnot, a volcanic cone in the Schouten group on the north coast of New Guinea.

3' 31' •'^•- 144' 34' K.
Garrick, on the New Guinea coast. 7 48' s., 144' 52' E.
Gaspar Rico, a name of Taongi, Marshall islands.
Gau, see Ngau, Fiji.
Gaua, Gog or Sauta Maria of the Banks group, is 10 m. in diameter and 2200 ft. high.

It has about 2000 inhabitants. 14° 15' S., 167° 28' K.
Gaudichaud, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7° 32' 35" N., 150' 59' 32" E.
GavotU, islet of Solomon islands.
Gawa, an island of curious stru6lure in the Trobriand group. It is 2 m. in diameter,

and a coral wall rises 400 ft., within which is a plateau 100 ft. lower. Population,

500±. 8° 30' S., 151° E-

[153]

7°

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISIAXDS.

Gela, see Florida, Solomon islands.

Geloon, or Gchm, one of the Hermit islands. Inliabited. i 32' S., 145° E.

Gente Hermosa, or Swain, was discovered by Quiros March 2, 1606, and by him
named La Peregrina. Espinosa called it Isla de Gente Hermosa, from the beauty
of the inhabitants. It is 7-8 m. in circumference, and 15-25 ft. above the sea;
lagoon closed. At the time of the Wilkes expedition it was well wooded, but now
the island is occupied by an American, Jennings, who has 800 acres planted with
coconuts. II 05' .s., 170" 55' 15" w. 15.

Georgian, name given by Cook to Tahiti and the southeast group; tlie northwest he
called Society, for the Ro^-al Society.

Gera, inhabited i,s]et off the northeast coa.st of Guadalcanar, Solomon islands.

Gero, islet in Uarai bay, southwest side of New Caledonia.

Gerrit Denys, see Gardenijs of the Bismarck archipelago.

Gesira, islet 220 ft. high on the southeast coast of New Guinea.

Gibbons, see Daiwari of the Louisiade archipelago.

Gicquel, a volcanic island on the north side of New Britain. Found by late surveys to
be a portion of the main island. West end, 4° 57' s., 149 52' K. Named for one
of the pilots of the Recherche. 10.

Gie or Pine islet off Isle of Pines. 13.

Gigila, islet 420 ft. high, wooded; connected with Abaga gaheia by reef on the south-
east. Louisiade archipelago.

Gikuo, islet of Ontong Java. 5° 19' s., 159" 46' H. II.

Gilbert, islet, low and wooded, near Schouten islands on the north coast of New Guinea.

Gilbert, see Maiana of the Gilbert islands. 7.

GILBERT ISLANDS.

Native Name.

Chaht Name.

D1.SCOVEEER.

Latitude
North.

lonoitude

East.

Square Miles.

Population.

Makiii.

ItlltJU-ittlli.

lluraki.
.\[)Hiaiift-.
Tarawa.
.Maiana.

Pitt.

TouchiD^.
.Matthew.
Charlotte.
Knov. Cook,
(iilbert. Hall.

.Marshall & I Albert.

.Marshall k (Jilbert.
Marshall & (Jilbert.
Marshall & (iilhert.
Marshall * (iilbert.

17X.S.

17.VS.
I7.S.S.
17S.S.
17SS.

:!• -Hi tr,"
:i 11
L' (»
1 .■.N
1 311 ii.")
0 .-,.-. :io

172° 2S' 45"
172 21

\1% 2.T

172 68 :tt
17:i 02

173 (13 4n

ii:-,
9.7

15..-)

1.-...-)
n..-.

r.uu

l."UO
2000
3000

3; 00

4(!00

Siiiipsoii C;roiip:

Kuria.

.\raiiuka.

.Vli.aniauia,

KiiiK'Siiiill <>riiii|

NoiU)Uti.

Tapiteuea.

Peru.

Xiikunau.

Oiioatoa.

Tamana.

.\rorttl.

>\'oo(lle.

Henderville. Xauki.
Mo]ilier. Hojrer. Sinip>

S.viienhaiM.

I>n]lntuon(l. Bishop.

FralK-is.

B.vroii.

Clerk, Onutu.

llotcher. Phtebe.

Hope, Hurd, Aiore.

Marshall & (iillicrt, 17s.->.
.Marshall & liilbert.
Marshall A- (iilb.-rt. 17.w.

Caiit. DniMinioiHl.
(■ai>t. Clerk. 1S27.
H.vrou. 17<i5.

Elisabeth. iSot).

13
13

(I.S
17
23
.53
32
3!)

173 2S
173 41
173 53

174 IH 111
174 45

171)
175
175
177

56
34
311

II.."
9.1

13.;

11.."

15(10
ll)(IO
.■,11(IU

(JOOO
.SCOO

2000

5(100
3(100
2000
2500

Gilbert Islands, so named by Krusenstern for the captain of the Charlotte, consist of
16 islands not more than 20 ft. above tlie sea. The area of dry land is not more
than 150 sq. m. Population, 50,000. They belong to Great Britain. The inhabi-
tants have been christianized b^- the missionaries of the xA-inerican and Hawaiian
Boards and the Bible has been translated into the language of the group by Rev.
Hiram Bingham, D.D. In former days the people were noted for the manufa^lure

[■154]

INDEX TO THE PACfEfC ISLANDS. 71

of armor from coconut fibre, and sj^ears and knives armed with shark's teeth.

Having no stone their adzes and axes were made from the hard shell of the

Tiidacna gis:cix.
Gilia, islet 200 ft. high, between Bagaman and Bobo eina, Louisiade archipelago.
Gilua, of the Kiriwina group. 8' 37' 30" S., 150" 50' E.

Ginara, islet on the south coast Murua, Kiriwina group, g'' 07' .s., 152° 28' K.
Gingala, group of six large and two smaller islands off Cape Cretin, northeast coast

of New Guinea. ]\Iostlv conne(5led with each other and the coast by reef.
GippS, one of the French islands, 3 m. in circumference, thickly populated. Gey.sers

on the southeast shore. 4" 32' S., 149" 06' K.
Givry, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7" 08' 55" x., 151° 52' 07" E.
Gi^O, of the Solomon islands, is 300-400 ft. high and has a fringe of reef and islets.

8" 01' s., 156° 48' E.
Glen, islet 30 ft. high off Cape \'ogel, New Guinea. 9 45' .s., 150" 05' E.
Glennie, see Anser.

Glenton, or Kato katoa, is 3 m. in circumference and 400 ft. high, xo 40's., i5I°04'e.
Gloucester, on the Aiistralian coast. 20° .s., 148° 27' E.
Gloucester, see Paraoa of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.
Goat, islet off Pangopango harbor, Tutuila, Samoau islands.

Goat, islet 90 ft. high, off north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji, at entrance to Wailea bay.
Goat, fourth islet from the westward in Wotje atoll, Marshall islands.
Goat, see Korolib, Fiji.
Goat, see Santa Clara.

Gobigobi, rockv islet 330 ft. high, Brumer islands.
Gog, see Gaua or Santa Maria, Banks islands.
Gogan, islet of Rongerik, Marshall islands.
Goodenough, .see Dauila of the D'Entrecasteaux group.
Goodhope, see Rekareka of the Paumotn archipelago. 31.
Goodhope of Schouten is probably Niuafoou of the Tongan group. 18.
Goodman, .see Nugarba of the Bismarck archipelago. 10.
Goold, on the Australian coast. 18" 10' .s., 146" 12' E.
Goro, better Koro, Fiji. Fertile, 9.5 m. by 4.5 m.. .South point is in 17" 23' S.,

179° 25' 50" E. 14.
Goulou, old spelling of Ngoli, Caroline islands.
Goulvain, see Dobu of the D'Entrecasteaux group. Goulvain was boatswain of the

Rcclieiclic.
Gower, of the Solomon islands, was named by Carteret in 1767. It is the Inattendue

of Surville ( 1769). 7" 55' s., 160° 30' E.
Gowland, off the south shore of Collingwood bay. New Guinea. 9" 30' s., 149° 19' E.
Grace, one of the Bonvouloir islands in the Louisiade archipelago. 10"' 18'. S., I5I°o8'e.
Gracious, a group named by D'Urville Les lies Gracieuses. Bismarck archipelago.

6 09' s., 148' 57' E.
Gran Cocal, see Nanonianga of the Ellice islands.
Grand Duke Alexander, a name given b}- Bellingshausen in 1820 to Rakaanga or

Reirson.

[155]

72 INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

Grandes CN'clades, a name given by Bougainville to the New Hebrides.

Grange, see Banabana, New Guinea.

Grant, a low coral islet near the north point of Basilaki, southeast coast of New

Guinea. lo" 32' 45" s., 151° 02' 50" R.
Grass, or Wanim, islet of the Louisiade archipelago, is 390 ft. high.
Green, islet on the Australian coast. 16° 15' s., 146° 01' K.
Green, islet of the south coast of Admiraltv. The Groene Evlanden of Tasman.

2° 15' S., 147° 05' E.
Green, islet on northeast coast of Auckland.

Green, one of the low Tiri islands of \'anua levu, Fiji. 16"^ 24' 14 "s., i79°05'27 "e.Q
Green, islet in the southeast corner of the lagoon on Ocean, of the Hawaiian group.
Named for W. L. Green, Hawaiian Minister of Foreign Affairs. 28" 25' N., 178° 29' w. 2.
Green, islet of Volcano island in Blanche baj-, New Britain.
Green, islet in Port Preslin, New Ireland.
Green, east of New Ireland, 300 ft. high, denselv wooded.
Green, see Pinipel, Bismarck archipelago.
Greenwich, Constantin or Kapinga marangi, Caroline islands, consists of 28 islets on

a reef 14 m. n-s., 8-9 m. K-w. Discovered in 1825; 15° inhabitants, i"' 04' x.,

154° 45' K-

Greig, see Niau, in the Paumotu archipelago.

Grenville, a name of Rotuma.

Gressien, see Muschu in the New Guinea region.

Griesbach, on the northeast coast of Bougainville, Solomon islands, is a group of
small islands. 6° 11' s., 155° 44' E.

Griffith, near New Guinea. Southwest end 7" 43' s., 144° 35' E.

Grimes or High, Caroline islands, was discovered by Captain Grimes in 184 1. It is
6 m. in circumference, wooded. 9° 15' N., 145° 33' E.

Grimoult = Kiamu, New Caledonia.

Gronemann, islet in Astrolabe bay, north coast of New Guinea. Small and uninhabited.

Gros, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7° 27' 02" N., 151° 53' 50" E.

Guadalcanar, the Guadalcanal of Gallego and Mendafia who discovered it in April,
1568. One of the larger of the Solomon islands. Native name Guambata. 80 m.
by 25 m. and 8000 ft. high. Northwest point is in 9° 15' S., 159" 40' E.; east point,
9°5o's., 160° 47' E. II.

Guadalotipe (Islade), in the Solomon islands. Discovered in April, 156S, bv ]Men-
daiia's expedition in latitude 9° 30' s.

Guahan, a spelling of Guam, Marianas group. Guajan is another form.

Gualito, see Ngtialito, Fiji.

Guam or Guajan of the Tvlarianas or Ladrones. On this island, in 1668, the Span-
iards founded a mission under the direc^tion of Padre de Sanvitores who declares
that during the first year he baptized 13,000 people and converted 20,000. His
conversions were so very thorough that when Dampier visited the islands in 1686
there were but 400 alive! Kotzebue, in 1817, found a single couple of the in-
digenes surviving. The population in 1873 amounted to about 7000, imported from
the Philippines and the Carolines. Guam is 29 m. long. Ks a result of the

[156]

INDEX TO THE PACIE/C ISLANDS. 73

Spanish-American war this island became the property of the United States. See map

under Marianas. 1340'N., 144° 55'K.,nortli point; 13'" i5'n'., 144^47'R., south point.
Guap, see Yap, Caroline islands.
Guap, islet in Dallmann harbor on the north coast of New Guinea, is inhabited b}-

peaceable Papuans.
Gtldin, on the New Guinea coast. 3'" 28' .s., 132° 30' E.
Gue, islet near Coetlogon passage, Uea, Loyalty group.
Guetche, islet on the same reef with the preceding.

Guguan, an inaccessible rock 2.5 m. by i m. in the jNIarianas. 17' 19' x., 145" 49' e.
Guilbert, on the New Guinea coast. 3 12' S., 143^ 15' E.
Gulewa, in the Louisiade archipelago, i m. east from Pana udiudi; 0.7 m. long, 315

ft. hiuii ; inhabited.
Gumaian, eastern and largest of the Basses islands, Louisiade archipelago.
Gumoti, islet near Roux group on the southeast coast of New Guinea.
Gunner's Quoin, or He Plate, islet on the south side of Huapu, Marquesas islands.
Guppy, a small, wooded island in Choiseul bay on the west side of Choiseul island,

Solomon islands. Named for Dr. H. B. Guppj-, who has written much on the

►Solomon islands.

Haafeva, islet of the Tongan group.

Haaio, islet on the south coa.st of Raiatea, Society islands.

Haane, islet on the .south coast of Huahuna, Marquesas islands.

Haaono, islet of the Hapai group, Tonga islands.

Hack, islet of Oneatoa, Gilbert islands, i" 54' 30" s., 175 ' 39' E.

Hacq, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands.

Hagemeister, see Apatiki of the Paumotu archipelago. 20.

Haggerstone, on the Australian coast. 12° 02' S., 143 18' E.

Haidana, off Port Moresby on the south coast of New Girinea. 9''27's., 147' 02' E.

Haines, near James bay on the southeast coast of New Guinea; i m. long, 0.2 m.

wide, 250 ft. high. 10" 41' 10" s., 151° 03' 40" E.
Hairiri, see Paraoa of the Paumotu archipelago.

Hakelaki, tm the east coast of Ysabel, Solomon islands. 7" 53' s., 159' 22' E.
Halelei, islet on east side of Maramasiki, Solomon islands, inhabited by wild and

treacherous natiyes.
Half-way, islet in Torres strait. 10' oS' s., 143 ' 17' E.
Halgan, see Uea, Loyalty group. 13.
Hall, see Maiana, Gilbert islands. 7.
Hall, see Morileu, Caroline islands. 4.
Hamelin, or Leliogat; low and wooded. Loyalty group.
Hamilton, on the Australian coast. 20" 22' vS., 149° E.
Hammond, on the New Guinea coast, 3.5 m. by 1.5 m., 600 ft. high. 10" 30' .s.,

142^ 13' E.
Hammond, see Rendoya, Solomon islands.
Hanakubakuba, one of the Obstru(5tion group, so called because they block the pa.s-

sage betreen Nuakata island and East cape of New Guinea. It is 270 ft. high.

[157]

INDEX TO THE FACIEI C ISLANDS.

Hancock of Roberts is Hatiitu, Marquesas islands. 33.

Hannam, island on the east side of Willaumez peninsula, New Britain.

Hannibal, on the Australian coast. 11' 37' s., 142° 56' E.

Hansa, see Wilcan, New Guinea.

Hanudamava, islet 273 ft. high, near Port jMoresby on the southeast coast of New-
Guinea.

Hao, see Hau of the Pauniotu archipelago. 21.

Hapai, group of the Tongan islands, is composed of many small islands on a reef
40X23 m., of which little is known.

Harcourt, group consisting of Karu and Ague, north from Ugue bav on the north-
east coast of New Caledonia.

Hardttian, group of two islets, low and wooded, in the Louisiade archipelago.

Hardy, north of Collingwood bay on the coast of New Guinea. 9" 11' s., 149° 21' E.

Hardy := He St. Ignace, Loyalty islands.

Harikoia, second in size of the Brumer group. New Guinea; 520 ft. high; inhabited.

Harowani is the east of the Killerton group in Milne ba}-, on the east coast of New-
Guinea. A station of the London Missionary Society.

Harp, see Hau in the Paumotu archipelago. 21.

Harper, on the coast of New Guinea. 8° 04' S., 148° 09' K.

Harris, or Mewadi, is off the coast of Nornianby (Duau), D'Entrecasteaux group.
9° 52' S., 150' 57' K.

Hash, see Mokor of the Caroline islands. Said not to exist.

Hastings, in the Bonvouloir group, Louisiade archipelago; 400 ft. high. 10 20' .S.,
151 52' K.

HaSZard, two islands in the Engineer group. The southern one is about a mile long,
200 ft. high, with a reef encircling. 10" 38' s., 151" 22' K.

Hat, see Watu vara, Fiji group.

Hat, see Teauaua of the Marquesas group.

Hat, see Arabi of the New Hebrides.

Hat, islet in Geelvink bay on the north coast of New Guinea.

Hat, islet at entrance to Havannah harbor, of Fate, New Hebrides.

HatutU, or Chanal of the Marquesas group, is 4 m. by i m., and 1380 ft. high.
Perhaps the Nexsen of Captain Fanning, 1798. Marchand called it Chanal;
Ingraham christened it Hancock, and Roberts named it Langdon. 7 57' S.,
140° 34' w. 33.

Hau, Bow, or Harp, was discovered by Bougainville in 1768. Cook visited it the
next year and called it Bow. It is 30 m. long and 5 m. wide. 18" 03' 38" s.,

Mo" 59' 15" w. 21.
Hawaii, the largest of the Hawaiian group, was called by Cook Owhyhee, misunder-
standing the article O Hawaii. The island is wholly volcanic, composed of lava
emitted from Kea, Loa, Hualalai and Kilauea. Of these volcanoes Kea has at-
tained the height of 13,825 ft.; Loa, 13,675 ft.; and Hualalai, 8275. The area of
the island is 4015 sq. m. While a large part of the surface is barren lava, along
the shores and in the valleys on the north and east sides much sugar is produced,
and on the west side the best coffee of the group is found.

[i5«]

INDEX TO THE PAC/E/C ISLANDS.

Hawaiian Group. Called by Cook Sandwich islands in honor of his patron the
Earl of Sandwich, a cordial hater of Americans. The gronp was discovered by
the Spaniard Jnan de Gaetano in 1555, and again b}- Cook January- 18, 1778.
The}' were annexed to the United vStates Jnlv 7, 1898.* The gronp consists of
eight principal islands and a long range of uninhabited rocks extending many de-
grees to the northwest. Perhaps more books have been written about the Hawaiian
islands than about any other group in the Pacific. The Geology has been pub-
lished by Dana, the present writer and others; the Botany by Mann and Hille-
brand ; the Ornithology by Wilson, Rothschild, Dole and Br\an ; the Entomology
by Perkins and others; Herpetology by Stejneger. Other departments of Nat-
ural History have not been adequately studied. Historical books, apart from the
Voyages, are by Dibble, Bingham, Fornander and Alexander. A grammar of the
language and a dictionary were published by ^Andrews, and the translation of the
Bible by the American missionaries preserves the Hawaiian language in its purity,
while in common use it has become very corrupt. A ver\- competent government
survey, under the charge of Professor W. D. ^Alexander, has measured and mapped
the topography. In 1898 the imports amounted to $10,368,815.09; the exports,
$17,346,744.79; Custom House receipts, $896,975.70.

HAWAHAN ISLANDS.

.^liKA IN S(iiAin': .\Iii.p:w.

HKKiHT IX FKKT.

I'OrULATIOS IX ISiJH.

Hawaii 4.:)15 2,.570.0Uij l::.s2."i Xi,-J>i:i

Maul 72)S 486,0(111 1 il.03-' 17.721)

Oalui 6110 ; :i.s4,UU(l 4.:KI) 40,2I1.t

Kauai ai'j I :!48,()0U 4.si!lj I'l 22.5

.Molokai 261 ' 167.000 4,!«.s 2.:;07

l.aiKii 13.". sii.oou :i,4;io Ki.-i

Niiliail i)7 (iJ.OIKI M:i| 104

Kalliiiilawe Oil 44. ','00 . 1,427

KauUl. Lehua, Nihoa, Necker. Freiii-ii FriKatPN, (.iardiner. La.vsaii. LiKiaiisk.v, Mi(lwa..v. and i}wM\ arc rni-ks, nniuhabitpd save b.v tlip/c/rr
luiliira".

Haweis, see Elato of the Caroline islands.

Hawkesbury, islet in Torres strait. lo" 22' .s., 142" 07' K.

Hayman, northwest of Hook on the Australian coast. 20" 03' s., 148" 56' K.

Hayter, see Sariba on the New Guinea coast.

Head, high, wooded island in China strait. 10" 34' 35" s., 150 44' 40" K.

Heath, 200 ft. high, off the coast of New Britain. 4" 51' .s., 151' 32' K.

Heath, see Rogeia, New Guinea.

Height, see Hemeni of the Marquesas.

Hemenahei, or Flat is the easternmost of the Calvados chain in the Louisiade archi-
pelago; 2.5 m. H-w. by 1.2 m.: cultivated, but not inhabited because considered
unhealthy. 11° 11' S., 153" 05' K.

Henderson, or Elisabeth of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered b\- a boat's crew
from the whaler Essex, in 1820, and named for Captain Henderson; 5 m. l)y 2.5 m.,
80 ft. high; of raised coral, much undermined by waves. Cliffs are perpendicular,
except on the north side. Uninhabited. 24 25' S., 12S 19' \v.

*June 14, l8gS, the Newlaiids anuexation re>ululi<m passed the House of Representatives : July 6tll the .Senate conJimied the same . Jul\
7th the President signed the joint resolution : .\ugust 12th the United States flag was raised, ami President Dole transferred tlie jurisdiction
to the United States : but it was June 14, 1900. when annexation went fullv into effeet.

[159]

76 INDEX TO THE PACIEIC I STANDS.

Henderville, see Aranuka of the Gilbert islands.

Hennake ( Henuake of Wilkes), see Pukapuka, Paumotu archipelago. 32.

Henry, a low islet of the l^nderwood group, Fiji. 17° 41' 30" s., 177 17' 30" K.O

Heraiki, Croker or St. Onentin, was discovered by Bonecheo in 1772; 4 m. \w-SE.;
uninhabited. 17° 28' s., 143" 23' 42" w.O 21.

Hereheretui, Bligh or San Pablo, was discovered by Ouiros in 1606. It is low, un-
inhabited, and has a closed lagoon; about 3 m. in diameter. 21 40's., 140° 38' w.O

Hergest, see Marquesas i.slands.

Hergest Rock, see IMotuiti of the Marquesas islands.

Hermit, Los Ereniitanos, Agonies, a group of 17 islets, of which only Loof and Geloon
are inhabited, extending 10 m. N-s., 13 m. K-w. i 36' s., 145^ E. 8.

Heron, or Ola, is northeast from Roua, Louisiade archipelago. 10° 18' .S., 154' 16' K.

Hervey, a name given bv Cook September 23, 1773, for Captain Hervey, afterwards
Earl of Bristol, Lord of the Admiralt^•. It applies properK- to the two northern
islands. In 1777 Cook discovered Mangaia, Aitutaki and others. Krusenstern
proposed the name of Cook for the southern group, but there seems no geographi-
cal division and Cook's name should hold.

Hetau, islet of Bouka, Solomon islands. Small but tliickK- populated b\- men of
powerful build and thorough cannibals.

Hetchin, islet of Malekula, New Hebrides. luliabitcd and cultivated; natives have
war canoes large enough to carry fifty men.

Heuschober, of the Admiralty group. 2 ' 44' S., 147 18' K.

Hevaisi, islet of Panatinani, Louisiade archipelago, 275 ft. high.

Heyn, small, wooded, 95 ft. high ; 30 m. northwest from Rook or Umboi in the Bis-
marck archipelago. 5 25' S., 147° 44' K.

Heyou, of Beechc}-, is Hau of the Paumotu archipelago.

Hiaou, a spelling of Eiao, Marquesas islands.

Hibwa, a small, sandj' islet 60 ft. high, northwest from Nuakata, Louisiade archipelago.

Hieh, in Auckland harbor, New Zealand.

High, on the Australian coast. 17° 09' s., 146' 03' K.

High, on the Australian coast. 10° 43' s., 142° 24' E.

High, islet on the northeast coast of Eromanga, New Hebrides. 18° 40' vS.. 169° 20' t:.

High, islet in Bismarck archipelago. 4' 48' s., 150° 03' E.

High, islet of Arno, Marshall islands.

High, see Grimes of the Caroline islands.

High, see Wuli of the Louisiade archipelago.

Higham, islet in Shallow bay, Admiralty island.

Hikneru, or Melville, was discovered bv Cook and called Bird, April 6, 1769. Un-
inhabited atoll of the Paumotus, well wooded. The lagoon has a boat entrance.

17° 35' S., 142' 39' w. 21.
Hilap, islet of Caroline islands.

Hillsborough, of the Beechey group of the Bonin islands. 27° oS' N., 142° 15' E.
Hinchinbrook, on the Australian coast. 18° 23' .s., 146' 15' E.O
Hincliinbrook or Man, see Vele, New Hebrides.
Hitchin, islet on south coast of Malekula, New Hebrides. 12.

[160]

INDEX TO THE PACfEK' ISLANDS. 77

Hiti, or Eliza, one of the Raeffsky s^Toup in the Panniotns. Fninhabited. 16" 42' .s.,

144' 09' w. Also called Ohiti and Clute. 31.
Hivaoa or Dominica, of the Marqnesas islands, was discovered bv Mendana 21-22 July,

1595. Dumont D'lTrville calls it Oniva-Hoa. 22 ni. by 6 ni., 2S20 ft. high. The

most fertile and populous of the group. Population in 18S0, 2500zb- The east

end is in 9 47' s., 138" 47' \v. 33.
Hiw, the largest of the Torres group in the New Hebrides, is 6.5 m. X 3-5 ui-, and

1200 ft. high. 13" 04' .s., 166"" 30' K.
Hogoleu, see Rule, Caroline islands.

Holborne, on the Australian coast. 19" 42' s., 148° 21' E.

Holeva, islet 2.5 m. long, on the same reef with Lefuka, Hapai group, Tongan islands.
Holland, see Howland.

Holt, see Taenga of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.
Home, group on the Australian coast, ii" 57' s., 143° 17' E.
Honden, see Pukapuka, Paumotu archipelago. 23.

Honegueneck, one of the Pleiades group northwest of Uea, Loyalty islands.
Honni, see One, Gilbert islands.

Hood, of the Galapagos, is the southernmost of the group; 640 ft. high.
Hood, see Fatuhuku, Marcjuesas islands.
Hook, on the coast of Australia. 20" 07' s., 148" 57' E.
Hope, islet on the Great Barrier reef.
Hope, see Arorai, Gilbert islands.

Hope (Captain Charles Hope) see Xiuafou, Tonga islands.
Hopper, see Apamama of the Gilbert islands.

Horea, islet on the north side of Tiano pass, west coast of Raiatea, Society islands.
Horn, between Torres and P^ndeavor straits. 10' 36' s., 142 16' E.
Home, group discovered by Le IMaire and Schouten May 19, 1616. Consists of F'otuna

and Alofa. Under French protedlorate.
Homo, of the Admiralty group. 211' S., 147" 46' E.
Hosken, small, wooded, 150 ft. high. 7" 36' S., 147" 37' E.
Houaf, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7" 39' 05" x., 151 43' 42" E.
Houahouna, a chart form of Huahuna of the Marquesas islands.
Houtourou, the native name for Little Barrier in Auckland harbor. New Zealand.
Howe (Lord), see Mopiha, Society islands.
Howick, group on the Australian coast. 14 30' .s., 145" E.
Howison, in the Fiji group; 36 ft. high. 18' 51' ,s., 178" 25' 30" E.O
Howland was discovered by the American Captain Netcher, September 9, 1842.

2 m. X 0.5 m., 20 ft. high. A guano island now claimed by Great Britain.

o" 49' X., 176° 40' \v.
Htiaheine, easternmost of the Leeward group of the Society islands, discovered by

Cook July, 1769; 20 m. in circumference; divided at high water into Huaheine nui

and Huaheine iti. Population, iioo. 16' 42' 30" s., 159' 01' 15" w. 20.
Huahuna, of the Marquesas islands. 8' 55' s., 139 34' \v.
Huapu, or Adams of the ^Vlarquesas group is a bold and rocky island rising to a

height of 4042 ft., and covering about 45 sq. m. 9 24' s., 140 05' w. 33.

78 INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

Hudson, of the Fiji group, was named for Captain W. L. Hudson of the Ignited States
Exploring Expedition. i8" 52' S., 178° 26' H.O

Hudson, see Nanonianga of the EHice group. 16.

Hudson, see Mamanutha, Fiji.

Hudson Group, Fiji, comprises Carr, Walker, Johnson, Case, Emmons, Alden, Craven,
Perr\-, JNIalolo, Malolo lailai, Soni, Palmer, Waldron, and Spieden, all named for
members of the Wilkes Expedition. It is the extreme southwest group of Fiji.

Huga, islet of the Tongan group. Also Huga Haabai and Huga Toga.

Hueguenee, or Pine islet of Uea, Loyalty group.

Huerta (Garden), the Spanish name of the island called Trevanion by Carteret, now
known by the native name Temotu. It is off the northwest end of Santa Cruz in
the New Hebrides, about a mile from shore. Roughly triangular; 2.5 m. on a side.

Hugon, islet in Uitoe bay on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

Huhunati, one of the Abgarris group, Bismarck archipelago. 3° 25' S., 154° 37' E.

Hui-wadiamo, or Chaumont, lies dire6lly south of Panaman, Louisiade archipelago.
" 34' -^M 153' 08' E.

Hull, a very small, reefed islet of the Bonvouloir islands, 0.5 m. N\v-SE. 10" 23' S.,
151° 10' E.

Hull, of the Phoenix group, was discovered by Wilkes August 26, 1840. A British
protectorate was proclaimed July 11, 18S9. The south point is in 4° 31' 25" s.,
172° 1 8' 15" w. 17.

Hull, see Sands of the Austral group.

Humphrey, see Manihiki. 19.

Hunter, of the New Hebrides, is a volcano 0.5 m. in diameter and 974 ft. high, dis-
covered by Captain Fearn of the Hunter in 179S. Sulphurous vapor issues from
the wooded sides. 22° 24' 02" S., 172' 05' 15" E.

Hunter, see Fearn on southeast side of New Caledonia.

Hunter, see Kili of the Marshall islands. 6.

Hunter, group off coast of Tasmania.

Huon, group northwest from New Caledonia, was discovered by the D'Entrecasteaux
expedition and named for Captain Huon de Kermadec. Consists of North Huon,
Leleizour, Fabre, and Surprise; the last in 18° 31' s., 163° 08' E. 13.

Hurd, see Arorai of the Gilbert islands. 7.

Huxley, see Bobo eina of the Louisiade archipelago.

labama, islet in the Louisiade archipelago, 220 ft. high; wooded and cultivated, be-
tween Nuakata and East cape.
lakuilau, a low coral and sand islet on the west coast of Viti levu, Fiji.
latnbu, a rock, densely wooded, 370 ft. high, west from Yanutha, Ringgold group, Fiji.
lataui, the western islet of the Montemont group, Louisiade archipelago; 40 ft. high.
Ibargoita, see Suk of the Caroline islands.
Ibbetson or Ibbetsen, see Aurh of the Marshall islands.
Ich-Higen, islet of Port Puebo on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.
Idaha or Aplin, a low, uninhabited islet at the northwest end of the visible Great

Barrier reef. 9' 24' S., 146 51' E.

[162]

I XI) EX TO THE PAC/E/C ISLAXDS.

le, islet of Port Mueo on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

lehgabate, islet on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.

lehhingetl, islet on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.

lenga, islet near Port Yengen on the northeast side of New Caledonia.

leroni, see Maitre, New Caledonia.

Ifalik or Wilson, of the Caroline islands was discovered by Captain Wilson in the
Diiff'wx 1793. It consists of fonr islets abont a lagoon reef 5 "i- in circumference.
Ifalik, Moai, Ella and Fararik. 7" 14' x., 144 31' k. 3.

Iguari, E^ast and West, two islands in the east side of China strait, the first 400 ft.
high, the other about 200 ft. high; cultivated and wooded.

Igurin, islet on the south side of Eniwetok, Marshall islands.

Ikara is on the north side of Yasaiosa bay. New Guinea. 9" 39' s., 150" 02' p;.

Ikaika, Keino or Cliffy, of the Eouisiade archipelago, is 250 ft. high off west side of Wari.

Ikop, eastern islet of Naraolipiafane, Caroline islands. 4.

Iku, or Lone Tree islet in Bingham channel, Apaiang, Gilbert islands. 7.

Ilamu or Frith, west islet in Moresby strait between Dauila and Moratau of the
D'Entrecasteaux group, g ' 26' s., 150° 24' E.

He Bouzet, see He Nou.

lie Nou, a convict station near Noumea, New Caledonia.

He Plate, or Gunner's Quoin in the Marquesas islands.

Ilei, one of the Arch group; 0.3 m. xw-SE.; 270 ft. high. New Guinea.

lies du Golfe = Ugi and Bin of the Solomon islands.

lUasasa, of the Kiriwina group. 8° 37' s., 1-51 02' E.

Illina, a peak 615 ft. high, between Bougainville and Fauro of the Solomon islands.

Imbert, a reef islet in the Louisiade archipelago. 11 02' s., 151° 17' E.

Immer, see Aniwa, New Hebrides.

Impakel, islet of Yap, Caroline islands.

Itnsa, islet in Orangerie ba\-, south coast of New Giiinea. 10° 24' S., 149" 34' E.

Inattenduc of Surville is Gower of Carteret. Solomon islands.

Indefatigable, of the Galapagos, also called Duke of Norfolk; 24 m. E-w., 17 m. x-s.

Independence, a name given in i860 to Maiden.

Independence, see Sophia of the Ellice group.

Indispensable, of the Solomon islands. \2 30' S., 160" 15' E.O

Ine, islet on the south side of the lagoon of Arno, Marshall islands. A trading sta-
tion there.

Infernal, see Nokue, Isle of Pines.

Inueki, islet on the south coast of Korido, Schouten islands, o" 55' S., 135° 30' E.

Inyeug, islet of Aneiteum, New Hebrides. 20° 15' 17" s., 169" 44' 44" E.

Ipotet, a rocky islet off Cape Vogel on the northeast coast of New Guinea.

Irakong, or Eil Malk of the Pelew group. 10" 11' 30" x., 134° 27' 30" E.

Iririki, islet with a beacon in Fila harbor on the southwest side of Fate. New-
Hebrides. 187 ft. high.

Iriru, islet on the south side of the entrance to F'aaroa bav, Raiatea, Societ^• islands.

Isenay or La Baleine, one of the Pleiades group northwest from Uea, Loyalty islands.

Isie, islet of vSt. \'incent bav on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

Li 63 J

So INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Islas de los velas latinas ^ Southern Marianas.

Islas de los Reyes, name given by Saavedra in 1528 to a part of the Caroline islands

supposed to be Uluthi.
Isubobo, islet off the southeast coast of New Guinea, near Sideia island; 115 ft. high.
Itai, islet in Nandi waters on the west coast of Viti levu, Fiji.
Itamati, islet on the reef of Pavuvu or Russell islands, Solomon group.
Itapa, see Santa Ana, Solomon islands.

Itiahi, islet at the entrance to Maupiti lagoon, Society islands.
ItO or Didymus, on the .southeast coast of New Guinea, r.2 m.Xo.5 m.; 500 ft. higli;

uninhabited. 10° 33' 50" .s., 150° 46' 25" E.
Iwa, .see Jouveney of the Kiriwina group.

lyin, or Garden, is south of Tagula of Louisiade archipelago; 170 ft. high ; cultivated.
lyoh, islet on the coast of Malaita, Solomon islands.

Jabbering, group of four islets in Ward Hunt strait. 9 38' s., 149" 53' E.

Jabeia, islet between Yasawa and Naviti, Fiji.

Jabor, islet of Jaluit, Marshall islands. 5° 55' n., 169 39' E.

Jabwat, of the Marshall islands; 0.7 m. X 0.2 m. 7 43' x., 169" 05' K. 6.

Jacob, islet on the New Guinea coast. 3" 07' S., 132" 27' E.

Jacquemart, off the .south coast of Campbell island, New Zealand.

Jacquinot, a conical island off the north coast of New Guinea. 3° 25' s., 144" 22' E.

Jaluit or Bonham, of the Marshall islands, was discovered in 1S09 from the brig
Elisabeth. It is an atoll with 50 iglets on a reef 32 m. x-s., and from 7 to 20 m.
wide. In 1S82 the population was 700. The lagoon has a depth of 25-30 fathoms.
Now the seat of the German Government in the Marshall group. The north point,
according to Captain Brown, is in 6' 22' N., 169" 22' E. 6.

James, of the Galapagos, is 1200 ft. high. 0° 15' 20" s.

Jamna, on the north coast of New Guinea. The natives superior to those farther east.

Jane, islet in the Caroline islands.

Jane, islet, 600 ft. high, at the head of Port Moresby, New Guinea.

Jappen, see Jobi, New Guinea.

Jardines (Los), a name given by the Spanish navigators to some garden-like islands
eastward of the Marianas. Krusenstern thinks Namonuito in the Carolines.
Mhuoircs /ivdroi^raphiqius, p. 16.

Jarrad, group on the south shore of Collingwood bay. New Guinea. 9' 34's., 149 30' E.

Jarvis or Bunker was discovered by Captain Bro\\n in the English ship Eliza Francis
August 21, 182 I. A raised coral island 10-12 ft. above the sea, of triangular out-
line; 1.7 m. E-w., I m. N-s. No trees, and little grass; mostly guano. Annexed
to Great Britain June 3, 1889. o' 22' 33" .S., 159" 54' 11" w. 19.

Jarvis, 525 ft. high, 36 m. from the coast of New Guinea. 9 55' s., 142° E.

Jawt, islet of Ruk lagoon, Caroline islands. 4.

JekoitS, islet of Ponape, Caroline islands. An irregular triangle, 1.5 m.^ on a side,
1000 ft. high. 5.

Jemo, Temo or Steep-to was seen from the Na/i/ihis in 1799. It is 0.7 m. in diameter.

10 00' 45" X., 169' 42' E. Marshall islands. 6.

[164]

165 E

Doff Group

15°$ a

. Hi

NupamS Niflcapu

Maiwo

20°$. 1 \ /A Yl |20°S

166'

TucoriA

BANKS ' ISLANDS

Torres Islands

AIaba'« . Vatu RhandI

« Valua

Vanua Lavu J\ •

GAUAr-^

^ MOTA

0 Mengi
'Meralaba

EspiRiTu Santo

AracA
Prumbaa

Ambrvm

MalEkulA \ \^ ^^ Paama

0 Lopcvi

15" S

An-alooo q Matema Group
TinakuU » Nimanu

NiTENDI q/' \

SANTA CRUZ ISLANDS

Tapoua "^^

Vanikoro %J^\ Fataka

Anuda
0

... f^o^.,

~ An)\

^^^_,__^ Tongoa
Numuku" *^ . *

NEW HEBRIDES M-'-Milr""

B. 170°

INDEX TO THE PACIE/C ISLANDS. 8i

Jenkins, 3 m. long, off the coast of New Britain, Bismarck archipelago. 5° 15' s.,

1 50' 39' E.
Jeridy, islet at the east end of Majuro lagoon, Marshall islands. 7°04'x., 171 '24'3o"k.
Jerniaeloff or Yermaloff of Bellingsliausen is Taenga of the Paumotn archipelago.
Jervis is tlie largest of the Bellevue group in Torres strait. 9' 07' s., 142° 11' K.
Jervis, an island of the Galapagos.
Jesu Maria, of the Admiralty group, is 600-800 ft. high, 7-S m. long, inhabited.

2 20' s., 147 40' K.
Jesns ( Isla de), discovered by Alvaro de Mendana January 15, 1568. Perhaps Nano-

mea, Ellice group.
Jih, north islet of Odia atoll of the Marshall islands.
Joannet, see Panatinani of the Lonisiade archipelago.
Jobenor, islet of Lnkunor, Marshall islands.
Jobi or Jappen, a large island at the entrance to Geelvink bay on the New Guinea coast.

no m. K-\v., 10-15 "1- wide, 2500 ft. high. Inhabited by Papuans on the lowlands,

but on the mountains a more savage tribe is in constant hostilities with the

dwellers on tlie shore. Belongs to the Sultan of Tidore and is under Dutch rule.

The east end is in i 46' s., 136^ 52' E.
Johnson, one of the Hudson group, Fiji; 70 ft. high. 17 36' 30" .s., 177" 00' 20" K.Q

Named for Lieutenant R. E. Johnson of the Wilkes Expedition.
Johnston group consists of three thickly wooded islets, about 70 ft. higli, in the

Admiralty islands. 2 ' 25' .s., 147° 06' E.
Johnston or Cornwallis was discovered December 14, 1807, l^v Captain [olmston of

H. M. vS. Cornwallis. Examined in 1859 by Lieutenant J. M. Brooks of U. S.

schooner Ecnniniorc Cooper. It is a lagoon island 3.5 bv 3.2 m. and affords

guano. Claimed b}- the x\merican Guano Company of San Francisco. 16 45' x.,

169' 39' w.
Jomard, low group consisting of Panawaipona and Panarairai and a few islets in the

Louisiade archipelago. 11 15' s., 152" 09' E.
Jombombo, islet in .\strolalje bay, northeast coast of New Guinea.
Jouvency or Iwa, 24 m. east from Kitava in the Kiriwina group, a mile in diameter,

consisting of coral terraces and precipices, thickl\- wooded. Ascent from the sea

by ladders. Ebony in quantity. A finer people than on New Guinea. 8 44' s.,

151° 44' E. Jonvency was Geographical Engineer on the Esprraucc. In the latest

publication of the Admiralty Hydrographic Bnrean this island is called Jouvenc}-

and is so printed on charts.
Juan Fernandez, or Mas-a-tierra, was named for a Spaniard vovaging from Lima to

Valdivia in 1563. It is a volcanic island 12X4 ™m 3000 ft. high, 360 m. west from

Valparaiso. For three years the residence of Alexander Selkirk, the prototvpe of

the immortal Robinson Crusoe. 13 37' 45" s., 78 13' w.
Judge and his Clerk, 24 m. x., 20' E. Intc from the north end of Macquarie island.

54' 22' S., 158^ 46' E.
Jiirien, see Kitava of the Kiriwina group. Jurien was a volunteer on i\\& E.plraini'.
Jurij, islet on the west coast of Ebon, Marshall islands. 4 36' 33" x., 168'' 41' 35" E.

Memoirs B. I'. B. Mi-sei'm. Vol. I., No. 2.-6. L '''S J

82 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Kaafa, see Pvlstaart or Ata of the Tongan islands.

Kaan, a group of eight islets discovered bv Tasman in 1643 and bv him named
Anthony Caens after a member of the Council for India. They are due north
from the northeast point of Xew Ireland. 3 30' .s., 153' 28' E. The people are
described as naked, ferocious and armed with spears. lO.

Kabara, see Kambara, Fiji.

Kahoolawe, of the Hawaiian group, is a rather barren looking sheep pasture south-
west of ]\Iaui. It has an extent of 44,000 acres, and is 1427 ft. high. I.

Kadais, islet in the lagoon of Egum atoll in the Kiriwina group. 9" 26' s., 151" 57' t"..

Kaboer, islet in Geelvink bay, on the north coast of New Guinea.

Kadavu, see Kandavu, Fiji.

Kahalape, islet of Andema, Caroline islands.

Kaiari, islet of Jobi, New Guinea.

Kaileuna, of the Kiriwina group. 8' 35' s., 150° 55' E.

Kaimbo, islet of volcanic and coral formation off east point of Yathata in the Lau
group, Fiji. 1.5 m. long, 150 ft. high, cultivated.

Kairu or D'Urville. Natives wear little clothing, are small ( 5 ft. high ) and active; wear
hair projecting behind in a conical case 18 in. long. West end, 3" 20' S., 143" 26' E.

Kajangle, groiip of four small islands surrounded by a reef in the Pelew group. The
largest is 4 m. in circumference. 8° 03' N., 134° 39' E.

Kakea, islet of Port Patteson, Vanua Lava, New Hebrides.

Kakula, of the New Hebrides, is a low, tree-covered islet on the reef which extends a
mile from the north shore of Fate. It is inhabited.

Kalan, islet of Ontong Java. 5' 30' s., 159 15' E.

Kalap, see Mokil, Caroline islands.

Kalau, islet on the southwest side of Eua, Tongan group.

Kalo, islet at west end of Udjelong, Marshall islands.

Kaluma, a name of Panawina of the Louisiade archipelago.

Kama, see Eurupig, Caroline islands. 3.

Kamac or Table islet in Infernet passage on the southwest coast of New Caledonia.

Kamako or Collie, an islet of Mangareva.

Kambara, Fiji, 3.5 m. by 2 m.; of rectangular form, fertile and well wooded ; 350 ft. high
on the northwest side where there is no reef. South end, 18° 58' 13" S., 181^ 03' E.

Kanathia, Fiji, 5 m. west from A'alua valavo, is 3 m. x-s., 2.5 m. E-w., 830 ft. high.
The peak is in i-]" 16' 30" S., 180° 53' E. 14.

Kandavu (Kadavu), Fiji, was discovered by Bligh and called Mywoolla. It is 32 m.
ENE-WSW., and from half to eight miles wide. Buke levu or Mount Washington
is 2750 ft. high. Population, about 7000. The peak is in 19° 05' S., 177" 58' E.

Kandavu, islet in Nandi waters on the west coast of \'iti levu.

Kandomo, an uninhabited islet of Mamanutha ira group, Fiji.

Kao, a conical rock, 3030 ft. high, northeast from Tofua, Tongan group. 19° 41' 35" S.,

174' 59' 50" w.

Kapeniur, islet of Ailuk, Marshall islands. At the north end; 4 m. in circumference.

Kapenmailang, a small group near Nukuor, Caroline islands, on which a pure Poly-
nesian dialect is spoken.

[166]

INDEX TO THE PACfEIC ISLANDS. 83

Kapenoar, islet of Pakin, Caroline islands. 7 40' 40" x., 157 44' K. 5.

Kapenor, islet of Likieb on the west side, Marshall islands. 6.

Kapintf^a niarano;i, a name of Greenwicli, Caroline islands.

Kapiti or Entry, New Zealand. 40" 50' S., 174' 35' K.

Kapuma, islet in Sonth bay of Fate, New Hebrides.

Karajiu, vSolomon islands. 8" 38' s., 158^ 10' K.

Karajiu geta, Solomon islands. 8 30' .s., 158" 07' K.

Karajiu miki, Solomon islands. 8' 27' s., 158° 05' K.

Karewha, in Bay of Plenty, New Zealand. 37" 29' .s., 176' 10' K.

Kar-Kar or Dampier, a high volcanic peak, 5000 ft. highzb; 36-40 m. in circnmfer-

ence. 4- 42' S., 145' 58' E.
Karkone, one of the Hermit islands, i" 32' s., 145 01' K.
Karlshoff, see Aratika of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.
Karobailo Kawa, islet of the Talbot gronp between Kawa and Mata Kawa at the

nunith of the Wassi Knssa river. New Guinea. 9" 16' S., 142" 11' K.
Karoni, high islet within the reef of Mothe, Fiji. 18 40' s., 181 28' 40" K.
Karu, islet of the Harconrt group, north from Ugne bav on the northeast coast (,f

New Caledonia.
Kassa, New Guinea coast. 9° 15' vS., 142" 19' K.
Kata, see Enderby, Caroline islands. 4.
Katafanga, Fiji, a small island inhabited only during the turtle season. It is tlie

property of an European. East point is in 17' 30' 30" S., 181 19' 30" K.
Katai or Connor, is triangular, each side 1.5 m., 430 ft. high, well wooded. 10 4o'3o'^-i

i5ro5'3o"E.
Katelma, islet of Pakin, Caroline islands. 7 02' x., 157 47' 30" H.
Kater, one of the Bonin group, 160 ft. high. 27 30' x., 142' 16' K.
Katharine, see Udjae, Marshall islands.
Katiu or Saken, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered by Bellingshausen in

1822. The southeast point is in 16" 31' s., 144 12' ro" \v. 21.
Kato katoa, see Glentou, New Guinea.

KattOU, islet off the north point of Babeltop, Pelew islands.
Kau, uninhabited island on the coast of New Guinea.
Kauai, of the Hawaiian group. Here Cook first landed. It is the fourth in size and

perhaps the most beautiful of the group. Area, 348,000 acres. Population, 15,228

in 1896. \'olcanic a6lion seems first to have ceased at this end of the chain.

Atooi of Cook. 28 m. K-\v. bv 23 ni. x-.s. I.
Kauehi, see Kawehe of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.

Kaukura or Aura, of the Paumotu archipelago, is about 24 m. long, wooded and in-
habited. 15 43' s., 146"' 50' 36" w. 20.
Kaula, a red volcanic islet off Niihau of the Hawaiian group; 17 m. sw. from Niihau.
Kaven, islet of Maloelab, Marshall islands; 2.2 m. by 0.7 m. 8 51' x., 170 49' i-:.
Kaveva, islet in Saiisau passage on the north coast of \'anua le\-u, Fiji.
Kawa, westernmost of the Talbot group. New Guinea. 9 16 s., 142 09' i:.
Kawau, in Auckland bay. New Zealand.

Kawehe or Kauehi, the \'incennes of Wilkes, in the Paumotu archipelago, was dis-

L167]

84 INDEX TO THE PAC/E/C LS LANDS.

covered b_v Captain Fitzroy in H. M. S. /iraj^lc in 1835. It is 12 m. x-S., open
lagoon with 15 fathoms. South point is in 15 59' 48" s., 145'' 09' 30" \v. 21.

Kayangle or Moore of tlie Pelew islands; 1.5 m. long. 8° 02' 30" X., 134 38' 30" K.
Better spelling is Kajangle.

Kayser, off west coast of Bouka, Solomon islands. 5° 31' S., 154° 36' H.

Kea, an inhabited islet, 570 ft. high, near Vanua levn, F'iji. 16' 39' s., 179 57' 20" K.

Keaba, islet of Ysabel, vSolomon islands. Sometimes spelled Keaha. 8' s., 159° 28' K.

Keai, near Port Chalmers, New Guinea. S' 10' s., 146" 06' K.

Keats, in Torres strait. 9" 41' s., 143" 25' E.

Kelifijia or Falafagea, of the Tongan i,slands. 28 31' s., 175° 18' \v.

Keluna, islet off north coast of New Guinea, near Cape King William. A German station.

Kemin, see Gardner of the Plujenix group. 17.

Kempe, group of two small islands conneded by reef 1.5 m. north from Goulvain or Dobu.

Kemtai, islet 20 ft. high, on the southeast coast of New Guinea.

Kendec, wooded islet in Kumak passage on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.

Kenned}-, see Motuiti of the vSanta Cruz islands.

Kent, group in Bass strait between Flinders and Cape Wilson. See F. Nixon, Xnrra-
Irvc of a visit to the islands in tlir Bass's Stnaits, London, 1S57, Svo.

Kepara, or Two Brothers, was discovered bv DTrvillc. It is west from Bultig, New
Guinea.

Keppel, see Niuatobutabu of the Tongan islands. 18.

Kerakera, islet on tlie bordering reef of Wari, Louisiade archipelago; 60 ft. high
and grass^•.

Kerawarra in the Bismarck archipelago. 4 17' .s., 152 ' 25' K.

Kermadec group. Named by D'Entrecasteaux for the commander of EEspfrainr,
Huon de Kermadec. The group is 500 m. KXK. from the north cape of New
Zealand, and extends 140 m. nne-SSW. There are four islands : the largest, Raoul,
was named by D'Entrecasteaux for the officer who first saw it; the south one for
his ship, L'Esperance. Lieutenant W^atts, in 17S8, discovered Curtis and IMacau-
ley. Group annexed to Great Britain in 1S86 and now a part of the colon v of
New Zealand.

Kerue, see Scjually, of the Bismarck archipelago. lO.

Kewley, see Udjelong of the Caroline islands. 5.

Kia, islet 7S0 ft. high, north of Yanua levu, Fiji, and just within the north j^oint of
the Great Sea Reef. 16' 14' s., 179° 06' K. 14.

Kiamu or Grimonlt, islet in Mneo bay, southwest side of New Caledonia.

Kiangle, see Kajangle, Pelew islands.

Kibu, of the Kiriwina group. 8" 40' s., 150" 48' E.

Kie, islet 760 ft. high, off Muthuata on the north side of \'anua levu, Fiji. 16 I3'54"s.,
170' 05' E.

Kie, islet on the southeast reef of New Caledonia.

Kilagen, islet north side of Udjelong, Marshall islands.

Kilap, islet of Uluthi, Caroline islands.

Kili or Hunter group. Discovered by Captain Dennett; in the Marshall group; 2.5 m.

in diameter, uninhabited. 5' 40' n., 169° 15' E. O

[168]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 85

Killerton, group of small islands on the coast of New Guinea: Harowani, inhabited;
Mahabarina, Waga tumaiawa on the southwest, and four smaller islets. io''23'.S.,
150 3S K.

Kimbombo, three islets within a reef 12 m. in circumference; south and largest
densely wooded, 190 ft. high; middle one coral and sand, 120 ft. high; northern-
most and smallest also coral and sand, too ft. high. Fiji.

Kimuta, westernmost and largest of the Renard group, Louisiade archipelago; 3.2 m.
long. \"illages on the north side.

Kinamue, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands.

Kinde, islet north from Nemmene peninsula, southeast coast of New Caledonia.

King, off northwest point of Tasmania.

King George group, name given by Byron in 1765 to two atolls, Takapoto and
Takaroa of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.

King George, Wallis' name for Tahiti, SocietA' islands.

King, see Taiaro, of the Paumotus.

Kingsmill, a name of a portion of the (Gilbert islands, sometimes applied to the whole
group.

Kioa, in Somo.sonio strait, east of \'anua levu, Fiji; 5 m. XK-sw., 920 ft. high, un-
inhabited.

Kiriwina or Trobriand. Names applied both to the principal island and to the whole
group of low coral but fertile islands. The population is more than iS,ooo of
Polynesian, and a mixtxire of Papuan, Polynesian and Malay. 9.

Kitava or jurien, of the Kiriwina group, is an elevated atoll 300-400 ft. high, with
• an area of 5-6 sq. m. There are 13 villages in the depression which marks the
old lagoon. This is surrounded by a wooded coral wall 50-100 ft. high. Inhabi-
tants are peaceful, industrious and fond of wood carving. They make wide-
mouthed earthen pots for cooking, and have remarkable dances, using a .sort of
double shield in that amusement. 8" 40' S., 151" 24' K.

Kiup, islet of Makin, Gilbert islands. 3 ' 17' N., 172° 56' 20" K.

Kiusick, in the Yasawa group, Fiji; 40 ft. high. 16" 41' s., 177" 33' p;.0

Kivave, islet of Fakaafo. 9" 22' 20" s., 171 12' \v.

Kiwai, a long and populous island at the mouth of the Fly ri\er on the south coast of
New Guinea; 37 m. long. South point in 8 54' .s., 143' 36' E.

Knox, see Ailinginae, Marshall islands. Also islet of this atoll, ii'05'x., 166" 35' E.

Knox, see Eiao, Marquesas islands.

Knox, a common misprint for Knoy, see Tarawa, Gilbert islands.

Knox, islet 47 ft. high, in the Yasawa group, Fiji. 17" 26' .s., 177 02' E.©

Knox group, ten islets 5 m. w. by N-K. by s.; 3 m. s\v. from Mille, Marshall islands.

Knoy, see Tarawa, Gilbert islands.

Kobiloko or Yam, islet of Pavuvu or Russell group, Solomon islands. 9 02' S.,

159° 05' H.
Kodokupuei, islet of Sansoral. 5" 20' N., 132^ 20' E.
Koikoi, on the New Guinea coast. 10° 17' S., 149' 21' E.
Koliviu, a mangrove-covered islet of the Maskelyne group. New Hebrides.

Komachu, islet of Guadakanar, Solomon islands,

[169]

86 INDEX TO THE PACIE/C ISLANDS.

Komo levu, island north of I'lanui, Fiji; r.5 m. by 0.5 111., and 270 ft. high; iu-

liabited. 18 37' 30" s., 181 20' K.
Komo ndriti, dark, rocky companion to tlic last; Icvu = large, ndriti ^ small.

iS 38' .s., 181 18' 30" K.
Konaoe doi, islet of Ono i Ian, Fiji.

Kondogi, islet of Mnendo bay on the sonthwest side of New Caledonia.
Konduyo, islet in Isie passage. New Caledonia. 21" 52' S., 165° 47' H.
Koniene, has two cnrions peaks, in Kataviti bay on the northwest side of New Caledonia.
Kotlig islet is nortli from Bilibili on north coa.st of New Guinea.
Kora, islet east from Kia, Fiji.
Korak, .south of Kajangle, with Arayonzet and Carapellas on a reef 4.5 m. x-.s.,

5 m. K-w. Pelew islands.
Kordiukoff, a name given by Kotzebue in 1824 to Rose island of the IManua group

( Samoan ).
Korido or Korrido, of the Schouten group, is little known, o" 45' S., 135 35' K.
Koro or Goro, Fiji, is 10 m. x-.s., 4.5 m. H-w., 1S40 ft. high; wooded, many coconuts.

Population about 1000. North point is in 17" 13' 30" S., 179" 26' 30" K.
Korolib or Goat, Fiji, wooded islet 320X200 yards. 16' 46' 20" s., 180 01' 40" K.
Korotuna, Fiji, small, fertile, inhabited. 16° 04' S., 180° 37' 30" E.
Korror, the seat of government of the Pelew islands; 3.5 m. by 2.5 m.
Korsakoff, see Ailinginae of the Marshall islands. Usually Remski-Korsakoff.
Kosmann or IMaragili, of the Louisiade archipelago; uninhabited. ii°o6's., 151" 30'E.
Kotu, group of small islands at the southwest part of the Hapai group, Tongan isl-
ands. Principal islands, Oua and Luauamo.
Kotuho, Fiji. 16" 48' 50" s., 179' 25' 30" K.O
Koulo, islet of the Tongan group.

Koutousoff of Bellingshausen (1820) is Makemo, Paumotu archipelago.
Kowata, islet 570 ft. high off west coast of Viti levu, Fiji.
Krudu, see Quoy, New Guinea.

Krusenstern, see Tikahau of the Paumotu archipelago. 30.
Kubokonilick, in the Bismarck archipelago. 4° 13' .s., 152 23' E.
Kuebuni, islet north from Port Goro, southeast side of New Caledonia.
Kuiao, islet of the Kiriwina group. 8" 38' 30" s., 150" 51' K.
Kuktl, islet 87 ft. high on the southwest side of Malolo, Hud.son group, Fiji. i7°47's.,

177 07' E.
Kukuluba, islet 65 ft. high, east of the Duchateau group, Louisiade archipelago.

11° 16' .S., 152' 21' 45" E.
Kulambangara or Kulambangra, of the Solomon islands, is 16 m. x-s., 13 m. E-w.;

5000 ft. high, f 58' s., 157° 05' E.
Kumbara, on northeast coast of Guadalcanar, Solomon islands. 9° 31' io".S., 160° 29'E.
Kumi, islet of Rongelab, Marshall islands. 11 26' 35" n., 167" 10' E. 6,
Kunie, see Isle of Pines. 13.

Kurateke, .see Yanavana of the Paumotu archipelago. 33.
Kuria or Woodle, of the Gilbert islands, was discovered by Captains Marshall and

Gilbert in 1788; 5 m. bv 2.5 m, 0° 13' N., 173° 28' 30" E. 7.

[170]

INDEX TO THE PACIE/C LSLANDS. 87

Kurimarau, islet of Pavuvu, Solomon islands.

Kuriva is southeasternmost of the Engineer group, Louisiades; 2 ni. K-w., 400 ft. high.

Large village on the south side.
Kurudu is 3 m. east from Jappen on the north coast of New Guinea. It is 8 m. E-\v.
Kusaie, Ualan or Strong, of the Caroline islands, was discovered in 1804 by Captain

Crozer, who named it for Caleb Strong, the Governor of Massachusetts ; 8.5 m.

K-w., 7.7 m. N-.s.; 24 m. in circumference; volcanic. !\It. Crozer is 2152 ft. high.

Population about 400. 5" 19' n., 163° 06' v.. 5.
Kussa, of the Talbot group, north of Boigu, New Guinea. 9' 16' s., 142° 21' K.
Kuthiu, a form of Kusaie, Caroline islands.
Kutomo or Lesser Isle of Pines, a portion separated from the main island by a narrow

channel.
Kutu, islet of Satoau, Caroline islands. 4.
Kutusow, see Utirik of the Marshall islands. 6.
Kuvyo, islet of Maskelyne group. New Hebrides.
Kwadelen or Kwajalong, see Kwadjalin.
Kwadjalin, of the Marshall islands, consists of many islets about a lagoon, of wliich

the west side is 58 m. long. The north islet is in 9° 14' N., 167° 02' E. Mentschi-

kow group of map No. 6.
Kwaiatabu, a name of Duau, D'Entrecasteaux group.
Kwaiawata, of the Kiriwina group, is nearly 2 m. in diameter. The lagoon has a

high, wooded, coral wall around, and the whole indications are of a raised island.

About 400 inhabitants.
Kwaiope, islet southeast from Moratau of the D'Entrecasteaux group. 9 ' 43' .s.,

150 54' K.
Kwataua, small island north from Rogeia, on the southeast coast of New Guinea,

belonging to the London Missionary Society.
Kwewato, a coral island, densely peopled, in the Kiriwina group. 8'3o'.S., 151 E

Labi, of the Kiriwina group. 8° 36' s., 150° 50' K.

Laciba, see Lathiba, a small, low island off Ngau, Fiji.

La Desgraciada, a name on the Spanish chart captured bv Anson and supposed to
appl}' to one of the Hawaiian islands.

Ladrone, a name given to the Marianas by some of the Spanish sailors of Magalhaes,
who fancied the indigenes were great thieves. As they were not more so than
other islanders, or perhaps than the sailors who named them, it seems a pity to
attach the stigma of such a name to the group, especially as all the original in-
habitants have been "converted" into the grave.

I/ae or Brown, of the Marshall islands, was discovered by Captain J. W. Brown in
December, 1858. It is a group of 14 islets on a reef 6 m. in diameter. About 250
inhabitants. 9° N., 166^ 20' E.

Lagoon of Cook is Wahitahi of the Paumotu archipelago. Lagoon of Bligh is Tenia-
tangi of the same group.

I/agrandiere, of the Kiriwina group. Named for Lieutenant Lagrandiere of the
Esprraucc. %° 52' S., 151° 12' E.O

[171]

88 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Lagrimas de San Pedro, a discovery of Quiros, April 27, 1606, was perhaps the Banks

islands.
Laignel, northeast from ]\Ioratau, was named for Ensign Laignel, one of D'Entre-

casteaiix' officers. It is in 9" 18' s., 150" 55' E.
I/aika is nearly 2 m. north from Tongoa of the Xew Hebrides and is not permanently

inhabited.
I/ain, in Geelvink bay, northwest coast of Xew Guinea, o 56' S., 135" 30' E.
Laing, islet in Hansa bay, north coast of Xew Guinea. 4 12' s., 144' 52' E.
I^aine or I'o, is north from Mare of the Loyalty group. It is low and covered with

pine trees.
I/akahia, of the Xew Guinea region. 4' 06' s., 138' 28' E.
Lakeba, see Lakemba, Fiji.
I/akemba, a fertile island 5 m. E-w., 3 m. x-s.; 720 ft. high. It has an extensive reef.

Population has a large mixture of Tongan. Lakemba was the first \'itian island

christianized by the English Mission in 1835. Xorthea.st point is in 18 13' s.,

181° 12' E. 14.
I/akena, islet of Xanomea, Ellice group. 16.

La Madalena, a name given by Mendaiia to Fatuhiva of the Marquesas islands.
La Menu, islet on the northwest coast of Api, Xew Hebrides. 16' 33' s., 168^ 06' E.
La Mesa, a name on the Spanish chart captured by Anson, supposed to appl}- to Hawaii.
Lamoliork, see Xgoli of the Caroline archipelago.
Ivamotrek or Swede, a triangular reef about 6 m. wxw-ESE. There are several islets

on the border of the lagoon which are inhabited. 7 24' x., 146 30' E.
I/amut, islet off the southwest coast of \'anua levu, Fiji.
Lanai, an island in the central portion of the main Hawaiian group containing

86,000 acres; 3400 ft. high, with a population of no. I.
Lancier, see Akiaki of the Paumotu archipelago. 22.
Langdon of Roberts is Hatutu of the Marquesas islands.
I^araoro, Xew Gi:inea. 10° 23' S., 149" 20' E.
I/arkitl, of the Caroline islands.

I/aseinie, a group of six islets in the Louisiade archipelago.
Laskar, see Lisiansk\- of the Hawaiian group. 2.
Lassion, another form of Lisianskv.
Las Tres Marias, see Three Sisters, Solomon islands.
I/ate i Tonga, Late i \'iti and Booby, three islets in the lagoon of Reid reef in the

Lau group, Fiji. 17 54' s., 17S 23' w.O
Late or Lette, a volcanic island of the Tongan group, 6-7 m. in circumference and

1790 ft. high. 18' 52' s., 174' 37' w.
Lathiba, small, low island off Xgan, Fiji.

La Tortue, one of the Pleiades group, northwest from Uea of the Lovaltv islands.
La Treguada, .see Ulava, Solomon islands.
Laucala, see Lauthala, Fiji.
Laughlan, a group around a lagoon 5 m. E-w., discovered by Captain Laughlau in the

Mary, 1812. The ten islets are Wabomat, Budelun, Wasimu, Oburak, Bukulan,

[172]

i3 •

«o i

W 5

Q i

H / o

< ' 0

^ W it?! ^

•

3 bo .-«,-/ ^

-If />

{

// /J ^

JJ J' §

•^^ 4,

.••go-i^ '

3 -■

S- OT

■S2 0,- ■

■ J

^rc/>2j ^■■■■: v .-■

a-- 2 ■••-;?°.^-

O O 3

3 3 o

a: K S

o
O

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. S9

Ozareo, Sureb, Kuneotu, Bwanibwani, Taniaris. The group is also called Nada.
There are about 170 inhabitauts — a colonv from Murea. 9" 18' s., 153 38' K.

I/auru, on the New Guinea coast. 031' s., 134' K.

I/ausancay, a group of low islands extending some 20 m. along a reef; between
8" 25' S., 150 20' K. and 8 31' s., 150' 26' K. 9.

Lauthala (Laucala), Fiji, is 4 m. long and SSo ft. high. The peak is in \6 47' s.,
I So 23' K.

I/auvergne, islet of Ruk, of the Caroline archipelago.

I/R Vandola, the easternmost of the .Admiralty group; nearly circular, about 600 ft.
high, well peopled. 2" 15' S., 148" 11' E.

Lavao, see Yule.

I^ayard, two low, small islands on the Xew Guinea coast. 7 35' .s., 147^ 32' H.

I/ayrle, islet at the north side of St. \'incent bay on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

Laysan or Aloller, of the Hawaiian group, is an American discovery. Captain Stani-
kowitch, in 1S28, named it after his vessel. It extends 2 m. bv 1.5 ni. and is per-
haps 25 ft. high. For some years it has been leased by the Hawaiian Government
to parties who export guano. 25 47' 47" x., 171 53 w. 3.

Lazaroff or Lazarev, see Matahiva of the Paumotu archipelago. 20.

I/Causan or Prote6lion, on the northwest side of Fate, New Hebrides.

I/Cbris, a high islet in l^arai passage on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

lyebrun group, northwest from W'ari, consists of Hikarika and Dodigi, two conical
islands extending K-\v. 10" 52' S., 150 57' K.

I/'Kchiquier group was discovered by Bougainville and named fnnu a fancied resem-
blance to a checkerboard. There are 53 islets, with some 800 inhabitants of a dark
copper color and with long, stringy hair. The northeast point is in i 06' s., 144° 30' E.

Lefuka, a form of Lifuka found on old charts.

I/Cgoarant group, two small islands off the north coast of New Guinea, 3 m. from
shore and half a mile apart. 5' 08' .s., 145 e.

I/Chua, a small, volcanic island about a mile from the north end of Xiihau of the
Hawaiian group. The channel between is very shallow. I.

lyCiga, islet of the Basses islands in the Louisiade archipelago.

I/Cigh, islet off Port Carteret on the coast of New Ireland.

I/eili is large, low, of horseshoe shape, in Sio bay of ]\Ialaita, Solomon islands.
8" 48' S., 160° 53' E.

I/ejeune, a wooded islet on the north edge of a long reef in the Louisiade archipelago.
11' 12' S., 151" 50' E.

I/Ckeleka, islet on Barrier reef, 5 m. southeast from Oua, Hapai group, Tongan islands.

I/Ckin, islet in form of a cube, between Uea and IMoali, Loyalty group.

I^eku, low islet off \"iti levu, Fiji. 18° 04' S., 177' 16' E.O

I/Cle, islet of Kusaie, Caroline islands. According to Liitke the natives pronounce
the name Leila. 5° 20' x., 163" 09' E.

lyCleigana, one of the Obstru6lion islands, Louisiade archipelago; 325 ft. high,
wooded and inhabited.

I/eleizour, one of the Huon group. It has guano worked by a I'rench establish-
ment. 18° 18' S.

[173]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC I STANDS.

I/Cleppa or Protedion, New Hebrides; 2.5 ni. xxw-SSK., 1.5 m. wide, 637 ft. high; in-
habited. Off the northwest coast of Fate, forniing tlie west side of Havannah
li arbor.

I^eligoat or Hamelin, a h)w and wooded islet of the Loyalty group.

Leluvia is south from Moturiki, Fiji; low and covered with coconut walks. i7''48'3o".S.,
178° 46' E.

I/Cnen, islet of Ailinglablab of the Marshall islands.

I/COCadie group, two islets off the New Guinea coast.

I/eonidas, low islet 0.7 m. in circumference', off \"anna levu, F"iji. 16 39' 24" .S.,
178° 36' 50" K.G

Leper, see Aoba (Omba), New Hebrides.

I/eru, islet of Pavuvu, Solomon islands.

I/CSSOn, an a6live volcano (May 20, 1874) on the north coast of New Guinea; 3.5 m.
in circumference, 2200 ft. high. The natives wear their hair in bundles enclosed
in basket work and often projedling a foot behind. 3 35' s., 144" 47' K. 8.

Lette, see Late, Tongan islands.

I/Ctien, south island of Nanni atoll of the ]\Iarshall islands. 8 14' x., 168" 03' E.

I/CUneuwa, islet of Ontong Java. 5° 28' S., 159" 44' K.

lyCvalea, islet of Pavuvu, Solomon islands.

I/Cwis, islet of the Yasawa group, Fiji. 17° 28' 40" S., 177° 00' 10" E.©

Lib, of the Marshall islands; 2.2 m. E-w. S"" 2o'n., 167° 30'E. (Captain Dennett. ) 6.

Lifu, raised coral, 100-250 ft. high, in the Loyalty group. Population, 7000^-
Formerly cannibals. 20" 36' s., 167° 06' E. 13.

Lifuka, low, 5 m. by 2 m.,in the Hapai group, Tongan islands. i9°49's., 175° 41' w. 18.

Likieb, of the Marshall islands, was discovered b}- Kotzebue November 5, 18 17. It
consists of 44 islets on an atoll 27 m. long and from 7-12 m. wide. 9° 48' x.,
169° 21' E.

Likuri, a sand islet off west coast of \'iti levu, Fiji.

Lileb, .see Kwadjalin of the Marshall islands.

Lily, on the New Guinea coast. 9° 25' .S., 147° 02' E.

Litnu, islet in the Hapai group, Tongan islands.

Lina, of the Solomon islands. 7' 15' s., 157"' 32' E.

Linthicum, in the Underwood group, Fiji; low and wooded. t7''44's., 177° i5'io"e.O

Lisiansky, of the Hawaiian group, was discovered by Captain Lisiansky in the .Wrw,
(Jclober 15, 1805. It i.s 3 m. by 2 m., and 40 ft. high. 26' N., 173° 57' w. 2.

Livingston, .see Namonuito of the Caroline islands. 4.

Lizard, islet of Hueguenee, Loyalty islands.

Lizard, islet on the Australian coast. 14° 40' s., 145° 28' E.

Lloyd, on the Australian coast. 12 46' s., 143° 26' E.

Lo or vSaddle, Torres islands; 3.5 m. x-s. by 2 m. E-w., 500 ft. high. Natives quiet
and friendly. 13' 20' S., 166" 35' E.

Loa ( Observatorv of Wilkes), is northeast from Oueata to which it is connected by a
sunken reef; 140 ft. high. 18^ 24' 40" S., 181° 28' E.O

Loangi, a mile long, off \'anua levu, Fiji.

Loch, New Guinea region. 7° 45' s., 144' 12' E.

[174]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC I SI AMDS. 91

I/OCol, islet at the head of Port Moresby, New Guinea.

lyOfaga, of the Toiigan islands. 19" 51' s., 175 30' w.

Logea, in China strait, New Guinea. 10" 39' s., 150' 38' K.

Loliwari, a name of Anibrym, New Hebrides.

Lolo or Roro, forms of the native name of Yule. See Roro.

I/Oloata with Lolorua, on east side of Port Moresby; 130 ft. high. 933's., 147^ 17'E.

I/Omlom or Nevelo, of the Matema islands, is 5 ni. by 1.5 m., and 200 ft. high. Brit-
ish protectorate was proclaimed August 28, 1898.

Lone Tree, see Iku of Apaiang, Gilbert islands. Another of the same name on the
north reef of Tarawa.

lyOng, volcanic island 2000 ft. high, north from A^itiez strait, north coast of New
Guinea. North point is in 5" 14' s., 147" 07' E.

Long, in Torres strait. 10° 02' S., 142° 50' K.

I/Ong, islet in South bay, southwest side of New Caledonia.

I/Ongatana, islet of Fakaafo, Union group. 9' 24' 40" s., 171 12' w. 17.

I/Otlguerue, group in the southwest part of Huon gulf; islands are small, wooded and
rocky, but Saddle island is 2.5 m. long and 700 ft. high. Named for Midshipman
Longuerue on the Rrc//rrc/ir. 7 20' s., 147° r6' K.

I/Otlkahtl, islet of Tatafa of the Hapai group, Tongan islands.

I/OOf (Leaf) is the central island of the Hermit group; 500 ft. high, i'' 28' s.,
145 05' E. 8. .

I/Opevi, a volcano of the New Hebrides, 4714 ft. high, adlive, occasionally ejecting
ashes. Few inhabitants along the shore. 16 28' s., 168" 18' E. 12.

Lord Hood, see Marutea of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.

I/Ord Howe was discovered February 17, 1778, by Lieutenant Ball. \'olcanic and
mountainous, Mt. Gower at the southern end being 2S40 ft. high; about 5.5 m.
long. On the west side are extensive coral reefs. Population, in 18S0, 65. Belongs
to New South Wales. 31 36' 30" .S., 159° 05' 10" E. vSee J. B. Wilson's Report,
S3^dney, 1882 ; also a paper by Mr. Corrie, Proceedings Royal Geographical
Society, 187S, pp. 136-143.

Lord Howe, islet off the southeast end of Santa Cruz. A British protecTiorate was
proclaimed August 18, 1S98.

Lord Howe, see Mopeha, Society islands.

Lord Howe, see Ontong Java, Solomon islands.

Lord North, see Tobi.

Lord Salisbury, .i.slet on the New Guinea coast. 7" 52' S., 144' 28' E.

Losap, of the Caroline islands was discovered by Duperrey. It has about 300 in-
habitants. Peace islet, in the same lagoon, has a population of 200. 6 53' x.,
152" 42' 20" E.

Los Eremitanos, see Hermit. 8.

Los Magos, Los Monjes, names on the vSpanish chart captured by Lord An.son ; sup-
posed to apply to the Hawaiian islands.

Los IMartires, see Tamatam, Caroline islands.

Los Negros, islets of Admiralty island, i" ss' •'^•1 I47 16' E.

92 INDEX TO THE PACT EI C I STANDS.

I/OS Reyes are two small, wooded islands about 500 ft. long. They are 15 m. north-
west from La Vandola in the Admiralty group. 2' S., 14S 03' v..

L'Ostange of Duperrey is Nengonengo of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Los \'alientes of Don Felipe Tompson is Ngatik of the Caroline islands. 5.

lyOttin is a nearl}- circular volcanic cone, 5200 ft. high.; 12.5 ni. xw. In- x. from Cape
King of New Britain. 5° 18' .s., 147° 35' K. lO.

Lot's Wife, see Rica de Oro.

I/Ouisiade archipelago is an extensive range of islands situated .southeast from
New Guinea, between 10' lo'-i 1° 5o'.s. and 154' 30-150'' 55' F,. Probabl}- seen by
Torres in 1606, but named by Bougainville in 1793. Surveyed by D'Urville in
1S40. There is gold on Tagula (Sud-est), and although many portions of the
group are still unknown it is thought to be rich in vegetable produ(?tions. There
are more than 80 islands besides many rocks and reefs. Lihabitants are of a
dark copper color, with Papuan hair; cartilages of nose and ears mueli distended.
Cannibals on occasion. Named for Louis X\\ of France. 9.

Lountass, in the Bismarck archipelago. 4" 50' .s., 150" 51' K.

I/Ovuka, a small, sandy islet in Nandi waters off the west coast of \'iti k\ u, Fiji.

Low, see Siassi on the east coast of New Guinea. lO.

Low archipelago, see Paumotu archipelago.

Lowendahl, see Nui of the EHice group. 16.

I/Oyalty group, discovered by Captain Butler in the Wulpo/c in iSoo, or in llie
Brilaiiiiia in 1S03. The group runs parallel to the coast of New Caledonia at a
distance of 50-60 m. Consists of Ivlare or Nengone, Lifu, Lea, with five islets
between the first two. 13.

IvUanaino, one of the Koto islands, Hapai group, Tongan islands.

I/Uard islets are in Hercules bay on the New Guinea coast; six in number, low
(40-70 ft.), and covered with trees. 7" 40' s., 147 42' E.

Liitke, see East Fain, Caroline islands.

I/Uhuga, islet of Hapai group, Tongan islands.

I/Ukunor, of the Caroline islands, has been called the gem of Micronesia. It was dis-
covered in 1793 bv Captain J. l\Ljrtlock ; 18-20 m. in circumference. Population
about S50. It is not more tlian seven feet above the sea. 5" 29' 18" x., 153" 58' E. 4.

I/Ukunor, islet off the southeast extreme of IMille, Marshall islands.

I/Ungur, islet of Ponape, Caroline islands.

I/USatigay, reefs in the Kiriwina group, named for a lieutenant on the Esphaiuc. .

Lvdia, see Pikela, Caroline islands.

Lydia, see Nuakata near East cape of New Guinea.

L^'dia, .see Udjae, Marshall islands.

Lynx, see Niutao of the Fvllice group. 16.

Maabunghi, islet at the mouth of Tanle bay on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.
Maben, low and Mooded, a mile ENE. from Kitai, New Guinea.

Mabneian, a small, wooded island 0.7 m. long on the north edge of a long reef,
Louisiade archipelago.

INDEX TO THE PACIFfC ISLANDS.

Mabui, an islet of Misima, Louisiade archipelago; small, wooded, 90 ft. high. 10' 56' s.,

152° 36' K.
Mabuiag, island in Torres strait.

Macarthur, on the Australian coast. 11 45' s., 143' E.
Macaskill, see Piugelap of the Caroline islands.
Macauley, of the Kermadec group, is 3 ni. in circumference, 7S0 ft. high; volcanic,

uninhabited; surrounded by perpendicular cliffs 600 ft. high, but can be scaled by

means of a lava stream on the north side. 30° 16' s., 178 32' \v.
Mac Donald, in the Bismarck archipelago, s" 26' .s., 150" 43' K.
Mackenzie, see Uluthi of the Caroline islands. 3.
Maclear, islet of the Admiralty group, 200 ft. high, 900 bv 700 vards. i" 55' s.,

146 32' K.
Macquarie, in 54" 44' s., 159'' 49' E., is 1 200-1500 ft. high. In the early part of this

century it is said 80,000 seals were killed on it. Now inhabited by birds only.
Madaamet, islet of Ailinglablab, Marshall islands. vSometimes spelled Madamett.
Maer (pronounced Mcr) is the largest of the Murray group in Torres strait. On the

same reef with Dauer and Waier. Population, 450. 9" 55' .s., 144" 02' E.
Maewo, see Maiwo, New Hebrides.

Magdalena, see Fatuhiva of the Marquesas islands. 33.
Magellan, an old name of the Marianas.
Maghyr or Magur, islet of Namonuito, Caroline islands. At extreme north of atoll.

8' 59' 45" X., 150" 14' 30" E.
Maghyrarik, islet of Namonuito, Caroline islands.
Magnetic, island of the Australian coast. 19° 10' s., 146° 51' E. ■
Mago, see Mango, Fiji.

Magone, islet on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.
Mahabarina, middle islet of the Killerton group off east coast of New Guinea;

0.5 m. X 0.2 m.
Mahea, islet at entrance to Haniene ba^-, Tahaa, Societv islands. 30.
Alahigi, see Ortega, Solomon islands.
Mai or Mae is the name often given to Three Hills of the New Hebrides, but it is the

name of the central district, not of the whole island. See Three Hills.
Maia iti, see Tubuai mauu of the Society group.
Maiakei, a corrupt spelling of Maraki, Gilbert islands.
Maiana or Hall, of the Gilbert islands, was called Gilbert by Captains Marshall and

Gilbert in 1788; then called Hall by the Captain of the brig Elisabclli in 1809.

It is 9 m. XE-SW. by 6 m. In 1S86 the population was 1700. o" 55' 30" N.,

173° 03' 45" K.
Maioiti, see Tapamanu, Society islands.
Maim, off the New Guinea coast. 10" 25' s., 149 21' E.
Maitea or Mehetia, is the easternmost of the Societv group; 7 m. in diameter, 1597 ft.

liigli- 17' 53' s., 148° 05' w.
Maitland, two islets remarkably alike, southwest from St. Andrew islands in the

Admiraltv group. 2° 29' s., 147 ' 18' e.

[•77]

INDEX TO THE PAC/EfC ISLANDS.

Maitre, islet between Xouniea and I'eu island, Xew Caledonia.

Maiwo or Maewo, also called Anrora, is the northeast island of the New Hebrides.

It is 30 ni. x-s., and 2000 ft. high. The north point is 14 50' s., 16S" 05' p:. 12.
Majuro or Arrowsmith was discovered In- Caj^tains Marshall and Gilbert in 17S8.

it consists of 33 islets on a reef 30 bv 10 ni. Sontheast point is in 7 05 x.,

171" 23' K.
Makada is an inhabited islet of the Duke of York group in the Bismarck archipelago.

4° 06' S., 152 26' H.
Makahaa, islet in the Biha channel leading to Tongatabu,Tongan islands. 2i°o6'4o"s.,

17s 08' w.
Makamea, islet of Ontong Java. 5' 36' s., 159 21' K.
Makane, one of the Hermit islands. 1° 35' s., 144" 57' E.
Makapu, islet of Mangareva.
Makaroa or Marsh, islet of Mangareva.
Makatea, Metia or Aurora, of the Panmotu archipelago, the Recreation of Rogge-

wein who discovered it in 1712, is of uplifted coral, 230 ft. high. It is wooded,

and inhabited bv people who still make good kapa. North end is in 15 49' 35". s.,

148 13' 15" w. 20.
Makemo (Makima of Wilkes), Phillips, Kontousoff (of Bellingshausen), was dis-
covered from the Marqairt in 1803. It is 40 m. wxw-ESE. The west end is in

16° 26' .s., 143 56' w.
Makin or Pitt is the most northerly of the Gilbert islands, and is 6 m. long, and from

a half to two miles wide. The northeast point is in 3" 20'45'x., 172" 58'45"k. 7-
Makondratlga is i m. by 0.5 m., and half a mile northwest from Makongai, Fiji.
Makongai is between Ovalau and Koro, Fiji. It is 2 m. by 1.5 m., and 876 ft. high.

17° 27' s., 179" 02' w.
Makura, 4 m. southeast from Mai, New Hebrides; 991 ft. high ; i m. xw-SE.; 120

natives; all profess Christianity.
Mala, see Malaita of the Solomon islands.
Malaita, Solomon islands, the Mala of natives, Isla de Ramos of Gallego, Terre des

Arsacides of Surville, was discovered by Hernando Enriquez of Mendaiia's expe-
dition in 156S. It is 103 m. long and 4274 ft. high. The northwest point is in

8 19' S., 160 30' E. The southeast point is in 9" 45' s., 161° 30' E. Natives are

reputed treacherous.
Malacan or Malacal, islet of Korror, Pelew islands. 7" 19' x., 134 31' 45" E.
Malaki is off the north side of \'iti levn, Fiji. Of triangular form with sides about

2 m. long, it is 755 ft. high, covered with grass and casuarina trees; inhabited.

The northeast point is in 17" 16' 10" S., 178 08' 40" E.
Malamala, a sand islet in Nandi waters off the west coast of \'iti levu, Fiji.
Malapa, the largest island in Maran sound off Guadalcanar, vSolomon islands. 9'46'.s.,

160 48' E.
Malatta, of the Exploring group, is joined to \'anua mlxilavu by reef. It is 2 ni. by

0.3 m., and 420 ft. high. 17 20' 30" s., 181" 01' E.
Malaupaina, tlie southernmost of the Three Sisters, Solomon islands. The middle

one is Malan lalo, the north one jMalau.

[i7«]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Maiden or Independence was discovered by Byron July 29, 1825, on the voyage on

which he brought tlie remains of the King and Queen of the Hawaiian islands to

Honolulu. It is 4 ni. in diameter, and about 30 ft. high. There are traces of a

former PoUmesian population in curious stone struc5lures. It is a British pos-
session and is worked for guano. No fresh water on the island. It was named

for an officer of the Blonde. 4 05' s., 155 \v.
Malebtl, islet off north coast of \'iti levu, Fiji.
Malekula or Mallicolo, of the New Hebrides, extends 55 m. xw-SK. by 15 m. The

inhabitants are warlike but snuill in stature. The southwest point is in 16 26'. s.,

167° 47' K. As will be seen

bv the map, the northeast and :"-,.■:..•-

south shores are fringed b^- a

mountain chain.
Malema, see Matema or Swallow

islands.
Mali is off the north coast of \'a-

nua levu, Fiji; 350 ft. liigh;

inhabited. 16' 20' 54" S., 179"

19' 42" K.
Malima, two islets (south one

130 ft. high) in the centre of

a lagoon 1.7 ui. in diameter,

6 m. N. by \v. from Kanathia,

Fiji. 1 7" 08' 30" s., i8o"5o'k.©
Malitioa, small, low, 50 ft. high.

Tongan group.
Maliu or Toulon is 6 m. off Anui-

zon bay on the south coast of

New Guinea. It is 3 m. in cir- 1

cumference, and 300 ft. high ; ' — ^

covered with trees and grass. fig. 5. m.a.lf,kula : from .\DMiR.A.i/rv chart.

There is a large village.

o o

Mallicolo, see Malekula, New Hebrides. The former perhaps more common on charts.
Malo or St. Bartholemew, islet off the southeast side of Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides.

Natives are small in stature, but vigorous eaters of human flesh.
Maloelab, Calvert, Araktcheeff or Kaven of the Marshall islands, was discovered bv

Captain Gilbert June 29, 1788, and by him named Calvert. It consists of 64 islets

on a reef extending 33 m. N\v-.SE. by 15 ni. Kotzebue gives the southeast point as

in 8° 29' N., 171" 11' E. 6.
Malogi, islet near Tangoa anchorage, Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides.
Malolo islands, of the Hud.son group, Fiji, extend over a triangle with sides of 2 m.

They are inhabited and well cultivated. Malolo, Malololailai, Ngualito, Mathiu

Wadingi and Vatu mbulo, the last three mere rocks. 17^46' io"s., i77°o8'4o"k.O
Malololailai, islet southeast from Malolo, 30 ft. high. North point 17' 46' 30" s.

177" 10' 30" H.

[179]

96 INDEX TO THE FACIE/ C fSLAXDS.

Malpelo, a barren rock surrounded by many islets, seen by Colnett July 1793; 1200 ft.
lii,y,h. 4' 03' x., Si" 36' w.

Malukawa, north from vSaibai, Xew Guinea. 9 18' .s., 142 48' E.

Malume group consists of Puna and Xugarba, Bismarck archipelago. 3 13' s.,
154' 26' K.

Mamanutha, islands in the Hudson group, Fiji. 18° 52' S., 178° 26' K.O There are
13 islands divided into two groups: M. i thake (windward), IVIana, Alatamanoa,
Nautanivono, Tavua, inhabited. Mondriki, Monu, Yanua, Tokoriki, M. i ira (lee-
ward), Yavurimlxi, Kandomo, Yanua levu, Na vandra, Eori, all uninhabited. 14.

Mambualau, low islet on reef of \'iti levu, Fiji. 17° 57' 10" s., 178" 48' 15" K.Q

Mamere, islet within N'Goe reef on the southeast side of New Caledonia.

Man, see Uatom, Bismarck archipelago. lO.

Man-of-war Rock, see Gardner south of the Hawaiian islands.

Mana, uninhabited islet of Mamanntha i thake group, Fiji.

Manahiki, a spelling of Monahiki or Humphrey. I9.

Manaka, two groups in the Paumotu archipelago discovered by Cook in 1773. They
each have lagoons and are verv near each other. The north one is called
Marokau, the south one Manaka. More than 20 islets. The south point is in
18" 13' 28" S., 142 10' w. 31.

Manatiua, islet on the .southeast coast of New Guinea, 130 ft. high; east from Taurama.

Manaswari, islet of Port Dorei on the north coast of New Guinea. There is a Mi.s-
sion station here, o' 55' vS., 134° 08' E.

Mando or He aux Canards, islet at the south end of New Caledonia.

Mandoliana is south from Florida, Solomon islands. 9 11' 30" .S., 160"' 15' 30" E.

ManduilotO, one of the islets of Sikaiana or Stewart island. 8 23' S., 162° 58' E.zb

Manevai or Direction, islet of \'anikoro, New Hebrides; small, 250 ft. high.

Mangaia, of the Hervev group, is 20 m. in circumference and 300 ft. above the sea.
Discovered bv Cook March 29, 1777. In 1885 it had a population of 4000 and is
the centre of the Protestant Mission for the Central Pacific. The fringing reef
has no entrance. The people were very skilful in carving paddles and handles of
ceremonial adzes, as shown by the specimens in every museum. 21 57's., I5i°07'w.

Mangareva, Peard or Gambler, a coral reef with five small volcanic islands and many
islets, discovered by Captain Wilson in the E)/tJf May 25, 1797. It was named for
Admiral Lord Gambler. The group extends 4 m. ne-SW., and there are three
passages into the lagoon. Mt. Duff is 1315 ft. high. In 1880 the population was
about 1000. Mangareva, Akamaru or \Yainwright, Aukena or Elson, Taravai or
Belcher, Agakanitai, Makaroa or Marsh, Kamaka or Collie, Manni, Makapu.
Mangareva is an important station of the Roman Catholic Mission. 23° 08' s.,

134' 55' 30" W. 22.
Mango ( Mago), Fiji, is iS m. XXE. from Thithia, 3X2 m., and 670 ft. high ; water only

from wells. It is the property of English colonists. 17 27'3o"s., i8o°53'3o"e.O
Mangorongoro, see Tongareva or Penrhyn.
Mangrove, low island of Fiji. 17" 50' 30" s., 177 21' K.O
Mangs or Manjas, see Urracas of the Marianas.

Manicolo, a name of \'anikoro. New Hebrides. 12.

[180]

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 97

Manihi, of the Paumotu archipelago, is the Waterlandt of Lemaire and vSchonteu,
1616; 13 m. NK-SW. Inhabitants make curiously elaborate cances. The east end
is in 14' 24' S., 145" 52' w. 31.

Manihiki, see Monahiki. 19.

Manitn, islet of Jobi, New Guinea.

Manima, islet of Tongatabu.

Manoba or Elisabeth, a thickly wooded island off the northeast point of Malaita,
Solomon islands. 8 20' s., 160° 43' K.

Manono, of the .Samoan islands, is on the reef of Upolu. It has a surface of 3.3 scj. m.;
500 ft. high. i3°5o's., 172' 01' K. Formerly the political centre of the feudal aristo-
cracy; at present a sort of naval dockyard where a large double war-canoe is kept. 15.

Manor, of the Schouten islands. 0° 50' S., 136° K.

Manose, one of the Hermit islands. 1° 34' s., 144" 55' E. 8.

Mantapeiti (leeward) and Mantapeitak (windward), islets of Ponape, Caroline islands.

Manton, see Mokil, Caroline islands.

Manila, of the American part of the Samoan group, covers 20 sq. m. and rises to a height
of 2500 ft. 14" 158., i69°26'3o"\v.O The traditionary cradle of the Samoan race.

Manuae, a barren islet on the same reef with Anotu ; few inhabitants. Discovered
liy Cook in 1773. Hervej- group. 33.

Manuatha, off the north coast of \'iti levu, Fiji; 400 ft. high.

Manubada, islet off Port Moresby on the south coast of New Guinea. 9 32' S., 147 10' K.

Manuhangi or Cumberland, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered by Wallis
in 1767. It is low but inhabited. The west end is in 19 i2'.s., i4i'i9'o6"w. 31.

Manui, islet of Mangareva.

Manumanu, at the mouth of the Vanapa river in Redscar bay, New Guinea. 9'09's.,
146 54 E.

Maora, islet on the east reef of Huaheine, vSocietv islands.

Maoraha, islet of San Cristoval, Solomon islands.

Map, islet on northern side of Yap, Caroline islands.

Mapas, islet on the south coast of Murua, Kiriwina group. 9 09' s., 152 45' E.

Mapeti, in Aifa pass on the coast of Tahiti, vSociety islands. 30.

Mapia, see Pegan.

Mara, islet in IMuendo bay on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

Maragili, a name of Kosniann islet in the Louisiade archipelago.

Marai with Taliwewai forms Stuers islets; low, wooded, in the Louisiade archipelago.

Maraki or Matthew, of the Gilbert islands, was discovered by Captains ^larshall and
Gilbert in 17SS; 5X2.5 m., the lagoon shores almost entirely covered with vegeta-
tion. Population was 1900 in 1886. 2° N., 173° 25' E. 7.

Maramasiki is southeast of ]\Ialaita, Solomon islands. 9" 32' s., 161 25' E.O

Marambo, a small, wooded island 7 m. E. by x. from the south point of Kamljara,
Fiji; 160 ft. high.

Marceau, islet in Arembo bay on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

]\Iarchand, see Nukuhiva of the Marquesas islands. 33.

Marcken, incorrectly on the charts as Alarqueen, was named l)y Lemaire from a sup-
posed resemblance to the island of that name in the Zuyder Zee. Captain Mort-

MKMOIRS 15. p. li. MrSElTM. Vol.. I., No. 2.-7. L ''^^ J

INDEX rO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

lock saw this group in 1795. It is supposed to be the Cocos of Wilkinson, 1790,
and it has been called Massacre becattse here a crew was cut off in 1830. There are
13 low, coral islands on a reef 10 m. in diameter. The south islet is the largest
and inhabited. \ 45' S., 157" E.

Marcus, barren island in 23° 10' N., 154° E. vSeized by Japan in 1899 in anticipation
of a cable station.

Mare or Nengone, the Britannia of Burroughs (1842), was discovered by D'Urville
June 15, 1827. It is the principal island of the Loyalty group, and has a popula-
tion of about 2000. The northeast point is in 21" 29' 30" s., 168" 06' E.

Maretiri, see Bass islands.

Margaret, an inhabited island near Sideia on the southeast coast of New Guinea;
1.5 ni. E-w., 0.5 m. N-s.; 500 ft. high. 10" 41' s., 150" 54' E.

Margaret, a name given to Nukutipipi by Turnbull from his ship Margaret.

Margaretta, see Namo of the Marshall islands.

Margaritana (La), an island discovered by Ouiros April 26, 1606, 12 leagties from
the San Marcos of de Leza. Perhaps one of the Banks islands. 13° S.

Maria, see Moerenhout of the Paumotit archipelago. 22.

Maria, an island on the east coast of Tasmania, 2750 ft. high, was a government re-
serve for the last of the Tasmanians. 42" 40' S., 148" E.

Maria, see Peru or Francis of the Gilbert islands. 7.

Marianas or Ladrone. Although Magalhaes first discovered this group March 6,
1 52 1, his name "Islas de las velas latinas" was soon superseded by that of Ladrones;
and in 1668 they were officially named Marianas in honor of Maria Anna of Aus-
tria, widow of Philip I\". of Spain. The islands of the group arranged from south
to north are as follows :

(■nam

Itntn, Zariiain*, Luta.

AK-mjan

Tiiiiaii. Bona Vista...

.^fiiiian, Se.vpan

Faralloii de Mediliilla

Aaatajan

Sarisnau

Karallon de Torres, Zelandia

(iuffuan

Alni:if;an

I'a^iui, rap:on

Ay:rittaa. Origan

Asuncion

Urmcas

Farallon de Pajaros, Gu.v . . ■

29 m. long.

12 hy .-,..0.

3 IJV 2.

10 li.v4..').

14 m. long.

2 HI. long-.

.-| b.y 1.5.

1.5 m. diameter.

2.5 b.y 1.

2.2 by l..'J.

s by 2.5.

ti by 2.5.

1 111. diameter.

2..'» ni. diameter.

1.2 m. diameter.

roiT!,.\TlON.

650

.soo

icir.)

lliKll.

2:n(i
ildO

l.soo

2.S4S
l:::in

Latitudk
North.

13° 14' 00"

14 OS

14 5!1 :)0

14 !)ii 22

15 OS 30
15 2!) 20
10 20

IC. 41

10 .11

17 10 ."lO

17 34

IS 07

IS 40 20

1!) 45

20 0« m

20 33

Longitude
East.

144° 44' 00"

145 10

145

14li

145

145 20

144 4.S

40
47
50
50
51

The primitive Chaiiiorros have left memorials in remarkable stone columns on
Tinian and Guam. These are, according to Lieutenant Mortimer, 5 ft. 4 in. broad
at the base, 14 ft. high, and surmounted by hemispheres of stone 5 ft. 10 in. in
diameter. As the group is situated at about the place where the northeast trades
cease and the monsoons meet the rainfall is almost continuous, and atmospheric
disturbances attaiti to the force of hurricanes. Earthquakes, as might be expedied
in a country wholly volcanic, are common though not very severe. At the present
writing it is understood that Spain has sold the group to German}' since the acqui-
sition of Guam bv the Ihiited States at the end of the vSpanish-American war.

[182]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Mariere or Pulo Mariere, also called Warren Hastings,
was discovered by Captain Hutchinson September,
1761. It is 2 ni. x-S. by i m. K-w., and inhabited.
5' 45' S., 132 28' K.

Marina, a name of Espiritu vSanto, New Hebrides, used by the
Banks islanders. In Maewo and Oba it is called Marino.

Marion, see Tupua of the Society islands.

Marire, islet of Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides.

Markham, see Bagiagia, a reef island in ^loresby strait.

Maro reef was discovered by Captain Allen of the Ameri-
can whaler Malo in 1820. About 35 m. in circumfer-
ence; no land; breakers only. Northwest point is in

25° 31' N., 170" 37' 33" w.

Marokau, Dawhaida or Ravahere was discovered by Cap-
tain Cook in 1773. There is great uncertainty about
this group, not as to its existence, but whether there
are not two distinct reefs, besides the neighboring one
of Manaka. I have followed the charts, but the sailing
directions contradict these and there is no competent
exploration to determine. North point is in 17° 55' s.,
142° 17' w.

Marontl, islets in l^ailu pas.sage on the northeast side of
New Caledonia.

Maroupo, a name of Angatau of the Panmotu archipelago.

Marovo, New Georgia or Rubiana, of the Solomon islands,
consists of three principal islands and many islets, all
of recent volcanic origin, some rising to a height of
2500 ft. Inhal^tants are dark, sturdv cannibals. The
northeast point is in 7 ' 57' S., 157" 31' E.

Marqueen of the charts should be Marcken as named by
Lemaire.

Marquesas, Les Marquises, were discovered July 21, 1595,
by Mendaha so far as the southeast group is con-
cerned. The northern group by Marchand in 1791,
and by Ingraham about the same time. They were
named in memory of Don Garcia Hnrtado de Mendoza,
Marques de Cafiete, \'iceroy of Peru and patron of
Mendaiia's second voyage. They were taken by France
in 1842. The native inhabitants have diminished from
the supposed number of 75,000 to less than 3500.
They were of beautiful form, finely tatued, and hun-
gry cannibals. Now they are perishing with leprosy,
syphilis and other evils. Devoted Hawaiian mission-
aries have labored with them for forty years. The
islands of the group nuiy be tabulated as follows:

[•S3]

Urracas

Asuncion c* 1

MARIANAS

Agngan (v^

Pagan ^
Almagan ^/j

Guguan
Torres

Sariguan

Anatajan

Saipan

Tinian
Aguijan Q

LADRONE

Rota

GUAM

FIG. 6,

lOO

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

MARQUESAS ISLANDS.

— —

EXTE.NT IS \

Height ix

Latitude

i^ONGITUDE

Native Name.

(HAKT Name.

MILES.

KEET.

South.

West.

Wasliiiigtcin Group:

Flit mill 11, Hiuicock.
Cliiimil.

Inpri"aham, I7fll .
.Mart'liand, 1791.

4b.v 1.

13.s;i

7° 57' Oil"

14;l' 34' oil"

I.Hiifition.

Roberts. 17:)3.

Fanning, 17StK.

|,'J,|,,

Hiiiu.

Marchand. 17»1.
Infti-ahani, 17111.

« b.v 3.

2000

N (2

1411 49

Kreciiiniit!!'.

Roberts, 17113.

Uobel-tK.

Hersest, 1792.

New York.

Fannins, 1798.

M<.tnili

Franklin.

lilnki-.

H»'r^ivsl. 'I'wu lirnther.'^.

InftTahain, 1791.
Roberts, 1793.

Rock.

72.1

.s 43

14U 37

Niiknhiva

Kl-.IPlMl.

Sir Hcnr,\' .Miirtin.
!!.• Kiinx.

Inprraham, 1791.
HeiKest. 1792.
.M.irchand. 1791.
Roberts, 1793.

14 b.v 111.

40911 V

s .-,4 113

1411 IIG 41)

Huiihuna

Washington.

MaBsachiisetts.

Riou.

Ouahouka, Uoahon^a.

lup:i-ahani. 1791.
Roberts, 1793.
HerRest, 1793.

7..^. b.v 5.

24311

N 55

139 :i4

HllMIHl

Adams.
Washington.

In^raham, 1791.
Roberts, 1793.

9 by n.

4042

9 24

141) 05

Marchand.

Ouapou, Roapoxia..

Meiidana firoiip:

Hood.

Cook, 1774.

Rock.

llsii

9 2o

138 51)

Fatou-huiikuu.

Fetuku.

Hiv in*i

La DoniiniL-a.

Mendana, l.J9.'t.
DTrville.

22 li.v G.

12.S0
2S20

9 47

13.S 47

Santa CriHtina.

Mendafia, 1595.

,S.5 b.v 4.

32.S0

9 .'>:;

139 00

Motane

San Pedro.
Mohotane.

Mendana, 1595.

5 by 2.

IWO

lu nil

13.S .50

Santa Masdalina.

Mendana, 1695.

8 by 4.

3675

10 24

138 40

Marsh, see Makaroa, islet of Maiigareva.
Marshall, see Tarawa, of the Gilbert group.

MARSHALL ISLANDS.

Native Namk.

Chart Namk.

Katack Group:

Knox

Mille

A in o

Majii rc)

Aurl)

MaloeiHh

Erikuli

Wotje.,

Likiel)

Jemu

Ailko

Miadi

Taka

Utirik

Bikar

Mulpi-ave.

Daniel. I'edder.

Arrowsniith.

Ibetson, Traverse.v.

Calvert, Kaven. Araktclieeff.

Bishop Junction. Egerup.

Konianzow.

Count Heideii. Leffiep.

Tenio. Steep-to.

Tindal. Watts.

Med jit. New Year.

Suvarov,

Kutusov. Button.

Dawson.

Taonpi Smyth. Gaspar Kieo

Kaliek Orotip (AVcsti:

Y^iOTi Boston. Co veil

Namorik'.' B*'"n

Y^\\\ Hunter

.laluit '.".'.'.' , Btmhani

Ailinglap
Jabwat.. . .

Xeniu

Lib

rjae..

Lae

Kwadjalin.-

AVotto

Ailingrinae ..
Uongeiap. .
Ron^erik . .

Bikini

Enlwetok. .
Ujelongr ....

Number of
Islets.

Discoverer.

32
«4

Odia, EIniDiv. Hi'lnt.

•1\
1

Namu, Musijnillo.

Tebut. Prinee.ssa.

Katlierine.

Brown.

Menschikoff.

Shanz.

Pescadore.

Rim«iki-Korsaki)ff. Rj

dnkala.

4.S

Eschsfholtz.

1!)

Brown.

Arecifos, Providence,

_'asob()s.

Captain Marshall. 17ss,
^larshall A- (iilbi-rt.
Marshall Jt (iilbert.
Kotzebue.

Kotzebiie, 1M7.
Kulzeblle. 1*%17.

G. Ray, 1.sl'4.
Captain Bond. 1792.
Captain Dennet.

Captain Bond, 179:,'.

Captain Brown. !k."(S.

Captain Shanz. ISSfi.

Captain Walli.s. 17ii7.
Kotzebup. lsl7.

Ca])tain T. Itutl^-r. I7i

[184]

INDEX TO THE PAC/FIC ISLANDS. loi

Marshall Islands, an extensive i^ronp between the Caroline and Gilbert islands,
probably visited bv Alvaro de Saavedra in 1529. Captain Wallis, in 1767, was
at Rongerik, and in 1788 Captains jMarshall and Gilbert explored this group
more thorouglily than any previous navigators. In February, 1886, Germany
annexed the group and has since endea\ored to colonize it, but without much
success.

Marshall Bennett, three small, high, uninhabited islands discovered bv Captain
Hunter of the Marshall Bcnncit in 1836. 8" 49' s., 151 56' E.

Martin, on the northeast coast of Bougainville, Solomon islands. 6 ii's., 155° 35' E.

Martin, see Nganati of the Pauniotu archipelago.

^lartin de Mayorga, name given by Maurelle in 1781 to the Tongan group.

Mama or Alaupiti of the Society islands. It is 6 m. in circumference and surrounded
by a reef on which are several palm-covered islets; volcanic, 800 ft. high. Popu-
lation, 300. 16" 26' s., 152 12' w.© 20.

Marutea or Lord Hood, in the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered in 1791 bv Cap-
tain Edwards in H. M. S. Pandora. The atoll extends 11 m. E-w., and 7 m. x-s..
It is uninhabited and the lagoon is closed. 21^ 31' S., 135' 38' \v. 23.

Marutea or Furneaux, a low, inhabited atoll discovered by Cook in 1773. \\'est end
in 16 54' s., 143' 20' w.

Marv Balcout of Wilkes is Canton in the Phoenix group.

Mas-a-fuera is 92 m. west from Juan Fernandez, 8 m. x-s., 5 m. E-w., 4000 ft. liigh.
33° 46' s., 80° 46' w.

Masamasa is 575 ft. high, in Bougainville strait, Solomon islands. 6° 47'. s., 156° 09' E.

Mas-a-tierra, a name of Juan Fernandez.

Maskelyne, group of low islands, thickly peopled, off the southeast coast of Malekula,
New Hebrides. Sakau is the largest; others are Kolivia and Kiw^-o.

Masmapi, islet in Dorei bav on the north coast of New Guinea.

Massachusetts of Roberts is Huahuna of the ]\Iarcjuesas islands.

Massacre, a name given to Marcken of Lemaire.

Massaramcoer or Bramble Cay, a sandbank 10 ft. high at the northeast boundary of
Queensland Colony. 9' 07' 50" s., 143 52' 10" E.

JNIasse of Roberts is Eiao of the Marquesas islands.

Matador, of the Caroline islands was discovered in 1876. It consists of 15 islets on
an atoll, some of them inhabited. 1° 30' N., 157° 05' E.

Matahiva or Lazareff, of the Paumotu archipelago, a low, wooded island discovered
by Bellingshausen in 1S20. West end is in 14 53' 30" S., 148' 43' 30" w.

Mataiwa, a form of Matahiva.

Mata kawa, of the Talbot group is opposite the mouth of the Wassi kussa river of
New Guinea. 9' 16' s., 142" 12' E.

Matamanoa, uninhabited islet of the Mamanutha i thake group, Fiji.

Matangi, islet of Fakaafo or Bowditch. 9' 22' vS., 171'' 12' w.

Matangi, a small, unhabited island, i m. long, crescent-shape. Fiji.

Matamuktl, islet south of Kandavu, Fiji; 700 ft. high. 19" iq' 20" S., 178" 06' 40" E.

Mataou or East Sentinel, islet at entrance to Comptroller bay, Nukuhiva, Marquesas
islands.

[185]

ro2

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

MataSO or Two Hill of the New Hebrides, is about 19 m. north from Nguna; 1650
ft. high. Natives friendly. Mission station. \f 18' S., 168° 23' E.

Matathoni levu, of Yasawa group, Fiji, 2 ni. N-s. North point in 16° 57's., 178° 1845" K.

Matelotas, see Ngoli of the Caroline islands.

Matema, Swallow or Reef, comprise Lomlom, Nufiluli, Pilcni, Nukapu, Anologo,
Nibanga, Panavi, Nupani, Fenuloa. The group lies between 10' 04'- 10° 22' S.,
165' 39-166° 19' E. British protectorate proclaimed August 18, 1898. 12.

Materbert, small, rocky, off Gazelle peninsula of New Britain, Bismarck archipelago.

Materhert, of the Bismarck archipelago, is 0.2 m. long. 4' 17' s., 151° 32' E.

Matthias, a mountainous and wooded islet
northwest from New Hanover. i°32's.

Mathieu, islet of Malolo group, Fiji.
Mathuata ( Macuata ) , off north coast of Ya-

nua levu, Fiji; 1.5 m.long, 50oft.highdb■
Matilda, see Mururoa of the Pauniotu archi-
pelago. 23.
Matin, islet of ]\Iarovo or New Georgia,

Solomon islands. 8"' 25' .s., 158° 05' E.
MatO, islet 5 m. south from Uen island.
Matthew, discovered by Captain Gilbert
in 1788; 465 ft. liigh. 22° 20' 12" S.,

MATUKU

171" 20 30 E.

^\^

FIG. 7.

Matthew, islet in Uitoe passage on the
southwest side of New Caledonia.

Matthew, a basaltic cone southeast from
New Caledonia.

Matthew, see ]\Iaraki of the Gilbert islands.

Mattinson, 'see Sophia of the Ellice group
(existence uncertain).

Matty, or Maty, was discovered by Carteret September 19, 1767, and named for his
friend Dr. Maty. It is 6 m. square, flat, and thickly peopled by a fine light col-
ored race of uncertain relationship. Their implements are peculiar and exceed-
ingly interesting. i''45'.s., 142' 47'E. Probably this is Tiger of the charts. 8.

Mattl avi, one of the Stewart group. 8 ' 23' S., 162" 58' E.

MatukanapUta, small and rocky island off Gazelle peninsula of New Britain; 60 ft.
high. 4 13' s., 151' 32' E.

Matuku, in Fiji, is a good example of a high ( 1262 ft.) island with a fringing reef.
The map is copied from the survey given in the C 'liallciiorr Report. Matuku is
4.5 m. N-s. Carr's harbor on the west side is the best in the group. The volcanic
peaks add great beauty to the scenery. The south point is in 19° 13' 30" S.,
179° 44' E. Population in 1S80 was 712.

Matupi, a small volcanic island in Blanche bay. New Britain. 4 13' s., 152° 10' E.

Maturei Vavao or Estancelin of the Paumotu archipelago, is the southeastern of the

Ac^seon group. It is 6 m. xw-SE. Northwest point is in 2i"27's., i36°28'w. 22.

[1S6]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISIANDS. 103

Maty was discovered by Carteret September 19, 1767, and named for his friend Dr.
Alaty. It is 6 m. square, flat and tliickly peopled b}- a fine light colored race of
uncertain relationship. Their implements are peculiar and exceedingly interest-
ing. 1° 45' s., 142° 47' E. Probably this is Tiger of the charts. 8.
Mau, Hinchinbrook or Vele of the New Hebrides, is a volcanic cone 2 m. in diameter,
and 1493 ft. high. The crater is filled with vegetation. Natives peaceable.

Maui, of the Hawaiian group, is the second in size, measuring 466,000 acres. It is
43 m. long, divided by a low isthmus into East and West Maui. The former is the
grand cone (10,032 ft. high) capped by the crater of Haleakala, which is more
than 2000 ft. deep and 20 m. in circuit. The latter, also an ancient volcano, is
lower (5820 ft.) and its flanks are deeply cut into picturesque valleys. Popula-
tion in 1896 was 17,726. The north side of the isthmus is in 20" 54' 15" N.,
156° 29' w. I.

Mauiki, of the Hervey group, is about 6 m. in circumference, fertile, has no lagoon
nor any opening in the fringing reef. 20 07' .S., 157 ' 22' \v. 23.

Manpiti, see Marua of the Society islands.

Mausoleum, a sugar-loaf-shaped hill 650 ft. high, between New Ireland and New
Hanover in the Bismarck archipelago. 2 44' S., 150^ 32' E.

]\Iauti of Byron is Mauiki of the Hervey group.

Mavuva, islet of Mathuata on the north coast of Yanua levu, Fiji.

Mawtu, islet of Fakaafo or Bowditch. 9' 25' 30" s., 171 12' 30" w.

May, see Yakuve, Fiji. 18° 51' 45" .s., 178" 27' E.©

Mayon, see Marua or Woodlark.

]\Iayor, see Tuhoua, New Zealand.

Mba, islet of Uitoe passage, southwest side of New Caledonia.

Mbatiki (Batiki), Fiji, near the centre of the group, is 2 m. in diameter and 609 ft.
high. Population in 1880, 342. 17 ' 46' s., 179" 10' E.

Mbau (Bau), Fiji, small island east from \'iti levu, 80 ft. high. 17''' 59' 16" .s.,.
178° 39' 20" E.

Mbe, islet in Port Uitoe, .southwest side of New Caledonia.

Mbenau, islet on the south coast of \'anua leyu, Fiji, 100 j-ds. in diameter, covered
with palms.

Mbenga (Beqa), is 5X3 ni- and rises to 1400 ft. 18° 22' 15" S., 178° 07' 30" E.

Mboa, islet in Uitoe passage on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

Mbu, islet in Port Uitoe, on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

Mbua, islet 35 ft. high on the shore reef at the southeast end of Nananu i thake, Fiji.

Mbuimbani, a conical island 430 ft. high in Nanuku passage, Fiji; planted with
coconut trees.

Mbulia (Bulla), 460 ft. high, inhabited, in Kandavu group, Fiji. 18'46's., 178'33'E.

Mbulo, a small island off Cape Pitt of Marovo, Solomon islands; about 800 ft. high.
8° 45' S., 158" 15' E.

McAskill, see Tugulu ; also Pingelap.

McKean, of the Phcenix group, was discovered by Wilkes in 1840. It is low,
0.7X0.5 m. I 36' S., 174° 16' w.O 17.

Meaburn, islet of Caroline islands.

C187]

I04 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Meatna, islet of the Tongan group.

Meek, islet of Kwadjalin, Marshall islands.

IMedjit, see Miadi of the Marshall islands. 6.

Meduro, see Majuro of the Marshall islands.

Mefur, a low, uninhabited island lo m. long on the north coast of New Guinea.

Mehetia, a form of Maitea of the Society islands. 20.

Meiwa, islet east from Yeina in the Louisiade archipelago. ii° 22' S., 153° 30' K.

Mej, islet on the west coast of Ebon, Marshall islands. 4" 36' 30" N., 168° 41' 30" K.

Mekinley, in China strait, 200 ft. high. 10° 33' S., 150" 43' 35" E.

Mekundratiga, a low island 1.2X0.2 m. Fiji. 17" 24' 16" s., 178° 58' 50" H.O

Melb(nirne, see Tenarunga, Panmotn archipelago. 21^ 22' S., 136° 34' w.

Meli, a low, inhabited islet of Fate, New Hebrides.

Mellittl, islet on the southeast coast of Marua of the Trobriand group. 9" 09' S.,

152' 57' K-
Mellu, islets of Kwadjalin of the Marshall islands.
Melville, .'^ee Hikueru of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.
Mende, islet on the east side of Willaumez peninsula, New Britain.
Mentschikow, see Kwadjalin, Marshall islands.
Menu (La), islet of Tasiko, New Hebrides.

Meoko, better Mioko, inhabited islet of the Duke of York group. New Ireland.
Meosnum, in Geelvink bay on the north coast of New Guinea; 12-14 m. long, i m.

wide. 1° 29' S., 135" 14' R.
Mer or Murray, with Dauer and Waier within one reef. Inhabitants Papuan. 9°54's.,

144" 02' E.
Meralaba, see INIerlav of the New Hebrides.
Merat, 3-4 m. in circumference, on the New Guinea coast.
Mercury or D'Haussez, on the coast of New Zealand. 36' 40' s., 175° 45' E.
Merig or St. Claire, is between Merlav and Gaua of the Banks islands; 200 ft. high.

Population, 15-20. 14° 17' S., 167° 50' E.
Merite, of the French islands, Bismarck archipelago, is about 5 m. E-w by 4 m., and

2150 ft. high; near New Britain. \ 56' s., 149° 07' E.
Merlav, Meralaba or Star Peak of the New Hebrides, is 2900 ft. high. Population

about 700. A Mission station. 14° 29' S., 167° 59' E.
MeSSUm, a raised coral island of the Louisiade archipelago.
Meta, islet on the north coast of New Guinea, which with Gressien forms Dallmaun

harbor.
Metia, see Makatea, Paumotu archipelago. 30.
Metis, of the Tongan group, was first noticed in 1875 by Metis 75 m. from Falcon

island. It was 29 ft. high; after an eruption it rose to 150 ft.; now a shoal bank.

19° 11' S., 174° 49' w.
Metoma, between Aliddle and North of the Torres group, is about 450 ft. high.

1.5 X 0.7 m.

Mewadi, islet north from Duau, D'Entrecasteaux group. 9" 50' S., 150° 55' E.

Mewstone, see Moturina of the Louisiade archipelago.

Meyer, off the east coast of Raoul, Kermadec islands.

[188]

170

Uente Hermosa
0

SAVAII

German
UPOLU

-?,

American

V, ^Tsjtfanono j

^^--> ^"^vFanuatapu

NuuTua ^men ; TUTUILA
Nuutele 1

; CCjTI^ oAnuu

15 OS.

SAMOAN ISLANDS

170

MANUA GROUP

0'^>=5<?'°5«"^'»

Tau

Rosa

Nine

INDEX TO THE PAC/E/C /STANDS. 105

Miadi, Medjit or New Year of the Jvlarsliall islands, was discovered by Kotzebue,

Jannary i, 1817. The atoll is 3 m. N-S., and 0.7 m. wide. 10" i7'3o"n., i70°55'k.
Mibu, low, wooded, 11 m. in circumference, at the month of Fly river, separated by a

narrow creek from the mainland. 8" 43' s., 143 ' 23' K.
Michaelov, see Tu\ana i ra, Fiji.
Middle, see Tegua in China strait.

Middleburgh, on the New Gninea coast. 0° 24' vS., 132° 10' E.
AIiddlel)urgh, a name given by Tasman in 1643 to Ena of the Tongan islands.
Midge, see Abaura, New Gninea.
Midway, of the Hawaiian group, was discovered h\ Captain Brooks of the Gaiubia in

1859. He took possession for tlie United vStates. It was surveyed by Captain

W. Reynolds (afterwards Admiral ) in U. S. vS. lackaiocDnia in 1867. Reef is 18 m.

in circumfereuce, with an entrance to the lagoon on the west. There are two islets.

Eastern and vSand. 28" 12' 22" N., 177 22' 20" w. It has (1900) been carefully

resurveyed b_y the officers and men of the U. S. /nn/zio/s, and n^'un- soundings

were made to facilitate its use as a cable station.
Mille or Alulgrave, of the Marshall islands, is a chain of atolls 30 m. long; discovered

by Captain Marshall in 1788. The southwest point is in 6' 09' N., 171" 30' E.
Mills, one of the Tiri islands off Vanua levu, Fiji.
Milne, off southeast coast of Raoul, Kermadec islands.
Miloradowitch, a name given by Bellingshausen in 1819 to Faaite of the Paumotu

archipelago.
Minerva, see Pukaliuha, Paumotu archipelago.

Miniminiahura is north of Saibai, New Guinea. 9^ 17' s., 142° 45' E.
Minto, see Tenarunga of the AtT:3eon group.
Mioko or Meoko, is an inhabited islet of the Duke of York group in the Bismarck

archipelago, where the Cierman protectorate was proclaimed November 3, 1884.

4" 13' S., 152' 28' E.
Mioskaroar, small, low, thickly wooded, on north coast of New Guinea. o'lS's., i35"o3'e.
Misima or vSt. Aignan of the Louisiade archipelago, is 21.5 m. E-w., 3-4 m. x-s., and

35oozb ft- high. Population, in 1890, 3000; a mixture of Malay and Papuan

stock; head-hunters, who have many canoes. Alluvial gold has been found.

West cape 10" 38' s., 152" 31' E. 9.
Misool is 50 m. north from Ceram ; 50x20 m., mountainous and wooded. Interior

people are Papuan, on the coast much mixed with Mala}-. Subject to Sultan of

Tidore. 2° vS., 130" E.
Misore or Mj-sore, see Schouten islands.
Mitchell, a name of Nukulaelae of the Ellice group. 16.
Mitiero or Mitiaro, of the Hervey group, is 10 m. in circumference, very barren; deep

lagoon with no opening in the surrounding reef. Population about 275. i9'49'.S.,

157° 43' w.
Mitre, see P'ataka in 11° 55' s., 170° 10' E.
Moai, islet of Ifalik, Caroline islands. 3.
Moala, high, volcanic island of Fiji; 5X7 ni., and 1535 ft. high. Population about

600. South point is in 18' 41' s., 179' 53' E.

L189]

io6 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Moali, Muli or Badeneu, islet southwest of Uea, Loyalty islands. There is only a

boat passage between Moali and Uea.
Modu mann (for Mokit viaiiu), old spelling of the Hawaiian name of Nihoa or Bird

island.
Moe, islet of Pavuvu, Solomon islands.
Moller, see Amann of the Panmotn archipelago.
Moller, see Laysan, Hawaiian islands. 3.
Moeretlhout or Maria, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered by Mr. Ebrill of

the Ampliiti-itc in 1832. A lagoon in centre. 2\ 53' s., 136° 20' w.O 33.
Mofia, on the north coast of New Guinea; half a mile x-s., 200 ft. high. 0° 28' s,,

135' 13' K.

Mogmog, islet of Uluthi, Caroline islands. 10° 06' x., 139" 45' 30" E.

MogOgha, islet off tlie north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji.

Moka, islet of Kia, Fiji.

Mokaluva, islet at the entrance to Port Nnkulau on the southeast coast of \'iti levu,
P'iji.

Mokil or Duperrey or Wellington is 90 m. east from Ponape, Caroline islands. It was
discovered June 18, 1824, ^^' Duperrev. The reef is 3 m. in diameter and has
three islets, Mokil, Aoura and Ongai (According to others the names are Urak,
Manton and Kalap). About 175 inhabitants. South end is in 6°39'x., i59°53'e.

Moko, islet of Pavuvu of the Russell group, Solomon islands. 9 04' s., 159° 07' E.

Mokomok (Arrowroot), chief place of Uluthi or Mackenzie group, Caroline islands.

Mokor, Caroline islands, a name in Dr. L. H. Gulick's list, in 5" 41' x., 152 40' E.
vSaid not to exist.

Mokuhooniki, islet 198 ft. high, off east end of Molokai, Hawaiian group. 2i°07'4o"x.,
156 42' 20" w.

Mokulii, islet off north coast of Oahu, Hawaiian group.

Mokuilgai, 10 m. from Ovalau, F'iji; 3 m. x-.s., 1.5 m. E-w. The north point is in
17 24' 16" S., 179' 01' E.

Molahau, in Bismarck archipelago. 3° 14' s., 152 28' E.

Molard, see Ndundine, Loyalty islands.

Mole, islet 0.7 m. long, in Purdy islands. 2 52' S., 146' iS' E. 8.

Molokai, of the Hawaiian islands, is a long, high island, 4958 ft. high, and covering
167,000 acres. Population, 2307. On the middle of the north side a tongue runs
northward from the base of high precijjices, and here, walled by nature from the
rest of the island, is the Government leper establishment. The east end is in
21" 09' iS' X., 156" 42' 45" w.; the west end in 21' 05' 50" x., 157" iS' 45" w. i.

Molokini, of the Hawaiian islands, is a small, extinct crater in the channel between
Maui and Kahoolawe. Uninhabited.

Monagim or Monagun, islet east of Misima, Louisiade archipelago. 10" 42' S.,

i53_'' 53' H.
Monahiki or Humphrey was discovered by Captain Patrickson in the Good Hope,
1822. British prote(5lorate declared August 9, 1889. It is a closed lagoon reef
of triangular form with the apex to the north ; 6X5 ni. 10° 2o'3o"s., 16101' I5"w.

Population, 400-500. 19.

[190]

INDEX TO THE PAC/EIC fSLANDS. 107

Mondriki, miinluibited islet of Manmnutha i caki group, Fiji.

Money, islet of Pavuvu, Solomon islands.

]\Ioiiges (Monjes), see Anacoretas.

Mono or Treasury is about 25 m. south from Bougainville of the Solomon islands ;

6.5 m. E-w., 4 m. x-s.; 1165 ft. high. 7' 21' s., 155" 32' K.
Monofe, of the Hermit islands, i" 29' s., 144' 59' E. 8.
Montague, see Muna, New Hebrides.
Montemont, two islands, la tani and Pana bobo, in the Louisiade archipelago.

11' 18' S., 152° 18' E.
Monteverde, see Nukuor of the Caroline islands. Discovered by Juan B. Alonteverde

in 1806.
Montgomery, Solomon islands, ig about 15 m. E. bvs.-w. bv x.; uninhabited. S"43's.,

157' 29' E.
Montravel is i m. ]-;-w. at the west entrance to Praslin bay. New Caledonia. Named

for Captain Tardy de Montravel.
Monu, uninhabited islet of Mamanutha i caki group, Fiji.

Monuafe, islet of Tongatabu, opposite the entrance to harbor. 21 06' s., 175" 07' \v.
Mooa, islet on the New Guinea coast.
Moore, see Kayangle of the Pelew islands.
Moorea or Eimeo of the Society- islands, rises in Oroo peak to 4045 ft. The south

end is in 17' 34' 15" s., 150' 00' 30" w. 30.
Mopelia, see Mopeha of the Society islands. 20.
Mopeha, Lord Howe, Maura and Mobidie (of Turnbull), in the vSociety group, was

discovered bv Wallis in 1767; 10 m. x-s., 4 m. E-w. 16" 52' S., 154 \v. approx.
Mor, s ni. from Kutu, Caroline islands; 300 inhabitants.

Moramba, Fiji, 0.5 m. in diameter, is well wooded. 18 56' 30" S., 181 09' E.O
Morane or Cadmus, in the Paumotu archipelago, is a closed lagoon reef with three

inhabited islets; 5 m. bv 2.5 m. 23" 08' .S., 137' 20' w.O 32.
Morata, the name of a district of Dauila, D'Entrecasteanx group, often applied to the

island.
Moratau or Fergusson, of the D'Entrecasteaux group, is 30 m. E-w. by 24 m. x-s.

Mt. Kilkerran is 5000 ft. high. The island is cultivated and populous. 9.
Moresby, see Basilaki.

Moreton, off Moreton bay, Queensland; 20X5 ni. North point is in 27 'o6's., 153" i6'e.
Moretiga, islet on the northwest coast of Lsle of Pines.

Morgusaia, islet on the south coast of Shortland, Solomon islands. 7 07's., 155 46'E.
Morileu or Hall, discovered in 1824 by English Captain Hall. The group consists

of Morileu, Rua, Namorousse and six islets. Population about 100. 8^ 41' x.,

152° 25' E. 4.
Morilug, coast of Australia. 10 39' s., 142" 39' E.
Morning Star, see Udjelong of the ^larshall islands.
Mornington or Wellesle}-, a group in the Gulf of Carpentaria. Seen by Tasman in

1644, but supposed to be part of the mainland. Named for Lord Mornington,

afterward IVLirquis of Wellesle}-.
Moro, islet in Kuto bay. Isle of Pines.

[191]

io8 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Morrell, reported by Captain Morrell in 1825 as of 29° 57' N., 174° 31' E.; but its exist-
ence is doubtful, as it has not been seen for many years. Now expunged from
Admiralty charts (1900).

Mortlock, a group of the Caroline islands discovered by Captain James Mortlock
November 29, 1793. Consists of Lukunor, Satoan, Etal. Three long groups and
nine islets; in all, 98 islands. 4.

Mortlock, see Marcken.

Moseley, islet in Nares harbor, Admiralty island. Named for Henry N. Moselev, of
the Clialloigcr expedition.

MOSO, Deception or Verao, on the northwest side of Havannah harbor. Fate, New
Hebrides. There are several villages on the island, of which Moso is one. Verao
means long.

Mosquito, a group on the north shore of Goodenough bav on the northeast coast of
New Guinea. 9° 46' s., 149 53' E.

Mota, New Hebrides, was discovered bv Quiros in 1606 and called Nostra (nuestra)
Senora de la Luz. Bligh called it Sugar-loaf. There are two wooded peaks about
1250 ft. high. Forty-two villages contain 2000 inhabitants, according to French
authority. 13" 48' S., 167 ' 40' E. 12.

Motane or San Pedro, of the Marquesas islands, was discovered by Mendaiia July 21,
1595. Tessan calls it 0-nateaya. 4.5 m. nnw-SSE; 1565 ft. high, sterile and un-
inhabited. 10" s., 138° 50' w. 23.

Motea, islet at entrance to Hamene bay, Tahaa, Society islands.

Mothe (Moce), Fiji. Wilkes calls it Motha. 2.2 m. in diameter, 590 ft. high; soil
ricli, island piAurescjue ; inhabited. 18" 36' 30" s., iSi' 26' E.O

Motuhanua, islet to the eastward of Port Moresby, .south coast of New Guinea.
9' 32' S., 147" 16' 30" E.

Motua, islet off the north coast of X'anua levu, Fiji.

Motuagea, islet of Fakaafo or Bowditch. 9° 22' 38" .s., 171° 13' w.

Motuaini, islet in Styx passage. Loyalty islands.

Motuiti, islet of Fakaafo. 9° 22' 45" S., 171° 13' w.

Motuiti (little island) or F'ranklin, sterile islet of the Marquesas. S°43's., 140° 37'w.

Motuiti nr Kenned V, New Hebrides, was discovered by Captain Simpson in the
Xaiitiliis in 1801. Little is known of it. 8" 36' s., 167° 48' E.

Motuiti, see Tubal, Society islands. 20.

MotU Korea, in Auckland harbor, New Zealand.

Mottlkavata, one of the Danger group; long, 125 ft. high, uninhaliited. 10° 58' .S.,
165' 15' w.

Motukoe, one of the Danger group; uninhabited, loodz ft. high. 10^53's., i65"45'3o"w.

Motuloa, islet of Fakaafo or Bowditch. 9° 22' 26" s., 171' 12' w.

Motumau or Table, on the New Zealand coast. 43 04' s., 173" 10' E.

Motunailgea, islet of Fakaafo or Bowditch. 9° 24' .S., 171" 13' w.

Motuntli or West vSentiuel, islet at the entrance to Taiohae harbor, Nukuliiva, Mar-
quesas islands.

MotU ora, in Auckland harbor. New Zealand. Coconut island, in Hilo harbor, has
the same name which signifies island of life.

[192]

INDEX TO THE FACIEI C ISLANDS. 109

MotupatU, in Hauruki gulf near W'aiheke, New Zealand.

Moturiki is i m. s\v. from Ovalau, Fiji; 5X1 "i.; abounds in coconuts. 17 ' 47'o6" ,s.,

178 48' 25" K. (Peak.)
Moturina or Mewstone, of tlie Louisiade archipelago, is 3 ni. ksk-wnw. by 1.7 ni.;

nearly 1000 ft. high; inhabited.
Motutulatula, islet of Fakaafo or Bowditch. 9" 24' 45" S., 171" 12' \v.
Motutunga i)r Adventure, atoll of the Pauniotu archipelago, was discovei'ed by Cook

in 1773. The lagoon has a boat entrance at the northwest side. Occasionally in-
habited for collecfling coconuts and pearl-shell. 17' 04' s., 144' 17' w.O
Mouac, islet in Banare bay on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.
Mougaone, Tongan islands.
Moulin. 18° 31' 10" s., 160° 52' 14" E. Named for one of the sailors in D'Entre-

casteaux expedition.
Mound, on the Australian coast. 17^ 57' s., 146" 09' E.
Mourilyan, on tlie New Guinea coast.

Mount AdolphuS, group in Torres strait. 10° 38' .s., 142° 37' E.
]\Iount Cornwallis, see Tauan on the southwest coast of New Guinea.
Mouse, one of the Purdv islands. 2° 55' S., 146° 20' E.
Mouse, islet in Fortescue strait, southeast coast of New Guinea.
Mown, islet of Kiriwina group. 9.

Mua, islet of Egum, Kiriwina group. 9 25' S., 151" 58' E. 9.
Mudge, see Narri of the Engineer group. 10° 45' s., 150° 18' E.
Mugula or Dufaure is on the east side of Orangerie bay on the southeast coast of

New Guinea; 3 m. n-S., 2 m. E-\v.; 1662 ft. high; inhabited. io°29's., 149" 49' e:.
Muifuiva, islet near Namuka of the Tongan islands.

Mukalau, low, 0.5 m. in circumference; off \'iti levu, Fiji. 18 ii's., 178 30' io"e.O
Mulgrave, in Torres strait. 10 07' .s., 142 09' E.©
Mulgrave, see Mille of the Marshall islands.
Muli, see Moali of the Loyalty group.

Mulifonua, islet of Fakaafo or Bowditch. 9 19' .s., 171 13' w.
Mumbualau, islet between Suva and Levuka, Fiji.
Muna, Nguua, Nuna or Montague, islet on the northeast coast of Fate, New Hebrides;

1500 ft. high.
Mungaiwa, islet of Yanutha of the Ringgold group, Fiji.
Munia, of the Exploring islands, Fiji; 2X1 ni., 1054 ft. high. 17 22's., 181" 07'3o" E.

Inhabited.
Munia, southwest from Fauro, Solomon islands; 0.7 m. in diameter, 275 ft. high,

wooded.
Murray, islet in Nares harbor. Admiralty island. Named for Dr. John Murray of the

C/mllciigei:
Murray, see Mer.

Murray, 100 m. northeast from Cape York in Torres strait. io°05'.s., 144 05' f;.
Murrav, see Buraku, Solomon islands.
Murua or Woodlark, in the Kiriwina group, was discovered by Captain Grimes of the

^^y^^^/A///' of Sydney before 1836; 40 m. E-\v. Northwest point 8 54'.s., i 52" 35'E:. 9.

[193]

no INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Mururoa, Osnaburgh or Matilda, was discovered b}- Carteret in 1767. It consists of
18 low islands extending 14 m. The last name from the wreck of the whaler
Matilda in 1792. East end in 21 50' S., 138° 45' w. Paumotn archipelago. 33.

Muschu or Gressien, fertile and well peopled, on the nortli coast of New Guinea.
3 24' S., 143' 28' K.

Museeket, islet of Ailinglablab, JMarshall islands. 6.

AInskillo, see Nemn, Caroline islands.

Muswar, in Geelvink Ixiy, north coast of New Guinea. 2" S., 134^ 25' E.

Mutakaloch, islet off the Metalanim coast of Ponape, Caroline islands.

Muthuata, off \'anua levu, Fiji; i. 1X0.5 m., 1005 ft. high. East end in 16° 25' .s.,
179 03' 54" E.

Mtltok, islet on the south side of Ponape, Caroline islands.

Mutokaloj, islet of Ponape, Caroline islands.

Muturabu, islet of Tongatabu. 21° 05' 30" s., 175° 01' w.

Muwo, of the Kiriwina group. 8 43' s., 150° 58' E.

Myet, in the Bismarck archipelago. 4° 06' S., 152° 27' E.

Mysorv, see Schouten.

Manuna, islet east of Port Moresby on the south coast of New Guinea. 9' 33' .s.,
147 16' E.

Mywoolla, see Kandavu, Fiji.

Nada, see Laiighlan.

Nagian, on the north side of the northeast opening of Eguni atoll. 9°23'.S., 152'03'E.

NagO, islet at mouth of Nusa harbor of New Ireland.

Naiabo, small coral island, 40 ft. high, with a barrier reef 3 m. in circumference, in
the Lan group, Fiji.

Naiau, 3.5X2 m., 500-600 ft. high, Fiji. About 230 inhalntants.

Naingani (Naigani), P'iji; 1X0.7 m., 420 ft. high. North point in 17° 33' 40" s.,
178 43' E.

Nairai, 10 m. n. by E. from Ngau, Fiji; 4 m. N-S., 1.5-3 "i- '''-\\'- Needle peak 1078 ft.
high. The north point in 17" 45' s., 179 28' 30" E. In 1880 there were 612 in-
habitants.

Nairn, off the southwest coast of Ysabel, Solomon islands. 7° 40' S., 158° 20' E.

Nairsa, see Rangiroa (Rahiroa) of the Paumotu archipelago.

Naitamba (Naitaba), Fiji; is high and rugged, triangular, 1.5 m. in diameter, 610 ft.
high. Inhabited by Europeans.. 17° 03' 30" S., 180'" 46' t;.0

Nakandra nui, islet on the iiorth coast of Yanua levu, Fiji.

Nakoga, see Anologo, Matema islands.

Nakudi, islet of Bntaritari, Gilbert islands. 3'' 08' 25" x., 172 41' 15" E.

Nakumbutha, small, rocky island off Vanua levu, Fiji. 16' 35' 30". s., 178" 36'3o"e.O

Nalap, islet of Ponape, Caroline islands, off Ronkiti x'w&x.

Nalogo, a trader's name for Anologo.

Nama or D'Urville (Peace?), of the Caroline islands, is small, without a lagoon, but
liigher than most of the group. 6° 59' N., 152° 33' E). 4-

Namaka, islet of Butaritari, Gilbert islands. 3 11' 30" N., 172" 54' E.

[194]

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. iii

Namatotte, off the New Guinea coast. 3^ 53' s., 133" 49' H.

Nambite, low, off Vanua levu, Fiji. North point in 16" 27' 54" S., 178" 50' E.

Namena or Direc^lion, Fiji; two high (320 ft.) hills covered with dense foliage; un-
inhabited; 1X0.2 m. Namena reef encloses a lagoon 13 m. long and 2-3 ni. wide,
with an average depth of 16-20 fathoms. 17 06' s., 179 06' K.

Namo or Margaretta of the Marshall islands. vSouth point in <S" 55' n., 167' 42' K.

Namoliaur, islet of Elato, Caroline islands.

Namolipiafane, of the Caroline islands, was discovered h\ Hall in 1S24. The reef is
40 m. in circumference, encloses 13 islets, among them Ikop, Fananon, Xamonine.
•'^" 25' 30" N., 151 49' 15" K. 4.

Namoluk or Skidd_y, of the Caroline islands, was discovered b}- Liitke in 182S. Reef
is IS ni. in circumference, with five islets. 5 45' 15" x., 153' 16' 30" K. 4.

Namonuito, Bunke^•, Anonima, Livingstone, was discovered b\- Ilnirgoitia in 1801.
Reef enclosing the group is 45 m. K-w. The islets are Amytideu, Maghyr,
Maghvrarik,' Ounalik, Onoup, Pilipal, Pizaras and Ulul. 8 33' x., 150" 31' E.

Natnorik or Baring, of the Marshall islands, was discovered by Captain Bond Decem-
ber 15, 1792. Two islands on a reef 5 m. in diameter. Population about 300.
5° 35' X., 168' 18' E.O 6.

Namorus or Namorousse, islet of Morileu, Caroline islands.

Namotu, islet 300 yds. in diameter on the west coast of \'iti levu, Fiji.

Namtuiroj, islet of Kwadjalin, Marshall islands.

Namu, see Nemu.

Namua, islet east from Upolu, Samoan islands.

Namuine, islet of the Namolipiafane atoll in the Caroline islands. 8' 25' 30" N.,

151 49' 15" K.
Naniuka, see Nomuka, Tongan islands.
Namuka is 7 m. west from Mbenga, Fiji, enclosed in the same reef; 1.7 m. x-s. by i m.

lb 21 50 S., 177 58 50 E.O

Namuka i lau (eastern), 15 m. nortli from Fulanga, Fiji; 4 m. E-w., 1.5 m. x-s.;
26(.) ft. high. East point in iS 47' .S., 181 21' 30" E.

Namuka, islet 3 m. southwest from Suva harbor, inside the shore reef; inhalnted. P'iji.

Namuka, islet off centre of south side of xApi, New Hebrides; 500 ft. high. 16'49's.,
168' 19' E.

Nananu group, P'iji, consists of Nanauu ira and i thake (leeward and windward);
230 ft. high.

Na NdongU or Tiri islands, off north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji.

Nangani, 5.5 m. northwest from Ovalau, P'iji; i m. x-s., 600 ft. high.

Nangati, in Yasawa group, Fiji; 1X0.5 m., 930 ft. high; inhabited. 16° 57' 30" S.,
177 19' 40" E.O

Nani, islet between Nekete and Lavaissiere bays on the southeast coast of New Cale-
donia.

Nanikirata, islet of Apaiang, Gilbert islands, i' 54' x., 172" 54' 30" E.

Nanomanga or Hudson, of the Ellice group, is 1.5 m. x-s., i m. E-w.; lagoon closed.
Population in 1886 was 320 protestants. G" 13' s., 176 16' 30" E. 16.

[195]

112 INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

Nanomea, the San Augustine of Maurelle, 1781, was discovered by Maurelle. There
are two islands on the reef within 3-4 m. of each other, the westerly called Lakenu,
the other Nanomea. Supposed to be the Taswell and Sherson of the brig Elisabeth.^
1809. Nanomea is 4X1.5 m. Rev. J. S. Whitmee says the inhabitants are phy.s-
ically a remarkably fine race, numbering about 1000 ( 1870). This is tlie northern-
most of the Ellice group. 5 36' 30" ,s., 176 10' K.©
Nanouki, .see Aranuka of the Gilbert i-slands.

Nanoulu, of the Kiriwina group, is in 8° 46' s., 150' 58' e.

Nanouti, see Nonuti or Sydenham, Gilbert islands.

Nantucket, see Baker.

Nansouti, a wooded islet on the barrier reef of Tahiti, Society islands. 30.

Nanuia, high, inhabited islet,o.7m.in diameter; of the Yasawa group, Fiji. 16° 58' 30" s.,
177' i9'5o"e.O

Nanuku, Fiji; 1.5X0.5 m. on a reef 14X8 m. 16° 42' 30" .s., 180° 36' K.O

Naonao, islet on the south reef of Raiatea, Society islands.

Napasa, islet on northeast part of outer ring of Egum atoll. 9" 20' 30" s., 152° E. 9.

Napier, off northeast coast of Raoul, Kermadec islands.

Napuka or Whytoohee, in the Disappointment group of B3-ron, Paumotu archipelago.
Wooded islets connected bv an irregular reef enclosing a lagoon. Inhabitants
said to be a distinct race. The east end is in 14' 10' 40" .s., 141° 12' 50" w.

Napuni, islet of Butaritari, Gilbert islands. 3" 10' 20" x., 172 " 41' 10" E.

Naranarawai or Skelton, of the Louisiade archipelago, is an inhabited island 2 m.
E.SK-wxw. by half a mile wide, and 500 ft. high.

Narancpuli, islet at the entrance to Port Lod on the southeast side of Ponape, Caro-
line islands.

Narangi or Narangai, high island of Fiji. 16" 48' 30" s., 179 29' 20" E.©

Narborough, of the Galapagos, is a volcano 3720 ft. high.

Narcissus, .see Tatakoto of the Paumotu archipelago. 22.

Nares, on the Australian coast. 19 44' S., 148' 21' E. Named for Captain G. S.
Nares of the C/iallciio-rr.

Naria, in Cloudy bay. New Guinea. 10" 14' S., 148" 39' E.

Narlap, islet with Narmaur forming the entrance to Kiti harbor on tlie southwest
end of Ponape, Caroline islands

Narmaur, at the mouth of Kiti harbor, Ponape, Caroline islands. 6 47'x., 158 08' E.

Narovo or Eddystone, of the Solomon islands, is 4X1 ni.; volcanic, the acRiivity coti-
fined at present to the south portion; lagoon frequented by crocodiles. Natives
friendh' and good pilots. Eddystone Rock and Simbo are islets on the reef of
Narovo. 8'' 15' s., 156° 28' E.

Narri or Mudge, of the Louisiade archipelago, is a low, coral, uninhabited islet 0.7 m.
NE-.S\v. 10° 45' s., 150° 18' p:.

Nasakor, one of the south group of islets in Egum atoll lagoon. 9 27' S., 151°
58' 30" E- 9.

Nassau, islet discovered in 1835 from the whaler A^assa/i; fringing reef. 1 1° 33'2o".s.,

165" 25' \v.

Nataka, islet of Butaritari, Gilbert islands. 3' 10' 10" N., 172" 55' 10" E.

[196]

5" a

10° s,

Nanomea

(©•,

Nanomanca (2)

NlUTAO

Nui^?''

Oaitapu/5

NuKUFETAU

€1^

•mm

5°S.

Funafuti !«.' /^7

Nukulaelae ,^*1''!^\

ELLICE GROUP

10°S

ROTUMA

175°

180'

■ "ii^yiiC*

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 113

Nathula (Nacula), islet between Yasawa and Naviti, Fiji.

Natl, on southeast coast of New Caledonia.

Nauru, see Nawodo, Gilbert islands.

Nauta, of the Kiriwina group. 8° 37' S., 150° 50' E.

Nautilus, see Tapiteuea of the Gilbert islands.

Nautatliwono, uninhabited islet of Mamanutha i caki group, Fiji.

Navatldra, uninhabited islet of Mamanutha group, Fiji.

Navini, sand islet in Nandi waters on the west coast of Viti levu, Fiji.

Naviti, important island of the Yasawa group, Fiji; 8X3 ni., 740^ ft. high. i7°05's.,

177" 14' E.
Naviu, on the New Guinea coast. 8° 12' S., 143" 36' E.

Navumbalavu, islets 122 ft. high off \'iti levu, Fiji. 17° 37' 30" s., 178° 37' E.O
Navutuiloma, densely wooded; 210 ft. high; in the Yangasa cluster, Fiji.
Navutuira, densel}' wooded; 270 ft. high, in the Yangasa cluster, Fiji.
Nawi, islet 130 ft. high at the mouth of the Na Kama creek on the south coast of

Vanua levu, Fiji.
Nawi, islet of the Schouten group in Geelvink bay. 2" 15' s., 136° iS' E.
Nawodo, Nauru, Shank or Pleasant of the Gilbert islands was discovered by Captain

Fearn of the Hitutcr in 1795-8; 15 m. in circumference, raised coral, 100 ft. high;

in centre a fresh water lagoon. Population about 1200, a fine race, o 25' S.,

167° 05' E.
Nayau, Fiji, an inhabited island 4X2.5 m., 275 ft. high, with reef on one side onlv.

Northwest point is in 17° 57' 30" S., 180° 58' E.
Nda, on the great reef south from New Caledonia.

Nde, islet on passage from Noumea to Uen island, south end of New Caledonia.
Ndendi, a spelling of Nitendi or Santa Cruz, New Hebrides.
Ndie, islet of the Great vSouth Reef, New Caledonia.

N'digoro, islet on the outer reef in Isie passage on the northwest side of New Caledonia.
Ndrendre and Ndrendre lailai, islets with Thumbu on the north coast of Viti levu at

the entrance to the Rakiraki river.
Ndravuni or Colvocoressis, Fiji; an inhabited island 1.2 m. N-s., 0.2 m. E-w.; 350 ft.

high. 18° 49' 30" S., 178° 25' 40" E.O
Ndruandrua, islet on the uorth coast of Viti levu, Fiji; 156 ft. high. 16' 12' 24" S.,

179' 35' 20" E.O
N'dakue, islet in Port Uitoe on the southwest side of New Caledonia.
Ndundine, Ndundure or Molard, uninhabited island west from Mare, 3 m. in circum-
ference. Loyalty islands.
Nea, islet in Kuabuni opening on the southeast coast of New Caledonia.
Neba, inhabited islet in Pume passage, northwest coast of New Caledonia.
Necker, of the Hawaiian group, was discovered by La Perouse November i, 1786.

Named for the great minister of Louis XVL Rocky; 2S0 ft. high; volcanic, the

remains of a crater with a shoal extending miles to the southward. 23" 35' 18" N.,

164° 39' w.
Neckes, see Puketutu, New Zealand.
Negeri, see Nihiru of the Paumotu archipelago.

Memoirs B. P. B. Museum, Vol. I., No. 2.-8. L ^ 97 J

114 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Nekutnara, islet between Dobu and Kwaiope, east from Dawson strait, D'Entrecas-
teaux group. 9° 44' S., 150° 54' E.

Nemu or Double, islet in Infernet passage on the southwest coast of New Caledonia.

Nemu or IMusquillo, atoll of the Marshall islands. The south point is in 8° 14' x.,
168" 03' K.

Nendahande, islet south from Balabio on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.

Nendiale, islet in Banare baj' on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.

Nengone, the native name of Alare or Britannia of the Loyalt}' islands.

Nengonengo or Prince William Henr}' of the Paumotu archipelago was discovered
by Wallis in 1765; 5 m. E-w. North end is in 18° 43' s., 141° 40' w. 31.

Neni, low and covered with coconut trees, on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.

Nenon or Nenu, in Port Bouquet on the east coast of New Caledonia; 1.5 m. E. by
N.-w. by s.

Nepean, island with extensive reefs in Torres strait. 9° 34' s., 143° 38' E.

Nepean, one of the Kermadec islands; 0.2 m. long, 50 ft. high. 29° 04' S., 167° 58' E.

Netherland, see Nui of the Ellice islands.

Neu Hannover, see New Hanover.

Nen Lanenbnrg, German name for Duke of York islands.

Neu Mecklenburg, German name for New Ireland. It seems unfortunate that in
changing the well-known names of their new possessions the Germans should not
have improved on the former rather unsuitable appellations. I cannot see that
New Mecklenburg is any more appropriate than New Ireland.

Neu Pommern, the German name for New Britain.

Nevelo, see Lomlom, Santa Cruz.

Nevil, see Tobi, Caroline islands.

New, island of the New Guinea region. 2° 30' .S., 131° 34' E.

New Amsterdam, the name given by Tasman to Tongatabn.

New Britain (Neu Pommern of the Germans). Carteret, in 1767, found that what
Dampier had supposed a ba}- when in 1700 he sailed throtigh the strait that bears
his name and proved that there was an island distinct from New Guinea, was
really another strait, so he named the land to the east New Ireland, and the west-
ern one New Britain. Little is known of New Britain, large as it is. There are
many active volcanoes in the long and narrow island. Cannibals are numerous
but in constant tribal warfare; 330 m. long, nowhere more than 50 m. wide. The
north point is in 4' 07' s., 152" 10' E. lO.

New Caledonia was partly discovered b}' Cook, but D'Entrecasteaux completed the
work. Taken by France in 1853 it was made a penal settlement in 1883 in spite of
the experience of England in her Australian penal stations, and the constant es-
cape of convi(5ls is a great damage to the neighboring colonies. New Caledonia is
about 216 m. long, 30 m. broad. There are two parallel ranges of mountains ex-
tending the whole length; the eastern, about 2500 ft. high, has an even and regu-
lar outline, while the western mountains are higher (2600-3600 ft.) and more
irregular in form. Mt. Douit, over Cape Colnett, is 5570 ft. high. Among other
minerals nickel is found here.* The native houses are generallj- conical. The

*Heurteau— Rapport sur la Constitution de la Nouvelle Calfdonie, 1876. Pelatan— Les Mines de la Nouvelle Cal^donie, 1S92.

[198]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 115

natives use jade in weapons and ornaments. The winter season is from December
15 to April 15. The north point is in 20^ 45' s. 13.

New Georgia, see Rubiana of the Solomon islands.

New Guinea was discovered by the Portuguese Jorge de Meneses in 1524; visited by
Saavedra in 1528 ; Grijalva y Alvarado in 1537 ; Inigo Ortiz de Retes in 1545, and
the last gave the name New Guinea. The history of the discovery of New Giiinea
is a most complicated one, each discoverer mapping but a small portion of the
coast, and to this day the coast line is not well surve3'ed, while much of the in-
terior remains unexplored. In 1705 a Dutch expedition explored the deep baj' on
the north coast which was named for one of the ships of the expedition Geelvink
(yellow finch), and many other Dutch explorers were sent bj- the East India Com-
pany from Batavia to this portion of New Guinea which was gradually claimed by
Holland. The boundary- of Dutch New Guinea on the east is a straight line
drawn from Cape Bonpland on the east side of Humboldt bay, in 140° 47' east
longitude to 140° E. on the south coast. In 1885 the portion not claimed by the
Dutch east of the 141st meridian was divided between England and Germany, the
former taking the south coast from the mouth of Bensbach river in latitude
9° 07' 35 ' S-t longitude 141° 01' 48" E., this meridian forming the boundary till it
meets the FI3' river which becomes the boundarj' until it crosses the 141st merid-
ian ; also all the north coast from the east point to IMitre rock in latitiide 8' s.
April 4, 1883, the resident magistrate at Thursday island hoisted the British flag
at Port Moresby- and took possession of all between 141° and 155° E. And on Sep-
tember 4, 1888, the Administrator proclaimed the annexation as a crown colony
under the name of British New Guinea.

In its greatest length WN'W.-ESE. New Guinea extends 1306 m., and its area,
including adjacent islands, is about 312,000 sq. m. The Owen Stanley range rises
to a height of 13,205 ft. Mauv tribes are found, but the type is Papuan, and is
found in purity on the northern portion. To the northeast Polynesian colonies
have resulted in some mixture. On the south coast the natives are enterprising
traders, making long vovages with the monsoons in their lakatois which are
clumsy, compound boats with two masts and V-shaped sails. Sago and pottery
are the principal cargo. Houses on the shore are built on piles, and farther in-
land often in trees for safet}-.

For further information as to the discovery- see Bougainville, Edwards, Flin-
ders, D'Entrecasteaux, Freycinet, D'Urv-ille, Moresby, Owen Stanley. And for
the geography and general description, see D'Albertis, Lawes, Chalmers, Powell,
and the reports of the Administrator.

New Hanover (Neu Hannover of the Germans) was discovered \)\ Carteret. It is
37 m. E-w., 20 m. N-s. Fertile and mountainous, rising to 2000 ft. lO.

New Hebrides. Quiros was the iirst to discover any of the extensive group, or rather
groups, which are now known by the colle6live name of New Hebrides. He saw but
one island which he fondlv imagined was part of the great southern continent, then
the dream of navigators, and he called his discovery Ansfralia del Espirilii Santo,
a name since curtailed to Santo in the Trader's vernacular. Cook discovered mo.st
of the southern chain and he gave the name New Hebrides in 1773. The natives

[199]

ii6 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

are of the black Papuan or Melanesian stock and have a reputation for cannibal-
ism, treachery and uncertain temper. The}' have been outraged repeatedly by the
labor pirates, and their hostilitv to the kind of white men who have principally
reached their islands does not seem unreasonable. They are far from being an
homogeneous population : Polynesian settlements exist throughout the group, and
more than a score of languages are noted. The climate is not very well suited to
white occupation, being damp and otherwise unwholesome. Although the group
has not been well studied interesting particulars of portions of the islands have
been published by the missionaries who have labored against great discouragement,
and more especially by Commander Markham in his "Cruise of the Rosario," 1S72.
Walter Coote's "Wanderings, South and East," 1892; and Jiilius Brenchle3''s in-
teresting "Cruise of the Cura9oa," 1865.

Part of the group has already been annexed by Great Britain, and it is sup-
posed that France has desires for the rest as contiguous to her New Caledonian
colony. Several agricultural companies of each nation are attempting to develope
the resources of the country. 13.

New Ireland (Neu Mecklenburg) was supposed by Lemaire and Schouten to be a part
of New Guinea. Dampier, in 1700, proved it to be a separate island, and sixty-
seven years later Carteret demonstrated the strait between it and New Britain.
240X15 111., volcanic and rising to 7000 ft. Papuans, physically inferior to those
of the Solomon islands. Cannibals ; practise circumcision but not tatning. Coun-
try not well known.

New Jersey adjoins Santa Cruz.

New Alarket, see Baker.

New Nantucket, see Baker.

New Philippines, a name once given to the Caroline islands. .

New Year, see Miadi of the Marshall islands.

New York, see Washington. The same name was given hy Fanning in 1798 to Eiao
of the Marquesas.

New Zealand. This important group lies between the parallels of 34° 30' and
47° 30' south latitude and the meridians of 166° 36' 30" and 17S 36' 05" east longi-
tude, being roughly the antipodes of Great Britain. The area is 104,403 sq. m. or
nearly equal to that of the British islands. The three islands are variously styled,
but the Maori names were Tc ika a Maiii (The fish of Maui) for the northern one;
Te ivahi Pounatmi (The place of Greenstone) for the middle; and Rakima for
Stewart island. These have given place to New Leiuster, New Ulster and New
Munster (of Governor Hob.son),or more commonl}- Northern, Southern and Stewart.
Tasman sighted the western coast December 13, 1642, but in sending a boat
ashore the natives attacked and killed four of the crew. Tasman called the place
Mordenaars (Murderers) bay and did not again attempt to land, but sailed to the
extreme northern end, discovering Three Kings islands (on the eve of Epiphany )
and thence sailed to the Tongan islands. Tasman's first name, Staatenland, he
later changed to Nova Zeeland. Cook was the next European to reach these

shores (06lober 6, 1769) and in Mercury bay, on November 11, he took formal

[200]

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

117

NEW ZEALAND

possession for King George III. Cook spent nearlj' a year (327 days) in the
group and his surveys gave the first definite knowledge of the islands.

As early as 1814 a Church mission was started and later other denominations
followed. In 1S40 both Wellington and Auckland were founded and colonists
gathered until the natives were driven to exasperation and wars followed for many
years. At present all is
peace and by the wise
system of the British the
Maoris are segregated as
much as possible, so that
the traveller who nierel}-
visits the principal cities
rarely sees a Maori.
The census of 1881 gave
44,099, a slight increase
over the previous one.
Yet, as the estimate in
1840 was 107,000, the
race is dying as all other
inferior people must in
the presence of the white
intruders.

The Maori race is
supposed, mainly on the
basis of their own tradi-
tions, to have come to
New Zealand in the
fifteenth century f ron:
Hawaiki to the eastward.
Their language closely
resembles the Hawaiian,
but these, whose tradi-
tions go far beyond that
date, have no remem-
brance of such an emi-
gration as told in the
Maori traditions. When
first discovered they were
cannibals and particu-
larly fierce, but like other cannibals they showed remarkable talent for fine work ;
and to their intelligence is due the fact of their rapid conversion to Christianity
and their comprehension of the advantages of civilization, which while removing
them speedily from a world of trouble promised them a pleasanter one beyond the

MISTCHURCH

Dl'NF.DlN

Stewart J^

FIG. 8.

grave.

'where the wicked cease from troubling."

[201]

Maoris are a fine race of Polv-

iiS INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISIANDS.

nesians, more manly and vigorous than the Hawaiian whom they closely resemble
in outward form.

The climate of New Zealand is not extreme but is subject to sudden changes,
which do not increase the death rate which is very low. Volcanoes and snow-capped
mountains add greatly to the beauty of the scenery, and also give variety to
climatic effedls. One thing is quickly noticed by the traveller, that the ruddy
complexions of England are rather enhanced here while they soon disappear in
the Australian colonies.

Nexsen, a name given by Fanning, in 1798, to Hatutu of the Marquesas islands.

Ngaloa (Galoa), of the Fiji group, is a small island which gives its name to the har-
bor on the south side of Kandavu. 19° 05' 10" S., 178° ii'3o"e. {Challenger survey.)

Ngaloa, on the north coast of Vanua levu, north of Lekutu river. Thickly peopled.
t6° 37' 24" S., 178° 41' 32" E.O 14.

Ngamea (Qamea), northeast from Taviuni, Fiji; 5.7 m. long K-w., 1000 ft. high;
about 500 inhabitants. 16° 47' S., 179° 44' w. 14.

Nganati, Pinaki or Whitsunday of the Paumotu archipelago, was di.scovered by Wallis
in 1767. It is low and wooded. 19° 40' 22" S., 140° 22' 28" w. There is much
confusion on the charts. 31.

Ngasi mbali, a low, uninhabited islet off Kandavu, Fiji, 60 ft. high.

Ngatik, or Raven islands, 50 m. sw. from Ponape; discovered in 1773 by Don Felipe
Tompson; 22 m. in circumference, and there are 11 islets on the unbroken reef.
There is a small lagoon. Much copra is exported. 5° 47' 30" N., 157° 32' E. 5.

Ngau, the Angau of Wilkes, is 27 m. southeast from Ovalau, Fiji ; 1 1.2 X4 m. On the
west is a barrier reef 16 m. long. Dilathoa peak is 2345 ft. high, in 17 58' 30" s.,

80 r tt

I 33 30 E.

Nge, islet near Dumbea passage at the south end of New Caledonia.

Ngea, islet in Bulari bay. New Caledonia.

Ngele levu, a coral reef i m. SE-NW. in the Ringgold group, Fiji.

Ngoli, or Lamoliork, Caroline islands. The Matelotas of Villalobos in 1545; consists

of five islets, the south one inhabited. 8° 15' N., 137° 35' E.
NgualitO, islet of Malolo islands, Hudson group, Fiji.
Ngiina, see Muna of the New Hebrides.
ITiau, or Greig, a low, wooded island of the Paumotu archipelago, 4 m. in diameter,

with a closed lagoon. The hurricane of 1S7S almost depopulated this island.

16" 11' s., 146' 22' w.O
Nibanga, the .southeast island of the IMatema group; small, round, 200 ft. high, in-
habited. 10' 21' S., 166° 17' E. Santa Cruz islands.
Nicholson, in the Tongan group, was first known as Beveridge reef, now a coral

island 3X2 m.; an example of an island formed from a reef in recent times.

20° 02' s., 167° 49' w.
Nie, islet in Dumbea bay, north from Ducos peninsula on the southwest side of New

Caledonia.
Nielsen, islands off the north coast of New Guinea at the mouth of Prince Albrecht

harbor.

Nienane, a high, bare rock between Daos and Art islands, Belep group. New Caledonia.

[202]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 119

Nigeri, see Nihiru of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.

Nifilofi or Nifilole, of the New Hebrides, extends i m. NW-SE., and is 120 ft. high.

Nifo, in the Yasawa group, Fiji, is between Matathoni levu and Yangati. 16° 59' 30" s.,

177 19 10 E.O
Night, a wooded island on the Aiistralian coast. 13° 11' .s., 143" 35' E.
Nigahau, islet off the northwest point of Panatinani, Louisiade archipelago.
Niguna, see Muna, New Hebrides.
Nihiru, Niheri or Nigeri, of the Paumotu archipelago, is a well wooded island with a

lagoon opening on the south side. It is 7 m. in diameter. North point is in

16° 41' S., 142° 53' W. 21.
Nihoa or Bird, of the Hawaiian group, is a volcanic mass rising steep from the water

to a height of 880 ft., the only landing place being on the south side. Discovered

by Captain Douglas of the Iphigcuia April 13, 1789. Modu manu of the old charts

is a corruption of Moku manu^Bird island. 23" 05' 50" N., 161" 56' 30" w. I.
Niihatl, of the Hawaiian group, is the most westerly inhabited island of the groi:p,

with a superficies of 62,000 acres, and is about 16X6 m. and 800 ft. high. Used

mainly as a sheep ranch. I.
Nileuti, a wooded islet in Tohio passage, on the southeast coast of New Caledonia.
Nittianu is 25 m. northeast of Santa Cruz; 200 ft. high. 10° 21' S., 166° 17' E.
Nimoa or Pig, of the Louisiade archipelago, is fertile, well wooded and inhabited ; the

largest in Coral Haven 1.5 m. southeast from Panatinani; 455 ft. high.
Nimrod islands were seen by Captain Eilbeck in the Nimrod in 1828. 56° 20' s.,

158° 30' w. Existence doubtful.
Nina, see Aniwa, New Hebrides.

Ninepin, on the coast of New Guinea. 10° 13' s., 142° 40' E.
Ninita, in the Louisiade archipelago. 11" 17' S., 153° 15' E.
Ninon, of the Louisiade archipelago, is northeast from Moturina. Half a mile long,

175 ft. high.
Ninuha, on the east coast of Ysabel, Solomon islands. 7° 54' s., 159° 20' E.
Nitendi, see Santa Cruz, of the New Hebrides. 12.
Niua, see Aniwa, New Hebrides.
Niuababu, islet of the Tongan group.
Niuafoou, of the Tongan islands Mas discovered bv Captain Edwards in H. M. S.

Pandora August 3, 1791, and \>y him called Proby. It is an a6live volcano 3.5 m.

N-s., 3 m. E-w. Was in eruption in 1853 when manj- lives were lost ; April 12,

1867, and again in 1886 and 1887. 15° 34' S., 175" 40' 40" \v.
Niuatobutabu, of the Tongan group, was discovered by Lemaire and Schouten May

II, 1616. Named Keppel bv Wallis in 1767. It is 2000 ft. high. 15° 52' S.,

173° 50' w. 18.
Niiie or Savage. 19 s., 170 w. Is a coral island upheaved, 300 ft. high, and about
30 m. in circumference. It was named by Cook (June 20, 1774) Savage because
his boats were fiercely attacked when making a landing. Population in 1872,
5,124; is increasing. Natives rather small and dark; have a language of their
own closel}' resembling Sanioan ; were not cannibals, did not offer human sacri-
fices nor worship idols. Much of their work was quite distinct. 15.

[203]

I20 INDEX 70 THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Niue, islet of Fakaafo. 9° 22' 40" S., 171° 13' w.

Niumano or Tasman atoll is the easternmost and largest of the Tasman group.

4° 35' s., 159° 30' E.

Niutao, alias Lynx, Sepper, Speiden (Wilkes) of the Ellice islands, is 2.5X1.5 ni.,
densely covered with coconut trees. Population, 417. 6° 08' s., 177° 22' E. 16.

Nivani or Nivan, a small island southwest of Misima (St. Aignan) in the Louisiade
archipelago.

Nmara, a grassy, uninhabited islet 230 ft. high. on Kandavu reef, Fiji.

Nogahanghe, a rocky islet near Paaba island on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.

Noina or Burnett is small and wooded, 3.5 m. n. by E. from Panasia, Louisiade archi-
pelago.

Nokue or Infernal islet in Kuto baA', Isle of Pines. 13.

Noma, islet in lagoon 9 m. from Losap, Caroline islands ; 200 inhabitants. 4.

Notnuka, of the Tongan group, the Annamooka of Cook, is a triangular coral island,
the sides 2 m. long. Peaks rise to a height of 166 ft. Closed salt lagoon 0.7 m.
in diameter. 20° 15' .s., 174° 50' w.

Nono, islet of Pavuvu or Russell group, Solomon islands. 8° 02' S., 159° 05' E.

Nonuti, Sydenham, Dog, Blauey, or Nanuti of the Gilbert i.slands, measures 19X8.5 m.
The southeast point is in 0° 46' 05" s., 174° 31' 30" E. 7.

Norbarbar is the native name of Ureparapara or Bligh in the Banks group.

Nord, see Gipps, Bismarck archipelago. 10.

Norfolk, was discovered by Cook OAober 10, 1774. It is 5X2.5 m. and 1050 ft. high.
The English frigate Siriits was wrecked here near the end of 1790. It belongs to
New South Wales. This beautiful island was once a convict station, but this was
given up in 1855 and the next year the Pitcairners were removed from the lonely
island where they had vegetated for 67 years to this much finer island. vSoon, how-
ever, 40 of the 194 returned to their old home. Those on Norfolk island have
doubled their number and are fairly prosperous. 29^ 01' s., 167° 56' E.

Normanby, a name of Duau of the D'Entrecasteaiix group.

Norsup, a low, wooded islet, uninhabited, near Port Stanley, Malekula, New Hebrides.

North or High, Fiji. 16° 28' 30" s., 180° 20' 30" e.O

North, see Hetau, Solomon islands. 8° 50' s., 159° 58' E.

North, in Marau sound on the northeast coast of Guadalcanar, Solomon islands.
9 44 S., 160 47 E.

North, small island on the north side of the Trobriand reef. 8° 25' S., 150° 48' E. 9.

North or Nord, see Gipps, Bismarck archipelago. lO.

North, one of the Torres group. Banks islands; 1200 ft. high.

North, group of islets off the north coast of New Hanover.

Northumberland, an extensive group on the east coast of Queensland, Australia,
reaching to 22" S.

Norton, in the Bismarck archipelago. 5" 24' S., 150° 31' E.

Nosoata, islet at the mouth of Rewa river, Viti levu, Fiji.

Nouvelle Cythere (La), a name given to Tahiti bv Bougainville in 1768,

Nu, see Dubouzet islet. New Caledonia.

[204]

175'

5°S

PHCENIX GROUP

Cantos

>>;

Enderburv

Mc Kban

BlRNlB

Phcenix

Gardner

Hull

Sidney

6°S

UNION GROUP

OatXpu

NUKUNONO

Fakaafo

175° W,

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 121

Nuakata or Lydia, is east of the East cape of New Guinea; loio ft. high, thickly

inhabited. 10° 17' S., 151° R.
Nuare, on the great South Reef of New Caledonia, 3.5 m. sw. \>y S. from Kie.
Nubaru or Nubara, islet on the southeast coast of Murua. 9° 10' S., 153° E.
Nubiam, Trobriand group. 8° 40' 30" s., 150° 52' E.
Nufiluli or Nufiloli, of the Matema group, is a mile long and 200 ft. high. British

prote(5lorate was declared August 18, 1898.
Nugarba or Goodman, the southernmost of the Abgarris group, Bismarck archipelago.

The north point is in 3° 23' vS., 154° 41' E.
Nugatobe, a group of three small islands, Fiji. 17° 18' S., 180° 29' E.O
Nugent, islet off the east coast of Raoul, Kermadec islands.
NugU consists of two islets. Pari sule and Pari pile, l^'ing between Florida and Gua-

dalcanar, Solomon islands. 9° 18' S., 160° 15' E.
Nugtl, islet of Tongatabu on the northeast. 21° 05' 30" S., 174° 58' 30" w. 18.
Nui, Netherland or Egg, was discovered in 1827. There are 8 islets on the east side

of the reef. Although geographically of the Ellice group the people and language

are derived from the Gilbert group. 7° 13' 20" s., 177° 14' 30" E.
Nuimbua, a low, wooded islet in Tupeti passage on the southeast coast of New Cale-
donia.
NukapU, of the Matema group, is a mile long and 100 ft. high. People Polynesian.

This was the place of Bishop Patteson's murder.
Nuku, islet of Tongatabu, Tongan islands. 18.
Nuku akimoa or Sail-rock, islet of Uvea or Wallis; 15 ft. high.
Nuku atea, islet of Uvea; 200 ft. high.
Nukufetau or De Peyster group, Ellice islands, was discovered in 18 19. 8-9 islets

around a lagoon 7 m. in diameter, with an entrance on the northwest side. In

1881 the population was 250. North point is in 7° 56' S., 178' 27' 30" E.
Nukuhiva or Marchand is the principal island of the Marquesas ; 14 m. E-w., 10 m. n-s.

Lofty mountains and fertile valleys, but the population in 1880 had been reduced

to 800 ; twenty years before it was over 2000. 8° 57'vS., 140° 15' w. ( West end. ) 33.
Nuku ira, one of the Tiri group on the north coast of Yanua levu, Fiji.
Nukulaelae or Mitchell group, Ellice islands. A lagoon island 7 m. n-s., 2 m. E-w.

14 islets; 150 inhabitants in 1S86. 9° iS' S., 179" 48' E.
Nukulakia, islet of Fakaafo. 9' 25' S., 171° 14' w.
Nukulau, a low, sandy, well wooded islet 0.3X0.2 ni.; off Viti levu, Fiji. 18° io'23"s.,

178'' 30' 30" E.O
Nukulevu, Fiji, is small, fertile, inhabited. 17° 41' 16" S., 178° 39' 10" E.O
Nukumanu, an inhabited island west from Nuku mbasanga, Fiji. 16' 20' 30" s.,

180' 36' 40" E.O
Niikumanu, see Tasman.

Nukumasanga, islet of Fakaafo. 9° 24' 12" vS., 171° 12' w.
Nuku mbasanga, one reef encloses this and Nuku mbalate; 10 m. north from

Nanuku, Fiji. 16° 19' S., 180° 45' 20" E.
NukumbatU, islet So ft. high, off the north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji.
Nukumbati, alow, mangrove islet 0.3 m. n-s., 400 yds. wide. i6'27'54"s., i79°oo'45"e.O

[205]

122 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Nukunamu, islet of the Tongan group.

Nukunau or Byron, Gilbert islands, was discovered by Commodore Byron July 2,
1765; SXi-5 m-; in 1872 population was 5000. 1° 23' S., 176° 34' E.

Nuktinono or Duke of Clarence, in the Tokelau or Uuion group, was discovered by
Captain Edwards in the Pandora in 1791; 7.2 m. N-S., 5 m. E-w.; of triangular
form, with 93 islets on the reef. 9" 05' s., 171" 46' w. British protectorate de-
clared June 21, 1S89. 17,

Ntlkuor, Monteverde or Dunkin of the Caroline islands, was discovered in 1806 by
Juan B. Monteverde; 12-14 m. in circumference. About 150 Pol3'nesian inhabi-
tants who hold to their primitive religion; the language is said to be pure Maori.

3° 52' N., 154° 56' E. 4.

Ntlkusemantl, islet on the east side of the reef of the same name in the Ringgold
group, Fiji.

Nukusesuki, islet of Fakaafo. 9° 24' 10" vS., 171 ' 12' w.

Nukutapipi or Margaret, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered by Turnbull
March 6, 1803, and named for his ship. It is low, wooded, 2 m. in circumference.
20 42 21 S., 143 03 48 W.O

Nukutavake, Lagoon or Queen Charlotte, of the Paumotu archipelago, was dis-
covered by Wallis in 1767. 18° 43' 19" s., 138° 47' 13" w.O 32.

Nukutolu, three uninhabited islets 4 m. from Yathata in the Lau group, Fiji.

Nukutu, islet off north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji.

Numfoor. 1° 01' s., 134° 45' e.

Nunga, a rock, Fiji. 16" 55' S., 177' 20' 30" E.O

Nungna, islet on Boussole reef southeast from Vanikoro, New Hebrides.

Nunuan, islet of the Louisiade archipelago, 200 ft. high.

Nuotaea, islet of Apaiang, Gilbert islands. 1° 53' N., 172° 56' 10" E. 7.

Nupani, one of the Matema islands. 10° 04' s., 165° 40' E. British protectorate de-
clared August 18, 1898.

Nura, islet in south part of Indispensable strait near Malaita, Solomon islands.
9" 33' S., 160° 45' E.

Nusa and Nusalik, islets off the coast of New Ireland, Bismarck archipelago.

Nuulua, islet east of Upolu, Samoan islands; 120 ft. high.

Nuutele, islet east of Upolu, Samoan islands; 200 ft. high.

Ntivera, islet off Vanua levu, Fiji. North point in 16" 28' 50" s., 178° 48' 30" E.

N'yaur or Angaur, southernmost of the Pelew islands ; 4.5 m. ne-SW. 6° 50' N., 134° 10' E.

Oafuna, islet of Fakaafo. 9° 22' 10" S., 171° 12'w.

Oahe, a name of Manihi, Paumotu archipelago.

Oahu, of the Hawaiian islands, the Wahoo of the old English charts, although not
the largest is the principal island of the group. Its area is 384,000 acres; height
at the Kaala mountains, 4030 ft.; and the population in 1896 was 40,205. On this
is the capital city, Honolulu; also Pearl Lochs, an extensive harbor. I.

Oaitupu, see Vaitupu of the EHice group.

Oandrau, low islet off Vanua levu, Fiji. 16° 34' 30" S., 178° 47' E.O

Oatafu, better Atafu of the Union group.

L206]

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 123

Oatara, islet on extreme east of reef of Raiatea, Society islands.

Oba or Lepers, New Hebrides. Often written Omba or, with the article, Aoba (b^nib).
Abont 17 m. long and 4000 ft. high. Natives have a good charac^ter, and there is
a station of the Melanesian mission on the northern side. The name Leper was
given under a mistaken diagnosis; inhabitants were not lepers. 13.

Obelisk or Sugar-loaf, islet south of Huapu, Marquesas islands. 23.

Obelisk, one of the Taumaco group.

Obi, islet of Yap, Caroline islands.

Observation or Mono, Solomon islands. 7° 24' 30" S., 155" 34' 01" E.

Observation, on the north coast of Duau, D'Entrecasteaux group. 9° 43' 53" s.,

150° 44' 43" E.

Observation, on the north coast of New Guinea. 2° 36' S., 140° 42' 11" E.

Observatory, small, stony islet in Nares harbor, Admiralty island. 1° 55' 10" s.,
146' 41' E.

Observatory, at Balade, New Caledonia. See Puduie.

Observatory, see Loa, Fiji.

Obstruction, of the Louisiade archipelago, a group so named because the islands
block the passage between Nuakata island and East cape. They are Hana kuba-
kuba, Lelei gana, labania, Banibani siga.

Obula, islet west of Duau, D'Entrecasteaux group. 9° 49' S., 150° 46' E.

Ocean or Cure, of the Hawaiian group, is an atoll 14.7 m. in circumference, 56 m. west
from Midway island. There is one sand island 1.5X0.7 m.; another called Green,
and two islets in the southeast corner. 28° 25' 45" N., 178° 29' 45" w. Taken pos-
session of by the Hawaiian government during the reign of Kalakaua. 3.

Ocean, see Bouabe, Gilbert islands.

Ocheou of Belcher is Hau of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Odia, see Wotje of the Marshall islands.

Odia, see Ailinglablab, Marshall islands.

Oema, of the Solomon islands, is 10 m. NW. from Cyprian Bridge island, and about
800 ft. high. 8' 40' S., 156" 05' E. Oema atoll is 2 m. north from Oema island.
It has a lagoon and several islets.

Oeno, low and uninhabited island 65 m. NW. by N. from Pitcairu. Discovered by Cap-
tain Henderson of the Hociilcs. 24" 00' 30" S., 130° 40' w.

Ofalaga, islet of the Tongan group. 19" 37' S., 175 ' 34' w.

Ofiti, see Tepoto of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Ofolanka, islet on the same reef with Bulii in tlie northwest part of the Tongan group.

Ofll, of the Samoan islands, has an area of 9 scj. m., and is 1020 ft. high. By conven-
tion proclaimed February 16, 1900, it came under the jurisdiction of the United
States. The west point is in 14" 11' .s., 169'' 36' w. 15.

Ofll, islet of the Tongan group.

Ogasawara, see Bonin.

Ogea, see Ongea, Fiji.

Ogle, a low islet of the Underwood group, Fiji. 17° 40' S., 177° 14' 30" E.G) Named
for Alexander Ogle, a marine of the United States Exploring Expedition who died

at sea, August 12, 1839.

[207]

124 INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

Oheteroa, see Rurutu of the Austral islands.

Ohiti, see Hiti. O is the article.

Oidi islet is east from Hueguenee, Lo3-alty islands.

Okimbo, Fiji, three islets on one reef, 4 ni. E-w., 3 m. n-vS.; desolate, uninhabited.

17° 03' S., 180° 59' E.G
Ola is the native name for Heron islet, Louisiade archipelago.
Olenea, see Ularua, Fiji.

Olevuga, islet northwest from Florida, Solomon islands. 9° vS., 160° 04' E.
Olimarao or Olimario, of the Caroline islands, was discovered by Liitke in 1828.

There are two islets on a reef 5-6 m. in circumference ; 200 inhabitants. 7° 43' 30" N.,

145° 56' 45" E. 3.
Ollap, islet of Tamatam, Caroline islands. 7° 38' N., 149° 30' E. 4.
Olo, one of the Pleiades group northwest from Uea, Loyalty group.
Oloosinga of Wilkes is Olosenga, Samoan islands.
Olorua, islet in the Lau group, Fiji; 250 ft. high.
Olosenga, Samoan islands, has an area of 6 sq. m. and is 1500 ft. high. North point

is in 14° 11' s., 169° 32' w. Manna group. Belongs to the United States.
Olot, islet of Maloelab, Marshall islands. 8° 46' N., 171° 09' 42" E. 6.
Oluksakel, islet of Korror, Pelew islands; long, narrow and rockv.
Olu malau, Las Tres Marias, or Three Sisters, Solomon islands, were discovered by

Hernando Enriquez of the Mendaiia expedition, May, 1568. The group lies north

of San Cristobal, extends 10 m. nnw-sse.; flat, uninhabited, coral, il.
Omba, see Oba, New Hebrides.

Ombelim, islet on west side of Wotto, Marshall islands. 10° 10' N., 167° 05' E. 6.
Ombi, small, uninhabited island of the Yasawa groiip, Fiji. i7°3o'3o"s., i77°04'e.©
Omene, low islet off Yiti levii, Fiji. 16° 45' 16' vS., 178° 38' E.O
Onata, see Pegan. 0° 57' N., 134° 21' E.
Onavero, see Nawodo, Gilbert islands. 7.

One or Honni, islet of Makin, Gilbert islands. 3° 16' N., 172° 54' 45" E.
Oneaka, on the same reef with Kuria, Gilbert islands. 0° 16' N., 173° 26' 30" E.
Oneata, north from Mothe, 12 m. southeast from Lakemba, Fiji. Within a barrier

reef 26 m. round, 2.5X0.5 m.; 160 ft. high. East point is in 18*" 24' 30" S.,

80 r It ^

I 27 30 E.

Oneeheow, an old English name of Niiliau, of the Hawaiian group.

O'Neill, see Weitoa of the New Guinea region.

Oneke is perhaps identical with Onoatoa, Gilbert islands.

Onemok, islet of K-wadjalin, of the Marshall islands.

One Tree, a low islet of the Yasawa group, Fiji. 16° 47' 09" s., 177° 26' 08" E.

Onevai, islet on north of Tongatabu. 21° 05' S., 175 05' \v.

Ongai, islet of Mokil, Caroline islands.

Ongea (Ogea), Fiji, consists of two islets, Ongea levu (large) and Ongea ndriti
(small). The former is 4 m. long, 1-2 m. wide, 270 ft. high, densely wooded, has
80 inhabitants. The latter is 1.7 m. E-\v., i m. N-s., 300 ft. high, uninhabited.
North end of levu is in 19° 03' s., 181° 30' E. The centre of ndriti is in 19' 07' vS.,

181° 29' E.

[208]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 125

Ongombtia, islet on the northeast coast of New Caledonia, containing about two acres

of grass.
Oniop, islet of Lukunor, Caroline islands ; 300 inhabitants. 4.
Ono is northeast from Kandavu, Fiji; 4.5X3.5 m. Peak Albualu, 1160 ft. high.

Population in 1880 about 790.
Ono i latl, Fiji, consists of six islands, 3 volcanic, 3 coral. Group extends 5 m.

NE-S\v., and is 4 m. wide; highest peak, 370 ft. Population about 450. 20"^ 39' S.
Onoatoa or Clerk of the Gilbert islands, i ' 51' s., 175' 36' H. Described by Rev. H.

I3iugliam as 12 ni. long, having a lagoon bordered by a reef on the western side,

with a good boat channel near the centre. Islets are Tanyah, Bowerick, Sand,

Otoeie, Hack, Taburari, Onutu, Teumah. Population, 3000. 7.
Onoune, islet of the Caroline islands.
Onoup or Onupe, islet of Namonuito, Caroline islands.
Ontong Java. 5° 25' S., 159° 30' E. A reef 50 m. E-w., 20 m. N-S., with many densely

peopled islets. Natives said to be of Polynesian origin. Only weapon a sling.

Named b}' Tasman in 1643, afterwards identified with the Lord Howe of Captain

Hunter, 1791.
Onua, islet off the north end of Alu, Solomon islands.
Onutu, islet of Onoatoa, Gilbert islands.

Opea, islet near the Roux group on the south coast of New Guinea.
Oparo, a name of Rapa.

Oputotara, islet of Tahiti on the south end of the barrier reef.
Oraluk, Bordelaise or San Agostino of the Caroline islands, was discovered in 1S26

by Captain Saliz of Bordeaux. It is 2 m. long, 100 ft. high, coral. 7" 38' N.,

155° 09' E.
Oreia, small, low and wooded island of the Renard group, Louisiade archipelago.
Orlofe, islet, inhabited, off the north end of Alu, Solomon islands.
Ormed, islet of Wotje, Marshall islands. 9° 33' 16" N., 170° 10' 58" E.
Orokou, islet off the north point of Babeltop, Pelew islands.
Orolong, 1.5 m. long, off northwest point of Uruktapi, Pelew islands. 7° 18' N.,

134' 25' E.

Ortega, islet of the Solomon islands. 8°33's., 159° 48' E. Named for Pedro de Ortega
Valencia, an officer of the Mendaiia expedition of 1567.

Ortzen, islet northwest from Cape Duperre on the north coast of New Guinea.

Orumbau, islet off the northwest coast of IMalekula, New Hebrides. i6°04's., 167° 21' E.

Osasai, islet 225 ft. high, wooded, near Tagula in the Louisiade archipelago.

Osnaburgh, a name given bj- Wallis to Mururoa, Paumotu archipelago.

Osubu, a group of three islets, high and rocky, east from Avia in the Exploring isl-
ands, Fiji. 17° 10' S., 181° 10' E.O

Otafi, islet of Fakaafo. 9' 23' S., 171" 13' w.

Otaheite is Tahiti with the article, O Tahiti.

Otdia, a form of Odia, see Wotje.

Otea, the Great Barrier of Cook, is about 21 m. long and 10 in its greatest breadth.
Central Peak rises to 2130 ft. This the largest of the islands to seaward of the

gulf of Hauraki, New Zealand.

[209]

126 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Otoeie, islet of Oneatoa, Gilbert islands.

Otoolio, see Tetopoto of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.

Otovawa, islet 0.7X0.5 m. in the Yasawa group, Fiji. South point is in 16^ 56' 40" s.,

177 19 20 E.
Ottltolu, islet of Tongan group.
Oua, islet of Kotu, Hapai group, Tongan islands.
Oua Houka, see Huahuna of the Marquesas islands.
Ouap, of the New Guinea coast. 3° 24' S., 143° 28' E.
Ouap, see Yap of the Caroline islands.
Ouapou, .see Huapu of the Marquesas islands. 33.
Oudot, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7° 24' 10" N., 151° 44' 34" E.
Ouessant or Tariwerwi is low and wooded, south from Wari, in the New Guinea

region. 11° 10' S., 151° 13' E.
Ounalik, islet of Namonuito, Caroline islands. 4.
Oura, see Takapoto, Paumotu archipelago.

Olirik, islet of Butaritari, Gilbert islands. 3° 11' 15" N., 172" 41' E.
Ovaka, islet of the Tongan group.
Ovalau, Fiji, is 8 m. n-s., and 6 m. E-w.; 2089 ft. high. Levuka is the principal port.

The observatory on the east side is in 17° 40' 46" S., 178° 52' 40" E.
Ovalu or Passage, Fiji, is 0.5 ni. long, 104 ft. high (Vatu i thake). 17° 22' 30" s.,

178° 48'E.O
Ovatl is between Fauro and Bougainville, Solomon islands; 1340 ft. high. 8° 48' s.,

156° E.
Ovawo, near Yasawa, Fiji, is 1.5 m. in circumference, 40 ft. high. 16° 47' 30" s.,

177'25'E.O
Ove, islet south from Umboi in the Bismarck archipelago. Thickly populated.
Ovolau, see Ovalau, Fiji.
Oua raha is Santa Ana, Solomon islands. Owa riki is Santa Catalina. Natives are

lighter colored and of finer physique than their neighbors.
Owen Stanley is Sabari or Sabarai of the Louisiade archipelago.

Paaba is on the northwest coast of New Caledonia, 6 m. east from Tande. It is 5 m.

x-S., and is inhabited bv the Neneena tribe.
Paaio, islet in Banare bay on the north west coast of New Caledonia.
Paama is 3 m. from the northwest point of Api, New Hebrides; 5 m. x-s., 1.2 m. E-\v.;

about 1900 ft. high. 16° 28' s., 168° 12' E.
Paanopa, a form of Bonabe.

Pachiai, islet of Andema, Caroline islands, at the northeast point of the reef.
Pacific is north of Ronongo, Solomon islands. 7° 52' S., 156° 30' E. II.
Padeaids or Traitors, an extensive group of low islets, about 30 m. E-w., on the north

coast of New Guinea. 1° 10' s., 136° 45' E.
Pagan, of the Marianas, is 8X2.5 m. and has three a<5live volcanoes from 800-1000

ft. high. 18 04' N., 145° 42' E. See map under Marianas.

Paguaiganique, islet on the southeast side of the reef of Andema, Caroline islands.

Paguenema, see Pakin, Caroline islands.

[210]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 127

Pahare, islet on the eastern reef of Hnaheine, Society islands.

Paho, north of Saibai on the south coast of New Guinea. 9° 18' s., 142° 46' E.

PaigO, see Boigu of the Talbot islands on the New Guinea coast. 9° 20' s., 142° 29' E.

Pakin, of the Caroline islands, was discovered by Liitke in 1S2S; 5 islets extending
5 m. NW-SE., Katelma, Ta, Tagaik, Kapenoas. Called also Pakeen and Pegue-
nema. 7° 02' N., 157° 47' 30" E. 5.

Palakuru or Pigeon, near New Britain, in Bismarck archipelago. 4° 16' s., 152 21' E.

Palao, another form of Pelew.

Palav, islet of Ontong, Java. 5° 05' S., 159° 20' E.

Palea, islet of F'akaafo. 9° 22' S., 171° 12' w.

Palilug or Goode, is small, 250 ft. high, in Torres strait. 10" 32' S., 142' 09' E.

Pallikulo, islet of Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides.

Palm, a large group in Halifax bay, on the Australian coast. 18" 42' S., 146" 43' E.O

Palm, of the Solomon islands. 7° 30' S., 157° 47' E.

Palmer, a high island in the Hudson group, Fiji. 17° 45' s., 177° 07' E.Q

Palmerston, eight sandy islets on a reef enclosing a lagoon. Discovered by Cap-
tain Cook June 16, 1774, and named for Lord Palmerston, then First Lord of
the Admiralty. iS" 04' s., 163" 10' w.

Palmyra or Samarang was disco^•ered by K^:'^^^'^'''^^^''^'^-

Captain Sawle, of the American vessel f*"''^ ""i:^^^ '^'

Palmyra, November 7, 1S02. There are V;^ '^ % \ if '\>'

several islets not over six feet high /Jf '^''''^^~,^,^ '^'m,^^' '{, ('V^^.

extending over an area of 5.7 m. E-w., ^ !^&^^'^^v^''-J^ *?'

1.6 m. N-s. The position, according to ''v .,!!•'' '•■•''' g'l.J'I, '''''j/t^fu,' '^.^

^ ° ^'-■•^ PALMYRA 10. *'*1^,)„JJ/^ „ . ..v'-i '■?-

aptam Skerrett, is 5 49 04 N., 162
11' 29" \v.; 50 islets. Taken for the ^ " 9-

Hawaiian Kingdom by Captain Zenas Bent, of Honolulu, in 1862. Annexed by
Great Britain May 28, 1S89. The proclamation, issued under Kaniehameha IV.,
was as follows :

"Whereas, on the fifteenth day of April, 1862, Pahiiyra island, in lat. 5 deg. 5omin. x. and

long. 161 deg. 53 mill. w. wa.s taken possession of with the usual formalities by Capt. Zenas Bent,

he being duly authorized to do .so in the name of Kaniehameha I\'. King of the Hawaiian Islands.

"Therefore, This is to give notice that the said island so taken possession of is henceforth

to be considered and respedled as part of the domain of the King of the Hawaiian Islands.

(Signed) L. KAMEHAMEHA.
Department of Interior, June 18, 1862. Minister of the Interior."

Pam, islet in Harcourt baj-. New Caledonia.

Panabahai or Peak is a grassy island 200 ft. high, off the southwest point of Panati-
nani of the Louisiade archipelago. Pana is the native word for island. See
Malay Pulo, Sulu Po.

Panabobaiana, west of the Duchateau group, Louisiade archipelago; 0.7 m. in diam-
eter; 75 ft. high. 11° 16' 43" s., 152" 21' 37" E.

Panabobo, eastern islet of the Montemont group, Louisiade archipelago ; 50 ft. high.

Panakrusima or Earle of the Louisiade archipelago; 360 ft. high.

Panakuba, islet of Mabneian, Louisiade archipelago.

[211]

128 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Panaman or Woody, islet 200 ft. high, on Bagana reef, Louisiade archipelago.

11° 28' S., 153° i'i'e.
Panangaribtl, islet near Pananumara, Louisiade archipelago.

Panantinian or vSharpe is an inhabited islet of the Calvados group, Louisiade archi-
pelago.
Pananumara, in the Louisiade archipelago, is 1.3 m. e. by N.-w. by s.; 425 ft. high.
Panapompom, a wooded and inhabited island, 2 m. in diameter, 520 ft. high, 2 m.

southeast from Panniet, Louisiade archipelago.
Panarairai, the smaller of the Jomard group, Louisiade archipelago.
Panaroran, with Baiwa and Panawadai in the Renard groiip, Louisiade archipelago.

II 07' S., 152° 30' E. Also called Edd\'stone; 540 ft. high.
Panarurawara is the midmost of the Duchateau group, Louisiade archipelago; 75 ft.

high. 11° 16' S., 152° 21' E.
Panasia or Real, of the Louisiade archipelago, is uninhabited, 2 m. long and very

narrow; 530 ft. high. 11° 09' s., 152° 22' E.
Panatinani or Joaunet, of the Louisiade archipelago, is an inhabited island 10.5 m.

long and mo ft. high. The northwest point is in 11' 10' S., 153° 06' E. 9.
Panaudiudi is i m. long, 390 ft. high, northeast from Utian, Louisiade archipelago.
Panavaravara, inhabited island on the Calvados chain.
Panavi or Banepe^Banga Netepa of the Matenia islands. 10° 17' S., 166° 19' E.

British proteAorate proclaimed August iS, 1898.
Panawadai, with Panaroran and Baiwa, in the Renard group.
Panawaipona, the larger of the two islets of the Jomard group, 1X0.3 m. 11" 15' S.,

152° 09' E.
Panawina, inhabited island of the Louisiade archipelago, 4 m. E-^v., 945 ft. high.

11' 11' S., 153° E. 9.

Panemote. 9° 28' s., 151' 58' e.

Panemur, islet of Andema, Caroline islands, at the south eud of the reef.

Pangai, islet of Fakaafo. 9° 24' 28" s., 171° 12' w.

PangaimotU or Pangimotu, islet of Tongatabu. 21° 07' 30" S., 175° 08' W.

Paniau, islet of Ponape, Caroline islands.

Panniet or Deboyne, of the Louisiade archipelago, has an area of 10 sq. ni.; 2000 pop-
ulation in 1890. 10° 41' S., 152° 23' E. The inhabitants make the best canoes and
sell them for 10-50 stone adzes. (This is of former days.)

Panopea, see Bonabe.

Papakena, see Tureia of the Paumotu archipelago. 32.

PapleS, on the New Guinea coast ; 250 ft. high, well wooded. io°33'2o"s., i5o°44'45"e.

Parama or Bampton (Brampton ), on south coast of New Guinea; 10-12 m. in circum-
ference, inhabited 9° s., 143" 22' E. Station of the London Missionary Societ}-.

Paraoa, Hariri or Gloucester was discovered by Wallis in 1767. It is low and at
present uninhabited. There is a stone stru6lure at the southeast point. i9°o8's.,
140° 40' w. Paumotu archipelago. 21.

Paraponpon, a small island a few miles south from Panniet of the Louisiade archi-
pelago. 10° 47' S., 152° 24' E.

Paris, see Aa.su on the north coast of New Guinea.

[212]

UVEA^^^

175'

HORNE ISLANDS

, FoTUNA

Alofa

15° S.

NlUAFOOU

Tafehi

i^ NiuatobutXbu

FONUALEI

" a TOKU

TONGAN ISLANDS

Lat6

VAVAU GROUP

CSC?

KaO

TOFUA |]

..0

Haano ' .•■

^'--FUA

20° S.

KoTu osoicT; HAPAI GROUP

No lUKAc:

;^^

C2 i "

20° S.

.- 0 .

TONCATABU

T>„ • a-

■'-'4 EUAIKl

Ata

175^

&■

,EUA

^KjU-lav

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 129

Pari, two islands off the northeast coast of Gixadalcanar, Solomon islands. 9° 43' 30" s.,
160° 46'E. Pari pile is smaller than Pari snle, which is about i m. E-w. by half a mile.

Parivara, see Varivara, New Giiinea.

Pariwara, two islets near Redscar bay, New Guinea.

Parry, a small group of the Bonin islands. 27° 40' n., 142° 14' E.

Parry, islet of Eniwetok, Marshall islands. 11° 21' n., 162° 25' E.

Parry, see Mauki of the Hervey islands.

Parseval is at the entrance to Port St. Vincent, New Caledonia.

Parum or Parram, islet of Ponape, Caroline islands.

Pass, see Anchorage, Suvaroff group.

Passage, in Choiseul bay, Solomon islands.

Passage, see Ovalu, Fiji.

Passage, see Vatu i thake, Fiji.

Patik, islet of Ponape, Caroline islands.

Patrocitlio or Byer, of the Hawaiian group, was discovered by Captain Zipiani, of the
Spanish ship Nucstra Scnora del PHaf in 1799; 3 m. long, volcanic. Called Byer
by Captain Morrell, July, 1825. Place doubtful. 28° 30' N., 177' 18' E. It has
been expunged from the British Admiralty charts on perhaps insufficient grounds.

Patimotu, Tuamotu or Low archipelago. Coral atolls extending over sixteen degrees
of longitude. The native name means "Cloud (or bunch) of islands." Quiros, in
1606, saw several islands of the group, but these cannot now be determined so
great is the similarity among all these islands. Many of the great navigators ob-
served several islands, but Wilkes (1841) gave more accurate details, and to his
surveys the modern charts are chiefly indebted. The inhabitants vary from the
Vitian to the Tahitian tj'pe. There are 78 atolls each numbering manj' islets; 18
atolls are inhabited, the population being estimated at 8000, nearly all of them
Protestants. Flies are very troublesome. Principal exports, copra and pearl shell,
in the hands of American and British merchants of Tahiti. France took the
archipelago in 1844 and the French Resident is stationed on Fakarava. The de-
tached islands to the southeast, Ducie, Hendenson, Pitcairn and Oeno are British
possessions. From the stru6lure of the atolls their form is continuall}' changing,
and occasionally in severe storms the sea breaks over them destroying the inhabi.
tants and making radical changes in the geography-. 20, 31, 32.

Pavuvu, see Russell, Solomon islands.

Peacock, see Ahii of tlie Paumotu archipelago. 30.

Peak, see Panabahai of the Louisiade archipelago.

Peard, a name of Mangareva or Gambler. 33.

Pearl and Hermes reef, Hawaiian islands. Discovered in 1S22 by two whalers,
I'carl and IIcducs wrecked near the eastern end on the same night, within ten
miles of each other. An atoll extending E-w. 16 m., n-s. 9 m., or 40 m. in circum-
ference, with 12 islets, the southeast one in 27 47' 50" N., 175° 51' \\'. 3.

Peddlar, see Arno, Marshall islands.

Peel, one of the Coffin group, Bonin islands. 27 08' N., 142"" 15' E.

Pegan, St. David, Freewill or Onata. Reported by ship ]Varzaick in 1761. Atoll 14 m.
N-s., with 4 low islets; inhabited. Under the Dutch flag, o" 57' N., 134" 21' E.

Memoirs B. P. B. Museum. Vol. I., No. 2. — 9. L-^3j

I30

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISIANDS.

Pegue, one of the Hermit islands. i° 35' S., 144° 58' E. 8.

Peihi, islet on the west reef of Huaheine, Society islands.

Peka, high island of Fiji. 16° 52' 54" S., 177° 26' 06" E.O

Pele, northeast from Fate, New Hebrides; 2 m. long, 300 ft. high; Polynesian inhabitants.

Pelelep, of Duperrey is Pingelap, Caroline islands.

Peleliu or Pililu, of the Pelew islands, extends 3 m. ne-SW. 6° 58' N., 134° 16' 15" E.

Pelew or Palao, the Arrecifos of Villalobos, who discovered them in 1543, extend about
85 m. N-s., while the greatest breadth does not exceed 7 m. A barrier reef with
many passages extends the whole length of the group. The population in 1875
was 10,000; less than a century before it was 40,000. No pestilence, no massacres,
simply want of energy. Semper says : "The iron of the European followed too
close upon the stone of the savage." The six principal islands are N'yaur on the
south, Peleliu, Eil Malk or Irakong, Uruktapi, Korror (seat of government), and
Babeltop, with many islets.

Pelican, on the Australian coast. 13° 53' S., 143° 52' E.

Pell, see Lisiansky of the Hawaiian group.

Peme, the northeast islet of the Hermit group. 1° 29' S., 145° 06' E.

'• ' ' "^ :

„.. -- 1

■' ■ ■ ^^^:.- ^-.i>'T:;4^:^^^"' ■

- ''.^^^^^^^^^^

' ^Lfi^^^^^^^^^^^^ ""

1^1^^^^^^^"""

EIG. 10. PERU.

Penantipode, a name sometimes given to Antipodes island. New Zealand.

Pender, a circular islet of the Engineer group, Louisiade archipelago.

Penrhyn, see Tongareva.

Pentecost, see Arag of the New Hebrides.

Percy, low and wooded, 2 m. long, in Cloudy bay, on southeast coast of New Guinea.

Peregrina (La), see Gente Hermosa. 15.

Peroat, see Peru of the Gilbert islands.

Perry, a high island of the Hudson group, Fiji. 17° 41' 30" s., 177° 05' E.O

Peru, Sunday, Maria, Eliza, Peroat or Francis, was discovered b^- Captain Clerk of the

ship ye;//// Palmer in 1827; 11 m. long, 6-8 ft. high. Population about 2000.

Southeast point is in i" 27' 35" S., 176° 05' w.
Pescado (Isla de), discovered by Quiros February 21, 1606. Perhaps the same as San

Bernardo, or even Solitaria.
Pescadores, see Bikini, Marshall group, or Rongelab.

[214]

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 131

Petat, off west side of Bouka, Solomon islands. 5° 09' s., 154° 30' E.

Philip, see Sorol of the Caroline islands.

Philip, islet at the entrance of Makira harbor, San Cristoval, Solomon islands.

Phillips, a name given to Makemo, Panmotu archipelago, by Trnmbull in honor of Sir
Richard Phillips, late Sheriff of London.

Phcebe, see Baker, also Tamana, Gilbert islands.

Phcenix, a gronp of 8 low, scattered islands. For position see the islands composing it,
Gardner or Kemin, Hull, Sydney, Phcenix, Birnie, Enderbury, Canton, McKean. 17.

Phcenix, the nomenclator of the previous group, is a mile long and half as broad,
18-20 ft. high. Formerly had deposits of guano, but was worked out in 1871.
British protectorate was proclaimed June 29, 1889. 3" 47' s., 170° 43' w.O

Piano, one of the Hermit group. 1° 34' s., 144° 56' E.

Piedu, island 540 ft. high in Bougainville strait, Solomon islands. 6°52's., 156° 09' E.

Piele, near Nguna, New Hebrides; 2 m. long; inhabited.

Pig, see Nimoa of the Louisiade archipelago.

Pig, see Ulu of the Bismarck archipelago.

Pigen, islet of Aurh, Marshall islands.

Pigeon, on the Australian coast. 12° 31' S., 143° 18' E.

Pigeon, near Moresb}- island, New Guinea; 60 ft. high.

Pigeon, see Credner of the Bismarck archipelago.

Pigeon, see Palakuru of the Bismarck archipelago.

Pikela or Lydia of the Caroline islands. 8° 3S'n., 147" 13'E. Considered doubtful. 3.

Pikelot or Coquille, of the Caroline islands, was discovered by Duperrey Jul}' 3, 1824,
and by him called Bigalli. It is but 300 yds. in diameter, low and uninhabited.
Liitke places it in 8° 09' n., 147° 42' E. 3.

Pikhat, islet of Butaritari, Gilbert islands. 3" 13' 10" n., 172° 40' E.

Pileni, inhabited island i m. NW-SE., 100 ft. high, in the Matema group. British pro-
tedlorate declared August iS, 1S98.

Pililu, see Peleliu, Pelew islands.

Pilipal, islet of Namonuito, Caroline islands.

Pilot, islet at the mouth of Requin bay, Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides.

Pinaki, a form of Nganati.

Pine, see Hueguenee, Loj-alty islands.

Piner, a low island of theTiri group, off Vanua levu, Fiji. i6°23'54"s., i79°o8'25"e.Q

Pines (Isle of), lies southeast from New Caledonia and belongs to France; 11.5 m.
NW-SE.; S80 ft. high. About 800 natives of Papuan stock and formerlj^ cannibals.
Here the French missionaries took refuge in 1847 when driven by the natives from
Balade in New Caledonia. 22° 39' 20" S., 167° 28' E. 13.

Pingelap, Musgrave or MacAskill, of the Caroline islands, was discovered by Captain
Musgrave in the Sugar Cane, 1793; and again by Captain MacAskill of the ship
Ladv Barlow in 1809. Three islands compose the group which is 2.5 m. in diam-
eter; Pingelap is the southern and principal, Taka is small, and Tugulu ( Chikuru)
is the northern. The}- are well wooded and have about 900 inhabitants, of light
color. 6° 12' N., 160° 53' E. 5.

Pionne, islet of Banare bay on the northwest coast of New Caledonia,

[215]

132 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISIANDS.

Piper, a group on the Australian coast. 12° 15' S., 143° 14' E.

Pipoa, on the Australian coast. 14° 07' S., 144° 32' E.

Piron or Yeina is 11 m. northwest of Tagula in the Louisiade archipelago. Inhab-
itants warlike.

Pise or Pis, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7° 42' 30" N., 151° 46' E.

Pisonia, one of the Wellesley group in the Gulf of Carpentaria, northeast from Morn-
ington. 16° 30' S., 139° 32' 30" E.

Pitcairn was discovered by Carteret July 2, 1767. Supposed by some to be the Encar-
nacion of Quiros; 2.2 m. E-w., i m. wide, 1000 ft. high. Named for a relative of
the Major Pitcairn who fired the first shot in the American revolution. Most in-
terest attaches to this island from the mutiny of the BoiDitv in 1789. These mu-
tineers were not the first inhabitants, however, for skeletons buried with stone
adzes and a pearl shell not found now on the island, have been unearthed in several
places. British protedlorate proclaimed August iS, 189S. Adamstown is, accord-
ing to Beechey, in 25° 03' 37" s., 130° 08' 23" w.

Pitt, a small, low, wooded island on the New Guinea coast. 10° 35'2o"s., i5i°02'5o"e.

Pitt, see Makin of the Gilbert islands.

Pitt, see Rangiauria, one of the Chatham islands.

Pi^aras, islet of Namonuito, Caroline islands. 8° 34' 20" N., 150° 32' 30" E. 4.

Platform, islet in midst of reefs, Admiraltv group. 2 44' s., 147° 03' E.

Pleasant, see Nawodo of the Gilbert islands.

Pleiades, a group northwest from Ilea, Loyalty islands. They are, beginning at the
northeast end, North, Isenay or La Baleine, La Tortue, Fatouba, Hueguenee or
Pine, Oidi, Deguala.

Poanopa, a way of spelling Bonabe.

Pollard Rock, a name of Gardner of the Hawaiian islands.

Pole, in Torres strait. 10° 12' S., 142° 28' E.

Poll, of the Three Sisters group in Torres strait. 10° 15' S., 142° 49' E.

Poloa, islet of Tongatabu on the northwest. 20° 05' 30" s., 175° 14' 30" w. 18.

Poloat or Enderb^^ of the Caroline islands. In 1799 Ibargoitia discovered an island
which he called Kata. Freycinet found it was two distinct islands, one of which
he called Alet, the other Poloat or Pozoat. The_v are on a reef 6 m. E-w. Popula-
tion about 100. 7° 19' 25" N., 149° 15' E. The group is usually called Enderby,
a name given by Captain Renneck in 1826 in honor of his emploj-ers, London
merchants.

Pomodedere, in Cloudy bay on the New Guinea coast. 10° 17' s., 148° 46' E.

Pompom, islet off the south coast of Murua in the Kiriwiua group. 9°o7's., i52°3i'e.

Ponafidin, one of the Bonin islands.

Ponape or Ascension was discovered by Liitke January 2, 1S28; 12 m. N-s., 14.5 m.
E-w.; 2861 ft. high; coral reef 60 m. in circumference, on which are many basaltic
rocks or islets. Metalanien harbor, which is in 6' 51' N., 158° 18' E., has on the
shores very interesting ruins ( see Geographical Joitnial, iSgg, p. 105 ; also, la Isla
de Ponape, by Pereiro, 1895; both give maps of these ruins which were first
noticed b}^ Dr. L. H. Gulick of the American mission). Ponape is the largest and

most important of the Caroline islands. Fanua pei = Land of the holy places. 5.

[216]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 133

Pones, islet of Rule, Caroline islands.

Ponui, in Anckland harbor, New Zealand.

Poporang, islet of Shortland, Solomon islands. II.

Porcupine, islet at base of Mont d'Or at the sonth end of New Caledonia; 300 ft. high,

rocky and covered with fir trees.
Porondu or Contrariete, islet on the southwest coast of New Caledonia; low and

wooded.
Pororan, off the west coast of Bouka, Solomon islands. 5° 15' s., 154° 30' K.
Portland, three low, wooded islands in the Bismarck archipelago, the eastern oiie the

largest; 2.5 m. long, inhabited. 2° 38' S., 149° 40' p:.
Portland, see Waikawa, New Zealand.
Portlock, in Torres strait. 10° 07' s., 142° 22' E.

Possession, northeast from Banks in Torres strait. 10° 05' s., 142" 20' E.
Possession, in Endeavor channel. io°42's., 142° 23' E. It seems probable that there

is but one Possession island, but on the chart sometimes one, sometimes the other

position is given.
Pott, one of the Belep group northwest from New Caledonia; 4 m. NW-SE.
Powell, islet near Pender in the Louisiade archipelago.

Pozoat or Poloat, eastern islet of Enderby group, Caroline islands. 7°2o'n., 149° 17'E.
Predour (Le) islet off St. Vincent bay on the southwest side of New Caledonia.
Predpriatie, see Akahaina, Paumotu archipelago. Named for Kotzebne's sloop of war.
Prince Frederick Henry, a low, flat island, 90 m. long, on the southwest coast of

New Guinea, north of the Gulf of Carpentaria.
Prince of Wales, a group in Torres .strait, comprising Thursday, Horn, Prince of

Wales, Friday (Quarantine station), Goode and Hammond. io°4o's., 142° ii'e.O
Prince William Henr}-, see Nengonengo of the Paumotu archipelago.
Prince William Islands, Tasman's name for the Fijian group.
Princessa, see Lib of the Marshall islands. 6.

Proby, the name given by the discoverer. Captain Edwards, to Niuafoou, Tougan islands.
Prospect, see Washington.
Prote(?tion, see Leansau, off the northwest coast of Fate, New Hebrides. Leleppa, on

the same coast, is also called Protection, or are they perhaps confounded?
Providence, see Udjelong of the Marshall islands.
Pudiue or Observatory, islet off the northeast coast of New Caledonia. Here was

buried Huon de Kermadec, captain of the Espcrancc of D'Entrecasteaux' expe-
dition. (Died Ma}^ 7, 1792.)
Puen, islet, see Montravel, New Caledonia.
Pugelug, islet of the Caroline islands.

Pukapuka, a name given by traders to Tog in the Torres group.
Pukapuka, or Clerke, low, inhabited atoll of the Paumotu archipelago. I7°23's.,

138 35' w.
Pukapuka, the north island of the Danger group. So ft. high. Population, 375;

coconut trees abundant. 10^ 53' vS., 165"' 45' 30" w.

Pukapuka, Hennake, Honden or Dog, was discovered b}- Lemaire and Schouten April

10, 1616; 330 m. west from Manahiki, and consists of three islets around a fine

[217]

134 INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

closed lagoon. The iirstjo/in Jll/iianis was lost here in 1864. Uninhabited, but

it is said that there are snakes there. 14° 55' 40" s., 138° 47' 36" w.O Must not

be confounded with Danger island. 23.
Pukararo (;7?/y; = leeward), one of the islets of Vairaatea, Paumotu archipelago.

North end is in 19° 18' S., 139° 18' w. 33.
Pukaruha, or Serle, was discovered by Captain Wilson in the D/tJ^'May 28, 1797,

who named it for the author of Horts Solitaricc ; 7.5X2.2 m., 12 ft. high, with

closed lagoon ; 120 inhabitants. Southeast extreme is in 18" 22'3o"s., i36°58'3o"w.

(Beeche}'.) 33.
Pukarunga (/7/;/4'v? = windward), islet of Vairaatea, also called Egmont; discovered

by Wallis in 1767. 19° 18' s., 139° 18' w. 33.
PuketutU or Neckes, in Manukau harbor, New Zealand.

Pully, one of the Tiri group, off Vanua levu, Fiji. 16° 25' 24" S., 179° 07' E.©
Pulo Anna or Current, of the Pelew group, is half a mile long, low, inhabited. Pulo

is the Malay for island. 4° 38' N., 132° 02' E.
Pulo Mariere or Warren Hastings, Caroline islands, was discovered in 1761. Low,

inhabited; natives resemble Malays. 1.5 m. n-s. 4° 20' n., 132° 28' E.(?)
Pulo Suge or Pulusuk, see Suk of the Caroline islands. 4.
Pulo Wat, see Fanadik, Caroline islands.

Puna, northernmost of the Malume group, Bismarck archipelago. 3°io's., i54°25'e.
Punawan, largest of the Duperre group, Louisiade archipelago.
Puramatara, islet off Cape Surville, San Cristoval, Solomon islands.
Purdy, a group of which the islands were by Krusenstern named Bat, Mole and

Mouse. 2° 55' vS., 146° 28' E. The inhabitants resemble Admiralty islanders. 8.
Pu^-nipet, one of the many forms of Ponape.

Pylstaart (Tropic Bird), see Ata of the Tongan islands. Tasman's name.
Pyramid, islet of Malaita, Solomon islands.

Qakea, islet on the east coast of Vanua Lava, New Hebrides, at the south entrance to

Port Patteson. Here the language of Mota is spoken.
Qamea, the Fijian orthography of Ngamea, Fiji.
Queen Charlotte, see Akiaki, Paumotu archipelago. 33.
Queen Charlotte, see Nukutavake, Paumotu archipelago. 33.
Quernel, islet on the southwest side of New Caledonia.
Quirosa, a name of Ponape, Caroline islands.
Quoin, on the Australian coast. 12° 25' s., 143° 29' E.

Quoin, rock islet a mile southeast from Mugula, .south coast of New Guinea.
Quoin or Tua, southeast from Orangerie bay, .south coast of New Guinea.
Quoy or Krudu, on the New Guinea coast, extends 8 m. E-w., and is well wooded.

Raberabe, low island of Fiji. 16° 57' 25" S., 178° 43' 20" e.O Also Rabi Rabi.

Radogala, see Rongelab, Marshall islands.

RaeflFsky, a group of the Paumotu archipelago, discovered by Bellingshausen in 1820.

Consists of Tepoto, Tuinaka and Hiti. 31.
Rahiroa, see Rangiroa, Paumotu archipelago. 30.

[218]

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 135

Raiatea or Ulietea, of the Society islands, is about 30 m. in circumference, and the
highest peak is 3389 ft. Population, 1400; all Protestants. Tahaa is within the
same reef and there are many islets between them. 16° 40' S., 154 40' w. 20.

Raine, in Torres strait. 11° 35' 50" s., 144° 02' 20" H.

Rairoa, see Rangiroa, Paumotu archipelago. 20.

Rakaanga or Reirson lies about 20 m. nnw. from Monahiki. Discovered by Bellings-
hausen in 1820, who called it Grand Duke x^lexander. Captain Patrickson called
it Reirson in 1822. Population, about 350. No lagoon. io°02 s., 161° 05' 30" w.
British protectorate declared August 9, 1889.

Rakino, in Auckland bay, New Zealand.

Raki Raki, high island off Viti levu, Fiji. 17 20' 20" s., 177 " 59' 30" K.O

Rakiura, the Maori name of Stewart island, New Zealand.

Ralick, a name given to the western chain of the Marshall islands.

Rambi (Rabi), high, inhabited island of Fiji; 8.7 m. ne-SW., 4.5 m. wide, 1550 ft. high.
North point is in 16° 24' 40" s., 180° oS' E.

Ramos (Los), a name given by both Gallego and Figueroa to Malaita, Solomon islands.
19 S., 160 09 E.

Ramting, islet on the northern side of Yap, Caroline islands.

Ranai, a form of Lanai, Hawaiian islands.

Rangiauria or Pitt, the southeastern of the Chatham islands, New Zealand.

Rangiroa, Rahiroa, Vliegen, Deans or Nairsa, is an extensive atoll witli many islets;
66 m. long, inhabited. (Wilkes, I., 337.) 15" 05' 15" .s., 147^ 58' 34" w. 30,

RangitotO, a volcanic island in Auckland harbor. New Zealand.

Rano, islet on the northeast coast of Malekula, New Hebrides. 13.

Raoul or Sunda}' was discovered b}' D'Entrecasteaux March 15, 1793; 12 ni. in cir-
cumference, 1627 ft. high. Of the Kerniadec group, belonging to New Zealand.
29° 20' s., 178° 10' w.O Joseph and Ange Raoul were pilots on the Recherche.

Raoul was represented on former charts as an island of some size between Gicquel and
Willaumez in the Bismarck archipelago. It is now found to be part of a moun-
tainous peninsula of New Britain. 10.

Rapa or Oparo was discovered by Vancouver December 22, 1791 ; about 20 m. in cir-
cumference, and 2100 ft. high. Natives do not know the name Oparo, but call the
island Lappa (Rapa). Climate delightful. When discovered population num-
bered 1500 fine Polynesians resembling Maoris; F'ebruary 23, 1882, there were but
100 all told. On six hills there are stone fortifications like the Rapanni terraces.
Natives make a thick, heavy kapa. Frencli protectorate in 1844; island annexed
to France February, 1882. See account by Captain Vine Hall, Proc. Rov. Gcog.
Soc, June, 1869. 27° 36' s., 144° 22' w.

Rapaiti, islet of Rapa. 27° 38' s., 144° 15' \v. ■

Rapantli or Easter, said to have been seen by Davis in 1686. Admiral Roggewein
saw it first on April 6, 1722 (Easter Sunday). Cook saw it in 1774. It is of tri-
angular form, the longest side measuring 13 m. NE-SW. Volcanic with trachytic
lava and obsidian. The inhabitants are Polynesian from Rapa, and they call
their island "Te Pito o te honua," the navel of the earth. Tlie most interesting

remains on the island are the huge images so often described, and other relics of

[219]

136

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

ancient inhabitants. Rapanni was surveyed b}- Beecbey in 1825, "^"^^ W H. M. S.
Topazc in November, 186S. For full account see Aniiario Hidiografico dc la
Marina de C/ii7i\ /SS/, pp. 164-190., Santiago.; To/er dii Monde, XXXYL, 225.
The best account is by W.J. Thompson, U. S. Navy, in the Report of the U. S.
lYat. Museum, 1889, p. 447. From this the map is copied. 27 o8's., 109° 25' w.

Raputata or Welle, also called Sanaroa, of the D'Entrecasteaux group, is low, 10 m.
N-s., 8 m. R-w.. About 250 inhabitants. 9° 38' S., 151° E. 9.

Rara, western of Sloss group, Louisiade archipelago.

Rara ni Tinka, a name of Tavuka, Fiji.

Raraka, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered 0(R;ober i, 183 1, by Captain
Ireland of the brig Ad he mar. It is triangular, 15 m. on a side. Lagoon has deep
blue water. (Wilkes, I., 330.) Inhabited. West point is in i6''o8's., i45°oo'4o"w.

Raroia or Barclay de Tolly
was discovered by Bell-
ingshausen in 1820; of
the Paumotu archipel-
ago; population, 75. The
north point is in i5°56's.,

o /

142 22 W.

Rarotonga, a beautiful isl-
and of the Herve^' group,
was discovered b}- John
Williams in 1S23; ^t
least he gave the first
authentic report of it.
It is about 30 ni. in cir-
cumference, volcanic, and
very fertile. Ivlt. Ter-
vanga is 2920 ft. high.
Population, 2000. English protectorate declared in 1S88.

Rat, in Fortescue strait. New Guinea. 10° 36' 35" s., 150° 54'

Ratack or Radack, the eastern chain of the Marshall islands.

Rativa, islet on the coast of Vanua levu, Fiji. 16° 44' 20" s., 179° 40' 30" E.O

Raur, southeast islet of Wolea, Caroline islands ; inhabited. 7°2i'3o"n., i43°57'3o"e. 3.

Ravahere, see Manaka, Paumotu archipelago. Some refer it to Marakau or Dauahaida.

Ravaivai, see Yavitao of the Austral islands.

Raven, see Ngatik of the Caroline islands. 5.

Ravenga, islet off Port Patteson, Vanua Lava, New Hebrides. 13° 48' s., 167° 30' E.
Here the language of Motlav is spoken.

Ravu ravu, off Vanua levu, Fiji; i.5Xo.7ra. Inhabited. 16° 27'24"s., i78°56' io"e.Q

Razor, two islets near Sideia, New Guinea; 200 ft. high.

Real, see Panasia, Louisiade archipelago.

Reao or Clermont -Tonnere was discovered by Duperrey in 1822. A low, inhabited
atoll, lo-ii m. long and ver}' narrow. Paumotu archipelago. Northwest end is

m 18 16 50 s., 137 09 06 w. ZZ.

[220]

RAPANUI OR EASTER ISLAND

FIG. II.

21° 20' S., 160° W. 23.

6"N.

6°N

Washington ,....^

LINE
0°

Fanning

Christmas y ^s^,

ISLANDS

6°

-, Jarvis

Toncareva <j"-^?3>

if\oa Rakaanga

10° s.

MONAHIKI ,-2«'

160"

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 137

Recherche (lie de la), name given by the French to Vanikoro, New Hebrides.

Recreation, of Roggewein, is Makatea of the Paumotu archipelago.

Red, on the Australian coast. 10° 50' s., 142° 20' E.

Redika, a wooded islet on the Great South Reef of New Caledonia.

Redlands, off Sandwich island, Bismarck archipelago. 3° s., 150° 45' R.

Redlick, a ring of low islands on a reef 4.5X2 m., with a closed lagoon, in the

Lonisiade archipelago. 10" 50' s., 152" 30' E.
Redman, islet of Choisenl, Solomon islands.
Reef, see Matema group, Santa Cruz islands.

Refuge, islet of Bougainville, Solomon islands, near Cape Friendship.
Reid, Fiji; high. 17' 57' 20" s., 181" 38' 30" E.O
Reid, islet of Guadalcanar, Solomon islands.
Reid, a name of Tuiuaka, Raeffsky islands. 21.
Reirson, name given to Rakaanga by Captain Patrickson in 1822.
Reitoru, Hikuera or Bird, a low, uninhabited island of the Paumotu archipelago.

17° 48' 10" s., 143° 04' 52" w. 31.
Rekareka or Goodhope of the Paumotu archipelago; inhabited; 5 m. n'E-SW. by 4 m.

Boat entrance to lagoon. 16° 48' s., 141 35' w.© 21.
Remaltim, islet of Faitnik groiip in Ruk lagoon, Caroline islands.
Remski Korsakow, see Ailinginae, Marshall islands. xAlso Rimski-Korsakoff.
Renard or Fox, Louisiade archipelago; 11 islets within reef. H. M. S. Rhiaid, 1879.

10° 49' s., 152° 58' E.
Renard, Solomon islands; 1.5 m. long, 220 ft. high. Named for British war vessel,

Rniard^ 1880. 7° 41' s., 156° 32' E. II.
Rendova, Solomon islands; volcanic, 2500 ft. high, densely wooded; 18 m. n-s., 8 m.

E-w. North point is in 8° 24' S., 157° 15' E. II.
Rennell, Solomon islands. Two islands, Mongiki^ Bellona and Mongava = Rennell,

discovered b}' Butler in 1794. Population said to be Polynesian. British pro-

tecftorate declared August 18, 1898. West end 11° 40' s., 159° 55' E.
Rennell, in Torres strait. 9" 45' s., 143° 15' E.
Renny, see Aivo, Solomon islands.

Resolution, off southwest coast of Middle island. New Zealand. Named for Cook's ship.
Resolution, see Tauere, Paumotu archipelago.
Revolution (lies de la), a name given by Marchand to the northwest group of the

Marquesas in 1791.
Re^-nold, see Vanua kula, Fiji.
Reynolds, of the Underwood group, Fiji. Named for William Reynolds (afterwards

Admiral). 17° 43' 10" s., 177° 12' 10" E.©
Rica de Oro, Rica de Plata, two islands of the Bonin group. For years their

fabled riches were an El Dorado to the Dutch navigators.
Rich, see Bagabag in Astrolabe bay on the north coast of New Guinea.
Riche, of D'Entrecasteavix, is not an island but a bluff in Holnicote ba}- on the north-
east coast of New Guinea. Riche was one of the naturalists on the Espcraucc.
Richmond, a low island of the Tiri group off Vanua levn, Fiji. 16° 25' 24" S.,

179' 07' 50" E.©

[221]

138 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Riff, north from Ronongo, Solomon islands, f 49' S., 156° 26' E.

Rikarika, western and largest of the Lebrun gronp, Louisiade archipelago; 360 ft.
high. 10° 52' S., 150° 57' E.

Rimitara, Austral islands; 2-3m. in diameter, 315 ft. high; inhabited. 22°4o's., i52°45'w.

Rimski-Korsakoff, see Ailinginae, Marshall islands.

Rimsk}-, a name of Rongelab, Marshall islands, on some charts.

Ringgold, Fiji; a high, volcanic group, not inhabited, comprising Budd, Maury,
North, Holmes, De Haven; all named for officers of the Wilkes Expedition.

Riou, see Huahuna of the Marquesas islands.

Roahouga, see Huahuna of the Marquesas islands.

Roapoua, an old chart name for Huapu, Marquesas islands. Also spelled Roapua.

Robatu, see San Cristoval of the Solomon islands.

Robbe (Seal), islet in Marau sound, east end of Guadalcanar, Solomon islands.

Roberts (of Hergest) is Eiao of the Marquesas islands.

Roberts Isles, a name given b}' the Daedalus to the Marquesan group.

Rock, a low, inhabited island in Naloa bay, Vanua levu, Fiji. i6°39'24"s., i78°39'e.O

Rocky, a dark-colored rock with a scant covering of grass on the summit, on the
southeast coast of New Guinea. 10° 41' 25" vS., 150° 59' 45" E.

Rocky, see Sophia of the EHice islands.

Rocky, islet northwest from Mornington island in the Gulf of Carpentaria. 16° 19' S.,
139° 24' E.

Rofei, islet off Fauro, Solomon islands; 0.3X0.5 m. 123 ft. high.

Rogeia or Heath, off east end of New Guinea, 4 m. NW-SE.; i m. wide, 12 15 ft. high;
well wooded. 10° 38' S., 150° 38' E.

Roger Simpson, a name of Apamama, Gilbert islands.

Roi, islet of Kwadjalin, Marshall islands. 6.

Roissy, off New Guinea. 3° 15' S., 144° 03' E.

Rokahanga, a chart name of Rakaanga, Paumotu archipelago.

Romanzoff, see Tikei of the Paumotu archipelago. 2i.

Romanzoff, see Wotje, Marshall islands.

Roncador or Candelaria reef, Solomon islands, was seen by the pilot INIaurelle in
1 781. Passing it in the night the noise of the breakers suggested the name
(Snorer). It is almost certain that it was the same reef seen by Mendafia in 1567
and called by him Baxos de Candelaria. It is 18 m. in circumference and has two
openings on the southwest to a good lagoon. 6" 15' S., 159° 14' E. II.

Rongelab or Bigini, of the Marshall islands, the Pescadores of ancient charts, was
discovered by Wallis, September 3, 1767. A lagoon atoll 16 m. long. Gulick
gives the population in i860 at 120; Witte, in 1878, at 18. 11° 19' n., 167° 35'E.Q

Rongelapelap, islet of Rongerik, Marshall islands. 11° 14' 30" N., 166° 59' E.

Rongerik, Marshall islands. Discovered by Kotzebue ; 36 m. long, with a width from
3-20 m. The population in i860, according to Gulick, was 60; in 1878 Witte
gives only 10. 11° 14' N., 166° 35' E.© 6.

Ronhua, islet in Port Uitoe on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

Ronongo, island south from Yella Eavella, Solomon islands, from which it is sepa-
rated by Wilson strait. About 2000 ft. high. 8° s., 156° 32' E.

[222]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 139

Rook, see Umboi, Bismarck archipelago. This name was given by Dampier for Sir

George Rook.
RoporopO, islet I m. southwest from Miigiila in Orangerie baj', New Guinea. 10° 31's.,

149' 47' 37" H.

Roro or Yule, on the south coast of New Guinea, is 4 X 1-5 m., and 534 ft. high. 8°48's.,
146" 32' H. A mission station. The name is sometimes writen Lolo.

Rosario, of the Bonin islands, is 148 ft. high. 27° 18' N., 140° 50' E.

Rose, a coral islet discovered b}^ Freycinet ; named for his wife who accompanied him;
70 sea miles east from Manna, Samoau islands. It is inhabited only by birds. By
the treat}- of 1899 it belongs to the United States. 14^ 31' 30" s., i6S"o8'3o" w. 15.

Rosse, northeast coast of Auckland islands, New Zealand.

Rossel, see Roua of the Lonisiade archipelago. Rossel was Lieutenant on the Rcchcnlic.

Rota, Zarpane, Sarpan, or Luta, of the Marianas, is of calcareous rock, 12X5.5 i^i- ^^^
Soo ft. high. 14" 08' N., 145° 10' E. See map under Marianas.

Rotch, see Oneke.

Rotcher, see Tamana of the Gilbert islands.

Rotterdam, Tasnian's name for Namuka of the Tongan group.

Rotuma, Rotuam or Grenville, was discovered b}^ Captain Edwards in 1791 ; 8 m. E-w.,
2 m. N'-.s.; 800 ft. high. Islets on the south are Solnahou, Solkop; on the east,
Afgaha; north, Hanoua ; on the west, Ataou, Hofliona, Ouea. Population, 2500;
all Christian. While the people are classed as Polynesian, their language belongs,
accordin-g to Codrington, to the Melanesian group. 12° 28' s., 177" E. 16.

Roua, Rua or Rossel, of the Lonisiade archipelago, is 18.5X6 m., 2750 ft. high,
thickly wooded. Inhabitants, Papuan cannibals ; a short, robust race, sooty brown;
their language bears no resemblance to an}- known New Guinea dialect. East
point is in 11° 23' S., 154° 18' E. 9.

Round, see Alewakalou, Fiji.

Round, islet in Marau sound, Solomon islands. Another of this name off Ysabel in
the same group. Still another in the Woodlark group.

Roux, five islets covered with coconuts, off the southeast coast of New Guinea.
10° 39' s., 149' 58' E.

Rowa is the northernmost of the Reef group. Banks islands. It has a mission station.

Royalist, a name sometimes given to the south group of Ruk, Caroline islands, com-
prising South and Givry.

Rua, islet of Morileu, Caroline islands.

Ruac, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7° 41' n., 151° 55' 22" E.

Ruadika or Solitary of the Solomon islands. 8° 45' .S., 159° 47' E.

Ruapuke, at east entrance to Foveaux strait. New Zealand.

Ruarua, a group of several islets off the east side of Yendua, Fiji.

Rubiana, New Georgia or Marovo of the Solomon islands. 8" 22' S., 157° 17' E. II.

Ruk, Truk or Hogoleu, of the Caroline islands, was discovered by Duperrey June

24, 1824. The largest group in the Carolines, composed of ten high, basaltic

islands in an immense lagoon, with numerous islets (about 60) on the outer reef.

, Some of these islands rise to a height of 1000 ft., and are 10-15 m. in circumference.

South, Givry, Hacq and Lauvergne are on a recflangular reef 12X5 "^-i detached

[223]

I40 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

from the main reef. Pis, Tsis, Tol, Woles, Salat or Chassant, Cuop, Faleii, Umol,
Pones are some of the islands. Rev. F. M. Price, an American missionary sta-
tioned on Ruk, estimates the population at 15,000. The north end is in 7°42'3o"n.,
151° 46' E. 4.

Run, in Geelvink bay on the north coast of New Guinea. 2 30' S., 134° 35' E.

Rua kiki, off the northeast coast of Guadalcanar, Solomon islands. 9^ 30' 05" s.,
160° 37' E.

Rua suli, off the northeast coast of Guadalcanar, Solomon islands. 9°3o's., 160° 36' E.

Rurick, see Arutua of the Paumotu archipelago.

RurutU or Oheteroa, of the Austral group, was discovered by Cook, August 14, 1769;
1350 ft. high. Population about 600, all Protestant, under the teaching of the
London Missionary Society. Annexed by France in 1889. 22° 29's., 151° 2o'25"w.

Russell or Pavuvu, a group northwest from Guadalcanar, 20 m. E-w., 12 m. N-S.;
largest island is 1600 ft. high. Natives peaceable, keen traders. 9°04's., i59°o5'e.

Sabarai or Owen Stanley, of the Louisiade archipelago, is 4X0.3 m., low, thickly

wooded; inhabited. 11° 08' S., 153° 06' E. Also spelled Sabari.
Sable, south from Goodman in the Bismarck archipelago. 3° 32' S., 154° 36' E.
Sabuda, on the New Guinea coast. 2° 37' S., 131 ' 38' E.
Saddle, see Lo, New Hebrides.
Saddle, in Torres strait. 10° 10' S., 142° 40' E.
Sagitaria (La), an island discovered by Pedro Fernandez Quiros, 12-13 February, 1606.

According to Espinosa this is Tahiti.
Saibai, low, 12X4 "i- ^'^ the south coast of New Guinea. Population, 100. East end

is in 9° 24' S., 142° 47' E.
Sainson, low, wooded island on the north coast of Humboldt bay. New Guinea.

3 09' S., 142° 24' E.
Saint Aignan, see Misinia, Louisiade archipelago. Saint Aignan was a Lieutenant on

the Recherche.
St. Ambrose is 4 m. in circumference, 720 ft. high (1500 ft. Maclear). 26° i9'45"s.,

79° 49' 45" w.
St. Andre, see Sansoral.
St. Andrew, a group of six islands near the Admiralty islands: Violet, Waikatu,

Bull, Broadmead, Berry and a bushy islet. Natives seem to be a finer race than

the New Irish or Solomon islanders. 2° 26' S., 147° 24' E.
St. x\ugustine, see Nanomea, Ellice group. 16.
St. Bartholomew, see Malo, New Hebrides.
St. Bruno, an inhabited islet off the northeast point of Gardenijs, in the Bismarck

archipelago.
St. Claire, see Merigi of the New Hebrides.
St. David, see Began.

St. Felix is 9 m. west from St. Ambrose ; barren, volcanic. 26" 16' 46" s., So° 00' 15" w.
St. George or San Jorge, see Tuilagi, Solomon islands.
St. Ignace or Hardy, islet in Ugue bay on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.

St. John, see Wonneram, Bismarck archipelago.

[224]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 141

St. Joseph, near Gardenijs, Bismarck archipelago; about 650 ft. high; inhabited.

St. Matthias or San Matthias, of the Bismarck archipelago, was discovered by
Dampier; 24 m. E-w., 15 m. n-s. i" 40' S., 149° 40' E.O 10.

St. Patrick, of the Admiralty group. 2° 32' S., 147° 15' E.

St. Peter, see Ponafidin of the Bonin islands.

St. Phalle, island in Arembo bay on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

St. Phalle, islet on the west part of Balabio reef, New Caledonia.

St. Simeon, see Tauere, Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Saipatl or Seypan, of the Marianas, was discovered by Magalhaes March 6, 152 1.
Volcanic; 14 m. long, 1345 ft. high (Marche). Once populous, but now depopu-
lated by the Spaniards who also drove out an American colony in 1815. In 1877
it was repeopled by importing 876 Chamorros and Caroline islanders. Saipan is
the Serpana of Quiros, who visited it in 1596. 15" 15' n., 145° 44' E. See map
under title Marianas.

Sakatl, islet off northeast point of Espiritu vSanto, New Hebrides; about 500 ft. high.

Sakau, islet southeast from Malekula, New Hebrides; 1.7 m. NE-SW.; 340 ft. high.

Sakea, islet of Fakaafo. 9° 26' s., 171° 13' w.

Saken, see Katiu of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Salat or Chassant, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands.

Sala y Gome^ was discovered in 1793 by the Spanish commander of that name.
Small, rocky; inhabited onl}- b}- birds. 26° 27' 41" S., 105° 28' w.

Saltoi, see Arorai of the Gilbert islands.

Salwati, off the northwest coast of New Guinea. About 30 m. in diameter. Subject
to the Sultan of Tidore. Papuan with admixture of Malay. Mohammedans.
Wild tribes in the interior, i" 15' S., 130° 45' E.

Sam, a low island of Fiji. 17° 35' 30" S., 177° 25' 20" E.©

Samarai or Dinner, in China strait, New Guinea; 1.5 m. in circumference, 155 ft. high.
From June to December not unhealthy. No good water. 10" 37' s., 150° 41' E.

Samarang, a name of Palmyra.

Samba, native name of Mendaiia's Santa Ysabel, Solomon islands.

Samoan Islands lie between the parallels 13' 30'- 14° 30' S. and the meridians
i68°-i73 \v. Krusenstern believed them identical with the Bauman islands seen
by Roggewein in 172 1. So far as any certain knowledge of them was obtained we
are indebted to Bougainville who, in 1768, touched there and called the group
lies dcs Navigateurs. The Wilkes expedition, in 1839, surveyed them with some
care. The group (with the exception of Rosa or Rose island) is volcanic, but
without a(5live craters ; although near Olosenga there was a submarine eruption
in 1866. There are 13 islands generally surrounded by coral reefs, and there is
but one good harbor in the group, that at Pangopango on Tutuila, for Apia on
Upolu has only an open anchorage within the reef. The islands are, beginning
at the west end, Savaii, Manono, Apolima, Upolu, Fanuatapu, Naniua, Nuutele,
Nuulua, belonging to Germany; and Tutuila, Anuu, Ofu, Olosenga, Tan and
Rose belonging to the United States. Civil wars have prevailed of late years and
England, Germany and the United States undertook to establish peace and a gov-

L225]

142 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

ernment by a tripartite convention (1889) which was a miserable failnre, and at
last the group was divided, as shown on Map 15, between Germany and the United
States. Proclaimed February 16, 1900. The area of the group is about 2650
sq. m.; and the native population, which is gradually diminishing, is estimated at
30,000. From December to April hurricanes may occur. The most complete ac-
count of the geography of the Samoan islands will be found in the Journal of the
Godeffroy Museum, Hamburg, 1873-5.

San Alessandro or Forfano, one of the Volcano islands. 25° 24' N., 141° 15' E.

San Antonio, islet off the northeast point of Gardenijs, Bismarck archipelago; well
wooded; natives friendly. 3" 07' s., 152° 43' E.

Sanaroa, one of the names of Raputata or Welle in the D'Fntrecasteaux group. 9.

San AugUStino, an islet of Oraluk, Caroline islands. 7° 37' N., 155° 09' E.

San AugUStino, one of the Volcano islands; 623 ft. high. 24' 14' n., 141" 25' E.

San Bartolomeo (Bajos e Islas de), islands in 30° N. seen by Quiros.

San Bernardo (Islas de), discovered by Mendana August 20, 1595, in 10° 40' .s. Danger
islands (?). Perhaps the same that Gonzales called Isla de Pescado, February
21, 1606. Quiros Viajes, I., 53, 260; II., 6, 7, 10, 55.

San Bruno, of the Bismarck archipelago. 3" 05' S., 152" 42' E.

San Cristobal, Arossi, Robatu, the Paubro of Gallego in the Solomon group, was
discovered by Mendana in June, 1568-; 76X23 m., 4100 ft. high. Northwest point
is in 10° 10' S., 161° 20' E.

Sand, the western islet of Midway atoll, Hawaiian islands; 1.5X0.7 ni., 57 ft. high;
little vegetation, sand glaring. 28° 12' 22" N., 177° 22' 20" w. 2.

Sand, islet of Onoatoa, Gilbert islands. 1° 49' S., 175° 37' E.

Sand islet, see Dao Balayet, New Caledonia.

Sandford, high island of Fiji. 18° 50' .S., 178° 24' E.O

San DimaS, Solomon islands; discovered by Pedro de Ortega Valencia, of Mendana's
expedition, in April, 1568. 9° 31' S. Quiros Viajes, I., 4; II, 4, 28, 37.

Sands, group in Austral islands; discovered by J. R. Sands, in the whaler Boijaniin
Tucker^ October 19, 1845. Examined in i860 by Captain Lebleux, in the ship
Railleui.^ who found a triangular reef, the longest side extending 3 m. nw-SE., with
3 islands, a fourth one at the apex of the triangle 2 m. NE. from central island;
highest point, 66 ft. above the sea. Hull, Maria, Sands, Nororutu. Northwest
corner 21° 49' S., 154" 51' w.

Sandwich, of the Bismarck archipelago, is 6-S m. from the southwest coa.st of New
Ireland; 10 m. E-w., 8 m. N-s.; 600 ft. high. North point is in 2°53's., 150° 49' E.

Sandwich, Cook's name for the Hawaiian islands.

Sandwich, see Fate, New Hebrides.

Sandy, one of the Belep islands, New Caledonia. 13.

Sandy, on the Australian coast. 12 35' s., 143" 31' E.

vSan Francisco, the name given by Mendana to Wake island OAober 4, 1568.

San Francisco, near Gardenijs, Bismarck archipelago; about 650 ft. high; thickly
peopled. 2 50' S., 152° 38' E.

San Gabriel, of the Admiralty islands, is about 6 m. long; thickly peopled. 2°o6's.,

147" 37' E.

L226J

INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS. 143

San German (Isla de), discovered among the Solomon islands by Pedro de Ortega

Valencia of the Mendaiia expedition, April 9, 156S, in 9° 30' S.
San Jeronimo (Isla de), Solomon islands; one of the discoveries of Pedro de Ortega

Valencia. Perhaps the same as San Jorge.
San Jorge ( Isla de), Solomon islands, near Santa Ysabel. Natives called it Varnesta

or Borne. Discovered AjDril 23, 156S, by Ortega and Gallego of the Mendaiia

expedition.
San Jorge, of the Admiralty group. 2° 22' S., 147° 18' E.
San Jose, between San Francisco and San Bruno, Bismarck archipelago. 2° 59' S.,

152" 39' E.
San Juan, see Ugi, Solomon islands.
San Juan Bautista, an unidentified discovery of Quiros, January 29, 1606, in 24° S.,

139° w.
San Marcos, see Choiseul, Solomon islands.
San Marcos, discovered by Quiros April 25, 1606, is, according to Espinosa, Pan de

Azucar of the Banks islands.
San Mateo ( Bajos de) seen hy Mendafia, September 1568, in 8" 30' N.
San Miguel, discovered by Quiros February 9, 1606, in 19° s. The saints of the old

Spanish voyagers are harder to find on the charts than saints in real life.
San Miguel, of the Admiralty group, z 17' vS., 147° 31' E.
San Nicolas, another of the discoveries of Ortega and Gallego, April, 1568. "Noroeste

de Santa Ysabel ;" but there are many islands in that position. II.
San Pablo, see Hereheretui of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.
San Pedro, see Motane of the Marquesas islands. 33.
San Ouentin, see Heraiki of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.

San Rafael, of the Admiralty islands, is 3 m. long and very flat. 2° 06' S., 147° 45' E.
Sansoral or St. Andre, discovered b}^ Padilla in 17 10, consists of two islands, Sansoral

and Kodakopuei or Fauna; low, 350 inhabitants resembling the central Caro-

lineans. 5° 20' N., 132° 20' E. iVlso spelled Sonsol, and incorredllv Sonsoral.
Santa Ana, native Itapa, was discovered by Francisco Muiioz Rico, of the Men-
dafia expedition, Jul}- 4, 1568, in the Solomon group; 520 ft. high. 10° 51' S.,

162° 26' E.
Santa Catalina, native Aguari, of the Solomon group, was discovered by Francisco

Munoz Rico and Hernan Gallego in July, 1568. It is 2 m. E-w., and 320 ft. high.

10° 54' S., 162° 25' E.
Santa Christina (Cristina), see Tahuata of the Marquesas islands.
Santa Clara, a barren island 4-5 m. in diameter, southwest from Juan Fernandez.

Also called Goat.
Santa Cruz Group, discovered hy Mendaiia in 1595; again by Carteret in 1767.

Examined by D'Entrecasteaux in 1793. There are seven larger islands, Vanikoro,

Tapoua, etc. British protectorate declared August 18, 1898.
Santa Cruz, Egmont or Nitendi (Ndendi) was discovered by Mendaiia September 7,

1595; 15 m. long, with fringing reef. Carteret called it Egmont. Here Mendaiia

died Ocflober 18, 1595. 10° 40' s., 166° 03' E. 12.

[227]

144 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Sans-Souci, off Berlin harbor on the north coast of New Guinea, comprise Sainson

and Faraguet; low, wooded.
Santa Isabel, Solomon islands, see Ysabel.
Santa Maria, see Gaua, New Hebrides.
Santiago, north from San Cristobal, Solomon islands; discovered by Mendana May,

1568.
San Urban, close to Guadalcanar ; discovered by Hernando Enriquez of the Mendana

expedition. Perhaps San Juan.
Sariba or Hayter, on the New Guinea coast; 5 m. ese-wnw., 800 ft. high. Named

for Lieutenant Hayter. 10° 31' S., 150° 45' E.
Sarigtian, of the Marianas, a volcanic cone 1.5 m. in diameter. Formerly' inhabited,

now deserted. 16° 42' N., 145° 43' E. See map under title Marianas.
Sarpan, .see Rota, Marianas.

Satalo, islet on the south coast of Upolu, vSamoan islands.
Satawal or Tucker, of the Caroline islands ; discovered by Captain Wilson of the Duff^

October 25, 1793; 2-3 m. in circumference; 200 inhabitants. 7° 22' N., 147° 06' E.
Satoan, of the Mortlock group of the Caroline islands; 7X12 m.; 60 islets and less

than 1000 inhabitants. Chickens, pigs, dogs and cats are all eaten here. The

south end is in 5° 17' n., 153° 46' E. 4.
Saumatafanga, islet of Fakaafo. 9"^ 25' s., 171° 12' w.
Saunders, see Tapamanu, Society islands. 20.

Sail Sau, islet on the north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji. 16° i6'24' s., ^79 25'2o"e.O
Savage, see Niiie.
Savaii, of the Samoan islands, is the largest of the group; 40X20 m., 5400 ft. high;

shores low. South end in 13" 48' 40" s., 172' i7'3o"w. Belongs to German3\ 15.
SavO, a volcano north of the west end of Guadalcanar; the Sesarga of Mendaiia.

Discovered by Pedro de Ortega Valencia and Hernan Gallego, April, 1568. Sur-

ville called it Isla de las Contrariedades. Nearly circular; 4 m. in diameter, 1800

ft. high; At present emits steam. Inhabited. 9° oS' s., 159° 45' E.
Scarborough, a name given to the north group of the Gilbert islands from the ship

Scarboroiig/i^ one of those commanded by Captains Gilbert and Marshall.
Schanz, see Wotto of the Marshall islands.
Schouten, a group off the north coast of New Guinea consisting of Mysory, Korido

and Biak. The last two may be one island, i s., 136° E.
Schouten, another group, more to the eastward, consisting of Lesson, Garuot and

Blosseville.
Scilly, six islands 60 ft. high, wooded, in the Bismarck archipelago. 4°03's., 151° 22'E.
Scilly, see Fenuaura of the Society islands.

Seagiill, a name of the Raeffsky islands, Paumotu archipelago.
Secretary, islet on the southwest coast of Middle island. New Zealand.
SegU, on the New Guinea coast. 5° 08' S., 145° 50' E.
Seniavina, Caroline islands; discovered by Liitke in 1S28 and named after his vessel.

Consist of Ponape, Ant and Pakin.

Sentinel, East and West ; two high islands on either side of the entrance of Taiohae

bay, south side of Nukuhiva, Marquesas islands.

[228]

'XA'

1 '^S>

ioL.4?-

20-

S 2'

o .-»

5 ^-^ a

^ S^

5®

II 2

3 :!

t
S

Jj«p

«i

»o

1-1

<
O

fil

llJ

s^..

•

l"<s

i^T(»W»^i^V>»3>«|l»0(5^'!«pWK-J»?(>iyS!^'»*Pr*.'f^3^-7^''5W»^*^'^^»C-C-'^'»^ 1 -i^-^^^TV-, '

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 145

Sepper, see Nuitao of the Ellice group. 16.

Serapin, islet at entrance to Wanderer bay, on Guadalcanar, Solomon islands, where
in 185 1 Mr. Boyd, of the yacht IVanderer, was massacred. 9° 41' s., 159° 39' E.

Serle, see Reao or Pukaruha of the Paiimotu archipelago.

Sesarga, Mendana's name for Savo, Solomon islands.

Setovi or Selovi, a flat island 2 m. east from Aore, New Hebrides.

Seu Seu, islet near Roux group on the south coast of New Guinea.

Seven Islands, a name of Ngatik of the Caroline islands.

Sewell, in Cloudy bay. New Guinea.

Shank, see Nawodo of the Gilbert islands.

Shanz or Schanz, a name of Wotto, Marshall islands.

Sharp, in the Trobriand group. 9° 34' s., 151° 39' E.

Sharp, see Panantinian of the Louisiade archipelago.

Shepherd, a group near Api in the New Hebrides, consisting of Tongoa, Tongariki,
Buninga, Yalea, Ewo.se, Laika, Mai and Tevala.

Sherrard, on the Australian coast. \2° 58' s., 143° 37' E.

Shortland, of the Solomon islands, is 11 m. E. b}' N. -w. b}- s., 7 m. wide, 675 ft. high.
7" 03' S., 155° 45' E. For Shortland's Journal see Philips' Voyage to Botany bay,
ch. xviii.

Shortland, on the southeast coast of New Guinea; 0.3 m. in diameter; 200 ft. high.

Siande, islet; wooded, at entrance to Port Burai on the southwest side of New Cale-
donia.

Siapunor, islet of Lukunor of the Caroline islands. 4.

Siassi, a low archipelago off the east coast of New Guinea, near Umboi. 5° 55' s.,

147' 55' E.
Sideia or Basilisk, on the New Guinea coast, forms three sides of a hollow square
open to the west; 8.2 m. E-w., 7.5 m. x-s.; inhabited; 1330 ft. high. io"34'2o"s.,

150° 49' 55" H-
Sidney, see Sydney, a group on the New Guinea coast. 9° 35' S., 149" 49' E.
Sidne}', or Sydney, of the Phcenix group, was discovered by Captain Emment ; 2X1 m.;

20 ft. high. 4° 25' 30" s., 1 7 1° 2 1' 40" w. O There are remains of stone buildings here.
Sikaiana or Stewart, discovered by Captain Hunter, 1791. Fine robust race of light

brown color. Formerly under the Hawaiian flag ; British proteAorate declared

August 18, 1898; 1.2 m. long, 150 ft. high. 9 S., 163" E. Faore, Manduiloto,

Barena, Matu avi are uninhabited islands of this group.
Sikalai, islet of Fakaafo. 9° 22' 25" S., 171° 12' w.
Silat, islet of Ruk of the Caroline islands.
Simbo, see Marovo, Solomon islands.

Simlakita, in the lagoon of Egum atoll. 9' 26' s., 151° 57' E. 9.
Simonov, see Tuvana i tholo, Fiji. Named for the astronomer of Bellingshausen's

expedition.
Simpson, see Apamama of the Gilbert islands.

Sinclair, small island near Naviti, Yasawa group, Fiji. 17° i2'3o"s., 177° 08' 30" E.Q
Sinde, islet within N'Goe reef on the southeast coast of New Caledonia. Is it Siande?
Single Tree Islet, on the north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji.

Memoirs b, p, b, Museim, Vol. I., No. 2.— lo. L-29J

146 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Sin Puerto (Isla), discovered by Quiros January 29, 1606, in 24° 45' S.,= San Juan
Bautista? Islands without port are not exceptional.

Sir Charles Hardy lies to the east of New Ireland ; 300 ft, high ; wooded.

Sir Charles Hardy, a group on the Australian coast. 11° 54' s., 143° 28' E.

Sir Charles Saunders, a name given b}- Wallis to Tapamanu of the Society islands.

Sir Edward Pellew, a group at the west side of the Gulf of Carpentaria ; 5 islets, of
which \'anderlin is the largest.

Sir Henry Martin, a name of Nukuhiva of the Marquesas islands. 23.

Sisters, two small islands off the coast of Malaita, Solomon islands.

Six Islands, see Apaiang of the Gilbert islands.

Skelton, a name of Naranarawai of the Louisiade archipelago.

Skiddy, see Namoluk, Caroline islands.

Skobelev, islet in Friedrich Karl harbor on the north coast of New Guinea.

Slade, see Berri Berrije in the Engineer group off New Guinea. 10° 37' s., 151° 16' E.

SloSS group, in the Louisiade archipelago, consists of Rara and Panaroba, both small
and wooded.

Small, an islet east from Duau, D'Entrecasteaux group. lo"" 06' s., 151° 15' E.

Smith, low islet of the Underwood group, Fiji. 17 " 43' s., 177° 16' 20" E.O

Smith = Babagarai near Glenton, New Guinea; uninhabited.

Smyth, see Taongi of the Marshall islands.

Snares, a group of rocks 250 ft high, southwest from Stewart island. New Zealand.

Sobareigi, north from Saibai, New Guinea. 9° 22' S., 142° 42' E.

Sobasoba, islet of Duau, D'Entrecasteaux group. 9° 49' S., 150° 48' E.

Society Islands, so named b}' Cook, in 1769, in honor of the Royal Society, were
first discovered by Quiros in 1606. Captain Wallis rediscovered the group June
19, 1767, and knowing nothing of previous observations called it for his patron,
George III., King George Islands. At that time Lieutenant Furneaux took for-
mal possession. April 2, 1768, Bougainville arrived at Tahiti in the Boiidcnse,
and after a short experience with the inhabitants called it La Nouvelle Cj'trehe.
The famous transit of Venus expedition, commanded by Lieutenant Cook, arrived
April 12, 1769. After the observations were concluded Cook surveyed Tahiti
(Otaheite) and discovered the northwestern group to which he gave the name
Society, calling Tahiti and the neighboring islands Georgian, but his first name
has been extended to the whole group. In 1772 Bonecheo was sent b}' the Span-
ish government to these islands, and on his report he was again sent with the
means of colonizing as then understood, in 1774. Cook twice again visited Tahiti.
The next European to arrive was Lieutenant Bligh in the Bounty in 1788. Van-
couver came in 179 1. In 1842, on account of hostilities to French missionaries,
Du Petit Thouars compelled Queen Pomare to sign a treaty in favor of French-
men, and this was followed in 1844 b}- the forcible seiz.ure of the island by Bruat
in the name of Louis Philippe of France. In 1888 the entire group was declared
under a French proteAorate.

While government accounts are kept in francs and centimes, the merchants
all do business with the Chilean dollar. The principal exports are cotton, copra,

coconuts, oranges, vanilla, lime juice and edible fungus. All tropical fruits grow

L230]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 147

well when introduced. The climate is hot and moist, causing rapid growth of all
vegetation, but is healthy for Europeans. The islands are, from the southeast,
Maitea, Tahiti, Tetuaroa, Moorea and Tapamanu for the windward group; and
Huaheine, Raiatea, Tahaa, Bolabola, Tubal, Marua, Mopiha and Bellingshausen
for the leeward group. 30.

Socorro (Nuestra Seiiora del), see Taumaco.

Sogaura, an island north of Saipai on the New Guinea coast. 9' 19' s., 142^ 44' E.

Sola, see Pylstaart.

Solander is west of Foveaux strait ; mountainous, 1075 ft. high. 46° 32' .S. Named
for Dr. Solander, one of Cook's naturalists.

Solia, islet of Kia, Fiji.

Solitaria (La), discovered b}' Mendana August 29, 1595. Native name Tayti. io°4o's.

Solitary, in Huon gulf on the east coast of New Guinea. 7° 10' s., 147° 00' E.

Solitary, see Ruadika of the Solomon islands.

Solomon Islands. A large group discovered by Mendaiia in 1567. This interest-
ing Spaniard, in his anxiety to colonize and make his discoveries of use to his
countrj^, strove for many years to induce the authorities to send another expedi-
tion; but it was not until 1595, when he was advanced in years, that his wishes
bore fruit. He was not destined to again see the islands which had been named
Is/as dc Salomon in hopes to attract colonists to this supposed Ophir. Mendana
died at Santa Cruz, and the remains of his expedition sailed on to Manila. The
narrative of Gallego, the pilot of the first expedition, had been suppressed, and
that of Ouiros, who held the same position in the second expedition, met the same
fate. Drake had made his name terrible in the Pacific, and the jealousy of the
Spaniards led to a studied concealment of their discoveries, and for two centuries
the memory of this group was fading and passing into legend. So it was that the
Spanish discoveries profited no one; and even when at last the suppressed journals
were brought to light they afforded little new information, for the work of discovery
had been done again in the meantime. In 1767 Carteret sighted outl3-ing islands
of the group (Gower), and also a part of Malaita, but he did not suspect that he
had found the Solomon islands, although he had been looking for them. The next
year Bougainville made more definite work, but the real discovery took many
years, and to the present no sufficient survey has been made. Only the shores of the
larger islands have been explored, and the outlines are very inexact on the charts.
For more than thirty years the Melanesian Mission has braved the dangers
of climate and savages and made it possible to land on many islands of the group.
Dr. Guppy says truly that the onlj- redeeming featx^re of the intercourse of the
white man with these islanders is this grand mission.

The group covers an area 600 m. in length ne-SW. Most of the islands are
volcanic, some are calcareous, and some are both. The natives are Papuan, but
show traces of Melanesian, Polynesian and Malav. The^- are of medium height,
well-proportioned, but do not have attracflive features. The scantiest clothing is
worn, but ornaments are much in use, such as bracelets, anklets and nose pins.
Cannibals generally, they yet make good servants.

The principal islands are, beginning at the northwest, Bouka, Bougainville,

[231]

148 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Shortland, Fauro, Choiseiil, Ysabel, St. George, Gower in the German part; and
Mono, Vella Lavella, Ronongo, Narovo, New Georgia (Rubiana), Buena Vista,
Florida, Guadalcanar, Malaita, Ulava, San Cristoval in the English portion. As
the map (l3) does not give the line of demarcation between the portions allotted
to Great Britain and to Germany, the official bounds may be given here. South-
ward and eastward of a line joining the undermentioned positions these islands
belong to the former, northward and westward to German}'.

A. Lat. 8° oo' S. Long. 154° 00' E. E. Lat. 8" 50' s. Long. 159° 50' E.

0 /

7 15 s.

155° 25' E.

" e 00' s.

173" 30' E,

f 15' s.

155° 35' E.

15 00 ,S.

173° 30' E,

7 26 s.

156° 40' E.

Since the above was written the Solomon islands have been repartitioned be-
tween England and Germany as a part of the arrangement by which the former
withdrew from the Samoan group. The convention was signed at London on the
14th November, 1899, but proclaimed by the High Commissioner for the Western
Pacific at Suva, 6th 06lober, 1900. It transfers from Germany to the Prote6lorate
of the British Solomon islands the following: —

Choiseul, and the small islands depending thereon; Ysabel, and the small
islands depending thereon, including Ramos and St. George; Shortland, with
Morgusaia, Alu, Poporang, Faise, Onua and Ballale; Fauro, with Oema (island
and atoll), Ovau, Asie, Illina, Nusave, Niellei, Nusakoa, Beuaua, Nufahana,
Munia, Piedu, Masamasa and Cyprian Bridge; Tasmau or Niumanu atoll, com-
prising Niumanu, Loto and thirty-seven others; Ontongjava; El Roncador or
Candelaria reef; Gower or Inattendue.

SongO, a low coral islet at the entrance to Na Tandola harbor on the west coast of
Yiti levu, Fiji.

Soni, a high island of the Hudson group, Fiji. 17" 44' s., 177° 07' 40" E.O

Sonsol = Sansoral of the Pelew islands. Not Sonsoral. Sonsol with Fauna forms the
group of St. Andre. 5° 20' N., 132° 20' E.

Sophia, Mattin.son, Independence or Rocky, of the Ellice group ; 2-3 m. in circumfer-
ence; wooded. 10° 46' vS., 179° 31' E. 16.

Sorol or Philip, of the Caroline islands, was discovered by Captain Hunter in 1791,
who called it Philip. Consists of two small groups 5 m. apart ; 20 inhabitants.
06 N., 140 03 E.

Sotoan, see Satoan, Caroline islands.

South, islet Caroline atoll. 10° 00' 01" S., 150° 14' 30" w.

South, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 6° 57' N., 151° 57' 30" E.

Sovu, three uninhabited rocks off the northeast coast of Vanua Mbalavu, Fiji. The
most westerly has a peak 230 ft. high.

Sowek, a small group on south coast of Korido, Schouten islands. o°45's., 135° 25'E.

Spear, a group on the northeast coast of New Guinea. 8° 58' 30" vS., 149° 10' E.

Speiden, see Tavarua, Fiji. A name giveu \>y Wilkes for the purser of the Peacock.

Speiden, see Nuitao of the Ellice group. Spelled also Spieden in Ex. Ex.

Spencer Keys, see Ngoli, Caroline islands.

[232]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 149

Spike, low and wooded, i m. in diameter, near North Foreland, New Guinea.

Spires, two small coral patches near Utian of the Louisiade archipelago.

Squally, of Tasman, is the Kerue of Bougainville; about 2 m. in diameter, low and
wooded, i" 40' S., 150° 30' E. 10.

Staateu Land, Tasman's name for New Zealand.

Stacey, see Su-a-u, New Guinea. 10" 43' 30" s., 150" 14' E.

Stalio, on the southeast coast of Bougainville, Solomon islands. 6' 25' S., 155° 56' E.

Stanton, see Babaman of the Louisiade archipelago.

Star or Star Peak, see Merlav, New Hebrides.

Starbuck, or Volunteer, was discovered b^- Captain Starbuck of L\4igli\ whaler, in
which the Hawaiian king, Liholiho, and suite went to England. Sighted by Lord
Byron when he returned the bodies of the King and Queen. Taken by the British
in December, 1866; 5 m. E-w., 1.5 m. n-s., 15 ft. high; a guano island. 5° 38' s.,

155 ' 55' w.

Starbuck, see Aranuka of the Gilbert islands.

Staver, see Vostok.

Steeple, see Jemo, Marshall islands. Properly Steep to.

Stephen, see Ugar, Torres strait.

Stewart, New Leinster or South Island (Rakiura), of New Zealand, was discovered
by Cook in 1770. In 1S09 it was explored and survej-ed by Captain J. Chase in
the PcgasKS ; named for W. Stewart, First Officer; then uninhabited. Population,
in 1886, 200; mostly Maoris or half-breeds; 39 m. N-s., 20 m. E-w., 3200 ft. high,
wooded. On the west coast are islets Long, Mogy and Codfish. Other islets are
Bench, Weka, Breaksea, Entrance, Pearl, Anchorage, Noble, Wedge, Ernest and
Raggedy.

Stewart, see Sikaiana. Discovered by Captain Hunter in 1791.

Stirling, south from Mono, Solomon islands, is a raised coral reef 200 ft. high;
3X0.5 m. 7° 25' S., 155° 31' E.

Stobual, islet of Aurh of the Marshall islands. 8" 18' 42" N., 171° 12' E. 6.

Storm, a high island of Fiji. 18° 20' 20" s., 178° 10' 15" E.O

Strachan, a large interfluvial island on the south coast of New Guinea, between the
Wassi Kussa and Mai Kussa rivers.

Stradbroke, 33X6 m. off Moreton bay, Queensland. North point is in 27° 23' S.,

153' 15' K.
Straggling, northeast of the east point of Deaf Adder bay. New Guinea; 2.2 m. off

shore. 7° 27' S., 147° 27' E.
Strait (E.), in Torres strait. 10° 29' S., 142° 26' E.
Strawn, islet of Palmyra.
Strong, see Kusaie, of the Caroline islands.

Stuart, near Mbenga, Fiji ; high, 1.5 m. in circumference. 18° 24'2o"s., i78°05'25"e.G)
Stuers consists of Marai and Taliwewai in the Louisiade archipelago. 11 ' 07' S.,

151" 08' E.
Su-a-U or Stacey was formerly supposed the south end of New Guinea; extends 2 m.

NE-SW.; 787 ft. high. 10" 43' s., i^o'' 14 E.
Suckling Reef, see Ulunia of the Louisiade archipelago.

[233J

I50 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Sudest, see Tagula of the Loiiisiade archipelago.

Sue, of the Three Sisters in Torres strait; 15 m. from Warrior. 10° 13' s., 142° 49' E.

Sugar-loaf, 13 m. south from Admiralty island; 4-5 m. in circumference; 800 ft. high.

2 22 30 S., 146 49 15 E.
Sugar-loaf, see Obelisk of the Marquesas islands.
Sugar-loaf, see Mota of the Banks islands.
Suhm, of the Admiralty group; half a mile long; uninhabited. 1° 50' s., 146° 33' E.

Named for Rudolph von Willemoes Suhm, naturalist on the CliallcHgcy.
Suk or Pulo Suk, of the Caroline archipelago, was discovered by Ibargoitia in 1799.

Population, 100 Polvnesian. 6° 28' N., 149° 30' E.
Suk, see Supiori of the Schouten islands.

Sule, islet on the east coast of Ysabel, Solomon islands. 8° 05' s., 159° 32' E.
Sulphur, one of the Volcano islands. 24° 50' N., 141° 18' E.

Sunday, islet north from Moratau, of the D'Entrecasteaux group. 9° 16' s., i50°3o'e.
Sunday, see Peru of the Gilbert islands.
Sunday', see Raoul, Kermadec islands.

Supiori or Suk, of the Schouten islands in Geelvink bay on north coast of New Guinea.
Surprise, one of the Huon group, 2 m. E-w., i m. n-s. 18° 31' S., 163° oS' E. 13.
Susui, of the Exploring islands, Fiji, is between Munia and Vanua valavo; cultivated.

17° 21' S., 181° 03' E.O
Suvarov, a group discovered b}- Lieutenant Lazarev in the Siii'aroi' in 1814. A reef

8 m. N-s., and nearly as broad, has several wooded islets mostly in the northern

part. British protectorate declared April 22, 1S89. 13° 13' s., 163° 09' 15" w.
Suvarov, see Taka of the Marshall islands. 6.
Suwarro, a low, wooded islet off IMalekula, New Hebrides.
Suwan, mangrove islet off Malekula, New Hebrides.
Swain, see Gente Hermosa.
Swallow, see Matema. 13.
Swallow, see Canton, Phcenix group.
Swede, see Eamotrek, Caroline islands.
Sweers, a long, narrow island east from Bentinck, Wellesley islands, in the Gulf of

Carpentaria. 17° 05' s., 139° 54' E.
Sydenham, see Nonuti, Gilbert islands. 7.
Sydney, Phoenix islands, was discovered b}- Captain Emment. It is a coral reef with

closed lagoon, 2Xi-7 m- British protedlorate declared June 26, 1889. West side

is in 4° 27' 22" S., 171' 15' 09" w. 17,
Sydney, a group in Ward Hunt strait. New Guinea. 9° 35' s., 149° 49' E.

Ta, islet of Pakin, Caroline islands. 5.

Taabame, islet on a reef of the same name on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.

Taanlai and Taaulo, islets near Paaba on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.

Taaruto, on the northeast coast of Guadalcanar, Solomon islands. 9°35'vS., i6o°37'e.

Tabal, islet of Aurh of the Marshall islands. 6.

Tabanagore ^ Tabunagora.

Table, see Kamac, New Caledonia.

[234]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 151

Table, see Motumau, New Zealand.

Tabua, higli islet off Yiti levu, Fiji. West side is in 17° 30' S., 177° 30' 10" R.

Tabunagora, an islet of the onter ring of Egum atoll at the northeast part, on the
south side of the opening to the lagoon. 9° 21' 30" S., 153° 02' E.

Taburari, islet of Oneatoa, Gilbert islands, i' 54' 45" s., 175° 47' 10" E.

Tabutha or Cap, inhabited island of Fiji, 3 X 1-7 ni., 350 ft. high. i7°4o's., iSi° 12'E.O

Taenga or Holt, discovered in the Margaret in 1803 and named Holt; low, inhabited.
Northwest point is in 16° 18' S., 143° 17' w. Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Tafahi or Boscawen, of the Tongan islands, was discovered by Lemaire and Schouten
May II, 1616, and by them named Cocos. Wallis, in 1767, named it Boscawen;
2000 ft. high; inhabited. 15° 52' S., 173° 50' \v.

Tafolaelo, islet of Fakaafo. 9° 24' 50" vS., 171° 12' w.

Tagaik, islet of Pakin, Caroline islands. 7° 04' 04" N., 157° 47' E.

Tagula or Sudest is the largest of the Louisiade archipelago, being 40X8 m., and
2689 ft. high; wooded and inhabited. Northwest point is in 11° 20' s., 153° 11' E.

Tahaa is within the same reef with Raiatea, Society islands; 1936 ft. high. Man}-
islets on the reef. 16° 35' S., 151° 35' 06" w. 30.

Tahanea or Tchitschagof, of the Paumotu archipelago, a reef covered with wooded
islets. Three good entrances to the lagoon. The west end is in 16° 52' S.,
144° 58' \N. 31.

Tahanlagh, islet off the north end of Balabio, New Caledonia. 13.

Tahiti or Otaheite, of the Society islands, the Sagittaria of Quiros who discovered it
February 10, 1606. Wallis rediscovered it in 1767. 17° 38' 30" s., 149° 30' w.Q
33 m. NW-SE.; divided into two parts b}- an isthmus about 1.2 m. wide, the smaller
called Taiarapu. Orohena, the highest peak, is 7329 ft. Barrier reef surrounds
the island at a distance of 1-2 m., within which are several good harbors, the
principal being Papiete on the northwest. Here is the seat of Government. Point
\^enus, the place of Cook's observations, is on the north side. 30.

Tahuata or Santa Cristina, of the Marquesas islands, was discovered by Mendaila
21-22 July, 1595; 8.5 m. N-s., 1.2-5 ™- E-\v.; 3280 ft. high. Population, in 188S,
was 408. 9° 56' 21" S., 139° 06' w. 33.

Tahitra, old chart name for Kaula of the Hawaiian islands. I.

Tahurowa = Kahoolawe, Hawaiian islands.

Taiahu, islet on the east reef of Huaheine.

Taiaro or King, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered b}- Captain Fitzro}' of
H. M. S. Beagle in 1835. The lagoon is closed; islets wooded; few inhabitants.
15° 46' S., 144' 37' W. 31.

Taifaiir, a grassy islet, 270 ft. high, northwest from Abaga gaheia in the Louisiade
archipelago.

Taii, islet of Tongatabu on the northeast. 21° 01' s., 174° 57' w. 18.

Taitaka, islet in the centre of Port Stanley, Malekula, New Hebrides; 400X200 ^-ds.

Taka or Suvarov, atoll with closed lagoon and a few islets on the east reef. Popula-
tion, 20 in i860. Discovered in 1814 by Lieutenant Lazarev in the Sui'Arov.
Protedlorate declared by Great Britain April 22, 1889. 13" 15' s., 163 10' w.

Takaitl, islet of Ponape, Caroline islands. 5.

[235]

152 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Takapoto (Oura of Cook), in the King George group, of the Paumotus. It is low,
wooded, with closed lagoon and many islets. North point is in 14° 32' 08" s.,
145° 14 30" w. 31.

Takaroa (Tiokea of Cook), low, wooded atoll, open lagoon; with the preceding forms
King George group. The north point is in 14° 22' 10" s., 144° 58' 30" w. 2i.

Taka, islet of Pingelap, Caroline islands. 5,

Taki, a low island of Fiji. 17° 07' 06" s., 176° 52' 50" e.O

Takoume = Takurea of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Takurea, Wolkonski or Takoume, is an inhabited atoll with closed lagoon. North-
east end is in 15° 39' 30" S., 142° 06' 15" w. , 31.

Takutea or Fenua iti, of the Hervey islands, is 3 m. in circumference, uninhabited,
well wooded. 19° 49' S., 158° 16' w. 33.

Talbot, a small group on the south coast of New Guinea between 142° 08'- 142° 22' E.
longitude and 9° 15-9° 21' S. latitude. Consists of Kawa, Mata kawa, Adabadana
kawa, Karobailo kawa, Kussa and Boigu. 8.

Taliwewai, a low coral island of the Stuers group, Louisiade archipelago. 9.

Taloes, islet of Ruk, south side of east entrance to the lagoon.

Tamami, see Tinakula of the New Hebrides. 13.

Taman (Tomuu or Tanman), islet of Ponape, Caroline islands.

Tamana or Rotcher, of the Gilbert islands, is 3X0.7 m. Population, 500. 2° 32' S.,
175° 55' E.

Tamatam or Los Martires, of the Caroline islands, consists of a reef 1 1 m. N-s., 6 m.
E-w., with four islands: on the north, Ollap ; in the centre, Fanadik ; and at the
south, two called Tamatam. About 200 inhabitants. East end is in 7° 27' 30" N.,
149° 28' E.

Tambortia, islet 99 ft. high at the entrance to Wailea bay on the north coast of Vanua
levu, Fiji. 14.

Tami, native name of the Cretin islands on the New Guinea coast. Four low, well
wooded and inhabited islands. 6° 45' s., 147° 54' E.

Tanabuli, on the southeast of Ysabel, Solomon islands. 8° 27' S., 159° 43' E.

Tande, 1070 ft. high. 20° 05' s., 163° 46' e.

Tandruku, islet 35 ft. high off the northeast coast of Viti levu, Fiji.

Tangadio, islet on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.

Tangoa = Tanoa = Tongoa, New Hebrides.

Tanle, islet at the mouth of Tanle bay on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.

Tanna or Aipere, of the New Hebrides, was discovered by Cook in 1774. An a6live
volcano, Mt. Yasua, has been in continuous eruption since the time of Cook. In
1878 there was a severe earthquake which altei'ed the region about Port Resolu-
tion. In the centre mountains rise to about 3000 ft. Some Sooo natives, formerlj'
cannibals. 19° 31' 17" s., 169° 20' E. The size is given in one place at 30X10 m.
In another, of equal authority, 18X10 m. And still another says 40X35 ni. The
reader may choose. Tanna ^ Honua^ land. 13.

Tannawa, islet of Viti levu, Fiji. 17° 47' 16" s., 178" 39' 10" e.O

Tanyah, islet of Oueatoa of the Gilbert islands. 1° 47' s., 175° 34' E. 7.

Taongi, Caspar Rico or Smyth, a low atoll with closed lagoon. 14° 45' N., 169° 15' E.

[236]

145'^

Manihi

Takapoto^a?'

Aratika

Takaroa

Tbtopoto^^

;0> .-""iri Napuka

PAUMOTU GROUP "" ^^

[ WEST ]

TlKEl

15° S.

ToAU X.*o?' Kaa*

FakaHawa

Faaitej^.^'CJ,

Anaa

Hereheretui

80° S. %

Taiaro

Takurea

EHE ^^J

Raraka

Katio

Taenga
Makemo (<^(^^>,

!#('("/ Raroia

Ajjcatau

Akahaina ■

RAEFPSKVVg '•^0V\!^.

^^<^

-Tepoto

MOTUTUNGA

1% NmiRu

ife

Rekareka

Heraiki

'^i

Tekokoto

Tauere

HlKUERU

Amanu

Reitoru _

:_^MaROKAU

Manaka '■J:Stf|

Hah

p"
/^f^

^^1

Nekgonenco .

Manuhangi

Paraoa

NGanati

'®

Anuanuraro

.... AnuanurumcA
■" fi^ Nukutapipi

Tematangi

145^

•.?V.'23~--5-#-<V'

■ .'JM!'').'

;naj.-i»;.s.

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 153

Taortl, islet of Raiatea, Society islands. 30.

Taoui, one of the Admiralty islands. West end in 2° S., 146° 32' E. lO.
Tapak, islet on tlie northeast side of Ponape, Caroline islands.

Tapamanu or Sannders, also called Maiaiti and Tubuai manu, of the Society islands,
was discovered by Captain Wallis July 28, 1767; 6 m. long. Northeast point is in

Or,'" of

17 38 41 s., 150 33 w.

Tapelau, islet of Yap, Caroline islands.

Tapimoor, islet of Mille, Marshall islands.

Tapiteuea or Drummond, of the Gilbert islands, was discovered by Captain Bishop
of the Nauiilus. It is 30 m. long and 0.5-0.7 m. wide. Population, 7000-Sooo.
North point is in 1° 08' s., 174° 37' 30" E.

TapitU, a form of Tapiteuea, Gilbert islands.

Tapu, island in Auckland harbor. New Zealand.

Tapua, Utupua or Edgecumbe, in the Santa Cruz group, was discovered by Mendaiia
in 1595. Carteret named it Edgecumbe in 1764. The west summit is in 11° i7'3o"s.,
166° 32' 14" E., according to D'Urville. British protecflorate declared August 18,
189S. 13.

Tapui, a couical islet in Ahurei bay, islaud of Rapa.

Tarakoi, islet of Rapa. 27° 35' S., 144° 18' w.

Taravai or Belcher, islet of the Mangareva group.

Tarawa, Cook or Kuoy (not Kuox), of the Gilbert islands; 18 m. N-s., 13 m. E-w.
North end is in 1° 39' 05" N., 173° 02' E. 7.

Tareti, a sandy island near Noumea, New Caledonia.

Taritari, a common form of Butaritari, Gilbejt is^nds.

Tariwerwi, see Ouessant, of the Louisiade archipelago.

Tarrang, islet of Yap, Caroline islands.

Tasiko, see Api, New Hebrides. 12.

Tasman, atoll discovered by Tasman in 1700, and seen by Captain Welling in 1824.
Some 40 islands on a reef encircling a lagoon; 11 m. E-w., 7 m. N-s. Inhabitants
resemble Gilbert islanders. Niumano, the largest island, is on the east side in
4^ 35' s., 159° 30' E. British protectorate proclaimed Oc%ber 6, 1900.

Tassai or Brumer, New Guinea.

Tasttl, an inhabited island in Humboldt bay on the north coast of New Guinea.

Tatafa, islet 3 m. southwest from Lefuka in the Hapai group of the Tongan isl-
ands. 18.

TatakotO, called also Narcissus, Egmont and Clerke, of the Paumotu archipelago,
was discovered by Bonecheo in 1774 ; 4x1m.; inhabited. 17° 18' S., 138" 19' w. 22.

Tatana, islet in Port Moresby on the soutli coast of New Guinea.

Tail, the largest of the Manua group, Sanioan islands, is 14 m. in circumference,
2500 ft. high; well watered and fertile. Belongs to the United States.

Tau, islet of Tongatabu. 18.

Taua, islet east from Taugoa, Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides. 12.

Tauak, lagoon islet of Pouape, Caroline islands.

Tauan or IMt. Cornwallis, is 9 m. in circumference and 795 ft. high. Inhabitants
Negrito. Station of the London Missionarj' Society. 9° 25' 30" s., 142° 32' E.

[237]

154 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Tauata or Santa Cristina, of the Marquesas islands; 9 m. n-s., 5 m. E-w., 3280 ft. high.

Population, 450 in 18S0. South point is in 10° 02' vS., 139'' 09' w. 23.
Tatiere or Taueri, also St. Simeon, Resolution and Tandrec, of the Paumotu archi-
pelago, was discovered b}' Bonecheo in 1772. Nanaed by Cook in 1773 after

his ship; 4 m. in circumference; two islands. West point is in 17° 22' 21 " S.,

141° 29' 39" w. 31.
Taulalia, islet in the Ringgold group, Fiji.
Taumaco, discovered b}- Quiros, April 7, 1606, and named Nuestra Senora del Socorro,

is, according to Espinosa, the Duff group. 13.
Tauna, islet of Rapa. 27° 36' vS., 144° 17' w.

Tauttl, islet on the northwe.st of the outer reef of Tahaa, Society islands.
Tauturau, islet of Rapa. 27° 37' S., 144° 16' w.
Tavarua or Speiden island, off the west coast of Viti levu, Fiji. i7°52's., 177° io'3o"e.

Named Speiden by Wilkes after the Purser of the Peacock.
Tavea, high island in Naloa bay, Vanua levu, Fiji. Inhabitants make good pottery.

16° 38' 24" S., 178° 43' 30" w.O
Tavitini or Vuna, Fiji; 23X8 m.; Ngalau peak, 4040 ft. high. Population, 2600 in

1880. East point is in 16" 48' 30" S., 180° 14' E.
Tavua, inhabited islet of Mamanutha i thaki group, Fiji.

Tavuka or Rara ni Tinka, islet 150 ft. high, 2.2 m. south from Yanutha, Fiji.
Tavunasithi, Fiji; coral islet, half a mile in diameter, 200 ft. high; uninhabited.
Tchitschagoff or Tchitchagov, see Tahanea, Paumotu archipelago.
Teapi, see Rapanui.

Teauaua or Hat, islet in Shavay baj- on the southeast side of Huahuna, Marquesas.
Tebut, see Lib of the Marshall islands.
Tegua, a circular island in the middle of Torres group, about 3.5 m. in diameter,

nearly 600 ft. high; 2.5 m. southeast from Hiw or North island.
Te Houra, see Waikawa, New Zealand.

Teilau, uninhabited islet 500X150 yds., on the southeast coast of Viti levu, Fiji.
Tekareka, see Tekokoto, Paumotu archipelago.
TekokotO, Tekareka or Doubtful, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered by

Cook, August II, 1773. It is a circular reef a mile in diameter. 17° 20' s.,

142° 37' w.O 31.
Teku, see Anuanurunga of the Paumotu archipelago.
Teku, see Vanavana of the Paumotu archipelago. 33.
Tematangi or Bligh lagoon, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered by Bligh in

1792. It is 7 m. in diameter. Some of the inhabitants were removed to Tahiti in

1858 on suspicion of having eaten a shipwrecked crew. North point is in 2i°38's.,

140° 40' w. 31.
Temelflua, near Taumaco, the same as Tukopia.
Temo, see Jemo of the Marshall islands.
Temotu or Trevanion, Santa Cruz group, at the entrance of Trevanion lagoon, the

Puerto graciosa of Mendafia who named this island La Guerta. Carteret called

it Trevanion. It is 10 m. in circuit. British prote6lorate declared Odlober i, 1898.

The north point is in 10° 40' s., 165° 41' 30" E. 13.

[238]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 155

Tenararo or Bedford island, in the A<5lseon group of the Paumotu archipelago, is 2 m.
in diameter, with a closed lagoon. About 20 inhabitants. 21° 18' S., 136° 42' w.

Tenartinga or ]\Iinto, of the A(5lseon group in the Paumotu archipelago, is 7 m. north-
west from Jvlaturei vavao. 21° 22' S., 136° 34' w. 2,2,.

Te Ndu encloses Port Laguerre on the west. On the southwest side of New Cale-
donia ; I m. N-s.

Tenia, islet on the north side of St. Vincent passage, on the southwest side of New
Caledonia.

TepotO or Ofiti (the Eliza of Mauruc) was discovered \>y Bellingshausen in 1S20.
Of the Raeffsky group iu the Paumotu archipelago. 16° 48' vS., 144° 19' w. 21.

Terio, islet of Apaiang, Gilbert islands. 1° 48' 30" n., 173° 01' E.

Tern, on the Australian coast. 11° S., 142° 46' K.

Testard, two islets on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

Teste, see Wari on the New Guinea coast.

Tetaro, islet on the northeast part of the outer reef of Raiatea, Society islands.

Tetiaroa, a chart form of Tetuaroa, Societ}- islands. 30.

Tetuaroa, of the Society islands, was discovered b}' Quiros, February, 1606. A reef
with a dozen i-slets, wooded. East end is in 17° 07' 15" S., 149° 29' 30" w.

TetopotO (Disappointment islands of Byron), of the Paumotu archipelago, covers
about 9 sq. m.; no lagoon ; uninhabited( ? ); large trees. 14^08' s., 141° 16' w. 31.

Teuaua, islet of Uapu in Shavaj' bay, Marquesas islands.

Teumah, islet at the northwest extremity of Onoatoa, Gilbert islands, i 53' S.,

175° 30' R-

Tevai, within the reef of Yanikoro; 9 m. in circumference; high.

Tevairoa, islet of Bolabola, Societ}' islands.

Tevala, one of the Shepherd islands. New Hebrides; small and almost inaccessible;
324 ft. high at the west end.

Thakaundrove, islet in Uaikava harbor on the south coast of Vanua levu, Fiji.

Thakavi, islet on the north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji.

Thangalai, south from IMoturiki on the southeast coast of \"iti levu, Fiji. 17 47'46"s.,
1 7 8' 46' 40" E.

Thikombia (Cicobia), one of the Exploring islands, Fiji; 5 m. northeast from Munia;
3 m. SE-NW.; 1.7 m. wide; north end is in 15° 47' 40" S., 180° 09' E. 14-

Thithia (Cicia), a fertile, inhabited island 4X3 ni., 300 ft. high. Northwest point is
in \f 44' 30" s., 180° 42' E. 14.

Thombia, the highest of the Ringgold group, is the crater of an extinct volcano, iu
the centre of which is a lake 24 fathoms deep ; whole island not quite 2 m. in cir-
cumference; 590 ft. high.

Thompson, Fiji. 18° 30' 45" s., 177° 36' 45" e.©

Thornton, see Caroline.

Three Hills, of the New Hebrides, is 6 m. NE-.SW., and 2.5 m. wide. Mae is the cen-
tral district and is pure Polynesian, while the languages on the other side are
Melanesian. The three hills are, from the east, 1850, 1450 and 1400 ft. high.
17° 05' S., 168' 19' E. 13.

Three Kings, group northwest from Cape Marie van Dienien, New Zealand.

[239]

156 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Three Sisters, rounded islets near east point of Bultig, Ncav Guinea. io° 13' s.,

142" 19' K.
Three Sisters, Las Tres Marias or Olnnialau of the Solomon islands. About 10° S.,

162° E.; 230-250 ft. high. The south island is named Malaupina, the north one

Alita.
Thrum Cap, see Akiaki of the Paumotu archipelago.
Thtlkini, islet on the north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji.

Thumbu, islet 100 ft. high at the mouth of Rakiraki river, north coast of \'iti levu, Fiji.
Thursday, see Waiben. Centre of Pearl and Trepang fisheries.
Ti-a, islet at the north end of New Caledonia.

Tiae, islet at the entrance to Tanle bay on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.
Tiano, islet on west coast of Raiatea, Society islands.

Tidiaut, two islets off Cape Baye on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.
Tienghiene, islet at the mouth of Nehue bay on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.
Tiere, wooded islet of Tahiti, opposite Tomotai valley.
Tiga, Tika or Boucher, of the Loyalty group, S-io m. in circumference, 150 ft. high,

with fringing reef. Used as a dump for the worst natives. 21° 29'2o"s., 168° 17'E.
Tiger, an island "inhabited by ferocious savages," discovered b}' Captain Bristow in

1817; 6.7 m. E-w. i°45's., 142° iS'e. Probably identical with Matty, which see. 8.
Tikahau or Krusenstern, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered by Kotzebue in

1S15. A small, wooded island 10 m. in diameter, with a lagoon and inhabitants.

The north point is in 14° 52' S., 148° 15' 15" w. 20.
Tikei or Romanzoff, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered April 20, 1S15, by

Otto von Kotzebue and named for Prince Romanzoff. i4°57's., i44°35'3o"w.O 31.
Timboor, of the Yasawa group, Fiji; high. 16° 40' s., 177° 30' 30" e.Q
Timoe or Crescent, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered by Captain Wilson in

the /)/(^, in 1797; iininhabited. Northeast point is in 23° 17's., 134° 34' io"w. 22.
Tinakula or Tamani is a permanently adlive volcano 2200 ft. high, in the Santa Cruz

group. British protectorate declared August 18, 1898. 10° 23'3o"s., i65°47'3o"e.
Tindal, see Ailuk of the Marshall islands. 6.

Tingolanu, a low island off Marovo, Solomon islands; 3-4 m. n-s. 8°43's., i58°i5'e.
Tinian, of the Marianas, was discovered by Magalhaes, March 6, 152 1. He called it

Bona Vista; 10 m. n-s., 4.5 m. E-w.; 234 inhabitants in 1887. 14° 59' 22" n.,

145° 33' E. Low, but volcanic. See map under Marianas.
Tiokea, see Takaroa of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.
Tioae, islets in baj- of the same name near Noumea, New Caledonia.
Tioki, islet of Fakaako. 9° 24' 20" vS., 171° 12' w.

Tipamau, islet at the entrance to Fairoa bay, Raiatea, Society islands.
Tiri, a group of low, mangrove-covered islands off Vanua levu, Fiji. Consists of Wil-
liams, Green, Mills, Finer, Pulh', Richmond and Day.
Tiritiri, in Auckland harbor, New Zealand.

Tissot, see Baibesika, 3 m. east from South cape, of New Guinea.
TisungatU, islet of Fakaafo. 9° 24' 35" S., 171° 12' w.
Tjan, islet of Maloelab, Marshall islands. 8" 52' 39" N., 171° 01' 31" E.

Tnaguinui, islet of Nui, on the east side ; inhabited. Ellice islands.

[240]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 157

Toahotu, islet off Tahaa, Society islands. 30.

Toamaro, islet off west side of Raiatea, Society islands.

ToaSS, islet of Elato, Caroline islands. 7^ 24' 30" N., 146° 19' E.

Toau or Elisabeth, of the Paumotu archipelago, lagoon atoll with many islets ; 20 ni.
E-w. All the fish in the lagoon are said to be poisonous. The southeast point is
in 15° 58' S., 145° 49' 30" w. 31.

Tobi, Lord North or Neville, was discovered on the ship Lord North in 1781 ; 1.5 m.
long, well wooded, inhabited. 3° 03' N., 131° 04' E.

Tobin, in Torres strait. 10" 06' 30" s., i42°2i'e. Tobin Cay is in 9^37's., 143° 40' E.

Toemo, islet in Port Goro at the south end of New Caledonia.

Tofua {ivhalc in Tongan ), a volcano 5 m. in diameter, 2800 ft. high. 19° 45's., I75°03'\v.

Tog or South (called Pukapuka hy the traders) is an inhabited island of the Torres
group, 9 m. in circumference, and 600 ft. high.

Tokelau, see Fakaafo.

Tokelau or Union group consists of Atafu with 63 islets, Nukunau with 93 islets,
and Fakaafo with 62. 17.

Tokikimoa, islet of Fakaafo. 9° 24' 32" S., 171° 12' w.

Tokoeoa, islet on the north of Mille, Marshall islands, at the west side of the entrance
to the lagoon.

Tokoriki, uninhabited islet of Mamanutha i thaki group, Fiji.

Tokowa, islet on the west side of the entrance to Port Rliin, Mille, Marshall islands.

Toku, a low island, 11 m. ESE. from Amargura or Fonualei, Tongan islands. i8°o8's.,
174° oS' w. 18.

Tokuna, Toguna or Alcester, 3 islets within one reef in the Trobriaud group. 9° 29' S.,
152 ' 30' 45" E. The name seems to belong rather to the people than to the islands.

Tol, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands ; 10 m. in circumference, 700 ft. high ; largest of
the Faitruk group in the western part of the lagoon. 7° 2i'o8"n., i5i°39'22"e.

Tombarua, low island of Fiji. 17° 59' 46" s., 178° 45' 10" E.O

Tomman or Urn, off the southwest coast of Malekula, New Hebrides; i m. NW-SE.,
260 ft. high.

Tonga (Toga) or Friendly Islands, a group of 150 islands and islets occupied by
some 22,000 inhabitants. It is essentially a volcanic group, although many of the
islands are low. The group was discovered b}- Tasman in 1643. Tongatabu he
called Amsterdam, Eua Middleburgh, and Naniuka Rotterdam. Cook was there
both on his second and third voj^ages, and gave the name Friendly. The Span-
iard iMaurelle discovered Vavau in 1781. The government is a limited monarchy,
the seat of government at Nukualofa on Tongatabu. Now England controls the
group.* The Wesleyan mission was established in 1S26, and the inhabitants are
all Christian. The group has not been fully surve3'ed. 18.

Tongaravu, islet 70 ft. high off the east coast of Viti levu, Fiji.

Tongareva or Penrhyn was discovered by Sever in the ship Lady PciirJiyu. An atoll
12X7 J^M ^"*^ 50 ^t. high; the lagoon is 9 m. across and contains 15 islets. In 1863
it was almost depopulated by Peruvian slavers. March 22, 1S88, it was annexed
to Great Britain. Tongareva means Tonga in the heavens. 9°o6'25"s., i58°02'io"w.

*A British prote(5\orate over the entire group was proclaimed May 19, 1900.

[241]

158 ■ INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Tongariki, volcanic island in the New Hebrides. 17° s., 168° 36' E. 12.
Tongatabu or New Amsterdam was discovered by Tasman Januar}' 29, 1643 ; 27 m.

E-w., 10 m. N-S., 60 ft. high. Composed entirel}- of coral rock. In places there

are caves with fine stala6lites. See Mariner's account. 21° 07' s., 175° 11' E.
Tongoa, New Hebrides, the Shepherd islands of Cook, are off the south coast of

Espiritu Santo. A Presbyterian mission here. 15° 36' 12" S., 167 °E.
Topati, islet on the east reef of Huaheine, Societ}- islands.
Torea, islet on west coast of Raiatea, Society islands.
Torlesse or Bouabonanga, low, wooded, uninhabited islets 8.5 m. southwest from

Panniet in the Louisiade archipelago, on a reef 4 m. long. io°48's., 152° 13'E. 9.
Torres (Ababa, Baba or Vava), a group of the Banks islands consisting of Hiw

Metoma, Tegua, Lo, and Tog. They have little water and the natives depend on

coconuts for drink. The north island is 1200 ft. high, the others much lower.

Melanesian mission has a station here.
Torres, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands. 7° 20' N., 151° 24' E.
Tortoise, an islet of the Pleiades group. Loyalty islands. 13.
Torua, islet of IMaloelab, Marshall islands. 8° 43' 10" N., 171° 09' 35" E.
Totoya, Fiji; 5 m. E-w., 3.5 m. N-S. Notch peak is 1200 ft. high in 18° 56' 30" S.,

180° 05' 30" E.
Totten, a high island of the Yasawa groiip, Fiji. 17° 29' 30" S., 177° 01' 15" E.O

Named for George M. Totten of the Wilkes expedition.
Touching, see Butaritari, Gilbert islands.
Toukoua, an islet of Ontong Java. With the rest of the group belongs to Great

Britain.
Toulon, see Maliu kolo. New Guinea.

Toveru, islet on the west side of Burn ba}- on the northeast coast of New Caledonia.
Tovtl and Tovu lailai are both on the same reef on the north coast of Viti levu, Fiji.

The former is 250 ft. high.
Tower, of the Galapagos, is 211 ft. high. 0° 20' N.
Tracey, low, uninhabited island of the x'Vdmiralty group.
Tracy, see Vaitapu, EHice islands. 16.
Traitor, a group of small and low islands north of Jobi in Geelvink ba}'. New Guinea.

I 15 S., 136 31 E.
Traitors or Padeaids on the north coast of New Guinea.
Travers, in Torres strait. 10° 23' S., 142^ 20' E.
Traversey, see Aurh, Marshall islands.
Treasurers, second in size of the Duff group.
Treasury, see Mono, Solomon islands. II,

Tree, 4X2 m. low and wooded, off Fly river. New Giiinea. 8° 41' S., 143° 37' E.
Tree, islet of Arova, Louisiade archipelago.
Tree, islet of Florida, Solomon islands.
Treguada (La), of the Solomon islands, was discovered by Mendafia in May, 1568.

Native name Braba or Vraba. Now Ulaua.
Tres Marias, see Olu malau, Solomon islands.

Trevanion, see Temotu of the Santa Cruz islands.

[242]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 159

Trevennen, see Hiiapii of the Marquesas islands.

Trio, islets on east side of Hiigon island on the southwest coast of New Caledonia.

Trobriand, see Kiriwina group.

Troilem, islet of Uluthi, Caroline islands. 3.

Trois Sceurs, of Surville = Tres Marias of Mendana^Olu malou.

Tromelin, see Feys of the Caroline islands. 3.

Truk, a form of Ruk, Caroline islands.

Tsis, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands; 0.7 ni. in diameter. 7° 18' 30" x., 151° 48' 30" E.

Tua, see Quoin, New Guinea.

Tuamaco, a name given b}- Quiros to Disappointment island in the Duff or Wilson
group.

Tuamotu, the French form of Paumotu ; tua a bunch, and nioiu island.

Tuanae, islet on northeast reef of Maupiti, Societ}' islands.

Tuanaki or Reid, atoll in the Raeffsky group, in the north, uninhabited. 16' 41' s.,
144" 14' w.

Tuatua, see Haszard islands, Louisiade archipelago.

Tu-aye, islet in Banare bay on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.

Tubai or Motuiti, uninhabited, lagoon island, Society islands. 16° 15' s., 151° 48' \v. 20.

Tubanaielli, west of Kambara, Fiji; uninhabited; 150 ft. high; with fringing reef.
iS' 42' 30" S., 180° 56' E.G

Tubuai, of the Austral islands, has an encircling reef about a mile from shore. Popu-
lation in 1881 was 343. 23° 21' 45" S., 149° 35' 35" w.

Tubuai nianu, see Tapanianu, Societ}' islands.

Tubuai, a name often given to the Austral islands from the principal island.

Tubtltubtl or Engineer, in the New Guinea region.

Tuck, one of the Magellan islands; existence doubtful.

Tucker, see Satawal, Caroline islands. 3.

Tucopia is 7 ni. in circumference, and 3000 ft. high ; inhabited by mild and inoffensive
Polyuesians. British protectorate declared August 18, 1898. 12° 21' S., 168° 43' E.

Tuesday islands are in Torres strait. 10' 32' S., 142" 21' K.

Tufa, islet of Rongelab of the Marshall islands. 11" 14' 35" n., 166° 47' 40" E. 6.

Tufaaga or Tufaka, islet on the northwest coast of Tongatabu. 2i°04's., I75°i5'w. 18.

Tugua, in the Tongan group. 18.

Tugulu, the northern islet of Pingelap, Caroline islands. 6° 14' N., 160° 52' E. 5.

Tuhoua or ]\Iayor, in the Bay of Plenty, New Zealand.

Tuilagi or St. George, uninhabited island southwest from Ysabel, Solomon islands.
13 m. long. 8' 30' .s., 159° 30' E. II.

Tuinaka or Reid, of the Paumotu archipelago. Northwest point is in 16° 37' 17" s.,

144' 13' w-
Tuki, a mile in diameter, off \"iti levu, Fiji. 17" 19' 40" S., 178"' 02' E.O
Tukopia, see Tucopia ; Temelflua of Quiros.
Tukua, islet of Ontong Java. 5° 34' s., 159° 15' E.
Tuma, in the Kiriwina group. 8° 29' S., 150° 52' E.
Tumbu, on the New Guinea coast. 4^ 25' S., 133^ 35' E.

Tuna, islet of Tiri group, 100 ft. high, on the north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji.

[243

i6o INDEX TO THE PACIEIC ISLANDS.

Tupete, on the south coast of New Caledonia.

Tupinier, in Dampier strait, Bismarck archipelago. Aiflive volcano, in eruption in
1877. 5° 25' S., 148° 08' E. _

Tupua or Marion, islet in Teavanui harbor, Borabora, Society islands. 20.

Turea, on the south coast of New Guinea.

Tureia, Car3'sfort or Papakena, was discovered by Captain Edwards in H. M. ?>. Pandora
in 1791. Lagoon closed. East end is in 20° 45' s., 138° 30' w.

Turn-again, on the south coast of New Guinea. 9° 34' s., 142° 16' E.

Turtle, see Vatoa, Fiji.

Turtle, islet in Malo pass, Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides.

Turtle, islet in Port Powell, of New Britain.

Turtle-backed, off the New Guinea coast. 9° 54' s., 142° 46' E.

Tut or Warrior, an inhabited sandbank with an extensive reef. 9° 48' S., 142° 55' E.

Tutuila, of the Samoan islands, is 17X5 ni., high, volcanic. Mataafo peak is 2359
ft. high. It has the fine harbor of Pangopango on the south coast, nearly bisedling
the island. In Asu bay Conite de Langle, M. de Lamanon and a boat crew of
La Perouse's fleet were massacred in 1787. The west cape is in 14° 20' 40" s.,
170° 48' 14" w. This with the Samoan islands to the eastward now belongs to the
United States. 15.

Tuvana i tholo or Simonov, and Tuvana ira or Michaelov, of Fiji, are each about half
a mile in diameter. The surrounding reefs are circular, and the islets are nearer
the north side. Named for the astronomer and artist of Bellingshausen, 1820.
21 03 S., 178 50 10 w.

Tuvuna, islet east from Tongoa, New Hebrides.

Tuvutha (Tuvuca), Fiji; a denselj^ wooded and inhabited island, 800 ft. high, in
17° 40' S., 178° 49' \v. Palolo are caught off the eastern point.

Tuyam, islet 0.3 m. long, 160 ft. high, on the southeast coast of New Guinea.

Two Brothers, see Kepara, New Guinea.

Two Groups, see Manaka, of the Paumotu archipelago.

Two Hills, see Mataso, New Hebrides. 17° 18' S., 168° 23' E.

Ua Huka, see Huahuna of the Marquesas islands. 33.

Ualan, a name of Kusaie or Strong island of the Caroline archipelago. 5.

Ualeva, of the Tongan islands.

Ualomo, islet of Ugo bay. Isle of Pines.

Uanne, islet in Gazelle passage on the northwest coast of New Caledonia. 13.

Uap, see Yap of the western Caroline islands.

Uapora, see Huapu of the Marquesas islands.

Uapu, see Huapu of the Marquesas islands.

Uatom or Mau, in the Bismarck archipelago, is in 4° 07' s., 152° 03' E. On the coast
of New Britain.

ITdia-Milai, see Bikini of the Marshall islands.

Udjae or Katherine, of the Marshall islands, is 22X6 m. Udjae or Ujae the southern
islet, and Enylamiej the northern one, are considered the finest and most fertile
of the group. The north point of Enylamiej is in 9° 21' N., 165° 36' E. 6.

[244]

— T 1 r

16^ S. P^"'*'""'^;^^,

TSS'

PAUMOTU GROUP

Tata KOTO

C'S^'

Akiaki

(0;

Vairaatea

Vahitahi

NUKUTAPIPI

i«) 0 Nukutavakk

20 '^S.

Vanavxna Tureia

MURUROA

Akunui

iOi-

[ EAST 1

Reao

^•^

*?!?

PUKARUHA

Vehanca
Tenararo<^*^Tenaru»,ca
Maturei vaviif^

McERENHOUT/;;i

Marutea

'€r^

MORANE

Mancareva ot

186

20° S.

GAUeiBR

^d'^

w. '^

luuMWHi X';

jjs?j;i/jri«?

, KSVatfar-^AKSBb^--.

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. i6oa

Udjelong, of the Caroline group, also called Arecifos and Providence islands. There
are thirteen islets occupying a space 24 m. long b}' 7-8 m. wide. 9° 52' N.,
160° 56' E. 5.

Uea, Uvea or Halgan of the Loyalty group. This name sometimes extends to three
adjoining islands formed bj- a narrow, interrupted strip of raised coral reef 23 m.
SSW-NNE., with a mean breadth of 1.5 m., but at the north end this increases to
7-8 m. 20 m. from Lifu. Two races inhabit the island; the northern one is said
to have come from Uvea or Wallis island. Fertile, biit good water scarce. 13.

Uetnie, islet within NGoe reef on southeast coast of New Caledonia.

Uen or Waima, off southwest point of New Caledonia. High and rugged ; 4.5 m. N-s.
Named by Cook "Prince of Wales Foreland".

Ugai is tl'iC northwest islet of IMckil, Caroline group. 6° 39' N., 159° 40' E.

Ugar or Stephen, in Torres strait, is a mile long, fertile and inhabited. 9° 30' S.,
_ 143° 32' E.

Ugi or San Juan, of the Solomon group, is 6 m. long; 670 ft. high. 10° 15' s., 161°
43' E. II.

UgO, a small islet, lies 2.7 m. s. by E. from Cape Ndua, New Caledonia.

Uia, an islet of the Hapai group, Tongan islands.

Uika, another form of Uia, Tongan islands.

Ulakua, see Ulava, Solomon islands.

Ularua, small desolate island of Fiji; Olenea of Wilkes. 18° 33' 30" s., 181° 14' E.
North end.

Ulava or Coutrariele, of the Solomon group, is 27 m. northeast from Ugi; 8 m. N-s.
by 3 m.; 1200 ft. high. Natives noted for niakiug canoes for the neighborhood.
9° 47' S., 161° 56' E. This is La Treguada of Gallego. il.

Ulie, see Woleti, Caroline islands.

Ulietea, see Raiatea.

Ulikar is the eastern islet of Majuro, Marshall group.

Ulilaba, an islet east from Tongoa, New Hebrides; 0.7 m. NE-SW.; 120 ft. high.

Uliti, a spelling of Uluthi, Caroline islands.

Ulu, an r.ninhabited islel of Duke of York islands, Bismaixk archipelago. 4° 13' s.,
152° 25' E.

Ulu, see NGoli, Caroline islands.

Ulul, islet of Namonuito, Caroline islands. 8° 36' N., 149° 47' 30" E.

Ululina, of the Louisiade archipelago, lies west from Moturina; 325 ft. high; few-
inhabitants.

(Please insert this opposite page 160 of the IxuEX TO the Islands of the Pacific Ocean.
A page of the manuscript was inadvertently omitted in printing.)

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. i6i

Uluma, or Suckling reef, is in the Louisiade archipelago.

Ulunau, in the Admiralty group, is in 2" 06' s., 147^ 32' E.

Uluthi, Uluti or Mackenzie, of the Caroline islands, was discovered by Captain
Mackenzie in 1823, but previously by the Spaniard Egoi. The islets Mogmog
(on which Padre Cantova was killed when endeavoring to establish a Jesuit mis-
sion), Falalep, Troilem, Ear and Kilap are the principal ones. 9°56'n., i39°5o'e. 3.

Umaitia was Bougainville's name for Tetuaroa.

Umboi or Rook is immediately west of New Britain; 28X16 m., 5000 ft. high,
volcanic. 10.

Umol, islet of Ruk in the Caroline islands.

Umuda, at the mouth of the Fly river. New Guinea. 8° 28' s., 143° 48' E.

Unalik, see Ounalik, islet of Namonuito, Caroline islands.

Undaga, one of the French islands, Bismarck archipelago. 4° 38' s., 149° 12' E. 10.

Underwood group, Fiji, consists of Bateman, Henry, Linthicum, Ogle, Reynolds,
and Smith.

Undui, islet of the Ono i lau group, Fiji. 14,

Unei, on the north coast of New Guinea. 3" 10' .S., 143° 21' E.

lines, islet of Uea, Loyalty group; covered with man}' flat-topped hills.

Uneyeute, islet at the southeast end of Namonuito, Caroline islands.

Union or Tokelau, group of low coral islands extending 180 m. NW-SE.: Gente Her-
mosa, Fakaofu, Nukunono, Atafvx. Belongs to Great Britain. 17.

Uo, see Laine of the Loyalty group. 13.

Upolu, of the Samoan islands, is the second in size and contains the principal port,
Apia, of the German portion of the group; 39.5 m. E-w., with an average width of
8 m.; 3200 ft. high. vSubject to hurricanes. 13° 46' S., 171° 20' w. 15.

Ura, see Takapoto of the Paumotu archipelago. 21.

Urak, see Mokil, Caroline islands.

Urara, of the Bismarck archipelago; i m. E-w. 4° 17' S., 151° 39' E.

Uraura, islet in the harbor on the south side of Pallikulo, New Hebrides.

Ureparapara or Bligh is 12 m. nortliwest from the north point of \^anua lava. New
Hebrides; nearlv circular; 12 m. in circumference, 2440 ft. high; volcanic; 300
inhabitants. 13° 35' s., 167° 18' E. 13.

Uri, islet of Malekula, New Hebrides; 1.5 m. wnw-ESE.; low, inhabited.

Uripiv, islet of Malekula, New Hebrides, half a mile in diameter; 300-400 inhabitants.
Natives are said to burv their old or sick people alive. Presbyterian mission station.

Urombo, islet of Malekula, New Hebrides. 15° 58' S.

Urracas, of the Marianas, consists of three islands in a circle 2-3 m. in diameter;
probably the remains of a sunken crater. 20° 08' N., 145° 19' E. See map under
Marianas.

Urn, see Tomman, New Hebrides.

Urukiki, islet off Port Stanley, of Malekula, New Hebrides.

Uruktapi or Urukthopel, of the Pelew islands, is 5.5 m. long; uninhabited. South
point is in 7° 14' 30" N., 130° 28' E.

Uruma or Duchess, of D'Entrecasteaux group, is west from Duau. 9°57'vS., I50°5i'e.

Useless, two small, wooded islands on the New Guinea coast. 10" 35'45"vS., 150° 51' E,

Memoirs B. P. B. MuSivVM, Vol. I., No. 2.— ii. L^45J

1 62 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Utan, islet in Meoko harbor, Duke of York island, Bismarck archipelago.

Uteroa, the northern islet of Tapiteuea, Gilbert islands. North end is in \ 08' 20" s.,
174° 45' E.; south end 1° 29' 14" S., 175° 11' 02" E. 7.

Utet, islet in Faitruk group, Ruk lagoon, Caroline islands.

Utian or Brooker, in the Louisiade archipelago. 11° 03' S., 152° 27' E. 9.

Utirik, Button or Kutusow, Marshall islands, is 20X5 ni. 11° 20' N., 169° 50' E.O

Utupua, an old form of Tapoua or Edgecumbe of the vSanta Cruz group.

Uvea or Wallis was discovered b}^ Maurelle in 1781, and again by Wallis in 1797.
There are nine separate islands from i-io m. in circuit, and many islets or rocks
enclosed within one reef, though there is a ship passage to the lagoon on the south.
Uvea is 7 m. N-S., volcanic, 197 ft. high. Reef 14 m. N-S., 9 m. E-\v. Came under
French influence in 1842; at first attached to the juri,sdi<5lion of Tahiti; November
27, 1S87, it was, with Futuna, made part of New Caledonia. Population in 1880,
5000 and increasing. On the south are Faiia, Nukuatea, Nukuafo, Nukufetao,
Faioa, Akinioa or Sail-rock ; on the east, Nukulufala, Lonaniva, Fougalei ; on the
north, Takuaviki, Nukuteatea, Nukuloa, and Nukufutu. The southwest point of
Uvea is in 13° 23' 35" vS., 176° 11' 47" w. 18.

Uvea, a form of Uea, Loyalty group.

Uyelang, islet of Udjelong, Marshall islands. Northeast end in 9' 43' N., 161° 19' E.

Vaga, of the Kiriwina group. 8° 44' S., 150° 55' 30" E.

Vahanga or Bedford, in the Adlseon group; 5 m. west from Tenarunga, Paumotu
archipelago. 33.

Vahine, a form of Huaheine, Society islands.

Vahitaili or Cook's lagoon was discovered by Bougainville in 1768, and seen by Cook
the next j-ear; 3X1 na. Paumotu archipelago. 18° 42' S., 138° 50' w. 33.

Vaiorea, islet on the west side of Huaheine, vSociety islands.

Vairaatea, Yairaotea or Egmont, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered by Wallis
in 1767; consists of two i.slets, Pukararo (leeward), Tres Cocotiers of Mauruc, and
Pukarunga (windward) or Egmont. 19° 20' S., 139° 18' w. 33.

Vairaatea, see Mururoa, Paumotu archipelago. Often confounded with the preceding.

VaitUpU or Tracy, of the EHice group, is of oval shape with fringing reef ; 4 m. in
diameter. Formerly spelled Oaitupu. 7° 30' S., 178° 41' E'. 16.

Vakuta, inhabited islet of the Kiriwina group. 8° 47' s., 151° 04' E.

Valea, one of the Shepherd islands. New Hebrides; uninhabited, narrow, almost in-
accessible; 367 ft. high. Above the steep sides are coconut groves. 13.

Valise, see Guilbert, New Guinea.

Valua, of the New Hebrides, extends 6 m. ne-SW.; 1400 ft. high. Fertile, with a pop-
ulation of about 1000. A station of the Melanesian mission. i3°4o's., 167° 38' E.

Vambi, one of the French islands, Bismarck archipelago. 4° 40' S., 149° 11' E.

Vatiatna, south from Tagula, Louisiade archipelago. 11° 38' .s., 153° 31' E.

Vatiavana, Kurateke, Barrow or Teku, of the Paumotu archipelago, was discovered

by Beechey January 31, 1826. It is a narrow strip of sand surrounding a lagoon;

1.2 X 1.7 ni. 20° 45' s., 139° 03' w.O 33.

Vanderford, of the Underwood group, Fiji. 17° 38' s., 177° 21' 30" E.O

[246]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISIANDS. 163

Vanderlin, the largest of the Sir Edward Pelew group in the Gulf of Carpentaria.
Named for one of the directors of the Dutch East India Company who was a great
promotor of marine discoveries.

Vangunu, a name of the island off the southeast end of New Georgia or Rubiana,
Solomon islands.

Vanikoro, of the Santa Cruz islands, is 30 m. in circumference and 3000 ft. high
Densely wooded and only the coast inhabited. Tevai is on the same reef. As the
scene of the loss of the two ships of La Perouse, in 17SS, \'anikoro has a sad in-
terest. British protedlorate declared August 18, I S98. ii°4i'5o"s., i66°5i'e. 13.

Vanua kula, an islet of Kandavn, Fiji, 250 ft. high. 18 ' 48' S., 178° 25' 10" E.

Vanua lava or lavu, New Hebrides, the largest of the Banks group, 15 m. N-s., 10 m.
K-w.; 3000zlr ft. high, aAive volcano on the ridge. i3°48's., 167° 30' 30" E. 13.

Vanua levu, Fiji; 100X25 m., 3200 ft. high, is the second in size of the Vitian group
and mountainous and wooded, with many bays and harbors with entrances through
openings in the barrier reef. The northeast point is in i6"'o6'3o"s., i8o°07'e. 14.

Vanua masi, coral islet, 80 ft. high, within the Argo reef, Fiji. i8°05's., 178° 27' w.

Vanua mbalavu, Fiji, is 14X1 m.; Mt. Koro mbasanga is 930 ft. high. 17' 13' s.,
178° 58' w.

Vanua vatU, Fiji, is 6 m. in circumference and 310 ft. high. Frequented by fisher-
men. 18" 22' vS., 180° 39' E.O

Vao, islet of New Caledonia. 20" 35' S.

Vao, islet of Malekula, New Hebrides, off Port vStanlev.

Varivari, two islets on the south coast of New Guinea.

Yate, see Fate, New Hebrides.

Vatganai, islet in Banks group. New Hebrides. 13° 12' S., 167^ 40' E.

Vatia, islet oh the north coast of Viti levu, Fiji, 600 ft. high. 17 ' 20' s., 177 ' 50' E.

Vatia, small, high and rocky island off the north coast of Tutnila, Samoan islands. 15.

Vatilau or Buena Vista, off the northwest coast of Florida, Solomon islands; 1950 ft.

liigh- «' 53' 30" «■> 159° 59' 30" E- II-
Vatin, see Atiu, Hervev islands. 33.
Vatoa or Turtle was the only one of the Fijian group seen by Cook in 1774. Coral,

2X0.5 m., 209 ft. high. Population less than 100. 19" 47's., 171" 43' 42"e. 14.
VatU i thake, off Vanvia levi:, Fiji. North point is in 16° 33' 24" S., 178° 44' 30" E.
Vatu, a high island in the Yasawa group, Fiji. 17" 16' s., 177° 07' E.O
VatU ira, islet 100 ft. high, off the northeast coast of \'iti levu, Fiji; in the north

part of the Yatu ira lagoon, which is 14X3 m. 17° 19' s., 178° 27' E.
Vatuka, one of the Tiri group, off the west coast of Yanua levu, Fiji.
Vatu lailai, islet at the mouth of the weather passage to Yatu leile, Fiji.
Vatu leile, Fiji, a well wooded, inhabited island, 6.7X1-7 m. and no ft. high.

34 30 s., 177 36 30 E.
Vatu levu, islet off \'atn leile, Fiji.
Vatu Savu, islet off Yatu leile, Fiji.
Vatu vara or Hat, Fiji; 1.2 m. in diameter, 1030 ft. high ; coral, with steep cliffs on

all sides; the property of an American who resides there. 17' 25' S., 179" 32' w.
Yatu Rhandi, New Hebrides. 13° 12' S., 167" 40' E. The proper form is Yatganai.

L247]

1 64 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Vauvilliers, islet north from Mare, Loyalty islands.

Vavara, islet on the east side of Huaheine, Society islands.

Vavatl or Vavao, Tongan islands, was first visited by Maurelle in 17S1. Population in

1 89 1 was 5084. To the south and west are many islets. i8°38'2o"s., i74°oi'w. 18.
Vavi ai, islet in Guasop harbor on the south side of Murua or Woodlark island, of

the Louisiade archipelago. 9.
Vavitao or Ravaivai, of the Austral islands, was discovered by Captain Broughton

06lober 23, 1791 ; or, as some claim, by Bonecheo in 1772; 10 m. long; high.

23° 55' S., 147° 48' w.
Vehanga or Bedford, in the Ac^feon group, Paumotu archipelago, uninhabited ; 2 m.

in diameter. 21 20' S., 136^ 39' w. 23.
Vehi, or Wedge, is half a mile wsw. from south cape of New Guinea.
Vekai, low islet 6 m. from Tabutha, Fiji ; uninhabited but frequented by turtle hunters.

17 33 Sm 181 II h.O
Vela la Velha is southeast from Mono, Solomon islands; 2800 ft. high. Volcanic,

with fumaroles and hot springs.
Vele or Hinchinbrook, New Hebrides; northeast from Fate; 800 ft. high. See Man.
Velerara, low and sandy island, Fiji. 16° 52' S., 181° 00' 45" E.O
Velitoa, islet off Tongatabu, Tongan islands.
Vella Lavella, Solomon islands; 23 m. long, mountainous, with several volcanoes

more than 1000 ft. high. North point is in 7° 32' S., 156° 35' E. II.
Venariwa, grassy islet 500 ft. high; 0.6X0.3 m. northwest from Moturina, Louisiade

archipelago.
Vendralala, a high island in Naloa bay, Vanua levu, Fiji; inhabited. 16° 36' 54" S.,

178" 42' 45" E.O
Yentenat, see Digaragara, Louisiade archipelago. Named for Louis X'eutenat, nat-
uralist and chaplain of the Recherche. 9.
Verao, see Moso, New Hebrides.
Veriarartl, islet of Tahiti, Society islands.

Vesey is east from Commodore ba}-, New Britain. 5° 27' S., 150° 48' E.
Viendrala, islet on the north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji; 99 ft. high, cultivated.
Vicuna, low island of Fiji. 16° 11' 35" S., 179° 50' 25" E.O
Village, an islet off the north coast of New Guinea, inhabited and coniieAed to the

mainland by a reef bare at low water.
Vincennes, see Kawehe, Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Vingoru, one of the French islands, Bismarck archipelago. 4° 36' S., 149' 2i' E. lO.
Violet, islet 60 ft. high in the St. Andrew group, Admiralty islands.
Visschers, said to be three islands in the Bismarck archipelago, 1000 ft. high, coast

steep. Inhabitants naked, dye their hair and tatu to some extent. Their canoes

are a single log with carved ends, z 37' S., 151 58' E. lO.
Viti, see Fiji.

Vitora, on the southeast coast of Ysabel, Solomon islands. 8° 37' S., 159° 46' E.
Viwa, in the bay of Mbau, Fiji; i X0.3 m., i6ozt ft. high. i7°56'56"s., i78°39'25"e.O
Viwa, in the Mamanutha group, Fiji; loodr ft. high. 17° 08' s., 176° 54' E.

Vliegen, see Raugiroa, Palliser group, Paumotu archipelago. 33.

[248]

•

(f)

23.

■

ARQUESA
ISLANDS

1 ^

1 p^ ^

"<i

as =
*• <

•

5 —

x^ \>

.« 1

V-

■<

ccif35

<«

■

-J

■t<

«^^-^^

tt:

o ; .

1-t

<
<

- IJM'IIIU'I W,'IIH.in M

^•.,

Wgaiwi IWllliill--'

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 165

Volcano, in Anson archipelago. 22° 30' N.

Volcano, off the northeast point of Umboi, 3500 ft. high. Dampier saw an eruption

in March, 1700. 5° 32' S., 148" 06' E.
Volcano, on the west side of Blanche ba}^, New Britain, rose in February, 1878.
Volcano, see Tinakula, New Hebrides.
Volcano Islands, or Magellan archipelago, a small volcanic group .south of the Bonin

islands. Annexed bj- Japan in 1891. Arzobispo, Santo Alessandro, Sulphur,

Santo Agostino. Uninhabited.
Volunteer, see Starbuck.
Vomo, on the northwest coast of Viti levu, Fiji; 2 m. in circumference, 380 ft. high,

flat-topped. The south point is in 17° 30' s., 177° 15' E.
Vomo lailai, a rock 200 ft. high on the south side of Vomo, Fiji. \f 29' S., 177" 13' K.Q
Vostok, Wostok or Staver, was discovered by Bellingshausen in 1820; about 0.3 m.

in diameter. Low, sandy, thickly covered with trees. io°o6's., 152° 23' w. British.
Votia, low island, Fiji. 17° 33' 30" s., 177° 26' 20" E.0
Vua, islet in the Mato passage. Great South reef of New Caledonia.
Vulan, New Guinea region. 3° 57' s., 132° 41' E.
Vulcan, a volcanic cone 12 ni. in circumference, clothed with vegetation to a height

of 3000 ft.; above that barren. Crater emits smoke. 4° 10' s., 145° 02' E.
Vulelua, on northeast coast of Guadalcanar, vSolonion islands. 9°29'i5"s., i6o°28'e. ll.
Vuna, a common name of Taviuni, Fiji.

Vuro, islet on the northeast point of Ono, Fiji; 270 ft. high; uninhabited.
Vuro lailai (Little Vuro), a rock 90 ft. high on the reef between Ono and Vuro.

Wabuda, at the mouth of Fly river, New Guinea. 8° 23' S., 143 ' 45' E.

Wagipa, islet southeast from Dauila, D'Entrecasteaux group. 9° 32' s., 150° 21' E.

Waia, in the Yasawa group, Fiji; 3 ni. in diameter; 1641 ft. high. North extreme

17° 16' S., 177° 05' E. .

Waia lailai (Little Waia); 2X1.5 m. North point is in 17° 19' 40" s., 177' 06' E.
Waia lailai thake, Fiji, in the Yasawa group; 1X0.5 m., 555 ft. high, inhabited.

17° 22' 20" S., 177" 06' 10" E. Observatory Hill.
Waiben or Thursday, in Torres strait. 10° 36' S., 142° 1 2' E. A port of call for steamers

between Singapore and Brisbane ; in telegraphic connec^tion with the latter.
Waier or Wyer, within the same reef with Mer and Dauer, in Torres strait. 9" 54' s.,

144° 02' E.
Waigiu, 80X20 m., rugged and hilly; Papuan, with wild tribes in the interior. East

end is in 0° 20' S., 131° 20' E. Subject to the Sultan of Tidore.
Waiheke, in Auckland harbor, Hauraki gulf, New Zealand.
Wailni, an old chart name for Rapanui or Easter island.
Waikatu, the largest of the St. Andrew group. Admiralty islands. Inhabitants seem

to be a superior race.
Waikawa, Te Houra or Portland, in Hawke bay. New Zealand.
Wailagilala, low islet of sand and coral in the Lau group, Fiji; 9X3 cables, at the

northeast corner of a lagoon 9 m. in circumference. Also Weilangilala.

Waima, see Uen, New Caledonia.

[249]

1 66 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Wainwright, see Akamaru, islet of Mangareva. 32.

Wakaia or Wakaya, lo m. east from Ovalau, Fiji; 4X1.5 m., 595 ft. high. North
point is in 17° 35' 16" S., 179° 02' E.

Wake was discovered in 1796 from the Prince IVilliaiu Ilctiry^ but it is probably the
San Francisco of Mendana; 20-25 ni. long, S ft. high. When I saw it from the
masthead of the ship Oracle., in 1865, it was covered with a low and sparse vege-
tation. 19° 15' N., 166° 30' E. Annexed by the United States in July, 1898.

Waldron, a small island in the Hudson group, near Viti levu, Fiji. 17° 51' s.,
177° 09' 30" E.G Named for Purser R. R. Waldron of the Wilkes Expedition.

Walibi, islet of Panatinani, Louisiade archipelago; 140 ft. high, gras-S}'.

Walker, in the Hudson group, Fiji. 17° 34' 30" S., 177° 03' 10" E.O Named for
Lieutenant W. M. Walker of the Wilkes Expedition.

Walker, discovered by Captain Walker in 1814. 3° 34'N., 149° 15'w. Existence doubtful.

Wallis (Red), in Torres strait. 10° 50' S., 142° 02' E.

Wallis (Woody), in Torres strait. 10° 52' S., 142° 02' E.

Wallis, islet of Port Praslin, New Ireland. 4° 48' S., 152° 47' E.

Wallis, see Uvea. 18.

Walo, islet north of Port Stanley, on the coast of Malekula, New Hebrides.

Walpole, Loyalty islands, was discovered November 17, 1794, by Captain Butler of
the Walpole. ' 22° 38' 07" S., 168° 56' 45" E.

Wanim or Grass, in the Louisiade archipelago; 1.5 m. n-s., 390 ft. high.

Waremata or East, in the Bouvouloir group, Louisiade archipelago, is 500 ft. high,
densely- wooded. 10° 26' S., 152° 03' E.

Wanawana, an extensive, low, densely wooded island off the west side of New Georgia
( INIarovo), Solomon islands. 8° 12' S., 157° 07' E.

Waratap, on the east side of South bay of Fate, New Hebrides.

Wari or Teste, between the Louisiades and New Guinea : called Teste by D'Urville ;
2.5 m. E-w., 0.2 m. wide; inhabited by uncouth natives who wear human jawbones
as armlets. 10° 57' 55" S., 151" 03' 20" E. 9.

Wariura, 8° 22' s., 143° 24' e.

Warren Hastings, see Pulo Mariere, Caroline islands. 4° 20' N., 132 28' E.

Warrior, see Tut on the south coast of New Guinea.

Wasau = Faiva, islet of Uea, Loyalty islands.

Washington, New York or Prospect, was discovered by Captain Fanning in 1798;
3.2 X 1.2 m., 10 ft. above the sea ; covered with coconut and other trees. No lagoon,
but a fresh water pond. 4° 41' 35" n., 160° 15' 37" w. (Fig. 12.)

Washington, see Huahuua, Marquesas islands.

Wasima, 175 ft. high, southeast from Dituna point, southeast coast of New Guinea.

Wasp, islet near Layard islands on the north coast of New Guinea.

Wateeoo = Atiu, Hervey islands.

Waterlandt, of Schouten and Lemaire, is Manihi of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Watmough, a low island off Yiti levu, Fiji. 17° 45' 50" S., 177° 20' 40" E.©

Watson, islet off Blanche harbor. Mono, Solomon islands.

Watts, see Ailuk of the Marshall islands. 6,

Watts, see Kuriva in the Engineer group, Louisiade archipelago.

[250]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

167

Wavi ai, see Vavi ai, Woodlark or Murua.

Wea or Emer}', of the Atana islands, northwest from Rotuma.

Webb, 2-3 islets covered with coconut trees, near Roux islands. New Guinea.

Also called Ulawabai.
Wedge, islet of Stewart island. New Zealand.
Wedge ^ \^ehi, on the southeast coast of New Guinea.
Wednesday, in Torres strait. 10^ 32' S., 142° 18' E.
Weeks was seen by Captain Gelett, of the Moniing S/a/-, in 24' 04' N., 154^ 02' E.,

December 17, 1864. It had been previously reported. About 5 m. long, densely

wooded with trees and shrubs ; a knoll in the centre rising 200 ft. above the sea.

Uncertain on charts.
Weitoa or O'Neill, on the southeast coast of New Guinea ; nearly 2 m. NW-SE., and

580 ft. high. 10° 41' S., 150° 56' E.
Welle, see Raputata of

the D'Entrecasteaux ,

group. 9.
Wellesley, group in the

Gulf of Carpentaria,

of which Mornington

is the largest. The

others are : Rocky,

Pisonia, Beautiful,

Forsjth, Bentinck,

Allen, Sweers and

Fowler.
Wellington, see Alapawa,

New Zealand.
Wellington, see Mokil of

Caroline islands. 5.
Wenman, of the Galapagos, the fragment of a volcano now S30 ft. high.
West, islet of Kandavu, Fiji; 25 ft. high.

West, islet of Niuatobutabu, Tongan islands; 70 ft. high, o.j m. in diameter.
West, in Torres strait. 10° 33' 45" .s., 150^ 48' 25" E.
West, islet south side of Uraboi, Bismarck archipelago; 150 ft. high.
West, islet off Cape Queen Charlotte, west side of New Hanover; inhabited. 2° 26' s.,

149° 55' E.
West Danger, of the Marshall islands.

Western, a group of the Admiralty islands. 2° 12' S., 148"' 00' 40" E. lO.
Whakari or White, in the Bay of Plenty, New Zealand.

Whale (La Baleine), see Isenay of the Pleiades group, Loyaltj- islands. 13.
White, see Whakari, New Zealand.

Whitsunday, see Nganati of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.
Whitsundav, see Nukutavake.

Whitsunday, on the Australian coast. 20° 15' .s., 149° 02' E.
Whitsuntide, see Arag, New Hebrides.

[251]

''Vi,.._

FIG. 12. WASHINGTON ISL.\ND.

i68 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

Whittle, Fiji. i8= 50' 30" s., 178° 25' 30" e.O

Whytohee, see Napuka of the Paumotti archipelago. 21.

Wiak, see Schouten.

Wiakow, on the north part of the outer ring of Egum atoll, Trobriand group.
9 20 30 S., 151 58 E.

Wild, of the Admiralty group; 0.7 m. long. Named for J. J. Wild, artist on the
Challenger. 1° 55' 10" S., 146° 40' 56" E.

Willaumez, now ascertained to be a part of New Britain. Named for one of the officers
of D'Entrecasteaux, Ensign on the Recherche.

William IV., see Ant of the Andema group, Caroline islands.

Williams, one of the Tiri islands off Vanua levu, Fiji. 16'" 24'45"s., 179° 06' 22" E.©

Wilson, islet off Blanche harbor of Mono island, Solomon islands.

Wilson, see Ifalik, Caroline islands. 3.

Wilson, a name of the Duff islands, so called because seen b3' Captain Wilson, Sep-
tember, 1797.

Wilson, see Manihi of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Wittgenstein, see Fakarawa of Paumotu archipelago. So named by Bellingshausen. 31.

Woahoo = Oahu, Hawaiian islands. Old English name found on charts with Owhyhee.

Wolea or Ulie, Caroline islands, was discovered by Captain Wilson in the Dnff\n
1793. Wooded and inhabited atoll 0.7 m. in diameter, with 22 islets. North end
7° 23' 30" N., 143° 57' E. 3.

Woles, islet of Ruk, Caroline islands.

Wolkonski, see Takurea of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.

Woodlark, see Murua, Kiriwina group.

Woodle, see Kuria of the Gilbert islands.

Woody, opposite Entrance island in Torres strait. 10" 40' s., 142" 20' E.

Woody, islet in Arembo bay, on the southwest side of New Caledonia.

Woody, see Panamau of the Louisiade archipelago.

Wostok, a form of Vostok.

Wotja, the westernmost islet of Odia atoll, Marshall islands. There is much con-
fusion with a similar name in the Romanzow atoll.

Wotje, Odia or Romanzow, of the Marshall islands, extends 29 m. E-w., with a width
from 6-12 m. There are 65 islets on the reef. Christmas harbor, of Kotzebue, is
in 9° 28' 09" N., 170° 16' 05" E. 6.

WottO, of the Marshall islands, was discovered by Captain Shanz of the Russian
navy. It is 18 m. long and 4-12 m. wide. 10° 05' n., 166° 04' E.O

Wrack, iu the Bismarck archipelago. 3° 15' S., 154° 31' E.

Wuli or High, on the northwest coast of Roua, Louisiade archipelago; 1.4 m. E-w.,
300 ft. high; inhabited and cultivated. 11° 42' S., 154° 02' E.

Wyer, a form of Waier, Torres strait.

Wytoohee, see Napuka, Paumotu archipelago. Disappointment islands of Bj^ron.

Yaba, islet in Banare bay, on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.

Yabwat, see Jabwat, Marshall islands.

Yaga, of the Kiriwina islands.

Yakimoan, islet northwest from Panawina, Louisiade archipelago.

[252]

INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 169

Yalangalala, uninhabited islet, Fiji. 16° 49' 30" S., 180° 57' 20" E.©

Yambu, uninliabited island, 170 ft. high near Vuro, off Kandavu, Fiji.

Yamiga, islet on the southwest coast of New Giiinea.

Yande, 6 m. west from Paaba on the northwest coast of New Caledonia; 1070 ft. high,

inhabited and well cultivated.
Yandua, high, inhabited island, 12 m. in circumference; Loto peak, S75 ft. high, is

in 16° 49' s., 178° 16' E.
Yanguel, see Kayangle of the Pelew islands.

Yanganga, islet 887 ft. high on the north coast of Vanua levu, Fiji.
Yaniba, largest of the group on the north side of the outer ring of Egum atoll; 14

islets, the highest 150 ft. Population 200. 9° 20' 30" .S., 151° 55' E.
Yanutha lailai and Yanutha levu, two islets between Ovalau and Moturiki, Fiji.
Yanutha loa, off the west coast of Vanua mbalavu, Fiji; 160 ft. high.
Yanuya, inhabited island of the Manianutha i thake group, Fiji.
Yanu yanti eloma, gras.sy islet 140 ft. high on the Kandavu reef, Fiji.
Yanu yanu sau, islet 80 ft. high on the reef of Kandavu, Fiji.
Yap or Ouap, of the Caroline islands, is on a reef 35X5 n:. A volcanic peak 11 70 ft.

high. The north islet is in 9^ 37' N., i38°o8'e. Population 8000, Malaj^ with slight

Polynesian admixture. The stone money of the group consists of wheels of aragon-

ite from 6 in. to 12 ft. in diameter. See photograph in The Caroline Islands^ by

F. W. Christian, 1899, p. 236.
Yaroua, islet of Tuvutha, Lau group, Fiji.
Yarru, on the New Guinea coast. 9° 07' S., 143° 12' E.

Yaruman, islet 285 ft. high, northeast from Pana numara, Louisiade archipelago.
Yasau-i-lau, near Yasawa, Fiji; 0.5 m. long, 437 ft. high. i6°5i'4o"s., i77°26'4o"e.O
Yasawa group, Fiji, consists of Timboor, Kiusick, Yasawa, Asawa, Ovawa, Androna,

Yasawailau, Otovawa, Nansia, Nangati, Matathoni levu, Yangati, Naviti, Eld, Fox,

Agate, Sinclair, Waia, Waialailai, Waia lailai thake, Biwa, Knox, Ombi, Baldwin,

Davis, Totten, Lewin, Yomo.
Yasawa, inhabited island 8X2 m., 781 ft. high, in the group to which it gives name.

The north point is in 16° 43' s., 177^ 30' 05" E. 14.
Yaukuve or Maj', islet of Ono, Fiji; 400 ft. high.
Yaukuve lailai, near by, is 200 ft. high.

Yavurimba, uninhabited islet of Mamanutha ira group, Fiji.
Yavutha, islet 240 ft. high, of the Angasa group, Fiji.
Yeccla, islet of the Carteret group. Bismarck archipelago.
Yeharnu, islet of the Carteret group.

Yeina, north from Tagula, Louisiade archipelago. 11° 20' S., 153^ 28' E.
Yendua, see Yandua, Fiji.

Yengiebane, islet near Paaba on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.
Yenoe, islet in Banare bay on the northwest coast of New Caledonia.
Yermaloff, of Bellingshausen, is Taenga of the Paumotu archipelago. 31.
York, a group in Torres strait, 9° 44' s., 143° 25' E. This group is shown on the

Surveyor-General's fine map of Queensland and British New Guinea, 1S96, but I

have been unable to find auv description.

[253]

I70 INDEX TO THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

York, Duke of, an interesting group, of volcanic origin, between New Ireland and

New Britain in St. George channel.
York, Duke of, see Atafu of the Union group. 17. Wallis gave this name to Eimeo,

Society islands.
Young, on the Australian coast. 12° 07' s., 143° 12' E.
Yovo, islet of the Carteret group, Bismarck archipelago.
Yowl, a group of 16 low islands on the west coast of New Guinea. o°25'n., i3i°oo'e.

Papuan. Group surrounded b}^ a coral reef 60 m. in circumference. This belongs

to the Moluccas and is not properly included in our region.
Ysabel or Bogotu, the Caniba of Mendana, Solomon islands. The full name was

Santa Ysabel de la Estrella; 125 m. nw-se. by 25 m., 3900 ft. high. The Mela-

nesian mission has several stations here. The northeast point is in 7° 18' s.,

158° 08' E.
Ythata, high, inhabited island north from Vaturera, Fiji; 2.5 m. E-w., i m. n-s. East

point is in 17° 17' s., 179° 34' 30" E.
Yule, see Roro.

Zarpane is a name of Rota of the Marianas.

^et, islet off the north end of Eoof, Hermit group. 8.

^eune, a small group on the southeast coast of Bougainville, Solomon islands.

17 S., 155 48 E.
^ille, islet in Dampier strait.

poller, off the southwest end of Bouka, Solomon islands. 5^ 25' S., 154" 32' E.
ijuckerhut, of the Admiralty group. 2° 24' S., 146° 49' E.

ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA.

Asie, Solomon islands. All the islets of the Solomon islands and of Ontong Java in
this snpplementar}- list were taken into British jurisdidlion by treaty with Germany
as mentioned under Solomon islands.

Benana, Solomon islands.

Dauahaida or Marokau, of the Panmotu archipelago.

Engaiilii, islet of Ontong Java.

False, Solomon islands.

Grampus islands are attribiited to Captain Meares, April 4, 1788, in 25° 15' n., 146° E.
Two islands close together, another southwest from these. Perhaps the Sebastian
Lopez of the Spanish charts.

Lehuanii, islet of Ontong Java.

Loto, Solomon islands.

Malabrigos or Margaret, a group of three islands discovered bv Captain Magee in 1773,
in 27° 20' N., 145° 45' E. Perhaps the Malabrigos (bad shelter) of Torres in 1543,
but the identification is uncertain.

Marakau = Marokau, of the Panmotu archipelago.

Margaret, see Malabrigos above.

Mongava, a name of Renuel, Solomon islands.

Mongiki, a name of Bellona, Solomon islands.

Nee, islet of Ontong Java.

Niellei, Solomon islands.

Nieue = Niiie or Savage. The Jurisdi61:ion of Her Britannic Majesty's High Com-
missioner's Court for the Western Pacific was extended to Niiie OAober 19, 1899.

Nufahana, Solomon islands.

Nusakoa, Solomon islands.

Nusave, Solomon islands.

Oikuo, islet of Ontong Java.

Oku, islet of Ontong Java.

Palav, islet of Ontong Java.

Piedu, Solomon islands.

Porporang, Solomon islands.

Kalan, p. 82, should be Kalau.
Leuneuwa, p. 90, should be Leueneuwa.
Oua raha, p. 126, should be Owa raha.

[255] . ('70

DIVISION OF THE PACIFIC AMONG THE NATIONS.

The present ownership of the islands of the Pacific Ocean, whether by outright
annexation, purchase or prote6lorate, is as follows :

Great Brifaiii. — Australia, Tasmania, islands of Torres strait, S. E. New Guinea, Lou-
isiade archipelago, Solomon islands (except northwest corner), Santa Cruz, Lord
Howe, Norfolk, Kermadec, Chatham, New Zealand, Fiji, Ellice, Gilbert, Phoenix,
Union, Tonga, Niiie, Line islands, Hervey (Cook), Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie
and Oeno of the Paumotu archipelago.

Gerniaiiv. — N. E. New Guinea, Bismarck archipelago, N. W. Solomon islands, Pelew,
Marianas (except Guam), Caroline archipelago, Marshall islands and Western
Samoa.

France. — New Caledonia, Uvea, Society islands, Paumotu archipelago (except islands
in the southeast extreme), and Marcjuesas islands.

The New Hebrides are jointly watched or protected by Great Britain and France.

United States. — Hawaiian group, Wake, Guam and Eastern Samoan islands.

Holland. — Western New Guinea.

Japan. — Bonin and Marcus islands.

Equador. — Galapagos group.

Chile: — Rapanui or Easter island, Juan Fernandez group, and St. Felix islands.
(.72) [256]

Issued December, igoo.

■ i

■ ... I.

■■ ■

1 ■

-■■

■-'

f~ \~

! ■

j "

^
1

1
i

i - ■ I '

|i u

]

, ,: "

1 ^'

1 ■"■

_. i

■

■1 *

, - - --,;-.

■t
1
t

■■

•

?V !

, .V

■■-

1" T"\ .

\ ■ .

! <

j -

... :r[ i:

l-.,^ —

—

'^^■-^

KEY

■i^

TO THE

BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN

GROUP.

BY W^ILLIAM ALANSON BRYAN,

CORATOK OF ORNirHOLOGY IN THE MUSF.UM,

HONOLULU, H. 1.:

BISHOP MUSEUM PRKSS.

I9OI.

KEY

TO THE

BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN

(IROUP.

W^ILUIAM ALANSON BRYAN,

CUKATOK OF Ornithology in the Muskum.

HONOLULU, H. l.y

BISHOP MUSEUM PR K S S.

19OI.

OCT 4 I90t

FOREWORD.

The following; jireliininary key to the birds of the Hawaiian possessions is based on a stud\-
of the collection of Ijirds in the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Mnseuni, which institution now possesses the
most representative collection of the Hawaiian avifauna extant. The colleClion at this time num-
bers upwards of six hundred specimens, embracing the famous Mills colle(5lion, a series of skins
collecled by Mr. Palmer for the Rothschild museum, a valuable collection made by Mr. R. C. L.
Perkins, together with colledtious by Me.ssrs. W. H. Hall, F. Gay, A. F. Judd, and others. To the
above collection almost daily additions are now being made througli the efforts of the Museum's
skilled colledlor, Mr. A. Seale.

By the Hawaiian possessions it is intended to include all of the chain composed of some twenty
or more islands lying in the central North Pacific ocean, stretching over an area extending from about
150'' We.st Longitude to 175° East Longitude, and from 18° to 30" North I^atitude.

Though following the scheme usually adopted by sy.stematic zoologists in the making of ana-
lytical keys there is some slight difference in the arrangement of the text. Since it may be necessary
for persons not entirely familiar with keys to make use of the following pages, it might be well to say
that the fundamental characters are used for the .separation and identification of species instead of
lengthy and oftentimes misleading detailed descriptions. To facilitate this, dichotomous antithesis is
stridtly adhered to, so that there are but two alternatives ; the specimen must conform to the characters
given, for example, under a, or the whole matter under a, — that is, the sub-heads b, bb, C, CC, etc.,
(if there are any) must be pas.sed over until aa is arrived at, which is of equal value with and the only
alternative of the division a. If it is settled that the specimen corresponds with the characters given
under aa, the next step is to settle between the heads b and bb, then pass to c and CC, and so on,
taking up the characters in their natural order until finally the reference page is given, where the
key will be found continued. Thus the key to the higher orders will be found on the last pages of
the Memoir, and will indicate the order to which the bird belongs and the page where the order is
treated. .Similarh- the order will be Ijroken u]) into families, the families into genera, and lastl\- the
genera into species. The index letters are in bold type, and characters of equal value are placed
immediately under each other, while the minor divisions are indented farther and farther to the right.
Hence bb is found set in an equal distance from the left-hand margin as b; CC is still farther indented,
but the same distance as c, while the body of the text extends the full distance across the page.

The measurements are, for the most part, taken from specimens in the Bishop Museum, and
are given in Eugli.sh inches and hundredths. The length of the wing is measured from the bend
(/. c, the carpal joint) to the tip of the longest primary. The length of the tail is from the apparent
base to the tip of longest feather. The length of the culmen is the distance from the base of the
upper mandible on top to the tip of the same in a straight line. This measurement, as well as all of
the more exact ones, are be.st taken with the dividers. The depth of the bill is a vertical line from

[259] (iii)

iv Forcivnid.

the base of the upper niaiulihk- through both uiaudibles. The leutjth o( the tarsus is uieasured from
the enlargement on the front outside of the tibio-tarsal ( /. c, the "knee" ) joint to the more or less obvi-
ous beginning of the middle toe. The middle toe is measured in a straight line along the top from
the last-mentioned point to the tip of the nail.

In 1:)ringing together the key I have made free and frequent use of the catalogue of birds in the
Briti.sh Museum, and Ridgway's Manual of North American Birds, together with the \aluable con-
tributions to our knowledge of the Hawaiian ornithology — Aves Hawaiiensis, 1)\- Messrs. Wilson
and Evans, and Avifauna of Laysan, etc. I have also had at hand the published notes of Messrs.
Gadow, Dole. Perkins, Stejneger, and others. In addition to the above I have had the pleasure of
examining the material in the National Museum at Washington, 1). C, the Philadelphia Academy of
Science, the British Museum, Tring Mu.seum, and the Jardin des Plantes. To all of these sources
of information I would make grateful acknowledgement of the service they have rendered.

WM. ALANSON BRYAN.

[260I

Birds of the Hawaiian Group.

Order LONGIPENNES.— Long-winged Swimmers."

Fa)uilicx.
With the lower mandible not longer than the npper one and only moderately
compressed, while the covering of the npper mandible is made np of one solid piece
(/.(■•., with the seams fnsed together, no "nail" at the tip, etc.), through which the
nostrils are pierced.

Family I,AR'ID^.— Gulls and Terxs.
Genoa.
a. Bill rather short, and deeper at the angle than at the nasal openings; the
upper mandible longer and bent down over the lower one; tail usually even (Sub-
family Z^^/vV/cc"); tarsus not roughened nor serrate behind ; hind toe moderately well
developed; culmen more than two-thirds the length of tarsus; nostrils linear or linear

ovate { Page 6. ) LaruS.

aa. Bill slender with both mandibles about equal in length; tail slightly or de-
cidedly forked; angle of the lower mandible not prominent. (Sub-family Striiiiiur.)
b. Tail more or less deeplv forked; head without plumes at the gape; tar-
sus shorter than the middle toe and claw; outer tail feathers the longest, and jjointed;
tail generally more than half the length of the wing; bill compressed and slender;
tarsus never exceeding and generallv shorter than the middle toe and claw; depth of

bill at base less than one-third the exposed culmen ( Page 7.) Sterna.

bb. Tail graduated, pointed; outer pair shorter than the next pair; middle
toe shorter than the exposed culmen; distance from the angle of the gonys to the tip
of the bill less than to the gape.

C. Tail feathers not all pure white.

d. Fourth pair of tail feathers from the outside the longest;

wing more than 9.50 ( Page 9. ) An'otis.

dd. Third pair of tail feathers from the outside the longest;

wing less than 9.50 ( Page 9. ) Microan'ous.

CC. Tail feathers all pure white ( Page 9. ) Gygis.

} For the Key to the Higher Orders see last pages of the Memoir. [261] ^3 ;

6 BIRDS OF THE- HAWAIIAN GROUP.

Genus I^A'RUS Lixx^us.

a. Head entirely white in the summer adults.

b. Primaries uniform pale grey, with no black, and fading gradually
into white at the tips (larger, wing more than 16.00). Head, neck, tail and under
parts white; mantle gre^- ; the scapulars and .secondaries white at their tips. Fctuale
smaller, often considerably so. Adult in luinter: Mottled and streaked with pale
brown on the head and neck; back and under parts also mottled. Iiunia/iire: The
mottling on the upper surface gradually disappears and for a short time the bird ap-
pears to be a creamy- white, ^'oni/g: Both the upper and under surface streaked and
mottled with ash-brown on a paler ground color; the feathers of the mantle margined
with huffish white which produces a creani}- appearance; upper and under coverts
rather boldly marked with brown (Saunders). Length about 25.00-28.00, wing 16.25-
18.00 (17.12), tail 7.00-7.50, culnien 2.30-2.70, tarsus 2.40-2.78 (2.57), middle toe
with claw 2.35-2.75 (2.55). Hah. Bering Sea and adjacent waters northward to Point
Barrow; southward in winter to Japan (Ridgway). Kauai," Maui.

I. I<. barrovianus' Ridgw. Point Barrow Gull.

bb. Primaries marked with distinct white tips and dark (black) subtermi-

nal spaces; the two outer primaries with a distinct grej- wedge on the inner web in

the summer adults; depth of bill through the angle .50 or more; mantle blue-grey

or dark pearl-grev in adults.

C. Larger, length 20.00-23.00, culmen 1.65-2. 15, mantle darker grey
than in the following species; scapulars and secondaries broadly tipped with white;
the outer primary with a large portion of black; the first, chiefly black with about
2.00 of the terminal portion white; the second, witli a small grey wedge basally;
the third, fourth and fifth, black with white tips and increasing grey wedges; bill,
bright yellow with an irregularly shaped spot of intense carmine near the tip of the
lower mandible, and a dark spot or bar usually anterior to this on one or both mandi-
bles. Female smaller and duller in color. Ad/ilf in wiiitey: Like the above but head
and neck streaked with greyish brown. Iiin)iature: Autumn birds of the second year
show grey on the mantle ; upper tail coverts begin to show grey at their bases ; tail
feathers more uniform umber brown than before, though the coverts are whiter ; under
parts whitish brown without distinct spots ; bill yellower at the base. Young: Much
darker brown throughout ; no signs of grey on the secondaries nor the basal portion
of the inner primaries, the paler inner webs being nearly dull brown; tail coverts

2 The single specimen in the Museum colleclion is one of two taken on the island of Kauai by Mr. Francis Gay. Both specimens were
taken late in the autumn months. While neither specimen aftrees as closely with the descriptions at hand as would be desirable, I have
seen fit to refer them to harroviaiius, beliering them to be immature birds of that form. This is probably the undetermined species mentioned
by Kittlitz. The following measurements are taken from the Museum specimen No. 9305 : Length 25.50. culmen 2.00, tail 6.50, tarsus 2.S5,
toe 2.75; locality. Kauai, H. I.; date, 1899, autumn. There is also a specimen in the cabinet of St. Louis College, Honolulu, takeji on Maui
by Brother Matthias.

} Larus glaucus, Briiun, from I.aysan (Dr. Scliaiiunlaiul). Hawaii (Henshaw. in Auk. Vol. XVII., p. 201).

[262]'

LARID^. 7

broadly and closely barred ; tail feathers umber brown with dull white tips ; bill

brownish basally, black terminally; tarsi and toes brown; wing 15.00-16.75, depth

of bill at the angle .60-. 75, tarsus 2.00-2.60, middle toe and claw about 2.10. Hab.

Western North America, wintering on the Pacific coast. Hawaiian Islands (accidental;

one specimen in St. Louis College cabinet).

2. I/, californ'icus Lawr. California Gull.

CC. Smaller, length 18.00-20.00; mantle lighter grey; bill with a black
band in adult. Adult: Bill greenish yellow, crossed near the end b}' a distinct black
. band ; tip sometimes orange ; feet pale yellow. Immature : Head slightly streaked;
mantle grey with a few brown feathers about the bend of the wing; outer primary without
indication of a white spot ; tail feathers white with the remains of the broad dark subter-
minal band. Young: Above brownish dusky varied with dull buiifish white; quills black-
ish, the shorter ones greyish basally with white tips; bill blackish, paler at the base;
wing 13.25-15.25, culmen i. 55-1. 75, depth of bill at angle .50-. 65. Hali. Whole of North
America. Hawaiian Islands (accidental ; one specimen in St. Louis College cabinet).

3. Iv. delawaren'sis Ord. Ring-billed Gull,
aa. Head uniform black or dusky in summer adults; lower parts, rump and
tail pure white; mantle grey; tarsus not longer than the middle toe and claw;
wing more than 10.00 (culmen more than i.oo); bill reddish brown, with a darker
subterminal band; head and upper part of the neck plumbeous black with a conspicu-
ous elongated white patch both above and below the eye ; lower parts white with a rosy
blush in freshly killed birds; the secondaries broadly edged with white; primaries all
tipped with white and all bluish grey next the shafts on the tipper part, except the
outermost which has the outer web black and some white on the inner web, with a
black subterminal bar. Female similar. Adult -a'liiter: Like above with the head white,
spotted and mottled with l)lackish on the upper surface, fiuu/atuie: Similar, but with
a larger proportion of black in the primaries. Length 13.50, tail 4.25, tarsus 1.47, toe
with claw 1.50, culmen 1.25, depth of bill at gonvs .32, wing 11.25. flalK Interior of
North America from Iowa northward, breeding; south to Middle America and Western

South America to Peru. Maui.^

4. I<. franklin'ii Sw. & Rich. Franklin's Gull.

Genus STERNA Lixx/Eus.

a. Crown black in the breeding plumage (more or less varied with white in
winter); wings rarelv over 12.00; both webs of the outer tail feathers white at the base.
b. Mantle, back of neck, rump, upper tail coverts and all the tail feathers
except the outer ones ( streamers ) uniform soot\- black ; forehead and superciliary stripe
white; supereiliary stripe not reaeliiug haek arei' the eye: under parts white with a
greyish tinge on the abdomen ; bill and feet black. Winter adult: Like above except

4The above description and measurements are based on the single icinter specimen in the cabinet ot St. I.ouis Colle.i^e. Oaliu. The
specimen was taken bv Brother Matthias on Maui, agd is the first record of the species being taken here.

[263]

8 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

with white flecked through the black of lores and crown. Young:'- Brownish black
above, darkest on the upper M-ing coverts; outer tail feathers almost as soot}- black as
middle ones, except towards their tips. Half -fledged birds: Feathers of the mantle
are blackish with broad white tips. Length 15.00-17.00, wings 11. 75-12.00, tail 7.00—
7.50 (forked for more than 3.00), tarsus .95-1.00, toe .99-1.05, culmen i. 80-1. 85, depth
of bill .45-.48, gon\-s .85. Hab. Tropical and juxta-tropical seas. Hawaiian Islands.
PI. XVI., 9153, 9155. 5. S. fuligino'sa Gmei.. Sooty Tern.

bb. Back, rump, tail coverts, wing coverts, outer edge of secondaries and

tail feathers, except the outer pair, dark sooty grey ; crown, lores and nape black;

primaries chiefly smoky grey with the white wedges on the inner webs ; wings never

less than 10.00; under parts and forehead, white; luhilc s/iperciliarv sfripe ex/endii/g

back oirr the eye. Winter adult: Similar to the above, but showing more white in

the forehead. Young: Mantle with more brownish tinge of grev ; head mottled black

and white; wing 10.75, culmen 1.60, tarsus .85, toe 1.15. Hab. Central Pacific Ocean

Laj-san, etc.

6. S. luna'ta (Pkale). Grey-backed Tern.

aa. Crown always white, sometimes with a brownish tinge; nape, orbit aud
ear coverts black; mantle pale gre}^; in front of the eve a black triangular patch, the
point of which does not reach to the base of the bill ; from the e3'es a black band ex-
tending about the back of the head ; band broadened and more or less prolonged down
the back of the neck; neck and under parts white; mantle and rump pearl grey; shafts
of the primaries white ; outer primary with the outer web blackish, streak next the
shaft on the inner web blackish or greyish black. JViuter adii/t:'' Similar, with less
black about the head. I)nn/ature: Similar to the above, but there is a brownish tinge
to the back of the nape, the wing coverts are ash-grej-, and a dark line runs along
the carpal joint (Saunders). Young: Forehead and crown bufilish white with a black
streak which becomes confluent on the nape; feathers of the mantle and tail gre}-,
barred with ash-brown and tipped with buff. Length about 13.25-13.50, wing
9.50-10.00, tail 3.90-4.40, bill 1. 25-1. 40, tarsus .75-.80, toe .95-1.00. Hab. Southern
aud Western Pacific Ocean, north through Polynesia generalh^ the Philippine Islands
and China. Its range appears to depend in a great measure upon the existence of
coral islands of a certain size, and is probably still more extensive (Saunders). Kauai;

accidental.

7. S. melanau'chen Temm.

5 A September bird from I.aysan Island has the head and neck dark sooty brown ; lighter sooty brown lielow. extending back to the
abdomen and over the flanks: belly white ; tail uniform blackish brown, both inner and outer webs tipped with dirty white ; upper tail
coverts, rutnp. and greater wing coverts uniform with the tail ; lesser wing coverts darker, edged with fulvous or whitish ; edge of wing
white, under wing coverts stone-grey. Length about 14.75. wing 10.25. tail 5.25. tarsus .90, toe 1.05. bill 1.25. gonys .45, depth of bill .35. As
maj' be seen by the above the bill pattern is totally different from AAv.\\.fttiiginosa as well as some slight variation in all of the other measure-
ments. It was with difficulty that the specimen was made oVLXfuUgmma.

*»The two specimens in the Museum were taken at Maua. Kauai, by Mr. .\. F. Judd during the winter of 1^92-3. Both have the white
foreheads assumed by this species, while the remainder of the plumage is badly worn. This seems to be the first record of this species
being taken in the Hawaiian Islands. The above measurements are taken from these specimens. The S. bergii of Dole has never been
noted from Hawaii since his early reference to it, Pioc. Bost. Sor. \aL //is/., 1869, p. 306. Bt'igii is, in general appearance, somewhat similar
to inclanaiiilien, though the former is much the larger (length .20-. 21, wing 14.25, bill 2.05).

[264]

LARID^.

Genus ANGUS Leach.

Plumage uniform sooty. brown, becoming hoary on the forehead and top of the
head (larger, wing lo. 30-11.00); crown and forehead lavender-grey. Sutiinier adult:
Forehead nearly white at the base of bill, passing to lavender-grey, which becomes lav-
ender on the hind neck; primaries and tail feathers nearly black. Adzilt female: Simi-
lar, but a trifle smaller and with a weaker bill. Young similar. Length 13.00-16.25,
wing 10. 30-1 1. 00, culmen i. 70-1. 75, tarsus .90-.93, tail 5.90-6.25, toe i. 52-1. 55, depth
of beak .40. Hah. Tropical and juxta-tropical seas, wide-ranging. Hawaiian Islands.
PI. XVI., 7903, 9157 ; XVII., 7900. 8. A. stol'idus' (Linn.). Noddy.

Genus MICROANOUS S.\unders.

Middle toe and elaio shorter than the exposed enlnie)i; bill slender and long; the
distance from the angle of the gonys to the tip of the bill greater than to that of the
gape; lores deep black; cheeks decided plumbeous; nape, shoulders and tail, dull lav-
ender grey; lower parts dark sooty brown; forehead and crown dull grevish white in-
clined to a silvery white. Young: Similar but browner. Length about 13.00, wing
8.75-9.00, tail 5.25, tarsus .So, middle toe 1.30, culmen i. 50-1. 85 (Laysan specimen
with darker lores), depth of bill .32. Hah. Hawaiian Islands.

PI. X\'II., 9164, 9165. 9. M. hawaiien'sis Roths. Hawaiian Tern, Noi'o.

Genus GYGIS (Ji'jis) Wagler.

Middle toe and claw shorter than the exposed culmen ; bill black, stout at tlie
base and sharply pointed; pure white except a narrow ring about the eye which is
black ; toes slender, middle toe abnormally long, webs deeply excised ( stouter, tail more
pointed); shafts usualh' brownish. Young like above. Length 12.00-13.00, depth
of bill .40, wing 9.50, tail 4.25-5.00, tarsus .45-.50, middle toe with claw i.io, culmen
1.80. Hab. Central Pacific generall}-. Laj-san, etc.
PI. XVII., 7892. 10. G. alba kittlitz'i Hart. White Tern.

7 A specimen of stolidity in the Museum series (ColL No. i^^og), which varies somewhat from the typical form, is minutely described by
Mr, Scale in his "Field Notes on the Birds of Oahu, H. I.." Occasional Piifirrs of the H. P. Bnlwp Miisrum^ Vol. I.. No. 2. p. 35.

[265]

lo BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

Order TUBIN ARES.— Tube-nosed Swimmers.

Families.
Nostrils opening from the anterior end of horizontal nasal tubes.

a. Tubes widely separated by the intervening culmen; wings narrow and long;
birds of large dimensions ( Page lo. ) Diomedeidse.

aa. Both nasal tubes united; no intervening culmen; birds of medium or
small size (Page lo.) Procellariidse.

Family DIOMEDBID^.— Albatrosses.

Genus.

Sides of the lower mandible without sulcus (a longitudinal groove); tail short

and rounded and not more than one-third the length of the wing; base of upper division

of the bill leide and elosely joined by the lateral dir'isio// ( Page lo. ) Diomed'ea.

Genus DIOMEDEA Lixn-^Jus.

Culmen slightly concave; bill somewhat compressed. Lateral division of the
bill narrower at the base than in the middle. (Sub-genus Plurbastria, Reich.)

a. Abdomen sooty brown (wings never more than 21.00, smaller and bill more
slender); dark sooty brown above; bill dark brown; under wing coverts and auxilia-
ries sooty brown ; sexes similar. )'onn_o-: Similar to adult, but with sides of head
white; upper tail coverts whitish. Length about 29.00-36.00 (33.00), wing 19.50, tail
5.60, bill 4.00, tarsus 3.40, toe 4.90. Hah. North Pacific Ocean. Laysan, etc.

PL XVIII., 8742. II. D. nigripes .\mi. Black-footed Albatross.

aa. Abdomen white (bill rather slender); upper tail coverts white; under wing

coverts blackish brown and white mixed ; wings and back l:)lackish brown ; tail brown.

Female similar. ^\ntng similar to adult. Length about 32.00, wing 19.00, tail 6.00,

culmen 4.50, tarsus 3.60, toe 4.75. Ilab. Gardner, Lisianski and Laysan.

PL XVIII., 8746. 12. D. immutab'ilis Roths. Gooney.

Family PROCEI/LARIID^.— Petrels.

Genera.
Common charafters as above (with thirteen or more secondaries); bill shorter
than tarsus; tail feathers 12 to 14 in number.

a. Of medium or small size (wing less than 15.00); zving more than j.oo; cul-
men more than half as long as the middle toe and claw. (Sub-family Fnhnarinte.)

[266]

PROCELLARI/D. E. 1 1

b. Parlitiou hehveen the nostrils voy thin, i. c, iiaiTower tliau the width of
a single nostril and within the nasal tube; depth of the bill at the sliallowest part more
than one-fonrtli the length of the lower mandible measnred along the side; tarsus not
compressed.

C. U'ing more than tivice the length of the tail; tail moderate, rounded
(i2 feathers); nasal tubes diredled straight forward (claw of hallux small, .10); nail
of lower mandible making up more than one-third the length of the mandible measured
along the side. Plumage and size differing among species. . (Page 11.) .^Strela'ta.
CC. ^Ving less than twiee the length of the tail; tail of 12 feathers long
and cuneate, being graduated for a third of its length ; nail of the lower mandible making
up less than a third of the length of the mandible measured along the side ; plumage dark;
nasal tubes fleshy at ends and dire6led forward and upward. . (Page 12. ) Bulwer'ia.
bb. Partition hetzveen the nostrils thiek, i. c, tliicker than the outer edge of
one of the nostrils; the partition scarcely, if any, shorter than the outer edges of the
tubes; tarsus compressed and with a ridge on the front edge; space between the end
of the nasal tubes and the base of the unguis (nail on the tip of upper mandible) more
than the length of the latter (nostrils at least partialh- visible from above; wings
less than 15.00).

d. Nostrils elevated above the line of the en I men when viewed from
the side; nasal tubes elevated and inflated anteriorly; under wing coverts dusky;
breast Avhite (Page 12. ) Prio'finus.

dd. Nostrils not notieeal)ly elevated above the line of the enlmen
when viewed from the side; compressed anteriorly and narrower than at the base;
edge of nostrils entireh' visible from above (under wing coverts white or else lower

parts dusky) (Page 13. ) Puffinus.

aa. JJ'ing less than /.on; tarsus not perceptibly longer than middle toe and
claw; tail forked, or at least emarginate ( Page 13. ) Oceano'droma.

Genus ^STREIvATA Bonaparte.

Exposed portion of inner web of primaries beneath dark ; bill wide at the gape;
under parts mostly white ; crown and back of the head dark ; upper tail coverts uniform
with the back; tail dusky (outer feathers sometimes mottled with white); anxilliaries
and under wing coverts mostly zvliite inwardly, margined with dark.

a. Larger and darker above; under tail coverts greyish dusk}-, very abruptly

white beneath the surface ; upper parts, including hind neck and upper tail coverts,

uniform brownish slate, darker on the wings and tail, and nearly black on the head;

the feathers of the hind neck and upper tail coverts (the latter very abruptly) white

beneath the surface ; forehead, lores, cheeks and entire lower parts white; the sides

and longer tail coverts sometimes barred with dusky; wing 11. 80-12. 00, tail 5.50-5.75

L267]

BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

(graduated for about 2.40), culmen 1.22, tarsus 1.40, middle toe with claw 1.78. Hah,
Middle Pacific from Hawaiian Islands to Galapagos (Ridgway). (No specimen in
Museum.)

13. !£,. phseopyg'ia Salv. Dark-rumped Petrel.
aa. Smaller and paler above; upper tail coverts ashy-grey, much less abruptly
white beneath the surface (bill stouter); larger; under wing coverts mostly dark; feathers
of the back distindlly edged with grey ; under parts white, except along the sides of
fore breast. Female similar. Yoioig: Smaller, with the under tail coverts as long as or
longer than the tail feathers ; upper back and tail coverts much more broadly edged
with blue-grey ; whole aspect of the back lighter ; less blue-grey on the sides of fore breast.
Length 1 1. 15-14.00 (12.75 ), wing 7. 40-8.60, tail 3.20-4.70, culmen 1.02-1. 10, tarsus i.io-
1.15, middle toe i. 40-1. 50, inner toe 1.15-1.20. Hah. North Pacific Ocean. Laysan, etc.
The following talkie will show the variation in measurements of young fledged birds

and adults : —

Juvenile (June rt^ ).

Male.
II .50

Adult ( September ).

Length • . • •

Wing

Taif

Culmen • . •
Tarsus ■ . . •
Middle toe.
Inner toe ■ •

7-50
3-70
1.08
1 .15
1.50
1 .20

Fenialc.

I I. 15
7.40
3.20
I .02

1-15
1.40

I -'5

PI. XIX., 7907, 7908.

14- ^

Male,

I 2.50

8.60

4-45
1. 10

1.40

1-15

I-'emale.

i4.oo(?)

«-75
4.70
I .10
I.. 15
1.50

I-I5

hypoleu'ca .Salv. Bonin Petrel

Ge.n-us BULWE'RIA B().\apakte.

Plumage entirely dusky sooty brown, darker on the upper parts (smaller);
under tail coverts falling short of the end of the tail by more than .50; the greater
lu/ng eoc'erts lighter hroivii 011 their edges, forming a quite well defined patch ; quills
nearly black. Doiviiy young: uniform dark sooty brown. Length about 10.00, wing
7.75, tail 4.50, ctilnien .90, tarstis 1.20. Hah. North Pacific Ocean. Laysan, Kauai,
French Frigates, Hawaii (Mills).

PI. XIX., 8768. 15. B. bul'weri (JAKD. & Set-bv). Bulwer's Petrel.

Genus PRIO'FINUS Hombr. & jAcy.

Tail long, cuneate; under surjace oj hody zvhite; feathers of the head and upper
plumage not edged with white ; back, greater wing coverts and primaries entirely deep
soot}- brown with slat}' brown beneath ; feathers of the back edged with paler brown;
sides of the neck greyish, mottled ; under tail coverts dusky ; auxiliaries dusky.
Length (J 17.50 $19.00, wing 11. 25-12.00, tail 6.00, culmen i. 50-1. 55, tarsus 1.75,
middle toe 2.15-2.25. Hah. North Pacific Ocean. Laysan, Kauai, etc.

PI. XIX., 7928. i6. P. cunea'tus (Salvin). "Wedge-tailed Shearwater, Unu kane.

[268]

PROCELLAR//D.-E. . i3

CrExrs PUFFINUS Brisson.

a. Lower parts uniform dusky black ( win"' never over lo.oo); bill deep black;
under wing coverts deep sooty black (darker); primaries and tail feathers black.
Length about 15.00, wing 9.10, tail 3.75, culmen 2.25, tarsus 1.70, middle toe 2.00.
Hah. Central Pacific Ocean. French Frigates, Laysan.

FI. XIX., 7942. 17. P. nativita'tis .Stkkkts. Christmas Island Shearwater.

aa. Lower parts uniform white including au.xiliaries and the central under tail
coverts; primaries dark beneath; head, neck and back, including wings and tail, a
ver^- uniform black ; the edge of the feathers sometimes brownish ; flanks and outer
under tail coverts blacki.sh ; border of under wing coverts blackish. Length 14.60, wing
9.25, culmen 1.30, tail 3.45, tarsus i.So, toe 2.20, depth of bill at base .50. Hab. Kauai.
PI. XIX., 9307. i8. P. new'elli^ Hensh.vw.

Gkxt-s OCEANO'DROMA Rkichknbach.

Plumage sooty black ; upper tail an-cr/s more or /ess white; base of all the tail

feathers white except the centre pair (tail not deeplv forked; longer of the upper tail

coverts tipped with black. Length about 8. 75, wing 5.90, tail 2.75, tarsus .82, middle

toe .95, tibia 1.60, culmen .58.' Hab. Central Pacific Ocean. Kauai, French Frigates,

Niiliau(?).

19. O. cryptoleucu'ra.' Hawaiian Storm Petrel, Oeoe.

Order STEGANOPODES.-Totipalmate Swimmers.

Faniilics,

a. Tail cuneate (or rounded); web between the toes only slightlj' emarginate;
no terminal hook to the bill.''

b. Middle tail feathers greatly elongated; whole head feathered; bill con-
ical, compressed and pointed; nostrils plainly visible. . (Page 14.) Phaethon'tidse.

^The description is taken from a specimen given to the Museum by Mr. F^rancis Gay. .A.pi-il 17, jgoo (B. P. B. M. No. 9307). During the
intei^-al between the writing and the publication of the description Mr. Henshaw has described a specimen taken by Mr. M. Newell (Brother
Matthias), which seems to be the same as the Kauai specimen in the Museum. I therefore withdraw my maun^cvipt name (with due apology
to Mr. Gay) in favor of Mr. Henshaw's published name. See Auk (1900), Vol. XVII., p. 246. The locality of Mr. Henshaw's type is at fault.
It doubtless is a misi>rint and should be Waihu Valley, Island of Maui, in the place of "Waihu Valley, Island of Mani."

9 Female in the colledlion taken by Mr. A. F. Judd on Kauai during the winter of rSgs-g,^, from which the aliove measurements
were taken.

*'^Dr. Schauinsland. in his list of the birds of Laysan Island, adds O. fuU^inosa (Gm.) to the Hawaiian fauna. It can be easily dis-
tinguished from (J. tryptulntcura by its larger size (length ,10, wing 7.50) and having the upper tail coverts the same color as the back.

" Since the preparation of the above I have a list of the birds obtained on Laysan by Dr. Schauinsland, Director Stadt. Museum, Bremen,
in which he gives Phalacrocmax pJagiius,Vz.\\. The species may be identified by the foUowinj; : The upper mandible terminating in a dis-
tinct hook ; tarsus hmger Ihan the hiud toe and flaic; with a small, scarcely noticeable gular sac ; bill slender with outline straight : tail much
longer thau the wing, graduated and composed of twelve feathers ; culmen less than 2.50 ; feathers on the lower jaw projecting forward be.
yond the anterior angle of the eye ; bead and neck rich glossy silky violet black: more purplish towards the head, becoming silky dark
green on the lower parts. Jirraiing p/nfna^f: Neck and rump ornamented with ver\' narrow white feathers, i'oitiig: Uniform brownish
dusky. Length 25.00-29.00, wing 9.50-10.60. /fab. Coast of Asia from Kamschalka to South China, from Alaska to South Mexico(?). (Hawaiian
Islands, Laysan. — Ih. Schaitinsland.)

[269]

14 BIRDS OF THE HAW- All AN GROUP.

bb. Middle tail feathers not greatly produced ; no external nostrils ; head

partly feathered ; bill thick through the base (Page 14.) Sul'idae.

aa. Tail deeply forked; webs between the toes deeply emarginate ; tarsus very
short, not longer than the hind toe and claw; wing and tail exceedingly long.

(Page 15.) Fregat'idae.

Family PHAETHONTID^.— Tropic Birds.

Charadlers the same as for the family (Page 14.) Pha ethoil.

Genus PHA'ETHON Lixn.«us.

Plumage very close and satiny; general color white, usually tinged with pink
or salmon color, with some black on the upper parts.

a. Outer ivch of p/i/imrirs -a'liitc to the base; elongated tail feathers carmine with
black shafts ; a black comma-shaped patch on the side of the head, starting at the cor-
ner of the mouth and prolonged backward behind the eye ; inner secondaries with a black
band down the middle; flank feathers with a greyish black shaft stripe; feet black; at
the base of toes yellow; bill red. Fciualc similar. / 'ciy voting have the whole back, head
and wings white barred with black. Length 30.00-36.00, culmen 3.50-3.70, depth of
bill .85-1.05, wing 12.50-13.00, tail without middle feathers 5.00, with middle feathers
16.50-20.00, tarsus 1.15-1.20. Hah. Central Pacific and Indian Ocean. Laysan, etc.

PI. XX., 8554, 9715. 20. P. rubricaud'a Bodd. Red-tailed Tropic Bird,

aa. Oii/o' pr/iiian'(\s icitlt the outer zcch lilack for the greater portion of its
length; elongated tail feathers white or apricot color; black on outer web of first pri-
mary falling short of the tip by an inch or more ; basal two-thirds of both mandibles
more or less blackish horn color; black on the side of the head much as in P. rubi-i-
cauda; a black band along the wing formed by the black tips of the median wing
coverts; innermost secondaries and scapulars with a very broad oblique black band;
shaft of long tail-feather black above, white below. Length 23.00-28.00, wing 10.50-
11.00, culmen 2.00, depth of bill .70, tarsus .75, middle toe 1.40, tail without plume
4.50, tail with long feathers 16.50-18.00. Hab. Inter-tropical seas. Hawaiian Islands.

PI. XX., 9895, 9896, 7599. 21. P. leptu'rus Lacep. & Daux. White-tailed Tropic Bird.

Family SUI^ID^.— Gannets.

(rlUUS.

Characters the same as for the family ■ (Page 14.) Sula.

Gexus STJI/A Pjkissox.

Bill sub-cylindrical and tapering to a point, the extremity of which is slightly-

urved; n'/io/c of Ura'c/- Jazc togctlwr n'itli the throat and chin naked. YoiDig: Upper

parts unicolor. ( Sub-genus Sula.)

[270

FREGATID.^. 15

a. Phtniagc of the head and iicck, as zvcll as most all of llic /ippcr parts,
pure ti'/u'tr.

b. Greater part of tail feathers broiiniish hlaek; naked skin of the face and
throat blackish (blueisli in life); neck and body entirely white; primaries, secondaries
together with most of the tail, brownish black ; wing coverts white. Yoioig: Head, neck
and npper parts plain dark brown; part of the neck streaked with white. NestUiios
covered with white down. Length 25.00-29.00, wing 15.00-17.00, tail S. 25-10. 00,
cnlmen 3.60-4.25, depth of bill i. 40-1. 60, tarsns 2.25, middle toe 3.25. Hah. Central
Pacific Ocean. Lavsan, French Frigates, Midway, etc.

PI. XXL, 7933. 22. S. cy'anops Srxn. Blue-faced Booby.

bb. Tail pure n'liite; outer web of primary feathers hoary grey; outer webs
of secondaries and their coverts hoary; smaller wing coverts white like the rest of the
body; all more or less rich white and tinged with buff; feet reddish. Young: Above
sootv brown, hind neck and lower parts light smokv grey (plumage extremely variable).
Length 23.00-27.00, wing 15.00, tail 6.75-7.25, culmen 3.40-3.50, depth of bill 1.40.
Hab. Inter-tropical seas. Niihau, Oahu, Lisianski, Laysan, French Frigates, etc.

PI. XXL, 7933. 23. S. pisca'tor (Linn). Red-footed Booby.

aa. PliDiiage of the upper parts /lu/fornt deep sooty brown; head, neck and chest

deep sootv brown like the back ; lower parts white; tail and wings uniform with the

back. ]'ouno: Nearlv uniform sootv brown, paler beneath. Length 30.00-31. 00, wing

15.50, tail 7.50, tarsus 1.80, culmen 4.00 (4.25$ ). Hab. Tropical seas. Xiihau,

Laysan, etc.
PL XXL, 8752. 24. S. sula LiN.x. Booby.

Famii.v FRE^GATID^.— Max-o'-war Bird.

(renus.
Chara(51:ers for the genus same as for the familv (P^g^ I5-) Frega'ta.

Genus FREGATA Civikk.

Culmen more than 4.25; bill long and strongly hooked at the extremitv, both
mandibles being curved downward. Male: Breast and sides sootv black and culmen
strong; feathers of the head, back and scapulars elongated, pointed, and a glossv oil-
green with a bronze sheen (no white on the flanks); gular pouch scarlet orange
(fading). Female: Breast and sides white; culmen longer (5.00); head and neck not
.so glossv; back of the neck, lesser and median wing coverts brown with paler margins.
Young-, both se.ves: Head and neck as well as iipper half of chest white with an occa-
sional rustv feather about head and sides ; upper breast dark sooty brown ; otherwise
as in the female. Length 37.50-41.00, wing 23.00-25.00, tail 15.00, tarsus .65. Hab.
Tropical and sub-tropical seas. Hawaiian Islands.

25. F. a'quila Lixx Man-o'-war Bird, Iwa.

r=7ii

x6 BIRDS OF THE / lAll'AI f.-lX (.ROLT.

Order ANSERES.— Lamellirostral Swimmers.

Faiuilv.
Only one family. Chara6lers same as for the order. . . .(Page i6.) Anatidae.

Family ANATID^.— Ducks, Geese, Etc.
Gen era.
a. Tarsus shorter tlian middle toe with claw.

b. No trace of teeth ( lamellse) along the side of lower mandible; distinct
tooth serrations along the npper edge ( Sub-family y]/r;;^/;/ir); culmen shorter than

tarsus; bill narrow and peculiar (Page 17.) Merganser.

bb. A verj' distinct row of teeth along the side of the lower mandible, in
addition to the series along the upper edge. ( Sub-family Aiiaf/iiw. )

C. Hind toe i/arroiciv lobed; neck shorter than the body; a colored
speculum on the wing.

d. Bill not spaliilate ( upper wing coverts not blue, more usuall}-
dark grey; ) tail feathers rather narrow and pointed at the tips.

e. Tail moderate with the centre pair of feathers not ver}'
long and tail graduated for less than one-third its total length ; bill rather broad and

aboiit the length of the head (Page 17.) AnaS.

ee. Tail long, with the central pair of feathers very long and
pointed; culmen longer than the middle toe (speculum broader than the light band at

the tip of the secondaries) (Page 18.) Dafila.

dd. Bill spatulate, /. r., broad at the end and narrower at the base;
upper wing coverts blue (no soft membrane on the sides of the bill towards the tip).

(Page 18.) Spatula.

CC. Hind toe ii'itli a broad nienibianous lobe (Sub-family Fiiligiilina^)\
feathers on the lores not reaching beyond posterior border of nostrils; graduation of
the tail much more than the length of the bill from the nostrils; distance from anterior
end of nostrils to tip of bill much greater than the same place to loral feathers.

(Page 18.) Charitonet'ta.
aa. Tarsus equal to or longer than the middle toe without the claw ; neck mod-
erately long, no cere on the bill. (Sub-family Anserince.)

f. Serrations on the entting edge of upper mandible risible
pom the outside for the greater portion of the length of the tomium; bill very stout,
its depth through the base more than equal to the length of the culmen ; color of adult

either w-hite or bluish with black primaries (Page 19.) Chen.

[272]

ANATID.E. 17

ff, Scrra/ioits 011 llie (itlliii<g edge of upper )mni(hhlc not I'lsi-
hlc lro)ii till' oiilsidi\ except at tlie base; toniiinn almost straight; bill moderate but strong.

g. W'rh ol feel not deeply excised, i.e., cut a\va_v

froui back aloug botli sides of the middle toe ( Page ig. ) Bratlta.

^^. Web of the feet deeply excised.

( Page 19. ) Nes'ochen.

C.KNTS MERGANSER Hkis.son.

Distance between nostrils and nearest feathers on the sides of upper mandible
decidedly- less than the depth of the upper mandible at base; feathering on sides of
base of upper mandible projecting far forward, forming a very decided though obtuse
angle. Adult u/ii/e: Head dull greenish black, the occiput with a long pointed crest;
neck and sides of chest dull brownish buff or light cinnamon streaked with black ; other
lower parts mainly white, usually tinged with cream color (Ridgwa}-). deuiale: Head
and neck reddish brown, darkest on the crown ; back scapulars and small wing coyerts
umber brown ; edge of the feathers paler; a white patch on the wing; under parts white.
Length 20.00-25.00, wing 8.60-9.00, culnien about 2.50, tarsus 1.S0-1.90, middle toe 2.40.
Hah. Northern portion of northern hemisphere, breeds northward. Hawaii," Oahu.

26. M. serra'tor (Lixx). Red-breasted Merganser.

Gkxx's A'NAS Lixx.4<:rs.

Culmen shorter than the middle toe; central tail feathers but slightly curled,
some specimens not at all.

a. No li'liite riug around llie eye;'- speculum greenish blue; under tail coyerts
in fully fledged uiale( ? ) more or less blackisli, edged and mixed with chestnut; rump
l)lackish, with \arying amount of chestnut; abdomen with pale greyish chestnut
ground streaked and spotted with blackish ; neck and breast of the same chestnut as
the under tail coyerts, with oyal blackish centres to the feathers of the chest, which
become mere streaks on the neck, most numerous on the chin (one specimen with less
black on the chin); lesser wing co\erts dark grey, with some paler edges; under wing
coyerts white; feet orange; speculum edged with a band of black followed by a white
one ( yariable in width in front), behind by a black band followed by a white one
equal to or wider than tlie black. Feiua/e similar. Length 6 al)out 1S.50 (vSeale),
wing 9.10-9.50, tail 3.50, culmen 1.80, tarsus 1.35, middle toe 2.10, depth of bill
.68-. 70; $ wing 8.50, tail 3.60, bill 1.80, tarsus i. 38, toe 2.00. Hat>. Hawaiian Islands.
V\. XXII . 916S, 9424. 27. A. wyvillia'na Sci.. Hawaiian Duck, Koloa maoli.

aa. A'/;/;'- 0/ xeliile Jetttliers u/xiut llie eye; centre pair of tail feathers l)ut little
curled at the tips. Male: General color of plumage rufescent; head and nape with a

'^Mr HeUNllaw reports the lakinji of two siJtcinitns nt-ar Hilo, Xovc:nl)er iSgy. Set- Aiik. \'ol W'HI., ]> jn;. I am also iTifonntd that
It has been taken on Oahu

iJDr. Schaninslaiiirs list a<l(ls .). */«,i;i. I.inn . from I.avsan It is (listinK»isln.<l from oilier Hawaiian chicks liv haviiii; no white rim;
abont the eye, and with the speenluiii greenish lihle. Length >4.no It is hardly possible lial the Doctor has eonfiiseil lliis with the iiiiich
smaller form which is indigenous to I.avsan

Ml MOIKS n 1-. 11, MISIIM, Vol.. I., No. ,',.—2. [27.1]

i8 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROLP.

greenish lustre, especially on the nape; throat mixed with a few white feathers; back,
fore neck, breast and flanks with dark rufescent markings. Female: Similar, but di ffers
in having more white on the chin; the upper throat much duller; some of the upper
and under tail coverts paler rufescent with dusky marks or bands; speculum blackish
in female. Length $ 16.00-16.50, wing 7.10-8.00, tail 3.30-3.50, tarsus i. 25-1. 55,
culnien i. 38-1. 50, toe i.So-2.00. Hal). Lavsan Island.

PI. XXII., 8745. 28. A. laysanen'sis'' Rorns. lyaysan Teal.

Geni-s SPAT'UlvA BoiE.

Longer scapulars with a white band along the centre part; abdomen deep chest-
nut; head and upper portion of the neck deep glossy green; lower neck, breast and
outer scapulars white; rump and upper tail coverts dark glossy- green with pale edges;
iippci' zcn/o- coffi/s and oiitfr edge 0/ /I/r tico laiigrsi Siapulars pale blue. Foiialc:
General color of upper parts brown, each feather edged with a bread reddish margin;
throat reddish and unspotted. Yoinio similar to adult female. Length 17.00-21.00,
wing 9.00-10.00, culmen 2.60-2.90, width of l)ill at end 1.10-1.20, at base .60, tarsus
1. 40-1. 50. Hah. Northern hemisphere. Hawaiian Lslands. ( No specimen in Museum. )

29. S. clypea'ta (Lixx.). Shoveller.

Genus DAFII^A Stephkxs.

Tail feathers not barred across; centre tail feathers blackish, lateral ones gre^-
with pale whitish margins; head dark, hair bjirK'n; a narrow band at the tip of the
last row of wing coverts cinnamon (larger, culmen 1.S5-2.25); anterior part of the
sides of neck, breast and abdomen greyish white; the breast with ver\- narrow, brown,
zigzag bars; head and upper neck hair brown, with a faint gloss on the sides of the
occiput. Male: Length 26.50-30.00, wing 11. 10, tail 7.50-9.50, culmen 2.08, tarsus
1.80. Feiiniie: vSmaller; tail feathers blackish, barred irregularly across with whitish
or ochraceous ; above greyish dusky varied with irregular bars of yellowish white or
pale ochraceous, each feather, except on throat, streaked with blackish. Male in first
breeding plumage has pale margin to the wing coverts, and most of the feathers of the
rump are broadly barred. ) o/ii/g male similar to adult female. Hah. Northern hemi-
sphere southward. Hawaiian Islands.

30. D. acuta Lixx. Pintail, Koloa mapu.

Gexis CHARITONET'TA Steixeckk.

Head and upper half of the neck rich metallic green with a purplish gloss on the
crown; with a patch of white extending from behind the eye across the occiput; lower
neck, lower parts, secondaries and scapulars white; back and upper parts black.
Female: Head and neck l)rown with faint gloss, a white patch on cheeks and ear
coverts; upper parts blackish brown, darkest on rump; under parts white tinged more

'■> Dr. Schauinsland's list gives .Xfttiuii crt'cca, Liliti.. Qiienjuedula ciirta, Cuititiiila albt-ola, I.inii., and Mait'ca awt-ricauti {(imel.), from
I,a\-san Island. These references are interesting additions to the Hawaiian birds, and are of valnc in the st\idv of distnl>ution.

[274]

ANATIDyE. 19

or less with brownish grey. Length abont 12.50, wing 6.25, tail 2.45. culmeu 1.15,
tarsns 1.12, toe 2.00, depth of liill .60. Hah. North America. Maui.'^

31. C. albe'ola (Lixx.i. Buffle-head.

Gents CHEN (Ken) Hcjie.
Adult a'illi tlif ir//()/c licaii and a I least part of tlic Jicrl; z^diitr as av// as the 1 ,'-
niaiiidcr oj tlic pliimaoc^ except the primaries and their coverts; bill a deep pnrplish
(in life) with a white nail; primaries black. Yoiiiio-: Head, neck and npper parts pale
greyish, the feathers of the latter with whitish edges, and .striped medianally with
darker, especially wing coverts and tertiaries; rump, tail coverts, tail and lower parts
plain white. Length 23.00-28.00, wing 14.50-17.00 ( 16.36), culmeu 2.55-2.70, tarsus
2.S0-3.25 (3.01), middle toe 2.00-2.50 (2.34). Hal). Western America, breeding iu
Alaska, migrating south. Hawaiian Islands. (No specimen iu the Museum.)

32. C. hyperbofe'us" (Pai.e.). I^esser Snow Goose.

Gents BRANTA Scopoi.i.

Bill and feet entirely black at all ages ; tail coverts white ; tail and cpiills uni-
form black; upper parts brownish, the featxhers with lighter tips.

a. Head partly 'a'l/itc, a white triangular patch on the cheek usually meeting
on the throat; lower parts deep brownish or brownish grev (often not much paler
than the upper parts) abruptly defined against the white of anal region; (smaller sizt\
-a'///i;- less IIkui /fi.oo, eiihi/ei/ less than /.-^jr) tail feathers usnallv 14 to 16 in number.
Length 23.00-25.00, wing 13.60-14.00, culmeu .95-1.15, tarsus 2.40-2.75. Hah. Pacific
coast of North America, breeding at Norton Sound, south in winter. Hawaiian Lslands.'^

33. B. canaden'sis minima Riik.w. Cackling Goose.

aa. Head entirely blaek; middle of the neck encircled hv a broad lehite collar.,
interrupted only behind; no chestnut on the breast; upper tail coverts very long;
upper parts nearly uniform dark sooty brown ; lower parts dark sooty slate, not dis-
tin(5lly if at all contrasted with black of chest, but abruptly defined against white
of anal region. Yonno-: Similar to adult but collar indistinct or obsolete; the larger
wing coverts broadly tipped with white. Length 22.00-29.00, wing 12.70-13.50, cul-
meu 1. 20-1. 35, tarsus 2.20-2.50. Hah. Western ArAic America, south in winter along

the western Pacific coast. Maui.'^

34. B. nigricans (Lawk.i. Black Brant.

Genus NBS'OCHEN Sai.vad.

Head and throat hlacl\ ichich color extends a little hehno the eye and down the
neck ; side of neck tawny buff, becoming lighter towards the lower parts ; upper sur-

15 The specimen from which the above is taken is one in the St. Louis Collejje cahinet. Brother Alfred, the eiuator. informs me it was
taken on Maui by Brother Matthias during his sojourn there.

16 Hon. Walter Rothschild (through Palmer) in Hit.: also adds Ansrr alhi/r;its ^nwhrli (Hartl.) from Hawaii.
■"Hon. Walter Koth.schild. in lilt. Kauai.

■* Specimen in St. I.ouis College cabinet taken on Maui bs Brother Matthias ; also Hon. Walter Rothschild. /)/ litl

[275]

liiKHS ()/■ /"///:' //.iii:i//J.v (:r(UT.

face (lull (lark iniibur, the feathers edged or barred wilh wliitish; rump dusky l)lack;
abdouien and under tail coverts white. luiud/c: Black extends farther down on the
side of the head and neck; bill and feet black. Lengtli about 23.00, wing 15.00, bill
1.75, tarsus 3.00, toe 3.25, tail 6.75. Hah. Hawaii.

35. N. sandvicensis (N'n,.). Hawaiian Goose, Nene.

Order HHRUDIONES.-Htroiis, Ibises, Etc.

Fanii/irs.

a. Bill ttiiich cur'i'cd, long and with nasal groove, linear and produced almost to
the tip of the bill. (Snb-order /hides.) Kill almost cylindrical, slender and narrower
than deep towards the tip, and curved downward for nearly the whole length.

(Page 20.) Ibididae.

aa. Bill prailicallr slraiolil; sides of upper mandible withoxit anv groove; hind
toe inserted on a level with the anterior ones; the middle toe with its claw pectinate
(toothed) on the inner edge (vSub-order J fciodii )\ \n\\ lance-shaped or compressed
and pointed ( Page 21.) Arde idae.

Famii.v IBID'ID^.— Ibisks.

(, I'll IIS.

.'\nterior aspect of the tarsus plated; head never more than moderatel\- crested
and not verv noticeable; chin, lores and base of cheeks bare, but the latter feathered to
bevond the anterior line of the eve; claw of the middle toe nearlv straight. Head of
the adult wholl}- feathered except lores . ( Page 20. ) Pleg'adis.

Gknts PI^EG'ADIS K \rp.

Adult with head, neck and lower portions uniformlv chestnut; upper parts
metallic green bronze and purple, most brilliant on upper surface of wings and tail;
lores lake-red in lilt\ turning brown in skin, or somewhat reddish brown; feathers s/ii-
raiiiidiiiii the hase a I the lull ichite. Wniiio: With lower parts grevish brown. Length
about 19.00-26.00, wing 9.30-10.80, culmen 3.75-6.00, tarsus 3.00-4.40, middle toe
2.10-2.85. Hah. Tropical America in general, west coast from Lower California to
Oregon. Hawaiian Islands."' ( No specimen in Museum.)

36. P. gruarauna (Lixx.) White-faced Glossy Ibis.

'9 Professor llngham informs iiit that si.cciiiieii ■■found on Molokai, which the natives said was a ■nialihini^ or stranger, and portions of

which were placed in the collection of the society ■ (Dole. Hawaiian .Annual, 1S79. p. 41) was one taken by himself from a flock of five

during September or Odtober. 1S65. The ■■fragments" were subsequently sent to Professor Baird at the Smithsonian Institution, Washington,
IJ. C. and have since been lost track of. Professor llrigham has since satisfied himself that the specimen was Plei^aiiii. This record, taken
in connecftion with the immature bird collected by Mr. Knudsen on Kauai in 1S72. seems to confirin Mr. Kidgway^s belief that I*, iinavatnm is
an accidental visitor to the islands from the west coast of America.

[276]

ARDHID.U. 2\

Family ARDE'ID^.— Hkroxs.

( rCllll'a.

With the tail composed of 12 feathers; claws rather short and strongly curved
(tail feathers stiffer than the coverts); (Sub-family Ardci'iur;) bill onlv moderate,
never equal to the lentj^th of the middle toe and tarsus combined; bill without distinct
serrations on the upper mandible; upper mandible with notch near the tip.

a. Ciiliuni /oiio/r Ihaii llir /ars/is, the latter longer than the middle toe.

(Page 21.) Demiegret'ta.

aa. Ciihiini shorter lluiii luiddlc loe ciiid ahoitl rc/ziu/ to tarsus; plumage of youno-
aud old vci \- different; bill thick, /. r., culmen rareh- more than four times as long as
the depth of ])ill at base ( Page 21.) Nycti'corax.

Gk.vis DEMIEGRETTA Ih.YTH.

General color alx)\e and Ijelow deep blackest slate, the feathers almost black;
feathers of tiie upper breast elongated like those of the middle back, both paler slaty grey;
abdomen and vent feathers tinged with ashy white; a pure white streak down the centre
of the throat. /vv/z^/A' similar. )'o//i/o: Paler and more sooty brown. White fonii:
Exactly similar to the grey form, only white. Hah. Malay Peninsular and islands to
Australia, Islands of the Pacific, Fiji, Samoa, etc., north to Imv of Corea. Hawaiian
I.slands(?)."

ZT. D. sacra (C'jmki..). Sacred Heron.

(iKNTs NYCTI'CORAX Stkphkxs.

Prcrailiiio- color, hlitish orcy iii adult, hroirnish and striped loi/o /tad/i/allr ir/'th
irhite in the \oiin_o-; gonys nearly straight; culmen and tarsus about equal (Sul)-genus
Nvetieorax)\ base of forehead and eyebrow white; no chestnut on the back and tail; no
white on the back ; under tail coverts white, as well as the under sides of the l)od\-, with a
delicate shade of grey, especially on the neck and chest; back and crown glossy black
green; wings dove color; head with two or three long slender white plumes, in the
bi'eeding plumage. Female: vSimilar to adult male both summer and winter. Yonii:^:
Light brown above, tinged with cinnamon, most marked on the wing quills; each
feather of the body with a white tear-shaped shaft stripe; quills with snuiU wliite
tips; sides of head and neck and entire lower parts striped white and grevish brown;
throat whitish. Length 23.00-26.00 (25.00), wing 11.60-12.50, tail 4.10-4.75, culmen
2.70-3.35, tarsus 2.72-3.05, middle toe 3.10-3.45, depth of l)eak .85-.95. Hah. Widc-

=°The reference which President Dole makes (Hawaiian Annua!. 1S79. p. 5-») to this species is tlie (inly .•icecjnill of its ever lieinn seen in
the Islands. Since he speaks of it as ■'connnon all over the jiroup," and ■'when in fxill phnnase the lon:.^^ feathers of the crest and hack are
blackish purple, and from the liack (>( the head jhjce loni; feathers of the purest white h.-ms,', ' etc. it is i|uite proliahle that the liird <le-
scrihed is the etnnmon .Xtiktt.

[277]

22 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

ranging form in suitable localities, North America southwards. Hawaiian Islands.
The following table of measurements are from specimens in the ^Museum :

Males. Females.

Adult. .\dult. Juvenile. .\duU. Adult. Juvenile.

Wing 12.50 12.10 11.60 •••• 12.50 12.00 11.50

Tail 4.60 4.70 4.50 4.10 4.75 4.50

Culmen 3.25 3.30 3.10 3.35 3.00 2.70

Tarsus 2.95 3.05 2.85 3.05 3.00 2.72

Middle toe 3.45 3.45 3.20 3.40 3.40

Depth of bill .85 .95 .85 .80 .95 .82

38. N. nycticorax naevius" (Bodd.). Black-crowned Night Heron, Auku kohili.

PI. XXIII., 55S4, 9170.

Order PALUI)ICOL.€.-Rails, Coots, Etc.

Fa mil V.

First primary longer than the seventh; wings less than 10 inches (except in
Porplivri())\ toes very long and slender, Avith "scallops" along the side in I'lilim; tail
usually quite rudimentary (Page 22. ) Rallidae.

F.\MiLv RALI/ID^. — R.\iLS, G.\i,LixrLES .\nd Coots.

Genera.
a. No enlarged shield-like process extending over the front part of the head;
(vSub-family Ralliutc;) middle toe and claw exceeding the length of the tarsus; sec-
ondaries practically equal to the primaries in length, or falling short of them by less
than the length of the hind toe and claw.

b. Tail feathers very soft and entirely hidden at the ends by the coverts

( Hawaii ) (Page 23. ) Pen'nula.

bb. Tail feathers not decomposed but ordinary' and evident with no white
secondary quills, the inner toe without the claw longer than the culmen; plumage
variegated; wings feebly developed and not as long as the tarsus and toes combined.

(Page 23.) Por^an'ula.

aa. An enlarged frontal .shield.

C. Toes without lobes or flaps. ( Sub-family Galliiiiiliiue?)

d. Nostrils oval, in a distinct nasal depression; frontal shield

rounded; wings nearly three times the length of the tarsus. . (Page 23.) Gallill'ula.
dd. Nostrils rounded; no nasal depression; plumage blue (wing

coverts ordinary); primaries much longer than secondaries. . (Page 24.) Porphy'rio.

»i The Hawaiian .rjH/tH seems not to differ from tlie .^incricau sub-species by any con.staiit cliaraclcr,

[278]

RALLID^. 23

CC. Toes provided with conspicuous lateral lobes or ilaps ; primaries
about equal to secondaries. (Sub-famih' FnliciiKe.) (Page 24.) Ful'ica.

GExrs PEN'NUI^A Dole.

General color above dark ruddy brown with darker centres to the feathers, pro-
ducing a somewhat mottled appearance; wing coverts like the back and very much
elongated; quills blackish with rusty brown outer edges; tail feathers blackish, com-
pletely hidden b}- the feathers of the rump; head more uniform brown with a ruddy
tinge; sides of the face like the top of the head; throat and under surface of the body
dark vinaceous ruddj^ a trifle paler shade on the throat. (Measurements from the
two mounted specimens in the Museum from Mills colle(5lion. ) Length about 5.50,
wing 2.70 do., tail .75 do., tarsus i.oo, loS, toe ( ? ) .85, culmen .75-. 76, depth of bill
.30 do."" Hah. Tlie uplands of Hawaii ; rare or extinct.

39. P. ecauda'ta ' King. Sandwich Rail, Moho.

Gkni-s POR^AN'UIvA Frohawk.

Upper parts generally sandy brown with black centres to the feathers ; sonic-
times white in the centre of the back or rump; wing coverts uniform with tlie back
except for the black .streaks; sides of the head, throat and breast dark ashy grey; flanks
and under tail coverts sandy brown, like back, with occasional white spots; under wino-
coverts sandy buff; wing and tail feathers brown with sandy margins. Length about
6.00, wing 2.18-2.25, tail i.oo-i.io, culmen .65-.80, middle toe 1.10-1.30. Hah. Lavsan.
PI. XXIV., 791 1, 7912. 40. P. palm'eri From. I^aysan Rail.

GExrs GAIylvIN'UI^A Bri.sson.

Uniform plumbeous, .sides of body streaked with white; base of lower mandible
red vermilion like shield; bill tipped with greenish yellow. Male: General color of
the back dark olive brown reflecfting ruddy brown; head and neck blackish fading into
slate-grey on the upper neck and under parts. Wijilcr adult: Similar, but frontal shield
smaller. Yoiiitg: Sooty black more or less mixed with white below. Adults in the

== Mr. Wilson, doubtless in error, gives total length about 13.00, wing 6,00, tarsus 3.25, middle toe with claw just under, -,,00, culmen .7s.

=3 Mr. Scott B, Wilson, in discussing the genus Tennula (.A.vcs Hawaiiensis, p, 171-17S) finds ,grounds for the making of three species— two
species in addition to the typical P. rcattdala. His description of I*. mnd-.'icensU (Gniel,) is based on the drawing executed by Mr, W, W, Hllis
it! 1779, to which Mr. Wilson appends Latham's description which is as follows ; "Size small ; bill dusky ash color ; general color of the plum-
age pale ferruginous ; the feathers on the upper parts darkest in the middle ; tail short, hid by the upper coverts ; legs dusky flesh color,
Inhabits Sandivich /i/t\v. Was also found on the island of Tanna; but the plumage is darker on the upper parts and the bill and legs yellow-
ish,—Sir Joseph Banks," The Ellis drawing is only the crudest suggestion of the general form of a Pciniithi, while Latham's description is
very meagre : and since there seems not to be a single example in any museum, and "no example of the Sandwich Rail has been met with
within human memory," it is quite possible that the drawings and description could have emanated from, and therefore should be referred tfj,
the well known extinct and exceedingly rare fcaiidala of King (17S5), Peinnila ?ri/.u>iii if. based "on the so-called 'Sandwich Rail' in the Leiden
Museum," The original description by Dr, (), Hinsch is here appended, ".Sehlegel's type in the Leiden Museum : Upper parts dark ruddv
brown with blackish centres to the feathers of the back and wings, producing on these parts well marked longitudinal .stripes: head and
neck somewhat lighter and uniform ruddy brown like the sides of the head and neck ; under parts uniform rusty brown shading into vinous
red. a little darker on the flanks; middle of chin somewhat lighter; anal region and lower tail coverts dark vinous red forming a well
marked darker patch ; primaries blackish very narrowlj- margined with brown on the outer webs ; broad and lax upper tail coverts with
eery narrow light rust\' brown apical margins, showing as lighter undulations ; bill and feet light horny brown (as far as can be judged
greenish in life). .SV.r iiiul liahilal unknown. " Measurements (/, c. Fiusch) ; Total length i,so miu,, wing 7,; mm,, culmeii u; mm., tarsus
xo nini.i tihia 7 niiu,, middle tqe and claw ,w mni.

[279]

24 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

autumn and winter have white on the abdomen and under wing coverts. Length about

14.00, wing 6.75, tail 1.50, culmen and shield 2.00, tarsus 2.25-2.50, toe 3.00, hind toe

1.25. Hab. Hawaiian Islands.
PI. XXIV., 9745. 41. G. sandvicen'sis Streets. Hawaiian Gallinule, Alae.

Gems PORPH Y RIO Brisson.

Thighs purplish brown; inner secondaries black (with no distinct patch of blue
on the throat); under surface uniform bluish except the under tail coverts which are
white; general color of back black; primaries black; frontal plate, bill, legs and feet
red. Length 17.25, wing 14.50, tail 4.00, culmen and shield 2.70, tarsus 3.35, toe 4.00.
Hab. Australia, New Zealand, New Guinea. Oahu; introduced.

42. P. melano'tus Xkwt. Alae awi.

(iKXfs FUXICA Lixx.-Krs.

General color above and lielow slatv grey; under tail coverts black, the lateral ones
white with the inner half of the feather black ; outer secondaries broadly tipped with
wliite, one specimen with under parts suffused with whitish, and flank stripes wanting in
all the specimens in the colledlion; quills blackish brown; back browner. Length
16.25, 15-60, 16.25; wing 7.00, do., do.; tail 2.10, 2.20, 2.30; culmen including shield
2.25, 2.05, 2.10; tarsus 2.25, 2.15, 2.20; toe 3.25, do., do. Hab. Hawaiian Islands.
PI. XXIV., 9432. 43. F. alai Pe.vle. Hawaiian Coot, < Alae keokeo.

Order LIMICOL.-E.-Shore Birds.

Faiiiilicx.

a. Naked portion of the thigh much more than the length of the middle toe;
tarsus more than twice the length of the middle toe; nasal groove not extending be-
yond half the length of culmen ( Page 26. ) Recurviros'tridae.

aa. Naked portion of thigh less than the length of middle toe; tarsus less than
twice the length of the middle toe.

b. Toes with distin(5lly scalloped web, and with a serration along the edge

of the planta-tarsi as in the grebes ( Page 25. ) Phalaropo'didcC.

bb. Toes without scalloped webs and no serrated edge to the planta-tarsi;
nasal groove extending along the greater part of the upper mandible.

C. Front of tarsus covered with a continuous row of transverse scutulre.
d. Bill slender; exposed culmen longer than middle toe without
the claw; end of bill with a more or less rounded or sometimes expanded tip.

(Page 26. ) Scolopac'idae,

=4 A partial alhiiio {Miiseuin No. S70S) was collecled on Maui I)v Mr. i\ V. WiUlt-r, November 4. iS9g,

[280]

PHALAROJ'ODID. I:. 25

dd. Bill stout and pointed, cnlnien arclicd toward the tip, very
pointed and wedge-shaped at the tip; or, exposed culnien equal to or shorter than the

middle toe without the claw ( Page 29. ) Aphriz'idse.

CC. Front of tarsus covered with small irregular or hexagonal scales
in front and behind, and with the dentrum or end of the upper mandible enlarged; bill
shorter than the tarsus ( Page 28. ) Charadi'idse.

Family PHAI^AROPO'DID^.— Phalaroi-ks.

(rri/rra.

a. Bill slender, almost cylindrical, not widening towards the end; nostrils sepa-
rated from the loral feathers bv a space equal to the depth of tlie upper mandible at
the base ( Page 25. ) PhalaropUS.

aa. Kill broad, flattened, somewhat widened toward the end; nostrils somewhat
separated from the loral feathers b\- a space less than the depth of the upjier mandible
at the base ( Page 25. ) Crymo philus.

(iKxrs PHAI^AR'OPUS Hkissox.

Web between middle and outer toes extending to or beyond the second joint of
the latter; lateral membrane of all the toes distinctly scalloped. (Sub-genus Pliala-
rop/is.) Adult /cii/d/c ill siiiuiiicr : Abo\-e dark plumbeous, the back striped with
ochreous buff; wings dusk\-, the greater coverts broadly tipped with white; lower parts
white; chest and sides of neck rufous. Adult iiiulr in siiiiiiiici : Similar to tlie female,
but colors duller, the rufous confined to the sides of the neck and less distinct ; the
chest cliiefl\- mixed with white or greyish. Uiiitcr /^liniiaoc : Forehead, supercilliar\-
stripe, sides of head and neck with lower parts generalh- pure white; top of head grey-
ish ; upper parts chiefly greyish ; under parts for the most part white. Length 7.00, wing
4.10, tail 1.90, culmen .88, toe .90. Hah. Arftic regions; soutlnvard in winter. Kauai.

44. P. loba'tus-' (Lixx). Northern Phalerope.

Gexus CRYMO'PHIIvUS \'ikii.i.ot.

Stiiininr fciiialr: Fore part of head deep plumbeous black; hind neck plain
cinnamon and plnmbeoiis ; .sides of head white ; sides of neck and entire under parts
vinous chestnut ; general color of back .sandy buff, streaked with black centres to the
feathers; lesser wing coverts .slaty blue with whitish edgings. Male: vSimilar to the
female, but less brightly colored; the head sandy brown streaked with blackish like
the back; a good deal of white on the under surface of the body and throat. Mali- in
ii.'nitcr: Bluish grey above; wings more dusk}- than in summer, but still retain the
white markings; head, neck and lower parts pure white, with the occiput and space
about the 63-6 dark plumbeous. ]'i)iiii>^ : Top of head, hind neck, back and scapulars

-> The only specimen in the Museum was one shot by Mr. ,\. F. Judd on K,^nai durinji the winter of 1892-93. This seems to be the first
record of P. lubatus appealing in Hawaii

[.Si]

26 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

dull black, the feathers edged with ochraceous ; wing coverts, rump and upper tail
coverts plumbeous. Length about 7.75, wing 5.00, tail 2.10, tarsus .80, culmen .80,
toe .82. Hub. Northern portions of northern hemisphere. Hawaii, Maui."

45. Crymo'philus fuleca'rius (Lixx.). Red Phalarope.

F.vMiLY RBCURVIROS'TRID^.— vStilts .\nd Avocets.

Genus.
With the hind toe absent ; toes with scarcel}- any web, and divided to the base;
bill nearly straight (Page 26.) Himan'topus.

Genus HIMAN'TOPUS Brisson.

Under surface of the body white; head and neck behind black, with no complete
white collar on the latter; forehead white; ear coverts and sides of face black; back of
neck and upper parts, including wings, black with a deep gloss; tail light grey tipped
with black. Length about 15.00, wing S. 75-9. 50, tail 3.25-3.30, culmen 2.80-3.10,
tai'sus 4.75, middle toe 1.80. If ah. Hawaiian Islands,
ri. XXV., 9429. 46. H. knud'seni Stejn. Hawaiian Stilt, Kukuluaeo.

F.^MiLv SCOLOPAC'ID^.— SNIPE.S, S.\ndpipkrs, Etc.

Genera.
a. Back of tarsus with continuous row of transverse scutulce ( /. r., scjuare plates );
bill straight. Ears situated decidedly posterior to the eye (not underneath it'"); plum-
age varying with the .seasons. (Sub-family Ti i)igiiia'.)
b. Hind toe present.

C. No web between the anterior toes; bill but slightly if at all widened
at the tip ; exposed culmen longer than the middle toe and claw .... (Page 27. ) Trin'ga.
CC. Middle toe united to one or both of the lateral toes by a membrane;
tail not more than half as long as the wing.

d. Tail longer than the exposed culmen ; wing more than 4.50;
axillaries uniform greyish or dusky; no web between the middle and inner toe.

(Page 27.) Heteracti'tis.
dd. Tail shorter than the exposed culmen; wing more than 7.00;

terminal portion of both mandibles smooth and hard (Page 27.) I/inio'sa.

bb. Hind toe absent (Page 28. ) Cal'idris.

aa. Back of tarsus covered with hexagonal scales. (Sub-family Niiiniiuc.)

(Page 28.) Ntime'nius.

2b A specinieti in fine winter plnmage is iu the colled^ion made by Brother Matthias, on Maui, which is now in the St. Louis College
cabinet. Honolulu, h'l-oni this specimen the above description and measurements are taken. (See also llenshaw. Auk. XVII.. p. 203.) Dr_
*3chauiusland lists this species from Lavsan Island.

2? Mr. Ileushaw adds Gallinago delkata (Ord.;, from Hawaii.

L282]

SCOLOPACID^E. 27

Gkxus TRINGA Lixx-Brs.

Middle tail feathers longer and more pointed than the rest; tarsus longer
than the middle toe and claw; exposed culmen not longer than the tarsus, and less
than half as long as the tail (Sub-genus Ado dronias); wing more than 4.50; rump and
tail coverts plain brownish black : shaft of all tlie quills white for a portion of its
length. Adult male: General color above sandy rufous streaked with black down the
centre of the feathers ; lesser wing coverts dull brown ; primary coverts blackish; crown
of head bright sandy rufous streaked with black ; lores and a distinct eyebrow white
with a narrower streak of blackish; under surface of bod}- white; the chin unspotted;
the throat and fore neck tinged with rufous and minutely spotted. Female similar.
Winter: Much browner than the summer plumage without the rufous except on the
head Young: With more rufous on the upper parts than the old birds. Length 7.75,
wing 5.10, tail 2.10, culmen .90, tarsus 1.20, middle toe i.io. HalK Far north, breed-
ing in .Alaska, migrating soutli. Oahu," Maui, Lavsau.

47. T. acuminata ' (Housi. ). Sharp-tailed Sandpiper.

GKxrs HETERACTITIS Stkjxkckh.

(reueral color at). ire unijonu ash-greyisli with slightlv indicated ligliter martj-ins;
na.sal grooves more tlian half as long as the exposed culmen; lower back, rump and
upper tail coverts purer grey; wing coverts like the back; lores blackish. Winter:
Under surface of the body white with asli-grey shade over the fore neck and chest; sides
of flanks and chest also ash}' grey. Female similar. Summer: Above plain brownish
gray varied with dusky; lower parts white tinged with grayish on the fore neck; fore
heck streaked; rest of lower parts barred with dusk}-. }7)ung: i\.bove brownish gre-\-,
the feathers margined M'ith buff or pale ochraceous and finely mottled transversely with
greyish. Length 10.50-12.00, wing 6.40-6.75, tail 2.90-3.00, culmen i. 50-1. 70, tarsus
1. 25-1. 32, toes 1. 25-1. 30. //al). Pacific coast of America, southward, wide-ranging.
Hawaiian Islands.
PI. XXV. . 9159. 48. H. incanus (G.MKL.). Wandering Tatler, Ulili.

Gexus JylMO'SA P.Ri.s.sox.

Wing without white patch ; with the tail distinctly barred; upper tail coverts
white with brownish or dusky markings ; under parts, head and neck plain cinnamon
color; general- color over the back blackish mottled with chestnut red; wing coverts
greyish varied with dusky shaft streaks and whitish margins. JVinter: Head, neck
and lower parts whitish, darkest on the chest, streaked with duskv about the head and
neck; breast and sides of body with a few shaft streaks and bars of brownish o-rey.

25 The Museum's specimen of T. acnmiuata wn^ taken l>y Mr. .\. F. Judcl in Moanalua valley near Tlonolulu. I have examined a specimen
taken on Maui by Brother Matthias which is nou- in the St. Louis College cabinet. Ur. richauiiislatid includes it in his list from Laysan.
29 Triuga ante) icana, Cass., is added bv Dr. Schauiijsland's list of birds from Lavsan : also T. maadata, Vieill, from Hawaii (Hensh.l

[283]

28 jiiRDS oj-' /'///■: //.III. I//. I. y (./kOI'/'.

Fetnalc: Similar to male but larger. Young: Above, including wing coverts, buffy
gre^-ish or dull clay color irregularly varied with dusky ; lower parts dull buffy whitish
shaded across chest with deeper greyish buff. Length 14.60-16.00, wing 8.25-9.15,

culmen 3.17-4.70, tarsus 2.00-2.45, middle toe 1.10-1.35 Hah. Coasts of

Eastern Asia and across to Alaska, migrating south in winter to New Zealand and
Australia; Lower California, casual in winter (Ridgway). Kauai. '°

49. ly. lappon'ica bau'eri (XAr:\i.). Pacific Godwit.

Gexus CAlv'IDRIS CrviKK.

Wtn/er: General color above light ash}- grey with more or less distinct hoary
edges to the feathers and blackish shaft stripes ; under parts white. Summer: Differs
from t!ie winter in being mottled and not unifcjrm ; greater wing coverts broadly tipped
with white; above light rust\-, mottled and spotted with blackish on the feathers; head,
neck and chest light rustv. Spriiio : Above light grevish coarsely spotted with black,
streaks of black on the neck. ) 'ouug: Similar to winter adult but not so uniform
above. Onlv seen in winter plumage in Hawaii(?). I^ength about 8.00, wing 4.80-
4.90, tail 2.25-2.30, tarsus .95, middle toe .73, culmen .90-1.00. Hah. Nearly cosmo-
politan. Hawaiian Islands.

50. C. arena'ria ( Linn. ). Sanderling, Hunakai.

Grni-s NUME'NIUS BKIS.SON.

/■'rallicrs 0/ ///r ///igl/s /t'l'miua/ii/g hi long hi-istl('-Ii/:c poiiils; quills with whitish
or rufous on the inner edge; a central longitudinal pale band down the crown, with
the sides of the crown blackish brown forming a broad baud down the sides of the
latter; auxilliaries pale cinnamon barred with wide stripes of dark brown ; upper parts
sootv brown and buff; tail coverts uniform cinnamon buff; lower parts dull buff;
cheeks, neck and breast streaked with brown. Female similar. Length about 17.00,
wing 9.00-9.25, tail 3.75, culmen 2.95-3.25, tarsus 2.15-2.35. Hah. Most of the islands
of the Pacific. Hawaiian Islands.

?1. XXV., 9752. 51. N. tahitien'sis (Gjiki-.). Bristle-thighed Curlew, Kioea.

F.\Mii.v CHARADRIID^.— Plovers.

deuus.
With no spur and no facial wattles; wing less than 8.00; plumage without
metallic tint; head not crested; no hind toe (Page 28. ) Charad'rius.

Gknus CHARADRIUS Linn-Sus.

No hind toe. Adull summer: General color above mottled with black, golden
and ashy chin, throat and lower parts dull dusky black; a frontal band and long ej-e-

30 Thf specimen fiom whieh the above desciiiHiuii was taken is in the possession of Mr. Francis Gay and was secured h\' him on the
island ot Kaua The measurements are, length 17.00. wing y.oo. tail 5.00. culmen 4.10. tarsus 2.25, middle toe 1.50 (?). .\ fine winter specimen
is in St. I.ouis Colleu'e cabinet. Dr. .Schauinslatid also records Linmsa uovtr-zmhindi^. Salv.. from T^avsan.

CIlARADRIfD.E.

brow white or buffy white; wing feathers I)hick with white shafts. Aiiull iriiilcr:
With no black on nnder parts, which are whitish on the throat and bell\- and liglit
brownish streaked with g-rey elsewhere, more streaks on the chest; nsnally less yellow
above than in summer. )'()/ii/o: Similar to adults but with more golden above; crown
blacker. Length 9.85-10.00, wing 6.35-6.65, tail 2.65-2.90, culmen .85-1.00, tarsus
1. 60-1. 92 (1.70), toe 1. 20-1. 32, depth of bill .25. Hah. Breeding in Northern Asia
and Alaska, southward to Polynesia. Hawaiian Islands. Tlic following table of meas-
urements is taken from specimens in the Museum series:

-Male Male, Male. Male. Male. 1-eniale I-emale. l-"eiilale.

Length 9-90 9.85 10.00 9-75 10.00 10.00 10.00 lo.oo

Wing 6.65 6.40 6.50 6.55 A. 35 6.45 6.75 6.50

Tail 2.90 2.80 2. So 2.72 2. So 2.65 2. So 2.75

Culmen .98 .98 1.00 .90 i .00 .85 .90 .97

Tar.su.s 1.85 1.92 1.70 1.60 1.70 1.70 1.76 1.75

Toe 1 .25 1 .30 1 .25 1 .20 1 .32 1 .25 1 .30 1 .25

Depth of bill .25 .2ft .25 .25 .2h .25 .26 .26

52. C. domin'icus fulvus' (Cmi i. i Pacific Golden Plover, Kolea.
I>1. XXV., 9397, 9897.

F.\Mii.v APHRI^'ID^.— ScRK Birds .vxd Tikxstoxk.s.

Cii'i/its.
Nasal grooves not more than half the length of the upper mandible; tail slightly
rounded ; terminal half of tlie bill pointed ( Page 29. ) Arena'ria.

Gkm-s ARENA'RIA I'.ris.sox.

Head white and streaked with black, or head blackish brown; throat white,
followed by a broad black band, /v/// ndii// iiialr: General color above black mixed
with chestnut or partly chestnut feathers; entire rump pure white; upper tail coverts
black, longer ones white; quills l)lack with white shafts; crown of head and hind neck
white; lores white; sides of neck, fore neck and breast black ; throat white; abdomen
white. I-'cnutIc: Duller all over and with less chestnut. 11 '/'///cr: Above nearh- uni-
form dusky brown, edges of feathers ashy brown; head uniform brown like the back;
hind neck and side of neck ashy mottled with dusky centres. Vokiiq-: General color
above dusky brown; throat and under surface of bodv white. Length about 8.00, wing
5.60-5.95, tail 2.40-2.50, culmen .88-.90, tarsus .95-1.05, toe 1.05, depth of beak .30.
Hab. Cosmopolitan. Hawaiian Islands.

Fl. XX\'., S726. 9174. 53. A. inter'pres ' ( Lixx. ). Turnstone, Akekeke.

3JMr. Henshaw adds S(//tahiro/a si/uafamla (I.inn.) from Hawaii. (Aiik. XVIL. p. 202.

5- It is probable that A . iu/t'ifiirs (Linn.) and .1 . nn-lanoccfi/ialu (Vig.) both visit the islands. I [owever. I ha\e seen no spocimens of Iht
latter that have been taken in the ^rroii]).

[285]

30 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

Order (tALLIN^4^.— Gallinaceous Birds.

Fa)iiilies.

Hind toe rather small and short, less than half the length of the outer toe and
inserted above the level of the middle toe. ( Snb-order Phasiaui. )

a. Head entirely feathered, tarsus without spur . . . . ( Page 30. ) Tetraon idse.
aa. Head partly naked, tarsus with spur ( Page 30.) Phasianidas.

Family TETRAON'ID^.— OrAiLS, Ere.

(JCN/IS.

Tarsi and nasal fossse naked; wings less than 6.00 ( vSub-family Pcrdiciiia-)\
cutting edge of lower mandible somewhat serrate; first wing quill shorter than the
seventh; tail shorter than the wing; wing not more than 5.50; plumage much varied;
tail more than two-thirds the length of wing; crest lengthened and distinct from tlie
feathers of the crown ( Page 30. ) I^Ophor'tyx.

Genus I^OPHOR'TYX Hoxapaktk.

Crest black; throat uniform black in the adult males; flanks olive brown or

greyish streaked with chestnut. Male: Belly with black scale-like markings and a

central patch of chestnut. Female: Prevailing color smoky greyish or brownish.

YoiiJio-: Above finely mottled brownish; throat and abdomen diill whitish. Length

about 9.50, wing 4.35-4.70, tail 4.10-4.70, tarsus i. 20-1. 25. Hah. California and

Oregon. Hawaiian Islands; introduced.

54. I/, californ'ica (.Shaw). California Partridge.

Family PHASIAN'ID^.— Pheasants.
(reiiiis.
Head feathered except about the eyes; tail lengthened and graduated, the
feathers tapering to a point; sexes different. (Sub-family PliasiuiiuF.)

(Page 30. ) Phasia'nus.

Gkxvs PHASIA'NUS Lixx.^jrs.

a. Under parts fiery copper chestnut. Male: A w^hite ring about the middle of
the neck; the neck metallic green; the breast with metallic coppery and purple reflec-
tions. Feiiiale: With all the tail feathers barred with blackish and dirty white on a
brownish ground. Length 20.00 in the female to 30.00 in the males; wing 8.50-10.50,
tail iT.00-20.00. Hall. China. Hawaiian Lslands; introduced.

55. P. torqua'tus Cmfj.. Ring-neck Pheasant.

[286]

PERIS TERID. E. 3 1

aa. Ihider parts dark green; no white ring a1)()ut the neck; throat and side of
the neck with a purplish gloss; top of the head bronze green; the lower neck and
mantle dark green varied with Iniff lines which follow the shape of the feathers; lesser
wing coverts greenish slate; larger wing coverts as well as the lower feathers of the
mantle with bright ferric ochraceous markings; rump greenish. Female: Feathers of
the mantle almost cntirelv black in the middle, with sometimes a shaft stripe of rufous
and green tip to the feathers; feathers to the mantle and nape indistinAly tipped witli
dark green ; under parts light buff; all the feathers of the chest, breast, sides and flanks
strongly marked with black. Length 24.00-29.00, wing 8.20-9.65, tail 10.00-14.00,
tarsTis 2.20-2.70, toe 2.50. ffah. Japanese Islands. Oahu; introduced.

56. P. versicolor- \'n:n.i,. Japanese Pheasant.

Order COLUMB.^.-Pigeons.

Eaiiiily.
Tarsus almost as long or longer than the middle toe ; tail feathers twelve or more.

(Page 31.) Peristeridse.

Family PBRISTER'ID^.— Ground Pigeons, Etc.

Genus.

Without metallic spots on tlie wings; tail rather broad; tarsus naked on the
upper parts; neck with a dark collar. (Sub-familv Tiirtnrijur.) Same characters
for the genus (l^'ige 31.) Turtur.

Gknus turtur vSia.Bv.

Feathers of the hind neck bifurcated (forked at the tip); black with white ter-
minal spots (Sub-genus Spilopelia)\ under tail coverts grev ; upper parts, back, rump,
etc., light brown edged with lighter brown ; top of head blue grev ; back of neck vin-
ous; lower parts rich vinous, lightest on the chin and abdomen; outer wing coverts
lead-grey ; outer pair of tail feathers black tipped with broad white band. Eeiiiale
similar. Yoititg: Paler and duller all over. Length 1 2.50-13.00, wing 6.00-6.25, tail
5.00-5.50, tarsus .90-1.00, toe 1.20. I lab. China. Hawaiian Islands; introduced.

57. T. chinen'sis (Scoi.). Chinese Turtle Dove.

33 Hybrids between the two species of pheasants here given frequently occur. The numerous .itteTn])ts to introduce gmue birds into tlie
islands have met with varied success, so that "wild" turkey, chickens, guinea fowls, pea fowls, etc., are not infretiuently met with.

[287]

32 />'/A'DS OF THE IIAWAIIAX (.ROfP.

Order RAPTORES.-Birds of Prey.

Faun lies..

Head entirely feathered; no web l:)et\veen the inner and middle toe; hind toe
w ith lar_s4'e shar]) elaw.

a. l{\e.s lateral, not snrronnded 1)\' disks of radiating feathers; onter toe not
reversible. ( Sub-order lurlcoui-s. ) ( Page 32. ) Falcon idae.

aa. E^'es surrounded by disks of radiating feathers; both eyes directed forward;
cere concealed b\- loral and frontal feathers ( Sub-order .S7;74'-^'.s); facial disks distinct
and extending as far above the eye as below it ; inner toe decidedly shorter than the
outer one; first quill shorter than the third ( Page 33. ) Bubon idae.

Family FAI^CONID^.— Falcons, Hawks, Etc.

(•ciifi-a.
Nostrils not circular, nor linear and oblique; with the upper end of the nasal
opening the anterior one ( Sub-family ^^rtv/!'///'///;';^'); tail not forked; front of tarsus
covered with large transverse scutulas ; claws grooved beneath ; cutting edge of upper
mandible not notched; tip of upper mandible produced into a conspicuous hook.

a. Face encircled by a ruff of short stiffened feathers, as in the owls.

(Page 32.) Circus.

aa. P"ace not encircled by a ruff; tail not more than two-thirds the length of th.e
wing; primaries exceeding the secondaries by much more than the length of the tarsus
in front ; wings more than four times as long as the tarsus ( Page 33. ) Buteo.

Gkms circus Lacepkdk.

Male: Above dull blue-grey, darker and inclined to brownish cm the head, back
and scapulars; the neck somewhat mottled with buffy white; facial ruff ashy grey;
chin whitisli ; throat, sides of neck and breast dull greyish; rest of under parts white;
tail bluish grey; upper tail coverts white. Fniialc: Above dusky brown ; head and
neck streaked; the lesser wing coverts spotted; feathers of rump edged with rusty;
facial ruff buffy white streaked with dark brown; tail ashy grey with five bars of dark
brown, the interspaces more or less rufous; under surface of body buffy white with
broad streaks of brown cm the breast, thighs and abdomen. )'(>/( i/i;: Above ashy brown
or blackish brown with rufous margins to the feathers; wing coverts spotted with deep
rust}- ; ear coverts uniform bright dark brown; feathers of the disks browner; lower
parts rich rusty ochraceons, paler posteriorlw Length 19.so-24.oo, wing 12.90-16.00,

[28,S]

BUBON/D.^.. 33

tail 8.80-10.50, tar.sus 2.85-3.25, middle toe i. 20-1. 55. Hah. Whole of North America,

southward; accidental in Hawaiian Island.s. (No specimens in the Museum.)

58. C. hudson'ius (Lixx). Marsh Hawk.

Gents BUTBO Cvvier.

Upper parts, back, head and upper tail coverts blackish lirown ; secondaries and
wing coverts like the back; all with paler margins, and with some tawny rusty; throat
white; sides of breast brown mottled with white; black shafts to all the dark feathers;
abdomen, tibia and under tail coverts white with faint brownish markings; quills
blackish above; from the notch to the base of inner web white with faint brownish bands
varying in size and extent ; tail, general color brownish with bands of smoky brown and
dull ash-grey. Fcvialc: Larger and similar (one specimen shows indistinct bands of
brownish and tawny on the wing coverts and back ) . ] 'oiDig: Darker above, more rnsty
edgings to the feathers of the sides and back of the neck ; throat with narrow shaft
stripes; breast and under parts with more brown than white; thighs brown with rusty;
under tail coverts whitish with cross bars of brown slightly edged with ochraceous
rusty. Length about 15.50. Measurements taken from three specimens: Wing 9.50,
10.60, 11.75; tail 5.50, 5.60, 6.40; tarsus 2.60, 2.30, 2.60; culmen i.io, 1.25, 1.30; toe
1.90, 1.75, 2.10. (The last set of measurements are from the female.) Hab. Hawaii.
PI. XX\I., 5521. 59. B. solita'rius'^ Pkalk. Hawaiian Hawk, Id.

Familv BUBONI'D^.— Owls.

(JCIIltS.

Charaiflers as given for the family (Page 33. ) Asio.

Gems A'SIO ISkisson.

Light bands on cjuills less than ten in number; under surface of cpiills barred
across with brown ; tips entirely brown ; face more or less fulvescent with brownish
black ; ear tufts short ; ground color varying in individuals from tawn}- ochraceous to
buffy white relieved by dark brown stripes; wings mottled with dnsky and ochraceous;
tail ochraceous and bnff}' ; outer feathers lighter. YoiDig: Above dark sepia brown, the
feathers broadly tipped with buff; face uniform brownish black; lower parts wholl\-
plain dull buffy tinged with smoky greyish anteriorh-. Hah. Hawaiian Islands. The
following measurements seem to justify the separation sub-specificall}- of the Hawaiian
form from the larger North American bird :

Sex. Lctigth. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Toe. Culiueii.

11-15 5-40 I -33 I -60 I.IO

11.80 5.50 1.35 1. 58 1. 1 2

1 1 -20 5.55 1.38 1.55 1.08

11-50 5-45 1-36 1.55 i-i"

PI. XXVI., 9835. 60. A. accipitri'nus sandvicen'sis'MBi.ox. ). Hawaiian Owl, Pueo.

34 There are some uucertain references to "^ Pandion solitaiim" which are with diflficuU\" leconciled with the habits of the species given
above. A fish-hawk {Pandiov) may yet be taken in the group.

35 To correspond with the form usually adopted iand7i'u/if)is/s is changed to iartdz-ui-uns.

Memoirs B. P. B. Museum, Vol. I., No. 3.-3. [2*^9 J

. p. B. Museum No.

9.835-

13-25

No.

10,067.

14.00

No.

1,284.

—

H-25

No.

9,272.

14.00

34 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

Order PASSERES.-Perching Birds.

Fa)iiilifs.

Tarsus compressed behind, forming a comparatively sharp edge, or else hind
claw longer than its digit and straight, the enveloping membrane ( /. <"., tarsal sheath)
divided into not more than three longitudinal segments which may be either cut up
into transverse segments or fused into continuous plates. ( Sub-order Oscines.)

a. Posterior half of the tarsus not compressed but rounded and divided into dis-
tinct segments like the anterior half ( Page 35.) Alatl'didae.

aa. Posterior half of the tarsus compressed with the lateral plates forming
a sharp ridge.

b. No bastard primary (i.e., the first primary obsolete), the outer primar}'
falling short of the wing by less than the length of the hind toe without the claw; bill
of various forms but with a well developed operculum ; tongue a more or less modified
tubular brush. A very heterogeneous family embracing the greater part of the

Hawaiian passerine avi-fauna ( Page 39. ) Drepan'ididae.

bb. Tenth or outer primary present, but varying in length.

C. Primaries apparently only nine, the tenth being exceedingly rudi-
mentary; tip of the bill not hooked; bill straight and cone-shaped. Bird sparrow-like.
d. Wing less than 2.40; nostrils placed high on the bill nearer the

culmen than the tomium ( Page 39. ) Ploce'ldcC.

dd. Wing more than 2.48; bill notched and with a few bristles

at the gape ; true sparrows ( Page 38. ) Fringill'idae.

CC. Primaries obviously ten, or else the bill hooked; tarsus longer
than the middle toe with claw.

e. Tarsus more or less distin6lly scutulate in front.

f. Tail feathers normal, but not especially long; nasal
feathers erect or inclined backward ; nasal bristles either present or wanting.

g. No nasal bristles; nasal feathers inclined back-
ward somewhat; first primar}? minute, not reaching to the tip of the wing coverts;

white patch on the wing at base of primaries ( Page 37. ) Stur'nidae.

^^. Nasal bristles present.

h. Large birds ; wing more than 4.00.

(Page 35.) Cor'vidse.
hh. Small birds ; wing less than 4.00.

i. First primary not over .30; bill slender

and notched near the tip ; nasal openings not pronounced . . . . ( Page 58. ) Sylvi'idae.

[290]

ALA UDID.^—COR I VD.^:. 35

ii. First primary more than a third the
length of the second ; bill rather broad and flat ; nasal bristles extending forward for

half the length of the culmen ( Page 36. ) MtlScicap'idae.

ff. Tail feathers long, gradnated; tail longer than the
wing; nostrils basal in an iinossified groove; first primary abont half the length of. the

second; with or withont anxiliary plumes ( Page 56. ) Meliphag'idae.

ee. Tarsi not divided into scutulae in front except at extreme

lower portion ; with few recffal bristles.

j. Wing less than 3.00; small brown
birds ; young not spotted ( See i., page 34 ) ( Page 58. ) Sylvi'idae.

jj. Wing more than 3.00; the young
spotted ( Page 59. ) Tur'didse.

Family ALAU'DIDJB.— Larks.

Wing falling short of the tail by more than the length of the tarsus; hind claw
ver}' long; culmen shorter than the middle toe; first primarv rudimentar\- ; plumage
mainly dull brownish ( Page 35. ) Alau'da.

Genus AlyAU'DA LiNx.^jrs.
The feathers with blackish centres, everywhere producing a streaked appear-
ance ; the scapulars and lower mantle with greyish edges to the feathers ; chest tawnv
buff streaked with black ; outer tail feathers white with some dusky along the inner
web. IViJiier: Plumage more tawny. Young: More tawnj' than the winter adults,
with more white above and black streaks changing to subterminal spots of dark brown.
Length about 7.50, wing 4.35-4.55, tail 2.90-3.05, culmen .45-. 50, tarsus .95. Hab.

Europe and Asia. Hawaiian Islands; introduced.

61. A. arven'sis Lixn. Skylark.

Family COR'VID^.— Crows, Etc.
Gcints.
Bill without a distinct subterminal notch at the tip; hind toe strong; wing fall-
ing short of the tip of the tail by less than the length of the tarsus; nostrils concealed
by bristles; first primary long as secondaries (Sub-family Cori'iiiic)\ tarsus longer
than culmen ( Page 35. ) CorVtlS.

Genus COR'VUS Linx^us.

Head deep brown or blackish ; back lightest on the tertiaries and secondaries,
and grey-brown on the primaries; rump and tail blackish brown uniform with
mantle; primary shafts brown above, below more whitish brown. Length 18.00-20.00,
wing 13.00, tail 7.75-8.50, culmen 2.20-2.40, depth of bill i.oo-i.io, tarsus 2.50-2.65,

toe 2.10-2.30. Hah. Hawaii.

PL XXVI., 6599. 62. C. hawaiien'sis Peale. Hawaiian Crow, Alala.

[291]

36 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

Family MUSCICAPID^.— Fi.v-catchers.
Genus.
Bill broad, soft, rather flat, slightly hooked at the tip, and furnished with numer-
ous recftal bristles which reach beyond the middle of culmen; culmeu keeled; wing
falling short of the end of the tail by about the length of the tarsus ; wing longer than
the tail ; bill at base not as broad as the length of the hind toe without the claw ; the
second primary a half inch shorter than the third. Peciiliar to the Hawaiian Islands.

(Page 36.) Chasiem'pis.

Genis CHASIEM'PIS Cabaxis.

C. SAXDVICENSIS.

a. Voinio- of all s/>{rirs.- Wing coyerts spotted with tawny ochraceous; throat
ochraceous; base of lower mandible lighter without black or white on the throat.

b. Browner aboye, ochraceous of throat and tail coverts deeper; head not
so ochraceous. ( See description of adult C. sand-^'urz/s/s. )

bb. Lighter, more ochraceous aboye, throat and upper tail coyerts rusty
ochraceous. (See description of adult C. ^g'iw/ and C. sc/a/c/-/.)

aa. Adult of all species: Wing coyerts spotted with white; black or white or
both on the throat ; lower mandible dark ; tail coverts white.

C. Above bluish grey. Adult: Above uniform dark smoky grey; up-
per tail coyerts pure white; wing coverts blackish, with greater and lesser coverts
tipped with white forming two fairh* distinct bars across the wing; quills blackish
with grav'ish fulyous edges tipped with white; lores and superciliarv" stripe whitish or
buff}- white ; centre of throat white surrounded by buffy and buffy grey feathers, form-
ing a more or less distinct perioral girdle; sides of the body greyish white with wash of
rusty ; abdomen and imder tail coyerts white ; white on outer web of tail feathers narrow
and extending along the edge for the greater part of its length ; white tip about .35 broad.
Yoituo-: Deep tawny buff or ochraceous about the rump, head and neck; under tail
coverts tawny; wing bands rusty. Length 5.25-5.50, wing 2.55-2.95, tail 2.35-2.60,
culmen .45-.50, depth of bill .16, width .22, tarsus .So-. 89, toe .65. Hab. Kauai.

PI. XX\'II., 6657, 9410. 63. C. scla'teri Rimiw. Apekepeke.

CC. Above brownish.

d. White tips to the outer tail feathers, usually longer than .50;

white tip and outer edging of the secondaries neither wide nor prolonged. Adult:

[292]

STURNID.-E. 37

Above brown tinged with rufous; upper tail coverts white; forehead, lores and super-
ciliary stripe white; wing coverts black with white spots; primary coverts blackish;
primaries brown with rusty or buffy white edges ; feathers of the throat black tipped
with white, which is conspicuous in older birds; chest and sides of the body reddish
brown, sometimes with white tips; abdomen and under tail coverts pure white; outer
edge of outer pair of tail feathers whitish for most of their length ; inner web white for
at least .40. hitermediate plumage : Forehead, lores and superciliary stripe rustj'
white; upper parts similar to adult, usually more rusty; upper tail coverts white with
ochraceous tinge; wings as above; throat white, followed by a sooty black patch, and
this in turn bv rufous brown as in adult ; rest of lower parts similar to adult. Young:
Tawnv ochraceous brown above; head tawn^- with darker centres to the feathers; upper
tail coverts ochraceous; primaries and tail feathers showing ochraceous; wing coverts
brown tipped with ochraceous; under parts rusty, buff and grey passing to whitish
grey on the abdomen. Length 5.50-5.75, wing 2.70-2.75, tail 2.40-2.65, culmen .47-.53,
depth of bill .20, width .18, tarsus .90, toe .63. Hab. Hawaii.

PI. XX\'II,, 992:,, 9924. 64. C. sandvicen'sis''M G.MEL.). Hawaii Elepaio.

dd. White tips to outer pair of tail feathers usually less than .50;
white tips and edgings to the secondaries quite pronounced ; above brownish ( feathers
with bluish bases) washed with tawny ochraceous, especially about the head; tail
coverts white; wing coverts brownish black forming a well defined bar; lesser coverts
tipped less regularly with white ; primaries brown with buff edges ; forehead rusty
ochraceous; lores and about the eyes white; chin white; throat black with more or less
white tips (not so conspicuous as in sandi'iaiisis); breast with some reddish brown; ab-
domen white. Intcniicdiatc plumage : Similar to young, but showing brownish black
in the throat, and more or less white in the wing and tip of the tail. Young: Above,
tawny ochraceous brown, most ochraceous on the sides and back of the neck; upper
tail coverts tawnv ochraceous; forehead, lores, chin, throat and cliest tawny ochraceous;
abdomen white; under tail coverts tawny; wing coverts and primaries brown with
ochraceous edges, larger wing coverts sometimes showing white tips forming a less
conspicuous bar than in adults. Length 5.50-6.00, wing 2.55-2.65, tail 2.50-2.55,
culmen .40-.45, tarsus .95-1.00, toe .60. Hab. Oahu.

PI. XXVII., 9252, 9258, 9255, 9259, 9260, 9407. 65. C. gayi Wil.son. Oahu Blepaio.

F.\MiLv STUR'NID^.— St.\rlings, Min.\s, Etc.

Goius.
Hind claw stronger than the claw of the middle toe; in prepared skins the feet
reach almost to the end of the tail; bill somewhat curved; culmen less than the tarsus
in length ( Page 38. ) Acridothe'res.

i" with the material at haiiil it is iniposaihii.- tti separate thi; two torins which are supposeil to occur on the island of Hawaii,

[293]

38 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

Genus ACRIDOTHE'RES X'ieillot.

With a bare patch of yellow skin below and behind the eye; lower mandible
black at the base; with white on the base of primaries forming a speculum; no black
on breast and abdomen ; above vinous brown with an ashy shade, as is also the breast
and sides of the bod}' ; abdomen and under tail coverts white; head and neck blackish.
Female similar. Length 9.50, wing 5.50, tail 3.45, tarsus 1.40. Hab. Indian Penin-
sula. Hawaiian Islands; introduced.

66. A. tristis (Lixx.). False Mina.

Family FRINGII/I^'IDi^.— Sparrows, Finches, Etc.

Genera.
Depth of bill at base less than the length of hind toe with claw, and less than
two-thirds the length of the tarsus.

a. Gonys slightl}' convex; a light brownish spot on speculum at base of quills.

(Page 38.) Passer.

aa. Gonys not appreciably convex; no light spot or speculum at base of quills;
wing less than five times as long as the tarsus; first quill decidedl}' longer than the
fourth; depth of bill at base about equal to the length of culmen.

(Page 38. ) Carpod'acus.
Genus PASSER Brisson.

Brownish above; the back streaked with black; wing with two -white bands;
under parts pale greyish or greyish white. Male: With black throat continued over
the chest ; ear coverts dull grey ; top of head greyish with a large patch of bright
chestnut on the sides. Female: With the throat not black; back streaked or mottled
with blackish; a pale superciliary stripe; cheeks dingy brown like the ear coverts;
browner than the male. Young: Both sexes resemble the adult female but are whiter
below, especially on the throat. Length 5.50-6.25, wing 2.90-3.00, tail 2.45-2.50.
Hah. Europe, America, etc. Hawaiian Islands; introduced; common.

67. P. domesticus Linn. European House Sparrow.

Genus CARPODACUS K.up.

Sides of body streaked or always with well defined shaft lines of brown, and with

a distinct eyebrow ; tail not decidedh- shorter than wing ; not distindlly emarginated

(Sub-genus Burriea)\ crown of head not broadl}- streaked; abdomen a.shy white

streaked with brown; general color above light ashy brown slightly streaked with

darker brown. Male: Rump, lores, forehead, throat and breast crimson. Female:

General color above brown slightly mottled with dusk}- centres to the feathers; upper

tail coverts like the back; crown similar and more or less mottled; lores ashy white;

under surface white broadly streaked with dusk}- brown. Length about 5.25-5.50,

[294]

PLOCEID^—DREPANIDID^. 39

wing 3.10, tail 2.35, culmen .40, depth of bill .30, tarsus .75, toe .50. Hab. Western
part of North America. Hawaiian Islands ; introduced.

68. C. mexica'nus obscu'rus McCall. House Finch, "Rice Bird."

Family PI^OCEID^.— Weaver Birds.
Genus.
The first primarj- short, not longer than the primary coverts (Sub-family
Viduin(s)\ tail about equal to the wing; centre feathers somewhat produced and
pointed, but the tail itself wedge-shaped and not greatly graduated; bill swollen and
rounded ; culmen strongly arched ; tail moderately long, never exceeding the wing by
as mvich as the tarsus with the middle toe and claw ( Page 39.) Mu'nia.

Genus MU'NIA Hodgson.

Legs dark; under tail coverts buffy white; throat deep chestnut; sides of bodj-
oculated with black and white spots; tail from above greyish olive j-ellow; rump
feathers plain with lighter edges ; general color above warm chocolate brown with nar-
row whitish shaft lines, the lower back waved with dusky brown cross bars; quills
dusky brown. Adult female similar to the male in color. Young: Nearly uniform
reddish brown ; upper tail coverts more yellowish brown ; wing coverts like the back;
crown of head and sides of face like the back ; under parts of the body deep sand}-
brown; feet and bill paler. Length 4.40-4.55, culmen .45, wing 2.15-2.30, tail 1.60-
1.80, tarsus .60. Hab. Malayan Peninsula. Hawaii, Maui, Oahu; introduced.

69. M. niso'ria (Temm.). Chinese Sparrow.

Familv DRBPAN'IDID^.— Honey-suckers.

(iciicra.
a. Bill very strong., deep and hawfinch-like in form ; depth of bill at base about
equal to (never less than) hind toe without the claw; culmen not longer than hind
toe with the claw, and never shorter than .50. Length never less than 5.15.

b. Upper mandible longer than the lower by at least .10; both gouys and
culmen strongly curved; plumage in adult males j-ellow on the throat.

C. Wing not exceeding 3.10; culmen strongly curved (parrot-like) and
exceeding the lower mandible by the length of the hind claw ; yellow super-loral stripe.

(Page 53.) Pseudones'tor.
CC. ^^''ing more than 3.10; culmen curved but not exceeding the lower
mandible b^- more than the length of the hind claw (except rarely in Fsittacirostra).

d. Back without any back shaft streaks; head yellow; upper

mandible light colored.

e. Head, neck and chest bright gamboge yellow; primaries

edged externally with yellow olive , ( Page 54. ) I/Oxioi'des,

[295]

40 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

ee. Head and neck in the male yellow, female olive green;
edge of primaries slightly yellow olive; feet light brown (in the skin).

(Page 53.) Psittaciros'tra.
dd. Back with more or less distinct blackish or brownish shaft
streaks; upper mandible horn-color; feet black or bluish black.

(Page 54. ) Telespi'^a.
bb. Upper mandible exceeding the lower by not more than .10; bill very
wide and deep; depth not less than .58, and width not less than .38.

f. Wing more than 4.00; bill bluish grey; gonys

straight or very slightly decurved (Page 55.) Rhodacatl'this.

ff. Wing less than 4.00; bill dull flesh color and very

thick and clunis}- ; gonys curved (Page 56. ) Chlor idops.

aa. Bill of various forms but never deeper nor broader than .30; or, if so, verv

long and much decurved.

g. Culmen, cutting edge of mandibles and gonys
all perceptibly decurved, except in Hclci-orlivmlnts 7i'//sou/ where the gonys is straight
(where curve of bill is questionable, culmen more than .50).

h. Culmen very long and remarkably curved;
culmen never less (usually much more) than .70.

i. Upper mandible at least one-third its
length longer than the lower mandible; color never red or black.

(Page 51.) Heterorhyn'chus.
ii. tapper mandible not one-third longer
than the lower mandible; tip of the wings falling" short of the tip of the tail (in the
skin) by less than the length of the tarsus.

j. Bill light vermilion (becoming de-
cidedly paler in old skins); primaries and tail feathers black. (Page 42.) Vestia'ria.

jj. Bill for the most part black or
blackish brown ; lores black or brownish black.

k. Plumage chieflv olive; prima-
ries never edged or tipped with whitish ; bill sickle-like. ( Page 50. ) Hetnigna'thuS.

kk. Plumage chiefly black; pri-
maries edged or tipped with whitish.

I. With yellow feathers over
the rump in adults; under tail coverts elongated and loose-webbed; bill less curved.

(Page 41.) Drep'anis.

II. With no yellow in the plu-
mage at any age; bill much stronger and much more curved; under tail coverts

normal (Page 42.) Drepanoram'phus.

[296]

DREPANIDID.-E. 41

hh. Ciilmen not very long nor remarkably
curved; both of the mandibles of pradlically the same length.

m. With a more or less

prominent crest; length more than 6.50 (Page 43.) Palme'ria.

mm. Without crest ; adult
birds either crimson or yellowish olive; length less than 6.50.

n. General color crim-
son, or with more or less red cast to the plumage; bill and feet black or blackish.

(Page 43.) Himati'one.
nn. General color yel-
lowish olive or olive grev; upper mandible brown or bluish slate at the base.

O. The bill but slight-
ly curved; culmen more than .75; wing more than 2.95; bill bluish slate.

(Page 46. ) Viridon'ia.
00. The bill curved ;
culmen less than .75; wing less than 2.95; upper mandible brown.

(Page 44.) Chlorodrep'anis.
SS- ^i^^ pradlically straight, or where questionable
less than .50; wing less than 3.40.

p. Bill bluish horn
at the base (finch-like), sometimes slightly crossed at the tip; feet black or blackish.

q. Lores not black;
neck above and below nearly iiniform in color; crown never gamboge yellow.

(Page 48.) IvOx'ops.
qq. Lores black;
color of neck above and below different ; crown gamboge yellow in advilts.

(Page 48.) Chrysomit'ridops."
pp. Bills of various
forms, but not bluish horn at the base; feet brown or pinkish in life.

r. Breast, wings

and tail black, with red on under parts; length 5.50 (Page 44.) Cir'idopS.

rr. The breast,
wing and tail not black; no red in the plumage; length less than 5.50.

S. Larger; the
wing more than 2.30; outer primary (first primary wanting) as short or shorter than

the fifth from the outer ( Page 46. ) Oreomy'za.

SS. .Smaller;
wing less than 2.30; outer primary ecpial to the fifth from the outer; bill slender, very
slightly decurved; never more than .55 (Page 46.) Rothschild'ia.^''

Genus DREP'ANIS Temmixck.

With yellow on the rump and upper tail coverts; both mandibles pra(5lically the
same length and strongly curved; culmen more than equal to the tarsus in length;

27 Included under the genus Loxop^: see page 4S.

38 United with tlle genus Chlorodrepanis^ the single species thereby becoming Chloyodtcpanii patva (Stejn.J.

[297]

BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

body, both above and below, fine deep black; rnmp, npper tail coverts, under tail

coverts, thighs, lesser wing coverts and margin of the wing fine rich yellow, "crocus

3'ellow" (Wilson); primary- coverts white; tail feathers blackish, showing a little dull

white for .50 along the shaft of the outer pair ; primaries black with the outer edge, for

its distal third, white; secondaries black tipped with white. Sexes mid yoking: Length

about 8.00, wing 4.00-4.15, tail 2.65-2.90, chord of culmen i. 62-1. 70, depth of bill .30,

width .30, tarsus 1.15, toe .75. Hab. Hawaii.

70. D. paci'fica (Gmel.). Mamo.

Genus DREPANORHAM PHUS Rothschild.

FIG. 2. n. FUNEREA.

With the upper and lower parts fine deep black, with no 3'ellow on the rump;

base of the upper mandible yellow or whitish; tail and inner edge of primaries deep

black ; outer edge of primaries smoky black at base, passing to whitish and forming a

white conspicuous patch. Female: Similar, but with a shorter bill. Length about

8.00, wing 3.90-4.00, tail 2.55-2.80, chord of culmen 1.85-2. 15, depth .32, tarsus i.io-

1.20, toe 1. 00. Hah. Molokai.
PI. XXVII., 6696. 71. D. fune'rea'' ( Newton). Perkins' Mamo.

Gknu.s VESTIA'RIA Fle.mixg.

FIG.

coceiNE.v.

Bill curved ; about the same length as head ; bill and feet vermilion in life, dry-
ing whitish ; general color uniform scarlet vermilion including scapulars and lesser wing

3«I lake pleasure in adopting the new generic name for /'. fiiiieira (Newton) proposed by the Hon. Walter Rothschild in his "A\-ifauna
of Laysan. etc." (Part III., p. 163). While it is unfortunate that the single example of this genus could not have been left as a species of the
old and well known genus DrepanU. the facts are the form differs from it sufficiently to warrant the change.

[29.S]

DREPANIDID.^..

coverts ; tertiaries tipped with white ; wing and tail feathers deep black. Female similar.
Young: All the vermilion parts grev, with some greenish and gallstone yellow ; feathers
with black tips, and vermilion showing here and there. Length 6.00, wing 2.87, tail 2.00,
tarsus 1.00-1.12, culmen .97-1.10. Hab. Hawaiian Islands, throughout the group.
PI. XXVIII., 9792, 9342, 9338, 9333, 9340, 9348, 9899. 72. V. coccin'ea Forster. liwi.

Genus PAIyMK'RIA Rothschild.

FIG. 4. p. noi.Ei.

Forehead and crown covered with long lanceolate feathers forming a linear

crest which rolls forward over the base of the beak ; crest grey in front, darker on the

crown ; occipital feathers lanceolate, elongated and tipped with bright scarlet orange;

feathers of the back blackish with silvery shaft stripes and tipped with scarlet orange;

tail and wing feathers black, the former tipped (?), the latter narrowly margined

with whitish ; throat dirty silver gre}- ; breast like the back. Young: Brownish grey

above, with some black feathers showing orange tips ; breast showing smok}' gre^-; under

tail coverts whitish. Length 6.50-6.75, wing 3.30-3.50, tail 2.65-2.80, culmen .70-.75,

depth of bill .25, tarsus 1.10-1.20, toe .80. Hah. Molokai, Maui.
PI. XXVIII., 6595, 6596. 73. P. dolei-"" (Wilson).

Genus HIMATI'ONE C.\banis.

FIG.

C. STEJNEGERI. H. SANGUINEA.

C. PARVA.

O. B.\IRDI.

a. General color above dark crimson (^blood red), richest on the head and neck;
primaries black, faintly edged with ashy; secondaries with crimson buff; tail feathers
black; throat, breast and sides uniform with the back; abdomen white. Female:
Slightly lighter than the inale(?). Young: General color brown, washed with ful-
vous or buff; with buffy margins to the wing coverts; lower parts similar to upper;
with or without crimson feathers here and there, varying with age. Length 5.15-5.25,
wing 2.70-3.00, tail 2.05-2.15, culmen .65-.70, depth of bill .15, tarsus .75-.80, toe .70.
Hab. Hawaiian Islands, throughout the group.

PI. XXVIII., 7996, 9803, 9322, 9898, 9309, 9324. 74. H. sanguin'ea (Gmel.). Apapa'ne.

4oThe above species was named in honor of Hon. ^. B. Pole, and not a "wine jar" as the erroneous spelling dolu would make it.

[299]

44 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

aa. Head, throat and breast bright scarlet vermilion, richest on the head; abdo-
men grey-brown; under tail coverts lighter brown; upper tail coverts a lighter shade
of vermilion than the head ; primaries brownish black edged with buffy ; secondaries
brown edged with buffy and vermilion. Female: Similar, but paler. Young: Dull
brown above and light ash on the under parts. Lighter than H. saiigiiniea^ and with
a shorter bill. Length about 5.25, wing 2.48-2.65, tail 2.25-2.40, culmen .50-.55,
depth of bill .20, tarsus .80-.85, toe .70. Hab. Laysan.

75. H. freethi Roths. I^aysan Honey-eater.

Genus CIR'IDOPS Wilson.

Breast, wings, tail and forehead black ; occiput and upper part of mantle silvery

gre}', shading into smoky greA'-brown on the mantle; lower breast, rump, upper tail

coverts and median wing coverts bright scarlet; under tail coverts rich brown. Sexes

and young unknown. Length about 5.50, wing 3.30, tail 2.20, culmen .40, tarsus .75,

toe .70, hallux with claw .65. Hah. Hawaii.

76. C. anna (Dole). Ulaaihawane.

Genus CHI^ORODREP ANIS Perkins.

Upper parts olive; lower parts more or less olive or yellow; bill curved; first
primary wanting; second primary equal to or longer than the third and fourth; nasal
opercula overhung at tlie base by a few weak bristles; fifth quill equal to or longer
than the first. ^'omii^: Duller and very similar in color, usually greyish olive on
the back.

a. Wing never less than 2.35, bill perceptibly decurved.

b. Adults larger in size with stronger bills; beak not less than .60; wing
in males not less than 2.55.

C. With scarcel}' a trace of black on the chin at the base of the lower
mandible; lores blackish with a yellowish super-loral stripe; scarcely- a trace of black
at base of upper mandible ; upper parts olive green, yellowest on the rump ; forehead
yellower olive than the crown ; primary coverts, wing and tail feathers brown edged
with olive; lower parts golden green, almost lemon vellow; bill strongest of the seven
species. /v'w^?/r very similar. Length about 4. 50-4. 85, wing 2.62-2.70, tail i. 62-1. 70,
culmen .72-. 75, depth of bill .25, tarsus .92, toe .70. Hah. Kauai.

PI. XXIX., 9396. 77. C. stejneg'eri (Wilson). Kauai Amaki'hi.

CC. With a fairly distinct, narrow, ill-defined, blackish band about the
base of the beak; lores blackish ; yellow super-loral stripe not reaching quite to tlie
base of the beak.

d. Trifle larger; tarsus .82-.95 ; centre of breast vellower; upper
parts dark olive green, yellowest on the rump, darkest on the head; lower parts fine
yellow, yellowest on the chest; thighs grey; wing coverts, wing and tail feathers

brownish black edged with olive. Female: Above greyish olive, greyest on the head,

L300]

•

DREPANIDID.^. 45

showing most yellow on the upper tail coverts and outer edge of primaries and tail
feathers; with a whitish yellow super-loral stripe; lower parts grey washed with yel-
low. Length 4.50-4.70, wing 2.45 ( ? wing 2.75? ), tail i. 75-1. 95, citlmen .60-.70, depth
of bill .16, tarsus .80-.95, toe .65. Hab. Maui.

78. C. wilson'i (Roths). Maui Amakihi.

dd. Trifle smaller; tarsus .75-. 82; centre of breast more olive

yellow. Length about 4.50, wing 2.40-2.60, tail i. 65-1. 95, culmen .55-.65, depth of

bill .16, toe .60. Hab. Molokai.

79. C. kalaa'na (\Vii..sox)^'. Molokai Amakihi.

bb. Adults averaging smaller in size; with weaker bills; beak not more
than .60; wing not more than 2.60.

e. Above yellowish green, yellowest on the rump; bright
yellow on the chest.

f. Abdomen showing more white ; rump not so decided
yellowish olive; wing coverts, primaries and tail feathers edged with olive green; edge
of wing vcllowish; under wing coverts white; lores, together with a scarcely percepti-
ble streak over the base of the upper mandible, blackish ; super-loral stripe indistinct
yellow. Female: Grev olive green, greyest on the head ; more tawu}- on the rump;
wings and tail edged with olive; secondaries outer edge at tip white; median and
greater wing coverts tipped with white or ochraceous white; greyish on the throat
with more or less wash of yellow passing to tawny white on the breast, and fulvous
on lower flanks. Young tiiairs: Showing more vellow and olive on the under parts.
Length 4.75-5.10, wing 2.45-2.60, tail i. 70-1. 80, culmen .56-. 60, depth of bill .16,

•tarsus .80, toe .86. Hab. Oahu.

80. C. chloris (Cab). Oahu Amakihi.

flf. Back olive yellow, becoming decided vellow olive on
the rump; less olive below; lores grevish sooty; super-loral stripe less strongly con-
trasted with the adjacent parts. Female: Back quite olive grey, yellowest on the
rump ; lores darkest ; super-loral stripe quite distinct ; lower parts yellowish grey with
olive. Length 4.20-4.40, wing 2.35-2.50, tail i. 70-1. 80, culmen .60, tarsus .75-.85,

toe .65. Hab. Lanai.

81. C. chloridoi'des^M \Vii..soN ). I^anai Amakihi.

*^ Differing but slightly from typical C chJorii, and Mr, Wilson's propt)sed Iaiiuii species ( \ c/ilm idoidt'^. Selected specimens from a short
senea of spring birds (May to June) show the following fairly constant differences. A/a/t'i : Under parts of kakutiia more olive and golden
than in (V^/f';'/(/o/(/f'j. which in turn is less lemon yellow than in typical i/ihiis; color of feet and beak similar; ^■<7/i7a«a duller olive yellow
above than r///(>/"/i'. which is duller than (///(';v(/('/(//'i which is decidedly yellowish olive on the rump ; lores of ^'(//cawi? blackest, chloridoides
next, while r/ihi is is decidedly greyish sooty ; super-loral stripe most extensive in kalaana, brightest in chloi /i, and least contrasted with the
adjacent parts ill r/;7()77(/(>/(^ci. With the females ^'(//crti;^ is lightest olive grey above, quite light over the upper mantle and differing from
chloi is, which is deeper, and from cUloi idoidcs in being less olive grey : rump and tail coverts of kahiana grey with but slight olive cast ; chloris
is tawny olive, while chloridoides is olive green ; lores of kalaana smoky grey, not differing from chloris, but lighter than thloridoidcs where
t hey are sooty ; super-loral stripes in kalaai/a yellower and more noticeable than in chloris, and less so than in chloridoides which is quite a de-
cided yellow; below, /'rt/tuiHrt greyish olive white with yellow wash; chloris wilh more grey and less yellow; chloridoides yellowish olive.
Hence, male kalaana has the under parts more olive and golden, duller olive yellow above ; lores blackest; super-loral stripe more extended;
otherwise similar to (///(^r/i. I-'eiuale : Lighter olive grey above, quite light over the mantle: rump similar to upper mantle; lores smok\-
grey; super-loral stripe more noticeable than in chhnis : below, greyish olive washed with yellow ; differing least from chloris Hoth kalaana
and chloridoides seem to be species of only sub-specific value.

*- See note to C. kalaana.

[301]

46 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

ee. Above yellowish olive with faint indication of orange(?)

— not noticeable on old faded specimens — which is strongest on the rnmp; primaries

and tail qnills brownish edged \\\\.\\ olive; lores and a narrow line over the forehead

blackish; lower parts yellowish olive. Foiialc: Duller than the male, with ashy cast

to the upper parts; lower parts paler. Van no : Similar to female. Length 4.40-4.60,

wing 2.45-2.60, tail i. 65-1. So, culmeii •50-.55, tarsus .85-.90, toe .65. Hah. Hawaii.

82. C. virens^' (Gmei..). Hawaii Amakihi.

aa. Wing less than 2.30; bill but slightly decurved; smallest of the Hawaiian

birds; bill more slender than in tvpical Cliloi-odrcpaiiis ; upper parts more uniform

yellow. Male: Above, head, mantle and outer edge of wing and tail quills 3'ellowish,

brighter than an olive yellow; rump yellowest; below uniform yellow with but slight

greenish tint. Fc7nalc: Similar in size but much greener both above and below, with

the under parts much duller, fading into greyish olive on sides of the abdomen.

Yoiiitg similar to female. Length 4.00-4.25, wing 2.20-2.30, tail i. 45-1. 55, culmen

.50-. 53, tarsus .75-.80, toe .55. Hah. Kauai.

83. C. parva^^ (Stejn.).

Genus VIRIDON'IA Rothschild.

Bill straight or but slightly curved, high and strong at the ba.se, more atten-
uated towards the tip, and sharp; fourth and fifth primaries about equal, second
shorter than the seventh; tail rather short; sexes similar; above olive green, showing
more yellow on the forehead, chin and upper tail coverts; under parts more yellowish
olive, greener than the upper parts and with a faint ochraceous cast; tail blackish
brown with yellowish olive margins ; under surface of wing dark ash with dusky white
quills. Wing 2.80-3.00, tail i. 70-1. 75, culmen .70, tarsus .83-.86, toe ■J2)~-75i depth

of bill .23. Hah. Hawaii.

84. V. sagittiros'tris Roths.

Genus OREOMY'^A Stejneger.

LTnder mandible straight, or at least not perceptibh- curved; plumage soft and
fluff}-; tarsus covered in front with four, five or six scales; nasal operculum slightly
overhung at the base b}- tin}- feathers; tip of the wing formed bv the third, fourth,

43 Mr. Rothschild (Avifauna of Laysan, Part III., page 129) gives 0>romy=a perkinsi as a new species from Hawaii, describing it as fol-
lows : '■Adult male : Above light olive green (Ridg^vaj- Noni. Colors. PI. X.. No. i^<). brighter on the rump ; qnills black edged with oil green;
below olive yellow ; vent greenish white ; thighs dirty white ; under wing coverts white with a yellow tinge ; lores black : iris dark brown:
legs and feet greyish brown ; soles of feet yellowish-flesh color ; upper mandible dark brown with paler base ; lower mandible grey. Total
length about 5.5 inches ; wing 2.6, tail 1.7, tarsus 0.S5. culmen 0.63. One male, Puiilehua. Hawaii. September 2.s, 1891." In commenting on the

specimen in the Tring Museum Mr. Rothschild states that the "remarkable specimen has a long but straight bill The coloration is

that of Cfilorodirpanis virens and that it might be a hybrid between Orfo»jyza utana and Ckkn-i>drcpayiU i^iieiis:' The B. P. Bishop

Museum series, embracing many recently collected specimens, show vhrtis with beaks approaching the straight form, though none that are
to be confounded with the Oirumyza type ; while fine old males of Ort'oynyza maiia are much more highly colored than has been usually sup-
posed. The only charatfter in Mr. Rothschild's description which seems to be of specific value, when compared with the Museum series, is
the length, which is given as almost an inch longer than the avera.ge of either yuaua or livfns. .Since the author fails to call attention to this
point it may possibly be a typographical error. Mr. Henshaw informs me he has taken nothing that conforms with the description, and as
Mr. Perkins has not met with the bird the status of the species is somewhat doubtful.

-w At the suggestion of my friend Professor H. W. Henshaw we have made a careful study of the alcoholic material in the Museum, and
find the tongue of pai~t'a to be distindlly tubular in form ; a fact which alone would at once remove it from the genus Oreomyza, and which at
the same time indicates its affinity with the tube-tonged Chhnudicpanis group. My observations of the bird alive, while colIe(5ling on Kauai,
convince me that its habits are those of the Chlorudrepanis rather than of ihroniy"a .

C302]

DREPAN/DID.E. 47

fiftli, or by the fourth, fifth and sixth feathers, the second shorter than the sixth ; first
primary obsolete.

a. Plumage not red.

b. Ihider parts not yellow or greenish j-ellow; culmen about .50, tail
about 1.8.5.

C. Bill light colored ; breast white or buffv white. Male: Above clear
olive grey fainth- washed with olive green, which is most marked on the rump; nearly
white on the chin, becoming olive buff\- on the breast; more yellowish on the abdomen,
with the sides of the body light smok}' olive grey ; lores and forehead buffy white.
Petnalc: Similar, but duller. Voiiiig: With forehead, lores, superciliary stripe and
throat white. Length 4.40-4.65, wing 2.50-2.75, tail i. 75-1. 85, culmen .42-.50, depth
of culmen .20, tarsus .78-. 85, toe .55. Hab. Kauai.

PI. XXIX., 9402. 85. O. bairdi Stejn. Akikihi.

CC. Bill dark colored ; below, whitish buff on the throat, becoming

greener and greyer on the lower breast ; lores sooty ; abdomen and under tail coverts

white with a ^-ellowish wash; primaries and quills brownish. Female: Similar, but

duller in color. Young: Similar, but showing more buffy white about the base of the

bill and lores. Length 4.25-4.50, wing 2.60, tail i. 80-1. 90, culmen .50, depth of bill

.20, tarsus .85-.90, toe .70. Hab. Hawaii.

PI. XXIX., 6664. 86. O. mana'^5 (Wilson).

bb. Under parts, throat, etc., greener or 3'ellower; bill aud tail relatively

longer.

d. Yellowish olive green above ; 3ellow of the forehead extending
farther back onto the crown ; crown and entire upper parts, including the edge of outer
web of primaries and tail feathers, light vellowish green ; primaries and tail feathers
brownish black ; lower parts, including edge of wings, lemon yellow ; sides of body
yellowish olive. Female: Similar to adult male, but less bright 3'ellow below (Roths-
child). Quite young: Greyish olive above, tail showing the most olive shade; median
and greater wing coverts tipped with buffy white, forming two distinct bands across
the wing; below, greyish white showing .some 3'ellow. Length about 4.50, wing 2.30,
tail 1.95, culmen .50-.55, depth of bill .18, tarsus .92, toe .65. 1 lab. Lanai.

87. O. monta'na (\Vil.son). Alauhiio.
dd. Olive green above, yellow of the forehead more restri(5led.

e. Broad dusky loral mark; bill stronger; color deeper olive
brown; more golden beneath. Adult male: Somewhat similar to adult C. eJiloiis^ but
with the olive upper plumage darker, though tinged with 3'ellow ; forehead brighter
than the crown, and with an obvious though ill-defined 3'ellowish streak over the
e3'e ; lores brownish black ; chin, cheeks, auriculars and throat clear golden 3'ellow,
which color pervades the breast and bell3', becoming ver3' pale, almost white on the

45 See note following Chlt»i>drfpa}ih viynis. page 46.

[303]

48 BIRDS Of' THE HAWAIIAN (,ROri\

abdomen; lower tail coverts pale yellow; wing coverts with distinct whitish marks of

considerable size. Fcnialf: \'erv unlike the male above described ; streak over the

€}'€ and under parts yellowish white; sides of breast and flanks washed with olive grey;

above, olive; the greater wing coverts with large greenish white tips. YoiDig: Quite

j'oung Inrds and nestlings are much like the females, but are browner above and of a

mottled appearance. Length 4.50-5.00, wing 2.60-2.81, tail 1.85-2.00, tarsus .80-. 86,

culnien .60-. 65 ( Rotliscliild ). Ifah. Oahu.

88. O. macula ta Cad.

ee. Loral mark not so pronounced ; greener above and paler

yellow below; bill a trifle slenderer; forehead, lores, cheeks, chin and under parts

bright lemon yellow; upper parts olive green, vellowcst on the upper tail coverts;

sides of body washed witli olive; cpiills and tail feathers brown externally, edged with

olive. Foualc: Similar to the male, but duller alxne and below. Young: Above grey

with an olive tinge, more greenish grey on the rump; indistinct whitish super-loral

stripe; throat and centre of bodj- light buffy grev, grever on the sides, with a faint

wash of yellow; a distinct whitish buff band formed by the tips of the greater wing

coverts. Length 4.50-4.65, wing 2.40-2.50, culmeu .45-. 50, depth of bill .15, tarsus

.82-.85, toe .65. Hah. Maui.

PI. XXIX., 6684, 6685. 89. O. new'toni (Roths.).

aa. Plumage rich scarlet ; bill and feet light ; head all round, back and lower
parts bright rich scarlet, darkest on the back, purest scarlet on the throat ; upper man-
dible brownish gre^- above, darkest near the tip; under mandible whitish yellow; tar-
sus light brown in skins, pink in life. Female: Back and head brownish grey with a
mixture of brownish dull scarlet, most apparent on the head and rump, outer edge of
wing and tail feathers; under parts greyish white tinged with salmon and dull scarlet.
Yo7tng males have more or less strong mixture of ferruginous brown or rufous above,
washed with deep brown along the sides of the body, more obvious in 3'ounger indi-
viduals. Length 4.95-5.20, wing 2.60, tail 2.05-2.20, culmen .53-.55, depth of bill .17,

tarsus .85-. 90, toe .70. Hah. Molokai.
PI. XX\'III., 66S1, 8089, 80SS. 90. O. flam'mea (Wii^sox). Kakavs^ahie.

Gents I^OXOPS Cab.\xis.

FIC;. 6. L. COCCINEA.

Bill short and finch-like; culmen much shorter than the tarsus; wing moderate

length, falling considerably short of the tail, and not equal to the length of the tail

and tarsus combined ; bill bluish grey.

[304]

DREPAN/D/D.-E. 49

a. General color red, foxy or orange; no black on lores or forehead.

b. General color above, scarlet orange, dnllest on the mantle; wing coverts,

wing and tail feathers brownish black edged externally with dnll scarlet orange ; below,

nniform scarlet orange, brighter than the back. Female: Greyer on the crown ; loral

region dnsky whitish ; back greyish with olive tinge, olive mo.st pronounced on the

rump and edge of wing and tail feathers; chin grev ; breast grevish olive, grej-er on

the sides of body. Yoiiiii^-: Similar to female; bill paler than in adults. Length 4.25-

4.60, wing 2.40-2.50, tail 1.85-2.05, culmen .42, depth of bill .20, tarsus .77-. 79, toe .60.

Hab. Hawaii.

PI. XXVIII., 6648, 6642. 91. \i. coccin'ea (CiMKi,.). Akep'a.

bb. General color above, orange or foxy.

C. Uniform orange, brightest on the breast ; more yellow orange on the

rump; primaries and tail feathers blackish brown edged with orange, like the back.

Female: Similar, but duller. ] 'oitng: Back of head and mantle decided grej' with

slight olive tinge ; rump and breast more olive ; sides grej-er olive, very similar to

j-oung of /,. eocciuea. Length about 4.50, wing 2.60, tail 2.00, culmen .40, depth of bill

.20, tarsus .80, toe .67. Hab. Maui.

PI. XXVIII., 6638. 92. I/, ochra'cea Roths.

CC. Body, red foxy; lores blackish; wings and tail olive brown; wing

coverts, quills and tail red-edged; inner edge of epulis and under wing coverts white;

bill short, triangular, conic; tip straight, acute, whitish; feet brown; tarsus nine

lines (Grey's description). Gould says "that the whole of the plumage is rich rusty

red deepening into brownish red on the back Length 4 inches, bill j^, wing 2|^,

tail \, tarsus f." Hab. Oahu.

93. \i. rufa<" ( Bi.ox. ).

aa. With lores, a ring about the eve, and forehead smok}- black; crown gam-
boge yellow fading into rich olive and passing into olive green on the mantle and wing
coverts ; rump, tail coverts and edge of tail feathers brighter yellowish olive ; edge of
primaries like the back ; lower parts, including the sides of head, bright gamboge vel-
low, passing to olive yellow on the sides of the body; thighs smoky grey; wings and
tail blackish brown. Female: Similar, except more green in the yellow, and with
loral region not as well defined. YoiDig: Greyish green above, grey \\ith a very faint
3^ellowish green wash below; .sometimes smokv tips to the feathers; lores and forehead
not well defined ; bill lighter. Length 4.50-4.60, wing 2.40-2.50, tail 2.00-2.15, cul-
men .43-.45, depth of bill .20, tarsus .85, toe .60. Hab. Kauai.
PL XXIX., 9353, 9361. 94. Jy. caeruleiros'tris^" (Wilson). Ou holowai.

46 since the above description was written I have had the pleasure of examining the Loxops in the British Museum collections and tinile
agree with Mr. Rothschild in separating the Oahu species; and with Mr. Wilson in placing ztntvnlioltnh. Roths., a.s a synonym of /-. ru/tt
(Blox.).

4^ Should be held sub-generically distinct from the other three members of the genus on account of the stronger bill, smoky loral patch
and general color which is always diffefent from typical /aj.vo/):,.

Memoirs B. P. B. Museum, Vol. I., No. ,^.—4. L.t*^? J

50 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

GExrs HEMIGNA'THUS Lichtenstein.

FIG. 7. H. OBSCtTRUS.

Bill ver}- long, slender and curved, with the tongue as long as the bill ; feet
reaching to the tip of the tail (in the skin); tip of the wings falling short of the tip of
the tail by less than the length of the hind toe and claw.

a. Back dull olive green; species has very inconspicuous pliimage;

the whole upper surface and wing feathers on the outside are dull olive green, the
inner webs of the flight feathers dull- brown. The under surface is light but still dull;
throat and centre of the abdomen, as well as the under tail coverts, pale buff. A bright
yellow superciliary stripe is very conspicuous, especially as directly underneath it from
the beak to the eye there is a dark brown streak. The bow-shaped, curved bill, which
terminates in a verv fine, almost hair-like point, is exaAly half as long as the bod}-,
and the under mandible is three lines shorter than the upper. The whole length, from
the point of the bill to the end of the tail is 7 inches, bill 1-^4, tail 134, tarsus 11 lines,
middle toe and claw 9 lines ( Excerpt from Rothschild's translation of Lichtenstein's
description). Hah. Oahu; rare or extinct. ( No specimens in the Museum. )

95. H. lichtensteini^^ Wilson. Kipi.
aa. Yellowish olive green above ; under parts yellower.

b. Smaller size ; bill shorter ; above all over a beautiful bright olive green
with a yellowish cast, yellowest on the rump, and with a distinct ^•ellow mark over the
eve; throat, sides of face and breast duller olive green than the back, fading into dis-
tinct whitish on the abdomen and under tail coverts, varied only with an olive wash;
primaries and tail feathers brown with olive on the outer edges; lores smoky black;
wings falling short of the tip of the tail by less than .50 (in the skin). Foiialc: Above,
greyi.sh olive green; more olive green on the rump; lores blackish, above which is a
pale superciliar}' stripe; chin whitish or gi-e^-ish white with a 3'ellowish tinge, becom-
ing yellower on the chest and under parts, with olive tinge along the sides. Yoioig:
Similar to female. Length 6.25-6.50, wing 3.00-3.15, tail i. 80-1. 85, chord of culmeu
1. 25-1. 38, tarsus .87-.92, toe .80-.85, depth of bill .20, width of bill .25. Hah. Hawaii.
PI. XXIX., 9421. 96. H. obscur'us (Gmel.). Akialoa.

*^ since the first referetice in Gray's sj-nononiy (Cat. Birds Trop. Isds., p. 9) ior Drcpaiiis {Hctiiigitathiis) eUisiana is g-iven "Ct'r/hui ulncura
(nee Giuel.) Vieill. Ois. dor. t. 53?". I prefer to consider that it is the reference to the exact place in the volume cited that Gray was in doubt
about, and that he did not intend questioning the name O-rtliia obsciira. That being the case Drcpaitis {Hemignathm) dUitaua will become a
svnonvni of Ht-mignathm ob^cuyus. Hence it seems that Mr. Wilson's name H. /tchh'nsh'iJii should stand.

[306]

DREPANIDIDy^. 51

bb. Larger size, bill and wing longer.

C. Chord of culmen not less than 1.95, averaging 2.15 ; above, bright
olive yellow, yellowest on the rump; on crown and forehead the feathers have dark
centres with olive edges which give a "scaled" appearance to the region; a distinct
superciliary stripe ; under parts from chin to tail yellow with an olive tinge ; wings
and tail brown edged with olive on the outer webs; lores black. Female: Quite differ-
ent from the male; above, grey with an olive tinge; rump yellowish olive; head scaled
as in the male; super-loral line dingy yellowish white; lores black; throat grevish
white; breast j'ellowish white with an olive green wash. Young: Have less yellow
below and over the eye, scarcely any olive on the back, which is grej'ish ; scales on the
crown less noticeable. Length 7.00-7.50, wing 3.40-3.55, tail 2.10-2.25, chord of cul-
men 1.95-2.35, tarsus 1. 05-1. 10, toe i.oo. Hah. Kauai.

PI. XXIX., 8130. 97. H. procerus Car. Kauai Akialoa.

CC. Chord of culmen not exceeding i.95(?). Above, yellowish olive
green somewhat mixed with greyish brown on the head where the bases show through
Quills dark brown edged with the color of the back; rectrices the same. Below,
yellowish olive green much less bright than on the back and with little vellow in it,
shading into olive buff on the vent, and with a brown pale shade on the throat, etc.
Length 6.00 inches in the skin, wing 3.30, tail 2.10, tarsus 1.93, chord of culmen 1.90.
Female: Smaller, more greenish olive, and less bright ; superciliarv stripe faint and
greenish. Cliin, throat and middle of abdomen huffish vellow (From Rothschild's

description). Hab. Lanai.

98. H. lanaien'sis Roths, lyanai Akialoa.

Genus HBTERORHYN'CHUS Rothschild.

FIG. 8. H. .VFFINIS.

Upper mandible much longer than the lower; tongue not as long as the upper
mandible.

a. Tlie under mandible curved ; smaller size.

b. Head yellow; no decided superciliary stripe.

C. Color of the forehead bright deep gamboge yellow, not extending
over the crown, sharplv defined from the greyish olive of the neck and back; wings

and tail blackish brown with olive onter edges to the feathers ; lores black, and con-

[307]

52 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

neoled bv a narrow black band across the forehead ; throat and chest rich gamboge
yellow; abdomen whitisli with a yellowish cast; flanks olive grey ; edge of wing yel-
lowish. Female: Above, olive green, a yellowish snper-loral stripe; lores dusky grey;
chin and throat yellow; centre of lower parts pale yellow; sides olive grey. Youiiff:
Similar to female. Length 5.00-5.25, wing 2.95-3.00, tail i. 80-1. 95, chord of culmen
.95-1.05, tarsus .85-90, toe .75-80. Hab. Maui.

PI. XXIX., 6620. 99. H. affi'nis Roths.

CC. Gamboge yellow of the forehead more or less indefinable from the
fine olive yellow of the back into which it gradually merges, olive j-ellow purest on the
rump; primaries and tail feathers brown edged with the olive of the back; lores and a
narrow line above the bill a deep black ; throat, breast and sides of the head a bright
gamboge yellow, brighter than the forehead; breast with a slight olive tinge; abdomen
and under tail coverts white. Female: Above, grej^ with an olive cast, most pro-
nounced on the head and rump. Below, dusky white, greyest on the sides of the body
and throat. Young: Similar to females, the males showing yellow on the throat at an
early age. Length about 5.50, wing 2.S5-3.20, tail 1.85-2.05, culmen .95-1.10, tarsus
.90, toe .80. Hab. Kauai.

PI. XXIX., 6633, 6636. 100. H. hanape'pe (Wilsox). Nukupu'u.

bb. Head green; a very distinct superciliary stripe. Male specniieii iii

Paris Museum : Above, olive green, darker and more olive on the back; lighter, more

green on the head, wing and tail coverts ; lores and line behind the eye brownish black.

Across the forehead and above the eyes conspicuous orange 3'ellow superciliar}- stripe;

Quills deep brown, outer web edged with greenish yellow; chin, throat and upper breast

bright orange 3'ellow; abdomen \'ellow and fading into pale greenish gre}' on the vent

and under tail coverts. Adult female or immature male in the Frankfort Museum:

Above, dull brownish olive tinged with greenish on the top of the head, rump and

upper tail coverts and on the edge of the quills and tail feathers. Lores dusky ; a

somewhat ill-defined but distinct superciliary stripe; sides of the head and throat

yellowish. An immature male in the Leiden Museum is somewhat similar to the

Frankfort specimen. Length 5.50, culmen i.io, wing 2.95, tarsus .76, tail 2.9(?).

(Condensed from Rothschild's descriptions in x\vifauna of La^-san, etc. ) Hab.

Oahu; extinct.

loi. H. lu'cidus (Light.).

aa. Gonys of under mandible straight and strong at the base; above, olive
green, brightest on the rump, and yellowest on the head; lores black; below rich gam-
boge yellow on the chin, gradually fading into olive yellow on the sides of the abdomen
and under tail coverts; under wing coverts with A-ellowish shade of white ; quills and pri-
maries brown edged with olive. Female: Above, greenish olive grey, with olive bright-
est on the rump; throat and breast pale yellow shading into greyish white, with olive

[308]

DREPANIDID.^.

infusion on tlie belly and flanks. Ydiiiio duller and gre\'er. Length 5.50-5.75, wing
3.20-3.35, tail 1.85-2.00, culmen .85-1.03, tarsus .90-.96, toe .85. Hah. Hawaii.

PI. XXIX., 6632, 6630. 102. H. wil'soni^' Roths.

GknUS PS:EUD0NES'T0R RciTHSCHILD.

KIG. 10. P. XANTHOrilRVS.

l^pper parts with grey bases to the feathers, and greenish olive ends, giving the
back a somewhat greenish grej- cast, more inclined to olive on the rump; broad snper-
loral stripe light yellow ; lores dusky, extending backward through the e^■e ; breast
canary yellow; abdomen yellowish white; greyish olive on the flanks; under tail coverts
with a yellowish tinge ; tipper mandible blackish ; lower mandible whitish ; bill strongly
hooked; gonys much curved. Fciualc and voimg : Dttller above; yellow of throat not
so pronounced. Length 5.15-5.50, wing 2.70-2.90, tail i. 75-1. 90, culmen .65-.85,
depth of bill .55-. 65, tarsus .85-.87, toe .80. Hah. Maui.

PI. XXIX., 6607. 103. P. xantho'phrys Rotus.

Genus PSITTACIROS'TRA Temminck.

FIG. II. P. PSITTACEA.

Head and upper neck, all around, a rich light gamboge yellow, sharply defined
against the greenish grey of the mantle and olive grey of the chest; rump olive green;
tail and primaries dusky brown edged with olive green ; olive on the sides and flanks;
abdomen and under tail coverts whitish grey; bill and feet pink; upper mandible ex-
ceeding the lower usually by abcfut .15. Fciiialc: I'^pper parts, including head and
neck, uniform olive green; greyish on the neck; under parts greyish white, washed
with yellow; under tail coverts white. Yoioio: Similar to the female, but more uniform
gre}- above and below, except the abdomen, which is whitish; bill dark. Length 6.30-

49The above charatflers are sufficient to separate icihoiii from its fellows, sxib-gcnericall_\- at least, if not entitling it to generic rank.

[309]

54 BIRDS OF THE HAWAHAN GROUP.

6.60, wing 3.80-4.00, tail 2.50-2.60, culmen .55-.60, tarsu.s .S7-.90, toe .90-.95. Hab.
Kauai, Molokai, Lanai, Hawaii, Oahu.'"
PI. XXIX. . 6612. 104. P. psitta'cea (Gmki..). Ou'.

Gexis I^OXIOI'DBS OrsTALKT.

Head and neck to the mantle, and brea.st to the middle of the body, uniform

bright gamboge yellow; back and npper covert.s a.shy grey, decidedly ashy on the

rump; wing coverts, primaries and tail feathers dusky brown or blackish edged with

yellowish olive; abdomen and under tail coverts dusky whitish with a bluish cast.

Foiialc: Similar, but with the yellow showing a brownish wash ; with a greenish cast

to the under parts. Length about 7.50, wing 3.55-3.75, tail 2.55-265, depth of bill

.60, tarsus .95-1.00, toe .75. Hah. Hawaii.

105. I/, bailleu'i Ocst. Pali'la.

Genus TEI^ESPI'^A Wilson.

FIG. 12. T. CANTANS.

Head all around, neck and under parts to the ^middle of the abdomen bright
yellow, brightest on the head; back bright olive yellow with varying blackish shaft
streaks; rump grey with some olive cast at times; webs of primaries and tail feathers
brown; secondaries blackish edged with yellowish olive; wing coverts deep brown
broadly edged with yellowish olive; bill horn color. /iiiiiui//iir : Feathers of the head
deep brown with yellowish edges ; upper surface with centre of feathers deep brown or
blackish edged with light brown; rump uniform brown; tail and primaries brown
edged with olive yellow; throat and breast yellow with brown shaft stripes; centre of
the abdomen white; sides and under tail coverts brown, or olive brown, and with brown
shaft stripes. Voiu/g: Similar to immature birds, except yellow reduced to the slight-
est tinge about the head and wings. Length 6.25-6.50, wing 3.25-3.40, tail 2.55-2.60,
culmen .65-.70, depth of bill .47-.50, tarsus .95-1.00, toe .95. Hah.'' Laysan.
PI. XXIX., 8731. 106. T. can tans'' Wilson. Ivaysan Finch.

.-" In October, isqg. I saw a .specimen in the bushes up Moanalua valley which I believe to have been the above species, though of course
T cannot be positive of the identity. Since the preparation of the above, Mr. Rothschild (Birds of Laysan, Part III., page 19,?) has separated
the Oahu form from the Hawaii bird, giving the principal differeinial charaaer as 'having the middle of the breast and belly, the feathers
of the tibia and under tail coverts whitish ; whereas, the adult males of the Hawaii bird "have the under parts olive green merging into whit-
ish only in the middle of the lower abdomen." The name given to "the Honolulu Ou" is Psittachoitra olh'acea. Roths.

5' With a good series of birds before me I am unable to separate caiilaiis. Wilson, iTomflavissima. Roths. The latter seems to be on:>-
fully mature specimens of the former, and in a plumage which requires some time for the individual to assume. Director Wm. T. Brigham
also informs me that specimens brought from Laysan and kept in his aviary for a long time passed through several of the intermediate .stages
on the wav from tantans ioJfti7'riitftia before thev were accidentally killed.

[,Vo]

DREPANIDIDAi.

Genus RHODACANTHIS RoTHscHri.D.

Fir.. 13. K. PAI.M KKI.

a. Head, throat and under parts throughout rich scarlet orange; breast purer
orange tinge; under tail coverts and flanks showing some grey; mantle brown; rump
orange brown; tail and wing feathers brown, with some orange brown; wing and tail
feathers brown with orange brown edgings to the outer webs; bill bluish grey.
Fciiialc: Above, greenish olive with dark grey bases to the feathers ; more olive on the
rump and upper tail coverts; tail and wing feathers with olive edges; breast showing
grey as the under color, with vellowish olive edges, vellowest on chin and upper breast;
centre of the breast whitish with but faint vellowish wash ; flanks greenisli yellow.
YoiDig: Similar to females; young males brighter below. Length about 7.50, wing
4.20-4.40, tail 2.90-3.00, culmen .S0-.S5, depth of bill .5S-.61, tarsus 1.00-1.05, toe
1. 00. Hab. Hawaii.
PI. XXIX., 6603, 6601. 107. R. palra'eri Roths.

aa. Head, neck and under parts generally apple yellow, brightest and richer
on the head and neck, and greener on the under parts ; upper parts ashy green, becom-
ing bright green on the lower back, rump and upper tail coverts. Wings and tail dull
blackish brown, feathers externalh- margined with green; bill blue-brown; legs grej-;
iris brown. Total length about 7.50, culmen .72, wings 3.80, tail 2.50, tarsus i.oo.
Adult foualc : Differs from the male in being much greener and duller in color, only
the forehead being vellow ; the crown similarl}- colored to the back; under parts dull
yellowish green. Palmer obtained a small series in the district of Kona at the same
place where /?. /><//wrr/ was first colledled. The smaller size and j-ellow head of the
adult male serves to distinguish this species verv easilv from the much larger R. palnnri
with its orange red head in the adult male. Neither Wilson nor Perkins met with this
bird (Rothschild in Part HI., Avifauna of Lavsan, etc.). Hah. Hawaii.

108. R. flav'iceps Roths.
[311]

BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

Genus CHI<0 RIDOPS Wilson.

FIG. 14. C. KONA.

Female: Above, decided olive green, more olive on Uie upper tail coverts, and

with dark centres to the feathers of the head, producing a scaled appearance; under

parts of the abdomen and flanks yellowish olive; under tail coverts whitish; quills and

tail feathers brown with olive edgings on the outer web; bill extremely thick and

cluniS3-. ( Male probably brighter? ) Length 6.00-6.50, wing 3.30-3.45, culmen .70,

depth of bill .70, width of bill .60, tarsus .85-.90, toe .85. Hah. Hawaii.

109. C. ko'na Wil.son.

Family MEI/IPHAG'ID^.— Honey-eatkrs.

Gciicia.

With no white feathers about the eye; nostrils operculate; first primar}- about

half the length of the second; secondaries three-fourths the length of the wing; tip of

the wing formed by the fourth, fifth and sixth primaries. ( Sub-famih* Me/ip/iagiiue.)

a. Smaller; wing less than 5.00; tail black or brownish black ; with or without

pectoral tufts . (Page 56.) Moho.''

aa. Larger; wing more tiian 5.00; tail brown or greenish brown.

( Page 58. ) Chaetop'tila.

Genus MOHO Les.son.

FIG. 15. M. NOBILIS.

a. With no yellow pectoral tufts; tail feathers uniform blackish without any
trace of white on the outer pair; crown black with a greyish cast; upper surface brown

52 Since it is doubtful if Moho should ever have been set aside, to accord with the Stricklan-lian code, and since it is certain that bv the
A. O. V. code Moho would stand against Arrulorerctts, it is preferable to use the ft^rmer name for this genus.

L312]

MELIPHAGID.^. 57

or bro\vnisli black with faint white shaft stripes on the mantle; npper tail coverts
rnsty brown ; wing and tail feathers blackish l^rown ; throat and neck to chest black with
white shafts and bars ; under wing coverts mostly white ; thighs yellow ; breast uniform
with the back ; sides of the bodv less rusty brown than the upper tail coverts ; bill and
feet black. Female: Similar to male, but smaller. Yoioig: Differing from the adult
in having the tibiae blackish instead of yellow, and with the gre3'ish shaft stripe to the
feathers of back and breast indistinct or wanting. Length 7.50-9.00 (according to
tail), wing 3.70-4.00, tail 3.60-4.25, culmen 1.10-1.15, depth of bill .25, tarsus 1.25-
1.35, toe .95. Hah. Kauai.
PI. XXIX., 5463. no. M. bracca'tus (Cassin). Oo aa.

aa. With yellow pectoral tufts, and more or less white on the outer pair of
tail feathers.

b. With elongated yellow ear tufts, uniform in color with the few yellow
feathers under the wing and the under tail coverts ; a faint edge of whitish on the outer
margin of the outer pair of tail feathers; remainder of tail uniform gloss}- black, like
the primaries; crown and rump black; back, chest and abdomen black, with conspicu-
ous white shafts to the feather ; throat black ; bill and feet black ; central tail feathers
with weak shafts; long and plume-like. Female similar(?). Length about 11.00,
wing 4.55-4.75, tail 5.00-6.25, culmen 1.32, depth of bill .30, tarsus i. 50-1. 55, toe 1.05.

Hab. Molokai.

III. M. bish'opi (Rotiis. ).

bb. Without elongated yellow ear tufts ; tail with prominent white tips to

the outer feathers.

C. With only the two outer tail feathers with white tips; head, rump,

back, wing coverts and lower parts deep black with some gloss ; upper mantle, lower

part of the abdomen and inner edge of secondaries inclined to umber brown; tufts

under the wings and under tail coverts bright golden j^ellow; primaries and tail

feathers black ; bill and feet black. Female: Similar, but smaller. Yoiiiii^: With no

yellow beneath the wings. Length $ 12.50-10.50 ? , wing 4.S5-4.90, tail 7.50, culmen

1. 15, depth of bill .25, tarsus 1.40, toe i.oo. Hab. Hawaii.

PI. XXIX., 5457. 112. M. nob'ilis (Merrem.). Oo.

CC. All the tail feathers, except the middle pair, tipped witli wliite.
General color sooty black; tail brown, all tipped as above; centre pair somewhat nar-
rower than the others and graduallv diminishing to the apical third of their length
into fine hair-like, or filamentous, upturned points; axillfe or under surface of the
shoulder white; l^anks and under tail coverts bright yellow; bill and legs black.
Total length 12 inches, bill i^, wing 434, tail 6^.4, tarsus \Vi (Gould). Hab. Oahu;
rare or extinct. ( No specimen in the Museum.)

113. M. apica'lis Gould. Yellow-tufted Honey-eater.
[313]

58 BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

Gknus CH^TOP'TIlvA Sci.ater.

Tail greenish brown ; feathers of the forehead, crown and back of the neck, with
whitish shaft stripe, blackish webs and tipped with olive — black predominating on the
crown — most olive on the neck ; lores and ear coverts blackish ; an indistinct grey
superciliary stripe; throat dusky white, washed with yellow; breast dingy white with
black stripes; abdomen and under tail coverts with fewer stripes and more olive than
the chest; flanks and upper tail coverts ochraceous black with white shafts and termi-
nal spots; primaries and secondaries brown edged with olive; under wing coverts
brown. Length about 13.50, wing 5.75, tail 6.65, culmen 1.25, depth of bill .31, width
.45, tarsus 1.60, toe 1.15, hallux with claw 1.02. Hah. Hawaii; rare or extinct.

PI. XXX., Frontispiece. 114. C. angustiplu'ma (Peai.h).

Familv SYI^VI'ID^.— Warblkrs, Etc.
Genus.
Bill slender, but rather wide and depressed ; wing long and flat, about equal to
the tail in length, with a very small bastard primary not extending beyond the wing
coverts; birds not migratory; no white on the tail ( Sub-family 5i'/rv>'//rt"); rectal
bristles fairl}- well developed; wing more than 2.70; second primary longer than the
fifth; upper parts brownish with greyish cast; a faint buffy white super-loral stripe;
outer tail feathers more than .25 shorter than the longest pair.

(Page 58. ) Acroceph'alus.

Genus ACROCEPH AI,US Naumann.

FIG. 16. A. FAMIEIARIS.

Upper parts brownish with a greyish cast, greyest on the neck ; under parts
buffy white including the edge of wing, and a super-loral stripe; wing and tail feathers
brownish; feet black ; bill horn-brown; nostrils rounded and exposed; sexes similar.
YoitJiq- (?). Length about 5.65, wing 2.30-2.40, tail 2.30-2.40, culmen .60, tarsus .75-
.90, toe .72, depth of bill .15. Hah. Laysan.

PL XXVII., 8711s. 115. A. familia'ris Roths. Miller Bird.

[314]

TURDID^.

Family TURDID^.— Thrushes, Etc.
Gcmts.
The young different from tlie adults, having the under parts spotted; tarsus for
the greater part of its length without transverse scutulse, being booted; bill somewhat
depressed, with a few reftal bristles; gonj-s about one-third the length of the com-
misure of the beak { Sub-family J/)v?c/<\s7///rt' ) ; inner toe about equal to the liind toe;
nostrils exposed and not hidden by bristles, and situated in a wide oval groove; culmen
not longer than the hind claw; second primarv longer than the secondaries; bill with
a distinct sub-terminal notch ( Page 59. ) Phaeor'nis.

Genus PH^OR'NIS Sci.ater.

FIC. I'

V. OBSCURA.

a. Uniform in color above, brown or hair-brown, with faint olive wash.
b. \'ery conspicuous buffy white mark on the outer tail feathers.

C. Wing less than 4.00; feet light flesh-color; above, dull brown with
an olive cast, most pronounced on the middle of the rump and mantle; throat and lores
bluish grey; chest bluish ash or grey, sometimes mottled with blackish; abdomen
and under tail coverts buff-white; outer web of primaries with very dull brown edge;
inner web edged so as to form a dull buffy patch at base of feathers ; outer tail feathers
edged with whitish or fulvous on the inner web; ends of primary coverts blackish,
forming a patch. Yoiiiig: Feathers above, brown with broad blackish borders to the
tip, and before this a creamy buff, more or less triangular spot ; feathers of lower parts
ash}' brown at the base, then lighter cream color and broadly bordered with blackish
brown, these borders blackest and broadest on the breast (Rothschild). Length about
6.15, wing 3.35, tail 2.45, culmen .70, depth of bill .20, width of bill .22, tarsus 1.30,
toe .95, gonys .32. Hab. Kauai.
PI. XXVII., 6693. 116. P. palm'eri Rmirs. Puaiohi.

6o BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

CC. Wing more than 4.00; feet dark colored; above, dull brown with
a rusty olive tinge; sides of head and ear coverts tawny, alwa3-s more or less mottled
with rusty and grey; quills blackish, edged externally with rust}' olive, which color
forms a spot at the base of the inner primaries, below which the blackish tips of
the greater wing coverts form a less pronounced spot ; inner edge of the wing feathers
without buffy patch ; outer edge of each primary- for almost its entire length rusty;
lower parts dull smok}- grey in appearance, shading into whitish on the abdomen ; tail
feathers like back, outer three pairs tipped with white or buffy white, pronounced on
the tips and gradually fading into the ground color of the web; feet dark brown.
Female similar. Young: Similar to P. obscitra., but can be distinguished by the mark-
ings on the outer web of primaries, the white of the tail, and the broader bill. Length
7.50-8.50, wing 4.05-4. iS, tail 3.20-3.30, culnien .50-.55, depth of bill .22, width of
bill .40, tarsus i. 25-1. 32, toe .95, gonys .25. Hab. Kauai.
PL XXVII., 9385. 117. p. myadesti'na Stejx. Kamau'.

bb. With no conspicuous white markings on the outer tail feathers.

d. Wing 3.50-3.75 ; color lighter below ; a distinct black patch near
the base of the outer web of inner primaries; above, olive brown with a faint wash of
greyish; head darker; primaries and tail feathers brown (quills and webs pradlically
the same color), with the edge of the outer webs rusty or rusty brown; outer web of
the inner primaries and the secondaries with a distinct black patch, bordered in front
and behind b}- the rust}^ edges of the feather; chin and throat pale grey, the grey pass-
ing to white on the abdomen; under tail coverts buffy white; wing pattern on the
inner web of primaries marked at all ages ; no white on outer tail feathers. Female
similar. Yoiti/g-: Similar to allied species, but with the wing pattern on the inner web,
no white on the tail, and with the black patch on the outer edge of inner primaries as
in adults. Length about 7.00-7.50, wing 3.50-3.75, tail 3.25-3.30, culmen .57-.60,
depth of bill .22, width of bill .30, tarsus i. 25-1. 30, toe .95, gonys .27. Hab. Lanai,
Molokai.5'
PI. XXVII., 8094, 8096. 118. p. lanaien'sis Wilson. Olomau.

dd. Wing not less than 3.90; color darker below; above, dusk}-
olive brown (fading to hair-brown — Mills specimens); forehead gre3-er; under parts
ash-gre}'; white on the abdomen and under tail coverts; primaries and tail feathers
brown, shaded with duskj- olive; quills of tail feathers umber brown above; base of
secondaries showing a rusty spot ; pattern on the inner web of quills scarcely discerni-
ble; bill and feet blackish ; no white on the tail feathers. /vv;/c7/<" similar. YoHng:
Spotted like young thrushes; each feather above is bordered with blackish, and before
the blackish border is a more or less triangular buff spot ; the feathers below are buffy
white and broadly bordered with blackish brown (Rothschild).

S3The form fioin Molokai should proliabU- be separated as a sub-species. Xo specimens froui Molokai at hand.

[316]

TURDID^. 6 1

Length 6.90-8.00, wing 3-95-4-oo, tail 2.85-2.95, culmen .55-.62, depth of bill .22-.25,

width of bill .30-.35, tarsus i. 22-1. 30, toe .97, gon_vs .26. Hah. Hawaii.

PI. XXVII., 6615. 9922, 9923- "9. P. obscu'ra <Gmei..). Oman.

aa. Upper parts olive brown, extremities of the feathers much lighter color;

tail and wings brown; bill bristled at the base; length 7.50 (Bloxham). Nothing

farther is known of this evidently extinct species than is given above, and which is

taken from Bloxham's account of the birds secured on the voj-age of the Blonde, where

it is given as ''Turdiis saiidvicciisis (var.), from Oahu."

120. P. oahuen'sis Wilson & Ev.vns.

[317]

KEY TO THE HIGHER ORDERS.

a. All four toes united by a web or membrane. . . .(Page 13.) Order Steganopodes.
aa. Hind toe, when present, not conne(5led in any way with the other toes.

b. Nostrils peculiarly tubular, and feet webbed .... (Page 10. ) Order Tubinares.
bb. Nostrils not tubular, or feet not webbed.

C. Feet webbed; cutting edge of the bill dentate; bill as in ducks, geese, etc.

(Page 16.) Order Anseres.
CC. Cutting edge of the bill not fringed or dentate, or else feet not webbed.

d. Toes distinc5lly webbed ; legs inserted well forward towards the middle of

the body, which is held horizontal (Page 5.) Order I/Ongipennes.

dd. Toes not distinctly webbed, or else tarsus longer tlian the tail.

e. Lower portion of thigh naked, or else bill long and with grooves ex-
tending along the sides.

f. Lores naked; hind toe long and inserted on the same level with

the middle toe ( Page 20. ) Order Herodiones.

fF. Lores feathered ; hind toe, when present, never exceeding the
length of the lower mandible.

g. Hind toe longer; inserted on a level with middle toe ( when long

as the under mandible head with frontal shield ) ( Page 22. ) Order Paludicolse.

gg. Hind toe shorter; if present, inserted more or less above the

level of the middle toe ( Page 24. ) Order Limacolae.

ee. Lower portion of the thighs feathered; the bill, if lengthened, not
grooved along the sides.

h. Bill strongly hooked, with a distinct naked cere at base of

upper mandible ( Page 32. ) Order Raptores.

hh. Bill not strongly hooked, and without naked cere at the
base of upper mandible ; or, if witli a cere, it is soft and swollen in life.

i. Hind toe small and elevated.

( Page 30. ) Order Gallinse.
ii. Hind toe always well developed and on the same level
with the middle one (mainl}- perching birds).

j. With soft swollen cere at the base of upper mandible.

(Page 31.) Order Columbae.

jj. Without a soft swollen cere; toes, three in front, one

behind, and on the same level ; not united by web, and tarsus equal to or longer than

the hind toe with claw ( Page 34. ) Order Passeres.

[319] " ' i-i)

TABLE SHOWING THE DISTRHiUTIOX (IF BH^DS
IN THE HAWAIIAN GRdlT'.

The o denotes its occurrence ; t rare or extinct ; i' uncertain or (juestionable record.

Name<

Larus barrovianus ....

califoruicus . . .

delawarensis ....

franklinii ....

Philadelphia' • ■ • .
Sterna fuliginosa . .

lunata .... ....

melanauchen . •

Anous stolidus ....

-Microanous hawaiiensis

Gygis alba kittlitzi ....

Dioniedea nigripes

immutabilis ....

jEstrelata phaeopygia-

hypoleuca ....

Bulweria buhveri • .
Priofinus cuneatus ....
Puffinus nativitatis

newelli . . . . . .

Oceauodroma ca.stro'

fuliginosa . ■ . •

Phalacrocorax plagicus
Phaethon rubricauda. . .

lepturus . . . •
Sula cyanops ■ . . • • .

piscator ....

sula .... . ■ . .

Fregata aquila ....

Merganser serrator

Anas boscas ....

wyvilliana . . . .

la\'sanensis ....
Nettion crecca . . . .

Querquedula circia

o
o

X
a

"rt

.2
'35

i-I

S •

o
o
o

o
o

o
o
o

o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

o
o
o

o
o

o
o
o

o
o

-a <u

. ,

, .

o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o

' since the foregoing pages were in print Mr. Rothschild has published a record of the taking of a single specimen of this small gull at
Poli-hula lake, on Kauai, on March 15, 1S91, hy Mr. Palmer. See .\vifauna of Laysan, etc.. Part III., p. 28B.

= There seems to be some reason for separating the Hawaiian form from the Galapagos form under the name .Eslirluhi plurvpyxia
umdviccnsis, Ridg^way. More material is required to thoroughly establish the sub-species.

3 In the te.\t this species is given as ('. n\flnlnicina. That name has been recentU found to be a synonj-m fnr Oivaiwi/runia cas/iv
(Harcourt).

Memoirs B. P. B. MfSEUM, Vor.. I., No. 3.— ,■;. L.i-^lJ ' -"''

BIRDS OF THE HAWAIIAN GROUP.

TAIU.E OF DISTRIBUTTOX.— 0;////////,y/.

b/:

Nami;.

rt
^

O U! 'A >A i-J ■*

Cliaritonetta albeola- . . .
Siiatula clypeata ...
Mareca aniericana ....
Dafila acuta ....
Chen hyperboreus ....
Branta canadensis iiiiniina

nigricans

Nesochen sandvicensis . .
Plegadis giiarauna ....
Deiiiiegretta sacra. .
Xycticorax nycticorax n;u\
Pennula ecaudata.-
-Porzanula palmeri ....
Gallinula sandvicensis
Porphyrio nielanotis. . . .
Fulica alai ....

Phalaropus lobatus ....
Cryniophilus fulicarius .
Hiniantopus knudseni..
(rallinago delicata
Tringa acuminata ■ . . •

aniericana • . • •

niaculata . . ....

Heteractitis incanus
Limosa lapponica liaueri
Calidris arenaria ...
Nunienius tahitiensis. . .
Charadrius dominicus luhus
vS(|uatarola sqnatarola . .
Arenaria interpres ....

Lophortyx califoniica . .
Phasianus torquatus ....

versicolor ....

Turtur chinensis. . . . . . •

Circus hudsonius ....

Buteo solitarius. . . . ....

Asio accipitrinus sand\'icensis
Alauda arvensis ... • • . •

Corvus hawaiiensis ....

Chasienipis sclateri ....

sandvicensis • • . •

Ravi

Acridotheres tristis ....

Passer doniesticus ....

Carpodacus niexicanus obscurus
Munia nisoria .... . . . •

Drejjanis pacifica ■ . . •
Drejianorbaniphus funerea
\'estiaria coccinea . . . •
Pabiieria dolei ....

?
o

o
o
?

o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o

o
o

o
o
o
o
o

o
o
o

o
o

o o

o
o

o : o

I
O ' . .

1
....

o o
o

i o

o
o

o o o

o ' o , o ' o

o , o o o

o
o

o
o
o

o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o

o
o

o
o
o
o
o

o
o
o
o

[322]

TABLE OF DISTRIBUTION,

TABLE OF DISTRIBUTION.— a>;///;///.Y/.

Name.

a
cd

•y;

ca
O

•4

bfl

-c

Himatione sanguinea • •
freethi .... . . .

Ciridops anna . ....

Chlorodrepanis stejnegeri..
chloridoides ....

wilsoni .... . . .

kalaana ... ....

chloris .... . • ■

- virens .... ....

parva . ....

\'iridonia sagittirostris ■
OreoniNza bairdi. • • . • ■

mana ■ • • • . • ■ ■

montana . • • • . • •

maculata • • ....

newtoni • ■ • . . ■ .

flanimea ... . • . •

Loxops coccinea ... . • ■

ochracea . . ■ . •

rufa • . • • . •

csernleirostris ....

Heniignathus lichtensteini-
obscnrus . ....

— procerus . ■ • • ■ • ■

lanaiensis . ....

Heterorhynchus affinis . . .
hanapepe- ■ • ■ • •

lucidus . ■ . •

wilsoni ... ....

Pseudonestor xanthophrys ■
Psittacirostra olivacea^ .
psittacea . • • • • • •

-Loxioides bailleui ■••.
Telespiza cantans . ■ • •

Rliodacauthis pahneri • .

flaviceps . ■ • . • • • ■

Chloridops kona . • • ■
Moho braccatus . • ■ • • • ■

bishopi • • • • • • • •

nobilis ■ • • • • • • ■

apicalis • • ■ • • • •

Chcetoptila angustiphuna • •
Acrocephalus familiaris
Phceornis pahneri ■ • • • • •

myadestina • • • •

lanaiensis • • • •

obscura • • • • ■ •

oahuensis . ■ • • • • • •

o
o
o

o
o

o o
o

4 The addition of the ue-.v Ou to the list brins'^ the total nuinl)cr of species of Hawaiian \n\A> up lo

[323]

INDEX AND SYNONYMY

AccipitriiiK . • • .
Acridotheres

tristis • • • •
Acrocephalus

familiaris • •
Acrulocercus apical

bishopi • • • •

braccatus

niger • • • •

nobilis . .
Actitis incanus . .
Actodromas
Aeo • • . • • • • •

^strelata

hypoleuca

leuc()cey)hala •

phseopygia

sandwictnsis
Akaiearooa
Akakane ....

Green
Akapane • . ■ .
Akeake
Akeka
Akekee
Akekeke ....
Akepa . .
Akepeuie . . .
Akialoa

Kauai . .

Lanai ...

Akihialoa ( Sp. iiuk-t.),
Akihipoleiia

Akikihi

Alaalai (Sp. indet. )
Alae .... ....

awi . • . •

keokeo ....

ula ....

Alala

Alauda ■• • .

arvensis ...
Alauiliche. ...

Alaiihiio ....

Alauwahio. ...

Alawi .... ....

Albatross, Hlack-footed

de la Chine . .

PAGK. XO.

Aniakihi, Hawaii

37. 3-'*

intermediate ....

3«

Kauai .... ...

5«

Lanai .... ....

5«

Maui ....

Molokai . ....

Oahu

ochraceous ....

scarlet ....

Aniakika ( See Amakihi ) .

0 —

Ainaui • . .... ...

Anananii .... ....

4^^

Anas

1 1

boSCaS ( See note)

bosclias .... ...

clyjieata ....

laysanensis

sandvicensis . ■ ■ .

superciliosa . • ...

(var.) .

( var. (7., saiK

wyvilliana ...

Anatidie .... ...

Anatinte .... ....

Anananii ....

Anous • . • . ....

tulit;iiu)sus. ... ...

91
96

hawaiieiisis ....

nielanogen},-s

niger .... ....

pileatus .... ...

spadicia ....

stolidus

■"^5

tenuirostris ....

( Also No. 8 in part.

Anser hauaiensis

hawaiensis ....

hawaiiensis . ■

sandvicensis ....

Anseres. . .... ...

Anseriiut .... ....

34. 35

Anthochsera angustipluina

Ao ( Sj). indet. ) .

«3

Ajiane .... .... ...

Apapane .... ....

I I

Apekepeke ....

I I

Aphrizidse . . ....

[325]

45
44
45
45
45
45
49
49

61
46
16, 17

18
18
17
17
17
17
17
[6
16
46
5 '
8

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

20
20
20

20
16

16
58

43
43
36
25.

7-^
77
81

7«
79
80
92
91

119
83

2/
29
28

«3

5
8
8
8
8
8

35
35

114

74
74
63

INDEX AND SVNONyMV,

Ardea cserulea (var. 7) • • •

exilis .... .... ....

grisea .... ....

(Herodias) sacra ....

uievia .... ....

nycticorax .... ....

sacra .... ....

vulgaris .... ....

Ardeidae .... ....

Ardeinre .... .... ....

Arenaria • • • • ....

interpres •• ■ • ...
Asio

accii:)itrimis .... ....

accipitrinus sandvicensis-

brachyotus .... ....

sandvicensis. . .... . . .

sandwichensis .... ....

Atagen aquila.... ....

aquilus . . .... ....

Attagen aquila ... ....

Ana .... .... ....

Auku kohili .... ....

Ankun .... .... ....

Bee-eater, Yellow-tufted ...
Bernicla sandvicensis ....

sandwichensis .... . . .

Booby .... .... ....

Blue-faced . . ....

Red-footed .... ....

Brachvotus gallapagoensis

Brant, Black

Branta ... ...

canadensis minima . . • •

( Leucopareia ) sandwichensis .

nigricans

Bubonidfe .... .... . . .

liuffle-head

Bulweria •• • . • • . •

anjinho . . .... ....

bulweri ... ....

columbina .... ....

niacgillivrayi .... . . .

Burrica .... .... ....

Buteo

( Onychotes ) solitarius ....

solitarius

Calidris

arenaria .... ...

Callipela californica .... ...

Carduelis coccinea . . ....

Carpodacus • ■ • • • ■ . •

frontalis .... ....

frontalis rhodocoljnis. . . . .

mexicanus obscurus- ■ • •
Certhia coccinea. . .... . • .

obscura .... . . . •

pacifica .... .... ...

sanguinea .... ....

I".\GE

21
22

20,

v^3

3,^

35
22
10

57
20
20
15
15
15
33
19
17.
19
20

19
32,
19

1 1 ■

1 2
12
12
12
38

26, 2S

49
3'^
39
?^?^
39
43
50
42
43

37 Certhia vestiaria ....

38 \-irens ... .... ....

38 Chaetoptila

37 angustipluma

38 Charadriidse .... .... . . .

38 Charadrius

37 auratus orientalis ....

37 dominicus fulvus ■ • . .

21 fulvus .... .... . . .

glaucopus .... ....

hiaticula .... ....

53 "like C hiaticula" ....

pluvialis .... .... . . .

60 taitensis .... ....

60 \'irginianus . . .... . . .

60 xanthocheitus .... ....

60 Charitonetta

60 albeola . • • . ....

25 Chasiempis • •• ■ . . • •

25 ddlei .... .... ....

25 gayi

62 ibidis. ... .... ....

38 ridgwa\-i .... ....

38 sandvicensis

(Also No. 65 in pt. )

113 sandwichensis .... ...

35 (Also Nos. 63 and 65 in pt. )

35 sclateri

24 Chasienipsis obscura. . ....

22 sandvicensis.. .... ...

23 sandwichensis .... ....

60 Chen .... ...

34 h\perborboreus . . ....

19 Inperborea .. .... ...

33 hyperboreus. ■ • • •■••

35 Chloridops • • ■ • • . • • ...

34 kona ....

33 Chlorodrepanis • • • • • ■ .

31 chloridoides •• • ••.

12 chloris • •• • .... . . . ■

15 kalaana •.- ....

15 parva ... .... ....

15 stejnegeri ... • • • •

15 virens •••• •.-. .••

wilsoni .... ....

33 Chrysoniitridops . . .... . . . .

59 cjeruleirostris .... ....

59 Cinclus interpres.. .... ....

Circus . ■ • • • ■ • • ....

cxaneus hudsonius. ... . . . .

50 hudsonius ... • . • •

54 Ciridops

91 anna- . ... ...

^P-

68 Clangula albeola ( See note ) . . . .

68 Cnipolegus sp. (?) .... ....

68 Colluricincla ( ? ) sandvicensis . .

72 Colunibce .... .... . . . .

96 Coot, Hawaiian .... ....

70 Corethrura obscura .... . . . .

74 sandwichensis .... ....

[326]

tAGE,

\'o.

5«

114

25, 28

16, iS

119

16, 19

40, 56

109

41, 44

41. 4'^

1 "^

^■^

41. 44

44 ■

I 8

119

INDEX AND SYNONYMY.

Corvida; ....

CorviiUL' • ■ • ■ . • ■ •

Corvus

hawaiiensis

( P li y s o c o r a X ) hawanensi:
tropicus .... ....

tropicus . . . •
Cracticus ater ....

Crake, Laysan. ...
Creeper, Crimson ....

Great Hook-billed .

Hook-billed Green

Olive-green • .

Red Hook-billed. •
Crow, Hawaiian. . .

Tropic ....

Crymophilus • • •

fulicarius • ■ • •
Curlew, Bristle-thighed ..

Otaheite ....

Cvniochorea cr\ptoleucura

Dafila. .

acuta —

caudacuta. ...
Demiegretta • • • •

sacra •■ • .
Diomedea

immutabilis

nigripes • ■• •
Dioniedeid;e ....
Dove, Chinese Turtle. .

Singapore . • . •
Drepanididse- • . • . •

Drepanis • • • •

aurea ... . . • •

byronensis . .

coccinea ....

ellisiana . • . •

flava • • . • ....

funerea . • . •

(Hemignathns) ellisiana

( " ) lucida

(Himatione) sanguinea

lucida . . • • ....

obscura • ■ • ■

olivacea .... ....

pacifica •• . •

rufa • • • • ....

(Also No. 93 in pt. )

sanguinea ... ....

vestiaria ....

(Vestiaria) coccinea
Drepanorhamphus

funerea • ■ • . • • ■ .
Duck, Hawaiian ....
Dysporus cyanopus ....

dactylatra ....

fiber .... . ■ • •

hernandizi ....

leucogaster ■ • ....

J'A(;k.

34. 35
.15
,i5
.i5

35
35
35

43
42
50
46
43
35
35
25
26
28
28
'3

16, 18

1 1

34. 39

40, 41

43
43
43
40, 42

42
17
15
15
15
15
15

62
62
62
40
74
70
96
82

72
62
62

45
51
51
19

12
1 1

J/
57

91
74
96
96

82
71
95

lOI

70
91

24
[3

Dysporus jiarvus ....

piscator. . ....

sula. • . • • • . . . •

gee-eve. ■ . ■ • • ....

"Eine Art Ente" .... ...

Eki-aki. . .... ....

Elepaio, Hawaii .... ...

Kauai .... ....

Oahu

Emberiga sandvicensis ( S\n. indet. )

atricapilla (Syn. indet.).
Eutoniiza (?) angustiplunia ....

Eopsaltria sandvicensis ....

( Chasiempis ) maculata . . . .

' ' obscura • • • •

sandwichensis

( Phaeornis ) ob.scura • . . •
Ewaewa .... ....

Falcones • • . . . . . ■

Falconidse • . ....

Finch, Crimson House . •••

House . . ....

Laysan .... ....

scarlet . • ....

Fish Hawk ( See note ) . . . .
Fly-catcher, Dusky ...

Sandwich .... ....

Spotted-winged . •
"Fou de Cayanne" ....
Fregata

aquila

aquilus . . .... ....

leucocephala ....

leucocephalus, et palmerston

minor .... ....

strumosa .... ....

Fregatidae • • . • ....

Fregeta • • • • .... ....

aquila .... ....

Frigate, Palmerston •.

White-headed ....

Fringilla coccinea • . • • ■ . •

Fringillidfe .... . . . •

Fulica • ■ • • • . • •

alai . • • . —

FuliciuLe .... .... ...

Fuligulinse .... ....

Fulmarina; • ■ • . ■ . ...

Gallin;e. . .... ....

Gallinula

chloropus .... ....

galeata . . ....

galeata sandvicensis . .

sandvicensis

■:^p-

Gallinule, Hawaiian . . ...

Gallinulince .... ....

Gambetta (uliginosa . . ...

f^^

('5

114

119

39
39
54
49
33
61

14. 15

34. 38

23. 24

2 2 1\

24
24
24
24
24
24
22

106

119
64
64
24

25
25
25
25
25
25

25
25
91

41
41
41
41
41
41

INDEX AND SYNONYMY.

PAGE.

NO.

I>AGE.

NO.

Gannet, Brown . . ....

.... 15

Himantopus • ■ ■ • . • . .

.. 26

masked. . ....

candidus .... ....

Godwit, Pacific... ....

2<S

kandseni .... ....

.. 26

Gooney .... ....

knudseni ... ....

Brown .... ....

.... 10

I r

nigricDJlis. ... ....

.. 26

Goose, Cackling ....

2>:->

Himatione . • . . ...

41. 43

Hawaiian .... ....

• . • • 20

aurea .... ....

•• 49

Lesser vSnow ....

chlordoides .... ....

Sandwich Island ....

.... 20

chloris .... ....

■■ 45

Gracula longirostra . •

1 12

( Also Xo. 77 in pt. )

nobilis .... ....

■ • • • 57

112

dolei .... ....

•• 43

Grosbeak, Parrot-billed

104

dolii .... .... ....

Gull, California . . • • • •

.... 7

flava .... ....

.. 46

Franklin's ....

fraithii . . .... ....

Point Barrow ....

freethi . ■ . . . ■ . .

•• 44

Ring-billed ....

kalaana. . .... ....

Gygis ^

5. 9

maculata .... ....

.. 48

alba .... ....

niana ... .... ....

alba Candida ....

montana .... . . . •

•• 47

alba kittlitzi

uewtoni . . .... ....

Candida .... ....

.... 9

parva .... ....

.. 46

sanguinea . . • • ...

Haakoae .... ....

(Also Xo. 82 in pt. )

Haliseus aquilus ....

stejnegeri . . ....

•• 44

Haliplana fuliginosa ....

virens ... .... ....

4^'

Innata. ... .... ...

(Also Nos. 78, 80, 88 in pt.)

Hawk, Brown .... ....

■ • • • Z^Z

wilsoni .... ....

■■ 45

Hawaiian .... ...

Hirondelle de mer brune ....

Marsh

• • • • i'S

5«

Hone^'-eater, Hook-billed. .

•• 50

Hemignathus

40, 50

Laysan . . .... ....

affinis .... ....

Yellow-tufted

■ • 57

113

(Also Xo. I02 in pt. )

Hoo hoo .... .... ....

ellisianus .... ....

Hunakai .... .... . . .

. 28

hanape])e ....

100

Hydrochelidon fuliginosuni ....

lanaiensis • . • . . •

Hypoloxias aurea .... . . .

■ 49

lichtensteini

coccinea. . .... ....

lucidus .... ....

lOI

obscurus

lawi .... .... ....

• 43

(Also Nos. 95, 97, 102 in pt.)

Ibides

olivaceus . • . • ....

Ibididfe . . • •

. 20

(Also Xo. 102 in pt. )

Ibis, White-faced GIossv ....

procerus- •••

• 43

stejnegeri .... ...

liwi .... .... ....

wilsoni .... ....

■ ••• 53

102

liwipolena .... .... . . .

• 43

Herodii . . ....

Herodiones .... ....

.... 20

loa .... .... ....

• 15

Heron, Black-crowned Xiglit .

Iwa. . .... .... ....

vSacred .... ....

.... 21

Iwi

• 44

Heteractitis . . • •

26, 27

Iwipolena . . .... . . . •

brevipes .... ....

.... 27

Iwipopolo .... . . . •

• 43

incana • • • • . •

incanus • • • • • ■ ••

Kaao=Ao (Sp. indet.).

Heterorhynchus- . • •

40, 5'

Kaio ... .... ....

• 33

affinis .... •••

(Also Xo. 60 in pt. )

hanapepe . . • •

100

Kaka ( See note ) .... . . •

• 17

lucidus

.... 52

lOI

Kakawahie . . .... • • ■ •

olix'aceiis .... ...

lOI

Kala

. 8

wilsoni

• • • • 53

102

Kaniao .... .... ....

117

Heteroscutus l)re\-ipes

Kamou . . .... ....

. 60

117

incanus .... • • . •

.... 27

Kanono (Sp. indet.).

[328]

INDEX AND SYNONYMY.

Keke ... ....

Kioea ....

Kiowea • . ....

Kipi ....

Kleiner rotlier. . . .

Koae ....

Koae ula ....

Kolea ....

Koloa inaoli ....

mapu ....

nioha ....

Kiikuluaeo . .

La Mouette bruiie . . • •

La Paille-eii-Oueue a britis rouges
de I'isle de France ....

Laridae .... .... . . •

Lark, Sky

Icarus

barrovianus ■ • . •

californicus •• ••

delawarensis . • • .

franklinii ...

gkiucus .... ....

niger( "■' ) ....

Philadelphia ( .See note )
Lauwi .... .... . • •

Le Foil . . • ■ ....

blanc .... .... ...

brun .... ....

commune . ■ . • . • •
Limicoke • . • • ....
Ivimosa • • • .

lapponica baueri . .
Linaria coccinea .... ...

(Also Xo. 9,s in pt. )
Longipennes .... ....

IvOphortyx

californica
Loxia pitxopsittacus . .

psittacea .... ...

IvOxioides • • • . ■ .

bailleni .... ■ . ■

bailleui ...
I/OXOpS

PAGE.

NO.

5«

I 14

.^0

( Also Xo. 91 in pt. )

caeruleirostris

( Chrysomitridops ) cceruleirostris
coccinea ... • • . •
coccineus .... .... ....

flammea .... • . . •

ochracea ...

rosea .... • . . • ....

rufa . ■ . •

wolstenholmei .... ....

Mamo ... .... .... ...

Perkins .... ....

Man-o'-war Bird .... ...

Memoirs B. P. B. Museum, Vol. I., No. 3. — 6.

26, 27

5
30
30
54
54

39. 54
54
54

41. 4'^
49

49
49

49
49
48

49
43
49
49

42
42
15

1 I 2

S3
24
2:,
23
24

49
91

54
104
1 04

105
105

94
94
91
91
90
92
72
93
93

Manuku .... • . . •

Mareca americana (See note
Megalopterus tenuirostris. .

stolidus. . ....

Meliphaga fa.sciculata ....

Meliphagidce • . . •

Melithreptes vestiaria . . . •
Melithreptus obscurus

pacificus .... ....

vestiarius ....

( Also Xo. 96 in pt. )

virens .... ....

Mellisuga coccinea ...
Merganser

Red-lireasted ....

serrator ... ...

Merops fasciculata- . . .

niger .... . . . •

sp-

Microanous . • . • •• . •
hawaiiensis- •••

Miller Bird

Mina .... ....

False • ■ • • ....

Moha

Moho- ... . . • • ....

( Also Xo. 1 13 in pt. )
Moho .... ....

angustipluma ....

apicalis • • . •

atriceps .... ....

bishopi

braccata ... ...

niger .... ....

nobilis • • • • ...

(Also Xo. 113 in piart.)
Mohoa angustipluma

apicalis .... ....

braccata ....

fasciculata . . ....

(Also Xo. 112 in pt. )

nobilis ( in part ) ....
Morus pan'us ....

piscator .... . . . ■

sula .... ....

Mud hen .... ....

( Also Xo. 41 in ])t. )
Munia ... ....

nisoria

nisoria punctata ....
Muscicapa maculata

obscura .... ....

sanduicensis ....
(AI.SO Xo. 63 in pt. )

sandvicensis. . ....

sandwichensis ....

Muscicapidce .... ....

Mynah, House ....

Myzomela nigroventris. . . .

sanguinea • ■ • •

29]

PAGE.

NO.

1.8

1 12

35. 56

i6, 17

1 12

I \2

5. 9

5«

115

3<^

3«

5«

114

1 13

5«

114

1 1 1

1 10

I 12

^ '

112

5«

114

113

1 10

110

119

35. 36

3'^

— T

INDEX AND SYNONYMY.

Nau kane • • • •
Nectariiiia b\roiiensis

cocciuea . • • .

flava . • ■ •

lucida • • • •

iiiger . . ...

sangiiinea
Neiie • • ■ • • • •

Nesochen . • • ■
sandvicensis • •

Nettion crecca ( See note )
Noio .... ....

Nukupuu
Numenius • •

australis . .
temoralis
pli;e(iinis . •

tahitiensis

taitensis . ■
Nycticorax

griseus

nycticorax ....

nycticorax naevius
Oceanodroma • • • •

castro ....

cryptoleucura . .

luliginosa ( See note )
Oeoe .... . ■ • .

Qjstrelata buhveri

hypoleuca ....

phseopygia.

sandwichensis

Oio

Olokele ....

hokii

popolo . .
Olomao

( Also No. 1 19 in pt
Olomau
Omao .... ....

Ouychoprion fuliginosa

fuligiuosus ....

lunatiis ....

serratus. . ....

Onychotes gruberi

solitarius ....

Oo aa .... ....

Oreomyza

bairdi

flammea • • .

maculata ■ • . .

tnana ...

montana

newtoni ...

( Rothschildia ) parv

wilsoni ....
•Ortygometra obscura

sandvicensis. .

sandwichensis . .
Oscines. . ....

Ospray ( See note ) . .

TAG 1:.

NO.

Otus lirachvotus. . ....

4:^

Ou ..

(Also Xo. 117 in pt. )

holowai .... ....

lOI

Honolulu ( .See note )

1 12

polapalapa ... ....

Owliolowai ■ . ....

Owl, Short-eared ....

17. 19

Hawaiian ....

Pakalakala .... ....

Palila

Palmeria . • ■ . ....

100

dolei

26, 28

dolii .... ....

niirabilis ....

Paludicolse .... ....

Pandion ( See note ) . . •

(Polioaetus) solitarius

solitarius ....

Partridge, California ....

Passer

domesticus ■ • . •

"*2

Passeres .... ■ ■ . .

II, 13

Pelecanus aquilus ....

fiber .... ....

leucocephalus ....

leucogaster ....

palmerstoni . . ....

parva .... • . . •

parvus .... ....

r 2

sula . • ■ • ....

1 2

Pennula

ecaudata

miller .... ....

7 ">

millsi ... ....

palineri .... ....

118

sandvichensis ....
sandwichensis ....

118

wilsoni (See note)

119

Peristeridte .... ....

Petrel, Bonin ....

Bulwer's .... ....

Dark-runiped ....

Hawaiian Storm ....

Salvin's White-breasted

Petrodroma sanguinea . • . ■

112

Phaebastria . . ....

1 10

Phcenicurus rubricauda . . .

41. 46

Phseornis

lanaiensis

myadestina

inx'iadestina • . ....

oahuensis

oahunsis .... ....

obscura

palraeri ■ • • .

Phaethon

asthereus .... . . . •

atherus ....

lepturus

pha-nicurus ....

i:■^

rubricauda

PAGE.

NO.

104

7,7,

104

41, 43

22, 23

I 2

1 2

118

117

120

119

116

[3,^.0]

INDEX AND SYNONYMY.

Phaethontidae • • • •
Phaeton aethereus .

(Also No. 20 iu pt.

caudidus . . . •

phaenicurus

rubricauda • •
• rubricaudata •

rubricaudatus

rubricaudus
Phalacrocorax plagicus ( See
Phalarope, Xorthern

Red

Phalaropodidse
Phalaropus • •• ■

lobatus

Phasianida; • ■ • •

Phasianus • •
torquatus • • •
versicolor

Pheasant, Japanese

Mongolian

Ring-necked
Phyllornis tonganensis

virens . • . •

Pintail

Pipi

Piscatrix Candida . • •

piscator • • • •
Planetis guttatus ■ • •
Plegadis • • • •

guarauna —
Ploceidse ....

Plover, Pacific Golden
Pluvialis fulvus . .

longipes • ■ •

Poleua . • . • . •

Poliocetus solitarius .
Porphyrio • • • •

melanotus • ■ •
Porzanula • •• •

palmeri
Priofinus • • • •

cuneatus
Procellaria alba • •

anjinho. • • • •

buhveri • • • •

buhverii. • • • •

macgillivraj-i
Procellariidse
Pseudonestor • •

xanthophrys

Psittacina olivacea ( See note
Psittacirostra

icterocephala

olivacea (See note)

psittacea • •
Psittacopis psittacea . .
Psittirostra icterocephala

psittacea • • • •

sandvicensis
Ptilotnrus fasciculatus
Puaiohi- ■ • • • •

note )

PAGE.
[4

14
14
14
14
14
14
13
25
26

24. 25

3'
31
30
30
46
46
18
54
15
I.S
8
20
20
34. 39

?2, 24

11,12

21
20
20
20
20
20

44
45

55
56
56
55
55
82
82
30
104

23
23

i?^

39. 53

103

40. 53

104

1 12

116

Pueo • • • • • • •

Puffinus —

columbianus
cuneatus
knudseni . . .
nativitatis

n. sp. • • ■

newelli

Quail, California \'alley
Ouerquedula circia { See note )
Rail, Laysan •

Sandwich

Wingless .

( Also No. 40 in pt
Rallidae
Rallns

acaudata • • •

ecaudata

obscura

sanduicensis

sandvicensis-

sandwichensi
Raptores
Raven . • ■ •
Recur\irostri(he •
Rhodacanthis

flaviceps- • ■

palmeri
Rlixnchasjiis chpeata
Rice Bird • ■ • •
Roth.schildia •

parva . • • •
Sanderling . • • •
Sandpiper, vSharp-taileil

Siberian Pectoral ( See note
Scarlet Bird • •
Scolopacidae . • • •
vScolopax guarauna

incana • • • •

phaeopus(?)

solitaris ■ • • •

tahitiensis

undulata • • ■ •
Shearwater, Black •

Christmas Island

Knudsen's

Wedge-tailed
Shoveller • • • •
Sickle-bill, Green
Sittacodes • ■ •

Skylark

Snipe, A,sh -colored.
Sparrow, Chinese

European House
Spatula —

clypeata
Spilopelia • • • •

vSteganopodes
Sterna • • • •

alba • • • •

bergii ( See note )

Candida

PAOE,

12
12
12
13
13
13
30
18

23
23
23

22
22
23
23
23
23
2.^

35
24, 26

40, 55

55
18

41, 46
46

24, 26

27
28

27
13
13
12
12
18
51
54
35
27
39
38

16, 18
iS
31
13
5. 7

15
16
16

17
17
18

40
39
39

39
39
39
39
39
39

108
107

83
50

36
48

51
48

51
48
'7
17
16
16
29
97
104
61

48
69

[33 1 1

INDEX AND SYNONYMY.

Sterna fuliginosa ■ • • •

fuscata • • • • • •

gouldii . ■ • • . • . •

guttata ■ • . ■ ■ •

infuscata • • • • ■ • • •

luctuosa • . • •

lunata •• • • ■ • • •

melanauchen . .
uivea • • • • • • • ■

oahueusis • • • •

( Onychoprion ) serrata
ovvhyhaensis ....

pauaya .... ....

serratus. . • . • •

stolida . • • • • • • •

unicolor • • ■ .

Stilt, Hawaiian . . . . . •

Storm Petrel, Hawaiian
Strepsalis interpre.s . . . .

Strepsilas interpres. • • ■
vStriges . . .... ....

Strix delicatula . . • •

sandwichensis ....

Strj'x accipitrina . ■ • •
StnrnidiE . ■ . • . • • .

Sula

bassana .... ....

brasiliensis ....

cyanops

dactylatra ....

erythrorhyncha . • • ■

fiber .... • • . ■

fulica ■ • ■ . • • . •

fusca .... ....

leucogaster . ■ ....

leucophtea ....

melanops .... ....

uigrodactyla ....

pan-a .... . . • ■

personata ....

piscator ... • • . •
piscatrix ....

pluniiguhi. ... ....

rubripeda ....

rubripes .... ....

sinicadvena . ■ ■ •

sula

SulidK

Sultana Bird .... ....

S\dviid£e .... . ■ • .

Tachj'petes aquila . • • •

aquilus ■ . . . . •

leucocephalus ....

palmerstoni ....

Tcenioptera obscura ....

Tatare faniiliaris ....

otaitensis .... • • ■ .

Tatler, Wandering. ...

Teal, Laysan .... ....

Telespiza

cantans

flavissinia ....

. <8

Tern, Gre>-backed

Hawaiian ....

. 8

Noddy

Peale'.s . . ....

. S

Sootv ....

White

. 8

Tetraonidie ....

Tliala.ssidronia ....

■ 9

bulweri ....

sp. (?)

> 8

Tetanus brevipes

fuliginosus ....

. 8

(Gambetta) incanus

incanus ....

oceanicus ....

pedestris ....

polynesice ...

.solitarius ....

undulatus ...

Tringa

acuminata- •

.1.'^

aniericana ( See note )

interpres ....

,33

tnaculata (See note)

,^^4. 37

oahuensis ....

Tropic Bird, Red-tailed

\Mnte-tailed

Tubinares. ... ....

Turdidse . . . •

Turdu.s sandwichensis

sandwichensis ( var. )

^:■^

woahensis . • . •

Turnstone ....

I.S

Turtur

chinensis

Tyrannula obscura ■ .

I' au .... ■ . . ■

Ukaka

Ukeke

Ukekeke

I,S

ria

I'laaihawane ■ • . •

22>

Ulala

I'lili

Uluaihawane . • . ■ • . .

ITnu kane . . • • • -

Uwau ... • • • .

Vestiaria

akrona . • . •

34.35-

coccinea ■ • • ■

i,S

evi . . ....

heterorhynchus • .

hobo . • • • • • •

\'iduina:' .... . ■ • •

119

Viridonia

5«

I 15

niaculata . - • •

119

sagittirostris

Weaver Bird • • • ■

Wideaw ake ....

40. 54

Grey .... • • • -

106

Yellow head. Bird with . . .

106

Zapornia sandwichensis

[.33:

. 8

■ 9

. 8

' 30

I 2

0 —

26, 27

■4

35. 59

119

120

119

1 2

104

■4

40, 42

ID]

41, 46

104

JUN 2 1902

MEMOIRS

THE BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM

POLYNESIAN ETHNOLOGY

AND

NATURAL HISTORY.

Vol. I. — No. 4. ,

Ancient Hawaiian Stone Implements.

BY WILLIAM T. BRIGHAM, A.M.

- HONOLULU, H. I.;

Bishop Museum Press.
1902.

BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

Sanford B. Dole, LL.D President.

William O. Smith Vice-President.

Alfred W. Carter Secretary.

Henry Holmes Treasurer.

Joseph O. Carter. vSamuel M. Damon. William F. Allen.

MUSEUM STAFF.

William T. Brigham Diredlor.

William H. Dall . . Honorary Curator of Mollusca.

William A. Bryan Curator of Birds.

John F. G. Stokes . . Assistant and Adling Librarian.

Allen M. Walcott Assistant.

John W. Thompson .... Artist and Modeller.

Alvin Seale CoUedlor.

John J. Greene Printer.

STONE IMl^LEMENTS AND STONE WORK

OK THE

ANCIENT HAWAIIANS.

BY WILLIAM T. BRIOHAM, A.M.

Memoirs of the Hernici' I'diuihi l)ishop Museum.

Vol. I. No. 4.

HONOLULU :

BISHOP MUSEUM PRESS.

1902.

OKDKRKI) PRINTED I!Y THl-; TRUSTEES
NOVEMBER <S. 1901.

iU > 1902

PREFACE.

In selecting the Stone Implements of the Ancient Hawaiians for the subject of the next chapter
of what I had some years since intended should be a history of Hawaii, or rather of the Hawaiians
before the advent of other and ver}- different racial influences, it may be fair to explain to my
readers, almost at the start, my method in this fragmentary edition of such information about old
Hawaii and its customs as I have been able to gather during the past thirty-six years. And here
I must be pardoned for thrusting a personality into what I greatly desire to make a clear and
impersonal statement of facts.

When I came to these islands a young man full of enthusiasm, fresh from the teachings of
Agassiz, Gray, Wyman and Cooke, eager to study nature in all her aspedls, unbiased by theory,
only anxious to learn, I found a land where traces of a native civilization were not all effaced. The
American Mi-ssion had labored a little more than forty years and the results of their work were still
vigorous: the missionary homes still existed, oases in the outlying districts, where I could talk
with venerable men and women who had landed in 1820 when the young son and successor of
Kamehanleha had ca.st aside all that his ancestors had held sacred in religion, and was not yet ready
to assume new responsibilities, — indeed he hardly gave much thought to the great change that was
impending. One era was at an end, another was on the threshold. Hitherto intercourse with for-
eigners had but little modified the native ways of living. There had been no interruption of the ancient
worship although it had been for years falling into mild decay. The admirable unwritten system
of law regarding laud tenure, water rights, fishing privileges, and the .stern but generally beneficial
kapu were almost unimpaired, and that little band of missionaries that went like Joshua's spies
to view the land, and whose story is so charmingly told in Ellis' Toi/r of Haivaii, found people
and things much the same as did the wrecked Spaniards when they knelt on the Hawaiian beach
three centuries before.

I never had the pleasure of meeting William Ellis, but I have corresponded with him.
I have met and lived with most of the other early missionaries, and if they were perhaps more
anxious to remove tho.se obstacles to eternal health which threatened the interesting people they
had come to save, than to study the past history and work conne(5ted so intimately with what
they considered a fallen state, their desires were sincere and unselfish, and they were always ready
to place their journals at my disposal and to answer c[uestions which must at times have seemed to
them almost idle.

Other sources of information, now closed forever, were then open to the traveler among the
Hawaiians. In the remote valleys the sound of the kapa beaters still echoed from the pali, and the
ancient fabric was still worn to some extent. I have gone to rest in a grass house by the light of a
stone lamp filled with kukui oil, after my native hosts and I had conversed by the light of the more
primitive string of kukui nuts. I had for my guide on the island of Molokai a man who had oflRciated
as priest in the native temple whose ruins he was explaining to me. Mateo Kekuanaoa, the father
of two kings, and the most intelligent native I ever met; John li, Charles Kanaina (father of King

[335] '^'

iv Prejace.

Lunalilo). King Kaniehaineha V., were all living and willing to contribute to the notebooks I was
filling more with a desire of gaining and retaining information than with any view of future publica-
tion. Many humbler contributors added to the store when in mountain journeys they wrote for me
the names they all then knew of bird or plant or place.

For years these notes were useless although they came back with me to these islands in 1888,
but when a few years ago I expected to leave the Hawaiian group forever, I destroyed all that I could
lay hand upon as useless baggage in my proposed wanderings. That any escaped was due to the
change of plans before I had time to read them all through before consigning them to the fire. From
this examination they are still fresh in my memory although it is quite possible that the details
might have been more complete had the originals been still before me.

From these sovtrces more than from the voyagers, I shall draw in the proposed sketches of the
Hawaiians. I have left untold the tiresome accounts of battles, and I have been .so unorthodox an
historian as to care very little for thronal succession, if this term can be used where the kings had not
e\'en a stool to sit upon, or for the genealogies, for I ha\"e seen them falsified to satisfy ambition.
I have already published an account of the curious F'eather Work of the Hawaiians and I now take
up the Stone Work, intending to continue the series with Wood Work, Mats and Baskets, House
Building, Food and Cookery, Games and Sports, Warfare, Dress and Ornament, Religion, Kapa
Making, Cord and Netting, Fisheries, Canoes and \'oyages, Me.-'icine, Chronologv, Water Rights,
Land Tenure and Kapu. These chapters are partly in order and will l)e presented as material on
hand seems sufficient, and not necessarily in the above sequence.

In this chapter I have endeavored to illustrate all the genuine old Hawaiian implements, but
constantl}' in the course of writing new examples have come to me and I cannot suppose that I have
encompassed all within the limits of these few pages. It has been an object with me in all this work
to present to those who cannot examine the collecfions in this Museum as clear an idea as possible of
what they comprise, and as this must be rather in the nature of material for farther study and com-
parison, I have not encumbered my pages with man}- references to other works or parallel examples,
which might exhibit the number of books on kindred subjeifts I may have read, but would add little
to a knowledge of these Hawaiian matters. Where the material exists in this Museum, or is familiar
to me in other museums, for comparison between Hawaiian and other Polynesian examples I have
briefly called attention to the divergence or parallelism, but I have refrained, as far as possible, from
mere conjedlural relationships as proving common derivation, preferring to reserve such discussion
until all the evidence at my command in all the departments of this series has been fairly presented.

Alamakani, October 26, 1901.

Stone Implements of the Ancient

Hawaiians.

A chapter Irralnio- a/so oj llic ancient Stone J I 'o/Vc, Sculpture and sitcli remains as are
at present knozcn either in Museums abroad or on these islands In' Willieim.
TT. BriglaeiiTi, A.M., Direflor of the Bernice Fauahi Bishop Museum.

IN the Pacific Region it is not necessary to discuss the tools of primitive man: the
first known inhabitants of the Pacific islands were many thousand years removed
from i^rimitive man, and the delicate questions of tertiary or early quaternary
remains may be wholly eliminated. We need not, even for convenience, divide the
remains of tools used here into stone, bronze or iron periods. There were no such
divisions. Neither iron, copper, nor tin was accessilde to the islanders, and from the
time they landed on the bits of land scattered through this ocean, whether it be five or
twenty centuries ago, they used wood, stone, bone or shell for the purposes where modern
civilized man uses the metals or pottery, and this use was universal until little more
than a century ago when iron and foreign tools were introduced here and there among
the islands. Even on the Hawaiian islands metal tools were far from common in the
middle of the last century.*

If in this region there was a counterpart to the fabled Atlantis of the lesser
ocean, in the diluvium that removed its possible inhabitants all their work perished
with them and the little islands which perchance serve as gravestones to the lost con-
tinent are unmarked by any inscription. The architectural or sculptured remains
today found on Rapanui, Tonga, the Marianas and elsewhere are the work of people
not remote from the present or historic inhabitants. There are tools of rude form and
careless workmanship from the Pacific islands; forms that unconnedled with their
more modern representatives would puzzle the antiquarian, but there is nothing truly
in the nature of incunabula.

If then the mystery of the birth of primitive implements is not to be approached
on these islands; if the oldest of the tools cannot boast an age of more than twenty
centuries, modern indeed in the history of the human race, what have we left ? Simply
the rude implements of an intelligent people who had arrived at a certain stage of
civilization when they left their home and sought another in the Pacific. What they
had formerly must have been greatly modified by the new environment, but in their

* In iSso Rev. Mr. Forbes .speaking of his district of Kealakeakua said, '.^xes are very rare There is not a native carpenter who

owns a set of tools, to my knowledge on this island [Hawaii], the population of which is .,o,ooo or more. Jlere and there one owns a saw and
an adze ; rarely any however e-xcept canoe diggers, and the tools they have usually belong to .some chief for whom they work." Rev. H. T.
Cheever. Thr hlmul ll'fiiil of lli,- Pacijii-,x>- 221. TXevi \'ox\l, 1S51.

[337] <5)

6 HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

rude tools and methods perhaps is hidden the most definite clue to the origin of the
Pacific immigrants, but this will not here be discussed for the space at our disposal is
otherwise bespoken. Of all that remains stone is the most durable material but with
all its hardness it bears the imprint of human hands as the hard bone 3-ields to the
softer muscle, and some one may take these stone records, add to them the other works
and customs of the ancient Hawaiians and perhaps solve the enigma of their origin.

FIG. I.

HAWAIIAN STONE H.AMMERS.

At present too little is known of the archaic languages as well as customs of the en-
circling nations or peoples, at the time of the first irruption of the ancestors of the
Pacific islanders, to stud}- the problem with profit.

How much memory of a previous civilization the Pacific immigrants brought
with them we may never discover : certainl}- the}^ could not have brought much in the
way of household goods, and from what we know of their earl}- voyages the bulk of
their cargo must have been food. Tradition on all the groups points definitely to the
arrival of the first settlers in canoes; the more recent immigration to New Zealand
even preserves the names of the canoes which were later transferred to the tribes
springing from the crews. On landing, a waterworn log, such as ma}- be found on

most beaches, would perhaps be the first implement used in rolling the heavy canoe

[338]

STONE HAMMERS. 7

ashore. The presence of a canoe argues the possession of cutting tools and of con-
siderable skill in their use, but if any were brought with them these must in time have
worn out, and new ones were to be provided if the newcomers were not to fall back in
their civilization. Axes were perhaps the first tools needed for Ave may believe that
there were no hostile tribes to drive from most of the islands, and we know that there
were no dangerous animals to exterminate. Shelter and the simplest wants of camp

FIG. 2. .VUSTRALIAN (1922) AND M.\ORI (1539) HAMMERS.

life require the axe and hammer. To make an axe a hammer is needed and a frag-
ment of stone serves this purpose better than a more civilized man can understand
until he has seen a pebble in a deft hand shape an axe, a pestle or a dish. One frag-
ment is doubtless more convenient than another and a roimded form easily held in
the hand has been seleAed by most primitive people. The Maori of New Zealand
twisted a withe around the stone to make a handle (No. 1539, Fig. 2) and the Aus-
tralian fastened the stone to a simple handle by means of a ver}^ tenacious gum ( No.
1922, Fig. 2), but the Hawaiian did verj^ good work with the handle Nature has
provided in his strong right arm. Now as the aftual priority- of manj- of the simple
stone implements must be simply a matter of conjecture, I prefer to leave to everyone
including myself, full liberty to arrange their descriptions in the most convenient order

without prejvidice to any theory of sequence.

[339]

8 HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

Hammers. — Taking first then the hammers as the most simple, least artificial,
and perhaps for that reason what we have fewest specimens of in our museums, we
might perhaps with the conceit of modern civilization ask what people without nails
needed hammers for. Perhaps, the earliest use was to drive a stake for which a smooth
stone of rounded shape was more convenient than a rough fragment of stone, as an}'
man who has ever camped out knows very well. Other stones must be split and chipped

BEk

FIG. 3. HAW.\IIAN C.^NOK BRKAKERS.

to form axes, and verj- early in the histor}- of the human race it was found that a sea-
worn pebble was a suitable tool to knap flint or chip clinkstone. Coconuts* in these
tropical regions must be opened in the skilful way that every old native well knows
lest the precious liquid be spilled; kukui nuts must be cracked without bruising the
kernel which is to be used for a candle ; the bark of the shrubs used in making first
strings, afterwards kapa or bark cloth must be beaten ;t then when the wooden bowls
and dishes so common among the Hawaiians cracked or were broken, little pegs (which
were indeed nails) must be carefully hammered into the breach; in the basket work

♦Coconuts (.AV«), the fruit of a palm whose home was on the isthmus of Darien. were probablj- introduced by the first comers. If planted
immediately in this climate at least eight years would be required to reach the bearing age. Ocean waves would not bring these valuable
nuts to the Hawaiian Islands which are washed by a northeastern current, and are on the extreme northern limit within which this palm
flourishes.

t Although in later days specialized beaters were used for this purpose, as will be shown in the chapter on Kapa Making, at first simple
stone hammers served the purpose as among the Maori and other Polynesian people.

[340]

CANOE BREAKERS—STONE USED. 9

successive loops or la^-ers must be hammered iuto place; the poi pounders were shaped
as we shall see when we come to this indispensable implement, and in fine the uses of
the simple pebbles with slightly flattened sides as shown in Fig. i (4468 and 4469)
were even more general than those of the beautiful but specialized hammer of a modern
tool chest. In the same figure No. 4482 represents a natural fragment of lava used as
a hammer for general purposes in an Hawaiian family for several generations: it is a
convenient tool and has the advantage of the shabby umbrella in being less in demand
bv the borrower.

Canoe Breakers. — In general no handle was used on Hawaii as by the Aus-
tralians, Maori and so many primitive people, but in a certain modified form of hammer
a flexible cord of coconut fibre was substituted for a handle precisely as the rope handle
of the iron ball used at the present time in the athletic exercises of "throwing the
hammer". Hawaiians used these large and heavy hammers in war
to break canoes. They were also swung in the powerful grasp of the
Hawaiian chief much like the "morning stars" of mediaeval warfare.
In the specimen ( 7945 ) on the left of Fig. 3 the knobbed neck to which
the rope was plaited has been broken off, but in the Munich museum
there is a fine specimen. Fig. 4, with the rope attached. The right
hand specimen (2975) had a groove for the encircling cord and it has
also been used in later times as a pounder of roots both edible and

FIG. 4.

medicinal. And here let us remember that the simpler the tool the
more varied its uses. This grooved pebble can be an active hammer or a passive sinker
to a net ; a stone cup maj- be a lamp or a paint pot or even a chafing dish in which to
burn souls, as will be described later when Hawaiian religion is considered. While it
is certainly convenient to call or label a specimen by a definite name, another person
maj- prefer another designation for A\hat he considers the more important role the
article may play.

Stone Used. — The materials used in fashioning the implements of the Pacific
islanders may be enumerated here. The list is not a long one, if we eliminate intro-
duced material, as for instance, granite brought as ballast from China and eagerly
sought bv the old Hawaiians for sinkers. Of simple minerals we have calcium car-
bonate in the form of corals and of stala6lite in the caves in raised coral reefs, and in a
more compact variety resembling marble where lava streams have run over the raised
and consolidated reef; Calcium sulphate or gypsum also found in caves or raised reefs
and used for the shanks of fish hooks: red ferric oxide or hematite is found in masses
of small size in Hawaiian lava flows and is used for clappers and sinkers. Of the rocks
composed of several minerals the most common and important is basaltic lava in all its
protean forms. From this are made the lamps, dishes, cups, balls, pestles, sinkers,

[341]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

etc., and it is found in nearly all the high islands of the Pacific. Found with this is
phonolite or clinkstone, invaluable for adzes and grindstones ; it is of a most compact
.stru(5lure, brown, gray, or even black in color and is a mixture of sanadine, felspar,
nepheline, hornblend and nosean.* It is found with the older lavas, and on these
islands generally at a considerable elevation; on Manna Kea at 12,000 feet. x'\s its
name implies it has a very metallic clink, and old worked specimens often simulate

cast steel.

Obsidian or volcanic glass is not a product of the Hawaiian volcanoes but is

found elsewhere in the Pacific and is important for the cutting qualities of its glass-
like fractured edges. From Rapanui in the extreme east come the dagger heads, and

BHRNICF. PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM. ^

FIG.

OBSIDIAN DAGGER AND DAGGER HEADS.

from the Admiralty' group at the western edge of the Pacific region come the spear
heads and the capital daggers of which a specimen is shown in Fig. 5 (No. 1562).
The Rapanui dagger heads, of which three are shown in the same figxire, are of coarse,
almost stoii}' obsidian and when used are fastened to short wooden handles. Masses of
clear obsidian from New Zealand but no objedls made from it are in this Museum.
In Mexico this volcanic glass was greatly used in olden times for inlaying as the Maori
used paua shell and also for the keen narrow knives used for circumcision and other
surgical operations.

* The chemical conipcsition of an average specimen is given as ; Silica 57.7. Alumina 20.6. Potassa 6.0. Soda 7.0, Lime 1.5. oxides of Iron
and Manganese 3.5. Magnesia 0.5. Specific gravity about 2.5S.

[342]

STONE USED.

Pumice (basic) is found as a froth of a greenish hue about the Hawaiian volcanic
vents but owing to its extreme friabilit}- is not used as is the trachytic pumice drifted
to the Hawaiian shores, perhaps from the Alaskan volcanoes ; this is found buried in
the sand beaches on the windward side of Kauai, and has been used from the earliest
times as a polishing material.

Coral limestone is of considerable importance throughout the Pacific region and
is often crystalline, hard and compact without much indication of its original stniAure;
in this condition it is used for pestles, poi-pounders, dishes, weights, etc. Calcareous
limestone is found compacted of the sand and debris of the reefs blown ashore and

BERNICE PAUAHI hisHul' MUbbUM.

FIG. 6. SLINGSTONES FROM NEW CALEDONIA AND GUAM.

cemented by seolian influences, but it generally is not hard enough for making tools,
although sometimes good as building stone. The coral reef rock was once used largely
b}' foreigners for building purposes as it can be cut from the reef at low tide with an
axe and on continued exposure to the air it hardens. The first church in Honolulu is
entirely construdled of this material, but I do not know that the old natives made any
extensive use of it in the construdlion of temple walls or even the walls of fish ponds.
Where lava streams have flowed over the raised reef the limestone has almost the
appearance of marble, although never in thick beds. In cases where it is granular,
like coarse sandstone, it is frequentl}' very hard and tenacious, making capital
pounders (Figs. 35 and 37). With this material should be classed the shells so
important on the atolls where no stone of anj- other nature occurs. The huge Tridacua

[34.3]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

is a quarry for adzes which vie with those made from clinkstone in durabih'ty and
the power of retaining a cutting edge.

While in the eastern Pacific phonolite is the important material for adzes and
chisels, in New Zealand, New Caledonia and other western islands greenstone* largel}-
takes its place. Nephrite or Jade is frequentl}- used for ornament or amulet and even
for adzes, while an aluminous form, Jadeite, is used for the blades of ceremonial adzes
or axes in many islands of the Bismarck archipelago (PI. LX.).

FIG. 7. HAWAIIAN SLING AND SLINGSTONRS.

SlingStones. — A hammer with a detachable handle was widely used in Poly-
nesia. Next to a club a stone seems a most handy weapon and is often nearer at hand
than a stick. When in the olden time a Hawaiian was obliged to travel into the upper
region of the mountains he was much in the habit of taking a stone in his hand for
protedlion albeit no more substantial eneni}- was to be met than the aioiiakita or spirits
whose domain he placed in the waste places above the forests. The smooth pebble
from the brook with which the Jewish shepherd bo^' slew the Philistine giant was very
primitive as a weapon beside the slingstones of the Pacific islanders. Where the im-
proved form originated or who was the inventor may never be known ; certain it is that
all through the Pacific an elongated form with conical terminals was in use. Far away

* .\ fuller account of greenstone will be given below in the notice of the Maori implements and ornaments.

[344]

SLfNGSTONES.

in the Mediterranean the Balearic islanders were sought as the most skilfnl slingers in
the Roman, Greek and Carthaginian armies, and the luix pliinibca of the Romans was
not unlike the stone proje<5lile used by the Hawaiians.

The New Caledonian on the west had the lightest and most acute slingstones
while the Hawaiian in the east had the largest and heaviest, and in both cases, as may
be seen from the ilhistrations (Figs. 6 and 7, and Plate XXXI.) the stones were almost
always double cones. Rolled patiently between flat stones with motion from right to
left as well as back and forth, the stone fragment graduall}- assumed the form best
suited to insure directness of aim as the missile could be made to revolve on its axis,
like a rifle ball, bj- the skill of the slinger. The average weight of the New Caledonian
stones in this Museum is 1.56 oz., and their length is 1.75 in.; of the Hawaiian 4.73 oz.
and 2.65 in. The material of the former is a sort of steatite, of the latter lava, and of
those brought from Guam by Mr. A. Seale, stalactite. It will be noted that all these
stones average lighter than cricket balls (5.5 oz.) or base balls (5.2 oz.).

The collec?tion of slingstones shown in Fig. 7 was found on the grounds sur-
rounding the Bishop Museum beneath a large fragment of lava which was being removed
for building purposes. This was near the ancient path from Waikiki to Ewa, on the
top of the slight ascent from the marshes. Perhaps the warrior had here placed his
ammunition to drive back some enemy using the trail and death had claimed him
before his stones had all been slung.

The following table will show the size and weight of the stones figured: —

Plate XXXI.

4822.

4814.
4818.
4813.
4820.
4824.
4826.

4823.
4821.
4815.
4828.
4825.
4830.

48.^1-
4832.

4833-
4834-
4835-
4836.

Compact lava, 2.65X1.6X1.5 in.. 5 oz.
Brown lava, 3X1.9X1-7 in., 7 oz.
Smooth finish, 2.85X 1.7 in., 6 oz.
Compact lava, 3.1X2.1 in., 10 oz.
Lava, 3.4X1.9 in., 10 oz.
Grey, clay-like, 2.7X 1.8X 1.7 in., 6.5 oz.
Red, porous lava, 2.4X1.7 in., 5.2 oz.
Clay (palolo), 2.6X1.5 in., 4 oz.
Clay (palolo), 3X 1.6X 1.4 in., 4.5 oz.
Rolled lava, 2.6X1. 9X1.7 in., 6.5 oz.
Cellular lava, 2.4X1.6 in., 5 oz.
Claylike, 2.5X1. 6X1.5 in., 4.5 oz.
Cellular lava, 2. 3 X 1.5 X 1.4 in., 4 oz.

4829
4816
4812
4817
8051
8049
7648

4819
8048

4827

7749
4842

Rolled lava, 2.35X1.9X 1.8 iu., 6.5 oz
Rolled lava, 2.1 X 1.6 in., 4.5 oz.
Rolled lava, 2.1 X 1.65 in., 4.5 oz.
Cellular, 2.1X i-SX 1.4 in., 3.5 oz.
2X1.65X 1.5 in., 4 oz.
Well-rolled, 2.2X i .55X 1.45 in., 4 oz.

Average 2.65X 1.64X i 54 in., 4.73 oz.

P'lGURE 7.

4837
4838

4839
4840
4841

Smooth, 2.4X1. 4X1.2 in., 3.2 oz.
Rough rolled, 2.4X1.5 in., 3.7 oz.
Brown, smooth, 2.4X1.8 in., 6 oz.
Grey lava, 2.6X 1.6X 1.4 in., 4.5 oz.
Ground, 2.6X1.6X1.5 in., 4.7 oz.
Very irregular, 2.8X 1.5X 1.4 in., 5 oz.
Rough, tufa-like, 2.3X 1.7X 1.6 in., 5.2 oz.
Lava, 1.9X r.65 in., 3.7 oz.
Cellular lava, 1.9X1.45X 1.2 in., 3 oz.
Lava, 2X 1.5X 1.3 in., 3 oz.
Flattened, 2.1X1.5X1.1 in., 2.7 oz.
Round, rough (Xoa?), 1.5 in., 3 oz.

Cellular, 1.7X1.5 in., 3 oz.
Defective, 2. 4X1. 65X1. 5 in., 4.2 oz.
Nearly round, i .9X i .7 in., 4 oz.
Cellular, 2.2X1. 7X1.6 in., 4.7 oz.
Cellular, 2.1X 1.5X1.4 in., 3.2 oz.

The heaviest weighs 10 oz., the lightest 2.7 oz.
[34,S]

14 HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

The simple sling of pandanus was the most inartificial of any used in the Pacific.
The Caroline islanders had a handsome sling of braided coconut fibre. The form of
sling and their use in warfare does not concern us at present and we may pass to the
next stone implement.*

Anchors. — Certainly the anchors iised by the Hawaiians before the advent of
iron were hardlj- man uf allured. Often a mere stoue to which a cord of coconut fibre
could be attached served the purpose of holding the canoe temporarily on the shoals
near shore. More commonh' the canoe of a chief was provided with a stone through

FIG. 8. HAWAII.iN ANCHOR BELONGING TO ONE OF K.\MEHAMEHA'S CANOES.

which was a natural hole (Fig. 8) a form not hard to find among volcanic rocks.
When a convenient hole could not be found a strong net of olona was put around a
stone of suitable size and the painter made fast in this way. In sea water abounding
in marine worms canoes could not be left long at rest in the water but were drawn out
on the beach, when not in aAual use, so the need of an anchor was less; in fishing it
was sometimes important.

Grindstones. — In New Zealand the presence of sandstone ledges brought
together workmen of various tribes to grind or polish their adzes, etc. The same was
the case in Australia, but the Hawaiian had no sandstone fit for the purpose and he
used the flat slabs of phonolite which often present a parallel cleavage and so form
plates .sometimes thin enough to use as covering slates. The hardness sometimes

*The use of slings was general all over the world, and from the earliest times, and they were, before the invention of firearms, no
contemptible weapon. In the chapter on Hawaiian warfare their effecftiveness as well as their various forms \\-\\\ be considered. The battle
of Nuuami (1795) was perhaps the last great conflict in which Hawaiians made use of slings.

[346]

GRINDSTONES. 15

made the stone a whetstone rather than a grindstone and the labor mnst have been
immense. In Fig. 9 may be seen examples of grindstones long nsed and now in the
Bishop Museum. The illustrations are fair examples of the worn surfaces of Hawaiian
grindstones. In all that have been ob.served there is an absence of grooves ; the
abraded surface is always an even, shallow concave.

Grindstones are among the oldest of Hawaiian stone-working tools and their
use (except for an occasional knife-sharpening) had ceased long before I had any
knowledge of the islanders. That stone balls (Fig. 10) were formed by long-continued

FIG. 9. HAWAIIAN GRINDSTONES.

rolling between stones of this class is well known, and I am assured that two long narrow
stones like the lower one in Fig. 9 were used for this purpose, a man squatting in the
native manner at each end and communicating a reciprocating motion to the upper
stone as in the operation of sawing. Without cutting sand the operation must have
been a tedious one, yet the many specimens extant show that a great deal of this grind-
ing must have been done. The finish is by no means the same on all, but the use to
which the balls were put in the games required a fairlj' spherical peripherj'. Immense
balls of a generally spherical form but rough surface are known as "puts" of some
native Hercules, and these are generally unworked and often merelv the residuary
nucleus of a decomposing mass of lava. One ver}- fine one once in a private collecftion
on Molokai was fabled to have been rolled nearly the length of that island, destrojing
forests in its course. Another in the Bishop Museum more than a foot in its smaller

[347]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

diameter, and weighing eighty-seven pounds was used as a test of strength on Kauai.
The largest in the illustration ( No. 35S8) was used as a bowl, is of good surface, weighs
twenty-two pounds, and is seven and a half inches in diameter.

Similar but flatter grinding stones were used on other groups, as the Solomon,
Gilbert and Caroline islands, to grind the shell money of those places. In that opera-
tion the fragments of .sea shells or of coconut .shells were roughly rounded by the
hammer, drilled and strung on the midrib of palm leaflets, often a score or more at a
time, and rolled until polished. Specimens in the Bishop Museum from all the.se

FIG. 10. STONE BALLS USED IN GAMES.

islands show great skill and a beautiful finish. The flat stones on which the Australian
ground edible seeds and shaped adzes in turn must be classed with these Hawaiian
grindstones. In no case have I seen any ornamentation or definite shaping such as
the Mexican both in olden time and now gives to the nictate ; all the grindstones of
the Pacific islanders were stri6lly utilitarian.

Polishing Stones. — With the exception of adze-sharpening and ball-rolling,
the large flat grindstones were not much in demand, the smaller stones, even round
pebbles taking their place as more portable and more convenient of application to any
surface however irregular. Here again the diversity of uses for the same simple tool
is well seen, the pebblestone hammer being very generall}-, especially by the Maori,

used for a polisher.

[348]

POLISHING STONES. 17

For coarse abrasion of comparatively? softer substances the cellular lava of the
Hawaiian volcanoes affords a capital means. The hard, glassy, silicious crust on the
flows is full of cells and generall}- occurs in ver}- convenient tablets as may be seen in
Plate XXXIV., No. 3053. When these are partly worn so as to open the first layer of
subcuticular cells a most efficient rasp is at hand. This hard cellular lava also occurs
in thicker layers and from these, besides a common rasp, a tool of ver}- ancient applica-
tion was made as shown in Fig. 11. The Hawaiians were a race addi(5led to bodily
cleanliness, and as they had neither soap nor a very suitable sand, tliis evenlv rough

OP MUSEUM.

FIC. II. HAWAIIAN BATH KIBBERS.

stone was their best detergent much used in the olden davs. The two specimens
figured (424S and 4249) were used bv the Kamehameha familv and tlie spherical cells
are still blocked by the abraded royal cuticle. In the same connecT;ion pumice was used
as a fric^ional depilatory, as well as to reduce callosities of the skin. Large blocks of
pumice were used to remove the bristles from pigs before baking. Another convenient
use of the flat plates of cellular lava was for files when broken into strips and rounded.
The beautifully finished Hawaiian bone and shell fish hooks were wrought with these
apparently clumsy implements which were also required to keep them sharp. The
apuapii auai iiiakaii or fish hook sharpeners (Fig. 12) were found all over the group,
but from their small size and brittle nature not many are preserved in collections.

As a rule the cellular lava served to do the rough work on the wooden bowls
rather than the polishing proper, and the same may be said of the coral blocks which

Memoirs B. P, B. Museum, Vor.. I., No. 4. — 2.

[349]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

came next in ronglmess. In fine work the usual succession was fine coral, or pitna,
pohaku clckii a rather soft, brittle stone, rough pumice or ana oalii (baked pumice),
olai., oio and lau iilii or dried leaves of the breadfruit tree. A large variety of polishing
stones may be found on Plates XXXII. -XXX\'. The oio was a stone used especially
to polish canoes. It was early discovered that the shape of the polishing stone con-
tributed to its efficienc}- and the smoother back and the raised knob, ridge or handle

soon followed. On the
hard woods of Hawaii
a long continued rub-
bing was necessary.
The glassy polish af-
fedled h\ the modern
fanciers of Hawaiian
bowls was, of course,
never found on the old
dishes or bowls. The
polish given by the
skilfiil old Hawaiian
with the breadfruit
leaves was more last-
ing as well as more
tasteful than the mod-
ern French polish. The
plates will show fully
the various forms and
texture of the more common polishing stones and a minute description is unnecessar}-.
The patient application of whatever medium was the secret of the beautiful finish
of the best of the old inuckc or bowls.

Door Stone. — Not what is usually meant by that term, but here a literal
translation of the Hawaiian name Pohaku piika. As the Hawaiian house made of a
light frame covered with grass could not be safely bolted when the small entrance door
was closed at night, an ingenious contrivance was sometimes used which, if it would
not prevent housebreaking would probably- wreak vengeance on the intruder. It may
be stated that the door was very low, .seldom exceeding three feet in height, and one
entered as a quadruped. Across the way was stretched a cord over a short peg near
the bottom of one door post and by this cord was suspended directly over the entrance
a heavy stone. One in the Bishop Museum is shown in Fig. 13. It weighs 36.7 pounds
and W'Ould be likely to disable if not kill outright any person on whose back it might

fall. This is the only mantrap among the Hawaiians which has come to my notice.

[350]

4477

4478

4479

FIG. 12. HAWAIIAX FILES FOR FISH HOOKS.

SOUID-HOOK SINKERS.

Squid-hook Sinkers. — Among the produAs of the sea few were more gener-
ally acceptable to the Hawaiiaus than the squid or hcc. Both fresh and dried it was a
favorite concomitant of poi the national
dish. To capture it on the reefs where
it abounds, a peculiar hook was used
which will be more fully described in
the chapter on the Fisheries, but here
it miist be shown (Fig. 14) to explain
tlie use of the stone sinker. The spindle
to which the bone hook is attached has
at the opposite end the stone sinker
bound face to face with a cowrie, usu-
ally Cypirca /ii^n'iia, which is a favorite
bait for squid. W^hen lowered to the
bottom the stone falls beneath and is
hidden by the shell : the hook is partly
concealed by the blades of grass bound
to the spindle near it. When the squid
grasps the coveted shell, the fisher pulls
the line and if all goes as planned, the
hook enters the soft bod}' of the raollusk
which is then drawn in through the ink
which it emits. In Tahiti, instead of
a whole shell, fragments are bound like
shingles over the sinker which is less
carefully cut than by the old Hawaiians.
Plates XXXVL-XXXIX. show a large
series of these sinkers which are of vari-
ous material, even foreign stone from
ship ballast. No relic of the old stone
time is more abundant than these squid-
hook sinkers, and the abundance is due
to the fact that they were easily made,
and like poi pounders their use continues
to the present day. I have seen the old
stones used as sinkers to a net as well.

FIG. 13. HAWAIIAN DOOR STONE.

Stone Knives. — While the native bambu furnished convenient knives very
generall}- in use whether to trim kapa or circumcise a lad, stone was also in use for

heavier work such as carving a dog or pig. No specimens are known that show any

[351]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

■ «i

care in working-; simply a split stone with a more or less sharp edge not enhanced by
grinding and unprovided with any handle as shown in Fig. 15. Such a rude imple-
ment could hardly be
classed with edge tools.
It was not so far advanced
as the rough flensing
knives of the Chatham
islands Moriori, where the
; stone is shaped to some

extent and the handle is
formed. Fig. 16 shows
these knives used bv the
Moriori for cutting the
blubber from whales or
other oil yielding mam-
mals. Still less could
they compare with the
more finished obsidian
knives from the Admir-
alty group shown in
Fig. 4. Probably not
much use was made of the
Hawaiian stone knives
for they are verv rare.
Knives of wood with in-
serts of shark teeth will
be described in the chap-
ter on Tools and Manu-
factures. They were less
common on this group
than on the Gilbert Isl-
ands. The more impor-
tant cutting tools, adzes
- - and axes I leave for the

FIG. 14. HAWAIIAN soiuD-HooK. prescut to be considered

later as perhaps the most finished product among Hawaiian stone implements.

Clubs and Pestles. — Warfare and Peace. As with all primitive people these
states were not long sundered in time or space, their symbols may be considered together.

Clubs and pestles in Hawaii were often of very similar form, and whether a given example

[352]

CLUBS AND PESTLES. 21

as No. 4798 in Plate XL., or better .still No. 4657 in Fig. 23, was weapon or tool must
be decided by the iinisli and the abrasion of the grinding end. I believe this latter
specimen to be a club i^Nciva) both from the superior finish, unusual on a pestle,
and from the absence of any sign of abrasion at the butt. It was a heavy effe(?tive
weapon made of compact lava.

Another form of newa was free from any ambiguity. Formed of stone like the
last, it had four wings or ridges at the head, and although this example (Plate XL.,
No. 4785) was not so carefully wrought as some, it was a favorite form and similar
clubs of heavy kauila wood are in the Bishop Museum. What I believe to have been

BHRNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM.

- 1 1 • '

^^^^^^jjBBBBB^B4?5n^BB^B^^^

FIG. 15. HAWAIIAN STOXK KNIFE.

a later adaptation of this pattern has been described* by Charles H. Read, Esq.,
F. A. S., from the Vancouver collecflion in the British Museum. A stone head with
four ridges is bound to a baton of kauila wood by cords of olona. In the Bishop
Museum are two heads of stone (Fig. 18) of which No. 47S9 closely resembles
the one in the Vancouver collection; it weighs 16 oz. The other. No. 4790, is barrel-
shaped, 4.4 in. long, and weighs 19 oz. Four deep grooves receive the attaching cords
and the base is slightly hollowed out to receive the end of the wooden handle. There
is another head of much better finish in private hands in Honolulu, in whicli the at-
tachment to the wood was facilitated b}- four knobs at the base. I have examined this
through the kindness of a third party but have been unable to obtain either cast or
photograph of the specimen which is said to have been found in the district of Kohala
on Hawaii. It was brought to me for a name, and there may be other similar specimens

* Journal of the Anthropological Institute. XXI., p. 10=;, pi. .\.

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPIEMENTS.

BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM.

l^ing unknown and neglected in jDrivate hands. Those in the British Museum and
those here figured from the Bishop Museum are the only specimens known in museums.
On the same plate ( XL.) is figured a club of far better finish than those hitherto
attributed to the Hawaiiaus ( No. 4786). It has, as can be seen on the plate, a smooth
finish and no knob on the handle end, but instead is perforated by boring from each
P side. Through the bevelled

hole thus formed a strong
braided cord of olona is
passed, showing that besides
its use as a common club
the weapon could be hurled
as a bold to entangle the
legs of an adversary. This
latter use was a favorite one
among the Hawaiian war-
riors and in Fig. 19, No.
478S, is shown a stone cut
with some art to effect the
same end. Its section is
flat and the distal end is
broadened and thickened at
the edges; there is a suit-
able knob by which to make
fast the cord. To return to
our club on PI. XL. The
seAion is not round but
elliptical, connedling it with
the flattened clubs called
iiioc by the Maori who
greatl}- prize them ; indeed
hey are often made of jade of considerable intrinsic value. The Bishop Museum pos-
sesses one of beautifully clear light green jade 17.2 inches long. Of this flattened form
are the Moriori clubs shown in Plate LXII. which seem to show the original form
afterwards more or less modified by their Maori successors \\\1o palii and iiicir.

Two other weapons, 4793 and 4794, are shown also on Fig. 19. These were
grasped in the hand as a reinforcement and gave the fist a dangerous solidity. They
could, according to other native authorities, be used as holas. I have seen only these
two which are quite distinct in material and finish,

[354]

i^^^S-fe-

FIG. 16. MORIORI STONE FI.EXSING KNIVES.

CLUBS AND PESTLES.

Stone club heads are common enough in other groups, especially in the western
Pacific where the Solomon islanders make very elaborate short clubs with a round un-
pierced stone head concealed within basket work. The wooden handle is often elabo-
ratel}- inlaid with pearl shell. The New Guinea men make the well-known spherical
club heads fastened to the stick with gum in which are imbedded small shells or
squares of pearl shell. Dr. Giglioli has described these clubs in a learned and com-
plete essay.* The neighboring inhabitants of the Bismarck Archipelago make heads
of various forms as shown in Fig. 20.
^\\& golcgolc (No. 157 1 ) is rare, but
the star-shaped forms are more com-
mon and show great care and patience
on the part of the maker. It should
be noted that this last form is now fre-
quently imitated and with modern tools
is not difficult to shape, but the finish
will generally betray the work to the
initiated. I do not think that this star
form has any connec^tion with the stone
stars of the Peruyians described by
Squier and others. The stone stars
described by Whymper as common in
Ecuador and figured by hinif have no
cylindrical body from which the star
arms radiate as in the club heads of the
western Pacific. None have more than
six rays, and in some these rays are
very short. In weight they vary from
five to twenty ounces, and while the
Ecuadorean stars may have been used ''"^'"'- '

as club heads (at least the heavier
ones), it is quite as likely they were ornaments or symbols conuecfled with star worship.
The disk clubs of the New Caledonians belong to the same class and are usually made
of jade, although this is sometimes of the coarsest grade.

And here I ma^- be permitted to digress so far as to mention the jade working
of the Maori and New Caledonian. Greenstone is not found on the Hawaiian islands,
hence the material was not described with the Hawaiian stones in the earlier part of
this chapter, but in New Zealand, New Caledonia and New Guinea the produces in the

* Le Mazze con testa sferoidale di pietra della Nuova Brcttagna. dette I'alao. Prof. Knrico H. Giglioli, .\rchi\'io per I.'.\ntropologia
e la Ktnologia. Vol. XXVII.. p. 17. Firenze, 1.S97.

t Travels Amongst the Great Andes of the Equator, by Edward Whytnper, p. 269.

[355]

COMPOUND H.VW.MIAN CLUB.
From Kead.

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

shape of adzes, clubs, amulets or oruanients are among the choicest of worked stone
objedls and are found in every museum.

The middle island of the New Zealand group has been sometimes named for the
greenstone ox poumnuu found there, Init the name properly belongs only to the quar-
ries,— Tc wai poin/iimii. Alauy grades of greenstone are worked, biit the choice, deli-
cately colored and somewhat translucent varieties usually called jade are the ones of
present interest. These are ver}- hard and line-grained and lend themselves to careful
and patient work as few other stones. Dr. A. B. Meyer the distinguished Diredlor of the

FIO. iS. HAWAIIAN CLUB HEADS.

Dresden Museum has published* full information on the physical and chemical char-
acteristics of this stone which in its varieties has many names as jade, jadeite, melanite,
nephrite, greenstone, serpentine, chloro-mclanite, etc. From Dr. Meyer's fine work
I borrow three analyses (by Frenzel ) to show the constant proportion of silica in speci-
mens from different localities: —

A'c'a' Zealand Ad'^c. Ncji' Caledonian Adze.
56-30 55.80

5.62 5.67

14-30
21-95

2.90
Sp. gr., 3.16 101.62 Sp.gr., 2.98 101.07 ^P- »■'•■ 3-o6 99.91

*Jadeit— und Nephril — objtcte. II. .Asien. Oceaiiien uiul .Africa. Konigliches etlinograpliisclies Museum zu Dresden. Leipzig, 1SS3.

[356]

A'eit.

■ (iiiinea

Ad-j.

Silica,

56. So

Alumina,

16.25

Iron o.xide.

7-53

Manganese,

trace

Lime,

5.60

Magne.sia,

3-13

Soda.

12.06

Water,

0.25

15.

.80

•54

.10

CLUBS AND PESTLES.

In the second and third specimens lime and magnesia take the place of alumina
and soda in tlie first, otherwise the bod}- material silica and the coloring element iron
oxide remain essentially the same.

In New Zealand the principal forms of the worked stone are mcn\ //ri-//k/\ toki or
adze and ear ornaments; in New Guinea chiefl\' the adze, and in New Caledonia adze,
disk-club and beads of a spherical or flattened form. Dr. Meyer gives illustrations of
these in Plates \^. and \'I. of the work cited, and the Maori articles are well shown in
a work by Hamilton.* So slow was the abrasion in the rude grinding that it is said
to have taken more than a generation to finish a mere. The tools were blocks of sand-

FIG. 19. HAWAIIAN STONE WEAPONS.

stone rubbed slowly by hand, water dropping on the stone meanwhile. One form of
ear ornament resembling a capital J in the type called Gothic was of peculiarly difficult
workmanship. The odd-looking heitikis with one-sided heads were worked largely
with drills and sand; they had drilled holes for suspension from the neck.

Of all these forms none seem closely related to the Hawaiian except certain clubs
and pounders. I am in doubt whether to class a certain Hawaiian shell ornament in
the Bi.shop Museum with the heitiki, but as it is an unique specimen I have decided to
relegate it to the chapter on Ornament.

An antique form of Maori club is shown in Fig. 21 which both in material and
shape recalls the Hawaiian pestle, but the handle end is in both examples ornamented
with human heads, and one (No. 15 14) has two rude masks on the body as well, while
both have the butt more rounded than in the Hawaiian pestle. Of better workmanship

♦Maori .\rt, by .\. HainiUon.' Xew Zealand Iiistitutt, Welliiigtoii, N. Z.: 4to., Pis. XI.V., XI.VI.

[357]

HAWAlfAX STONE IMPLEMENTS.

FIG. 20. CLUBS OF NEW GUINEA AND THE BISMARCK AKCHIPELAi;(J.

[35S]

PES'ILES.

are the beaters shown in Fig. 22; both are of very dark greenstone and smoothly iin-
ished. The first, No. 15 13, is a paoi or pestle to crush fern root, a process for which
wooden pestles are more commonly used, and the other. No. 131, comes to the Bishop
Museum labelled "Hand
Club", but it certainly
coiild have been used as
a pestle, while its short-
ness (9.6 in. ) would be
inconvenient for a club.

Pestles. — On the Ha-
waiian Group there was
no corn to be ground so
that we find neither the
roller and )ur/aic of the
Mexican nor the long
pestle of the Amerind;
nor did the Hawaiian
grind the fern root which
he usually baked, but he
had the nut of the Altit-
rifcs )iioliiccaua or kukui
and the kamani Calopliyl-
liiiii iiiop/iylhnii to crush
both for food and for the
oil. Here also, unlike the
custom of the southern
islands, the awa (Piper
)ii(tlirsticit))i) was ground,
not chewed. The grind-
ing of bait for fishes was
always done with wooden
pestles which will come
properly under Fisheries.

As a general thing the Hawaiian pestle had no knob at the handle end, but some
of good workmanship, shown in Plates XLI. and XLH., have definite bosses. In some
cases the knob is replaced by depressions on opposite sides of the stem as may be seen
in No. 7999 of Fig. 23. The rudest form, which I believe to be very ancient, is shown
in No. 4483 of the same figure; it is simply a convenient pebble worn by use, and I have

[359]

FIG. 21. ANCIENT MAORI CLI'BS.

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

found it a suitable implement to crush kernels of nuts or the stems of medicinal plants
Where choice intervened the kaliumi lapaaii or aboriginal "medicine-man" always
selecfted ivor}- or bone pestles for comminuting his drugs, — the material gave more
power to the drug. Several ivory pounders are in the Bishop Museum as well as a

medicine cup made from
the vertebra of a small
whale.

Returning to Fig. 23,
we have in No. 4660 an-
other primitive pestle
found in the ruins of an
ancient heiau or temple.
It is of hard cellular lava
rudely wrought, but con-
siderably worn by use.
Next to it is a ver}' choice
specimen, No. 4657, which
equals in the workman-
ship the best Maori speci-
mens; are we to consider
this the iiciva or hand
club of some chief? I have
alread}^ mentioned the
difficulty encountered in
attempting to distinguish
between the weapon and
the tool. The curious fig-
ure in the lower right
hand corner, No. 7947,
is what remains of a brok-
en pestle which by the
hand of a modern forger
has been converted into the semblance of an ancient god. Too many such occur, and
tlie Portuguese or Japanese stonecutters make many a dishonest dollar from the in-
experienced colledlor of Hawaiian curiosities, and the native of the soil is not free from
this cheat. So closely are genuine stone dishes or idols imitated that it is one of the
most difficult matters to pass judgment upon, even for the few experts, and it is safer

for the tj-ro to reject any specimen even if be disinterred before his eyes.

[360]

FIG. 22. M.\ORI PAOI (NO. 1513) AND CLUB (NO. 131).

PESTLES.

BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM.

FIG

HAWAIIAN PESTLES.

[361]

HAJFAl/AN SrOXE /MPLEMEXTS.

The pestles in Plates XLI. and XLII., also in Figs. 24 and 25 are fair examples
of the Hawaiian form, and while in modern times certain ones are often designated
"noni-pounders" I doubt there was anj- distin6lion in ancient times and the same stone
ground kukui nuts for oil or the awa root for the hot and exhilarating drink or, yet
again, noni {Moriiida titrijolia) for dye or medicine. Some, as will be seen, are

FIC. 24. HAW.VIIAX PKSTLES.

flattened at the butt, not always by long use; most, however, are rounded to fit more
closely the bottom of the mortar.

A much more common class of pestles was shorter, conical in shape, and held in
the hand. These mullers, shown in Fig. 26, were generally used to pulverize charcoal
or to grind ochres for paints, or to crush berries or succulent stems for d\-es. Often no
mortar was required but a shallow dish or a flat rock served as nether millstone. Older
in point of development than the taller brethren, they serve as a transitional form to
t'he pol/aku kill poi or poi pounders, one of the most charadleristic of Hawaiian stone
implements and one that survives to this day without a rival in the hand manufacture

of the national food.

[362]

PHALLIC L:ALBLEA/S. 31

Phallic Emblems. — The almost universal worsliip of the Phallus in early
stages of human development extended to the tribes inhabiting the Pacific, and was
prevalent among the Hawaiians. The worship is not to be considered here but the
stone emblems of it must be noticed for some of them are liable to be mistaken for
pestles. I have never found the curious nail which mv friend Dr. Kramer describes

FIG. 25. HAWAIIAN PESTLES.

from Samoa* but there are in the Bishop Aluseum many phallic oljjec^s of undoubted
antiquity. The stone lamps offer many illustrations and i\\& po/iakii clio are sometimes
found buried or otherwise hidden. In one case only have I seen the female element
represented and in that liugani it ajapeared as a well wrought ring through which
passed, but wholly detached, a conical stone similar to the larger of those shown in
Plate LXXV. Many of the obje6ls in this plate are well made and some are of great
size as if intended to occupy a temple, and not merely a private sanctuary. In the
Berlin Museum (Arning colle(5lion) is a male organ of such naturalistic treatment that
I infer it was made in later times and not intended as an object of worship, for in all
sacred phalli a very conventional treatment is shown. The images of the Hawaiian

*Der Steiimagel von Samoa, von Dr. Auj^ustin Kramer. Globus Bd. I..X.\X.. Nr. i (190O.

[363]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPf.FMENTS.

gods, especiallj- those carved from wood are often obscene to an extreme only equalled
in New Zealand among the Maori or in Japan.

Near Kalae on Molokai is a curious sculptured stone having at first glance the
appearance of being waterworn. It is, however, on the top of a hill where no water
could have done the work. I photographed it in 18S9 (Fig. 27) and learned from the
residents of the neighboring ranch that it was once the object of great veneration
under the name of Kaulunanahoa. It has been carved to a great extent, but how much
the natural conformation of the rock contributed to its present form cannot be told.

FIG. 26. HAWAIIAN STONK MULI.EKS.

Dr. Kramer has described"* this also as phallic. It is in a region now depopulated but
once with a large native population as the remains of temples and other stru6lures
indicate. In its present desolation and neglect, this once venerated stone is made the
bearer of various names of tramps. It is as high as an ordinar}- man.

Mortars. — Before following this line of form development we must turn back
to fit the pestles with their mortars. I do not know of an}- pot holes in the rocks out-
side of torrent beds that were used for mortars as was so common among the Amerinds
of New England.

The simplest mortar in the Bishop Museum is shown in Plate XLIII., No. 1227.
It is 15 inches in its largest diameter and bears marks of considerable use. It seems

* Globus, Band LXXIII.

[364]

MORTARS.

to have been a small boulder or nodule of ver_v cellular lava, and was rudel}- fasliioned
more by use than in the original intent. It is considered an awa mortar, because of
its chief use, but would have been convenient for any trituration. Of similar form, but
better workmanship, are the mortars shown in the lower group on the same plate. The
last one of the group has aftually been worn out by long use and the bottom has dropped
awa}^* The middle one shows an approach to the more finished specimens we will next
consider, and which show a remarkable degree of patient and understanding work.
Both inside and out the finish is good, but within the shape is very perfect, being

FIG

KAl'LUNANAHOA ON MOLflKAI.

almost almond-shape in section. The five mortars shown in Fig. 28 were all found on
the island of Kauai, hidden in the earth within the limits of the Kealia sugar planta-
tion, and were turned up by the plow in cultivating for cane. Mr. George H. Dole was
at the time manager of this plantation and added them to his private colle6lion, most
of which afterwards came to the Bishop Museum. The dimensions of these rare speci-
mens, for I do not know of anv similar in anv of the museums, are as follows, in the
order in which thev are placed in the figure. Height and diameter in inches: —

No. 1222, 13.5X6.2; 1224, 8. 5X7. 2; 1221, 7.2X7.2; 1223, 8X8; 1225, 11. 5X7.

These were generally used for grinding kukui or kamani nuts for both oil and
the relish called iiiaiuni/a. I have traced the place of their manufacture to a hill above

* It is not impossible that the bottom has been broken intentionally to jjrevent subsetinent use.
Memoirs B. P. B. Museum, Vol. I., No. 4.-3. L3"5 J

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

Makaweli on Kauai where there are man}' fragments both of the lava nsed for mortars
and the clinkstone of which adzes were shaped. To this fa6lory I shall have occasion
to revert when describing the adze making. What the exact process of manufadlure
was I do not know, nor can an}^ of the old natives satisfy me. Certainly the method
was not a perfect one for many failures are recorded unintentionally among the refuse
heaps of this faAory. One that I brought from there is shown in Fig. 29 and it will
be seen that the sides were split off uniformly all round, a condition that is rather
puzzling, for the bottom of the cup seems about finished, and the accident must have
occurred when the finishing touches were being applied. It can hardly have happened

FIG. 28.

HAWAIIAN STONE MORTARS.

by a fall on to the stone ledge that crops out here and there within the limits of the

workshop. There is the ruin and my readers may adopt such explanation as seems good.

That the stone worker was often deceived in the quality of his seledled stone is shown

by the many failures after much work has been expended, but when the uncertain nature

of volcanic rock is considered and its common want of homogeneity is known, it is not

surprising. Many an experienced sculptor has been bitterly disappointed in his chosen

block of Carrera marble and after much labor has come upon a hopeless flaw.

The shallow cups or dishes to be used with the mullers are shown in Fig. 30.

One (2979) is shown in reverse to exhibit the four legs. Most of the others are very

shallow and were probably used for the paints for the impression of the bambu stamps

on kapa ; hence the}^ are abundant, or at least their fragments are, for each kapa maker

must have had at least three of these cups when printing. There is little variation in

C366]

MORTARS. 35

the form as tliey were objedls of utility not ornament. The following table will give
the length and weight of the Hawaiian stone pestles shown in the preceding figures:

Figure 23.

4483. Rude form, a mere pebble, which has been 7999. Compact lava, 7.5 in. long, 2 lbs. 8 ozs.

n.sed considerably, 6.5 in. long, 2 lbs. 8 ozs. 4660. Cellular lava, 9.5 in. long, 4 lbs. 10 ozs.

4657. Most finished specimen in the colledlion, 7947. Compact lava ; the broken pestle has been

15.5 in. long, 6 lbs. 2 ozs. converted into an idol.

fig. 29. mortar broken in making.

Figure 24.

4652. Cellular lava, round, 12 in. long, weighs 7946. Cellular lava, 1 1 .3 in. long, 5 lbs.

4 lbs. 7 ozs. 4646. Comjjact lava, 19.5 in. long, 5 lbs. 7 oz.

4655. Cellular lava, 11.6 in. long, 3 lbs. 4 ozs. 4645. Cellular lava, 9.5 in. long, 3 lbs. 12 ozs.

Figure 25.

4658. Very compact lava, scored on base, 13.7 4651. Cellular lava, W cut on side, 11.5 in., s

in. long, weighs 5 lbs. 13 ozs. lbs. 3 ozs.

4644. Compact lava flattened, 12 in., 5 lbs. 8 ozs. 4659. Compact lava, round, 11. 5 in., 5 lbs.

4653. Cellular lava, four grooves on ba.se, 11.9 7 ozs.
in., 5 lbs. 8 ozs.

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

46,^2

4634
4635

4636
4637

Compact lava, 6.2 in. long, 34.7 ozs.
Compact lava, 6.1 in. long, 42.5 ozs.
Compact lava, 6.7 in. long, 45 ozs.
Compact lava, 7 in. long, 37.2 ozs.
Compact lava, 6.1 in. long, 48 ozs.
Coral rock, 5.6 in. long, 28.5 ozs.

Figure 26.
4638

4639
4640
4641
4656
4114

Cellular lava, 5 in. long, 32 ozs.
Compact, well made, 5.7 in. long, 47 ozs.
Compact, 4 in. long, 23 ozs.
Compact, 4 in. long, 23 ozs.
Coarse lava, 4 in. long, 23 ozs.
Elliptical sedlion, 4.5 in. long, 46.7 ozs.

fig. 30. stone cups used for grinding.

Pl.\te XLI.

4796. Cellular lava, 13.2 in. long, 4 lbs. 2 ozs. 4798. Cellular lava, 14.7 in. long, 6 lbs. 6 ozs.

4797. Cellular lava, 15.8 in. long, 6 lbs. 9 ozs. 5148. Cellular lava, 13.8 in. long, 4 lbs. 5 ozs.

Plate XLII.

4649. Cellular lava, 13 in. long, 5 lbs. 3 ozs. 4647. Cellular lava, 12.7 in. long, 6 lbs.

4654. Cellular lava, 12.5 in. long, 6 lbs. 8 ozs. 4650. Cellular lava, 13.4 in. long, 6 lbs. 4 ozs.

5149. Cellular lava, 11. 7 in. long, 5 lbs. 2 ozs.

Poi Pounders [Na poliaku kui pui). — We come now to an implement very

prominently identified with Polynesian life: one that had its beginnings with the race

and which will perhaps be the last of ancient things to fall from the hands of the dying

people. Wherever the making of poi reached there were the stone ponnders of one

p'eneral pattern but with many local variations. Where breadfruit takes the place of
^ " [368]

POr POUNDERS.

kalo, as in some Micronesian islands, the edible substance is pounded with similar
pestles of wood or stone. The root of the kalo {Colocasia csciiloita) is cooked and then
pounded on large wooden dishes, with no inconsiderable labor, into a tough and pasty
dough Avhich is then in turn diluted with water and allowed to sour as a paste. This
is the favorite food among the Polynesians both 3'onng and old, and it seems to confute
the popular idea that tropical peoples will not by choice do hard work. Certainly poi

FIG. 31. HAWAIIAN POI BOARD AND POUNDERS.

pounding was the hardest bread-making known among the nations, and the laljor fell
to the lot of the men alone.

But it is not so much the work done with these pounders, which will properly
be considered in the chapter on Food, as the work exjjended in making them, and also
the variation in forms that we are to study here. Every important group in Polj-nesia
(iising poi) had its own pattern, and as they have been somewhat mixed in niu.seums
and private colle^lions, a very brief notice of these forms must be given here. The
group with which in traditional times the Hawaiians had the closest connection through
their long voyages, had a form cjuite distinct from any known to their visitors, and
vet the Tahitian form is often attributed to the Hawaiian islands because the inter-
course in the period when the whaling industry flourished in these waters brought
many Tahitian things to Honolulu which became a point for their redistribution to the

[369J

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

rest of the world. I have traced other Tahitian objeAs, which in the museums of
Europe and America were called Hawaiian, to the fact that the Reverend William Ellis
was a missionary in the Society islands until his health suffered, and on his way home
to recuperate, he was persuaded to tarry in the Hawaiian islands and help the earliest
band of missionaries sent b}^ the American Board of Foreign Missions. His knowledge
of the Tahitian dialect enabled him to converse with the closely related Hawaiian,
and thus his help was invaluable to the teachers on Hawaii who were struggling to
master the language of the people they had come to instruct. Mr. Ellis was more than

»>=-^:fer!ttiSt-'8;A>,asB)Kyi^^*feja^:tsaj>itegi!g<i-!

FIG. 32. TAHITIAN POI POUNDERS.

an ordinarj^ teacher as his most interesting lour oj Haivaii in 182 1, and his various
works on Madagascar prove, and he not only studied manners and customs but colledled
specimens of the manufa6lures of the peoples with whom he sojourned, and the col-
ledlions brought through Hawaii from Tahiti and now in the British Museum mainly,
were sometimes confounded with those that Mr. Ellis colle6led in Hawaii.

Evidently- the Tahitians held their pounders in a different way to the Hawaiian
bread-maker for the chara6leristic cross bar was the handle instead of the cylindrical
stem of the pounder. While the cross bar was longer or shorter, and of differing curves,
the specimens shown in Fig. 32 are good types of the southern form. Although the
Marquesan group is much nearer the Society than the Hawaiian islands the pounder

found there more resembles that used ou the latter group, and was held in the same way.

[370]

MARQUESAN POI POUNDERS.

FIG. 33. MARQUESAN POI POUNDERS.

Its distinguishing feature, on all the specimens that I have seen, was the small knob
at the top which was either simply grooved (S004, 8005) or decorated with a head

of the type common
in Marquesan art.
Both these forms are
shown in Fig. 33, and
the graceful curve of
the stem should be
noticed. The artistic
outline is closer allied
to the Tahitian than
to the Hawaiian. A
very ancient form of
Marquesan pounder
now in private hands
in Honolulu is shown

in Fig. 34. The double head is boldly modelled and the whole finish of the pounder is
good. It perhaps favors my belief that
the cannibals did better work, and had
better taste, than the people who lived on
poi and fish; but any one may form his
own theory if he has specimens enough
of the work of each division of the
Pacific islanders to make a fair com-
parison. To me there is something
very cannibalistic in the two faces on
this pounder, and I am inclined to be-
lieve that the poi pounded with it was
often as the bread to the more im-
portant meat.

The pounders used by the can-
nibals at the other end of the Pacific
region, the Maori, have been already
figured (Fig. 22, p. 28). The fern root
and hinau berries (yEIceocarpus dciita-
tiis) were generally beaten in a wooden
bowl with a wooden pestle, neither of '"'^- ^^- ^^^"Ent marquesan poi pounder.
them having any connexion with the Hawaiian poi board and pounder. Both the bowl
and pestle were often carved in artistic forms as were so many of the humblest imple-
ments of the Maori. [371]

40 HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

Returning to the north Pacific we find in Micronesia a very distinct type of poi
pounder. Both the cross bar and the boss have disappeared and a flattened disk termi-
nates the stem otherwise quite like those of the Polynesian islanders alread}' described.
On many of the islands of Micronesia no stone is found ; coral and coral sand form the
solid laud and it is common to see implements that on the yolcanic islands are made
of lava on- these atolls made of compact shell, or in the case of pounders, of coral rock
solid and ringing. Such are shown in Fig. 35 where the excellent workmanship of the
cannibals and the peculiar discoidal top ma}- be seen. One or two conical points are in

FIG. 35. COKAI, KOCK I'Ul'.X DHK,S KRO.M KUK.

some cases added apparently for ornament, or it may be to indicate an especial use, as
the two specimens (3291, 3292 ) in the middle of the group lune two points and are said
to have been used for grinding taik^ a red pigment greatly prized by the Ruk people.

Also from the Caroline islands are the two pounders shown in Fig. 36. One
(7075) is of wood painted red like man}- of the Caroliuean objects of the same material:
the other is of very compact lava and well made. These are used for pounding both
kalo and breadfruit.

I am not acquainted with any other form of importance outside the Hawaiian

group, but on this group there was a variation in form greater tlian any of those already

seen. However, we are getting on too fast and must return to the very primitive

mullers from which have developed all these forms. An\- one of the mullers shown in

[372] ■

POI POUNDERS. 41

Fig. 26 would do for poi pounding but the}' all lack weight and the face surface is not
of sufficient diameter to do well the needed pounding. In Fig. 37 we have a conical
niuller made of coral rock (coral sand conglomerate) which is fairly heavy (4 lbs. 12 oz.) ,
but while it would strike a forceful blow it would not be so easy on the recover, and in
spite of the rather roiigh surface would be likely to slip from the hand. In this case
the inventive genius of an intelligent people would soon devise the slender stem and
knobbed top. I am able to show the intermediate shape when the stem had been
diminished for the better clasping of the hand. Fig. 38 shows a very old muller or

FIG. 36. WOOD AND STUXK I'Ul'NDKKS, CAKUI.INK ISLANDS.

pounder found in the ruins of an old hciau or temple. It is roughly- wrought and
indicates an early age or little skill on the part of the maker. It almost gives the
impression of a lump of clay being fashioned on the potter's wheel. It is the onl_v one
of this form I have seen.

Let not my reader suppose tlial I attach mucli importance to this development
of the pounders; there is no chronological sequence so far as known, and while it is
eas}' to arrange intermediate forms, it must be always remembered that we have nothing
bej'ond our imagination to rest upon. We cannot prove that the simple form was not
made long after the so-called intermediate for some special purpose. There are no
bones of the cave bear or of any other extinct animal with which these stone tools have
been found, and except tradition there is no possible help in dating any of the old speci-
mens. Tradition seldom meddles with the common implements of vulgar life, and

certainl}' does not in many of the ones which occupv our attention at present.

[373]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

I am fortunately able to show how the Hawaiian poi pounder was made, and it
is probable that this was the most ancient method. In Hilo in 1888 I found an old
native at work with his son fashioning poi pounders for his neighbors and one of the
photographs I then took is shown in Fig. 39. Sitting on the porch of his house on a

mat (no longer Hawaiian
but Chinese), clad in for-
eign clothes, father and son
still retained the native pos-
ture and the native methods
I had seen a quarter of a
century before when a grass
house and stone platform
had served as background
to a bronzed figure clad only
in the unobtrusive malo or
clout, working in the same
way for the same end. Only
a hard silicious pebble arm-
ed with perseverence and pa-
tience made produ(5ls fairly
shown in the plates and fig-
ures. Now it is said the
modern pounders are often
turned in a lathe,* and these
substitutes are used by the
Chinese to prepare the Ha-
waiian's national food!

Not seldom when much
of the hard rough shaping
is done the work must be
abandoned because a flaw is discovered. Two such failures are shown in Fig. 40. The
first (No. 8815) looks almost like a model of an eroded mountain for the hard pebble
has cut away the stone much as the torrent washes out the valleys. The first stage
was nearly finished. In the second example (No. 8043) more progress had been made:
the concavity of the sides was marked and the face was nearly complete when the
great crack from side to side appeared and the disappointed workman threw the block
on to the refuse heap whence it found its way into a stone wall where the reje6led stone
was seledled from the whole wall for the lesson it could teach.

* I have recently seen tolerable poi pounders cut with a short-handled axe. It took nearly a day, and the result was rough.

[374]

FIG.

HAWAIIAN MULLER OF CORAL ROCK.

POI POUNDERS.

I have wondered whether the Hawaiian priesthood was enongh like other priest-
hoods to cling tenaciously to the use of ancient implements as well as forms. I have

no information at first hand on the matter, for the
priests had ceased to perform their fundlions, at
least in public, before my day, but in the ruins of
a temple on the slopes of the Kaala range on Oahu,
were found by Messrs. Bryan and Scale of the
Museum staff, several pounders of antic^ue form
two of which are shown in Fig. 41. No. 10,031 is
made of a lava closelv resembling stratified sand-
stone, and is considerably flattened. No. 10,032
is of a curiously shortened form. Both bear
marks of long use. The Alii or Chiefs were par-
ticular about their poi pounders, carrying their
own on journeys, and some of the Moi or Kings
placed a kapu on their private pounders. In the
Bishop Museum is the "sacred" pounder of the
great Kamehameha, a small form easily carried
on a journey or war-like expedition. It escaped

FIG. 38.

ANCIENT HAWAIIAN POI
POUNDER.

being photograph-
ed as it was in the
case with relics
and not with the
other more ple-
beian pounders.
Under the circum-
stances the priests,
who by this same
kapu ruled the
Kings, probabl}'
were equally par-
ticular about their
own pounders.

Another native
custom had its in-
fluence on the size
if not the form of
some pounders. The )i/aka aiuaiia or people, as distinguished from the chiefs and

clergy, had neither an}- property nor any rights that their rulers were bound to respect.

[375]

I'di !■( irxiii:KS.

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

Everything belonged to the King. The Hawaiian saj'ing "C_7 hma^ a lalo^ kai, o nka
a o ka hao piu\ ko kr '///" (All above, all below, the sea, the land, and iron cast
upon the shore, all belong to the King) was so true that if a chief heard the noise
of pounding poi, and was hungry, he could take the poi from the commoner to satisfy
his own hunger even if he left the poor fellow starving. This was sufficient!}' com-
mon in practice to induce the making of pounders of smaller size that would not

FIC. . 40.

UNFINISHED POI POUNDERS.

betray the preparation of food bv the noise. Na poliakii km poi lualu. .Such are
several of the pounders shown in Figs. 43 and 44, and these lighter forms were the
ones carried bv the servants of a chief on a journev-

On the island Kauai are found two peculiar forms: one in its various modifica-
tions is shown in Plate XLI\".: the other in Plates XLV. and XL\T. Both of
these forms are two-handed and the process is rather grinding than pounding. They
were preferred for grinding the barks and berries used in dyeing kapa. The stirrup
form ma^• be regarded the older, certainly the easier to make, and the ring form
{po/iaku kid piika ox poliakit piika) may have developed from this by wearing through

the concavity. This ring form is found amon^ the old corn grinders of Mexico, and so

[376]^

POr POUNDERS.

closely do these two remote implements resemble each other tliat I have seen in one of
the principal ethnological mnsenms of Europe a genuine Hawaiian ring poi pounder
labeled as a Mexican corn grinder. Both are made of similar lava. In Plate XLI Y. the
unusual form shown at the extreme right of the group ( No. 6820) is a cast kindly sent me
by Professor Frederick W. Putnam, the distinguished Curator of the Peabody Museum
of American Archae-
ology at Cambrido-e bernice pauahi bishop museum.
Mass., in whose charge
is tlie unique original.
It shows more elaborate
design than any I have
.seen, although the pro-
jeAions on the upper
corners, so convenient for
the thumbs, are indicated
on No. 41 13 of the same
plate. I have ne\er seen
these stirrup pounders in
use. The ring pounders
seem to have become ob-
solete in more recent
times, perhaps because
the Chinese, who pound
much of the poi, prefer
the common conical form of Fig. 42. The methods of holding the ring pounders,
according as they are used for pounding {\) or grinding (b) is shown in Fig. 45.
This was the usual, although the workmen doubtless varied the grip as their wrists
became wearied, and different natives have shown me other methods as the onl}- ones
they ever knew. All such information is of little value.

The very limited range of these stirrup and ring pounders is noteworthy.
The island Kauai was not remote from the rest of the group, nor were her inhabitants
hostile generally. That intercourse was not so common as between the islands to
the southeast is shown by the provincial forms of words, the use of the sound repre-
sented by k instead of that represented by t more generall}- on Kauai ( a-Tooi of
Cook) than on the other islands, and other dialec5lal peculiarities not necessary to
discuss here. Notwithstanding there was a considerable intercourse and interchange
of merchandise between the people of Kauai and even the distant Hawaii. Peculiar
forms of kapa made onl}- on the former island have been found buried in ancient
caves in Kohala, Hawaii, l)ut I do not remember that any poi pounders of the

[377]

riG. 41.

.\NCIENT HAWAIIAN POI POINDEK.S.

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

forms in question have ever been found on Hawaii. I am at a loss to explain the
non-distribution and I cannot find that their itse extended beyond the island of
Kauai. When I first visited that island in 1S64 the}' were already obsolete and were
shown as curiosities.

FIG. 42.

HAWAIIAN POI POUNDERS.

That the reader may obtain a better idea of the size and weight of these "bread
makers" I give here a list of those figured, with their weight, height and the diameter
at the largest end.

4085
4081
4084
4089
6860

5 lbs. 8 oz., 8 in., 5.7 in.
5 lbs., 8.2 in., 5.5 in.
3 lbs. 4 oz., 8.5 ill., 5.8 ill.
2 lb.s. 13 oz., 6.8 in., 3.7 in.
5 lbs. 4 oz., 8 ill., 5.5 in.

Figure 42.

4083.

4093-
7530-
4082.

7731-
[378]

9 lbs., 9 in., 5.6 ill.

2 lbs. 13 07,., 7.2 ill., 3.8 ill.

6 lbs., 7.2 in., 5.7 in.

7 lbs. 10 oz., 8.8 in., 6.r in.
6 lbs. 2 oz., 8.5 in. 5.9 in.

POI POUNDERS.

4096

4 lbs.

, 7.5 in., 4.7 in.

4097

^ lbs.

3 oz., 6.2 in., 3.3 in

4091

4 lbs.

8 oz., 7.1 in., 5 in.

4092

2 lbs.

I oz., 6.5 in., 3.1 in

4086

4 lbs.

12 oz., 7 in., 5 in.

4099

2 lbs.

5 oz., 6 in., 3.5 in.

4080

6 lbs.

4 oz., 7.8 in., 5 in.

4106

3 lbs.

12 oz., 7 in., 4.6 in.

Figure 43.

4094. 3 lbs. 7 oz., 7.5 in., 4.4 in., coral.

4105. 2 lbs. 12 oz., 5.7 in., 4.2 in.

4103. I lb. 13 oz., 5.1 in., 3.1 in.

7736. 3 lbs. 14 oz., 7.6 in., 4.5 in., coral.

4088. 2 lbs. 14 oz., 6 in., 4.1 in.

4090. 5 lbs. 8 oz., 8.7 in., 5.9 in.

4079. 10 lbs. 9 oz., 10 in., 6.7 in.*

FIG. 43. HAWAIIAN POI POUNDERS.

4087.
4100.

4103-
4098.

41 12.

4113-
4IIO.
4108.

2 lbs. 14 oz., 6.6 in., 4.2 in.
I lb. 12 oz., 5.1 in., 3.7 in.

1 lb. 13 oz., 5.2 in., 3.2 in.

2 lbs. 3 oz., 5 in., 3.8 in.

4 lbs. 4 oz

2 lbs. s oz

3 lbs. ^
2 lbs.

5.2 m., 4 m.

4 in., 3.8 in.
4.7 in., 3.5 in.
I oz., 4.5 in., 4.1 i

Figure 44.

4095-
4104.
4241.
4101.

Plate XLIV.
4116.
4109.
6820.t

2 lbs., 5.6 in., 3.2 in.

1 lb. 8 oz., 5.5 in.

3 lbs. ID oz., 4.1 in., 4.6 in.

2 lbs., 5.2 in., 3.5 in.

2 lbs.
4 lbs.

14 oz., 5 m.,
5 oz., 5.2 in.

4.1 in.
5 in-

* This is the largest specimen in the Bishop Museum, and the larg:est I have ever seen.

This is a cast of the specimen in the Peabody Museum. I have not the weight of the original stone, but as my memor>' ser\'es it is
t hea\'ier than the average of the stin-up pounders.

[379]

HAIWAUAN STONE /M/'LEMENTS.

In the ring poi pounders the abrading surface is elliptical, so in addition to the
height, which is rather less than in the conical pounders, the major and minor diameters
of the base are given, and as most all of the specimens are damaged on the periphery
these diameters are given as nearly as possible as before the chipping took place. The
methods of holding these pounders is shown iu Fig. 45, where A shows the position for
pounding, b the position for grinding.

■

SiM^^^

^^^^

L "M

LgB|

uooB

^ .^^^H

Hjl^ I'^^BS^

iF^W

^^^r "'^fls^i

K mK^

^B).- '/*'" f^Vi''

■

IlKi}' l^iLllnf

4120
4132

4138

4126
4 '30

4129
4128
8000
4119
4122
4127
4125

FIG. 44.

4 lbs. 10 oz., 6.2 in., 5.7X3-5 in-

4 lbs. 2 oz., 6 in., 5.5X3.2 in.

5 lbs. 6 oz., 5.9 in., 5.7X3.8 in..
3 lbs. 3 oz., 5.5 in., 5.2X3-2 in.
5 lbs., 6.4 in., 6.6X4 in.

2 lbs. 10 oz., 5.2 in., 6.2X4 in-

I lb. 14 oz., 4.8 in., 5.2X2.3 in.

3 lbs., 5 in., 5.2X3.2 in.

4 lbs., 5.9 in., 5.9X3-2 in.

3 lbs. 8 oz., 5.4 in., 5.7X3-2 in.

4 lbs., 5.1 in., 5.9X3-4 in.
3 lbs., 5.1 in., 5.4X3.7 in.

H-\W.\II-VN POI POUNDERS.

Pl.\te XLV.

4I3I-
4133-

4I2I.

4137-
4139-

Pl-VTe XI^VI.

4124.

7954-
4134-
4118.

4239-
4123-
7955-

4 lbs. 14 oz., 5.8 in., 6.4X3.5 in.

5 lbs. II oz., 6 in., 6.6X4.6 in.

3 lbs. 12 oz., 5.7 in., 6.4X4.2 in.
3 lbs. 9 oz., 5.5 in., 6.1X3.8 in.
3 lbs., 5.4 in., b.2X3-4 in.

2 lbs. 14 07.., 5.1 in., 5.5X3.2 in.
2 lbs. I oz., 5.1 in., 5.5X3-2 in.

1 11). 5 oz., 3.9 in., 4.1X2.7 in.
4 lbs. 10 oz., 5.7 in., 6X3 in.

2 lbs. 15 oz., 5.5 in., 6X3.1 in.

3 lbs. ID oz., 5.5 in., 6.1 X4 in.

3 lbs. 14 oz., 5.2 in., 6.7X3.9 in.

From these last tables it will be seen that the ring pounders are lighter tlum

the others.

C380]

POI POUNDERS.

The two pounders shown in Fig. 46 are of unknown use. No. 4140 is flat with
a slightl_y thicker grinding edge which shows signs of use. The upper part seems fitted

for some sort of han-
dle; certainly it could
not conveniently be
held in the hands from
its small size (only 4.6
in. high) . Natives have
been unwilling or un-
able to give any infor-
mation about it; to
those I have c|uestioned
it is evidently a I'cs
igiiota. I may add that
it was dug up on
Kauai, that island of
odd pounders. The other pounder (4135) conveys to me the impression of a stirrup
pounder partly converted into a ring pounder. As may be seen in the illustration it

FIG. 45A.

FIG. 45B.

FIG. 46. STONE POUNDERS. ^'■"'

has convenient notches for thumbs on top and the perforation is rough and unfinished.
This also has been used, perhaps before the alteration, A harder enigma is presented

ME.MOIBS li, r. B. MUSEU!^, VpL. I.. NO, 4.-4. L3'' ' J

50 HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

in Fig. 47. Is the worked stone a pounder? Why the great labor expended on the
very peculiar form ? I confess that I cannot answer these questions with any satis-
fadlion, nor does the little known history of the stone help in the least; it only
indicates a native belief in its antiquity. The story is otherwise a curious one. In
1895 a native kahxma or priest was making offerings to a modern stone idol, for an
important object which I am requested not to mention. He had spread the mat
for the oblation, covering it with red cotton cloth (Turkey red), the color used in
idol worship, and upon this was placed the stone god flanked by a bottle of whiskey

fEga

':-;^^^v-

FIG. 47. HAWAIIAN STONE IMIM.KMENT.

and one of gin. Fresh fern leaves and dried awa root were before the god, and as the
incantation requires some link to the ancient times, the older the more efficacious, this
stone implement (No. 7660), treasured long in the family of the priest, was placed in
one corner of the sacred mat; a large smooth pebble, Ulii a Lcivalit^ regarded as of
divine nature (a sort of a/ni/nk/ia), was placed opposite, while between these venerable
assistants were strewed iiin'/atioi/s of old fish hooks, leiomano, etc. The god forsooth
was not expedled to detect these forgeries! The kahuna, divested of his ordinary
clothes, donned a small triangular silk apron, and during the rites fell dead. The
people in the house not being accomplices in these heathen proceedings, were 3-et un-
willing to have the unhallowed machinery under their roof and sent the whole outfit

(including the gin and whiskey bottles empty, also feru leaves and awa uuwithered) to

[382]

KAPA PRESSERS—STONE DISHES.

the Bishop Museum where it is now on exhibition. Now in the opinion of this kahuna,
who was a fairly intelligent native, the stone was of sufficient antiquity to have become
sacred, to have acquired a certain luaiia or divine power, although I do not believe he
could have explained its original use.

Kapa PreSSers. — A form allied to the ring pounders, or even more to the
Mexican corn grinders already mentioned, and one sometimes confounded with the
former by colledlors, is that shown in Fig. 48. The three rather clumsily wrought

FIG. 48. KAPA PRESSEKS.

stones were used for pressing the moist kapa or bark cloth. I have never seen them
used, and certainly they were not a necessary part of the clothmaker's machinery for
they are rare and doubtless were geuerall^- replaced by smooth stones or blocks of wood.

Stone Dishes. — While for ordinary dishes wood was the more suitable material,
and in the chapter on Household Utensils it will be seen that the Hawaiians had large
bowls {^Umeke) and flat dishes of suitable size and form for dog or fish, they also made
use of stone dishes and in the Bishop Museum are several such dishes and bowls that
will here be figured and described.

We have the rudest form of platter, at first sight almost a mere beach pebble

worn by the waves but not cut b}' human hand, bxtt close examination shows some

[383]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

shaping and also use. The bottom is much rougher than the top which is shown in
Fig. 49. If it is to be considered a worked stone certainl}' a modicum of labor was
expended by the maker. Its use may be surmised from what we know of the few other
stone dishes that remain. Before some shapeless idol in some one of the many heian
ere6led to the god of this or that ///// or company of fishermen on some prominent cliff

overlooking the fishing ground, this stone
was perhaps the platter for the offering of
fish which was to decay rapidl}- before the
unsmelling nostrils of the fi.sh god. In
those bleak and storm-swept places wood
would not last long.

A well-finished bowl of sandstone
comes next and presents several peculiari-
ties. The thick upper edge is perfecftly
flat and the bottom spherical with a sort
of "punty" mark as if a knob had been
broken from its centre. If found else-
where it might pass for the cover of a cin-
erarv urn. It was found built into a dry
stone wall at some distance from recent
habitations, x'lltogether it does not pos-
sess a common Hawaiian physiognoni}'.
The material is a homogeneous coral sand-
stone from Oahu, quite the same that many
poi pounders were made from. It is slight-
ly chipped on one edge. Fig. 50, No. 1257.
In Fig. 51 we have a distinct dish (8580),
rude indeed but definitely a dish, and
as it was discovered on Molokai in a temple, and as tradition locally vouched for its
original use, we need not hesitate to class this with the vessels of the saudluary.
It held the smaller offerings and is of compact lava about twenty inches in diameter.
In the chapter on Worship the use of these stone receptacles will be fulh' discussed;
here it is only necessary to show that the Hawaiians made them. A more definite
temple dish, if dish it should be called, is shown in Fig. 52 (No. 6796). It was found
on Molokai and is well known to l)e the offertorium of a rude stone fish-god which is
with it in the Bishop Museum. Its form is peculiar in that it is very thick (6 in.) in
proportion to its diameter and has a projedling band around most of its circumference
interrupted only by the handle-like projeAion on which the idol rested. The greatest

diameter including this baud is 13 in., the least 10.5 in.

[384]

FIG. 49.

HAWAIIAN STONE DISH.

STONE BOWLS.

Stone Bowls. — We come now to two pots or bowls differing in shape but
having this in common that they were both found on uninhabited bird-islands of the
Hawaiian group, where their use was probably identical although we do not know
what that was. The first one, Fig. 53, No. 7449, was found on Necker island with the

Fin. 50. HAWAIIAN DISH O!' COR.\L SANDSTOXIC.

curious Stone images described below and figured in PI. LXII. It is so whitened with
guano that it resembles concrete. Originally 8 in. high and 7.8 in. in diameter, the
npper rim has been broken awa}- and there is a small hole broken in the bottom. The
inside diameter is 6.5 in., so the wall is ver^- thin. The shape is nnlike any other
Hawaiian vessel known to me. It is well suited for a container, the walls being too
thin for a mortar. With the images it was given to the Bishop Museum by Hon. Geo.
N. Wilcox. The other bowl (No. 5593) presents an elliptical section (7.5X6 in.) and

is 6.7 in. high : it weighs 8.2 lbs. It has even thinner walls and has a considerable piece

[385]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

broken from the bottom so
that like the former it has
become useless for a con-
tainer and was perhaps
abandoned by the last owner.
It was found on Nihoa or
Bird island in 1885 and was
given to the Museiim by
Mrs. Dominis (later Queen
Liliuokalani). I simpl}- do
not know what these bowls
were used for, and it would
be idle to conjecture without
farther information. Both
of these islands, the least
distant Nihoa ont of sight
from the nearest island
Kanai, were visited in for-
mer daj'S by Hawaiians for
feather gathering and fish-

Si-

HAWAIIAN STONE DISH.

ing, and the remains of
stone enclosures evident-
ly for purposes of worship
are abundant on Necker.
It was apparently a Holy
Island. On neither isl-
and are there permanent
springs of water, and if
there were thej^ would be
contaminated b3' the gua-
no of the innumerable
birds that frequent these
rocky islets for nesting.
The visitors did not reside
on either island longer
than necessar}' to collect
feathers (of the tropic and
frigate birds) and the landing was precarious. That there were so many stone images

on Necker island is surprising for it is a narrow ridge of an ancient crater with steep

[386]

FIG. 52. STONE offi<;rtokium from moi.okai

STONE CUPS.

sides to the sea and the stone enclosures
occupy much of the level gronnd. In these
were placed the images, and where the
human visitors lived while there I do not
see. On Nihoa, which is larger and more
fertile (there is no vegetation on Necker
island except scant grass and a few low,
half-starved shrubs), there are stone en-
closures, perhaps heiau, but I have not
seen them, and no images have been found.
Still the latter island has not been worked
over so thoroughly as Necker island. As
the fishermen had to go a long distance in
canoes they would hardly from choice take ^..^^.^ ^^^ ^^,,^^^. ^^^^^^^ ^,.^,,^, ^^.^,^^^.^^ ^^^^^^,

a rare form of stone dish to contain j^ro-

visions when their wooden

unieke were lighter and
more capacious.

Still another stone dish
is in the Museum and
from its form it might
also be a dish for idol
offerings, but the handle
at one end and the knob
at the other are not un-
like some wooden dishes
in use for fish, etc. The
workmanship seems mod-
ern and it is quite possi-
ble that this is the poor
work of some Portuguese
or Japanese imitator. It
is shown in Fig. 55. The
extreme length is 12.5 in.

Stone Cups. — I would
now call attention to the

FIG. S4- ST(_)NK K(JWI, FROM NIHOA ISI.AND. . f TU • •

■'^ most common of Hawaii-

an stone vessels, the cups or saucers, which present every state of elaboration. Thej/ are

found all over the group, some of them of considerable antiquity, and tlie}' were used

[387]

'^'•'^&.
'^^.

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPIEMENTS.

by the fishermen to prepare bait {pa/it), b^- the tatuer to hold his ink, by the kapa
printer to hold her dyes, and b^- man, woman and child for the innumerable purposes
for which such a container is convenient, especially in a civilization where the differ-
entiation of dishes has not attained the stage of modern housekeeping.

In Fig. 56 I have placed some typical forms of these citps from the most finished
(No. 2974) to the roughest (No. 7760); the form with thick lips that could be used as
a lamp (No. 3568) and the fanciful form (No. 3569) that might serve as cup to No. 2974

as saucer. It is seldom
that these cups when
dug up betray any
definite marks of their
former use, but some-
times the d.y& is still
permeating the porous
stone, and in others the
burned oil is clearly
in evidence. Although
most of these cups
have long since been
discarded for the more
convenient produ6ls of
FIG. 55. HAWAIIAN .STONE DISH. forcigu make, not in-

frequentl}' an old fisherman attributes greater efficacy to the ancient cup, and I have
seen bait mixed carefully in a treasured relic of his predecessors.

Referring to PI. XLVII. where many of the.se cups are shown, No. 1229 is
certainly a dye cup and No. 772S is undoubtedly- a lamp, while the others maj- have
been used for anything. The lefthand specimen in the middle row ( 7925 ) closely recalls
those stone cltib heads from New Britain, but in this case the boring has been effedled
on one side only ; the outer surface is that of a smooth oblate spheroid. Some are so
rude as to seem mere pebbles with a slight depression pecked on a flat surface ; in
others the boring of the cup was done bv a pestle-like pebble with sand and water.

In Fig. 57 is presented a series of well-finished cups all of one general pattern.
The obverse has alwajs a flat, well-ground, edge; the reverse is sometimes hemi-
spherical and .sometimes bell-shaped. They, like their plebeian relatives .shown in PI.
XL\TI. might be used in man}- ways, but two of the many were so peculiar as to merit
a more detailed description. Thej- in this way have place both in Worship and Amuse-
ments and in the chapters devoted to those subjects will again appear, but here we must
say that in the dance {/ih/a) these stone cups were used to make disgusting noises b}^

pressing the wetted edges suddenly against some soft part of the body, — an effect es-

[388]

STONE CUPS.

pecially pleasing to the Polynesian race and produced by the Samoans in the sii'a dance
by placing the hand in the opposite armpit. It is probably to this curious use that we
must attribute their application in the rude surgerj^ of the Hawaiian kahuna lapaatt
as blistering cups. The other use was far more weird, and in spite of their peaceable
and harmless appearance thej- must be placed in the category of deadly weapons.

FIG. 56. HAWAIIAN STONK CUPS.

Perhaps in the quiet little row shown in Fig. 57 there is not a cup that has not caused
the death of one or more Hawaiians. The strange process of "praying to death, pule
auaaua'" will be fully described in a later chapter, but in one of the methods it sufficed
to collect a few hairs, nail parings or some spittle of tlie intended vidlim, burn these
exuvicc with suitable pra3-ers in the innocent-looking cup {kapualii kuui anaaiia) and
then scatter the ashes in the water he was accustomed to drink. If this last part was
impracflicable, the kahuna anaana performed the previous part of the rite and then took

[389]

58 HAWAIIAN STONE IMPIEMENTS.

care to have his quarry informed that his soul had been consumed. Convinced of this,
the credulous vi(5lini took to his mat, wasted away and died. So fixed was the belief in
this bewitching process among all classes of the Hawaiians that the utmost precau-
tions were taken to secure from any possible enemy these rejected bodily parts even of
the highest chiefs, who indeed would have the most enemies.

The material in all cases, except No. 942, which is of coral sandstone, is a brown
compact lava closely allied to clinkstone, and one would incline to the belief that they
all came from the same place; evidently the same pattern has been iised. The more
prosaic uses of these fine cups my readers may imagine for themselves. It ma}- be of

^^'

0'^

KIC,. 57. KAIH'.VHI KfNI .\NA;\N.\.

interest to some to know the size of the Hawaiian stone cups, and as the usual scale
has Iwcn purposel}' omitted, the diameters are tabulated below. As on some of the
figures the numbers do not show, the measurements are given in their order beginning
with Fig. 56.

FlCTJRK 56.

356S. 6.6 in. 3569. 4,6 in. 2974. 4.7 in. 7760. 5.9 in.

Pl^.'VTK

XLVII.

5163-

6.1 in.

5164.

3.1 in.

5161.

3.0 in.

1229. 6.1 in.

7925-

4.4 9°.

7926.

3-5 ill-

7927.

3-5 ill-

792S.

3.6 in.

772S. 3.4 in.

5162.

3-5-

7929.

2.9 in.

7930.

3.0 in.

7931-

2.9 in.

Figure 57.

79.^9 •

3.S in.

943-

3.1 in.

944-

3-4

■ 943-
Depth,

3.6 in.
1.7-2.5 in.

75S0.

, 3.S in. 940.

3.4 in. 941

. 3.2 in.

In many of the //n'aii or Iitakiiii were found lavers of considerable size cut from
stone but not elaborately worked. If a tolerably flat stone with a slightly concave sur-
face could be found this concavity was deepened by patient pounding and grinding
until a great, though shallow, bowl resulted of capacity sufficient for the washing of a
human body : and here were washed the victims for the sacrifices. On the abandon-
ment of the ancient system of worship in 1S19 many or most of these were broken up,

[390]

STONE LAMPS.

but a specimen remains near the heiau called Mokini in Kohala, Hawaii, large enough
to contain an outstretched human bodj' with perhaps three or four inches of water.
These were certainly the largest stone dishes made hy the old Hawaiians.

My attention has been called to certain stones (of which I have seen perhaps
six) of roughly cubical form cut on one face into a shallow depression with a narrow
rim (Fig. 58). I have been told that they were used for evaporating sea-water in the

•'-^- FIO. 58. STONK SAI.T PANS. ■'-'■'

time of Umi. Although I have only seen the ordinary mud-pans used for salt-making,
there is nothing improbable in that statement.* On Hawaii Messrs. T3'ernian and
Bennett noticed this use of stone containers in 182 1.

"April 5. We had an opportunity of seeing how the natives collect salt, of which they furnish
large quantities to ships, besides what they consume themselves. Small ring fences of masonry work
are formed near to the sea, within which are placed rude stones, of all shapes having deep cavities,
which may hold from one to two or three gallons of water. These being fille<l and evaporated from
time to time, the salt is deposited, and ready for use without further troul)le. In one of these basins
we observed about half a gallon of fine salt.

lyampS. — The old Hawaiians had artificial lights of several sorts. There were
the Ia>iia or torches of banibu sttiffed with candleniits or other combustible matter
and the lamaku made by stringing the meats of roasted candlenuts on the midribs of

* Since Uie above was written the two specimens figured have been added to the Museum collection,
t Journal of Voyages and Travels. Boston, 1S22. Vol. II.. p. ig.

[.■^91]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

coconut leaflets and binding together half a dozen or more of these strings with dried
banana leaves. Such a torch, perhaps six inches in diameter and four feet long, gave
a bright biit smoky and odoriferous blaze.* In almost universal vise were strings of
these nuts four, six or ten meats for the slight household illumination required before
reading was introduced. The kukui was tended by a child who ignited the next as
the preceding nut was nearly spent by inverting the candle and when the kindling
was complete knocking off the burned coal. While burning the}- were often rested

FICr

59-

LAMP FROM A LAVA BUBBLE.

against a stone. Thej' gave a very intermittent and smellj- light but were in use in
the outlying districts as late as 1865, but since then the advent of kerosene oil has
finally extinguished them.

The illumination we are most interested in here comes from the oil lamp which
was usually made of stone, although I have seen coconut shells and even a green
papaya fruit {Carica papaya^ used to contain the oil. In the Bishop Museum is a
luoodcH lamp. No. 12 12. The oil was expressed from the kukui or kamani nuts in the
stone mortars, and animal fat was often substituted. The wick was a strip of kapa

* I well remember the first time I saw these torches used. The American Minister Resident. Dr. James McBride, and I were travelling
along the north coast of Hawaii in 1S64. We had loitered behind the rest of our party and darkness came upon us as we came to the brink of
the valley of Laupahoehoe. The road then led down into the valley many hundred feet below ns by a narrow, steep and dangerous path, in
some places overhanging the ocean, and we were glad to see the torch bearers in the valley coming to light our path. althouRh trusting to the
sure footed animals we were far down the i>ath before the torches came, and I could smell them a long way off.

[392]

STONE LAMPS. 6i

torn from a man's malo or a woman's /«'?< as there was need. One advantage of these
simple bowl lamps was that an increase of light was readily obtained by adding wicks,
an addition as easy as it is difficult to put a wick to a modern civilized lamp, and as
many could be added as the rim of the bowl would permit.

Perhaps the Hawaiian maker of lamps gave freer rein to his fancy than did
workers in other stone objedls, but it will be seen by Plates XLVIII.-LII. that there
was some variety if little beautj- in this comparatively unimportant household utensil.
The simplest that I know is No. 121 1, shown in Fig. 59. A bubble in the lava has
been selected and the superfluous stone knocked away. It is a charmingly aesthetic
treatment, wholly free from the stiffness generally seen in these lamps. We neither
know who made it nor who used it. In this as in most of the Hawaiian remains there
is a complete impersonality : in the
few attributed to famous warriors or
high chiefs there is nothing peculiar,
the specimen is like dozens of other
specimens and so far as that goes
might have been made for Kaahu-
manu or Liloa, for Pele or Lono so
far as the stone shows any individu-
alism. Another peculiaritj- of the
Hawaiian mind helps to cut off the
entail as it were. Hawaiians seem

FIG. 60. I.AMPS FROM BKOKKN 1'0L;NDF:KS.

ashamed of all that their ancestors

made or used in the ages before the advent of white civilization and have removed so
far as possible all relics of that indigenous civilization. Most of the stone articles that
could not be burned or conveniently thrown into the sea were buried or hidden in caves,
and only lately when there is some market value attached to these works of their prede-
cessors are they brought to light as a source of income. Under such circumstances it
woiild be difficult to establish any genuine genealogy.

There is in some lamps an "improvement" showing some ingenuity. It appears
in the small cup lamp, No. 7728, on PL XLVII. A little cavity sunk in the bottom
of the bowl into which the last drops of oil might gravitate to feed the thirsty wick.
This is almost always about a quarter of an inch deep and wide, and appears in about
one-quarter of the lamps in the Museum colledlion.

Another example of the utilization of natural opportunities is shown in No. 1203,
PI. XIvVIII., where two holes were taken and the surrounding cellular lava rudely
shaped into a lamp. A third slight depression is by the side of these two holes and
might easily have been deepened ; a shell attached to this indicates the seaside origin
of the holes for which a stone-boring echinoderm is perhaps responsible.

C393]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

.jt'mii'

i'k;. 6i. rude forms of Hawaiian lamts.

FIG. 62. STONE LAMPS FROM MOLOKAI.
[394]

S70NE LAMPS.

Accidents often furnish a partly formed lamp as shown in Fig. 60, where two
broken poi pounders have been regenerated (No. 1170) by sinking a cup into the broad
end; No. 5622 by using the smaller end in the same waj'. In the latter the base is
slightly flattened, but in the former even the original oblique break has been left. This
makes a very convenient form to carry in the hand although it will :iot stand without
support. Lamps of this class were very common, as a broken poi pounder was a part
of the furniture of most families. Some very rude forms are shown in Fig. 61, and as
might be supposed such are not uncommon. No. 4336 is a shapeless fragment of stone

FIG. 61

CYLINDRICAL HAWAIIAN I.A.MI'S.

converted easily into a lamp l)y boring or chipping a cup; No. 4331 is a similar rough

fragment, while No. 4338 although of very rough workmanship still shows design.

In Fig. 62 are shown two lamps, both from Molokai, and apparently from the same

cpuirry. The material is crystalline, of a coarse texture, and by no means common.

These lamps show that particular forms were not local, for in No. 7509 there is the

broadbase and high cup so arranged that kukui candles could be placed against the

side (compare No. 1200, PI. L.), while No. 12 10 is the simple oblate .spheroid. Both

are large and heav}-, evidentl}' not intended to be often moved.

In several of the Museum specimens there is a peculiarity that I have not been

able to explain, — the lamp is iuvertible; that is, there is a poho or cup for oil at either

end. Of this form are Nos. 1208 and 1190 of PI. L., and in both the cup is of the same

size and condition so that either could be used indifferently ; certainly both have been

used, as the oil burned into the stone testifies. In Pis. LI. and LII. are shown lamps

C395]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

of pliallic form not uncommon among the Hawaiians. They are generally well wrought
and would seem to belong to a comparatively^ late period. They are large and heavy,
not easil}^ transported. A common form of Hawaiian stone lamp is cj^lindrical, of vary-
ing height and diameter but remark-
ably uniform in appearance. The cup
is also of nearly the same capacity in
-••----.--> all. In height they vary from six to

nine inches. No. 1202 was found at
i Haiku, Maui, but the provenance of

the others is imknown. All are made
of the same porous lava, .seeminglj'
nnsuited to hold any liquid, but in
use the oil soon burns to an imper-
vious crust. The last in the group
of Fig. 63 is what was called a polio-
u'lKi or canoe lamp used in the in-
frequent night vo3'ages and also for
fishing. This last use seems to be
better illustrated in Fig. 64, which
represents an unusual form in that it
is of redlangular se(5lion with sliglit-
l}- rounded corners, and the bowl is
much larger than usual in house
lamps. The lower half tapers from
a shoulder. The bowl was filled with
fat, and with a wick of twisted rush
or kapa, bright but flaring light was
obtained. The lamp could be placed in the hole in the thwart intended for the mast,
or in a similar hole in a board proje(51;ing over the gunwale. Night fishing was a favor-
ite sport among the Hawaiians, although the lama or torch was generally used instead
of a fixed lamp. I do not know much about the stone lamps of the other Polynesians
except the Tahitians, and from that group I have seen only the finely designed and
wrought lamps in the British Museum, and in that at Cambridge, England, the latter
brought home by Tyerman and Bennet, if ni}- memory serves. These are called
"Sorcery Lamps", and may be corredlly designated, but no more definite information
has come to me of the way in which they were used. The name suggests a use like
that of the Hawaiian kapuuhi kuni auaana of Fig. 57. No part of the Pacific has re-
tained less of the olden time than the Society islands. The conversion from ancient

[396]

FIG. 64. FISHING LAMP.

STONE LAMPS.

idolatry was so sudden and complete that everything appertaining to the abandoned
cult was destroyed or hidden. The new converts brought forth their treasures as did
the hypnotised Florentines at the bidding of Savonarola
and consigned them to the flames if thereby they might
ransom themselves from Purgatory. Far more of an-
cient Tahitian implements are in foreign museums
than on the group. The British Museum was es-
pecially favored since it has the articles brought home
by that early missionary and careful observer Rev-
erend William Ellis. Fig. 65 shows one of the several
sorcery lamps in the British Museum and it will at
once be noticed that the design and workmanship far
surpasses anything we have on the Hawaiian group.
The perforated basement seems peculiar to this form
of lamp. The cup for oil is exceeding!}' large, sug-
gesting that it was used like the kapnalii kmii ana, to
burn other material than merely light-producing oil.
The arch over the bowl could not convenientl}- be used
as a handle, for the smoke of combustion made it Fif^-65- tahitiax sokckrv lamp.
constantly sooty, and its size was also in the waj'. Perhaps it was a rest for kukui nut
candles. Something seems to have been broken from the top of the arch, possilily a
consecrated figure. That the general size of the Hawaiian stone lamps ma}- be under-
stood, I give here the height and diameter with any explanation seemingl}- required :

F'iGURE 59.
1211. A bul)l)le of surface lava, 3.5 in., 6.5 in.

Figure 60.
1 197. F'lul of a broken poi pounder; the larger 5622. Broken poi pounder: hollowed at the
end hollowed out; 4.5 in. smaller end; 4.7 in., 5.2 in.

Figure 61.

Neatly rounded; 3 in., 4.5 in.
Has a deep cup; 3.2 in.
Olivine lava; 3 in., 4.4 in.

4341. 4.7 in., 4.4 in. 4334.

4336. A seaworn block; two natural cups, the 4331.
deeper (2.5 in.) used; 4 in. 4338-

4332. Incrusted with burned oil ; 4.6 in.

Figure 62.
7509. Large and heavy; lava full of felspathic 1210. Of the same stone and from the same

crystals; Molokai ; 8.2 in., 10.5 in.

locality as last; 5.7 in., g in.

Figure 63.

1202. Haiku, Maui; 6.7 in., 4.4 in. 4339-

1191. Deepcup with cistern; 7.5 in., 3.5 in. (top). 1201.
1 193. Cylindrical, of coar.se lava ; 8 in., 6 in.

Figure 64.
7959. Boat lamp for fishing; cup 3.7 in. deep; 8.7 in.

MEMoras B. p. B. Mdseum, Vol. I., No. 4— 5-

[397]

Cistern in cup; 6 in., 4.5 in.

Cup 2.5 in. deep; Pohowaa; 6.2 in., 5.2 in.

6.5 in.

66 HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

Plate XLVIII.
7759. Deep cup with cistern; 6 in. 7758. Flat base, very large cup; 4.2 in., 5.9 in"

1203. Three natural cups, two of them used; 1206. Spherical, broken on the lip ; 6.5 in., 6 in.
5.5 in., 8 in. 4330- Cistern in cup ; 3.7 in., 5.2 in.

Plate XLIX.

1205. Square block with rounded corners; 4.5 in. 1226. Perhapsalsousedasamortar; 4.7 in.,7.2 in.

1194. Upper portion pentagonal ; 5.2 in. 1207. ITnwrought, .small cup ; 5.7 in.

7691. Cistern in cup; 3.5 in., 5.5 in. [Wrong 1228. Ci.stern in rather shallow cup; 2.2 in.,
number on plate.] 6.7 in.

Plate L.

1208. Cup at each end, the upper one larger; 1200. Cistern in cup; Kohala, Hawaii; 5 in.,

5.7 in. 3-7 i»- (top) 6.6 in.

1232. Found in 1880 at Kulaokahua, Oahu; 4333. Round as if turned; striated stone; 5.5 in.,
deep cup; 6.5 in., 8.2 in. 6.5 in.

1209. Large cup without ci.stern; 6 in., 6.7 in. 1190. Cups at both ends with ci.sterns ; 5.5 in.

Plate LI.

1182. Coarse lava, phallic; 10 in., 7.7-3.7-4.6 in. 1189. Base redlangular ( 3.7 X 3.2 in. ); 7 in.,
7690. Ver_v well formed, cup 2 in. deep; 8.1 in., 4.8 in. (head).

4.8 in. (head). 1184. Phallic ; 7.2 in., 7.7 in. (base).

1 183. Cup large, grooved for candles ; Niihau;
sandstone; phallic; 11. 5 in.

Plate LIL

1185. Nuuanu, Oahu; greenish lava, shallow 1187. Cup 2 in. deep; 4.2 in., 3.7 in.

cup for nuts; Sin. 1186. Small cup and four feet; Waimea, Hawaii;
4340. With a curious rim ; 7.5 in., 6.2 in. (rim). 6.2 in., 4.2 in. (head).

4337. Broad top, narrow base ; 4 in. 118S. Smooth fini.sh, phallic; 6 in., 4.7 in.
1192. Cistern in cup ; 5.2 in. (head).

Stone Mirrors. — The Kilo pohaku of the Hawaiiaus were most ingenious.
Some native Narcissus admiring his face in some placid pool may have caught the
suggestion and, wiser than the beloved of Echo, instead of pining away for love of the
intangible image, devised a means of recalling this image at pleasure. Whoever may
have been the luck}- inventor, the results as we have them toda}' are certain well-ground
circular disks, less than half an inch thick, and of diameter varying as shown in Fig. 66.
These were not highly polished and do not in the least reflect when in a drj' condition,
so their properties would be concealed from a casual observer, btit placed in a shallow
calabash of water the dark background of the stone gives back a stifificientl}- clear re-
flexion. I have never seen any of these mirrors of other than circular form. The}^
rapidly disappeared from use with the advent of European glass mirrors* and their
use was soon forgotten. In the native kahuna lapaau praAice they are occasionally
used as a cooling application to furunculi or other ulcerous sores, and for this use holes
are often bored near the edge through which a cord for suspension could be passed.

* There is in the Bishop Museum a strip of "silvered" glass given by Vancouver to Kamehanieha, to which has been fitted a neat frame
of native wood : similar mirrors, but of smaller size, were attached to handkerchiefs by the Hawaiian women, nmch like the fashion of
attaching small mirrors to folding fans, once in vogue among white ladies.

[398]

ULUMAIKA.

I know of no other sub-civilized people who have adopted this ingenious conception.
Specimens ^are no longer common. The stone is a sort of basanite, quite as com-
pact as the phonolite used for adzes, and it is of a uniformly dark color in all the
examples noted. It is supposed to come from the uplands of Maunakea on Hawaii.

■i84gH

FIG. 66. H.VW.MIAN STONE MIRRORS.

Ulumaika. — Made much in the same way but for a very different purpose are

the Ulumaika stones. The game niaika was played with stone disks (or sometimes

balls), called on Hawaii and Kauai ulu^ while on the intervening islands of the group,

Maui and Oahu, ololiu was a more common designation. A full description of the game,

which was a favorite one from Hawaii to Niihau, will come properly into the chapter

on Amusements, but here it may be briefly stated that a smooth alle}^ or kaliiia fifty or

sixty yards long was built as for bowls, and on this was played three forms of the

game. The first was a competitive trial of strength in settling how far the stone could

[399]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

be thrown, or rather bowled, and the old mclc often tell of fabnlons distances covered
b}' the ancient Hawaiian heroes. The second required more skill than strength to
drive the ulumaika between two upright sticks a few inches apart near the end of the

KIG.

HAWAIIAN JIAiKA STONES.

kahua, or thirty to forty yards from the bowler.* The third w^as rather a trial of the
ulu than of the players, as the stones were rolled against each other and the toughest
won the game for its owner. There is a famous kahua near Kalae on Molokai, where
I have seen hundreds of ulu so broken that the fragments were not worth carrying off.
The players trained carefully and became very strong and skilful. Pra(5lice began in

* Narrative of a Tour through Hawaii by William Kllis, p. 187. Second edition. London, 1.S27.

[400]

ULUMAIKA.

early youtli, and cliildren used rough and unpolished stones for their play. Various
kinds of stone were used as we have seen was the case with the squid-hook sinkers, but
a heavy compact coral rock seems to have been the favorite ; it was sometimes arti-

FIG. 68. HAWAIIAN MAIKA STONES.

ficially colored, and indeed it was generall}- stained by the coconut, kukui or kamani
oil with which the choicest ulu were frequently anointed. Wood was sometimes used
instead of stone, as in No. 902 in the Bishop Museum which weighs 11.2 oz. and be-
longed to the Princess Keelikolani.

While sometimes spherical, as has been noted in the description of stone balls,

ulu were mostly thin C3'linders with slightly convex sides : the edges were often rounded,

[401]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

Of those in the Bishop Museum tlie largest is five inches in diameter and three inches
tliick ; it weighs forty-four ounces ; the smallest is one and seven-eighths inches in diam-
eter and weighs three and one-half ounces. That the thickness of the disk bears no
definite relation to the diameter may be seen in Fig. 69. Some of the best ulu are
shown in Figs. 67 and 68, and the following table will give the size and weight : —

Figure 67.

Figure 68.

Nunibe

r. DianiettT.

Thickness.

Weight.

Material.

- 928

3.1 in.

1.6 iti.

14.7 OZ.

Coral rock.

911

2.6

1.6

9-5

Coral rock.

goo

3-7

22.5

Brown and yellow breccia, Hawaii.

915

2.7

1.8

II. 7

Coral rock.

901

3-2

2.2

18.5

Coral rock, highly polished.

4672

1-5

11-5

Coral rock.

898

3-3

1.6

Coral rock, sharp edges.

925

3-4

1.8

Coral rock, sharp edges.

923

1.8

12.2

Breccia, chipped.

936

2-3

1-5

Coral, stained.

934

3-5

1-5

Coral ; Kailua, Hawaii.

904

2-4

1-5

Yellow breccia, chipped.

4652

3-6

2.1

Compact coral rock.

4716

2.8

1.8

1 1 -5

Basalt.

927

3-4

1-7

1 1.2

Yellow breccia, chipped.

4704

1.8

II-5

Lava, much defaced.

4661

3-6

1-9

Coral rock, beautifully polished.

906

2.4

1-7

Coral rock, very convex.

4663

2.1

1.4

3-5

Gre}' lava, one face chipped off.

919

1.9

1-3

Rough lava; used hy children.

4665

1.8

Coral, well polished; Liliuokalani.

4697

3-9

2. 2

Coral, chipped.

924

3-1

Lava, with cells filled; very conve.x;.

4673

3-7

1.9

Coral rock.

-8668

2-7

1-7

Red stone with brown veins.

938

3-3

1.8

Lava.

908

1.8

Lava, .stained red; North Kona, Hawaii

8669

2-7

1.6

Light brown compact .stone.

935

3-2

1.8

16.2

Lava, stained red; well polished.

916

2-9

1.6

13.2

Lava, stained red.

903

3-1

1.6

Red lava (?); Hilo, Hawaii.

4701

3-4

Sandstone (?).

917

3-2

1.8

14.7

Grey lava, unsymmetrical.

937

2.9

1-7

II. 7

Lava.

914

2.8

1-5

Grey lava, not polished.

4702

3-1

1-9

12.2

Black lava.

4700

3-4

16.5

Material resembling blue clay.

5013

Coral rock ; belonged to Mopua.

909

2.9

1-4

II. 7

Black lava.

8678

3-4

1.8

Lava; F. A. Hosmer.

899

3-4

1-7

14-5

Grey lava.

918

1.8

Compact lava.

913

1-7

1 1 .2

Grey lava.

930

3-2

1.8

18.2
17-15

Compact lava.

Lvera^

re: 3.09

1.77

These forty-four ulu have been seledled from the large number in the Bishop

Museum (see Fig. 69 for others) solely on account of their fine finish, and they will

probably fairly represent the forms used by the best players. I am puzzled bj- the

unsymmetrical specimen No. 917, for it is difficult, if not impossible to roll it straight.

Did the ancient Hawaiians have "trick bowls"?

[402]

UL UMAIKA.

Not only has this fine game faded from the memor}^ of the fading Hawaiians, but
the stones have become curiosities to them. I once asked an intelligent Hawaiian the
name of these stones, and his reply was, ^''Aolc ike iiuui; polialot kapili ivaa paha.''^ "I do
not know; perhaps a stone to pound a canoe." Indeed they have often been used as
hammers, and many have dents on the edge or sides. Another use for the rough,
poorly finished ulumaika I have noticed several times. In the sand burials at Koloa,
Kauai, and near Leahi on Oahu, they were placed under the chin of the corpse, which

FIG. 69. PILE OF MAIKA STONES.

was arranged in a sitting posture with the knees against the breast. Curiously enough
two of the three instances noted were female skeletons ; the other was not recorded ; but
as women did not play maika these were not cases of prized pos.sessions buried with the
dead, — rather a pillow for the tongue in the long sleep.

Exadlly how the ulumaika were made I cannot say, for the methods told to nie (the
process ceased long before I came to the Islands) vary considerably, and I could not
regard my informants as very akainai or skilful in the matter. From the large collec-
tion at my disposal I have arranged the stages somewhat as follows, although the order
in any individual case might of course be varied : stone roughly rounded ; sides ground
flat; accurately rounded; sides made convex b}' grinding between grooved stones which
were held so that the grooves were at an acute angle with each other; polishing the
stone. Specimens of all these stages are in hand ; some are given in the figures, for the

last two are sometimes omitted and we have simply a flat circular disk without polish.

[403]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

Ring Cutting. — The native Hawaiian bambn is of small diameter and so could
not be used as the larger species are, so ingeniouslj', by the islanders of the western
Pacific to cut disks and rings from stone or shell, but the process has produced so many
specimens in all large ethnological collections that it may fairlj' be described here. If the
Hawaiians could have had it the making of ulumaika would have been greatly sim-
plified. I have selefted for illustration a large heavy ring of limestone used as a ciiidalo

or god on one of the Solomon group,
and it will be seen in Fig. 70 that
tiie central hole is cleanly bored.
No. 1883 is 9.6 inches in diameter
and it was probably rounded in the
Hawaiian way between stones, but
the hole which measures, as seen
bv the scale, onl}' 3.2 inches was
bored with the bambu drill. The
two lower rings in the same figure
are of a much harder material, the
shell of the huge bivalve Tridacna
,i^'igas., common through Micronesia
and tlie Bismarck archipelago.
I have seen good steel drills broken
in the attempt to pierce this shell,
and yet it will be seen that the
bambu has done its work with
success and neatness. The rings,
which come from northeastern New
Guinea, are used as bangles or
wristlets and are made by patiently
twisting a loaded bambu of suit-
able diameter and armed with silicious sand and water. A fragment of the shell is
bound around with slips of rattan, as shown in Fig. 71, and fitted snugl}' into a cavity
of a block of light suberose wood, probably a species of Eiy//iri)ia. With the feet rest-
ing on this block the workman twists right and left the ever shortening bambu, which
is four or five feet long at the start and usually has a stone of one or two pounds
weight attached to one side. Water and sand joined to the silica of the bambu will
in time work through the hard shell. In a specimen of the bambu in the Bishop
Museum the cutting edge is roughl}' serrated and thin. When the central hole was
bored a larger bambu was used to complete the ring.

[404]

FIG.

RINGS OF I,i:\IESTONE AND SHELL.

AXES AND ADZES.

For boring small holes in stone, shell, or bone, the old Hawaiian nsed fragments
of lava made fast to the spindle of the nniversally known "pump drill", and in
most cases the hole was not bored diredlly through but countersunk, as it were,
from both sides until the conical holes met in the middle of the object to be perfor-
ated. In this way were bored the holes in dog teeth for attaching them to the net
for anklets to be worn in the hula. One pair of these hula anklets in the Bishop
Museum has nineteen hundred holes, each drilled from both sides!

Fishing Stones. — A peculiar method of fishing in vogue among the old
Hawaiians consisted in suspending in the water club-shaped pieces of wood smeared
with some bait ( pahi ) supposed to be attractive to the
fish, and then hooking or scooping the assembled
pre}'. Many of these hum )ucliiiiicl() are in the Bishop
Museum, and many of the formula; for bait used to
render the log attractive have been published in an
early catalogue of this Museum.* vStone was some-
times substituted for wood, although rarely, and the
only two that I have seen are shown in Fig. 72 (Nos.
7453 and 7452 ). They are well made, doubtless for some
person of importance, and have been carefully kept.
The longer one measures 9.5 inches and is of very
graceful outline. In shape they resemble magnified
"amulets" or "plummets" so common on the American
continent. Most of the fish caught by means of these
t)oliakji mc'/ovic/o were small shore fish and the process
will be described more fully in the chapter on Fisheries. t .

%.m:

'^^-a^

Papamu for Konane.— The game of kona)ic, pro. 71. METHOD OF BORING

SHELL KINGS.

a favorite one among the upper classes of old Hawaii,

was usually played on a wooden board ( papaiii/i) marked with spots arranged either
in files or quincuncially and of indefinite number. In some cases stone took the place
of wood, as in a fine specimen in the Bishop Museum (No. 5313). Here a large flat
stone 16X24 inches is dotted with depressions (about 120) in files, but I have seen a
much larger series of these pits upon the flat lava slabs /;/ si//i near Kailna, Hawaii.
The "men" used in playing were beach-worn pebbles of black lava and white coral.

Axes and Ad^eS. — If this important class of stone implements has been left
until now it was not for insufficient appreciation, nor poverty of material, except in the
first mentioned tool, where No. 4603 (Fig. 73) is not onl}' the single specimen of its

*A I'reliniinarv' Catalogue of the IJernice I'auahi Bishop Museum of Polynesian Kthnology and Natural History, Pt. II., p. 95. Honolulu, i)Sy2.
tThe Indians of Vancouver vised sinkstones of the size of a goose egg and shaped like those described in the text, to twirl the bait. Mem.
Anthrop. Soc. London. III., p. 261.

[405 1

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

kind in the Bishop Mnsenm, but the only one I have seen. It is a great stone wedge
7.5 inches long and 2.5 inches on the blade. It is of hard and durable clinkstone weigh-
ing 2 lbs. 13 oz. The angle of the wedge is about 65°. When used as an axe it was

doubtless bound to a han-
dle, although the very
blunt end would seem to
render the attachment
difficult. Except for riv-
ing logs I do not know
what work such an axe
could do that might not
better be done with the
more common adzes. An-
other more common form
of axe is shown on Plate
LVIL, No. 3 14 1.

That the Hawaiian adze
is peculiar and not very
closely allied to those of
New Zealand, as claimed
by Moseley in theA'o^-age
of the Challenger, nor in-
deed to any other of the
Pacific forms will, I think
be plain enough from the
many illustrations herein
given (Plates LIII. to
LVIL, and Figs. 74-79).
As it has several times
been asserted that Ha-
waiian and Maori adzes
were more closely allied
HAWAIIAN FISHING STONES. thau thosc of any of the

other Pacific groups, I have given illustrations of Moriori adzes (Figs. 81 and 82) from
the Chatham islands as well as a series of the later Maori forms (Plate LIX.) probably
derived from their predecessors. I have also shown the chisel-like greenstone adzes from
the Solomon islands (Fig. 78) which differ most from the Hawaiian. The Hawaiian
peculiarity consists in the parallel sides and angular tang, but it is not to one definite

shape that all Hawaiian adzes conform. For instance, the plates show that parallelism

[406]

FIG

AXES AND ADZES.

of the sides is not constant and in the larger specimens there is a wide departure, but all
the while there is a strong family resemblance among them all. To show the cutting
edges of these tools more clearly than the photographs can I have made tracings (Fig. 74)
of some of the more important examples illustrated in the plates and figures. The num-
bers will identify the specimens in both cases. The angle certainly seems too obtuse
to cut w^ell, at least on some examples, but the work done with them in the hands of an
old Hawaiian remains to this day to silence all doubts of their capabilities.

L,et us climb to the workshop of the adze maker. All these were in high places,
and one on Manna Kea, Hawaii, was nearly 12,900 ft. above the sea. As good clink-

FIG. 73. HAWAIIAN STONE AXE.

stone was not found in many places the known quarries hardly' exceeded half-a-dozen.
On Hawaii was the most important of all, that on Manna Kea, where the workmen
could only w-ork in favorable seasons for the snow frequently covered the quarry, but
from the immense quantity of fragments and chips the work must have extended over
many generations; so far as known, this was the earliest quarry exploited, and it is
puzzling how the place was discovered when we consider the aversion the Hawaiians
had to even visiting those high, bleak and desert regions, the supposed abode of spirits
not always friendly. It is possible that the tradition which speaks of the survivor of
the deluge of Kahinalii grounding on Mauna Kea and following the receding waters
to the lower levels, discovering the koi pohakn on the way, may point to the consider-
able antiquity of adze-making in this place, but I am inclined to believe that all tradi-
tions of the Hawaiian deluge date after the coming of the Spanish discoverers. It has

[407]

76 HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

always seemed strange tliat the axe-makers did not bring the raw material down to
their homes and work it up in comfort instead of freezing in their kapa garments at
this great altitude. It may be that the mystery of the place and its very solitude kept
the trade in few hands and so enhanced the value of a tool that so many must have.

Another quarry on the same island was in an almost equally strange place, a
lateral and deep crater of the volcano of Kilauea. The stone was obtained from the
lower walls of the very deep pit and a subsequent flow of lava in the crater has covered
all traces of the chips or working, but the name clings to the place {Kcamikakoi^ tlie
workshop of the adzes), and there are masses of clinkstone, often of large size, scattered
about the vicinage of Kilauea, apparently ejected by some explosive eruption like that

FIG. 74. CUTTING EDGES OE HAWAIIAN ADZES AND .\.XES.

of 17S9. All the adzes from the.se two quarries are dark-colored and ver\- compact.
On Maui, far up the slopes of Haleakala, was a quarry which I have never seen, nor do
I kuow the location. I know of no quarries on Oahu, although they maj' have existed,
for clinkstone is found in fragments near Aliapaakai and elsewhere. On Kauai, above
Waimea, the port where Cook first landed, are extensive quarries, and from these what
knowledge of the working of adzes I may have was obtained. Various stone enclosures
mostly in ruin and popularly considered liciait or temples are about the ridge where
the clinkstone was worked, and while some were workshops or habitations necessary
for shelter in that rainy region, there is every reason to believe that temples to the
tutelary gods of the guild of adze-makers were there as well, for the ancient Hawaiians
were a very devout people, acknowledging invisible superiors in all handicraft, and
doing no serious work without invoking the aid and protedlion of these deities.

Of course the making of stone adzes ceased soon after the introdudlion of iron
and I have never seen them made, nor have I talked diredlly with an}- of the surviving

makers, but I have seen them used and sharpened, and I have been astonished at the

[408]

AXES AND ADZES.

FIG. 75. HAWAIIAN STONK ADZES.

dexterity of the man and the efficiency of the tool. In watching the shaping of a canoe
I have seen the old canoe-maker use for the rough shaping and excavating an ordinary
foreign steel adze, but for the finishing touches he dropped the foreign tool and returned
to the adze of his ancestors, and the blunt looking stone cut off a delicate shaving from

[409]

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

Bl k.MCK PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM.

FIG. 76. HAWAIIAN STONE ADZES.

the verj' hard koa wood and never seemed to take too ranch wood as the foreign adze was
apt to do. That skill was an important element in the nse I was convinced, for with all
the teaching of the native I conld only make a dent where I tried to raise a shaving.

But to return to the ancient Anakakoi. The marks of fires, where the blocks of
stone were heated to make sure there w^ere no air cells to cause flaws in the koi\ were
common, and the cores, flakes (spalls) and shapeless fragments cover the ground, with
here and there broken adzes, sometimes nearly finished before the unluck}' break oc-
curred. Plate LVIII. shows a series of "chips" from this workshop, obtained for me by

Mr. Francis Gay, on whose estate the quarry is situated. These spalls and cores were

[410]

AXES AND ADZES.

obtained b}' the spalder with a rather heavy pebble hamnier, but the nature of the stone
is so different from the couchoidally fracturing flint that the shaping had mostly to
be done b}^ grinding, hence I was surprised to find few grindstones. Perhaps, as the
workshop was abandoned long before the stone adze went out of use, the portable grind-
stones (See Fig. 9) were carried away to sharpen the old adzes, of which there was cer-
tainly a great supply. No stone implement is found so universally or abundantly all
over the group. A study of this collec^lion, small as it is, throws some light on the
procedi:re of the old adze-makers. Apparently a number of spalls were chipped from
the core when the fire test had proved the absence of air cells, and then a seleCliou made
for the various sizes and kinds of adzes desired, and it will
be seen from Plate LVIII. that there was a great range
in size, and even very small spalls might be utilized, as
in No. 4602. The spall was chipped roughly into the
desired shape, and if the stone was refradlory and would
not split as desired it was used for some other shape, or cast
aside. Then the end intended for the blade was ground
straight across as shown in No. 3, and to this normal the
front and back were afterward ground. This first grind-
ing served probably also to show the compaAness or grain
of the stone. No. i indicates that the sides were ground
last, for in the fragment one side is ground smooth, the
otlier partly. It will be seen on some of the many figures
of adzes given that this iinish was sometimes omitted on
otherwise well finished adzes. No. 10 shows a partly
formed adze with the sides ground and the blade broken
away. No. 9 is a cellular highly silicious spall rejected
as an impurity ; in fact it seems a scum of the clinkstone.
No. 15 is a fragment with large flat cells that have been
exposed b}' the fire test.* No. 8 was fully formed for grinding and the edge was
partly ground when the corner split off and the work stopped. No. 16 shows half of
a spall of very heavy clinkstone suitable for a short adze or a scraper without tang.
No. 19 seems to have been formed as far as possible by chipping and was ready for
the grinding that never came. No. 4 shows a fragment of a rare form shown more
fully in Fig. 77, which represents an adze (full size) of unknown use with the blade
at an angle of 75°, with the axis of the adze like a turner's chisel. This is in the
possession of Professor Curtis J. Lyons, of the Government Survey, who kindly lent the
specimen for illustration. I think these adzes (of which I have seen only these two

*It is generally the case that where cells occur in otherwise closcgrained lava that the application of heat gives explosive force to the
imprisoned air or other gas, and once while camping on Olokui, a mountain of Molokai. I built a fireplace of compact fragments of stone,
and as the heat of the fire permeated the stones explosions so violent took place that we were obliged to move away for safety.

[411]

FIG. 77. HAWAIIAN ADZE) WITH
OBLIQUE BLADE.

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS.

KIG. 78. HAWAIIAN STONE ADZES.

Hawaiian, but man^' Maori ) were used in carving tlie large idols. Another unground
but nearly shaped adze of large size is shown in No. 3153 of Plate LIV., found,
I believe, at this same Kauai quarrj-.

Adzes may, for convenience, be classed in three divisions: with parallel sides
and angular tang, c.i^.^ Fig. 79, No. 3447; Plate LVIL, No. 3136; Pis. LV. and LVL:
with divergent sides and angular tang, c.g.^ Fig. 78, No. 3155; Fig. 76, No. 3137:
with divergent sides, thin and nearly flat, c.g.^ Fig. 76, No. 3121; Fig. 78, No. 3123.

[412]

AXES AND ADZES.

BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM.

\ "\ '

1 1 2

1 '
3

1 ' "

4 1

1 ; J 1
5 1

'ei

FIG. 79. H.WVAIIAN STONK ADZES.

That each of these was fitted for particular work I do not doubt, but I cannot go any
farther. The hardness of the wood influenced to a marked degree the angle of the
cutter, and in ver}-^ soft wood, such as wiliwili {Eijfhriiia nioiiospcrnia), coconut shell
or alahee wood was substituted for stone as admitting a more acute angle for the
edge. Plates LV. and LVI. and Fig. 72 show some variation. As the under sur-
face is a curve it presents a constantly changing angle. ' The angles, as nearly as
can be measured, vary from 34° to 78°; the weights from eleven pounds to less than
an ounce, and the width of the cutting edge from an eighth of an inch to six inches.
Placing the adzes figured in tabular form we have the following: — ■

Memoirs B. p. B. Museum. V9L. I.. No. 4.— 6. L4I3J

HAWAIIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS

Width of

Weight.

Number. Length.

blade.

Lbs. Ozs.

Figure 73.

—4603

■ 7-5 ill-

2.5 in.

2 13

Figure 75.

—3122

. 16

4.6

10 7

3140

12.8

4-5

7 I

3150

13-2

3-3

5 5

Figure 76.

—3137

1 1

4-5

4 7

3152

1 1

3-6

4 8

3121.

10.7

4.1 1

0 7

Figure 78.

—3155

7 8

3156

12.5

3-15

4 4

3123

II-5

3-2

5 7

Figure 79.

—3195

8-5

1.6

2 4

7998

2.2

5 ••

7572

II. 4

2.2

4 3

4565

1-3

I 4

3147

6.8

1 .2

1 1

4028

1-5

Plate LIII.

—3 1 25

13-5

4-7

CI ..)

3139

13.2

3-3

4 10

8679

II. 8

4-2

5 13^

Plate LIV.

—3153

13-5

6 6

6738

1 3 -4

3-7

5 ••

8931

•3 -5

3-7

4 4

Plate LV.

—3122

4.6

[O 7

3150

13-2

3-3

5 5

3155

7 8

Plate LVI.

-6738

13-4

3-7

5 ••

8931

13-5

3-7

4 4

3152

1 1

3-6

4 8

7998

1 1

2 .2

5 • •

7572

II. 4

2. 2

4 3

3167

6-5

1-7

2 6

3156

12.5

3-15

4 4

Plate LVII.

—4576

6.9

2-5

• 12.5

4577

5-7

2.1

• 8.5

4562

1.4

3135

4.1

1.65

4586

3-7

1-7

4593

4.1

1.4

4585

3-9

1.2

4572

1-5

• 6.5

3180

4.6

1.2

3176

4-9

1.6

3141

7-5

3129

0.6

4607

2.7

3131

2-3

0.8

1-5

4574

3-2

1.6

4606

3-3

1 .2

4580

1 .2

4588

3-5

1-7

4034

3-2

1-3

3-9

4033

3-4

1.6

4031

2-5

1.2

1-5

4030

3-1

0.6

4620

0.7

5305

I.I

4.7

4608

0.8

1-5

3132

2-5

1.4

4582

2.9

1.2

2.5

4602

1-5

0.12

0.4

3133

0.9

Axe, found on Kauai; 65°.

Well wrought, found on Kauai.

Honuapo, Kau, Hawaii.

Grey phonolite.

Broad and flat, dark phonolite.

Edge of blade chipped.

Fineh' finished, flat, black phonolite.

Dark phonolite.

Well wrought ; found on Kauai.

Blade broken : Kauai.

Another view is given on Plate LVI.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Memoirs of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum of Polynesian Ethnology and Natural History"

See other formats